summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/74585-0.txt
blob: 255ed0779d4162984ef28d29b696110292a2d019 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
10986
10987
10988
10989
10990
10991
10992
10993
10994
10995
10996
10997
10998
10999
11000
11001
11002
11003
11004
11005
11006
11007
11008
11009
11010
11011
11012
11013
11014
11015
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11021
11022
11023
11024
11025
11026
11027
11028
11029
11030
11031
11032
11033
11034
11035
11036
11037
11038
11039
11040
11041
11042
11043
11044
11045
11046
11047
11048
11049
11050
11051
11052
11053
11054
11055
11056
11057
11058
11059
11060
11061
11062
11063
11064
11065
11066
11067
11068
11069
11070
11071
11072
11073
11074
11075
11076
11077
11078
11079
11080
11081
11082
11083
11084
11085
11086
11087
11088
11089
11090
11091
11092
11093
11094
11095
11096
11097
11098
11099
11100
11101
11102
11103
11104
11105
11106
11107
11108
11109
11110
11111
11112
11113
11114
11115
11116
11117
11118
11119
11120
11121
11122
11123
11124
11125
11126
11127
11128
11129
11130
11131
11132
11133
11134
11135
11136
11137
11138
11139
11140
11141
11142
11143
11144
11145
11146
11147
11148
11149
11150
11151
11152
11153
11154
11155
11156
11157
11158
11159
11160
11161
11162
11163
11164
11165
11166
11167
11168
11169
11170
11171
11172
11173
11174
11175
11176
11177
11178
11179
11180
11181
11182
11183
11184
11185
11186
11187
11188
11189
11190
11191
11192
11193
11194
11195
11196
11197
11198
11199
11200
11201
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11207
11208
11209
11210
11211
11212
11213
11214
11215
11216
11217
11218
11219
11220
11221
11222
11223
11224
11225
11226
11227
11228
11229
11230
11231
11232
11233
11234
11235
11236
11237
11238
11239
11240
11241
11242
11243
11244
11245
11246
11247
11248
11249
11250
11251
11252
11253
11254
11255
11256
11257
11258
11259
11260
11261
11262
11263
11264
11265
11266
11267
11268
11269
11270
11271
11272
11273
11274
11275
11276
11277
11278
11279
11280
11281
11282
11283
11284
11285
11286
11287
11288
11289
11290
11291
11292
11293
11294
11295
11296
11297
11298
11299
11300
11301
11302
11303
11304
11305
11306
11307
11308
11309
11310
11311
11312
11313
11314
11315
11316
11317
11318
11319
11320
11321
11322
11323
11324
11325
11326
11327
11328
11329
11330
11331
11332
11333
11334
11335
11336
11337
11338
11339
11340
11341
11342
11343
11344
11345
11346
11347
11348
11349
11350
11351
11352
11353
11354
11355
11356
11357
11358
11359
11360
11361
11362
11363
11364
11365
11366
11367
11368
11369
11370
11371
11372
11373
11374
11375
11376
11377
11378
11379
11380
11381
11382
11383
11384
11385
11386
11387
11388
11389
11390
11391
11392
11393
11394
11395
11396
11397
11398
11399
11400
11401
11402
11403
11404
11405
11406
11407
11408
11409
11410
11411
11412
11413
11414
11415
11416
11417
11418
11419
11420
11421
11422
11423
11424
11425
11426
11427
11428
11429
11430
11431
11432
11433
11434
11435
11436
11437
11438
11439
11440
11441
11442
11443
11444
11445
11446
11447
11448
11449
11450
11451
11452
11453
11454
11455
11456
11457
11458
11459
11460
11461
11462
11463
11464
11465
11466
11467
11468
11469
11470
11471
11472
11473
11474
11475
11476
11477
11478
11479
11480
11481
11482
11483
11484
11485
11486
11487
11488
11489
11490
11491
11492
11493
11494
11495
11496
11497
11498
11499
11500
11501
11502
11503
11504
11505
11506
11507
11508
11509
11510
11511
11512
11513
11514
11515
11516
11517
11518
11519
11520
11521
11522
11523
11524
11525
11526
11527
11528
11529
11530
11531
11532
11533
11534
11535
11536
11537
11538
11539
11540
11541
11542
11543
11544
11545
11546
11547
11548
11549
11550
11551
11552
11553
11554
11555
11556
11557
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562
11563
11564
11565
11566
11567
11568
11569
11570
11571
11572
11573
11574
11575
11576
11577
11578
11579
11580
11581
11582
11583
11584
11585
11586
11587
11588
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595
11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
11603
11604
11605
11606
11607
11608
11609
11610
11611
11612
11613
11614
11615
11616
11617
11618
11619
11620
11621
11622
11623
11624
11625
11626
11627
11628
11629
11630
11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
11646
11647
11648
11649
11650
11651
11652
11653
11654
11655
11656
11657
11658
11659
11660
11661
11662
11663
11664
11665
11666
11667
11668
11669
11670
11671
11672
11673
11674
11675
11676
11677
11678
11679
11680
11681
11682
11683
11684
11685
11686
11687
11688
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693
11694
11695
11696
11697
11698
11699
11700
11701
11702
11703
11704
11705
11706
11707
11708
11709
11710
11711
11712
11713
11714
11715
11716
11717
11718
11719
11720
11721
11722
11723
11724
11725
11726
11727
11728
11729
11730
11731
11732
11733
11734
11735
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11741
11742
11743
11744
11745
11746
11747
11748
11749
11750
11751
11752
11753
11754
11755
11756
11757
11758
11759
11760
11761
11762
11763
11764
11765
11766
11767
11768
11769
11770
11771
11772
11773
11774
11775
11776
11777
11778
11779
11780
11781
11782
11783
11784
11785
11786
11787
11788
11789
11790
11791
11792
11793
11794
11795
11796
11797
11798
11799
11800
11801
11802
11803
11804
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11812
11813
11814
11815
11816
11817
11818
11819
11820
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
11830
11831
11832
11833
11834
11835
11836
11837
11838
11839
11840
11841
11842
11843
11844
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852
11853
11854
11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
11862
11863
11864
11865
11866
11867
11868
11869
11870
11871
11872
11873
11874
11875
11876
11877
11878
11879
11880
11881
11882
11883
11884
11885
11886
11887
11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918
11919
11920
11921
11922
11923
11924
11925
11926
11927
11928
11929
11930
11931
11932
11933
11934
11935
11936
11937
11938
11939
11940
11941
11942
11943
11944
11945
11946
11947
11948
11949
11950
11951
11952
11953
11954
11955
11956
11957
11958
11959
11960
11961
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966
11967
11968
11969
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975
11976
11977
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11983
11984
11985
11986
11987
11988
11989
11990
11991
11992
11993
11994
11995
11996
11997
11998
11999
12000
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12195
12196
12197
12198
12199
12200
12201
12202
12203
12204
12205
12206
12207
12208
12209
12210
12211
12212
12213
12214
12215
12216
12217
12218
12219
12220
12221
12222
12223
12224
12225
12226
12227
12228
12229
12230
12231
12232
12233
12234
12235
12236
12237
12238
12239
12240
12241
12242
12243
12244
12245
12246
12247
12248
12249
12250
12251
12252
12253
12254
12255
12256
12257
12258
12259
12260
12261
12262
12263
12264
12265
12266
12267
12268
12269
12270
12271
12272
12273
12274
12275
12276
12277
12278
12279
12280
12281
12282
12283
12284
12285
12286
12287
12288
12289
12290
12291
12292
12293
12294
12295
12296
12297
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
12304
12305
12306
12307
12308
12309
12310
12311
12312
12313
12314
12315
12316
12317
12318
12319
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324
12325
12326
12327
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333
12334
12335
12336
12337
12338
12339
12340
12341
12342
12343
12344
12345
12346
12347
12348
12349
12350
12351
12352
12353
12354
12355
12356
12357
12358
12359
12360
12361
12362
12363
12364
12365
12366
12367
12368
12369
12370
12371
12372
12373
12374
12375
12376
12377
12378
12379
12380
12381
12382
12383
12384
12385
12386
12387
12388
12389
12390
12391
12392
12393
12394
12395
12396
12397
12398
12399
12400
12401
12402
12403
12404
12405
12406
12407
12408
12409
12410
12411
12412
12413
12414
12415
12416
12417
12418
12419
12420
12421
12422
12423
12424
12425
12426
12427
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432
12433
12434
12435
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441
12442
12443
12444
12445
12446
12447
12448
12449
12450
12451
12452
12453
12454
12455
12456
12457
12458
12459
12460
12461
12462
12463
12464
12465
12466
12467
12468
12469
12470
12471
12472
12473
12474
12475
12476
12477
12478
12479
12480
12481
12482
12483
12484
12485
12486
12487
12488
12489
12490
12491
12492
12493
12494
12495
12496
12497
12498
12499
12500
12501
12502
12503
12504
12505
12506
12507
12508
12509
12510
12511
12512
12513
12514
12515
12516
12517
12518
12519
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526
12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533
12534
12535
12536
12537
12538
12539
12540
12541
12542
12543
12544
12545
12546
12547
12548
12549
12550
12551
12552
12553
12554
12555
12556
12557
12558
12559
12560
12561
12562
12563
12564
12565
12566
12567
12568
12569
12570
12571
12572
12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589
12590
12591
12592
12593
12594
12595
12596
12597
12598
12599
12600
12601
12602
12603
12604
12605
12606
12607
12608
12609
12610
12611
12612
12613
12614
12615
12616
12617
12618
12619
12620
12621
12622
12623
12624
12625
12626
12627
12628
12629
12630
12631
12632
12633
12634
12635
12636
12637
12638
12639
12640
12641
12642
12643
12644
12645
12646
12647
12648
12649
12650
12651
12652
12653
12654
12655
12656
12657
12658
12659
12660
12661
12662
12663
12664
12665
12666
12667
12668
12669
12670
12671
12672
12673
12674
12675
12676
12677
12678
12679
12680
12681
12682
12683
12684
12685
12686
12687
12688
12689
12690
12691
12692
12693
12694
12695
12696
12697
12698
12699
12700
12701
12702
12703
12704
12705
12706
12707
12708
12709
12710
12711
12712
12713
12714
12715
12716
12717
12718
12719
12720
12721
12722
12723
12724
12725
12726
12727
12728
12729
12730
12731
12732
12733
12734
12735
12736
12737
12738
12739
12740
12741
12742
12743
12744
12745
12746
12747
12748
12749
12750
12751
12752
12753
12754
12755
12756
12757
12758
12759
12760
12761
12762
12763
12764
12765
12766
12767
12768
12769
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776
12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
12783
12784
12785
12786
12787
12788
12789
12790
12791
12792
12793
12794
12795
12796
12797
12798
12799
12800
12801
12802
12803
12804
12805
12806
12807
12808
12809
12810
12811
12812
12813
12814
12815
12816
12817
12818
12819
12820
12821
12822
12823
12824
12825
12826
12827
12828
12829
12830
12831
12832
12833
12834
12835
12836
12837
12838
12839
12840
12841
12842
12843
12844
12845
12846
12847
12848
12849
12850
12851
12852
12853
12854
12855
12856
12857
12858
12859
12860
12861
12862
12863
12864
12865
12866
12867
12868
12869
12870
12871
12872
12873
12874
12875
12876
12877
12878
12879
12880
12881
12882
12883
12884
12885
12886
12887
12888
12889
12890
12891
12892
12893
12894
12895
12896
12897
12898
12899
12900
12901
12902
12903
12904
12905
12906
12907
12908
12909
12910
12911
12912
12913
12914
12915
12916
12917
12918
12919
12920
12921
12922
12923
12924
12925
12926
12927
12928
12929
12930
12931
12932
12933
12934
12935
12936
12937
12938
12939
12940
12941
12942
12943
12944
12945
12946
12947
12948
12949
12950
12951
12952
12953
12954
12955
12956
12957
12958
12959
12960
12961
12962
12963
12964
12965
12966
12967
12968
12969
12970
12971
12972
12973
12974
12975
12976
12977
12978
12979
12980
12981
12982
12983
12984
12985
12986
12987
12988
12989
12990
12991
12992
12993
12994
12995
12996
12997
12998
12999
13000
13001
13002
13003
13004
13005
13006
13007
13008
13009
13010
13011
13012
13013
13014
13015
13016
13017
13018
13019
13020
13021
13022
13023
13024
13025
13026
13027
13028
13029
13030
13031
13032
13033
13034
13035
13036
13037
13038
13039
13040
13041
13042
13043
13044
13045
13046
13047
13048
13049
13050
13051
13052
13053
13054
13055
13056
13057
13058
13059
13060
13061
13062
13063
13064
13065
13066
13067
13068
13069
13070
13071
13072
13073
13074
13075
13076
13077
13078
13079
13080
13081
13082
13083
13084
13085
13086
13087
13088
13089
13090
13091
13092
13093
13094
13095
13096
13097
13098
13099
13100
13101
13102
13103
13104
13105
13106
13107
13108
13109
13110
13111
13112
13113
13114
13115
13116
13117
13118
13119
13120
13121
13122
13123
13124
13125
13126
13127
13128
13129
13130
13131
13132
13133
13134
13135
13136
13137
13138
13139
13140
13141
13142
13143
13144
13145
13146
13147
13148
13149
13150
13151
13152
13153
13154
13155
13156
13157
13158
13159
13160
13161
13162
13163
13164
13165
13166
13167
13168
13169
13170
13171
13172
13173
13174
13175
13176
13177
13178
13179
13180
13181
13182
13183
13184
13185
13186
13187
13188
13189
13190
13191
13192
13193
13194
13195
13196
13197
13198
13199
13200
13201
13202
13203
13204
13205
13206
13207
13208
13209
13210
13211
13212
13213
13214
13215
13216
13217
13218
13219
13220
13221
13222
13223
13224
13225
13226
13227
13228
13229
13230
13231
13232
13233
13234
13235
13236
13237
13238
13239
13240
13241
13242
13243
13244
13245
13246
13247
13248
13249
13250
13251
13252
13253
13254
13255
13256
13257
13258
13259
13260
13261
13262
13263
13264
13265
13266
13267
13268
13269
13270
13271
13272
13273
13274
13275
13276
13277
13278
13279
13280
13281
13282
13283
13284
13285
13286
13287
13288
13289
13290
13291
13292
13293
13294
13295
13296
13297
13298
13299
13300
13301
13302
13303
13304
13305
13306
13307
13308
13309
13310
13311
13312
13313
13314
13315
13316
13317
13318
13319
13320
13321
13322
13323
13324
13325
13326
13327
13328
13329
13330
13331
13332
13333
13334
13335
13336
13337
13338
13339
13340
13341
13342
13343
13344
13345
13346
13347
13348
13349
13350
13351
13352
13353
13354
13355
13356
13357
13358
13359
13360
13361
13362
13363
13364
13365
13366
13367
13368
13369
13370
13371
13372
13373
13374
13375
13376
13377
13378
13379
13380
13381
13382
13383
13384
13385
13386
13387
13388
13389
13390
13391
13392
13393
13394
13395
13396
13397
13398
13399
13400
13401
13402
13403
13404
13405
13406
13407
13408
13409
13410
13411
13412
13413
13414
13415
13416
13417
13418
13419
13420
13421
13422
13423
13424
13425
13426
13427
13428
13429
13430
13431
13432
13433
13434
13435
13436
13437
13438
13439
13440
13441
13442
13443
13444
13445
13446
13447
13448
13449
13450
13451
13452
13453
13454
13455
13456
13457
13458
13459
13460
13461
13462
13463
13464
13465
13466
13467
13468
13469
13470
13471
13472
13473
13474
13475
13476
13477
13478
13479
13480
13481
13482
13483
13484
13485
13486
13487
13488
13489
13490
13491
13492
13493
13494
13495
13496
13497
13498
13499
13500
13501
13502
13503
13504
13505
13506
13507
13508
13509
13510
13511
13512
13513
13514
13515
13516
13517
13518
13519
13520
13521
13522
13523
13524
13525
13526
13527
13528
13529
13530
13531
13532
13533
13534
13535
13536
13537
13538
13539
13540
13541
13542
13543
13544
13545
13546
13547
13548
13549
13550
13551
13552
13553
13554
13555
13556
13557
13558
13559
13560
13561
13562
13563
13564
13565
13566
13567
13568
13569
13570
13571
13572
13573
13574
13575
13576
13577
13578
13579
13580
13581
13582
13583
13584
13585
13586
13587
13588
13589
13590
13591
13592
13593
13594
13595
13596
13597
13598
13599
13600
13601
13602
13603
13604
13605
13606
13607
13608
13609
13610
13611
13612
13613
13614
13615
13616
13617
13618
13619
13620
13621
13622
13623
13624
13625
13626
13627
13628
13629
13630
13631
13632
13633
13634
13635
13636
13637
13638
13639
13640
13641
13642
13643
13644
13645
13646
13647
13648
13649
13650
13651
13652
13653
13654
13655
13656
13657
13658
13659
13660
13661
13662
13663
13664
13665
13666
13667
13668
13669
13670
13671
13672
13673
13674
13675
13676
13677
13678
13679
13680
13681
13682
13683
13684
13685
13686
13687
13688
13689
13690
13691
13692
13693
13694
13695
13696
13697
13698
13699
13700
13701
13702
13703
13704
13705
13706
13707
13708
13709
13710
13711
13712
13713
13714
13715
13716
13717
13718
13719
13720
13721
13722
13723
13724
13725
13726
13727
13728
13729
13730
13731
13732
13733
13734
13735
13736
13737
13738
13739
13740
13741
13742
13743
13744
13745
13746
13747
13748
13749
13750
13751
13752
13753
13754
13755
13756
13757
13758
13759
13760
13761
13762
13763
13764
13765
13766
13767
13768
13769
13770
13771
13772
13773
13774
13775
13776
13777
13778
13779
13780
13781
13782
13783
13784
13785
13786
13787
13788
13789
13790
13791
13792
13793
13794
13795
13796
13797
13798
13799
13800
13801
13802
13803
13804
13805
13806
13807
13808
13809
13810
13811
13812
13813
13814
13815
13816
13817
13818
13819
13820
13821
13822
13823
13824
13825
13826
13827
13828
13829
13830
13831
13832
13833
13834
13835
13836
13837
13838
13839
13840
13841
13842
13843
13844
13845
13846
13847
13848
13849
13850
13851
13852
13853
13854
13855
13856
13857
13858
13859
13860
13861
13862
13863
13864
13865
13866
13867
13868
13869
13870
13871
13872
13873
13874
13875
13876
13877
13878
13879
13880
13881
13882
13883
13884
13885
13886
13887
13888
13889
13890
13891
13892
13893
13894
13895
13896
13897
13898
13899
13900
13901
13902
13903
13904
13905
13906
13907
13908
13909
13910
13911
13912
13913
13914
13915
13916
13917
13918
13919
13920
13921
13922
13923
13924
13925
13926
13927
13928
13929
13930
13931
13932
13933
13934
13935
13936
13937
13938
13939
13940
13941
13942
13943
13944
13945
13946
13947
13948
13949
13950
13951
13952
13953
13954
13955
13956
13957
13958
13959
13960
13961
13962
13963
13964
13965
13966
13967
13968
13969
13970
13971
13972
13973
13974
13975
13976
13977
13978
13979
13980
13981
13982
13983
13984
13985
13986
13987
13988
13989
13990
13991
13992
13993
13994
13995
13996
13997
13998
13999
14000
14001
14002
14003
14004
14005
14006
14007
14008
14009
14010
14011
14012
14013
14014
14015
14016
14017
14018
14019
14020
14021
14022
14023
14024
14025
14026
14027
14028
14029
14030
14031
14032
14033
14034
14035
14036
14037
14038
14039
14040
14041
14042
14043
14044
14045
14046
14047
14048
14049
14050
14051
14052
14053
14054
14055
14056
14057
14058
14059
14060
14061
14062
14063
14064
14065
14066
14067
14068
14069
14070
14071
14072
14073
14074
14075
14076
14077
14078
14079
14080
14081
14082
14083
14084
14085
14086
14087
14088
14089
14090
14091
14092
14093
14094
14095
14096
14097
14098
14099
14100
14101
14102
14103
14104
14105
14106
14107
14108
14109
14110
14111
14112
14113
14114
14115
14116
14117
14118
14119
14120
14121
14122
14123
14124
14125
14126
14127
14128
14129
14130
14131
14132
14133
14134
14135
14136
14137
14138
14139
14140
14141
14142
14143
14144
14145
14146
14147
14148
14149
14150
14151
14152
14153
14154
14155
14156
14157
14158
14159
14160
14161
14162
14163
14164
14165
14166
14167
14168
14169
14170
14171
14172
14173
14174
14175
14176
14177
14178
14179
14180
14181
14182
14183
14184
14185
14186
14187
14188
14189
14190
14191
14192
14193
14194
14195
14196
14197
14198
14199
14200
14201
14202
14203
14204
14205
14206
14207
14208
14209
14210
14211
14212
14213
14214
14215
14216
14217
14218
14219
14220
14221
14222
14223
14224
14225
14226
14227
14228
14229
14230
14231
14232
14233
14234
14235
14236
14237
14238
14239
14240
14241
14242
14243
14244
14245
14246
14247
14248
14249
14250
14251
14252
14253
14254
14255
14256
14257
14258
14259
14260
14261
14262
14263
14264
14265
14266
14267
14268
14269
14270
14271
14272
14273
14274
14275
14276
14277
14278
14279
14280
14281
14282
14283
14284
14285
14286
14287
14288
14289
14290
14291
14292
14293
14294
14295
14296
14297
14298
14299
14300
14301
14302
14303
14304
14305
14306
14307
14308
14309
14310
14311
14312
14313
14314
14315
14316
14317
14318
14319
14320
14321
14322
14323
14324
14325
14326
14327
14328
14329
14330
14331
14332
14333
14334
14335
14336
14337
14338
14339
14340
14341
14342
14343
14344
14345
14346
14347
14348
14349
14350
14351
14352
14353
14354
14355
14356
14357
14358
14359
14360
14361
14362
14363
14364
14365
14366
14367
14368
14369
14370
14371
14372
14373
14374
14375
14376
14377
14378
14379
14380
14381
14382
14383
14384
14385
14386
14387
14388
14389
14390
14391
14392
14393
14394
14395
14396
14397
14398
14399
14400
14401
14402
14403
14404
14405
14406
14407
14408
14409
14410
14411
14412
14413
14414
14415
14416
14417
14418
14419
14420
14421
14422
14423
14424
14425
14426
14427
14428
14429
14430
14431
14432
14433
14434
14435
14436
14437
14438
14439
14440
14441
14442
14443
14444
14445
14446
14447
14448
14449
14450
14451
14452
14453
14454
14455
14456
14457
14458
14459
14460
14461
14462
14463
14464
14465
14466
14467
14468
14469
14470
14471
14472
14473
14474
14475
14476
14477
14478
14479
14480
14481
14482
14483
14484
14485
14486
14487
14488
14489
14490
14491
14492
14493
14494
14495
14496
14497
14498
14499
14500
14501
14502
14503
14504
14505
14506
14507
14508
14509
14510
14511
14512
14513
14514
14515
14516
14517
14518
14519
14520
14521
14522
14523
14524
14525
14526
14527
14528
14529
14530
14531
14532
14533
14534
14535
14536
14537
14538
14539
14540
14541
14542
14543
14544
14545
14546
14547
14548
14549
14550
14551
14552
14553
14554
14555
14556
14557
14558
14559
14560
14561
14562
14563
14564
14565
14566
14567
14568
14569
14570
14571
14572
14573
14574
14575
14576
14577
14578
14579
14580
14581
14582
14583
14584
14585
14586
14587
14588
14589
14590
14591
14592
14593
14594
14595
14596
14597
14598
14599
14600
14601
14602
14603
14604
14605
14606
14607
14608
14609
14610
14611
14612
14613
14614
14615
14616
14617
14618
14619
14620
14621
14622
14623
14624
14625
14626
14627
14628
14629
14630
14631
14632
14633
14634
14635
14636
14637
14638
14639
14640
14641
14642
14643
14644
14645
14646
14647
14648
14649
14650
14651
14652
14653
14654
14655
14656
14657
14658
14659
14660
14661
14662
14663
14664
14665
14666
14667
14668
14669
14670
14671
14672
14673
14674
14675
14676
14677
14678
14679
14680
14681
14682
14683
14684
14685
14686
14687
14688
14689
14690
14691
14692
14693
14694
14695
14696
14697
14698
14699
14700
14701
14702
14703
14704
14705
14706
14707
14708
14709
14710
14711
14712
14713
14714
14715
14716
14717
14718
14719
14720
14721
14722
14723
14724
14725
14726
14727
14728
14729
14730
14731
14732
14733
14734
14735
14736
14737
14738
14739
14740
14741
14742
14743
14744
14745
14746
14747
14748
14749
14750
14751
14752
14753
14754
14755
14756
14757
14758
14759
14760
14761
14762
14763
14764
14765
14766
14767
14768
14769
14770
14771
14772
14773
14774
14775
14776
14777
14778
14779
14780
14781
14782
14783
14784
14785
14786
14787
14788
14789
14790
14791
14792
14793
14794
14795
14796
14797
14798
14799
14800
14801
14802
14803
14804
14805
14806
14807
14808
14809
14810
14811
14812
14813
14814
14815
14816
14817
14818
14819
14820
14821
14822
14823
14824
14825
14826
14827
14828
14829
14830
14831
14832
14833
14834
14835
14836
14837
14838
14839
14840
14841
14842
14843
14844
14845
14846
14847
14848
14849
14850
14851
14852
14853
14854
14855
14856
14857
14858
14859
14860
14861
14862
14863
14864
14865
14866
14867
14868
14869
14870
14871
14872
14873
14874
14875
14876
14877
14878
14879
14880
14881
14882
14883
14884
14885
14886
14887
14888
14889
14890
14891
14892
14893
14894
14895
14896
14897
14898
14899
14900
14901
14902
14903
14904
14905
14906
14907
14908
14909
14910
14911
14912
14913
14914
14915
14916
14917
14918
14919
14920
14921
14922
14923
14924
14925
14926
14927
14928
14929
14930
14931
14932
14933
14934
14935
14936
14937
14938
14939
14940
14941
14942
14943
14944
14945
14946
14947
14948
14949
14950
14951
14952
14953
14954
14955
14956
14957
14958
14959
14960
14961
14962
14963
14964
14965
14966
14967
14968
14969
14970
14971
14972
14973
14974
14975
14976
14977
14978
14979
14980
14981
14982
14983
14984
14985
14986
14987
14988
14989
14990
14991
14992
14993
14994
14995
14996
14997
14998
14999
15000
15001
15002
15003
15004
15005
15006
15007
15008
15009
15010
15011
15012
15013
15014
15015
15016
15017
15018
15019
15020
15021
15022
15023
15024
15025
15026
15027
15028
15029
15030
15031
15032
15033
15034
15035
15036
15037
15038
15039
15040
15041
15042
15043
15044
15045
15046
15047
15048
15049
15050
15051
15052
15053
15054
15055
15056
15057
15058
15059
15060
15061
15062
15063
15064
15065
15066
15067
15068
15069
15070
15071
15072
15073
15074
15075
15076
15077
15078
15079
15080
15081
15082
15083
15084
15085
15086
15087
15088
15089
15090
15091
15092
15093
15094
15095
15096
15097
15098
15099
15100
15101
15102
15103
15104
15105
15106
15107
15108
15109
15110
15111
15112
15113
15114
15115
15116
15117
15118
15119
15120
15121
15122
15123
15124
15125
15126
15127
15128
15129
15130
15131
15132
15133
15134
15135
15136
15137
15138
15139
15140
15141
15142
15143
15144
15145
15146
15147
15148
15149
15150
15151
15152
15153
15154
15155
15156
15157
15158
15159
15160
15161
15162
15163
15164
15165
15166
15167
15168
15169
15170
15171
15172
15173
15174
15175
15176
15177
15178
15179
15180
15181
15182
15183
15184
15185
15186
15187
15188
15189
15190
15191
15192
15193
15194
15195
15196
15197
15198
15199
15200
15201
15202
15203
15204
15205
15206
15207
15208
15209
15210
15211
15212
15213
15214
15215
15216
15217
15218
15219
15220
15221
15222
15223
15224
15225
15226
15227
15228
15229
15230
15231
15232
15233
15234
15235
15236
15237
15238
15239
15240
15241
15242
15243
15244
15245
15246
15247
15248
15249
15250
15251
15252
15253
15254
15255
15256
15257
15258
15259
15260
15261
15262
15263
15264
15265
15266
15267
15268
15269
15270
15271
15272
15273
15274
15275
15276
15277
15278
15279
15280
15281
15282
15283
15284
15285
15286
15287
15288
15289
15290
15291
15292
15293
15294
15295
15296
15297
15298
15299
15300
15301
15302
15303
15304
15305
15306
15307
15308
15309
15310
15311
15312
15313
15314
15315
15316
15317
15318
15319
15320
15321
15322
15323
15324
15325
15326
15327
15328
15329
15330
15331
15332
15333
15334
15335
15336
15337
15338
15339
15340
15341
15342
15343
15344
15345
15346
15347
15348
15349
15350
15351
15352
15353
15354
15355
15356
15357
15358
15359
15360
15361
15362
15363
15364
15365
15366
15367
15368
15369
15370
15371
15372
15373
15374
15375
15376
15377
15378
15379
15380
15381
15382
15383
15384
15385
15386
15387
15388
15389
15390
15391
15392
15393
15394
15395
15396
15397
15398
15399
15400
15401
15402
15403
15404
15405
15406
15407
15408
15409
15410
15411
15412
15413
15414
15415
15416
15417
15418
15419
15420
15421
15422
15423
15424
15425
15426
15427
15428
15429
15430
15431
15432
15433
15434
15435
15436
15437
15438
15439
15440
15441
15442
15443
15444
15445
15446
15447
15448
15449
15450
15451
15452
15453
15454
15455
15456
15457
15458
15459
15460
15461
15462
15463
15464
15465
15466
15467
15468
15469
15470
15471
15472
15473
15474
15475
15476
15477
15478
15479
15480
15481
15482
15483
15484
15485
15486
15487
15488
15489
15490
15491
15492
15493
15494
15495
15496
15497
15498
15499
15500
15501
15502
15503
15504
15505
15506
15507
15508
15509
15510
15511
15512
15513
15514
15515
15516
15517
15518
15519
15520
15521
15522
15523
15524
15525
15526
15527
15528
15529
15530
15531
15532
15533
15534
15535
15536
15537
15538
15539
15540
15541
15542
15543
15544
15545
15546
15547
15548
15549
15550
15551
15552
15553
15554
15555
15556
15557
15558
15559
15560
15561
15562
15563
15564
15565
15566
15567
15568
15569
15570
15571
15572
15573
15574
15575
15576
15577
15578
15579
15580
15581
15582
15583
15584
15585
15586
15587
15588
15589
15590
15591
15592
15593
15594
15595
15596
15597
15598
15599
15600
15601
15602
15603
15604
15605
15606
15607
15608
15609
15610
15611
15612
15613
15614
15615
15616
15617
15618
15619
15620
15621
15622
15623
15624
15625
15626
15627
15628
15629
15630
15631
15632
15633
15634
15635
15636
15637
15638
15639
15640
15641
15642
15643
15644
15645
15646
15647
15648
15649
15650
15651
15652
15653
15654
15655
15656
15657
15658
15659
15660
15661
15662
15663
15664
15665
15666
15667
15668
15669
15670
15671
15672
15673
15674
15675
15676
15677
15678
15679
15680
15681
15682
15683
15684
15685
15686
15687
15688
15689
15690
15691
15692
15693
15694
15695
15696
15697
15698
15699
15700
15701
15702
15703
15704
15705
15706
15707
15708
15709
15710
15711
15712
15713
15714
15715
15716
15717
15718
15719
15720
15721
15722
15723
15724
15725
15726
15727
15728
15729
15730
15731
15732
15733
15734
15735
15736
15737
15738
15739
15740
15741
15742
15743
15744
15745
15746
15747
15748
15749
15750
15751
15752
15753
15754
15755
15756
15757
15758
15759
15760
15761
15762
15763
15764
15765
15766
15767
15768
15769
15770
15771
15772
15773
15774
15775
15776
15777
15778
15779
15780
15781
15782
15783
15784
15785
15786
15787
15788
15789
15790
15791
15792
15793
15794
15795
15796
15797
15798
15799
15800
15801
15802
15803
15804
15805
15806
15807
15808
15809
15810
15811
15812
15813
15814
15815
15816
15817
15818
15819
15820
15821
15822
15823
15824
15825
15826
15827
15828
15829
15830
15831
15832
15833
15834
15835
15836
15837
15838
15839
15840
15841
15842
15843
15844
15845
15846
15847
15848
15849
15850
15851
15852
15853
15854
15855
15856
15857
15858
15859
15860
15861
15862
15863
15864
15865
15866
15867
15868
15869
15870
15871
15872
15873
15874
15875
15876
15877
15878
15879
15880
15881
15882
15883
15884
15885
15886
15887
15888
15889
15890
15891
15892
15893
15894
15895
15896
15897
15898
15899
15900
15901
15902
15903
15904
15905
15906
15907
15908
15909
15910
15911
15912
15913
15914
15915
15916
15917
15918
15919
15920
15921
15922
15923
15924
15925
15926
15927
15928
15929
15930
15931
15932
15933
15934
15935
15936
15937
15938
15939
15940
15941
15942
15943
15944
15945
15946
15947
15948
15949
15950
15951
15952
15953
15954
15955
15956
15957
15958
15959
15960
15961
15962
15963
15964
15965
15966
15967
15968
15969
15970
15971
15972
15973
15974
15975
15976
15977
15978
15979
15980
15981
15982
15983
15984
15985
15986
15987
15988
15989
15990
15991
15992
15993
15994
15995
15996
15997
15998
15999
16000
16001
16002
16003
16004
16005
16006
16007
16008
16009
16010
16011
16012
16013
16014
16015
16016
16017
16018
16019
16020
16021
16022
16023
16024
16025
16026
16027
16028
16029
16030
16031
16032
16033
16034
16035
16036
16037
16038
16039
16040
16041
16042
16043
16044
16045
16046
16047
16048
16049
16050
16051
16052
16053
16054
16055
16056
16057
16058
16059
16060
16061
16062
16063
16064
16065
16066
16067
16068
16069
16070
16071
16072
16073
16074
16075
16076
16077
16078
16079
16080
16081
16082
16083
16084
16085
16086
16087
16088
16089
16090
16091
16092
16093
16094
16095
16096
16097
16098
16099
16100
16101
16102
16103
16104
16105
16106
16107
16108
16109
16110
16111
16112
16113
16114
16115
16116
16117
16118
16119
16120
16121
16122
16123
16124
16125
16126
16127
16128
16129
16130
16131
16132
16133
16134
16135
16136
16137
16138
16139
16140
16141
16142
16143
16144
16145
16146
16147
16148
16149
16150
16151
16152
16153
16154
16155
16156
16157
16158
16159
16160
16161
16162
16163
16164
16165
16166
16167
16168
16169
16170
16171
16172
16173
16174
16175
16176
16177
16178
16179
16180
16181
16182
16183
16184
16185
16186
16187
16188
16189
16190
16191
16192
16193
16194
16195
16196
16197
16198
16199
16200
16201
16202
16203
16204
16205
16206
16207
16208
16209
16210
16211
16212
16213
16214
16215
16216
16217
16218
16219
16220
16221
16222
16223
16224
16225
16226
16227
16228
16229
16230
16231
16232
16233
16234
16235
16236
16237
16238
16239
16240
16241
16242
16243
16244
16245
16246
16247
16248
16249
16250
16251
16252
16253
16254
16255
16256
16257
16258
16259
16260
16261
16262
16263
16264
16265
16266
16267
16268
16269
16270
16271
16272
16273
16274
16275
16276
16277
16278
16279
16280
16281
16282
16283
16284
16285
16286
16287
16288
16289
16290
16291
16292
16293
16294
16295
16296
16297
16298
16299
16300
16301
16302
16303
16304
16305
16306
16307
16308
16309
16310
16311
16312
16313
16314
16315
16316
16317
16318
16319
16320
16321
16322
16323
16324
16325
16326
16327
16328
16329
16330
16331
16332
16333
16334
16335
16336
16337
16338
16339
16340
16341
16342
16343
16344
16345
16346
16347
16348
16349
16350
16351
16352
16353
16354
16355
16356
16357
16358
16359
16360
16361
16362
16363
16364
16365
16366
16367
16368
16369
16370
16371
16372
16373
16374
16375
16376
16377
16378
16379
16380
16381
16382
16383
16384
16385
16386
16387
16388
16389
16390
16391
16392
16393
16394
16395
16396
16397
16398
16399
16400
16401
16402
16403
16404
16405
16406
16407
16408
16409
16410
16411
16412
16413
16414
16415
16416
16417
16418
16419
16420
16421
16422
16423
16424
16425
16426
16427
16428
16429
16430
16431
16432
16433
16434
16435
16436
16437
16438
16439
16440
16441
16442
16443
16444
16445
16446
16447
16448
16449
16450
16451
16452
16453
16454
16455
16456
16457
16458
16459
16460
16461
16462
16463
16464
16465
16466
16467
16468
16469
16470
16471
16472
16473
16474
16475
16476
16477
16478
16479
16480
16481
16482
16483
16484
16485
16486
16487
16488
16489
16490
16491
16492
16493
16494
16495
16496
16497
16498
16499
16500
16501
16502
16503
16504
16505
16506
16507
16508
16509
16510
16511
16512
16513
16514
16515
16516
16517
16518
16519
16520
16521
16522
16523
16524
16525
16526
16527
16528
16529
16530
16531
16532
16533
16534
16535
16536
16537
16538
16539
16540
16541
16542
16543
16544
16545
16546
16547
16548
16549
16550
16551
16552
16553
16554
16555
16556
16557
16558
16559
16560
16561
16562
16563
16564
16565
16566
16567
16568
16569
16570
16571
16572
16573
16574
16575
16576
16577
16578
16579
16580
16581
16582
16583
16584
16585
16586
16587
16588
16589
16590
16591
16592
16593
16594
16595
16596
16597
16598
16599
16600
16601
16602
16603
16604
16605
16606
16607
16608
16609
16610
16611
16612
16613
16614
16615
16616
16617
16618
16619
16620
16621
16622
16623
16624
16625
16626
16627
16628
16629
16630
16631
16632
16633
16634
16635
16636
16637
16638
16639
16640
16641
16642
16643
16644
16645
16646
16647
16648
16649
16650
16651
16652
16653
16654
16655
16656
16657
16658
16659
16660
16661
16662
16663
16664
16665
16666
16667
16668
16669
16670
16671
16672
16673
16674
16675
16676
16677
16678
16679
16680
16681
16682
16683
16684
16685
16686
16687
16688
16689
16690
16691
16692
16693
16694
16695
16696
16697
16698
16699
16700
16701
16702
16703
16704
16705
16706
16707
16708
16709
16710
16711
16712
16713
16714
16715
16716
16717
16718
16719
16720
16721
16722
16723
16724
16725
16726
16727
16728
16729
16730
16731
16732
16733
16734
16735
16736
16737
16738
16739
16740
16741
16742
16743
16744
16745
16746
16747
16748
16749
16750
16751
16752
16753
16754
16755
16756
16757
16758
16759
16760
16761
16762
16763
16764
16765
16766
16767
16768
16769
16770
16771
16772
16773
16774
16775
16776
16777
16778
16779
16780
16781
16782
16783
16784
16785
16786
16787
16788
16789
16790
16791
16792
16793
16794
16795
16796
16797
16798
16799
16800
16801
16802
16803
16804
16805
16806
16807
16808
16809
16810
16811
16812
16813
16814
16815
16816
16817
16818
16819
16820
16821
16822
16823
16824
16825
16826
16827
16828
16829
16830
16831
16832
16833
16834
16835
16836
16837
16838
16839
16840
16841
16842
16843
16844
16845
16846
16847
16848
16849
16850
16851
16852
16853
16854
16855
16856
16857
16858
16859
16860
16861
16862
16863
16864
16865
16866
16867
16868
16869
16870
16871
16872
16873
16874
16875
16876
16877
16878
16879
16880
16881
16882
16883
16884
16885
16886
16887
16888
16889
16890
16891
16892
16893
16894
16895
16896
16897
16898
16899
16900
16901
16902
16903
16904
16905
16906
16907
16908
16909
16910
16911
16912
16913
16914
16915
16916
16917
16918
16919
16920
16921
16922
16923
16924
16925
16926
16927
16928
16929
16930
16931
16932
16933
16934
16935
16936
16937
16938
16939
16940
16941
16942
16943
16944
16945
16946
16947
16948
16949
16950
16951
16952
16953
16954
16955
16956
16957
16958
16959
16960
16961
16962
16963
16964
16965
16966
16967
16968
16969
16970
16971
16972
16973
16974
16975
16976
16977
16978
16979
16980
16981
16982
16983
16984
16985
16986
16987
16988
16989
16990
16991
16992
16993
16994
16995
16996
16997
16998
16999
17000
17001
17002
17003
17004
17005
17006
17007
17008
17009
17010
17011
17012
17013
17014
17015
17016
17017
17018
17019
17020
17021
17022
17023
17024
17025
17026
17027
17028
17029
17030
17031
17032
17033
17034
17035
17036
17037
17038
17039
17040
17041
17042
17043
17044
17045
17046
17047
17048
17049
17050
17051
17052
17053
17054
17055
17056
17057
17058
17059
17060
17061
17062
17063
17064
17065
17066
17067
17068
17069
17070
17071
17072
17073
17074
17075
17076
17077
17078
17079
17080
17081
17082
17083
17084
17085
17086
17087
17088
17089
17090
17091
17092
17093
17094
17095
17096
17097
17098
17099
17100
17101
17102
17103
17104
17105
17106
17107
17108
17109
17110
17111
17112
17113
17114
17115
17116
17117
17118
17119
17120
17121
17122
17123
17124
17125
17126
17127
17128
17129
17130
17131
17132
17133
17134
17135
17136
17137
17138
17139
17140
17141
17142
17143
17144
17145
17146
17147
17148
17149
17150
17151
17152
17153
17154
17155
17156
17157
17158
17159
17160
17161
17162
17163
17164
17165
17166
17167
17168
17169
17170
17171
17172
17173
17174
17175
17176
17177
17178
17179
17180
17181
17182
17183
17184
17185
17186
17187
17188
17189
17190
17191
17192
17193
17194
17195
17196
17197
17198
17199
17200
17201
17202
17203
17204
17205
17206
17207
17208
17209
17210
17211
17212
17213
17214
17215
17216
17217
17218
17219
17220
17221
17222
17223
17224
17225
17226
17227
17228
17229
17230
17231
17232
17233
17234
17235
17236
17237
17238
17239
17240
17241
17242
17243
17244
17245
17246
17247
17248
17249
17250
17251
17252
17253
17254
17255
17256
17257
17258
17259
17260
17261
17262
17263
17264
17265
17266
17267
17268
17269
17270
17271
17272
17273
17274
17275
17276
17277
17278
17279
17280
17281
17282
17283
17284
17285
17286
17287
17288
17289
17290
17291
17292
17293
17294
17295
17296
17297
17298
17299
17300
17301
17302
17303
17304
17305
17306
17307
17308
17309
17310
17311
17312
17313
17314
17315
17316
17317
17318
17319
17320
17321
17322
17323
17324
17325
17326
17327
17328
17329
17330
17331
17332
17333
17334
17335
17336
17337
17338
17339
17340
17341
17342
17343
17344
17345
17346
17347
17348
17349
17350
17351
17352
17353
17354
17355
17356
17357
17358
17359
17360
17361
17362
17363
17364
17365
17366
17367
17368
17369
17370
17371
17372
17373
17374
17375
17376
17377
17378
17379
17380
17381
17382
17383
17384
17385
17386
17387
17388
17389
17390
17391
17392
17393
17394
17395
17396
17397
17398
17399
17400
17401
17402
17403
17404
17405
17406
17407
17408
17409
17410
17411
17412
17413
17414
17415
17416
17417
17418
17419
17420
17421
17422
17423
17424
17425
17426
17427
17428
17429
17430
17431
17432
17433
17434
17435
17436
17437
17438
17439
17440
17441
17442
17443
17444
17445
17446
17447
17448
17449
17450
17451
17452
17453
17454
17455
17456
17457
17458
17459
17460
17461
17462
17463
17464
17465
17466
17467
17468
17469
17470
17471
17472
17473
17474
17475
17476
17477
17478
17479
17480
17481
17482
17483
17484
17485
17486
17487
17488
17489
17490
17491
17492
17493
17494
17495
17496
17497
17498
17499
17500
17501
17502
17503
17504
17505
17506
17507
17508
17509
17510
17511
17512
17513
17514
17515
17516
17517
17518
17519
17520
17521
17522
17523
17524
17525
17526
17527
17528
17529
17530
17531
17532
17533
17534
17535
17536
17537
17538
17539
17540
17541
17542
17543
17544
17545
17546
17547
17548
17549
17550
17551
17552
17553
17554
17555
17556
17557
17558
17559
17560
17561
17562
17563
17564
17565
17566
17567
17568
17569
17570
17571
17572
17573
17574
17575
17576
17577
17578
17579
17580
17581
17582
17583
17584
17585
17586
17587
17588
17589
17590
17591
17592
17593
17594
17595
17596
17597
17598
17599
17600
17601
17602
17603
17604
17605
17606
17607
17608
17609
17610
17611
17612
17613
17614
17615
17616
17617
17618
17619
17620
17621
17622
17623
17624
17625
17626
17627
17628
17629
17630
17631
17632
17633
17634
17635
17636
17637
17638
17639
17640
17641
17642
17643
17644
17645
17646
17647
17648
17649
17650
17651
17652
17653
17654
17655
17656
17657
17658
17659
17660
17661
17662
17663
17664
17665
17666
17667
17668
17669
17670
17671
17672
17673
17674
17675
17676
17677
17678
17679
17680
17681
17682
17683
17684
17685
17686
17687
17688
17689
17690
17691
17692
17693
17694
17695
17696
17697
17698
17699
17700
17701
17702
17703
17704
17705
17706
17707
17708
17709
17710
17711
17712
17713
17714
17715
17716
17717
17718
17719
17720
17721
17722
17723
17724
17725
17726
17727
17728
17729
17730
17731
17732
17733
17734
17735
17736
17737
17738
17739
17740
17741
17742
17743
17744
17745
17746
17747
17748
17749
17750
17751
17752
17753
17754
17755
17756
17757
17758
17759
17760
17761
17762
17763
17764
17765
17766
17767
17768
17769
17770
17771
17772
17773
17774
17775
17776
17777
17778
17779
17780
17781
17782
17783
17784
17785
17786
17787
17788
17789
17790
17791
17792
17793
17794
17795
17796
17797
17798
17799
17800
17801
17802
17803
17804
17805
17806
17807
17808
17809
17810
17811
17812
17813
17814
17815
17816
17817
17818
17819
17820
17821
17822
17823
17824
17825
17826
17827
17828
17829
17830
17831
17832
17833
17834
17835
17836
17837
17838
17839
17840
17841
17842
17843
17844
17845
17846
17847
17848
17849
17850
17851
17852
17853
17854
17855
17856
17857
17858
17859
17860
17861
17862
17863
17864
17865
17866
17867
17868
17869
17870
17871
17872
17873
17874
17875
17876
17877
17878
17879
17880
17881
17882
17883
17884
17885
17886
17887
17888
17889
17890
17891
17892
17893
17894
17895
17896
17897
17898
17899
17900
17901
17902
17903
17904
17905
17906
17907
17908
17909
17910
17911
17912
17913
17914
17915
17916
17917
17918
17919
17920
17921
17922
17923
17924
17925
17926
17927
17928
17929
17930
17931
17932
17933
17934
17935
17936
17937
17938
17939
17940
17941
17942
17943
17944
17945
17946
17947
17948
17949
17950
17951
17952
17953
17954
17955
17956
17957
17958
17959
17960
17961
17962
17963
17964
17965
17966
17967
17968
17969
17970
17971
17972
17973
17974
17975
17976
17977
17978
17979
17980
17981
17982
17983
17984
17985
17986
17987
17988
17989
17990
17991
17992
17993
17994
17995
17996
17997
17998
17999
18000
18001
18002
18003
18004
18005
18006
18007
18008
18009
18010
18011
18012
18013
18014
18015
18016
18017
18018
18019
18020
18021
18022
18023
18024
18025
18026
18027
18028
18029
18030
18031
18032
18033
18034
18035
18036
18037
18038
18039
18040
18041
18042
18043
18044
18045
18046
18047
18048
18049
18050
18051
18052
18053
18054
18055
18056
18057
18058
18059
18060
18061
18062
18063
18064
18065
18066
18067
18068
18069
18070
18071
18072
18073
18074
18075
18076
18077
18078
18079
18080
18081
18082
18083
18084
18085
18086
18087
18088
18089
18090
18091
18092
18093
18094
18095
18096
18097
18098
18099
18100
18101
18102
18103
18104
18105
18106
18107
18108
18109
18110
18111
18112
18113
18114
18115
18116
18117
18118
18119
18120
18121
18122
18123
18124
18125
18126
18127
18128
18129
18130
18131
18132
18133
18134
18135
18136
18137
18138
18139
18140
18141
18142
18143
18144
18145
18146
18147
18148
18149
18150
18151
18152
18153
18154
18155
18156
18157
18158
18159
18160
18161
18162
18163
18164
18165
18166
18167
18168
18169
18170
18171
18172
18173
18174
18175
18176
18177
18178
18179
18180
18181
18182
18183
18184
18185
18186
18187
18188
18189
18190
18191
18192
18193
18194
18195
18196
18197
18198
18199
18200
18201
18202
18203
18204
18205
18206
18207
18208
18209
18210
18211
18212
18213
18214
18215
18216
18217
18218
18219
18220
18221
18222
18223
18224
18225
18226
18227
18228
18229
18230
18231
18232
18233
18234
18235
18236
18237
18238
18239
18240
18241
18242
18243
18244
18245
18246
18247
18248
18249
18250
18251
18252
18253
18254
18255
18256
18257
18258
18259
18260
18261
18262
18263
18264
18265
18266
18267
18268
18269
18270
18271
18272
18273
18274
18275
18276
18277
18278
18279
18280
18281
18282
18283
18284
18285
18286
18287
18288
18289
18290
18291
18292
18293
18294
18295
18296
18297
18298
18299
18300
18301
18302
18303
18304
18305
18306
18307
18308
18309
18310
18311
18312
18313
18314
18315
18316
18317
18318
18319
18320
18321
18322
18323
18324
18325
18326
18327
18328
18329
18330
18331
18332
18333
18334
18335
18336
18337
18338
18339
18340
18341
18342
18343
18344
18345
18346
18347
18348
18349
18350
18351
18352
18353
18354
18355
18356
18357
18358
18359
18360
18361
18362
18363
18364
18365
18366
18367
18368
18369
18370
18371
18372
18373
18374
18375
18376
18377
18378
18379
18380
18381
18382
18383
18384
18385
18386
18387
18388
18389
18390
18391
18392
18393
18394
18395
18396
18397
18398
18399
18400
18401
18402
18403
18404
18405
18406
18407
18408
18409
18410
18411
18412
18413
18414
18415
18416
18417
18418
18419
18420
18421
18422
18423
18424
18425
18426
18427
18428
18429
18430
18431
18432
18433
18434
18435
18436
18437
18438
18439
18440
18441
18442
18443
18444
18445
18446
18447
18448
18449
18450
18451
18452
18453
18454
18455
18456
18457
18458
18459
18460
18461
18462
18463
18464
18465
18466
18467
18468
18469
18470
18471
18472
18473
18474
18475
18476
18477
18478
18479
18480
18481
18482
18483
18484
18485
18486
18487
18488
18489
18490
18491
18492
18493
18494
18495
18496
18497
18498
18499
18500
18501
18502
18503
18504
18505
18506
18507
18508
18509
18510
18511
18512
18513
18514
18515
18516
18517
18518
18519
18520
18521
18522
18523
18524
18525
18526
18527
18528
18529
18530
18531
18532
18533
18534
18535
18536
18537
18538
18539
18540
18541
18542
18543
18544
18545
18546
18547
18548
18549
18550
18551
18552
18553
18554
18555
18556
18557
18558
18559
18560
18561
18562
18563
18564
18565
18566
18567
18568
18569
18570
18571
18572
18573
18574
18575
18576
18577
18578
18579
18580
18581
18582
18583
18584
18585
18586
18587
18588
18589
18590
18591
18592
18593
18594
18595
18596
18597
18598
18599
18600
18601
18602
18603
18604
18605
18606
18607
18608
18609
18610
18611
18612
18613
18614
18615
18616
18617
18618
18619
18620
18621
18622
18623
18624
18625
18626
18627
18628
18629
18630
18631
18632
18633
18634
18635
18636
18637
18638
18639
18640
18641
18642
18643
18644
18645
18646
18647
18648
18649
18650
18651
18652
18653
18654
18655
18656
18657
18658
18659
18660
18661
18662
18663
18664
18665
18666
18667
18668
18669
18670
18671
18672
18673
18674
18675
18676
18677
18678
18679
18680
18681
18682
18683
18684
18685
18686
18687
18688
18689
18690
18691
18692
18693
18694
18695
18696
18697
18698
18699
18700
18701
18702
18703
18704
18705
18706
18707
18708
18709
18710
18711
18712
18713
18714
18715
18716
18717
18718
18719
18720
18721
18722
18723
18724
18725
18726
18727
18728
18729
18730
18731
18732
18733
18734
18735
18736
18737
18738
18739
18740
18741
18742
18743
18744
18745
18746
18747
18748
18749
18750
18751
18752
18753
18754
18755
18756
18757
18758
18759
18760
18761
18762
18763
18764
18765
18766
18767
18768
18769
18770
18771
18772
18773
18774
18775
18776
18777
18778
18779
18780
18781
18782
18783
18784
18785
18786
18787
18788
18789
18790
18791
18792
18793
18794
18795
18796
18797
18798
18799
18800
18801
18802
18803
18804
18805
18806
18807
18808
18809
18810
18811
18812
18813
18814
18815
18816
18817
18818
18819
18820
18821
18822
18823
18824
18825
18826
18827
18828
18829
18830
18831
18832
18833
18834
18835
18836
18837
18838
18839
18840
18841
18842
18843
18844
18845
18846
18847
18848
18849
18850
18851
18852
18853
18854
18855
18856
18857
18858
18859
18860
18861
18862
18863
18864
18865
18866
18867
18868
18869
18870
18871
18872
18873
18874
18875
18876
18877
18878
18879
18880
18881
18882
18883
18884
18885
18886
18887
18888
18889
18890
18891
18892
18893
18894
18895
18896
18897
18898
18899
18900
18901
18902
18903
18904
18905
18906
18907
18908
18909
18910
18911
18912
18913
18914
18915
18916
18917
18918
18919
18920
18921
18922
18923
18924
18925
18926
18927
18928
18929
18930
18931
18932
18933
18934
18935
18936
18937
18938
18939
18940
18941
18942
18943
18944
18945
18946
18947
18948
18949
18950
18951
18952
18953
18954
18955
18956
18957
18958
18959
18960
18961
18962
18963
18964
18965
18966
18967
18968
18969
18970
18971
18972
18973
18974
18975
18976
18977
18978
18979
18980
18981
18982
18983
18984
18985
18986
18987
18988
18989
18990
18991
18992
18993
18994
18995
18996
18997
18998
18999
19000
19001
19002
19003
19004
19005
19006
19007
19008
19009
19010
19011
19012
19013
19014
19015
19016
19017
19018
19019
19020
19021
19022
19023
19024
19025
19026
19027
19028
19029
19030
19031
19032
19033
19034
19035
19036
19037
19038
19039
19040
19041
19042
19043
19044
19045
19046
19047
19048
19049
19050
19051
19052
19053
19054
19055
19056
19057
19058
19059
19060
19061
19062
19063
19064
19065
19066
19067
19068
19069
19070
19071
19072
19073
19074
19075
19076
19077
19078
19079
19080
19081
19082
19083
19084
19085
19086
19087
19088
19089
19090
19091
19092
19093
19094
19095
19096
19097
19098
19099
19100
19101
19102
19103
19104
19105
19106
19107
19108
19109
19110
19111
19112
19113
19114
19115
19116
19117
19118
19119
19120
19121
19122
19123
19124
19125
19126
19127
19128
19129
19130
19131
19132
19133
19134
19135
19136
19137
19138
19139
19140
19141
19142
19143
19144
19145
19146
19147
19148
19149
19150
19151
19152
19153
19154
19155
19156
19157
19158
19159
19160
19161
19162
19163
19164
19165
19166
19167
19168
19169
19170
19171
19172
19173
19174
19175
19176
19177
19178
19179
19180
19181
19182
19183
19184
19185
19186
19187
19188
19189
19190
19191
19192
19193
19194
19195
19196
19197
19198
19199
19200
19201
19202
19203
19204
19205
19206
19207
19208
19209
19210
19211
19212
19213
19214
19215
19216
19217
19218
19219
19220
19221
19222
19223
19224
19225
19226
19227
19228
19229
19230
19231
19232
19233
19234
19235
19236
19237
19238
19239
19240
19241
19242
19243
19244
19245
19246
19247
19248
19249
19250
19251
19252
19253
19254
19255
19256
19257
19258
19259
19260
19261
19262
19263
19264
19265
19266
19267
19268
19269
19270
19271
19272
19273
19274
19275
19276
19277
19278
19279
19280
19281
19282
19283
19284
19285
19286
19287
19288
19289
19290
19291
19292
19293
19294
19295
19296
19297
19298
19299
19300
19301
19302
19303
19304
19305
19306
19307
19308
19309
19310
19311
19312
19313
19314
19315
19316
19317
19318
19319
19320
19321
19322
19323
19324
19325
19326
19327
19328
19329
19330
19331
19332
19333
19334
19335
19336
19337
19338
19339
19340
19341
19342
19343
19344
19345
19346
19347
19348
19349
19350
19351
19352
19353
19354
19355
19356
19357
19358
19359
19360
19361
19362
19363
19364
19365
19366
19367
19368
19369
19370
19371
19372
19373
19374
19375
19376
19377
19378
19379
19380
19381
19382
19383
19384
19385
19386
19387
19388
19389
19390
19391
19392
19393
19394
19395
19396
19397
19398
19399
19400
19401
19402
19403
19404
19405
19406
19407
19408
19409
19410
19411
19412
19413
19414
19415
19416
19417
19418
19419
19420
19421
19422
19423
19424
19425
19426
19427
19428
19429
19430
19431
19432
19433
19434
19435
19436
19437
19438
19439
19440
19441
19442
19443
19444
19445
19446
19447
19448
19449
19450
19451
19452
19453
19454
19455
19456
19457
19458
19459
19460
19461
19462
19463
19464
19465
19466
19467
19468
19469
19470
19471
19472
19473
19474
19475
19476
19477
19478
19479
19480
19481
19482
19483
19484
19485
19486
19487
19488
19489
19490
19491
19492
19493
19494
19495
19496
19497
19498
19499
19500
19501
19502
19503
19504
19505
19506
19507
19508
19509
19510
19511
19512
19513
19514
19515
19516
19517
19518
19519
19520
19521
19522
19523
19524
19525
19526
19527
19528
19529
19530
19531
19532
19533
19534
19535
19536
19537
19538
19539
19540
19541
19542
19543
19544
19545
19546
19547
19548
19549
19550
19551
19552
19553
19554
19555
19556
19557
19558
19559
19560
19561
19562
19563
19564
19565
19566
19567
19568
19569
19570
19571
19572
19573
19574
19575
19576
19577
19578
19579
19580
19581
19582
19583
19584
19585
19586
19587
19588
19589
19590
19591
19592
19593
19594
19595
19596
19597
19598
19599
19600
19601
19602
19603
19604
19605
19606
19607
19608
19609
19610
19611
19612
19613
19614
19615
19616
19617
19618
19619
19620
19621
19622
19623
19624
19625
19626
19627
19628
19629
19630
19631
19632
19633
19634
19635
19636
19637
19638
19639
19640
19641
19642
19643
19644
19645
19646
19647
19648
19649
19650
19651
19652
19653
19654
19655
19656
19657
19658
19659
19660
19661
19662
19663
19664
19665
19666
19667
19668
19669
19670
19671
19672
19673
19674
19675
19676
19677
19678
19679
19680
19681
19682
19683
19684
19685
19686
19687
19688
19689
19690
19691
19692
19693
19694
19695
19696
19697
19698
19699
19700
19701
19702
19703
19704
19705
19706
19707
19708
19709
19710
19711
19712
19713
19714
19715
19716
19717
19718
19719
19720
19721
19722
19723
19724
19725
19726
19727
19728
19729
19730
19731
19732
19733
19734
19735
19736
19737
19738
19739
19740
19741
19742
19743
19744
19745
19746
19747
19748
19749
19750
19751
19752
19753
19754
19755
19756
19757
19758
19759
19760
19761
19762
19763
19764
19765
19766
19767
19768
19769
19770
19771
19772
19773
19774
19775
19776
19777
19778
19779
19780
19781
19782
19783
19784
19785
19786
19787
19788
19789
19790
19791
19792
19793
19794
19795
19796
19797
19798
19799
19800
19801
19802
19803
19804
19805
19806
19807
19808
19809
19810
19811
19812
19813
19814
19815
19816
19817
19818
19819
19820
19821
19822
19823
19824
19825
19826
19827
19828
19829
19830
19831
19832
19833
19834
19835
19836
19837
19838
19839
19840
19841
19842
19843
19844
19845
19846
19847
19848
19849
19850
19851
19852
19853
19854
19855
19856
19857
19858
19859
19860
19861
19862
19863
19864
19865
19866
19867
19868
19869
19870
19871
19872
19873
19874
19875
19876
19877
19878
19879
19880
19881
19882
19883
19884
19885
19886
19887
19888
19889
19890
19891
19892
19893
19894
19895
19896
19897
19898
19899
19900
19901
19902
19903
19904
19905
19906
19907
19908
19909
19910
19911
19912
19913
19914
19915
19916
19917
19918
19919
19920
19921
19922
19923
19924
19925
19926
19927
19928
19929
19930
19931
19932
19933
19934
19935
19936
19937
19938
19939
19940
19941
19942
19943
19944
19945
19946
19947
19948
19949
19950
19951
19952
19953
19954
19955
19956
19957
19958
19959
19960
19961
19962
19963
19964
19965
19966
19967
19968
19969
19970
19971
19972
19973
19974
19975
19976
19977
19978
19979
19980
19981
19982
19983
19984
19985
19986
19987
19988
19989
19990
19991
19992
19993
19994
19995
19996
19997
19998
19999
20000
20001
20002
20003
20004
20005
20006
20007
20008
20009
20010
20011
20012
20013
20014
20015
20016
20017
20018
20019
20020
20021
20022
20023
20024
20025
20026
20027
20028
20029
20030
20031
20032
20033
20034
20035
20036
20037
20038
20039
20040
20041
20042
20043
20044
20045
20046
20047
20048
20049
20050
20051
20052
20053
20054
20055
20056
20057
20058
20059
20060
20061
20062
20063
20064
20065
20066
20067
20068
20069
20070
20071
20072
20073
20074
20075
20076
20077
20078
20079
20080
20081
20082
20083
20084
20085
20086
20087
20088
20089
20090
20091
20092
20093
20094
20095
20096
20097
20098
20099
20100
20101
20102
20103
20104
20105
20106
20107
20108
20109
20110
20111
20112
20113
20114
20115
20116
20117
20118
20119
20120
20121
20122
20123
20124
20125
20126
20127
20128
20129
20130
20131
20132
20133
20134
20135
20136
20137
20138
20139
20140
20141
20142
20143
20144
20145
20146
20147
20148
20149
20150
20151
20152
20153
20154
20155
20156
20157
20158
20159
20160
20161
20162
20163
20164
20165
20166
20167
20168
20169
20170
20171
20172
20173
20174
20175
20176
20177
20178
20179
20180
20181
20182
20183
20184
20185
20186
20187
20188
20189
20190
20191
20192
20193
20194
20195
20196
20197
20198
20199
20200
20201
20202
20203
20204
20205
20206
20207
20208
20209
20210
20211
20212
20213
20214
20215
20216
20217
20218
20219
20220
20221
20222
20223
20224
20225
20226
20227
20228
20229
20230
20231
20232
20233
20234
20235
20236
20237
20238
20239
20240
20241
20242
20243
20244
20245
20246
20247
20248
20249
20250
20251
20252
20253
20254
20255
20256
20257
20258
20259
20260
20261
20262
20263
20264
20265
20266
20267
20268
20269
20270
20271
20272
20273
20274
20275
20276
20277
20278
20279
20280
20281
20282
20283
20284
20285
20286
20287
20288
20289
20290
20291
20292
20293
20294
20295
20296
20297
20298
20299
20300
20301
20302
20303
20304
20305
20306
20307
20308
20309
20310
20311
20312
20313
20314
20315
20316
20317
20318
20319
20320
20321
20322
20323
20324
20325
20326
20327
20328
20329
20330
20331
20332
20333
20334
20335
20336
20337
20338
20339
20340
20341
20342
20343
20344
20345
20346
20347
20348
20349
20350
20351
20352
20353
20354
20355
20356
20357
20358
20359
20360
20361
20362
20363
20364
20365
20366
20367
20368
20369
20370
20371
20372
20373
20374
20375
20376
20377
20378
20379
20380
20381
20382
20383
20384
20385
20386
20387
20388
20389
20390
20391
20392
20393
20394
20395
20396
20397
20398
20399
20400
20401
20402
20403
20404
20405
20406
20407
20408
20409
20410
20411
20412
20413
20414
20415
20416
20417
20418
20419
20420
20421
20422
20423
20424
20425
20426
20427
20428
20429
20430
20431
20432
20433
20434
20435
20436
20437
20438
20439
20440
20441
20442
20443
20444
20445
20446
20447
20448
20449
20450
20451
20452
20453
20454
20455
20456
20457
20458
20459
20460
20461
20462
20463
20464
20465
20466
20467
20468
20469
20470
20471
20472
20473
20474
20475
20476
20477
20478
20479
20480
20481
20482
20483
20484
20485
20486
20487
20488
20489
20490
20491
20492
20493
20494
20495
20496
20497
20498
20499
20500
20501
20502
20503
20504
20505
20506
20507
20508
20509
20510
20511
20512
20513
20514
20515
20516
20517
20518
20519
20520
20521
20522
20523
20524
20525
20526
20527
20528
20529
20530
20531
20532
20533
20534
20535
20536
20537
20538
20539
20540
20541
20542
20543
20544
20545
20546
20547
20548
20549
20550
20551
20552
20553
20554
20555
20556
20557
20558
20559
20560
20561
20562
20563
20564
20565
20566
20567
20568
20569
20570
20571
20572
20573
20574
20575
20576
20577
20578
20579
20580
20581
20582
20583
20584
20585
20586
20587
20588
20589
20590
20591
20592
20593
20594
20595
20596
20597
20598
20599
20600
20601
20602
20603
20604
20605
20606
20607
20608
20609
20610
20611
20612
20613
20614
20615
20616
20617
20618
20619
20620
20621
20622
20623
20624
20625
20626
20627
20628
20629
20630
20631
20632
20633
20634
20635
20636
20637
20638
20639
20640
20641
20642
20643
20644
20645
20646
20647
20648
20649
20650
20651
20652
20653
20654
20655
20656
20657
20658
20659
20660
20661
20662
20663
20664
20665
20666
20667
20668
20669
20670
20671
20672
20673
20674
20675
20676
20677
20678
20679
20680
20681
20682
20683
20684
20685
20686
20687
20688
20689
20690
20691
20692
20693
20694
20695
20696
20697
20698
20699
20700
20701
20702
20703
20704
20705
20706
20707
20708
20709
20710
20711
20712
20713
20714
20715
20716
20717
20718
20719
20720
20721
20722
20723
20724
20725
20726
20727
20728
20729
20730
20731
20732
20733
20734
20735
20736
20737
20738
20739
20740
20741
20742
20743
20744
20745
20746
20747
20748
20749
20750
20751
20752
20753
20754
20755
20756
20757
20758
20759
20760
20761
20762
20763
20764
20765
20766
20767
20768
20769
20770
20771
20772
20773
20774
20775
20776
20777
20778
20779
20780
20781
20782
20783
20784
20785
20786
20787
20788
20789
20790
20791
20792
20793
20794
20795
20796
20797
20798
20799
20800
20801
20802
20803
20804
20805
20806
20807
20808
20809
20810
20811
20812
20813
20814
20815
20816
20817
20818
20819
20820
20821
20822
20823
20824
20825
20826
20827
20828
20829
20830
20831
20832
20833
20834
20835
20836
20837
20838
20839
20840
20841
20842
20843
20844
20845
20846
20847
20848
20849
20850
20851
20852
20853
20854
20855
20856
20857
20858
20859
20860
20861
20862
20863
20864
20865
20866
20867
20868
20869
20870
20871
20872
20873
20874
20875
20876
20877
20878
20879
20880
20881
20882
20883
20884
20885
20886
20887
20888
20889
20890
20891
20892
20893
20894
20895
20896
20897
20898
20899
20900
20901
20902
20903
20904
20905
20906
20907
20908
20909
20910
20911
20912
20913
20914
20915
20916
20917
20918
20919
20920
20921
20922
20923
20924
20925
20926
20927
20928
20929
20930
20931
20932
20933
20934
20935
20936
20937
20938
20939
20940
20941
20942
20943
20944
20945
20946
20947
20948
20949
20950
20951
20952
20953
20954
20955
20956
20957
20958
20959
20960
20961
20962
20963
20964
20965
20966
20967
20968
20969
20970
20971
20972
20973
20974
20975
20976
20977
20978
20979
20980
20981
20982
20983
20984
20985
20986
20987
20988
20989
20990
20991
20992
20993
20994
20995
20996
20997
20998
20999
21000
21001
21002
21003
21004
21005
21006
21007
21008
21009
21010
21011
21012
21013
21014
21015
21016
21017
21018
21019
21020
21021
21022
21023
21024
21025
21026
21027
21028
21029
21030
21031
21032
21033
21034
21035
21036
21037
21038
21039
21040
21041
21042
21043
21044
21045
21046
21047
21048
21049
21050
21051
21052
21053
21054
21055
21056
21057
21058
21059
21060
21061
21062
21063
21064
21065
21066
21067
21068
21069
21070
21071
21072
21073
21074
21075
21076
21077
21078
21079
21080
21081
21082
21083
21084
21085
21086
21087
21088
21089
21090
21091
21092
21093
21094
21095
21096
21097
21098
21099
21100
21101
21102
21103
21104
21105
21106
21107
21108
21109
21110
21111
21112
21113
21114
21115
21116
21117
21118
21119
21120
21121
21122
21123
21124
21125
21126
21127
21128
21129
21130
21131
21132
21133
21134
21135
21136
21137
21138
21139
21140
21141
21142
21143
21144
21145
21146
21147
21148
21149
21150
21151
21152
21153
21154
21155
21156
21157
21158
21159
21160
21161
21162
21163
21164
21165
21166
21167
21168
21169
21170
21171
21172
21173
21174
21175
21176
21177
21178
21179
21180
21181
21182
21183
21184
21185
21186
21187
21188
21189
21190
21191
21192
21193
21194
21195
21196
21197
21198
21199
21200
21201
21202
21203
21204
21205
21206
21207
21208
21209
21210
21211
21212
21213
21214
21215
21216
21217
21218
21219
21220
21221
21222
21223
21224
21225
21226
21227
21228
21229
21230
21231
21232
21233
21234
21235
21236
21237
21238
21239
21240
21241
21242
21243
21244
21245
21246
21247
21248
21249
21250
21251
21252
21253
21254
21255
21256
21257
21258
21259
21260
21261
21262
21263
21264
21265
21266
21267
21268
21269
21270
21271
21272
21273
21274
21275
21276
21277
21278
21279
21280
21281
21282
21283
21284
21285
21286
21287
21288
21289
21290
21291
21292
21293
21294
21295
21296
21297
21298
21299
21300
21301
21302
21303
21304
21305
21306
21307
21308
21309
21310
21311
21312
21313
21314
21315
21316
21317
21318
21319
21320
21321
21322
21323
21324
21325
21326
21327
21328
21329
21330
21331
21332
21333
21334
21335
21336
21337
21338
21339
21340
21341
21342
21343
21344
21345
21346
21347
21348
21349
21350
21351
21352
21353
21354
21355
21356
21357
21358
21359
21360
21361
21362
21363
21364
21365
21366
21367
21368
21369
21370
21371
21372
21373
21374
21375
21376
21377
21378
21379
21380
21381
21382
21383
21384
21385
21386
21387
21388
21389
21390
21391
21392
21393
21394
21395
21396
21397
21398
21399
21400
21401
21402
21403
21404
21405
21406
21407
21408
21409
21410
21411
21412
21413
21414
21415
21416
21417
21418
21419
21420
21421
21422
21423
21424
21425
21426
21427
21428
21429
21430
21431
21432
21433
21434
21435
21436
21437
21438
21439
21440
21441
21442
21443
21444
21445
21446
21447
21448
21449
21450
21451
21452
21453
21454
21455
21456
21457
21458
21459
21460
21461
21462
21463
21464
21465
21466
21467
21468
21469
21470
21471
21472
21473
21474
21475
21476
21477
21478
21479
21480
21481
21482
21483
21484
21485
21486
21487
21488
21489
21490
21491
21492
21493
21494
21495
21496
21497
21498
21499
21500
21501
21502
21503
21504
21505
21506
21507
21508
21509
21510
21511
21512
21513
21514
21515
21516
21517
21518
21519
21520
21521
21522
21523
21524
21525
21526
21527
21528
21529
21530
21531
21532
21533
21534
21535
21536
21537
21538
21539
21540
21541
21542
21543
21544
21545
21546
21547
21548
21549
21550
21551
21552
21553
21554
21555
21556
21557
21558
21559
21560
21561
21562
21563
21564
21565
21566
21567
21568
21569
21570
21571
21572
21573
21574
21575
21576
21577
21578
21579
21580
21581
21582
21583
21584
21585
21586
21587
21588
21589
21590
21591
21592
21593
21594
21595
21596
21597
21598
21599
21600
21601
21602
21603
21604
21605
21606
21607
21608
21609
21610
21611
21612
21613
21614
21615
21616
21617
21618
21619
21620
21621
21622
21623
21624
21625
21626
21627
21628
21629
21630
21631
21632
21633
21634
21635
21636
21637
21638
21639
21640
21641
21642
21643
21644
21645
21646
21647
21648
21649
21650
21651
21652
21653
21654
21655
21656
21657
21658
21659
21660
21661
21662
21663
21664
21665
21666
21667
21668
21669
21670
21671
21672
21673
21674
21675
21676
21677
21678
21679
21680
21681
21682
21683
21684
21685
21686
21687
21688
21689
21690
21691
21692
21693
21694
21695
21696
21697
21698
21699
21700
21701
21702
21703
21704
21705
21706
21707
21708
21709
21710
21711
21712
21713
21714
21715
21716
21717
21718
21719
21720
21721
21722
21723
21724
21725
21726
21727
21728
21729
21730
21731
21732
21733
21734
21735
21736
21737
21738
21739
21740
21741
21742
21743
21744
21745
21746
21747
21748
21749
21750
21751
21752
21753
21754
21755
21756
21757
21758
21759
21760
21761
21762
21763
21764
21765
21766
21767
21768
21769
21770
21771
21772
21773
21774
21775
21776
21777
21778
21779
21780
21781
21782
21783
21784
21785
21786
21787
21788
21789
21790
21791
21792
21793
21794
21795
21796
21797
21798
21799
21800
21801
21802
21803
21804
21805
21806
21807
21808
21809
21810
21811
21812
21813
21814
21815
21816
21817
21818
21819
21820
21821
21822
21823
21824
21825
21826
21827
21828
21829
21830
21831
21832
21833
21834
21835
21836
21837
21838
21839
21840
21841
21842
21843
21844
21845
21846
21847
21848
21849
21850
21851
21852
21853
21854
21855
21856
21857
21858
21859
21860
21861
21862
21863
21864
21865
21866
21867
21868
21869
21870
21871
21872
21873
21874
21875
21876
21877
21878
21879
21880
21881
21882
21883
21884
21885
21886
21887
21888
21889
21890
21891
21892
21893
21894
21895
21896
21897
21898
21899
21900
21901
21902
21903
21904
21905
21906
21907
21908
21909
21910
21911
21912
21913
21914
21915
21916
21917
21918
21919
21920
21921
21922
21923
21924
21925
21926
21927
21928
21929
21930
21931
21932
21933
21934
21935
21936
21937
21938
21939
21940
21941
21942
21943
21944
21945
21946
21947
21948
21949
21950
21951
21952
21953
21954
21955
21956
21957
21958
21959
21960
21961
21962
21963
21964
21965
21966
21967
21968
21969
21970
21971
21972
21973
21974
21975
21976
21977
21978
21979
21980
21981
21982
21983
21984
21985
21986
21987
21988
21989
21990
21991
21992
21993
21994
21995
21996
21997
21998
21999
22000
22001
22002
22003
22004
22005
22006
22007
22008
22009
22010
22011
22012
22013
22014
22015
22016
22017
22018
22019
22020
22021
22022
22023
22024
22025
22026
22027
22028
22029
22030
22031
22032
22033
22034
22035
22036
22037
22038
22039
22040
22041
22042
22043
22044
22045
22046
22047
22048
22049
22050
22051
22052
22053
22054
22055
22056
22057
22058
22059
22060
22061
22062
22063
22064
22065
22066
22067
22068
22069
22070
22071
22072
22073
22074
22075
22076
22077
22078
22079
22080
22081
22082
22083
22084
22085
22086
22087
22088
22089
22090
22091
22092
22093
22094
22095
22096
22097
22098
22099
22100
22101
22102
22103
22104
22105
22106
22107
22108
22109
22110
22111
22112
22113
22114
22115
22116
22117
22118
22119
22120
22121
22122
22123
22124
22125
22126
22127
22128
22129
22130
22131
22132
22133
22134
22135
22136
22137
22138
22139
22140
22141
22142
22143
22144
22145
22146
22147
22148
22149
22150
22151
22152
22153
22154
22155
22156
22157
22158
22159
22160
22161
22162
22163
22164
22165
22166
22167
22168
22169
22170
22171
22172
22173
22174
22175
22176
22177
22178
22179
22180
22181
22182
22183
22184
22185
22186
22187
22188
22189
22190
22191
22192
22193
22194
22195
22196
22197
22198
22199
22200
22201
22202
22203
22204
22205
22206
22207
22208
22209
22210
22211
22212
22213
22214
22215
22216
22217
22218
22219
22220
22221
22222
22223
22224
22225
22226
22227
22228
22229
22230
22231
22232
22233
22234
22235
22236
22237
22238
22239
22240
22241
22242
22243
22244
22245
22246
22247
22248
22249
22250
22251
22252
22253
22254
22255
22256
22257
22258
22259
22260
22261
22262
22263
22264
22265
22266
22267
22268
22269
22270
22271
22272
22273
22274
22275
22276
22277
22278
22279
22280
22281
22282
22283
22284
22285
22286
22287
22288
22289
22290
22291
22292
22293
22294
22295
22296
22297
22298
22299
22300
22301
22302
22303
22304
22305
22306
22307
22308
22309
22310
22311
22312
22313
22314
22315
22316
22317
22318
22319
22320
22321
22322
22323
22324
22325
22326
22327
22328
22329
22330
22331
22332
22333
22334
22335
22336
22337
22338
22339
22340
22341
22342
22343
22344
22345
22346
22347
22348
22349
22350
22351
22352
22353
22354
22355
22356
22357
22358
22359
22360
22361
22362
22363
22364
22365
22366
22367
22368
22369
22370
22371
22372
22373
22374
22375
22376
22377
22378
22379
22380
22381
22382
22383
22384
22385
22386
22387
22388
22389
22390
22391
22392
22393
22394
22395
22396
22397
22398
22399
22400
22401
22402
22403
22404
22405
22406
22407
22408
22409
22410
22411
22412
22413
22414
22415
22416
22417
22418
22419
22420
22421
22422
22423
22424
22425
22426
22427
22428
22429
22430
22431
22432
22433
22434
22435
22436
22437
22438
22439
22440
22441
22442
22443
22444
22445
22446
22447
22448
22449
22450
22451
22452
22453
22454
22455
22456
22457
22458
22459
22460
22461
22462
22463
22464
22465
22466
22467
22468
22469
22470
22471
22472
22473
22474
22475
22476
22477
22478
22479
22480
22481
22482
22483
22484
22485
22486
22487
22488
22489
22490
22491
22492
22493
22494
22495
22496
22497
22498
22499
22500
22501
22502
22503
22504
22505
22506
22507
22508
22509
22510
22511
22512
22513
22514
22515
22516
22517
22518
22519
22520
22521
22522
22523
22524
22525
22526
22527
22528
22529
22530
22531
22532
22533
22534
22535
22536
22537
22538
22539
22540
22541
22542
22543
22544
22545
22546
22547
22548
22549
22550
22551
22552
22553
22554
22555
22556
22557
22558
22559
22560
22561
22562
22563
22564
22565
22566
22567
22568
22569
22570
22571
22572
22573
22574
22575
22576
22577
22578
22579
22580
22581
22582
22583
22584
22585
22586
22587
22588
22589
22590
22591
22592
22593
22594
22595
22596
22597
22598
22599
22600
22601
22602
22603
22604
22605
22606
22607
22608
22609
22610
22611
22612
22613
22614
22615
22616
22617
22618
22619
22620
22621
22622
22623
22624
22625
22626
22627
22628
22629
22630
22631
22632
22633
22634
22635
22636
22637
22638
22639
22640
22641
22642
22643
22644
22645
22646
22647
22648
22649
22650
22651
22652
22653
22654
22655
22656
22657
22658
22659
22660
22661
22662
22663
22664
22665
22666
22667
22668
22669
22670
22671
22672
22673
22674
22675
22676
22677
22678
22679
22680
22681
22682
22683
22684
22685
22686
22687
22688
22689
22690
22691
22692
22693
22694
22695
22696
22697
22698
22699
22700
22701
22702
22703
22704
22705
22706
22707
22708
22709
22710
22711
22712
22713
22714
22715
22716
22717
22718
22719
22720
22721
22722
22723
22724
22725
22726
22727
22728
22729
22730
22731
22732
22733
22734
22735
22736
22737
22738
22739
22740
22741
22742
22743
22744
22745
22746
22747
22748
22749
22750
22751
22752
22753
22754
22755
22756
22757
22758
22759
22760
22761
22762
22763
22764
22765
22766
22767
22768
22769
22770
22771
22772
22773
22774
22775
22776
22777
22778
22779
22780
22781
22782
22783
22784
22785
22786
22787
22788
22789
22790
22791
22792
22793
22794
22795
22796
22797
22798
22799
22800
22801
22802
22803
22804
22805
22806
22807
22808
22809
22810
22811
22812
22813
22814
22815
22816
22817
22818
22819
22820
22821
22822
22823
22824
22825
22826
22827
22828
22829
22830
22831
22832
22833
22834
22835
22836
22837
22838
22839
22840
22841
22842
22843
22844
22845
22846
22847
22848
22849
22850
22851
22852
22853
22854
22855
22856
22857
22858
22859
22860
22861
22862
22863
22864
22865
22866
22867
22868
22869
22870
22871
22872
22873
22874
22875
22876
22877
22878
22879
22880
22881
22882
22883
22884
22885
22886
22887
22888
22889
22890
22891
22892
22893
22894
22895
22896
22897
22898
22899
22900
22901
22902
22903
22904
22905
22906
22907
22908
22909
22910
22911
22912
22913
22914
22915
22916
22917
22918
22919
22920
22921
22922
22923
22924
22925
22926
22927
22928
22929
22930
22931
22932
22933
22934
22935
22936
22937
22938
22939
22940
22941
22942
22943
22944
22945
22946
22947
22948
22949
22950
22951
22952
22953
22954
22955
22956
22957
22958
22959
22960
22961
22962
22963
22964
22965
22966
22967
22968
22969
22970
22971
22972
22973
22974
22975
22976
22977
22978
22979
22980
22981
22982
22983
22984
22985
22986
22987
22988
22989
22990
22991
22992
22993
22994
22995
22996
22997
22998
22999
23000
23001
23002
23003
23004
23005
23006
23007
23008
23009
23010
23011
23012
23013
23014
23015
23016
23017
23018
23019
23020
23021
23022
23023
23024
23025
23026
23027
23028
23029
23030
23031
23032
23033
23034
23035
23036
23037
23038
23039
23040
23041
23042
23043
23044
23045
23046
23047
23048
23049
23050
23051
23052
23053
23054
23055
23056
23057
23058
23059
23060
23061
23062
23063
23064
23065
23066
23067
23068
23069
23070
23071
23072
23073
23074
23075
23076
23077
23078
23079
23080
23081
23082
23083
23084
23085
23086
23087
23088
23089
23090
23091
23092
23093
23094
23095
23096
23097
23098
23099
23100
23101
23102
23103
23104
23105
23106
23107
23108
23109
23110
23111
23112
23113
23114
23115
23116
23117
23118
23119
23120
23121
23122
23123
23124
23125
23126
23127
23128
23129
23130
23131
23132
23133
23134
23135
23136
23137
23138
23139
23140
23141
23142
23143
23144
23145
23146
23147
23148
23149
23150
23151
23152
23153
23154
23155
23156
23157
23158
23159
23160
23161
23162
23163
23164
23165
23166
23167
23168
23169
23170
23171
23172
23173
23174
23175
23176
23177
23178
23179
23180
23181
23182
23183
23184
23185
23186
23187
23188
23189
23190
23191
23192
23193
23194
23195
23196
23197
23198
23199
23200
23201
23202
23203
23204
23205
23206
23207
23208
23209
23210
23211
23212
23213
23214
23215
23216
23217
23218
23219
23220
23221
23222
23223
23224
23225
23226
23227
23228
23229
23230
23231
23232
23233
23234
23235
23236
23237
23238
23239
23240
23241
23242
23243
23244
23245
23246
23247
23248
23249
23250
23251
23252
23253
23254
23255
23256
23257
23258
23259
23260
23261
23262
23263
23264
23265
23266
23267
23268
23269
23270
23271
23272
23273
23274
23275
23276
23277
23278
23279
23280
23281
23282
23283
23284
23285
23286
23287
23288
23289
23290
23291
23292
23293
23294
23295
23296
23297
23298
23299
23300
23301
23302
23303
23304
23305
23306
23307
23308
23309
23310
23311
23312
23313
23314
23315
23316
23317
23318
23319
23320
23321
23322
23323
23324
23325
23326
23327
23328
23329
23330
23331
23332
23333
23334
23335
23336
23337
23338
23339
23340
23341
23342
23343
23344
23345
23346
23347
23348
23349
23350
23351
23352
23353
23354
23355
23356
23357
23358
23359
23360
23361
23362
23363
23364
23365
23366
23367
23368
23369
23370
23371
23372
23373
23374
23375
23376
23377
23378
23379
23380
23381
23382
23383
23384
23385
23386
23387
23388
23389
23390
23391
23392
23393
23394
23395
23396
23397
23398
23399
23400
23401
23402
23403
23404
23405
23406
23407
23408
23409
23410
23411
23412
23413
23414
23415
23416
23417
23418
23419
23420
23421
23422
23423
23424
23425
23426
23427
23428
23429
23430
23431
23432
23433
23434
23435
23436
23437
23438
23439
23440
23441
23442
23443
23444
23445
23446
23447
23448
23449
23450
23451
23452
23453
23454
23455
23456
23457
23458
23459
23460
23461
23462
23463
23464
23465
23466
23467
23468
23469
23470
23471
23472
23473
23474
23475
23476
23477
23478
23479
23480
23481
23482
23483
23484
23485
23486
23487
23488
23489
23490
23491
23492
23493
23494
23495
23496
23497
23498
23499
23500
23501
23502
23503
23504
23505
23506
23507
23508
23509
23510
23511
23512
23513
23514
23515
23516
23517
23518
23519
23520
23521
23522
23523
23524
23525
23526
23527
23528
23529
23530
23531
23532
23533
23534
23535
23536
23537
23538
23539
23540
23541
23542
23543
23544
23545
23546
23547
23548
23549
23550
23551
23552
23553
23554
23555
23556
23557
23558
23559
23560
23561
23562
23563
23564
23565
23566
23567
23568
23569
23570
23571
23572
23573
23574
23575
23576
23577
23578
23579
23580
23581
23582
23583
23584
23585
23586
23587
23588
23589
23590
23591
23592
23593
23594
23595
23596
23597
23598
23599
23600
23601
23602
23603
23604
23605
23606
23607
23608
23609
23610
23611
23612
23613
23614
23615
23616
23617
23618
23619
23620
23621
23622
23623
23624
23625
23626
23627
23628
23629
23630
23631
23632
23633
23634
23635
23636
23637
23638
23639
23640
23641
23642
23643
23644
23645
23646
23647
23648
23649
23650
23651
23652
23653
23654
23655
23656
23657
23658
23659
23660
23661
23662
23663
23664
23665
23666
23667
23668
23669
23670
23671
23672
23673
23674
23675
23676
23677
23678
23679
23680
23681
23682
23683
23684
23685
23686
23687
23688
23689
23690
23691
23692
23693
23694
23695
23696
23697
23698
23699
23700
23701
23702
23703
23704
23705
23706
23707
23708
23709
23710
23711
23712
23713
23714
23715
23716
23717
23718
23719
23720
23721
23722
23723
23724
23725
23726
23727
23728
23729
23730
23731
23732
23733
23734
23735
23736
23737
23738
23739
23740
23741
23742
23743
23744
23745
23746
23747
23748
23749
23750
23751
23752
23753
23754
23755
23756
23757
23758
23759
23760
23761
23762
23763
23764
23765
23766
23767
23768
23769
23770
23771
23772
23773
23774
23775
23776
23777
23778
23779
23780
23781
23782
23783
23784
23785
23786
23787
23788
23789
23790
23791
23792
23793
23794
23795
23796
23797
23798
23799
23800
23801
23802
23803
23804
23805
23806
23807
23808
23809
23810
23811
23812
23813
23814
23815
23816
23817
23818
23819
23820
23821
23822
23823
23824
23825
23826
23827
23828
23829
23830
23831
23832
23833
23834
23835
23836
23837
23838
23839
23840
23841
23842
23843
23844
23845
23846
23847
23848
23849
23850
23851
23852
23853
23854
23855
23856
23857
23858
23859
23860
23861
23862
23863
23864
23865
23866
23867
23868
23869
23870
23871
23872
23873
23874
23875
23876
23877
23878
23879
23880
23881
23882
23883
23884
23885
23886
23887
23888
23889
23890
23891
23892
23893
23894
23895
23896
23897
23898
23899
23900
23901
23902
23903
23904
23905
23906
23907
23908
23909
23910
23911
23912
23913
23914
23915
23916
23917
23918
23919
23920
23921
23922
23923
23924
23925
23926
23927
23928
23929
23930
23931
23932
23933
23934
23935
23936
23937
23938
23939
23940
23941
23942
23943
23944
23945
23946
23947
23948
23949
23950
23951
23952
23953
23954
23955
23956
23957
23958
23959
23960
23961
23962
23963
23964
23965
23966
23967
23968
23969
23970
23971
23972
23973
23974
23975
23976
23977
23978
23979
23980
23981
23982
23983
23984
23985
23986
23987
23988
23989
23990
23991
23992
23993
23994
23995
23996
23997
23998
23999
24000
24001
24002
24003
24004
24005
24006
24007
24008
24009
24010
24011
24012
24013
24014
24015
24016
24017
24018
24019
24020
24021
24022
24023
24024
24025
24026
24027
24028
24029
24030
24031
24032
24033
24034
24035
24036
24037
24038
24039
24040
24041
24042
24043
24044
24045
24046
24047
24048
24049
24050
24051
24052
24053
24054
24055
24056
24057
24058
24059
24060
24061
24062
24063
24064
24065
24066
24067
24068
24069
24070
24071
24072
24073
24074
24075
24076
24077
24078
24079
24080
24081
24082
24083
24084
24085
24086
24087
24088
24089
24090
24091
24092
24093
24094
24095
24096
24097
24098
24099
24100
24101
24102
24103
24104
24105
24106
24107
24108
24109
24110
24111
24112
24113
24114
24115
24116
24117
24118
24119
24120
24121
24122
24123
24124
24125
24126
24127
24128
24129
24130
24131
24132
24133
24134
24135
24136
24137
24138
24139
24140
24141
24142
24143
24144
24145
24146
24147
24148
24149
24150
24151
24152
24153
24154
24155
24156
24157
24158
24159
24160
24161
24162
24163
24164
24165
24166
24167
24168
24169
24170
24171
24172
24173
24174
24175
24176
24177
24178
24179
24180
24181
24182
24183
24184
24185
24186
24187
24188
24189
24190
24191
24192
24193
24194
24195
24196
24197
24198
24199
24200
24201
24202
24203
24204
24205
24206
24207
24208
24209
24210
24211
24212
24213
24214
24215
24216
24217
24218
24219
24220
24221
24222
24223
24224
24225
24226
24227
24228
24229
24230
24231
24232
24233
24234
24235
24236
24237
24238
24239
24240
24241
24242
24243
24244
24245
24246
24247
24248
24249
24250
24251
24252
24253
24254
24255
24256
24257
24258
24259
24260
24261
24262
24263
24264
24265
24266
24267
24268
24269
24270
24271
24272
24273
24274
24275
24276
24277
24278
24279
24280
24281
24282
24283
24284
24285
24286
24287
24288
24289
24290
24291
24292
24293
24294
24295
24296
24297
24298
24299
24300
24301
24302
24303
24304
24305
24306
24307
24308
24309
24310
24311
24312
24313
24314
24315
24316
24317
24318
24319
24320
24321
24322
24323
24324
24325
24326
24327
24328
24329
24330
24331
24332
24333
24334
24335
24336
24337
24338
24339
24340
24341
24342
24343
24344
24345
24346
24347
24348
24349
24350
24351
24352
24353
24354
24355
24356
24357
24358
24359
24360
24361
24362
24363
24364
24365
24366
24367
24368
24369
24370
24371
24372
24373
24374
24375
24376
24377
24378
24379
24380
24381
24382
24383
24384
24385
24386
24387
24388
24389
24390
24391
24392
24393
24394
24395
24396
24397
24398
24399
24400
24401
24402
24403
24404
24405
24406
24407
24408
24409
24410
24411
24412
24413
24414
24415
24416
24417
24418
24419
24420
24421
24422
24423
24424
24425
24426
24427
24428
24429
24430
24431
24432
24433
24434
24435
24436
24437
24438
24439
24440
24441
24442
24443
24444
24445
24446
24447
24448
24449
24450
24451
24452
24453
24454
24455
24456
24457
24458
24459
24460
24461
24462
24463
24464
24465
24466
24467
24468
24469
24470
24471
24472
24473
24474
24475
24476
24477
24478
24479
24480
24481
24482
24483
24484
24485
24486
24487
24488
24489
24490
24491
24492
24493
24494
24495
24496
24497
24498
24499
24500
24501
24502
24503
24504
24505
24506
24507
24508
24509
24510
24511
24512
24513
24514
24515
24516
24517
24518
24519
24520
24521
24522
24523
24524
24525
24526
24527
24528
24529
24530
24531
24532
24533
24534
24535
24536
24537
24538
24539
24540
24541
24542
24543
24544
24545
24546
24547
24548
24549
24550
24551
24552
24553
24554
24555
24556
24557
24558
24559
24560
24561
24562
24563
24564
24565
24566
24567
24568
24569
24570
24571
24572
24573
24574
24575
24576
24577
24578
24579
24580
24581
24582
24583
24584
24585
24586
24587
24588
24589
24590
24591
24592
24593
24594
24595
24596
24597
24598
24599
24600
24601
24602
24603
24604
24605
24606
24607
24608
24609
24610
24611
24612
24613
24614
24615
24616
24617
24618
24619
24620
24621
24622
24623
24624
24625
24626
24627
24628
24629
24630
24631
24632
24633
24634
24635
24636
24637
24638
24639
24640
24641
24642
24643
24644
24645
24646
24647
24648
24649
24650
24651
24652
24653
24654
24655
24656
24657
24658
24659
24660
24661
24662
24663
24664
24665
24666
24667
24668
24669
24670
24671
24672
24673
24674
24675
24676
24677
24678
24679
24680
24681
24682
24683
24684
24685
24686
24687
24688
24689
24690
24691
24692
24693
24694
24695
24696
24697
24698
24699
24700
24701
24702
24703
24704
24705
24706
24707
24708
24709
24710
24711
24712
24713
24714
24715
24716
24717
24718
24719
24720
24721
24722
24723
24724
24725
24726
24727
24728
24729
24730
24731
24732
24733
24734
24735
24736
24737
24738
24739
24740
24741
24742
24743
24744
24745
24746
24747
24748
24749
24750
24751
24752
24753
24754
24755
24756
24757
24758
24759
24760
24761
24762
24763
24764
24765
24766
24767
24768
24769
24770
24771
24772
24773
24774
24775
24776
24777
24778
24779
24780
24781
24782
24783
24784
24785
24786
24787
24788
24789
24790
24791
24792
24793
24794
24795
24796
24797
24798
24799
24800
24801
24802
24803
24804
24805
24806
24807
24808
24809
24810
24811
24812
24813
24814
24815
24816
24817
24818
24819
24820
24821
24822
24823
24824
24825
24826
24827
24828
24829
24830
24831
24832
24833
24834
24835
24836
24837
24838
24839
24840
24841
24842
24843
24844
24845
24846
24847
24848
24849
24850
24851
24852
24853
24854
24855
24856
24857
24858
24859
24860
24861
24862
24863
24864
24865
24866
24867
24868
24869
24870
24871
24872
24873
24874
24875
24876
24877
24878
24879
24880
24881
24882
24883
24884
24885
24886
24887
24888
24889
24890
24891
24892
24893
24894
24895
24896
24897
24898
24899
24900
24901
24902
24903
24904
24905
24906
24907
24908
24909
24910
24911
24912
24913
24914
24915
24916
24917
24918
24919
24920
24921
24922
24923
24924
24925
24926
24927
24928
24929
24930
24931
24932
24933
24934
24935
24936
24937
24938
24939
24940
24941
24942
24943
24944
24945
24946
24947
24948
24949
24950
24951
24952
24953
24954
24955
24956
24957
24958
24959
24960
24961
24962
24963
24964
24965
24966
24967
24968
24969
24970
24971
24972
24973
24974
24975
24976
24977
24978
24979
24980
24981
24982
24983
24984
24985
24986
24987
24988
24989
24990
24991
24992
24993
24994
24995
24996
24997
24998
24999
25000
25001
25002
25003
25004
25005
25006
25007
25008
25009
25010
25011
25012
25013
25014
25015
25016
25017
25018
25019
25020
25021
25022
25023
25024
25025
25026
25027
25028
25029
25030
25031
25032
25033
25034
25035
25036
25037
25038
25039
25040
25041
25042
25043
25044
25045
25046
25047
25048
25049
25050
25051
25052
25053
25054
25055
25056
25057
25058
25059
25060
25061
25062
25063
25064
25065
25066
25067
25068
25069
25070
25071
25072
25073
25074
25075
25076
25077
25078
25079
25080
25081
25082
25083
25084
25085
25086
25087
25088
25089
25090
25091
25092
25093
25094
25095
25096
25097
25098
25099
25100
25101
25102
25103
25104
25105
25106
25107
25108
25109
25110
25111
25112
25113
25114
25115
25116
25117
25118
25119
25120
25121
25122
25123
25124
25125
25126
25127
25128
25129
25130
25131
25132
25133
25134
25135
25136
25137
25138
25139
25140
25141
25142
25143
25144
25145
25146
25147
25148
25149
25150
25151
25152
25153
25154
25155
25156
25157
25158
25159
25160
25161
25162
25163
25164
25165
25166
25167
25168
25169
25170
25171
25172
25173
25174
25175
25176
25177
25178
25179
25180
25181
25182
25183
25184
25185
25186
25187
25188
25189
25190
25191
25192
25193
25194
25195
25196
25197
25198
25199
25200
25201
25202
25203
25204
25205
25206
25207
25208
25209
25210
25211
25212
25213
25214
25215
25216
25217
25218
25219
25220
25221
25222
25223
25224
25225
25226
25227
25228
25229
25230
25231
25232
25233
25234
25235
25236
25237
25238
25239
25240
25241
25242
25243
25244
25245
25246
25247
25248
25249
25250
25251
25252
25253
25254
25255
25256
25257
25258
25259
25260
25261
25262
25263
25264
25265
25266
25267
25268
25269
25270
25271
25272
25273
25274
25275
25276
25277
25278
25279
25280
25281
25282
25283
25284
25285
25286
25287
25288
25289
25290
25291
25292
25293
25294
25295
25296
25297
25298
25299
25300
25301
25302
25303
25304
25305
25306
25307
25308
25309
25310
25311
25312
25313
25314
25315
25316
25317
25318
25319
25320
25321
25322
25323
25324
25325
25326
25327
25328
25329
25330
25331
25332
25333
25334
25335
25336
25337
25338
25339
25340
25341
25342
25343
25344
25345
25346
25347
25348
25349
25350
25351
25352
25353
25354
25355
25356
25357
25358
25359
25360
25361
25362
25363
25364
25365
25366
25367
25368
25369
25370
25371
25372
25373
25374
25375
25376
25377
25378
25379
25380
25381
25382
25383
25384
25385
25386
25387
25388
25389
25390
25391
25392
25393
25394
25395
25396
25397
25398
25399
25400
25401
25402
25403
25404
25405
25406
25407
25408
25409
25410
25411
25412
25413
25414
25415
25416
25417
25418
25419
25420
25421
25422
25423
25424
25425
25426
25427
25428
25429
25430
25431
25432
25433
25434
25435
25436
25437
25438
25439
25440
25441
25442
25443
25444
25445
25446
25447
25448
25449
25450
25451
25452
25453
25454
25455
25456
25457
25458
25459
25460
25461
25462
25463
25464
25465
25466
25467
25468
25469
25470
25471
25472
25473
25474
25475
25476
25477
25478
25479
25480
25481
25482
25483
25484
25485
25486
25487
25488
25489
25490
25491
25492
25493
25494
25495
25496
25497
25498
25499
25500
25501
25502
25503
25504
25505
25506
25507
25508
25509
25510
25511
25512
25513
25514
25515
25516
25517
25518
25519
25520
25521
25522
25523
25524
25525
25526
25527
25528
25529
25530
25531
25532
25533
25534
25535
25536
25537
25538
25539
25540
25541
25542
25543
25544
25545
25546
25547
25548
25549
25550
25551
25552
25553
25554
25555
25556
25557
25558
25559
25560
25561
25562
25563
25564
25565
25566
25567
25568
25569
25570
25571
25572
25573
25574
25575
25576
25577
25578
25579
25580
25581
25582
25583
25584
25585
25586
25587
25588
25589
25590
25591
25592
25593
25594
25595
25596
25597
25598
25599
25600
25601
25602
25603
25604
25605
25606
25607
25608
25609
25610
25611
25612
25613
25614
25615
25616
25617
25618
25619
25620
25621
25622
25623
25624
25625
25626
25627
25628
25629
25630
25631
25632
25633
25634
25635
25636
25637
25638
25639
25640
25641
25642
25643
25644
25645
25646
25647
25648
25649
25650
25651
25652
25653
25654
25655
25656
25657
25658
25659
25660
25661
25662
25663
25664
25665
25666
25667
25668
25669
25670
25671
25672
25673
25674
25675
25676
25677
25678
25679
25680
25681
25682
25683
25684
25685
25686
25687
25688
25689
25690
25691
25692
25693
25694
25695
25696
25697
25698
25699
25700
25701
25702
25703
25704
25705
25706
25707
25708
25709
25710
25711
25712
25713
25714
25715
25716
25717
25718
25719
25720
25721
25722
25723
25724
25725
25726
25727
25728
25729
25730
25731
25732
25733
25734
25735
25736
25737
25738
25739
25740
25741
25742
25743
25744
25745
25746
25747
25748
25749
25750
25751
25752
25753
25754
25755
25756
25757
25758
25759
25760
25761
25762
25763
25764
25765
25766
25767
25768
25769
25770
25771
25772
25773
25774
25775
25776
25777
25778
25779
25780
25781
25782
25783
25784
25785
25786
25787
25788
25789
25790
25791
25792
25793
25794
25795
25796
25797
25798
25799
25800
25801
25802
25803
25804
25805
25806
25807
25808
25809
25810
25811
25812
25813
25814
25815
25816
25817
25818
25819
25820
25821
25822
25823
25824
25825
25826
25827
25828
25829
25830
25831
25832
25833
25834
25835
25836
25837
25838
25839
25840
25841
25842
25843
25844
25845
25846
25847
25848
25849
25850
25851
25852
25853
25854
25855
25856
25857
25858
25859
25860
25861
25862
25863
25864
25865
25866
25867
25868
25869
25870
25871
25872
25873
25874
25875
25876
25877
25878
25879
25880
25881
25882
25883
25884
25885
25886
25887
25888
25889
25890
25891
25892
25893
25894
25895
25896
25897
25898
25899
25900
25901
25902
25903
25904
25905
25906
25907
25908
25909
25910
25911
25912
25913
25914
25915
25916
25917
25918
25919
25920
25921
25922
25923
25924
25925
25926
25927
25928
25929
25930
25931
25932
25933
25934
25935
25936
25937
25938
25939
25940
25941
25942
25943
25944
25945
25946
25947
25948
25949
25950
25951
25952
25953
25954
25955
25956
25957
25958
25959
25960
25961
25962
25963
25964
25965
25966
25967
25968
25969
25970
25971
25972
25973
25974
25975
25976
25977
25978
25979
25980
25981
25982
25983
25984
25985
25986
25987
25988
25989
25990
25991
25992
25993
25994
25995
25996
25997
25998
25999
26000
26001
26002
26003
26004
26005
26006
26007
26008
26009
26010
26011
26012
26013
26014
26015
26016
26017
26018
26019
26020
26021
26022
26023
26024
26025
26026
26027
26028
26029
26030
26031
26032
26033
26034
26035
26036
26037
26038
26039
26040
26041
26042
26043
26044
26045
26046
26047
26048
26049
26050
26051
26052
26053
26054
26055
26056
26057
26058
26059
26060
26061
26062
26063
26064
26065
26066
26067
26068
26069
26070
26071
26072
26073
26074
26075
26076
26077
26078
26079
26080
26081
26082
26083
26084
26085
26086
26087
26088
26089
26090
26091
26092
26093
26094
26095
26096
26097
26098
26099
26100
26101
26102
26103
26104
26105
26106
26107
26108
26109
26110
26111
26112
26113
26114
26115
26116
26117
26118
26119
26120
26121
26122
26123
26124
26125
26126
26127
26128
26129
26130
26131
26132
26133
26134
26135
26136
26137
26138
26139
26140
26141
26142
26143
26144
26145
26146
26147
26148
26149
26150
26151
26152
26153
26154
26155
26156
26157
26158
26159
26160
26161
26162
26163
26164
26165
26166
26167
26168
26169
26170
26171
26172
26173
26174
26175
26176
26177
26178
26179
26180
26181
26182
26183
26184
26185
26186
26187
26188
26189
26190
26191
26192
26193
26194
26195
26196
26197
26198
26199
26200
26201
26202
26203
26204
26205
26206
26207
26208
26209
26210
26211
26212
26213
26214
26215
26216
26217
26218
26219
26220
26221
26222
26223
26224
26225
26226
26227
26228
26229
26230
26231
26232
26233
26234
26235
26236
26237
26238
26239
26240
26241
26242
26243
26244
26245
26246
26247
26248
26249
26250
26251
26252
26253
26254
26255
26256
26257
26258
26259
26260
26261
26262
26263
26264
26265
26266
26267
26268
26269
26270
26271
26272
26273
26274
26275
26276
26277
26278
26279
26280
26281
26282
26283
26284
26285
26286
26287
26288
26289
26290
26291
26292
26293
26294
26295
26296
26297
26298
26299
26300
26301
26302
26303
26304
26305
26306
26307
26308
26309
26310
26311
26312
26313
26314
26315
26316
26317
26318
26319
26320
26321
26322
26323
26324
26325
26326
26327
26328
26329
26330
26331
26332
26333
26334
26335
26336
26337
26338
26339
26340
26341
26342
26343
26344
26345
26346
26347
26348
26349
26350
26351
26352
26353
26354
26355
26356
26357
26358
26359
26360
26361
26362
26363
26364
26365
26366
26367
26368
26369
26370
26371
26372
26373
26374
26375
26376
26377
26378
26379
26380
26381
26382
26383
26384
26385
26386
26387
26388
26389
26390
26391
26392
26393
26394
26395
26396
26397
26398
26399
26400
26401
26402
26403
26404
26405
26406
26407
26408
26409
26410
26411
26412
26413
26414
26415
26416
26417
26418
26419
26420
26421
26422
26423
26424
26425
26426
26427
26428
26429
26430
26431
26432
26433
26434
26435
26436
26437
26438
26439
26440
26441
26442
26443
26444
26445
26446
26447
26448
26449
26450
26451
26452
26453
26454
26455
26456
26457
26458
26459
26460
26461
26462
26463
26464
26465
26466
26467
26468
26469
26470
26471
26472
26473
26474
26475
26476
26477
26478
26479
26480
26481
26482
26483
26484
26485
26486
26487
26488
26489
26490
26491
26492
26493
26494
26495
26496
26497
26498
26499
26500
26501
26502
26503
26504
26505
26506
26507
26508
26509
26510
26511
26512
26513
26514
26515
26516
26517
26518
26519
26520
26521
26522
26523
26524
26525
26526
26527
26528
26529
26530
26531
26532
26533
26534
26535
26536
26537
26538
26539
26540
26541
26542
26543
26544
26545
26546
26547
26548
26549
26550
26551
26552
26553
26554
26555
26556
26557
26558
26559
26560
26561
26562
26563
26564
26565
26566
26567
26568
26569
26570
26571
26572
26573
26574
26575
26576
26577
26578
26579
26580
26581
26582
26583
26584
26585
26586
26587
26588
26589
26590
26591
26592
26593
26594
26595
26596
26597
26598
26599
26600
26601
26602
26603
26604
26605
26606
26607
26608
26609
26610
26611
26612
26613
26614
26615
26616
26617
26618
26619
26620
26621
26622
26623
26624
26625
26626
26627
26628
26629
26630
26631
26632
26633
26634
26635
26636
26637
26638
26639
26640
26641
26642
26643
26644
26645
26646
26647
26648
26649
26650
26651
26652
26653
26654
26655
26656
26657
26658
26659
26660
26661
26662
26663
26664
26665
26666
26667
26668
26669
26670
26671
26672
26673
26674
26675
26676
26677
26678
26679
26680
26681
26682
26683
26684
26685
26686
26687
26688
26689
26690
26691
26692
26693
26694
26695
26696
26697
26698
26699
26700
26701
26702
26703
26704
26705
26706
26707
26708
26709
26710
26711
26712
26713
26714
26715
26716
26717
26718
26719
26720
26721
26722
26723
26724
26725
26726
26727
26728
26729
26730
26731
26732
26733
26734
26735
26736
26737
26738
26739
26740
26741
26742
26743
26744
26745
26746
26747
26748
26749
26750
26751
26752
26753
26754
26755
26756
26757
26758
26759
26760
26761
26762
26763
26764
26765
26766
26767
26768
26769
26770
26771
26772
26773
26774
26775
26776
26777
26778
26779
26780
26781
26782
26783
26784
26785
26786
26787
26788
26789
26790
26791
26792
26793
26794
26795
26796
26797
26798
26799
26800
26801
26802
26803
26804
26805
26806
26807
26808
26809
26810
26811
26812
26813
26814
26815
26816
26817
26818
26819
26820
26821
26822
26823
26824
26825
26826
26827
26828
26829
26830
26831
26832
26833
26834
26835
26836
26837
26838
26839
26840
26841
26842
26843
26844
26845
26846
26847
26848
26849
26850
26851
26852
26853
26854
26855
26856
26857
26858
26859
26860
26861
26862
26863
26864
26865
26866
26867
26868
26869
26870
26871
26872
26873
26874
26875
26876
26877
26878
26879
26880
26881
26882
26883
26884
26885
26886
26887
26888
26889
26890
26891
26892
26893
26894
26895
26896
26897
26898
26899
26900
26901
26902
26903
26904
26905
26906
26907
26908
26909
26910
26911
26912
26913
26914
26915
26916
26917
26918
26919
26920
26921
26922
26923
26924
26925
26926
26927
26928
26929
26930
26931
26932
26933
26934
26935
26936
26937
26938
26939
26940
26941
26942
26943
26944
26945
26946
26947
26948
26949
26950
26951
26952
26953
26954
26955
26956
26957
26958
26959
26960
26961
26962
26963
26964
26965
26966
26967
26968
26969
26970
26971
26972
26973
26974
26975
26976
26977
26978
26979
26980
26981
26982
26983
26984
26985
26986
26987
26988
26989
26990
26991
26992
26993
26994
26995
26996
26997
26998
26999
27000
27001
27002
27003
27004
27005
27006
27007
27008
27009
27010
27011
27012
27013
27014
27015
27016
27017
27018
27019
27020
27021
27022
27023
27024
27025
27026
27027
27028
27029
27030
27031
27032
27033
27034
27035
27036
27037
27038
27039
27040
27041
27042
27043
27044
27045
27046
27047
27048
27049
27050
27051
27052
27053
27054
27055
27056
27057
27058
27059
27060
27061
27062
27063
27064
27065
27066
27067
27068
27069
27070
27071
27072
27073
27074
27075
27076
27077
27078
27079
27080
27081
27082
27083
27084
27085
27086
27087
27088
27089
27090
27091
27092
27093
27094
27095
27096
27097
27098
27099
27100
27101
27102
27103
27104
27105
27106
27107
27108
27109
27110
27111
27112
27113
27114
27115
27116
27117
27118
27119
27120
27121
27122
27123
27124
27125
27126
27127
27128
27129
27130
27131
27132
27133
27134
27135
27136
27137
27138
27139
27140
27141
27142
27143
27144
27145
27146
27147
27148
27149
27150
27151
27152
27153
27154
27155
27156
27157
27158
27159
27160
27161
27162
27163
27164
27165
27166
27167
27168
27169
27170
27171
27172
27173
27174
27175
27176
27177
27178
27179
27180
27181
27182
27183
27184
27185
27186
27187
27188
27189
27190
27191
27192
27193
27194
27195
27196
27197
27198
27199
27200
27201
27202
27203
27204
27205
27206
27207
27208
27209
27210
27211
27212
27213
27214
27215
27216
27217
27218
27219
27220
27221
27222
27223
27224
27225
27226
27227
27228
27229
27230
27231
27232
27233
27234
27235
27236
27237
27238
27239
27240
27241
27242
27243
27244
27245
27246
27247
27248
27249
27250
27251
27252
27253
27254
27255
27256
27257
27258
27259
27260
27261
27262
27263
27264
27265
27266
27267
27268
27269
27270
27271
27272
27273
27274
27275
27276
27277
27278
27279
27280
27281
27282
27283
27284
27285
27286
27287
27288
27289
27290
27291
27292
27293
27294
27295
27296
27297
27298
27299
27300
27301
27302
27303
27304
27305
27306
27307
27308
27309
27310
27311
27312
27313
27314
27315
27316
27317
27318
27319
27320
27321
27322
27323
27324
27325
27326
27327
27328
27329
27330
27331
27332
27333
27334
27335
27336
27337
27338
27339
27340
27341
27342
27343
27344
27345
27346
27347
27348
27349
27350
27351
27352
27353
27354
27355
27356
27357
27358
27359
27360
27361
27362
27363
27364
27365
27366
27367
27368
27369
27370
27371
27372
27373
27374
27375
27376
27377
27378
27379
27380
27381
27382
27383
27384
27385
27386
27387
27388
27389
27390
27391
27392
27393
27394
27395
27396
27397
27398
27399
27400
27401
27402
27403
27404
27405
27406
27407
27408
27409
27410
27411
27412
27413
27414
27415
27416
27417
27418
27419
27420
27421
27422
27423
27424
27425
27426
27427
27428
27429
27430
27431
27432
27433
27434
27435
27436
27437
27438
27439
27440
27441
27442
27443
27444
27445
27446
27447
27448
27449
27450
27451
27452
27453
27454
27455
27456
27457
27458
27459
27460
27461
27462
27463
27464
27465
27466
27467
27468
27469
27470
27471
27472
27473
27474
27475
27476
27477
27478
27479
27480
27481
27482
27483
27484
27485
27486
27487
27488
27489
27490
27491
27492
27493
27494
27495
27496
27497
27498
27499
27500
27501
27502
27503
27504
27505
27506
27507
27508
27509
27510
27511
27512
27513
27514
27515
27516
27517
27518
27519
27520
27521
27522
27523
27524
27525
27526
27527
27528
27529
27530
27531
27532
27533
27534
27535
27536
27537
27538
27539
27540
27541
27542
27543
27544
27545
27546
27547
27548
27549
27550
27551
27552
27553
27554
27555
27556
27557
27558
27559
27560
27561
27562
27563
27564
27565
27566
27567
27568
27569
27570
27571
27572
27573
27574
27575
27576
27577
27578
27579
27580
27581
27582
27583
27584
27585
27586
27587
27588
27589
27590
27591
27592
27593
27594
27595
27596
27597
27598
27599
27600
27601
27602
27603
27604
27605
27606
27607
27608
27609
27610
27611
27612
27613
27614
27615
27616
27617
27618
27619
27620
27621
27622
27623
27624
27625
27626
27627
27628
27629
27630
27631
27632
27633
27634
27635
27636
27637
27638
27639
27640
27641
27642
27643
27644
27645
27646
27647
27648
27649
27650
27651
27652
27653
27654
27655
27656
27657
27658
27659
27660
27661
27662
27663
27664
27665
27666
27667
27668
27669
27670
27671
27672
27673
27674
27675
27676
27677
27678
27679
27680
27681
27682
27683
27684
27685
27686
27687
27688
27689
27690
27691
27692
27693
27694
27695
27696
27697
27698
27699
27700
27701
27702
27703
27704
27705
27706
27707
27708
27709
27710
27711
27712
27713
27714
27715
27716
27717
27718
27719
27720
27721
27722
27723
27724
27725
27726
27727
27728
27729
27730
27731
27732
27733
27734
27735
27736
27737
27738
27739
27740
27741
27742
27743
27744
27745
27746
27747
27748
27749
27750
27751
27752
27753
27754
27755
27756
27757
27758
27759
27760
27761
27762
27763
27764
27765
27766
27767
27768
27769
27770
27771
27772
27773
27774
27775
27776
27777
27778
27779
27780
27781
27782
27783
27784
27785
27786
27787
27788
27789
27790
27791
27792
27793
27794
27795
27796
27797
27798
27799
27800
27801
27802
27803
27804
27805
27806
27807
27808
27809
27810
27811
27812
27813
27814
27815
27816
27817
27818
27819
27820
27821
27822
27823
27824
27825
27826
27827
27828
27829
27830
27831
27832
27833
27834
27835
27836
27837
27838
27839
27840
27841
27842
27843
27844
27845
27846
27847
27848
27849
27850
27851
27852
27853
27854
27855
27856
27857
27858
27859
27860
27861
27862
27863
27864
27865
27866
27867
27868
27869
27870
27871
27872
27873
27874
27875
27876
27877
27878
27879
27880
27881
27882
27883
27884
27885
27886
27887
27888
27889
27890
27891
27892
27893
27894
27895
27896
27897
27898
27899
27900
27901
27902
27903
27904
27905
27906
27907
27908
27909
27910
27911
27912
27913
27914
27915
27916
27917
27918
27919
27920
27921
27922
27923
27924
27925
27926
27927
27928
27929
27930
27931
27932
27933
27934
27935
27936
27937
27938
27939
27940
27941
27942
27943
27944
27945
27946
27947
27948
27949
27950
27951
27952
27953
27954
27955
27956
27957
27958
27959
27960
27961
27962
27963
27964
27965
27966
27967
27968
27969
27970
27971
27972
27973
27974
27975
27976
27977
27978
27979
27980
27981
27982
27983
27984
27985
27986
27987
27988
27989
27990
27991
27992
27993
27994
27995
27996
27997
27998
27999
28000
28001
28002
28003
28004
28005
28006
28007
28008
28009
28010
28011
28012
28013
28014
28015
28016
28017
28018
28019
28020
28021
28022
28023
28024
28025
28026
28027
28028
28029
28030
28031
28032
28033
28034
28035
28036
28037
28038
28039
28040
28041
28042
28043
28044
28045
28046
28047
28048
28049
28050
28051
28052
28053
28054
28055
28056
28057
28058
28059
28060
28061
28062
28063
28064
28065
28066
28067
28068
28069
28070
28071
28072
28073
28074
28075
28076
28077
28078
28079
28080
28081
28082
28083
28084
28085
28086
28087
28088
28089
28090
28091
28092
28093
28094
28095
28096
28097
28098
28099
28100
28101
28102
28103
28104
28105
28106
28107
28108
28109
28110
28111
28112
28113
28114
28115
28116
28117
28118
28119
28120
28121
28122
28123
28124
28125
28126
28127
28128
28129
28130
28131
28132
28133
28134
28135
28136
28137
28138
28139
28140
28141
28142
28143
28144
28145
28146
28147
28148
28149
28150
28151
28152
28153
28154
28155
28156
28157
28158
28159
28160
28161
28162
28163
28164
28165
28166
28167
28168
28169
28170
28171
28172
28173
28174
28175
28176
28177
28178
28179
28180
28181
28182
28183
28184
28185
28186
28187
28188
28189
28190
28191
28192
28193
28194
28195
28196
28197
28198
28199
28200
28201
28202
28203
28204
28205
28206
28207
28208
28209
28210
28211
28212
28213
28214
28215
28216
28217
28218
28219
28220
28221
28222
28223
28224
28225
28226
28227
28228
28229
28230
28231
28232
28233
28234
28235
28236
28237
28238
28239
28240
28241
28242
28243
28244
28245
28246
28247
28248
28249
28250
28251
28252
28253
28254
28255
28256
28257
28258
28259
28260
28261
28262
28263
28264
28265
28266
28267
28268
28269
28270
28271
28272
28273
28274
28275
28276
28277
28278
28279
28280
28281
28282
28283
28284
28285
28286
28287
28288
28289
28290
28291
28292
28293
28294
28295
28296
28297
28298
28299
28300
28301
28302
28303
28304
28305
28306
28307
28308
28309
28310
28311
28312
28313
28314
28315
28316
28317
28318
28319
28320
28321
28322
28323
28324
28325
28326
28327
28328
28329
28330
28331
28332
28333
28334
28335
28336
28337
28338
28339
28340
28341
28342
28343
28344
28345
28346
28347
28348
28349
28350
28351
28352
28353
28354
28355
28356
28357
28358
28359
28360
28361
28362
28363
28364
28365
28366
28367
28368
28369
28370
28371
28372
28373
28374
28375
28376
28377
28378
28379
28380
28381
28382
28383
28384
28385
28386
28387
28388
28389
28390
28391
28392
28393
28394
28395
28396
28397
28398
28399
28400
28401
28402
28403
28404
28405
28406
28407
28408
28409
28410
28411
28412
28413
28414
28415
28416
28417
28418
28419
28420
28421
28422
28423
28424
28425
28426
28427
28428
28429
28430
28431
28432
28433
28434
28435
28436
28437
28438
28439
28440
28441
28442
28443
28444
28445
28446
28447
28448
28449
28450
28451
28452
28453
28454
28455
28456
28457
28458
28459
28460
28461
28462
28463
28464
28465
28466
28467
28468
28469
28470
28471
28472
28473
28474
28475
28476
28477
28478
28479
28480
28481
28482
28483
28484
28485
28486
28487
28488
28489
28490
28491
28492
28493
28494
28495
28496
28497
28498
28499
28500
28501
28502
28503
28504
28505
28506
28507
28508
28509
28510
28511
28512
28513
28514
28515
28516
28517
28518
28519
28520
28521
28522
28523
28524
28525
28526
28527
28528
28529
28530
28531
28532
28533
28534
28535
28536
28537
28538
28539
28540
28541
28542
28543
28544
28545
28546
28547
28548
28549
28550
28551
28552
28553
28554
28555
28556
28557
28558
28559
28560
28561
28562
28563
28564
28565
28566
28567
28568
28569
28570
28571
28572
28573
28574
28575
28576
28577
28578
28579
28580
28581
28582
28583
28584
28585
28586
28587
28588
28589
28590
28591
28592
28593
28594
28595
28596
28597
28598
28599
28600
28601
28602
28603
28604
28605
28606
28607
28608
28609
28610
28611
28612
28613
28614
28615
28616
28617
28618
28619
28620
28621
28622
28623
28624
28625
28626
28627
28628
28629
28630
28631
28632
28633
28634
28635
28636
28637
28638
28639
28640
28641
28642
28643
28644
28645
28646
28647
28648
28649
28650
28651
28652
28653
28654
28655
28656
28657
28658
28659
28660
28661
28662
28663
28664
28665
28666
28667
28668
28669
28670
28671
28672
28673
28674
28675
28676
28677
28678
28679
28680
28681
28682
28683
28684
28685
28686
28687
28688
28689
28690
28691
28692
28693
28694
28695
28696
28697
28698
28699
28700
28701
28702
28703
28704
28705
28706
28707
28708
28709
28710
28711
28712
28713
28714
28715
28716
28717
28718
28719
28720
28721
28722
28723
28724
28725
28726
28727
28728
28729
28730
28731
28732
28733
28734
28735
28736
28737
28738
28739
28740
28741
28742
28743
28744
28745
28746
28747
28748
28749
28750
28751
28752
28753
28754
28755
28756
28757
28758
28759
28760
28761
28762
28763
28764
28765
28766
28767
28768
28769
28770
28771
28772
28773
28774
28775
28776
28777
28778
28779
28780
28781
28782
28783
28784
28785
28786
28787
28788
28789
28790
28791
28792
28793
28794
28795
28796
28797
28798
28799
28800
28801
28802
28803
28804
28805
28806
28807
28808
28809
28810
28811
28812
28813
28814
28815
28816
28817
28818
28819
28820
28821
28822
28823
28824
28825
28826
28827
28828
28829
28830
28831
28832
28833
28834
28835
28836
28837
28838
28839
28840
28841
28842
28843
28844
28845
28846
28847
28848
28849
28850
28851
28852
28853
28854
28855
28856
28857
28858
28859
28860
28861
28862
28863
28864
28865
28866
28867
28868
28869
28870
28871
28872
28873
28874
28875
28876
28877
28878
28879
28880
28881
28882
28883
28884
28885
28886
28887
28888
28889
28890
28891
28892
28893
28894
28895
28896
28897
28898
28899
28900
28901
28902
28903
28904
28905
28906
28907
28908
28909
28910
28911
28912
28913
28914
28915
28916
28917
28918
28919
28920
28921
28922
28923
28924
28925
28926
28927
28928
28929
28930
28931
28932
28933
28934
28935
28936
28937
28938
28939
28940
28941
28942
28943
28944
28945
28946
28947
28948
28949
28950
28951
28952
28953
28954
28955
28956
28957
28958
28959
28960
28961
28962
28963
28964
28965
28966
28967
28968
28969
28970
28971
28972
28973
28974
28975
28976
28977
28978
28979
28980
28981
28982
28983
28984
28985
28986
28987
28988
28989
28990
28991
28992
28993
28994
28995
28996
28997
28998
28999
29000
29001
29002
29003
29004
29005
29006
29007
29008
29009
29010
29011
29012
29013
29014
29015
29016
29017
29018
29019
29020
29021
29022
29023
29024
29025
29026
29027
29028
29029
29030
29031
29032
29033
29034
29035
29036
29037
29038
29039
29040
29041
29042
29043
29044
29045
29046
29047
29048
29049
29050
29051
29052
29053
29054
29055
29056
29057
29058
29059
29060
29061
29062
29063
29064
29065
29066
29067
29068
29069
29070
29071
29072
29073
29074
29075
29076
29077
29078
29079
29080
29081
29082
29083
29084
29085
29086
29087
29088
29089
29090
29091
29092
29093
29094
29095
29096
29097
29098
29099
29100
29101
29102
29103
29104
29105
29106
29107
29108
29109
29110
29111
29112
29113
29114
29115
29116
29117
29118
29119
29120
29121
29122
29123
29124
29125
29126
29127
29128
29129
29130
29131
29132
29133
29134
29135
29136
29137
29138
29139
29140
29141
29142
29143
29144
29145
29146
29147
29148
29149
29150
29151
29152
29153
29154
29155
29156
29157
29158
29159
29160
29161
29162
29163
29164
29165
29166
29167
29168
29169
29170
29171
29172
29173
29174
29175
29176
29177
29178
29179
29180
29181
29182
29183
29184
29185
29186
29187
29188
29189
29190
29191
29192
29193
29194
29195
29196
29197
29198
29199
29200
29201
29202
29203
29204
29205
29206
29207
29208
29209
29210
29211
29212
29213
29214
29215
29216
29217
29218
29219
29220
29221
29222
29223
29224
29225
29226
29227
29228
29229
29230
29231
29232
29233
29234
29235
29236
29237
29238
29239
29240
29241
29242
29243
29244
29245
29246
29247
29248
29249
29250
29251
29252
29253
29254
29255
29256
29257
29258
29259
29260
29261
29262
29263
29264
29265
29266
29267
29268
29269
29270
29271
29272
29273
29274
29275
29276
29277
29278
29279
29280
29281
29282
29283
29284
29285
29286
29287
29288
29289
29290
29291
29292
29293
29294
29295
29296
29297
29298
29299
29300
29301
29302
29303
29304
29305
29306
29307
29308
29309
29310
29311
29312
29313
29314
29315
29316
29317
29318
29319
29320
29321
29322
29323
29324
29325
29326
29327
29328
29329
29330
29331
29332
29333
29334
29335
29336
29337
29338
29339
29340
29341
29342
29343
29344
29345
29346
29347
29348
29349
29350
29351
29352
29353
29354
29355
29356
29357
29358
29359
29360
29361
29362
29363
29364
29365
29366
29367
29368
29369
29370
29371
29372
29373
29374
29375
29376
29377
29378
29379
29380
29381
29382
29383
29384
29385
29386
29387
29388
29389
29390
29391
29392
29393
29394
29395
29396
29397
29398
29399
29400
29401
29402
29403
29404
29405
29406
29407
29408
29409
29410
29411
29412
29413
29414
29415
29416
29417
29418
29419
29420
29421
29422
29423
29424
29425
29426
29427
29428
29429
29430
29431
29432
29433
29434
29435
29436
29437
29438
29439
29440
29441
29442
29443
29444
29445
29446
29447
29448
29449
29450
29451
29452
29453
29454
29455
29456
29457
29458
29459
29460
29461
29462
29463
29464
29465
29466
29467
29468
29469
29470
29471
29472
29473
29474
29475
29476
29477
29478
29479
29480
29481
29482
29483
29484
29485
29486
29487
29488
29489
29490
29491
29492
29493
29494
29495
29496
29497
29498
29499
29500
29501
29502
29503
29504
29505
29506
29507
29508
29509
29510
29511
29512
29513
29514
29515
29516
29517
29518
29519
29520
29521
29522
29523
29524
29525
29526
29527
29528
29529
29530
29531
29532
29533
29534
29535
29536
29537
29538
29539
29540
29541
29542
29543
29544
29545
29546
29547
29548
29549
29550
29551
29552
29553
29554
29555
29556
29557
29558
29559
29560
29561
29562
29563
29564
29565
29566
29567
29568
29569
29570
29571
29572
29573
29574
29575
29576
29577
29578
29579
29580
29581
29582
29583
29584
29585
29586
29587
29588
29589
29590
29591
29592
29593
29594
29595
29596
29597
29598
29599
29600
29601
29602
29603
29604
29605
29606
29607
29608
29609
29610
29611
29612
29613
29614
29615
29616
29617
29618
29619
29620
29621
29622
29623
29624
29625
29626
29627
29628
29629
29630
29631
29632
29633
29634
29635
29636
29637
29638
29639
29640
29641
29642
29643
29644
29645
29646
29647
29648
29649
29650
29651
29652
29653
29654
29655
29656
29657
29658
29659
29660
29661
29662
29663
29664
29665
29666
29667
29668
29669
29670
29671
29672
29673
29674
29675
29676
29677
29678
29679
29680
29681
29682
29683
29684
29685
29686
29687
29688
29689
29690
29691
29692
29693
29694
29695
29696
29697
29698
29699
29700
29701
29702
29703
29704
29705
29706
29707
29708
29709
29710
29711
29712
29713
29714
29715
29716
29717
29718
29719
29720
29721
29722
29723
29724
29725
29726
29727
29728
29729
29730
29731
29732
29733
29734
29735
29736
29737
29738
29739
29740
29741
29742
29743
29744
29745
29746
29747
29748
29749
29750
29751
29752
29753
29754
29755
29756
29757
29758
29759
29760
29761
29762
29763
29764
29765
29766
29767
29768
29769
29770
29771
29772
29773
29774
29775
29776
29777
29778
29779
29780
29781
29782
29783
29784
29785
29786
29787
29788
29789
29790
29791
29792
29793
29794
29795
29796
29797
29798
29799
29800
29801
29802
29803
29804
29805
29806
29807
29808
29809
29810
29811
29812
29813
29814
29815
29816
29817
29818
29819
29820
29821
29822
29823
29824
29825
29826
29827
29828
29829
29830
29831
29832
29833
29834
29835
29836
29837
29838
29839
29840
29841
29842
29843
29844
29845
29846
29847
29848
29849
29850
29851
29852
29853
29854
29855
29856
29857
29858
29859
29860
29861
29862
29863
29864
29865
29866
29867
29868
29869
29870
29871
29872
29873
29874
29875
29876
29877
29878
29879
29880
29881
29882
29883
29884
29885
29886
29887
29888
29889
29890
29891
29892
29893
29894
29895
29896
29897
29898
29899
29900
29901
29902
29903
29904
29905
29906
29907
29908
29909
29910
29911
29912
29913
29914
29915
29916
29917
29918
29919
29920
29921
29922
29923
29924
29925
29926
29927
29928
29929
29930
29931
29932
29933
29934
29935
29936
29937
29938
29939
29940
29941
29942
29943
29944
29945
29946
29947
29948
29949
29950
29951
29952
29953
29954
29955
29956
29957
29958
29959
29960
29961
29962
29963
29964
29965
29966
29967
29968
29969
29970
29971
29972
29973
29974
29975
29976
29977
29978
29979
29980
29981
29982
29983
29984
29985
29986
29987
29988
29989
29990
29991
29992
29993
29994
29995
29996
29997
29998
29999
30000
30001
30002
30003
30004
30005
30006
30007
30008
30009

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 74585 ***

                                                 [_All rights reserved._

                      =THE ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN:=

              =A COMPENDIUM PREPARED BY OFFICERS OF THE
                           SUDAN GOVERNMENT.=

                               EDITED BY
         LIEUT.-COLONEL COUNT GLEICHEN, C.V.O., C.M.G., D.S.O.
 (_Late Director of Intelligence, Sudan Government and Egyptian Army,
                       and Sudan Agent, Cairo._)

                               * * * * *
                              =VOLUME II.=

                               (ROUTES.)
                               * * * * *

                                LONDON:
             PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE,
               BY HARRISON AND SONS, ST. MARTIN’S LANE,
                 PRINTERS IN ORDINARY TO HIS MAJESTY.
                               * * * * *
 And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
              WYMAN AND SONS, LTD., FETTER LANE E.C.; or
                     OLIVER & BOYD, EDINBURGH; or
               E. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON STREET, DUBLIN.
                               * * * * *
                                 1905.
                  _Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence._


                   (Wt. 8207 1000 9 | 05—H & S 3874)




                      EDITORIAL NOTE TO VOLUME II.

                               * * * * *


The Routes in this Volume have been arranged according to the Chapters
in Vol. I.

Additional matter is given in the shape of an Appendix, describing the
main Routes leading out of the Sudan.

Almost the whole Volume has been edited by Captain H. H. S. Morant
(Assistant Director of Intelligence), to whom my best thanks are due;
Captain W. Lloyd is chiefly responsible for the excellent Routes in
Kordofan.

Intermediate places where water is to be found (except those obviously
on a river) are given in italics.

[It being impossible to provide a map showing even all the terminal
places mentioned, intending travellers are referred to the map at the
end of Vol. I, and to the Sudan Ordnance Survey Maps (scale,
1:250,000), a list of which is given in Vol. I, p. 349.]

A certain number of copies of each Chapter in this Volume have been
printed and bound separately in strong paper covers for practical use
when travelling. Application in Egypt should be made to the Director
of Intelligence, Egyptian War Office, Cairo, or to any Bookseller in
Great Britain, of whom copies may be obtained, price One Shilling each.

                                                                    G.

_Berlin, 2nd April_, 1905.




                         =TABLE OF CONTENTS.=


                               * * * * *

                          VOL. II. (PART III.)

                               (ROUTES.)

                               * * * * *

                          CHAPTERS I AND II.

                                _Nil._


                             CHAPTER III.

                         NORTH-EASTERN SUDAN.

                                                                   PAGE

  No.   1. — No. 6 Station to Deraheib. (_Talbot_)                    1

   „    2. — Suakin to Berber — (α) Northerly route. (_Sparkes_)      5

                                (β) Southerly   „       „             9

   „    3. — Berber to Kassala. (_Various_)                          12

   „    4. — Suakin to Tokar. (_Various_)                            14

   „    5. — Trinkitat to Tokar. (_Bower_)                           15

   „    6. — Suakin to Erkowit — (α) _viâ_ Tamaneb and K. Arab.
                                 (_Powell_)                          16

                                 (β) _viâ_ Kolkalai Pass.
                                 (_Powell_)                          16

   „    7. — Erkowit to Sinkat — (α) _viâ_ Baramil Plains.
                                 (_Powell_)                          17

                                 (β) _viâ_ K. Gebet. (_Powell_)      17

   „    8. — Kassala to Suakin, _viâ_ Filik and Maman. (_Mitford_)   18

   „    9. — Tokar to Kassala, _viâ_ K. Baraka. (_Various_)          22

   „   10. — Kassala to Maman direct. (_Morant_)                     26

   „   11. — Adarama to Bir Oshi (K. Langeb). (_Kenrick_)            27

   „   12. — El Getite to Adarama. (_Kenrick_)                       29

   „   13. — Umbrega to Sofi. (_Morant_)                             30

       N.B.—Other routes which apply to this chapter are:—

  No. 123. — Aswan to Deraheib. (Appendix)                          195

   „   19. — Gedaref to Kassala. (Chap. IV)                          41

   „   14. — Khartoum N. to Kassala. (Chap. IV)                      32

   „  124. — Kassala to Massaua. (Appendix)                         196

   „  125. — Takarashorit to Umbrega. (Appendix)                    200

                              CHAPTER IV.

                            EASTERN SUDAN.

  No.  14. — Khartoum N. to Kassala, _viâ_ Geili, Rera and
             Asubri. (_Talbot_, _Boulnois_ and _Morant_)             32

   „   15. — Goz Regeb to Shendi, _viâ_ Abu Deleig. (_Boulnois_)     36

   „   16. — El Damer to Fasher. (_Bulkeley Johnson_)                36

   „   17. — Khartoum N. to Abu Deleig. (_Native information_)       39

   „   18. — Rufaa to Geili. (_Talbot_)                              40

   „   19. — Gedaref to Kassala. (_Mitford_ and _Morant_)            41

   „   20. —    „       Gallabat. (_Collinson_ and _Morant_)         43

   „   21. — Abu Haraz to Gedaref. (_Mitford_)                       45

   „   22. — Gedaref, _viâ_ Hawata, to Abu Haraz. (_Bulkeley         47
             Johnson_)

   „   23. — Sofi _viâ_ Abu Gulud to Seraf Said. (_Smith_)           48

   „   24. — Famaka to Abu Ramla. (_Gwynn_)                          49

   „   25. — Karkoj to Hawata. (_Bonham Carter_)                     50

   „   26. — Roseires to Abu Shaneina. (_Gwynn_)                     50

   „   27. — Senga, _viâ_ Durraba, to Um El Rug. (_Amery_)           51

   „   28. — Mouth of Khor Gelagu (Dinder) to Gallabat. (_Amery_)    52

   „   29. — Gallabat to Wad Medani, _viâ_ R. Rahad. (_Lewin_)       53

   „   30. — Itinerary of Blue Nile. (_Amery_)                       57

       N.B.—Other routes which apply to this chapter are:—

  No. 126. — Gallabat to Chelga. (Appendix)                         202

   „  127. — Lake Tsana (Goja) to Gandoa. (Appendix)                204

   „  128. — Addis Abbaba to Gallabat. (Appendix)                   206

   „  130. — Roseires to Dunkur. (Appendix)                         215

   „  131. — Dunkur to Gallabat. (Appendix)                         217

                              CHAPTER V.

                            CENTRAL SUDAN.

  No.  31. — Khartoum to Wad Medani, Sennar, Senga and Karkoj (L.
             B. Blue Nile). (_Compiled_)                             61

   „   32. — Khartoum to Goz Abu Guma and Jebelein, _viâ_ R. B.
             White Nile. (_Conolly, Boulnois_)                       63

   „   33. —    „        Gule, _viâ_ Managil and Segadi.
             (_Morant_)                                              66

   „   34. — Managil to Sennar. (_Smyth_)                            70

   „   35. — Keili, _viâ_ Gule, to Senga. (_Gorringe_)               70

   „   36. — Senga to Jerok, _viâ_ K. Ofat. (_Roberts_)              71

   „   37. — Roseires to Keili, _viâ_ Gule. (_Smith_)                73

   „   38. — Fazogli to Gezan. (_Jackson_)                           73

   „   39. — Gezan to Kurmuk. (_Gwynn_)                              75

   „   40. — Gule to Renk. (_Morant_)                                75

   „   41. — Jebelein to Renk. (_Wilson_)                            76

   „   42. — Renk to Kaka Old Wood Station. (_Morant_)               77

   „   43. —  „      Kodok (R. B.) partly along Telegraph
             line. (_Wilson_)                                        79

   „   44. — J. Ahmed Agha to Awitong and Kash-Kash. (_Wilson_)      82

   „   45. — Itinerary up Khor Adar. (_Wilson_)                      83

   „   46. — J. Jerok to Wad Deluka (52 miles S.E. of Melut).
             (_Smith_)                                               84

   „   47. — Uryong (Sobat) to opposite Kodok. (_Gwynn_)             85

       N.B.—Other routes which apply to this chapter are:—

  No. 133. — Kirin to Kodok. (Appendix)                             222

   „  132. — Fazogli to Kirin. (Appendix)                           218

   „  129. — Addis Abbaba to Famaka. (Appendix)                     210

                              CHAPTER VI.

                         SOUTH-EASTERN SUDAN.

  No.  48. — Nasser to Uryong. (_Gwynn_)                             87

   „   49. — Gokjak to Keik (Khor Filus). (_Wilson_)                 88

   „   50. — Itinerary up the Bahr El Zeraf. (_Stanton_)             90

       N.B.—Other routes which apply to this chapter are:—

  No.  47. — Uryong to opposite Kodok. (Chapter V)                   85

   „  134. — K. Bosuk, _viâ_ K. Eine, to Goha. (Appendix)           225

   „  135. — Goha, _viâ_ K. Barsu, to Bosuk. (Appendix)             225

   „  136. — Camp (K. Bosuk) to Asosa. (Appendix)                   226

   „  137. — Asosa to K. Bosuk, _viâ_ K. Surgalla. (Appendix)       227

   „  138. — Gore to Abwong. (Appendix)                             227

                             CHAPTER VII.

                            BAHR EL GHAZAL.

  No.  51. — Meshra el Rek to Tonj. (_Lloyd_)                        93

   „   52. — Wau to Meshra el Rek. (_Lloyd_)                         94

   „   53. — Tonj Post to Wau. (_Lloyd_)                             95

   „   54. — Tonj Post to Rikta’s Village. (_Lloyd_)                 97

   „   55. — Wau to Tembura. (_Bethel_)                              99

   „   56. — Wau to Deim Zubeir. (_Boulnois_ and _Sparkes_)         100

   „   57. — Chak Chak to Deim Zubeir. (_Fell_)                     101

   „   58. — Deim Zubeir to Kossinga. (_Boulnois_)                  102

   „   59. — Kossinga to Wau. (_Boulnois_)                          103

   „   60. —   „         Hofrat el Nahas. (_Sparkes_)               104

   „   61. — Ragaa to Deim Zubeir. (_Sparkes_)                      105

   „   62. — Kojali to Tonj. (_Sparkes_)                            106

   „   63. — Tonj to Rumbek. (_Armstrong_)                          107

   „   64. — Rumbek to Shambe. (_Armstrong_)                        108

   „   65. — Rumbek to Darago’s and M’volo. (_Wood_)                109

   „   66. — M’volo to Kiro. (_Sparkes_)                            109

   „   67. — Rumbek to Awodi. (_Armstrong_)                         111

   „   68. —  „        Mangi’s. (_Boardman_)                        113

       N.B.—Another route which applies to this chapter is:—

  No. 101. — El Obeid to Dar El Jange. (Chapter VIII)               151

                             CHAPTER VIII.

                               KORDOFAN.

  No.  69. — Sheikh Sadik to Homra. (_Various_)                     117

   „   70. — El Dueim to Homra. (_Various_)                         117

   „   71. — Homra to El Obeid, _viâ_ Bara. (_Various_)             118

   „   72. — El Dueim to Obeid, _viâ_ Hashaba. (_Lloyd_ and
             _More_)                                                119

   „   73. — Gedid to El Dueim, _viâ_ Um Deisis. (_Lloyd_ and
             _Talbot_)                                              120

   „   74. — Shat Wells to El Obeid, _viâ_ J. Kon. (_Talbot_ and
             _Lloyd_)                                               120

   „   75. — Shawal to Gedid, Dar El Ahamda and Tagale. (_Morant_)  122

   „   76. — Goz Abu Guma to Dar El Ahamda. (_Morant_)              124

   „   77. —   „      „      El Obeid, _viâ_ Sherkeila and
             Rahad. (_Leveson_)                                     125

   „   78. — Gedid to El Rahad. (_Lloyd_)                           126

   „   79. — Kaka to opposite Jebelein. (_Wilson_)                  127

   „   80. — Omdurman to El Safia Wells. (_Smyth_)                  129

   „   81. — Debba to El Obeid, _viâ_ Safia. (_Currie_)             130

   „   82. — Shegeig to El Showa, _viâ_ Kagmar. (_Lloyd_)           131

   „   83. — Bara to Kagmar. (_Lloyd_)                              132

   „   84. — El Obeid to Foga, _viâ_ Masrub. (_Lloyd_)              133

   „   85. —    „         „    _viâ_ Gleit, etc. (_Carter_)         134

   „   86. — Abu Agaga to Bara. (_O’Connell_)                       135

   „   87. — Foga to Kaja (Bir Soderi). (_Mahon_)                   136

   „   88. — Nahud to El Fasher. (_Carter_)                         137

   „   89. —   „      Bur Islam. (_Townsend_)                       137

   „   90. —   „      Foga. (_Lloyd_ and _Wilkinson_)               138

   „   91. — Foga to Um Badr. (_Wilkinson_)                         139

   „   92. — Bara to Foga. (_O’Connell_)                            140

   „   93. — Nahud to El Eddaiya and Muglad. (_Mahon_)              141

   „   94. — Foga to El Eddaiya, _viâ_ Kaja Serrug. (_Carter_)      142

   „   95. — El Obeid to Nahud (direct). (_Meyricke_)               143

   „   96. —   „           „    _viâ_ Abu Zabbat.
             (_Lloyd_ and _Townsend_)                               144

   „   97. —   „         El Eddaiya, _viâ_ Sungikai. (_Lloyd_
             and _Townsend_)                                        145

   „   98. —   „         Keraia (J. Tagale), _viâ_ J. Daier.
             (_Various_)                                            146

   „   99. — Keraia to Rashad and Gedir. (_Various_)                148

   „  100. — Kaka to Gedir. (_Mahon_)                               148

   „  101. — El Obeid to Dar El Jange. (_Wilkinson_)                151

   „  102. — River Kir to Fauwel. (_Wilkinson_)                     156

   „  103. — El Obeid to Sungikai, _viâ_ El Atshan. (_Lyall_)       157

   „  104. — Dilling to El Obeid, _viâ_ Sungikai, etc. (_Lyall_)    157

   „  105. — Routes in Dar Nuba. (_Leveson_)                        158

                              CHAPTER IX.

                         NORTH-WESTERN SUDAN.

  No. 106. — Selima to Nile, opposite Kosha. (_Hodgson_)            167

   „  107. — Dongola to Lagia El Kebir. (_Hodgson_)                 167

   „  108. —   „        Bir Sultan. (_Hodgson_)                     169

   „  109. — Debba to El Obeid. (_Compiled_)                        171

   „  110. —   „      Omdurman. (_Ravenscroft_)                     172

   „  111. —   „        „        _viâ_ Elai. (_Compiled_)           174

   „  112. — Ambugol or Korti to Metemma. (_Compiled_)              174

   „  113. — Korti to Bayuda and Sedeiri. (_Bunbury_ and _Sudley_)  178

   „  114. — Merowe to Jakdul. (_Talbot_)                           179

   „  115. —   „       Berber. (_Smyth_ and _Friend_)               181

   „  116. — Sani to El Zuma, _viâ_ Jura. (_Henry_)                 181

   „  117. — Jura to Kirbekan. (_Henry_)                            182

   „  118. — Omdurman to Gabra. (_Talbot_)                          183

   „  119. — Gabra to Korti. (_Talbot_)                             184

   „  120. — Korti to Bayuda Wells. (_Talbot_)                      186

   „  121. — Bayuda Wells to Tangasi. (_Talbot_)                    187

       N.B.—Other routes which apply to this chapter are:—

  No.  81. — Debba to El Obeid, _viâ_ Safia. (Chapter VIII)         130

   „  122. — Arbain Road. (Appendix)                                189

                               APPENDIX.

                   ROUTES PARTLY OUTSIDE THE SUDAN.

  No. 122. — The Arbain Road. (_Various_)                           189

   „  123. — Aswan to Deraheib. (_Bramly_)                          195

   „  124. — Kassala to Massaua. (_Morant_)                         196

   „  125. — Takarashorit (K. Gash) to Umbrega (Setit). (_Morant_)  200

   „  126. — Gallabat to Chelga. (_Parker_)                         202

   „  127. — Lake Tsana (Goja) to Gandoa. (_Parker_)                204

   „  128. — Addis Abbaba, _viâ_ Gojjam and L. Tsana, to
             Gallabat. (_Baird_)                                    206

   „  129. —      „        to Famaka. (_Gwynn_)                     210

   „  130. — Roseires to Abu Ramla and Dunkur. (_Gwynn_)            215

   „  131. — Dunkur to Gallabat. (_Gwynn_)                          217

   „  132. — Fazogli to Kirin. (_Jackson_)                          218

   „  133. — Kirin to Kodok. (_Gwynn_)                              222

   „  134. — K. Bosuk, _viâ_ K. Eine, to Goha. (_Smith_)            225

   „  135. — Goha, _viâ_ K. Barsu, to Bosuk. (_Smith_)              225

   „  136. — Camp (K. Bosuk) to Asosa. (_Smith_)                    226

   „  137. — Asosa to K. Bosuk, _viâ_ Surgalla. (_Smith_)           227

   „  138. — Gore to Abwong. (_Wilson_)                             227

   „  139. — Gondokoro to Uganda. (_Dugmore_)                       231

   „  140. — Roads in the Lado Enclave. (_Various_)                 236




                              =PART III.=                              

                               =ROUTES.=                               

                               * * * * *                               

                          CHAPTERS I. AND II.                          

                                (_Nil._)                               


                              CHAPTER III.                             

                         (NORTH-EASTERN SUDAN.)                        

                               * * * * *                               

                 1.—NO. 6 STATION (S.G.R.) TO DERAHEIB.                

          BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, R.E., DECEMBER, 1902.          


[Sidenote: General.]

The road described below is only one of several that might have been
taken, but I believe it is perhaps the most direct. The portions
between No. 6 and Murrat, and along the Wadi Alagi must be common to
all routes.

[Sidenote: Nature of road.]

There are no gradients on the road sufficiently steep to form a serious
obstacle to laden camels, but there are a good many places after the
Wadi Abu Bard is left, where the stony nature of the road is trying
for the feet of plains camels, though the camels of the country seem
to make nothing of it.

[Sidenote: Water.]

Water is scarce and not always good. If marching with hamla,[1]
arrangements should be made to carry at least two nights’ water.

[Sidenote: Fuel and shade.]

Once the W. Telat Abda has been reached, fuel and shade can always be
obtained with very little management. Till then there is practically
no shade. No fuel between No. 6 and Murrat; a little between Murrat
and W. Telat Abda.

[Sidenote: Grain.]

No grain is obtainable. Sheep and goats and some milk can be obtained
wherever Arabs are met with. The position of the Arabs and their
flocks depends on the season of the year, and the distribution of
the previous year’s rainfall.

  ---------+---------------+---------------+----------------------------
           |  Hamda Hours. |    Miles.     |
   Place.  +--------+------+--------+------+        Description.        
           | Inter- |Total.| Inter- |Total.|                            
           |mediate.|      |mediate.|      |                            
  ---------+--------+------+--------+------+----------------------------
  _No. 6   |   —    |  —   |   —    |  —   |No. 6 Station on Halfa-     
  Station  |        |      |        |      |Khartoum Railway, 127 miles 
  (S.G.R.)_|        |      |        |      |from Halfa, and 1,555 feet  
           |        |      |        |      |above sea level.            
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |British foreman. Telegraph  
           |        |      |        |      |office.                     
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |No station buildings nor    
           |        |      |        |      |accommodation for persons   
           |        |      |        |      |detained there.             
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Well with steam pump gives  
           |        |      |        |      |12,000 gallons daily. Water 
           |        |      |        |      |contains some salts, but    
           |        |      |        |      |drinkable. Nile water can be
           |        |      |        |      |obtained for small parties  
           |        |      |        |      |from station supply. Some   
           |        |      |        |      |“selem” bushes give firewood
           |        |      |        |      |and a little grazing for    
           |        |      |        |      |camels. No inhabitants      
           |        |      |        |      |except railway staff. No    
           |        |      |        |      |supplies.                   
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Is the base of the staff of 
           |        |      |        |      |the Egypt and Sudan Mining  
           |        |      |        |      |Syndicate now developing Um 
           |        |      |        |      |Nabari or Nabadi mine.      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The track, now pretty well  
           |        |      |        |      |marked, makes straight for  
           |        |      |        |      |the N. end of J. Keheli,    
           |        |      |        |      |after rounding which it     
           |        |      |        |      |makes for J. Mindara,       
           |        |      |        |      |keeping a couple of miles to
           |        |      |        |      |the N. of it. Road          
           |        |      |        |      |practically level and mostly
           |        |      |        |      |good trotting surface,      
           |        |      |        |      |though sand a little heavy  
           |   7    |  7   |   —    |  —   |in places.                  
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   3¼   | 10¼  |   —    |  —   |Road crosses a low saddle   
           |        |      |        |      |and descends into one of the
           |        |      |        |      |branches of the Wadi Murrat,
           |        |      |        |      |amongst a lot of low tangled
           |        |      |        |      |hills. After following the  
           |        |      |        |      |wadi for 300 yards or so,   
           |        |      |        |      |another saddle is crossed to
           |        |      |        |      |cut off a bend, after which 
           |        |      |        |      |the wadi is followed till it
           |        |      |        |      |joins the main wadi, just   
           |        |      |        |      |before the fort of Murrat is
           |        |      |        |      |reached.                    
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  _Murrat_ |   1    | 11¼  |   —    |  34  |The engineer of the Egypt   
           |        |      |        |      |and Sudan Mining Syndicate  
           |        |      |        |      |has fitted a pump in one of 
           |        |      |        |      |the wells in the wadi, which
           |        |      |        |      |gives cleaner, though not   
           |        |      |        |      |less bitter water than      
           |        |      |        |      |before. The Arabs and       
           |        |      |        |      |Berberi servants drink it   
           |        |      |        |      |uncomplainingly, but        
           |        |      |        |      |Europeans are advised to    
           |        |      |        |      |avoid it if they can. About 
           |        |      |        |      |10 miles slightly N. of W.  
           |        |      |        |      |up the main Wadi Murrat is  
           |        |      |        |      |the site of the Um Nabari or
           |        |      |        |      |Nabadi mine, now being      
           |        |      |        |      |developed by the Company.   
           |        |      |        |      |Road quite easy along the   
           |        |      |        |      |wadi.                       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |   1½   | 35½  |On leaving Murrat fort the  
           |        |      |        |      |track keeps down the wadi   
           |   1    | 12¼  |   1½   |  37  |for 1½ miles, then turns off
           |        |      |        |      |to the left over somewhat   
           |        |      |        |      |stony ground, and, crossing 
           |        |      |        |      |a saddle and the head of    
           |        |      |        |      |another affluent of the Wadi
           |   1¾   |  14  |   4    |  41  |Murrat about 1½ miles       
           |        |      |        |      |further on, descends easily 
           |        |      |        |      |into the basin of the Wadi  
           |        |      |        |      |Dayob. Across slightly      
           |        |      |        |      |undulating ground, aiming   
           |        |      |   ½    | 41½  |just to the left of J. Abu  
           |        |      |        |      |Dayob, a rocky sand-covered 
           |        |      |        |      |hill (with a pillar on the  
           |        |      |        |      |top) which, though only 200 
           |        |      |        |      |or 300 feet high, stands up 
           |        |      |        |      |well amidst its             
           |        |      |        |      |surroundings, and turns down
           |        |      |        |      |the wadi past its northern  
           |        |      |        |      |foot.                       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   ½    | 14½  |   ½    |  42  |Along the wadi passing a    
           |        |      |        |      |gorge about 50 yards wide;  
           |        |      |        |      |wadi then turns rather to   
           |        |      |        |      |S.E. There is some camel    
           |        |      |        |      |grazing here.               
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Road now turns to left out  
           |        |      |        |      |of wadi, and, after crossing
           |        |      |        |      |low ridges for about one    
           |        |      |        |      |hour and passing near some  
           |   1    | 15½  |   —    |  —   |“selem” bushes in one of the
           |        |      |        |      |wadis, enters a plain ½ to 1
           |        |      |        |      |mile broad, and heads       
           |        |      |        |      |generally for J. Kerar      
           |        |      |        |      |Berar.                      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   ½    |  16  |   3¾   | 45¾  |Half-a-mile further on J.   
           |        |      |        |      |Mosiai (pillar on top) is at
           |        |      |        |      |right angles about 1 to 2   
           |        |      |        |      |miles distant on left.      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   1½   | 17½  |   —    |  —   |Track leaves plain over low 
           |        |      |        |      |ridges and descends by      
           |   1    | 18½  |   —    |  —   |gentle slope obliquely to   
           |        |      |        |      |Wadi Mosiai. There are a few
           |   1¾   | 20¼  |   —    |  —   |of the peculiar dom palms of
           |        |      |        |      |the country above where wadi
           |        |      |        |      |is struck, and a little     
           |        |      |        |      |“selem” and some scrubby    
           |        |      |        |      |plants below. Track keeps   
           |        |      |        |      |down wadi generally, till it
           |        |      |        |      |gets well clear of the low  
           |        |      |        |      |hills, when it turns half   
           |        |      |        |      |left over open plain, good  
           |        |      |        |      |going, and passes an        
           |        |      |        |      |isolated patch of “selem”   
           |        |      |        |      |bushes in Gabgaba.          
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  W.       |   2    | 22¼  |   16   | 61¾  |The bed of the Gabgaba is ¾ 
  Gabgaba  |        |      |        |      |to 1½ miles wide in places, 
           |        |      |        |      |consisting of several       
           |        |      |        |      |channels separated by flat  
           |        |      |        |      |gravel. The bed itself is   
           |        |      |        |      |sandy, honeycombed with rat 
           |        |      |        |      |holes, and very bad going.  
           |        |      |        |      |Immense quantities of the   
           |        |      |        |      |“handal” plant grow in it,  
           |        |      |        |      |and in years of good        
           |        |      |        |      |rainfall dura is cultivated.
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Track, leaving the wadi half
           |        |      |        |      |right, keeps over a gravel  
           |        |      |        |      |plain with gentle slopes    
           |        |      |        |      |till it strikes the W. Telat
           |        |      |        |      |Abda just outside the low   
           |   2¼   | 24½  |   6    | 67¾  |hills.                      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |There is plenty of “selem”  
           |        |      |        |      |in the wadi, giving good    
           |        |      |        |      |camel grazing and abundance 
           |        |      |        |      |of firewood.                
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  _Bir     |   3    | 27½  |   8¼   |  76  |Track keeps up wadi,        
  Telat    |        |      |        |      |occasionally making short   
  Abda_    |        |      |        |      |cuts to right to get better 
           |        |      |        |      |going, as wadi is heavy in  
           |        |      |        |      |places, to well at foot of  
           |        |      |        |      |rather higher hill on left  
           |        |      |        |      |bank which has two stone    
           |        |      |        |      |pillars.                    
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The well gives good water,  
           |        |      |        |      |but not very much of it.    
           |        |      |        |      |About ¼ mile higher up under
           |        |      |        |      |the right bank where the    
           |        |      |        |      |wadi forks is another well  
           |        |      |        |      |generally used for watering 
           |        |      |        |      |camels. From here the roads 
           |        |      |        |      |to Abu Tabag and Naba       
           |        |      |        |      |branch. That to Naba keeps  
           |        |      |        |      |straight on, that is up the 
           |        |      |        |      |right-hand branch of the    
           |        |      |        |      |fork. Naba is about 17 miles
           |        |      |        |      |from Telat Abda, whence it  
           |        |      |        |      |draws its drinking water.   
           |        |      |        |      |Near Telat Abda well is a   
           |        |      |        |      |sayal tree that gives good  
           |        |      |        |      |shade.                      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The track starts up the Khor
           |        |      |        |      |Liseiwi, or left-hand branch
           |        |      |        |      |of the fork, past the upper 
           |        |      |        |      |well, but soon turns to     
           |        |      |        |      |right from it to cut off a  
           |        |      |        |      |corner, and drops into the  
           |        |      |        |      |khor again at a water hole  
           |        |      |        |      |(generally dry) under Jebel 
  _J.      |   3    | 30½  |   6    |  82  |Liseiwi (marked by a        
  Liseiwi_ |        |      |        |      |pillar).                    
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  W.       |   2    | 32½  |   6    |  88  |Keeps up khor and, crossing 
  Abaraga  |        |      |        |      |a low saddle, descends into 
           |        |      |        |      |Wadi Abaraga.               
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   ¼    | 32¾  |   ¾    | 88¾  |Keeps up wadi, which is well
           |        |      |        |      |wooded with selem, sayal and
           |        |      |        |      |the single-stemmed fan palm 
           |        |      |        |      |(_Medemia argun_), and      
           |   ½    | 33¼  |   1½   | 90¼  |passes some wells close     
           |        |      |        |      |under left bank. The wadi   
           |        |      |        |      |flows through very broken   
           |        |      |        |      |low hills, 200 to 400 feet  
           |        |      |        |      |high.                       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   1¼   | 34½  |   3½   | 93¾  |Track issues on to open     
           |        |      |        |      |space where the hills recede
           |        |      |        |      |and wadis come in from all  
           |        |      |        |      |directions.                 
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   —    |  —   |   4    | 97¾  |Track now turns N.E.,       
           |        |      |        |      |passing between some low    
           |        |      |        |      |hills over gravelly plain,  
           |   —    |  —   |   4¼   | 102  |and turns S.E. up wadi, now 
           |        |      |        |      |confined between rounded    
           |        |      |        |      |reddish hills. The palms    
           |        |      |        |      |have now ceased, but selem  
           |        |      |        |      |is still found. The hills   
           |        |      |        |      |soon get lower and wadi less
           |        |      |        |      |confined.                   
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   —    |  —   |   4½   | 106½ |A track from Hesmet Omar.   
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   —    |  —   |   2¼   | 108¾ |Saddle at head of Wadi      
           |        |      |        |      |Abaraga is reached, easy    
           |        |      |        |      |ascent and descent commenced
           |        |      |        |      |over gently sloping gravel  
  Wadi Abu |   7¾   | 42¼  |   2¼   | 111  |to the Wadi Abu Bard which  
  Bard     |        |      |        |      |flows through an open valley
           |        |      |        |      |2 to 3 miles wide. Plenty of
           |        |      |        |      |wood in wadi.               
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   —    |  —   |   2    | 113  |The same direction is       
           |        |      |        |      |continued across the wadi   
           |   —    |  —   |   3½   | 116½ |till a low saddle is        
           |        |      |        |      |crossed, and track descends 
           |        |      |        |      |a branch of Abu Bard for a  
           |        |      |        |      |little more than a mile;    
           |        |      |        |      |then across an open space   
           |        |      |        |      |N.E. up an affluent of the  
           |        |      |        |      |same branch till it crosses 
           |        |      |        |      |a low saddle at its head and
           |        |      |        |      |descends into an affluent of
           |        |      |        |      |the Wadi Hesmet Omar. This  
           |        |      |        |      |part is very stony and      
           |        |      |        |      |severe on plains camels,    
           |        |      |        |      |though the gradients are not
           |        |      |        |      |heavy. The track keeps down 
           |        |      |        |      |the valley, crossing a      
           |        |      |        |      |couple of affluents bounded 
           |        |      |        |      |by low hills, till it       
           |        |      |        |      |reaches another low, but    
           |        |      |        |      |stony saddle, whence it     
           |        |      |        |      |descends into and crosses an
           |        |      |        |      |affluent of the Wadi Abu    
           |        |      |        |      |Tabag or Wadi Ga; after     
           |   —    |  —   |   5    | 121½ |another 2 miles of stony    
           |        |      |        |      |ground the track descends   
           |   —    |  —   |   2    | 123½ |into another branch of the  
           |        |      |        |      |Abu Tabag wadi, which it    
  _Abu     |   5½   | 47¾  |   2    | 125½ |follows till it reaches the 
  Tabag_   |        |      |        |      |well.                       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The valley opens out a bit  
           |        |      |        |      |here, though immediately    
           |        |      |        |      |over the well there are low 
           |        |      |        |      |hills which still carry the 
           |        |      |        |      |breastworks erected by      
           |        |      |        |      |Beshir Bey’s men as a       
           |        |      |        |      |protection against          
           |        |      |        |      |dervishes.                  
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The well is about 20 feet   
           |        |      |        |      |deep, of which the lower 12 
           |        |      |        |      |feet, is revetted with      
           |        |      |        |      |stone. Plenty of water. Many
           |        |      |        |      |small partridges.           
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |An Inspector’s rest house   
           |        |      |        |      |has been built here. Some   
           |        |      |        |      |fine sayal trees.           
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |There are a number of dom   
           |        |      |        |      |palms trying to come up, but
           |        |      |        |      |none have succeeded in      
           |        |      |        |      |showing any trunk yet.      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The wadi here is, I believe,
           |        |      |        |      |called the Wadi Ga, but I am
           |        |      |        |      |not sure.                   
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  Wadi Ga  |   —    |  —   |   2    | 127½ |The track continues down the
           |        |      |        |      |wadi for 2 miles and turns  
           |        |      |        |      |off to the left over flat   
           |        |      |        |      |and undulating ground; easy 
           |        |      |        |      |going for some miles, the   
           |   4¼   |  52  |   10   | 137½ |general direction being a   
           |        |      |        |      |little to the left of J.    
           |        |      |        |      |Kirmai, crosses the Wadi Ga 
           |        |      |        |      |(plenty of selem) and cuts  
           |        |      |        |      |over a low saddle at the    
           |        |      |        |      |north end of Kirmai.        
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  Wadi Abu |   —    |  —   |   2    | 139½ |After about 2 more miles,   
  Kitabab  |        |      |        |      |heavy going, over sand-     
           |        |      |        |      |covered ridges the track    
           |        |      |        |      |descends into the Wadi Abu  
           |        |      |        |      |Kitabab, which joins the    
           |        |      |        |      |Wadi Ga about 1½ miles below
           |        |      |        |      |where the track crosses it. 
           |        |      |        |      |There are plenty of trees of
           |        |      |        |      |several different sorts.    
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   2    |  54  |   3    | 142½ |Road continues up wadi for 3
           |        |      |        |      |miles to a point where it   
           |        |      |        |      |forks.                      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The southern branch is also 
           |        |      |        |      |called Abu Kitabab. The     
           |        |      |        |      |track to Sohanit and Onib,  
           |        |      |        |      |viâ _Mashushenai well_ (very
           |        |      |        |      |little water), ascends it.  
           |        |      |        |      |The other branch is called  
           |        |      |        |      |Ebeirid. After ascending it 
           |   —    |  —   |   4    | 146½ |for 4 miles, low saddle is  
           |        |      |        |      |crossed; after 4½ more miles
           |        |      |        |      |of mostly very stony ground,
           |        |      |        |      |ending in a short and very  
  Wadi     |   3½   | 57½  |   4½   | 151  |rough descent, the Wadi     
  Abdelala |        |      |        |      |Abdelala is reached. This   
           |        |      |        |      |wadi is here well wooded.   
           |        |      |        |      |Lots of marakh. The track   
           |        |      |        |      |ascends it a short distance 
           |        |      |        |      |and then turns up a side    
           |        |      |        |      |khor, out of it to left into
           |        |      |        |      |another and over an easy    
           |        |      |        |      |saddle down into Wadi Bitna 
           |        |      |        |      |or Butna; confined bed, high
           |        |      |        |      |hills on right bank.        
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |   1½   |  59  |   4½   | 155½ |Top of Mashushenai just     
           |        |      |        |      |visible, a few selem and a  
           |        |      |        |      |good many samr trees.       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Track keeps down wadi,      
           |        |      |        |      |cutting off one or two      
           |        |      |        |      |corners, stony, but not very
           |        |      |        |      |bad going. The bed gets     
           |        |      |        |      |narrower and low cliffs more
           |        |      |        |      |perpendicular till wells are
           |        |      |        |      |reached at a place where a  
           |        |      |        |      |projecting cliff appears to 
           |        |      |        |      |bar the passage. Just before
           |        |      |        |      |reaching it some tombs are  
  _Wells_  |   1½   | 60½  |   4    | 159½ |passed.                     
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |There are two wells or water
           |        |      |        |      |holes about 5 feet in       
           |        |      |        |      |diameter, surface of water 6
           |        |      |        |      |feet below bed of wadi. Lots
           |        |      |        |      |of good water.              
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The track continues,        
           |        |      |        |      |original direction, for     
           |        |      |        |      |about ½ mile and then turns 
           |        |      |        |      |E., and a mile further on   
           |        |      |        |      |meets the Wadi Elei coming  
           |        |      |        |      |from the S.E. The united    
           |        |      |        |      |wadi now flows a little E.  
           |        |      |        |      |of N., the hills diminish   
           |        |      |        |      |and the valley increases in 
           |        |      |        |      |width and the vegetation    
           |        |      |        |      |decreases. After 2 miles the
           |        |      |        |      |track turns off to right, up
           |        |      |        |      |what was a good track a year
           |        |      |        |      |or so ago, but is now barred
           |        |      |        |      |by waves of sand. After some
           |        |      |        |      |three miles, most part of   
           |        |      |        |      |which is very heavy going,  
           |        |      |        |      |the track descends into the 
           |        |      |        |      |broad and ill defined bed of
           |        |      |        |      |an affluent of the Wadi     
           |   2    | 62½  |   4½   | 164  |Elei. Little grazing.       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |Over bare undulating plain, 
           |        |      |        |      |dotted with hummocky ridges 
           |        |      |        |      |of decomposed granite more  
           |   3½   |  66  |   10   | 174  |or less covered with sand.  
           |        |      |        |      |Good going till a low and   
           |        |      |        |      |easy watershed is crossed   
  Wadi     |   1¼   | 67¼  |   3    | 177  |and track descends easily to
  Nasari   |        |      |        |      |Wadi Nasari, a broad well   
           |        |      |        |      |wooded wadi that comes from 
           |        |      |        |      |Jebel Sohanit, and joins the
  Wadi     |   1½   | 68¾  |   4    | 181  |Alagi a few miles N. of     
  Alagi    |        |      |        |      |where the track strikes it. 
           |        |      |        |      |Track crosses wadi in the   
           |        |      |        |      |direction of Jebel Eigat    
           |        |      |        |      |and, passing through some   
           |        |      |        |      |low hills, reaches the Wadi 
           |        |      |        |      |Alagi. Track quite easy.    
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The Wadi Alagi here is at   
           |        |      |        |      |least ½ mile wide, bounded  
           |        |      |        |      |by low hills on both banks, 
           |        |      |        |      |but rising higher behind on 
           |        |      |        |      |the right bank. It contains 
           |        |      |        |      |many refreshingly green     
           |        |      |        |      |trees of several sorts,     
           |        |      |        |      |marakh, heglig, sayal, sidr,
           |        |      |        |      |arak, &c.                   
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  _Wadi    |   2    | 70¾  |   6    | 187  |Up wadi, which narrows to   
  Taimurit_|        |      |        |      |about 300 to 400 yards. It  
           |        |      |        |      |is joined on the left bank  
           |        |      |        |      |by a khor called Taimurit,  
           |        |      |        |      |up which there is a         
           |        |      |        |      |waterhole, good water. On   
           |        |      |        |      |the right bank opposite it  
           |        |      |        |      |is a hill conspicuously     
           |        |      |        |      |higher than the majority of 
           |        |      |        |      |those that overhang the     
           |        |      |        |      |wadi.                       
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |On both banks are remains of
           |        |      |        |      |houses, and a quartz reef is
           |        |      |        |      |conspicuous on the left     
           |        |      |        |      |bank. The latitude of       
           |        |      |        |      |junction of Taimurit and    
           |        |      |        |      |Alagi is 22° 1′ 11″, so     
           |        |      |        |      |most, if not all, the reef  
           |        |      |        |      |is north of 22°. It shows   
           |        |      |        |      |marks of having been        
           |        |      |        |      |prospected.                 
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  _Wadi    |   1    | 71¾  |   3    | 190  |One hour further on, where  
  Neshd_   |        |      |        |      |the wadi changes the        
           |        |      |        |      |direction of its flow from  
           |        |      |        |      |S.W. to N.W., some tombs    
           |        |      |        |      |close under the right bank  
           |        |      |        |      |are a landmark for the Wadi 
           |        |      |        |      |Neshd, which comes in on the
           |        |      |        |      |left bank opposite. There is
           |        |      |        |      |good water in the Wadi      
           |        |      |        |      |Neshd.                      
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The wadi now begins to wind 
           |        |      |        |      |more. Two hours further on  
  _Wadi    |   2    | 73¾  |   6    | 196  |the Wadi Kamotit on right   
  Kamotit_ |        |      |        |      |bank is passed. There is    
           |        |      |        |      |good water a short way up   
           |        |      |        |      |it.                         
           |        |      |        |      |                            
  Deraheib |   4¼   |  78  |   12   | 208  |The wadi now begins to      
           |        |      |        |      |wriggle about without,      
           |        |      |        |      |however, much decreasing in 
           |        |      |        |      |width. The hills on either  
           |        |      |        |      |side continue to be of no   
           |        |      |        |      |great height, and in one or 
           |        |      |        |      |two places the track crosses
           |        |      |        |      |low saddles to cut off      
           |        |      |        |      |corners; good trees all the 
           |        |      |        |      |way.                        
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |At Deraheib is a ruined     
           |        |      |        |      |castle of stone set in mud, 
           |        |      |        |      |with two or three pointed   
           |        |      |        |      |arches set in lime. Another 
           |        |      |        |      |building of nearly equal    
           |        |      |        |      |size in plan, but not so    
           |        |      |        |      |high, and the ruins of a    
           |        |      |        |      |number of houses and        
           |        |      |        |      |shelters are on the left    
           |        |      |        |      |bank. On the right bank,    
           |        |      |        |      |nearly opposite, are a      
           |        |      |        |      |number of ruined stone      
           |        |      |        |      |houses arranged in streets, 
           |        |      |        |      |and covering 3 to 4 acres.  
           |        |      |        |      |They are built in stone and 
           |        |      |        |      |mud, but a few arches in    
           |        |      |        |      |lime are to be seen. The    
           |        |      |        |      |ruins are evidently greatly 
           |        |      |        |      |filled in and might possibly
           |        |      |        |      |repay excavation. There are 
           |        |      |        |      |small stone shelters of the 
           |        |      |        |      |same kind up various khors. 
  _Water_  |   —    |  —   |   —    |  —   |The _nearest water_ now is 2
           |        |      |        |      |or 3 miles off up a wadi    
           |        |      |        |      |that joins the left bank of 
           |        |      |        |      |the Alagi about 1½ miles    
           |        |      |        |      |further up.                 
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The latitude of the N.W.    
           |        |      |        |      |corner of the ruined castle 
           |        |      |        |      |is 21° 56′ 48·5″.           
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |On the low hills on left    
           |        |      |        |      |bank, within ½ mile of the  
           |        |      |        |      |fort, are a number of shafts
           |        |      |        |      |sunk in the reef which is   
           |        |      |        |      |here very apparent. In      
           |        |      |        |      |December there were very few
           |        |      |        |      |Arabs in the Wadi Alagi. In 
           |        |      |        |      |the summer there are many.  
           |        |      |        |      |                            
           |        |      |        |      |The rate of the hamla has   
           |        |      |        |      |been taken at 2½ to 3 miles 
           |        |      |        |      |per hour, as, I think, my   
           |        |      |        |      |camels went. Neither times  
           |        |      |        |      |nor distances, therefore,   
           |        |      |        |      |can be relied on absolutely.
  ---------+--------+------+--------+------+----------------------------


                          2.—SUAKIN TO BERBER.                         


[Sidenote: Roads.]

There are two main routes between Suakin and Berber, both joining at
Obak. The first, _viâ_ Tambuk—Dissibil—Kokreb—Ariab and Obak,
the most northerly of the two, is the usual caravan route. Major Prout
(1877) states that “this route is quite practicable for wagons,
the greater part of it being indeed an admirable road for wheels;
some difficulty would, however, be found in getting wagons over the
passes of Hareitri and Kokreb, and the dunes of Obak. At these three
points some work, not much, but rather expensive, would have to be
done to make the route a good wagon road.” The chief difficulty
lies in the arid stretch of 114 miles between Ariab and Berber,
for which Obak, lying about halfway, provides the only water.

The second route, _viâ_ Sinkat—Hormareb—Amet—Rowaya and Obak
is 5 or 6 miles shorter, but not so well known. It is occasionally
used by caravans, but although the water supply is good, the road is
bad about Sinkat.


                        (α) NORTHERLY ROUTE.[2]                        

    MAJOR W. S. SPARKES, OCTOBER, 1897, AND DECEMBER AND JANUARY,     
                               1897-98.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Suakin        |      —      |  —   |Road runs in north-westerly       
                |             |      |direction alongside formation     
                |             |      |level of old Suakin-Berber        
                |             |      |railway. Good road, and easy going
                |             |      |through scrub, with mimosa and    
                |             |      |acacia trees. Plain covered with  
                |             |      |camels and flocks of goats        
                |             |      |grazing. Gentle rise all way to   
                |             |      |Handub.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Handub Well_ |      10     |  10  |Water here practically unlimited, 
                |             |      |slightly brackish; good camp      
                |             |      |ground, fuel, and grazing for     
                |             |      |camels. Water about 20 feet down. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  13  |Track enters hills, which         
                |             |      |gradually close in on either side,
                |             |      |going still good and gentle rise. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Otao Well_   |      6      |  19  |Two wells here, giving good water,
                |             |      |holes in ground, could be easily  
                |             |      |developed, at present sufficient  
                |             |      |for two companies infantry and    
                |             |      |their transport. Formation level  
                |             |      |of old railway ends here.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tambuk Well_ |      5      |  24  |Good water, supply practically    
                |             |      |unlimited, now three wells, would 
                |             |      |be easily increased. Good camp    
                |             |      |ground, fuel and grazing. Gazelle,
                |             |      |hares, partridges, and doves along
                |             |      |road, Handub and Tambuk. Water in 
                |             |      |wells about 15 feet down.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  26  |To here going stony and rough,    
                |             |      |then through a short defile, and  
                |             |      |somewhat better; trees and shrubs 
                |             |      |all along.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Ossaud   |      5      |  31  |A sudden, short, sharp ascent, a  
                |             |      |½-mile level, stony ground,       
  Olip          |      1      |  32  |without a shrub, and down to Khor 
                |             |      |Ossaud broad khor, full of trees, 
                |             |      |&c.; excellent going.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Adit     |      1      |  33  |Khor Adit, the main khor from     
                |             |      |Sinkat, which is about 20 miles   
                |             |      |distant, meets Khor Ossaud. Some  
                |             |      |gazelles, many doves in this khor,
                |             |      |also numerous herds, goats and    
                |             |      |camels grazing. Junction of khor, 
                |             |      |called Olip.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  36  |Track bends suddenly to right, and
                |             |      |crosses a short and easy “agaba,” 
                |             |      |or pass. This is a short cut, main
                |             |      |khor could be followed, and pass  
                |             |      |avoided, if necessary. This would 
                |             |      |make good halting place for       
                |             |      |infantry. It is 15 miles from     
                |             |      |Tambuk; plenty fuel and grazing.  
                |             |      |No water, but probably could be   
                |             |      |found if sunk for.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dissibil     |      7      |  43  |One large well, which is merely   
  (well)_       |             |      |hole scooped in ground, gives     
                |             |      |plentiful supply good water;      
                |             |      |similar water holes could be dug  
                |             |      |without difficulty, and supply    
                |             |      |water practically unlimited; good 
                |             |      |camp ground, fuel, and grazing.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Dissibil khor full of trees and   
                |             |      |shrubs; many gazelle and rock     
                |             |      |grouse and doves.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  47  |Track crosses small pass or agaba,
                |             |      |thence runs under high mountains  
                |             |      |on left hand, called Jebel Tamei. 
                |             |      |Chain of low stone hills on right,
                |             |      |going fair all time.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Odrus         |      7      |  54  |Track debouches on wide open      
                |             |      |plain, perhaps 15 miles by 10,    
                |             |      |called Wadi Odrus; is covered with
                |             |      |coarse grass and stunted mimosa.  
                |             |      |Gradual rise up to here, now      
                |             |      |gentle descent to centre of Wadi  
                |             |      |Odrus, where a narrow khor known  
  Tekarti       |      6      |  60  |as Tekarti. In good rain season   
                |             |      |considerable quantity of dura is  
                |             |      |grown along edge of this khor, but
                |             |      |on Dissibil side and to eastwards 
                |             |      |only. Several well-grown trees    
                |             |      |along edge of khor. This is 15    
                |             |      |miles from Dissibil, and would    
                |             |      |make suitable halting place for   
                |             |      |infantry. No water, except after  
                |             |      |rains; good camp ground, fuel, and
                |             |      |grazing. A gradual rise from here.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¼     | 63¼  |On right of track, under low hill,
                |             |      |several stone huts of Hamdab      
                |             |      |tribe.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 65¼  |Wadi Odrus ends and track crosses 
                |             |      |outlying stony ridges of Amud     
                |             |      |range.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 67¼  |A sharp gradient and highest point
                |             |      |of whole route is reached 2,870   
                |             |      |feet above sea level. A sharp     
                |             |      |descent by about ¾ mile of rocky  
                |             |      |agaba or pass, which, however,    
                |             |      |presents but little difficulty to 
  _Khor Hareitri|      ¾      |  68  |passage of all arms, leads to Khor
  (well)_       |             |      |Hareitri, a rather narrow defile  
  (Tamai)       |             |      |between high stone hills. Stony,  
                |             |      |baddish going, full of sunt or    
                |             |      |mimosa trees, and patches of      
                |      ¾      | 68¾  |coarse grass. Three-quarters mile 
                |             |      |up khor is well, known as Bir     
                |             |      |Tamai by some, by others as simply
                |             |      |Hareitri, a stone revetted well,  
                |             |      |giving good water about 12 feet   
                |             |      |down, rough wood huts on other    
                |             |      |side of well.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Adel Aweb_[3]|      3¼     |  72  |Rain pools found all along edges  
                |             |      |of khor, and 3 miles from Tamai a 
                |             |      |very large deep pool, giving any  
                |             |      |quantity good water. Natives say  
                |             |      |pools all disappear in winter a   
                |             |      |few months after rain ceases, but 
                |             |      |wells could be sunk with success  
                |             |      |anywhere in khor. The big pool    
                |             |      |above called by natives Adel Aweb.
                |             |      |Good grazing and fuel here,       
                |             |      |indifferent camp ground on account
                |             |      |of stones. Rock grouse and doves  
                |             |      |in khor, which is about 5 miles   
                |             |      |long.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  73  |Hareitri defile ends, and wide    
                |             |      |open plain called Wadi Tisartem is
                |             |      |reached. Here dura is cultivated. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 74½  |A few huts on right, and some dura
                |             |      |grown in good rain season, a good 
                |             |      |camp ground near here, fuel and   
                |             |      |grazing, but no water, though not 
                |             |      |impossible, might be found.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 78½  |Track crosses low rough ridges for
                |             |      |½ mile.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Salalat      |      ½      |  79  |Khor Haab thick with fair-sized   
  (well)_       |             |      |trees, a sandy plain. Two and     
                |             |      |a-half miles off track, to left or
                |             |      |south, is Bir Salalat, two wells, 
                |             |      |partially revetted wood, water    
                |             |      |good, about 40 feet down. Supply  
                |             |      |limited, each well could, perhaps,
                |             |      |supply 600 gallons, and would then
                |             |      |require three hours to refill,    
                |             |      |more wells could easily be sunk.  
                |             |      |Good camp ground, fuel and        
                |             |      |grazing, and some fair-sized trees
                |             |      |near wells. These wells cannot be 
                |             |      |relied on as permanent. In 1903   
                |             |      |they had been dry for 2 years.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 82½  |A slight rise brings track to     
                |             |      |level plateau of gravelly trap,   
                |             |      |smooth and firm, no vegetation,   
                |             |      |leading down to Khor Furd.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  85  |A very large patch cultivation    
                |             |      |dependent on rainfall, nothing    
                |             |      |could be grown this year.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5½     | 90½  |Across a neck, high irregular-    
                |             |      |shaped rocky hill few hundred     
                |             |      |yards to right, large black       
                |             |      |boulder to left. Quarter mile     
                |             |      |further is level, open, gravelly  
                |             |      |piece of ground, suitable for     
                |             |      |camp, with fuel and grazing, but  
                |             |      |no water. From here vegetation    
                |             |      |gradually ceases.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 92½  |Cross neck of Iglaladat, outlying 
                |             |      |ridge with high mass of rock on   
                |             |      |left. From here hills close in and
                |             |      |track along base of outlying spurs
                |             |      |and ridges.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kokreb   |      3½     |  96  |Agaba or pass leading to Khor     
                |             |      |Kokreb begins, a descent, a slight
                |             |      |rise, then a steep and rocky, but 
                |             |      |not difficult, piece, in all about
                |             |      |½ mile, and khor is entered; ½    
  _Hayaba       |      1      |  97  |mile on and well called Hayaba, a 
  (well)_       |             |      |hole in ground, water a few feet  
                |             |      |down and good, only one hole at   
                |             |      |present, but others could be dug  
                |             |      |in very short time, giving a      
                |             |      |practically unlimited supply.     
                |             |      |Rough wooden hut and Arab grave,  
                |             |      |and on left of well good camp     
                |             |      |ground, water, fuel, and grazing. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sarbit       |      1½     | 98½  |Revetted stone well, good water   
  (well)_       |             |      |about 10 feet down, sufficient for
                |             |      |battalion, good ground, fuel, and 
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 102½ |Track, now well to right of khor, 
                |             |      |runs over a neck between small    
                |             |      |rocky hills for short way, then   
                |             |      |sand, then rocks, with graveyards 
                |             |      |on each side; ½ mile on and low   
                |             |      |rocky chain hides main khor from  
                |             |      |track, hills gradually close in.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 104  |Hills now come in from north at   
                |             |      |right angles to track, and appear 
                |             |      |to entirely block up khor; under  
                |             |      |these hills was situated the      
                |             |      |Dervish post of Osman Digna. A    
                |             |      |collection of tukuls, sufficient  
                |             |      |for about 200 men, and surrounded 
                |             |      |by a thick thorn zariba; clear,   
                |             |      |level space, some 700 yards to    
                |             |      |front and flanks, within 200 yards
                |             |      |of hills at back; a well enough   
                |             |      |chosen position as regards        
                |             |      |covering road from Suakin. A      
                |             |      |narrow and short defile on extreme
                |             |      |left affords an exit, and khor    
                |             |      |again widens somewhat.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Matar     |      1½     | 105½ |A hole scooped in ground, good    
  (well)_       |             |      |water a few feet down, enough for 
                |             |      |half battalion at present, but    
                |             |      |could be quickly increased by     
                |             |      |digging other holes. Camp ground, 
                |             |      |grazing, and fuel here. Track now 
                |             |      |bends to left and crosses neck    
                |             |      |between two old graveyards.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abd El Haabit|      1½     | 107  |Two wells here, about ½ mile      
  (well)_       |             |      |apart, one on track, other ½ mile 
                |             |      |to left. The one on track a hole  
                |             |      |in khor, good water, limited      
                |             |      |supply, enough for about 100      
                |             |      |camels, before refilling in two   
                |             |      |hours. Other revetted stone, now  
                |             |      |dry, but could easily be reopened.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |All these four last wells in Khor 
                |             |      |Kokreb, which is wide, full of    
                |             |      |trees and shrubs, with stony hills
                |             |      |here and there, many gazelle,     
                |             |      |doves and rock grouse. Track      
                |             |      |follows khor in all about 10      
                |             |      |miles, when it branches to right. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now enters wide open plain  
                |             |      |of black stone, but good going,   
                |             |      |bare but for few stunted mimosa,  
                |             |      |and coarse patches of grass.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 112  |Stone ceases, and firm sand takes 
                |             |      |its place.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 114½ |Track bends to right among patches
                |             |      |of huge boulders.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Directly after entering Agortitweb
                |             |      |Plain, a black hill, surmounted by
                |             |      |what appears to be two tower-like 
                |             |      |masses of rock, makes an excellent
                |             |      |landmark, as tracks leads straight
                |             |      |on to it.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Lagag Aweb[4] |      1½     | 116  |Above-mentioned landmark is       
  (called by    |             |      |passed, it lies to left of road,  
  natives half  |             |      |and on close inspection becomes a 
  way to Berber)|             |      |smooth, oval base of rock, with   
                |             |      |irregular mass at approach end,   
                |             |      |while other block dissolves into  
                |             |      |two huge boulders, one with a     
                |             |      |considerable lean to east. Pass   
                |             |      |between this, which is called     
                |             |      |Lagag Aweb, on left, and a smaller
                |             |      |rocky hill on right, is considered
                |             |      |by natives as half way to Berber. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now winds for 2 miles round 
                |             |      |base of low stony hills, crosses a
                |             |      |neck, then on left a strip of     
                |             |      |coarse grass and stunted mimosa,  
                |             |      |bearing away to left, while hills 
                |             |      |on left also spread away. For some
                |             |      |way further, track winds along    
                |             |      |base of hills on right, when they 
                |             |      |also spread away, and the stony   
  Wadi Yungul or|      2½     | 118½ |plain called Wadi Yungul is       
  K. Yomga      |             |      |reached, going good. Good camp    
                |             |      |grounds, but indifferent grazing, 
                |             |      |and no water or fuel in Wadi      
                |             |      |Yungul. Yungul Plain ceases, track
                |             |      |winds to right between low stony  
                |             |      |hills. A little over 1 mile and   
                |      6½     | 125  |narrow khor, with few trees and   
                |             |      |coarse grass, is crossed, then    
                |             |      |again winds through low hills. Two
                |             |      |connected hillocks of white marble
                |             |      |being a prominent feature         
                |             |      |immediately to left of track.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 128  |The Ariab valley is entered, it is
                |             |      |thick with scrub and fair-sized   
                |             |      |trees, with numerous herds, goats,
                |             |      |&c. The hills stretch away on     
                |             |      |either side. Natives report there 
                |             |      |is a well called Makardi off track
                |             |      |to left under the hills, but that 
                |             |      |it gives but little water.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ariab[5]     |      3      | 131  |Three miles up valley are Ariab   
  (well)_       |             |      |wells. One large stone-revetted in
                |             |      |centre of khor, giving practically
                |             |      |unlimited supply, excellent water.
                |             |      |Water about 20 feet down. 150     
                |             |      |yards from this well are two      
                |             |      |others, also revetted, stone one  
                |             |      |gives plentiful supply, other     
                |             |      |partially choked for want of use. 
                |             |      |Good camp ground, grazing, water  
                |             |      |and fuel. Many of gazelle, doves, 
                |             |      |and rock grouse in valley. Track  
                |             |      |now leaves Khor Ariab on right,   
                |             |      |and goes south-west through black 
                |             |      |stone hills, low on right, high on
                |             |      |left, somewhat bad going.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Level plain, covered tufts coarse 
                |             |      |grass, half stony, half sandy,    
                |             |      |good going.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Through low hills, rather bad     
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Barud    |      —      |  —   |Wide level plain, covered coarse  
                |             |      |grass, good going.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi O’Duruk  |      —      |  —   |Level plain, good going, some     
                |             |      |coarse scrub, stunted trees.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track leaves O’Duruk on right and 
                |             |      |passes to left of, and immediately
                |             |      |below, a high stone hill, across a
                |             |      |small khor, and then winds among  
                |             |      |low stone hills.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Temartua |      —      |  —   |Good going, partly firm sand,     
                |             |      |partly stony.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Laiameb  |      44     | 175  |A broad khor running about east   
                |             |      |and west, almost at right angles  
                |             |      |to track. Said to contain pools   
                |             |      |after rain, about 4 miles to west 
                |             |      |of track. Small mimosa trees and  
                |             |      |coarse grass; water might be found
                |             |      |if sunk for. Track after crossing 
                |             |      |Khor Laiameb again goes over hilly
                |             |      |stony ground.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel O’Fik   |      2½     | 177½ |On right of track country open and
                |             |      |level again, a few trees and some 
                |             |      |grass here.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Tatua    |      —      |  —   |After passing Jebel O’Fik the Wadi
                |             |      |Tatua is entered; sandhills, &c., 
                |             |      |in khor; Obak can be seen in      
                |             |      |distance; good going.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5½     | 183  |Across a low ridge, going still   
                |             |      |good.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Plain becomes covered with small  
                |             |      |mimosa bushes; 1½ miles through   
                |             |      |these bushes and Obak sandhills   
                |             |      |and drifts are entered.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Obak (well)_ |      9      | 192  |Large new well, gives 2,000       
                |             |      |gallons when full; takes 10 hours 
                |             |      |to refill. Water slightly         
                |             |      |brackish. Natives say that there  
                |             |      |were formerly 50 or 60 of these   
                |             |      |wells, but have fallen in from    
                |             |      |want of use. Wells, revetted wood;
                |             |      |water about 40 feet down.         
                |             |      |Indifferent camp ground, some     
                |             |      |grazing and fuel.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For 3 miles after Obak track lies 
                |             |      |through heavy sand over hills and 
                |             |      |drifts, then good level going,    
                |             |      |only occasional sand.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      14     | 206  |Some trees and grass here;        
                |             |      |suitable camp ground; water might 
                |             |      |possibly be found. Site of        
                |             |      |proposed well.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Eremit  |      2      | 208  |A low granite hill on left of     
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Odfa      |      5      | 213  |Curious-shaped mass of rock on    
                |             |      |right of track.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Abu Selim|      21     | 234  |Some trees and grass; water could 
                |             |      |probably be found. Site of        
                |             |      |proposed well.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Maho Bey     |      11     | 245  |Good revetted well, 40 feet down, 
  (well)_       |             |      |covered by mud brick fort;        
                |             |      |excellent water, practically      
                |             |      |unlimited supply, good camping    
                |             |      |ground, fuel and grazing.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Berber        |      6      | 251  |Except for first 3 miles all going
                |             |      |from Obak to Berber excellent.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  SUMMARY OF WELLS ON NORTHERLY ROUTE.                 

  -------------+--------+---------------------------------------------
  Name of well.|Distance|                Description.     
               | apart. |                                          
  -------------+--------+---------------------------------------------
               | Miles. |                                          
               |        |                                          
  Handub       |   10[6]|Slightly brackish, unlimited supply.      
               |        |                                          
  Otao         |    9   |One well, hole in khor; good water could  
               |        |be developed.                             
               |        |                                          
  Tambuk       |    5   |Good water about 15 feet down, unlimited  
               |        |supply.                                   
               |        |                                          
  Dissibil     |   19   |One well, good water hole in khor, at     
               |        |present (1898) sufficient half battalion  
               |        |and transport; could be increased at will.
               |        |                                          
  Tamai        |   25   |In Khor Hareitri; well also by some       
               |        |called Hareitri. Stone, revetted, about   
               |        |12 feet deep, good water; well itself     
               |        |sufficient for half battalion and         
               |        |transport, but supply easily increased.   
               |        |Rain pools all along Khor Hareitri; one   
               |        |very large and deep called Adelaweb, 3    
               |        |miles from Tamai.                         
               |        |                                          
  Salalat      |   11   |One and a-half miles to left of road, two 
               |        |wells, revetted stone, one practically    
               |        |choked. Good water about 40 feet down,    
               |        |limited supply, enough for 50 camels, and 
               |        |takes 2 hours to refill.                  
               |        |                                          
  Hayaba       |   18   |Hole in sand, 4 feet deep, met            
               |        |immediately on entering Khor Kokreb; good 
               |        |water, supply practically unlimited, as   
               |        |similar holes can be dug in very short    
               |        |time.                                     
               |        |                                          
  Sarbit       |    1½  |In Khor Kokreb, good water about 10 feet  
               |        |down, revetted stone.                     
               |        |                                          
  Matar        |    7   |Hole in khor, still Kokreb, good water,   
               |        |supply half battalion, but could be       
               |        |developed. Former watering place of       
               |        |Dervish Kokreb post 1½ miles off.         
               |        |                                          
  Id El Haabit |    1½  |Hole in khor, good water, sufficient half 
               |        |battalion, could be developed.            
               |        |                                          
  Ariab        |   24   |One very large well, revetted stone, good 
               |        |water about 20 feet down; two smaller,    
               |        |also revetted stone, one now choked.      
               |        |Water sufficient at present for one       
               |        |battalion and transport, and could be     
               |        |developed.                                
               |        |                                          
  Obak         |   61   |One large stone revetted well, giving     
               |        |excellent supply of good water.           
               |        |                                          
  Maho Bey     |   52   |Large stone revetted well, good water,    
               |        |large supply.                             
  -------------+--------+---------------------------------------------


                (β)—BERBER TO SUAKIN (SOUTHERLY ROUTE).                

The mileage is estimated by pace of camels, and there appears to be
but little difference between the northerly and southerly routes;
the Arabs, however, call the south road the longer.

Water supply is quite equal to that on north road, and all wells,
being more or less deep sunk, do not get fouled by animals drinking
direct from them, as is the case with surface wells, such as Dissibil,
Hayaba, &c. These wells are also much more used by Arabs for watering
their flocks than those on other track, and, without exception,
they are surrounded by diruks, or earth-made drinking pans, which
are scarce on other road.

A long rope and deluk, or native sort of bucket of thin hide, would
be required at each well.

For movements of troops the north road is infinitely to be preferred,
as going throughout is comparatively easy for all arms. On south
road, numerous agabas, or passes over the hills, make going hard
and difficult. The big agaba between Sinkat and Tamaneb is almost
impossible for wheeled artillery.


     (β) SOUTHERLY ROUTE, _viâ_ OBAK, RAUAI, KHOR ARAB, AND SINKAT.    

                BY MAJOR W. S. SPARKES, NOVEMBER, 1897.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Berber        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Maho Bey_    |      6      |  6   |_Vide_ report on north road.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu Selim|      11     |  17  |       „           „                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Odfa      |      21     |  38  |       „           „              
                |             |      |                                  
  Eramit        |      5      |  43  |       „           „              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Obak Wells_  |      16     |  59  |       „           „              
                |             |      |                                  
  Ofik          |      14     |  73  |       „           „              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 77½  |Track to Rauai branches away to   
                |             |      |right. Also a track to Rauai a few
                |             |      |miles after leaving Obak.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  79  |Through low stony hills and Khor  
                |             |      |Laiameb is struck; track runs     
                |             |      |straight along khor. Going good; a
                |             |      |gradual rise; Khor Wusser runs    
                |             |      |side by side with Laiameb, and    
                |             |      |appears to form part of it.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      17     |  96  |Track leaves Khor Laiameb and     
                |             |      |crosses low neck of rock; low     
                |             |      |black stone hills on right hand;  
                |             |      |scattered boulders, some of       
                |             |      |similar shape to Abu Odfa on left 
                |             |      |hand. Hills gradually close in,   
                |             |      |and track crosses stony but not   
                |             |      |difficult agaba, or pass, some ¾  
                |             |      |mile long.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 96¾  |A path to left leads over hills to
                |             |      |Ariab.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     | 98½  |Over stony khor, then into hills  
                |             |      |again, and is stony, steep, bad   
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rauai Wells_ |      2      | 100½ |Stony sort of square, surrounded  
                |             |      |By stone hills, with a narrow khor
                |             |      |running out each corner. Large    
                |             |      |graveyard on right. A few mimosa  
                |             |      |trees and some coarse grass.      
                |             |      |Indifferent camping ground. Wells 
                |             |      |½ mile up a narrow, rocky defile, 
                |             |      |running from east corner of       
                |             |      |square; two wells, revetted stone,
                |             |      |good water 15 feet down;          
                |             |      |practically unlimited supply. This
                |             |      |defile impassable for animals,    
                |             |      |which must go by easier way over  
                |             |      |hills to south-west, and then down
                |             |      |side of hill again to the wells.  
                |             |      |Some rough drawings of camels,    
                |             |      |men, &c., scratched on rocks round
                |             |      |wells. Rock grouse and partridges 
                |             |      |here. Track now runs north-west   
                |             |      |over short agaba, across a stony  
                |             |      |khor, and again an agaba winding  
                |             |      |over bare, stony hills; bad going;
                |             |      |then a long, narrow, sandy khor;  
                |             |      |fair-going; then a rough, stony   
                |             |      |agaba leading over hills called   
                |             |      |Hadia Aweb or blackwater rock;    
                |             |      |thence into Khor Thela, a short   
  _Makadia      |     14½     | 115  |agaba, and Bir Makadia, in small  
  Wells_        |             |      |khor same name, at head of Ariab  
                |             |      |valley; Ariab wells, about 6 miles
                |             |      |west of north from here; one well 
                |             |      |good water 30 feet down, enough   
                |             |      |for one battalion, which would    
                |             |      |require 1½ hours to refill; good  
                |             |      |grazing ground and fuel. Some     
                |             |      |gazelle and grouse; north road    
                |             |      |about 3 miles from well. Going    
                |             |      |from Rauai bad, nearly whole way a
                |             |      |succession of stony agabas. Prom  
                |             |      |here cross stony neck, then across
                |             |      |head of Ariab valley. Pass Jebel  
                |             |      |Bokmaali on left hand, cross a    
                |             |      |stony neck, and                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Yungul        |      4      | 119  |Reach Wadi Yungul; north road     
                |             |      |about 8 miles to left; 4 miles,   
                |             |      |then cross another stony neck, and
                |             |      |Wadi Beakwa, called by Arabs      
                |             |      |halfway to Suakin.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Atbai    |      7½     | 126½ |Cross Khor Atbai; 3 miles on cross
                |             |      |old dura patch, none this year on 
                |             |      |account of bad rains. Over two    
                |             |      |sandy and stony ridges and        
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Kokreb   |      3½     | 130  |Enter Kokreb valley; good going,  
                |             |      |firm sand, and thick with trees   
                |             |      |and shrubs. Over some stony ridges
                |             |      |and                               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Olowe    |      2½     | 132½ |Enter Khor Olowe, still a part of 
                |             |      |Kokreb.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Magwala      |      3½     | 136  |Two wells, good water, 75 feet    
  Wells_        |             |      |down, sufficient for one          
                |             |      |battalion; would require some     
                |             |      |hours to refill; these wells are  
                |             |      |said by Arabs to be oldest on     
                |             |      |road; they are revetted granite,  
                |             |      |which is deeply grooved all round 
                |             |      |from constant hauling up of water.
                |             |      |Are much used by Shebodinab tribe,
                |             |      |who have huts close here. Many    
                |             |      |hods, or earth-made drinking pans,
                |             |      |round each well. Some old Dervish 
                |             |      |“tukuls,” which used to be        
                |             |      |occupied by a detachment, for     
                |             |      |collecting taxes. Good camp       
                |             |      |ground, fuel and grazing, pigeons 
                |             |      |and sand grouse; no gazelle. Wells
                |             |      |of Abd El Haabit lie some 7 or 8  
                |             |      |miles to north, and Jebel Wowitte,
                |             |      |about 8 miles to north-east; Jebel
                |             |      |Lagagaweb, the halfway rock on    
                |             |      |north road, is seen some 6 miles  
                |             |      |to north of west from here.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Khor now gradually gets bare and  
                |             |      |intersected by strips of stone.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 140  |Cross a ridge and Khor Lasheb,    
                |             |      |going indifferent, cut up by small
                |             |      |watercourses over a ridge.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wadi Habub_  |      3      | 143  |Wadi Habub. Going still           
                |             |      |indifferent, across many ridges   
                |             |      |running into khor, 5½ miles on;   
                |             |      |track runs along edge of hills,   
                |             |      |and then enters the Komotitai     
                |             |      |hills by very stony and difficult 
                |             |      |agaba or pass, about 1½ miles     
                |             |      |long, then into sandy khor, full  
                |             |      |of vegetation of sorts. 2 miles up
                |             |      |this khor to the                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kamotitai    |      11     | 154  |Wells of same name, _i.e._,       
  Wells_        |             |      |Kamotitai, three wells, revetted  
                |             |      |stone, good water 25 feet down    
                |             |      |unlimited supply. Many other wells
                |             |      |in this khor now closed up; much  
                |             |      |used by Arabs, and at each well   
                |             |      |numerous hods. Good camp ground,  
                |             |      |fuel, and grazing; sand grouse and
                |             |      |pigeons in abundance.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A short way past wells, track     
                |             |      |bends to left past large          
                |             |      |graveyard; then across alternate  
                |             |      |khors and ridges; indifferent     
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Arab     |      7      | 161  |Thick with trees of all sorts, and
                |             |      |considerable cultivation in good  
                |             |      |season. Two deep watercourses     
                |             |      |crossed soon after entering khor; 
                |             |      |3 miles on the track runs to north
                |             |      |of khor, over stony ridges, with  
                |             |      |low stone hills on either hand.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Okwer   |      7      | 168  |Jebel Okwer begins on left of     
                |             |      |khor, several small pyramid-shaped
                |             |      |hills on right, and khor          
                |             |      |stretching away beyond them.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Amate   |      3½     | 171½ |Over a low ridge, and Wadi Amate  
  Wells_        |             |      |begins; track running across large
                |             |      |patch of old cultivation into a   
                |             |      |sandy khor; one well some 200     
                |             |      |yards to right, another ½ mile    
                |             |      |straight on. There is a third     
                |             |      |well, now closed. These wells,    
                |             |      |revetted wood, good water 12 feet 
                |             |      |down; supply practically          
                |             |      |unlimited; many hods. Good camp   
                |             |      |ground, fuel and grazing. A stone 
                |             |      |hut close to well, and place thick
                |             |      |with sheep and goats, and some    
                |             |      |cattle.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track from here runs north-west,  
                |             |      |over small agaba into narrow khor 
                |             |      |thick with trees. Okwer range     
                |             |      |still on left; low hills on right 
                |             |      |3½ miles, and hills on right hand,
                |             |      |and track again enters main Khor  
                |             |      |Amate. Batta range on far right   
                |             |      |and in front; ½ mile on Okwer     
                |             |      |range ends.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 176  |Track to _wells of Abu Goloda_    
                |             |      |runs north from here.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 179½ |End of Khor Amate, and Batta range
                |             |      |entered by fairly easy agaba,     
                |             |      |running east 1½ miles; then cross 
                |             |      |small stony khor, then another    
                |             |      |agaba through smaller hills, going
                |             |      |bad.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hormareb     |      3½     | 183  |Jebel Homugwer away in distance to
  Well_         |             |      |right, ¾ mile off track to north  
                |             |      |in small khor same name, Bir      
                |             |      |Hormareb; one well, good water 25 
                |             |      |feet down; supply about 1,000     
                |             |      |gallons; requires some hours to   
                |             |      |refill. Several hods round well;  
                |             |      |good grazing and fuel, indifferent
                |             |      |ground. _Another well_ reported,  
                |             |      |same description, 3 or 4 miles    
                |             |      |further up khor to north. From    
                |             |      |here bad going, over stony ridges 
                |             |      |and small khors.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Ma’areit |      3½     | 186½ |Large graveyard on right, and     
                |             |      |track turns sharp to left up Wadi 
                |             |      |Ma’areit, a broad level valley,   
                |             |      |running north and south; good     
                |             |      |going, and considerable           
                |             |      |cultivation after good rains. This
                |             |      |year a few patches dura. North-   
                |             |      |west corner of valley thickly     
                |             |      |studded with trees, and was in old
                |             |      |days a favourite summer resort of 
                |             |      |people from Suakin.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6½     | 193  |Hills close right in on either    
                |             |      |side, and the narrow wooded Khor  
                |             |      |Ashaf leads through hills 2 miles;
                |             |      |track bends north-east, 1½ miles  
                |             |      |on, and cross a flat khor, with   
                |             |      |sparse vegetation, thick with     
                |             |      |flocks.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Now over alternate rough ridges   
                |             |      |and small ragged khors. 2½ miles  
                |             |      |down a sharp agaba into a small   
                |             |      |khor, green and sweet smelling,   
                |             |      |then wind round base of hills     
                |             |      |miles, and enter Khor Tabikuk.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tabikuk  |      7½     | 200½ |Across this khor, 3½ miles, top a 
                |             |      |ridge, and view Sinkat valley,    
                |             |      |green and thick with people and   
                |             |      |flocks; down small agaba, over low
                |             |      |ridge, and enter valley.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sinkat Well_ |      4½     | 205  |One large well, good water 25 feet
                |             |      |down; unlimited supply. Several   
                |             |      |large gemmeiza trees round wells  
                |             |      |give excellent shade; ruins old   
                |             |      |Egyptian fort also close to wells.
                |             |      |Large village in valley, with     
                |             |      |several thousand people, built    
                |             |      |partly straw huts, partly Arab    
                |             |      |tents, small bazaar, and large    
                |             |      |stores of gum.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good ground, fuel and grazing.    
                |             |      |Khor Adit leads from north Sinkat 
                |             |      |valley towards Khor Ossaud.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track from well runs east across  
                |             |      |valley, then over low ridge across
                |             |      |two deep watercourses, and up a   
                |             |      |stony, gradually-narrowing khor,  
                |             |      |which winds through the hills.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gebet_  |      6½     | 211½ |A short but bad agaba, a small    
                |             |      |khor, a ridge, another small khor,
                |             |      |another ridge and Khor Gebet;     
                |             |      |about 3 miles up this khor to     
                |             |      |right are two wells.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 214½ |Commencement of the great Sinkat  
                |             |      |Agaba or Pass, along which track  
                |             |      |runs for 3½ miles; very bad,      
                |             |      |difficult going, practically      
                |             |      |impassable for wheeled artillery, 
                |             |      |and would be altogether           
                |             |      |impracticable but for the work    
                |             |      |done years ago by Mumtaz Pasha,   
                |             |      |then Governor of Suakin. In this  
                |             |      |agaba the Khor Gwob rises, which, 
                |             |      |gradually widening, eventually    
                |             |      |reaches the sea some 7 miles south
                |             |      |of Suakin.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gwob_   |      3½     | 218  |End of agaba, and good going over 
                |             |      |firm sand; gradual descent down   
                |             |      |khor, which gradually widens.     
                |             |      |Hills on either side, thick with  
                |             |      |tamarisk, and cactus, &c. Huge    
                |             |      |boulders on each side also        
                |             |      |protruding from bed of khor. Pools
                |             |      |of water, with thick reeds here   
                |             |      |and there, in which were many     
                |             |      |teal; also many partridges, rock  
                |             |      |grouse, and pigeons in khor.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tamanib_     |      6      | 224  |Unlimited supply, good running    
                |             |      |water; fair camp ground; excellent
                |             |      |grazing; plenty fuel. Many cattle 
                |             |      |grazing here.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now leaves Khor Gwob and     
                |             |      |turns to right; runs over low     
                |             |      |ridges, with small khors between; 
                |             |      |full of gazelle, ariel and hares. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     | 234  |Hills cease, and a straight down- 
                |             |      |hill run into Suakin, over plain  
                |             |      |covered with coarse vegetation.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Suakin        |      10     | 244  |Suakin.                           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         3.—BERBER TO KASSALA.                         

    COMPILED IN INTELLIGENCE OFFICE, KHARTOUM, FROM VARIOUS SKETCHES   
                       AND REPORTS, JUNE, 1902.


This route is very difficult to map or describe so as to be of use to
the traveller, as there are hardly half a dozen unmistakable objects
along it by which he could identify his position.

As the Atbara dries up, it leaves a series of pools along its
bed. Where the banks allow of these pools being approached by animals,
the Arabs’ flocks are taken to water, and paths are beaten or cut
through the bush leading to these meshras.

[Sidenote: Guides.]

The ordinary Arab guide, even if he has been in the habit of travelling
by this road for years, knows only a small number of these meshras,
_i.e._, those most conveniently situated for the class of journey
he has been in the habit of performing, and only one or two of the
countless tracks. The only people who know all the small meshras off
the road, and they perhaps over a limited portion of the river, are the
Arabs (Hadendoas) who are grazing their flocks there. If the traveller,
therefore, because he is marching with troops or for any other reason,
wishes to use the less well-known meshras, he must depend on local
inquiries and should, therefore, have with him men who speak Hadendoa.

Another great difficulty is the comparatively small number of men
who know the names of any except the chief meshras. Consequently the
average guide makes the names he knows extend over the whole length
of the river. Where one ends, another begins. The Arabs grazing their
flocks by the Atbara, on the other hand, will give you names for
each little bit of the river, but these names are of little value,
as no one else knows them.

[Sidenote: Rest houses.]

There are rest houses at intervals of about 20 miles between Berber
and Kassala.

[Sidenote: Grazing.]

There is good grazing for camels practically the whole way.

[Sidenote: Travellers.]

Persons travelling by themselves in the hot weather may find it best
to march very early in the morning, halt at water, and march again near
sunset, carrying enough water for the night-halt away from the river.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

No supplies of any sort are to be got along road, except perhaps milk
and sheep.

[Sidenote: Game.]

There is good fishing in the Atbara. Gazelle, bustard and ariel are
seen along the route in localities, varying with the season. Wild
asses are numerous north of Goz Regeb.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

Some Bisharin are met, and a good many nomad Hadendoas.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Berber        |      —      |  —   |From Berber the road runs between 
                |             |      |the river and the railway.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Darmali       |      13     |  13  |A mud built village on the Nile;  
                |             |      |the usual road now branches       
                |             |      |southwards, crosses the railway   
                |             |      |and than a bare, gravelly,        
  Khor El Hudi  |      17     |  30  |waterless plain to Khor El Hudi.  
                |             |      |(If preferred, the Atbara can be  
                |             |      |followed by continuing along the  
                |             |      |Nile to Atbara Station, which is  
                |             |      |about 7 miles from Darmali.)      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From El Hudi, where the remains of
                |             |      |the Anglo-Egyptian zeriba are     
                |             |      |still visible, the road skirts the
                |             |      |river which is fringed with dom   
  Khor Abadar or|      8      |  38  |palms and other bush to Khor      
  Abu Adar      |             |      |Abadar, near the junction of which
                |             |      |there is a small stone wall       
                |             |      |enclosure and the remains of      
                |             |      |another Anglo-Egyptian zeriba.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the road cuts off an    
                |             |      |angle from the river and lies     
  _Khor El Hilg_|      19     |  57  |across open gravelly desert till  
  (Rest House)  |             |      |Khor El Hilg is reached.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(Nakheila, the site of Mahmud’s   
                |             |      |zeriba and the battle of the      
                |             |      |Atbara, is passed at the 12th     
                |             |      |mile, about 5 miles to the west.) 
                |             |      |There is dense bush about here,   
                |             |      |and the ground is likely to be    
                |             |      |swampy in the rains.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Sheikh El     |      3½     | 60½  |The house stands on slightly      
  Sebib’s House |             |      |rising ground. After passing this 
  (Rest House). |             |      |the country continues to be broken
                |             |      |by small khors until after passing
  _Gemmeiza_    |      12     | 72½  |Gemmeiza, a good halting place,   
  (Rest House)  |             |      |but much bush hereabouts.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country soon becomes open and 
                |             |      |level, and is covered with        
                |             |      |scattered selem and sunt bushes.  
                |             |      |The river is generally nowhere    
                |             |      |more than a mile and half to the  
                |             |      |west.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hagar      |     14½     |  87  |Here there are rocks in the river 
                |             |      |bed.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Fil   |      1      |  88  |The going continues excellent     
                |             |      |until reaching Khor Adarama which 
  Khor Adarama  |      8      |  96  |is about 1½ miles in width and is 
                |             |      |marked by very thick scrub of     
                |             |      |sunt, talh, and tundub, as well as
                |             |      |by the badly cracked cotton soil  
                |             |      |indicative of standing water.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Adarama_     |      1½     | 97½  |Adarama consists of a large number
  (Rest House)  |             |      |of mud walled enclosures,         
                |             |      |scattered over about ¾ of a square
                |             |      |mile of ground. These are almost  
                |             |      |entirely deserted and mostly      
                |             |      |ruined. With the exception of the 
                |             |      |inspector’s house, camel corps    
                |             |      |lines, and a few tukls, there are 
                |             |      |practically no inhabited houses.  
                |             |      |In the dry weather there are two  
                |             |      |water pools in the vicinity, one  
                |             |      |at the foot of Khor Adarama, and  
                |             |      |another about ¾ mile higher up.   
                |             |      |The approach to the river is easy,
                |             |      |but the bank shelves steeply to   
                |             |      |the river bed from a height of    
                |             |      |about 25 feet.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hejera     |      1½     |  99  |A large zeriba of Osman Digna’s is
                |             |      |passed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Bashim     |      2      | 101  |The name of this district. After  
                |             |      |passing through two patches of    
                |             |      |bush about a mile apart, the      
                |             |      |country becomes open and sandy,   
                |             |      |and sand ridges appear to the     
                |             |      |east.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  El Siwan      |      8      | 109  |Here the river may be approached, 
                |             |      |and further on the track passes   
                |             |      |within a few yards of the river   
                |             |      |bank.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shellalab_   |     10½     | 119½ |Shellalab, a sandy hill covered   
  (Rest House   |             |      |with marakh bushes. From here the 
  near here).   |             |      |track continues to the river bank,
                |             |      |through scattered marakh bush, and
                |             |      |sand hills lie away to the east.  
  Gala Amarus   |      —      |  —   |The river can be approached almost
                |             |      |anywhere, and the path is never   
  _Meshra Baluk |     21½     | 141  |more than about ½ a mile from it. 
  or Um Beiba_  |             |      |Jebel Ayob is visible about 7     
  (Rest House). |             |      |miles due east.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the path traverses      
                |             |      |scattered bush, and in places     
                |             |      |badly cracked cotton soil,        
                |             |      |indicating the existence of water 
                |             |      |in the rains, and gradually       
                |             |      |ascends an easy slope on to the   
                |             |      |plateau, and thus cuts off a bend 
                |             |      |in the river.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Gulal   |      13     | 154  |Debba Gulal.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The descent from the plateau      
                |             |      |begins 3 miles further on, and the
  _Meshra_      |      7      | 161  |river is struck at a good meshra. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      3      | 164  |The path continuing near the      
  Mitateb_ (Rest|             |      |river, Mitateb, the first meshra  
  House).       |             |      |in the Hadendoa country, is       
                |             |      |reached. The Bisharin country on  
                |             |      |right bank ends here, as also the 
                |             |      |Berber Province; the Province of  
                |             |      |Kassala is now entered. Rest house
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the path gradually      
                |             |      |ascends a gentle slope to the     
                |             |      |plateau, from where Jebels Ofreik 
                |             |      |and Erembat soon become visible.  
                |             |      |Scattered heglig, tundub, and samr
                |             |      |trees are noticeable, of these    
                |             |      |samr predominate as Goz Regeb is  
                |             |      |approached.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Two miles before reaching old     
                |             |      |telegraph hut the road descends   
                |             |      |from the plateau, and the river is
                |             |      |reached at this hut, which forms a
                |             |      |good halting place. The village of
  _Goz Regeb_   |      15     | 179  |Goz Regeb is situated on a slight 
  (Rest House)  |             |      |eminence close to the river on the
                |             |      |left bank, and is marked by a few 
                |             |      |dom palms. Some Government        
                |             |      |buildings are now in course of    
                |             |      |construction on the right bank,   
                |             |      |the idea being that Goz Regeb     
                |             |      |should form a sanatorium for      
                |             |      |Kassala during the rains. The     
                |             |      |direct track to Kassala and that  
                |             |      |in general use leaves J. Erembat  
                |             |      |to the north, and strikes straight
                |             |      |across the level plain. At about  
  _Bir Teishum_ |      38     | 217  |38 miles, Bir Teishum is passed in
  (Rest House)  |             |      |the bed of a branch of the Gash,  
                |             |      |about 3 miles off the direct road.
                |             |      |It has been lately opened up, and 
                |             |      |has a good supply of water, and   
                |             |      |Arabs were living here (March,    
                |             |      |1902). There is little shade to be
                |             |      |had on this road until after      
  Khor Ebret    |      20     | 237  |passing Khor Ebret, when kurmet   
                |             |      |and other green trees and bushes  
  Khor Gash     |      5      | 242  |become numerous. On nearing the   
                |             |      |Gash, signs of cultivation appear.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tukruf_      |      1¾     | 243¾ |Many wells in bed of Gash;        
                |             |      |unlimited supply of water.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Kassala       |      2¾     | 246½ |Destination.                      

   ANOTHER ROUTE MAY BE TAKEN FROM GOZ REGEB _viâ_ ASUBRI TO KASSALA.

  _Goz Regeb_   |     179     | 179  |The track ascends to the plateau  
                |             |      |and follows the edge of it,       
                |             |      |leaving the river several miles to
                |             |      |the west. There are several       
                |             |      |meshras, all of which, however,   
                |             |      |are almost impossible to find     
                |             |      |without a guide.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Um    |      30     | 209  |This meshra is somewhere about    
  Bereika_      |             |      |half-way.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Asubri_      |      35     | 244  |Good meshra and shade.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About 5 miles after leaving the   
                |             |      |river for Kassala, the road from  
                |             |      |Suweihil joins in, and rather     
                |             |      |thick laot and kittr bush is      
  Goz El Handal |      8½     | 252½ |traversed till reaching Goz El    
                |             |      |Handal, an open gravelly plain    
                |             |      |with short grass extending for    
                |             |      |about 2 miles From here to        
                |             |      |Umsiteiba there is little bush.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Umsiteiba     |      13     | 265½ |A place where water stands in the 
                |             |      |rains; not much shade.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Garatet  |      3      | 268½ |Rather swampy and difficult for   
                |             |      |camels in the rains.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Um Dahan |      6      | 274½ |Water stands in this khor in the  
                |             |      |rains. It is about 6 yards wide   
                |             |      |and 3 feet deep.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are Arab settlements near   
                |             |      |here in the rains for cultivation.
                |             |      |After passing through some rather 
  Khor Kunti    |      6      | 280½ |thick laot, &c., bush, Khor Kunti,
                |             |      |about 8 yards wide and 6 feet     
                |             |      |deep, is crossed.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gash     |      4¼     | 284¾ |Many marakh and kurmet bushes     
                |             |      |until the Gash is reached.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Kassala       |      ¾      | 285½ |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          4.—SUAKIN TO TOKAR.                          

      BY LIEUTENANT A. M. TAGGART, 1ST BOMBAY LANCERS, JULY, 1896;     
         CAPTAIN MCKERRELL, CAMERON HIGHLANDERS, DECEMBER, 1897.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Suakin        |      —      |  —   |For the first 25 miles the track  
                |             |      |is well defined, and leads over   
                |             |      |hard ground never more than a mile
                |             |      |or two from the sea shore. During 
                |             |      |the next 6 miles it changes in    
                |             |      |character, and for the last 25    
                |             |      |miles leads through bushes and    
                |             |      |over sandhills, the tracks varying
                |             |      |according to the season and the   
                |             |      |difficulties (drifting sand, &c.) 
                |             |      |to be encountered. There is no    
                |             |      |water to be had on the way. A     
                |             |      |telegraph line leads direct from  
                |             |      |Suakin to Tokar, but does not     
                |             |      |always follow the best road.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Suakin in a S.S.E.        
                |             |      |direction, the track is broad and 
                |             |      |distinct, passing over hard, sandy
                |             |      |ground, with a few bushes 1 to 3  
                |             |      |feet high.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gwob     |      7½     |  7½  |Crosses broad Khor Gwob.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 10½  |Track now 5 to 10 feet broad,     
                |             |      |approaches sea shore, then bears  
                |             |      |away again. Near this point (4    
                |             |      |hours from Suakin) there are      
                |             |      |reported to have been some wells  
                |             |      |in 1885; water 6 feet down and    
                |             |      |brackish, hardly ever used.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  12  |Saw some trees due east, halfway  
                |             |      |to the sea; said to be _wells of  
                |             |      |Helub_. Water bitter, and but     
                |             |      |little used.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  15  |Track meets telegraph line.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 17½  |Over rising ground. Extensive view
                |             |      |in all directions to the westward,
                |             |      |well-defined khor trending north- 
                |             |      |west. Sparse bushes 2 to 3 feet   
                |             |      |high, ground hard and sandy,      
                |             |      |overlying coral. Track descends   
                |             |      |again; then level ground.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Asab     |      7½     |  25  |Reached Khor Asab, which runs in  
                |             |      |from the hills to the west; it is 
                |             |      |called half-way to Tokar. Here a  
                |             |      |track branches off to the left,   
                |             |      |and leads to Teb.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      |  31  |Mud huts in ruins. Track becomes  
                |             |      |narrow and indistinct. Bush       
                |             |      |thicker, 4 to 8 feet high.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Surface shifting sand, with clay  
                |             |      |patches.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  39  |Crosses several small khors,      
                |             |      |sometimes traces of water here.   
                |             |      |Bush very thick.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tamai    |      2      |  41  |Small pool of rainwater (at       
                |             |      |certain seasons only).            
                |             |      |                                  
  Mamuria       |      4      |  45  |Ruined Mamuria of Mumtaz Pasha—mud
                |             |      |house. Telegraph line crossed     
                |             |      |three times since the 31st mile.  
                |             |      |Bush becomes thicker.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Old Tokar     |      5      |  50  |Old Tokar—in ruins. Broken ground 
                |             |      |and thick bush.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abdulla Rai_ |      2      |  52  |Abdulla Rai Fort (fat loopholed   
                |             |      |tower, with pointed roof), on an  
                |             |      |eminence, visible from some       
                |             |      |distance. Nine wells here, water  
                |             |      |good—never known to fail, 54 feet 
                |             |      |down (July). Large herds of camels
                |             |      |and goats in the district. Thick  
                |             |      |bush all round.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now due south-east to Tokar,
                |             |      |surface hard and clayey, covered  
                |             |      |in places with drifted sand; bush 
                |             |      |3 to 6 feet high. Tokar signal    
                |             |      |tower visible.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  55  |Leave the bush, across level mud  
                |             |      |plain to                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tokar_       |      1      |  56  |Tokar, _vide_ Part I, Chap. III.  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   5.—TRINKITAT TO TOKAR, _viâ_ TEB.                   

           BY CAPTAIN BOWER, I.S.C., AND EDITOR, JULY, 1896.           

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Trinkitat     |      —      |  —   |The whole road from Trinkitat to  
                |             |      |Tokar is passable for all arms,   
                |             |      |and it is only when approaching   
                |             |      |Tokar that the scrub about the    
                |             |      |country becomes thick enough to   
                |             |      |interfere with the action of      
                |             |      |cavalry.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For 2½ miles from Trinkitat the   
                |             |      |road runs along a broad           
                |             |      |embankment, on which for 1 mile an
                |             |      |18-inch gauge railway has been    
                |             |      |laid down. After leaving the      
                |             |      |embankment there is a sandy       
                |             |      |stretch, and then about 2 miles of
                |             |      |narrow embankment just broad      
                |             |      |enough for the railway line. This 
                |             |      |embankment in places has rather a 
                |             |      |serpentine course, and would have 
                |             |      |to be straightened before rails   
                |             |      |could be laid down.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Teb_      |      7      |  7   |At El Teb there is a small fort,  
                |             |      |and an ample supply of water at a 
                |             |      |depth of 17 feet.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Three wells inside fort and       
                |             |      |numerous ones outside, these      
                |             |      |latter mostly for animals.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The water in the different wells  
                |             |      |varies in quality, but is all     
                |             |      |slightly brackish. No ill effects,
                |             |      |however, appear to attend drinking
                |             |      |it, and the men quartered there   
                |             |      |spoke favourably of it.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The parapet of the fort is a brick
                |             |      |wall 10 feet high, 1½ feet thick; 
                |             |      |ditch 11 feet broad, 8 feet deep. 
                |             |      |Signal tower as at Tokar, 43 feet 
                |             |      |high. Scene of battle of El Teb,  
                |             |      |29th February, 1884, just north of
                |             |      |present fort.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are two roads from Teb to   
                |             |      |Tokar, both broad (30-50 yards)   
                |             |      |clearings through the bush. The   
                |             |      |“new” road is the straightest, but
                |             |      |leads over soft sandhills and is  
                |             |      |rarely used. The other road bears 
                |             |      |gradually westwards a mile south  
                |             |      |of Teb, and cannot be missed if   
                |             |      |the traveller keeps on the west   
                |             |      |edge of the clearing. Excellent   
                |             |      |going for all arms. Bush on either
                |             |      |side 3 to 10 feet high.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abdulla Rai_ |      8      |  15  |Junction of Suakin track. Abdulla 
                |             |      |Rai Fort, ½ mile west of track.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Tokar         |      2½     | 17½  |Tokar.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


         6.—(α) SUAKIN TO ERKOWIT, _viâ_ TAMANEB AND KHOR ARAB.        

                  BY MAJOR POWELL, R.E., MARCH, 1903.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Suakin        |      —      |  —   |Leaving Suakin by the Shaata Gate 
                |             |      |the track leads S.W. up the plain 
                |             |      |reaching the granite outcrops of  
                |             |      |the foot hills. Over broken, but  
                |             |      |easy ground to Tamaneb, where     
                |             |      |there is running water.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tamaneb_     |      8      |  18  |The track passes W. of Tamaneb and
                |             |      |ascends the flat valley bottom of 
                |             |      |Khor Gwob to 22 miles, where the  
                |             |      |junction with the Khor Nagit is   
                |             |      |reached. Leaving the route to     
                |             |      |Sinkat, which goes on up Gwob, the
                |             |      |track turns S.W. up Khor Nagit    
                |             |      |till 27 miles, and then crosses a 
                |             |      |short rocky agaba into Khor Manab.
                |             |      |Descending this easy valley, at   
                |             |      |29½ miles the junction with Khor  
                |             |      |Arab is reached. To avoid a gorge 
                |             |      |the track ascends the hillside    
                |             |      |about 150 feet by a different rock
                |             |      |path descending into the valley at
                |             |      |30½ miles. Up the valley, easy    
                |             |      |going, for about a mile pass      
                |             |      |_running water_ (brackish and     
                |             |      |unpleasant), then ascend by steep 
                |             |      |zigzags up the left bank (1 in 4  
                |             |      |at worst), after ½ mile along the 
                |             |      |steep hillside cross the valley   
                |             |      |and rise by a steep path to the   
                |             |      |saddle separating Khor Arab from  
                |             |      |the Khor Dahand. Descend into the 
                |             |      |latter by a rocky path and, after 
                |             |      |ascending with difficulty the     
                |             |      |rocky torrent bed for another ½   
                |             |      |mile, reach the foot of the Agatba
                |             |      |agaba at mile 34. A steep climb of
                |             |      |¾ mile brings one to the summit,  
                |             |      |after which the route crosses easy
                |             |      |rises and dips to Erkowit at mile 
  _Erkowit_     |      21     |  39  |39.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good hill camels lightly laden    
                |             |      |took 11 marching hours from       
                |             |      |Erkowit to Suakin by this route,  
                |             |      |and would take about 14 hours to  
                |             |      |ascend. The track is not fit for  
                |             |      |horses or fully laden mules.      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


              (β) SUAKIN TO ERKOWIT, _viâ_ KOLKALAI PASS.              

                  BY MAJOR POWELL, R.E., MARCH, 1903.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Suakin        |      —      |  —   |Track leaves Suakin S.S.W. over   
                |             |      |the plain. At mile 13 crosses Khor
                |             |      |Gwob, a wide open wadi with low   
                |             |      |banks and thick bush. This Khor is
                |             |      |occasionally impassable when in   
                |             |      |flood. About mile 16 the road     
                |             |      |reaches the granite outcrops of   
                |             |      |the foothills, and descends into a
  _Taharoi_     |      17     |  17  |wadi at Taharoi (mile 17), where  
                |             |      |there are usually several wells   
                |             |      |much resorted to for watering     
                |             |      |flocks. This year only one well   
                |             |      |and that almost dry. Depth to     
                |             |      |water usually 10 feet.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Tracks leads S. to Khor Tehela,   
                |             |      |leaving J. Gumberit to E. At mile 
                |             |      |20 usually a well, but dry this   
                |             |      |year. Then S.W. into the Khor     
                |             |      |Dahand at 25 miles; track enters  
                |             |      |the hills and goes for 3 miles up 
                |             |      |the easy valley. At mile 28 there 
                |             |      |is _water in the hill_ to S. and  
                |             |      |several Hadendoa tukls.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track then takes to hillside,     
                |             |      |rising by zigzags up the end of a 
                |             |      |spur. At first 1 in 6, then 1 in 4
                |             |      |to the ridge, then very steeply 1 
                |             |      |in 3 to another col, by short     
                |             |      |zigzags and rocky steps; very bad 
                |             |      |for pack animals, but good hill   
                |             |      |camels get up with light loads.   
                |             |      |Track descends along hillside for 
                |             |      |about 1 mile; all green, with     
                |             |      |shrubs, grass and ferns.          
                |             |      |Francolin, partridge and quail    
                |             |      |plentiful. Some bad places in     
                |             |      |descent, then easy path, and again
                |             |      |short difficult rise to the edge  
                |             |      |of the Erkowit plateau.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Total ascent from Khor Dahand a   
                |             |      |little over 2,000 feet.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Camels took 3 hours. The track is 
                |             |      |not fit to ride over.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Erkowit_     |      17     |  34  |After about ¾ mile Erkowit is     
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving this route at mile 20 a   
                |             |      |track leads up Khor Masilli, S. of
                |             |      |Dahand; the bad ascent on this is 
                |             |      |shorter, but equally bad, and the 
                |             |      |whole distance is longer.         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


            7.—(α) ERKOWIT TO SINKAT, _viâ_ BARAMIL PLAINS.            

                  BY MAJOR POWELL, R.E., MARCH, 1903.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Erkowit       |      —      |  —   |South over easy ground to head of 
                |             |      |Khor Amrat, down the sandy bed of 
                |             |      |the khor W.N.W. Leaving the khor  
                |             |      |the track rises for ¼ mile over a 
                |             |      |stony slope, reaching the Baramil 
                |             |      |Plain at 4 miles from Erkowit. For
                |             |      |14 miles the track runs W.N.W.    
                |             |      |over the firm surface of the      
                |             |      |plains. Large herds of ariel are  
                |             |      |seen, a few flocks and nomad      
                |             |      |Arabs, but no water. Down stony   
                |             |      |and occasionally narrow khor N.W. 
  _Towai Wells_ |     18¾     | 18¾  |to Towai Wells, which are at side 
                |             |      |of khor 12 feet deep. Water fair  
                |             |      |and plentiful.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sinkat_      |      2¾     | 21½  |Down Khor Towai over a low stony  
                |             |      |rise and descend W.N.W.; wide khor
                |             |      |until it joins the open Sinkat    
                |             |      |Valley and reaches the well and   
                |             |      |ruins of the old Fort at 21½      
                |             |      |miles.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                (β) ERKOWIT TO SINKAT, _viâ_ KHOR GEBET.               

                  BY MAJOR POWELL, R.E., MARCH, 1903.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Erkowit       |      —      |  —   |Route descends the valley W.S.W.  
                |             |      |from Erkowit by rocky surface     
                |             |      |track over ridges and dips, rising
                |             |      |after 2½ miles by a stony ascent  
                |             |      |to the edge of Baramil plateau.   
                |             |      |This length is the worst part of  
                |             |      |the route, it is practicable, but 
                |             |      |not good for loaded camels, and is
                |             |      |easily capable of improvement by  
                |             |      |unskilled labour.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Along Baramil plateau, W. for     
                |             |      |about 2 miles, then N.N.W. over   
                |             |      |gentle ascent, and cross an easy  
                |             |      |but stony agaba, and descent N.   
                |             |      |down a khor leading to the open   
                |             |      |valley of Gebet. No obstacle.     
  _Gebet Well_  |     14¼     | 14¼  |Gentle descent N.W. to the well at
                |             |      |14¼ miles. Water good; large      
                |             |      |flocks and herds; one well 30 feet
                |             |      |deep. Down the open valley W.N.W. 
                |             |      |3 miles, where route is joined by 
                |             |      |the direct track from Suakin to   
                |             |      |Sinkat, _viâ_ the Sinkat agaba,   
                |             |      |then W. 1 mile to a short stony   
                |             |      |agaba leading into the Khor Abu   
                |             |      |Shid, the main valley of which is 
                |             |      |reached at mile 20. Thence easy   
                |             |      |going over a wide wadi to Sinkat  
  _Sinkat_      |      8¾     |  23  |at mile 23.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      8.—KASSALA TO SUAKIN, _viâ_ FILIK, MAMAN, AND KHOR SITARAB.      

                  BY LIEUT.-COL. MITFORD, APRIL, 1899.                 

                       (_Corrected up to_ 1900.)                       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kassala       |      —      |  —   |On leaving Kassala, a N. by W.    
                |             |      |direction is taken over flat,     
                |             |      |sandy ground, intersected by small
                |             |      |khors running into the Khor El    
                |             |      |Gash; many low trees of the acacia
                |             |      |tribe and the green-leafed kurmet 
                |             |      |bush, but passage among them easy 
                |             |      |in any direction.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Debeloeid|      5½     |  5½  |A shallow khor, flowing from      
                |             |      |S.S.W. to N.N.E. two miles on;    
                |             |      |this khor is recrossed, flowing   
                |             |      |westward; here the trees are      
                |             |      |thicker and taller.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gamam    |      3½     |  9   |A branch of the Khor El Gash, 20  
                |             |      |feet deep, 15 to 20 yards wide;   
                |             |      |proceeding down the khor for ½    
                |             |      |mile the wells are reached. Banks 
                |             |      |thickly fringed with high         
                |             |      |tamarisks; bush very close.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Gamam_   |      ½      |  9½  |Two wells; now 12 feet deep, 3    
                |             |      |feet diameter; water plentiful.   
                |             |      |Many wells exist now in this khor 
                |             |      |for about 2 miles N. from this    
                |             |      |point. After winding about in the 
                |             |      |bush for a mile, country again    
                |             |      |becomes open; many open spaces    
                |             |      |half-a-mile to a mile in breadth. 
                |             |      |Direction N. A good deal of       
                |             |      |cultivation here.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Gamam         |      5½     |  15  |Formerly a large Hadendoa hamlet; 
                |             |      |its site now marked by a stony    
                |             |      |mound to the E. known as Habuba. A
                |             |      |mile on one passes many skulls and
                |             |      |human bones scattered all over the
                |             |      |ground for some distance. This    
                |             |      |spot was the scene of the first   
                |             |      |encounter of the Kassala garrison 
                |             |      |and the Dervishes in the winter of
                |             |      |1883-4. Later on Osman Digna had a
                |             |      |large standing camp of Hadendoa at
                |             |      |the same place. Arabs say “20,000 
                |             |      |young men” were collected there   
                |             |      |and guarded by Baggara horsemen,  
                |             |      |who, when food failed, refused to 
                |             |      |let them leave; so many hundreds  
                |             |      |died of starvation.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Hageror       |      9      |  24  |The name of the district. At this 
                |             |      |point, 1 mile W. of our route, is 
                |             |      |the site of the old telegraph     
                |             |      |maintenance post of the old       
                |             |      |Suakin—Kassala telegraph line,    
                |             |      |close to a branch of the Khor El  
                |             |      |Gash (Khor Herbub). Arabs say     
                |             |      |water can be found 10 to 15 feet  
                |             |      |below the surface anywhere in this
                |             |      |khor; fringed with high trees.    
                |             |      |Direction now is E.N.E.; country  
                |             |      |as before, but cotton soil.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Bahr     |      3½     | 27½  |A shallow depression, 200 to 300  
  Shamil        |             |      |yards broad, no defined banks,    
                |             |      |thickly grown over by laot trees. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Delai    |      3      | 30½  |Twenty yards broad, 4 feet deep,  
                |             |      |flowing W. High trees along banks.
                |             |      |At the 33rd mile the trees        
                |             |      |disappear; country is cotton soil 
                |             |      |with tussocks of grass, full of   
                |             |      |holes and breaks away at every    
                |             |      |step. Very bad going for men and  
                |             |      |animals. As the Khor Herbub is    
                |             |      |approached, grass, 3 feet high,   
                |             |      |becomes thicker.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Herbub   |     10¾     | 41¼  |A branch of the Gash, 20 feet     
                |             |      |broad, 20 feet deep. Proceed due  
                |             |      |W. for 1¼ miles through high      
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Tokar_   |      1¼     | 42½  |One well,[7] 20 feet deep, 3 feet 
                |             |      |diameter, 1 foot of water at      
                |             |      |bottom of well. After drawing 400 
                |             |      |gallons supply was exhausted and  
                |             |      |water came in very slowly. Water  
                |             |      |good. Good grazing for horses and 
                |             |      |camels, and plenty of shade.      
                |             |      |Retracing one’s steps back across 
                |             |      |the Khor Herbub, a direction 72°  
                |             |      |(true) was taken and followed as  
                |             |      |far as Khor Togan. Bad cotton soil
                |             |      |and tussocks of grass as before.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Filik_       |      2½     |  45  |Formerly the largest and most     
                |             |      |important collection of hamlets of
                |             |      |the Hadendoa of the Gash. Now no  
                |             |      |traces, with the exception of     
                |             |      |three charred dom palm trees,     
                |             |      |which supported the roof of the   
                |             |      |old telegraph maintenance post.   
                |             |      |Many wells, and water plentiful in
                |             |      |Khor Tokar ½ mile W.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Going very bad; at the 49th mile  
                |             |      |belts of laot trees are passed    
                |             |      |through. At the 53rd mile surface 
                |             |      |of ground improves; more sandy,   
                |             |      |with patches of small stones or   
                |             |      |pebbles.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Tisheiga   |      11     |  56  |One mile to right. Ground now     
                |             |      |descends gently; several small    
                |             |      |khors are crossed, running        
                |             |      |westward; trees in khors and along
                |             |      |banks, kittr and samr. Ground     
                |             |      |sandy, with occasional patches of 
                |             |      |stones; excellent going.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Yelkuk   |      5      |  61  |Also called Telkuk. One hundred   
                |             |      |yards broad, flowing westwards.   
                |             |      |Ten miles up this khor are wells  
                |             |      |and an Arab settlement. Many      
                |             |      |trees; good grazing for camels.   
                |             |      |Two miles to the north are low    
                |             |      |black hills called J. Kadabu.     
                |             |      |Country as before.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Taugon   |      5½     | 66½  |One hundred yards broad, banks 4  
                |             |      |feet high. One well here not yet  
                |             |      |reopened, in bed of khor; high    
                |             |      |trees and dom palms in bed and    
                |             |      |along banks. Two and half miles E.
                |             |      |is J. Taugon. General direction   
                |             |      |62°.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Shamfeid |      2½     |  69  |A small khor running into Khor    
                |             |      |Maman. Same direction being       
                |             |      |followed, J. Maman with its four  
                |             |      |peaks straight ahead. Ground rises
                |             |      |gently and then descends towards  
                |             |      |the Khor Maman; with stones in    
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Maman    |      6      |  75  |One hundred yards broad, banks 4  
                |             |      |feet high; many high trees and    
                |             |      |doms; excellent grazing for       
                |             |      |camels. Crossing the khor and     
                |             |      |following up its right bank for 1½
                |             |      |miles the wells are reached. Under
                |             |      |J. Maman are seen many hundreds of
                |             |      |stone huts, which, according to   
                |             |      |the Arabs, were built many        
                |             |      |centuries ago; also many large    
                |             |      |stone graves.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Maman_   |      1½     | 76½  |Two wells, 40 feet deep, 3 feet   
                |             |      |diameter, water good and plentiful
                |             |      |at all seasons.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On leaving the wells, the track,  
                |             |      |very faint, over stony ground,    
                |             |      |made by the party constructing the
                |             |      |new telegraph line, was followed  
                |             |      |for the next 40 miles. The        
                |             |      |telegraph line itself is within   
                |             |      |sight of the track on one side or 
                |             |      |the other. Track proceeds up khor 
                |             |      |for ¾ mile, then passes round S.E.
                |             |      |corner of J. Maman, and turns due 
                |             |      |N. J. Maman on the W. and J. Tudab
                |             |      |on the E. form a pass, 1½ to 2    
                |             |      |miles broad; ground sandy, with   
                |             |      |patches of stones; flat, good     
                |             |      |going; several small khors are    
                |             |      |crossed.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Hashaneid|      6      | 82½  |One hundred yards broad, 3 feet   
                |             |      |banks. Dom palms and trees.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tudab    |      2      | 84½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Fagada   |      2      | 86½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Toteb    |      1      | 87½  |Eighty yards broad, 5 feet banks. 
                |             |      |Runs into the Khor Kudameieb. Dom 
                |             |      |palms, kittr, samr, and the       
                |             |      |thornless kurmet trees. One and a 
                |             |      |half miles E. is J. Yaied, some   
                |             |      |1,500 feet high, and 6 to 7 miles 
                |             |      |long, a mass of black basaltic    
                |             |      |rock, steeply escarped on its     
                |             |      |western side.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the next 12 miles, ground     
                |             |      |traversed is hard sand, sloping   
                |             |      |from hills on the E., and covered 
                |             |      |with stones; very bad going; in   
                |             |      |the small watercourses (during    
                |             |      |rains) are belts of samr and kittr
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gedamaieb|      4½     |  92  |Fifty yards broad, 6 feet banks.  
                |             |      |Trees; 2 miles on, a similar khor 
                |             |      |is crossed, bearing the same name.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 96½ miles the top of a         
                |             |      |watershed is reached, and J.      
                |             |      |Kureib comes in sight, E.N.E. J.  
                |             |      |Bakutneb is some 3 or 4 miles to  
                |             |      |the N.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abuladein|      7½     | 99½  |Twenty yards broad, 6 feet banks. 
                |             |      |Ground now sandy, and more trees. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Serera   |      4      | 103½ |One hundred yards broad, 6 feet   
                |             |      |banks. Dom palms. Runs into the   
                |             |      |Khor Abu Ledein.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Togul    |      3¼     | 106¾ |Thirty yards broad, 3 feet banks. 
                |             |      |Follow the khor 1 mile down       
                |             |      |stream.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Ali      |      1      | 107¾ |One well 40 feet deep, 2 feet 6   
  Kalai_        |             |      |inches diameter; water good, but  
                |             |      |supply only 300 gallons at date,  
                |             |      |and refilled very slowly. Khor    
                |             |      |Weidab joins Khor Togul from the  
                |             |      |S. lower down.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Returning up the khor 1 mile, a   
                |             |      |N.E. direction is taken. Ground   
                |             |      |very stony and undulating, and    
                |             |      |intersected by several large      
                |             |      |khors. Trees in watercourses and  
                |             |      |along banks of khor. The track    
                |             |      |runs more or less parallel with J.
                |             |      |Kureib, 4 or 5 miles distant to   
                |             |      |the E.; a range some 8 miles long,
                |             |      |2,300 feet (approximate) above the
                |             |      |general level, very precipitous on
                |             |      |western side; black basaltic      
                |             |      |rocks.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Watershed     |      9¼     | 117  |Up to this point all khors crossed
                |             |      |run into the Khor El Gash;        
                |             |      |northwards of this watershed,     
                |             |      |khors run into the Khor Langeb.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Arideib  |      4      | 121  |The direction of the new telegraph
                |             |      |line is left 3 miles before       
                |             |      |reaching this khor. Direction     
                |             |      |N.N.W. Low ground sandy, with     
                |             |      |trees and grass; high ground stony
                |             |      |and rocky.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kei-Eiteb|      5      | 126  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gambeleib|      1½     | 127½ |The downward course of this khor, 
                |             |      |trending W. and S.W., is now      
                |             |      |followed for 4½ miles; several    
                |             |      |subsidiary khors join it from     
                |             |      |either side. Water could probably 
                |             |      |be found anywhere here, as trees  
                |             |      |are finer and creepers are        
                |             |      |festooned along the trees; many   
                |             |      |kurmet bushes, marakh, and tundub;
                |             |      |good grazing for camels.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir          |      4      | 132  |Also called Bir Akrat. One well 50
  Hamashaueb_   |             |      |feet deep, 3 feet diameter; water 
                |             |      |good and plentiful.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Returning up the khor for 2 miles 
                |             |      |to where Khor Gambeleib joins Khor
                |             |      |Homashaueb, the upward course of  
                |             |      |the latter khor is followed for 2 
                |             |      |miles, and then a N.N.E. direction
                |             |      |taken. Ground very stony and      
                |             |      |rising; intersected by small khors
                |             |      |running from hills to the east.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Omli     |      12     | 144  |No defined banks; its course      
                |             |      |marked by the trees.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      4      | 148  |Also called Khor Kubri. One well  
  Yaskalab_     |             |      |here 45 feet deep, 3 feet         
                |             |      |diameter; water good, but supply  
                |             |      |uncertain; it is generally dry at 
                |             |      |this time of the year.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Hedaweb  |      5      | 153  |Similar to Khor Gambeleib. One and
                |             |      |half miles down the khor is Bir   
  _Bir Hadaueb_ |      1      | 154  |Hedaweb. One well 9 feet deep, 3  
                |             |      |feet 6 inches diameter; water good
                |             |      |and plentiful; there is said to be
                |             |      |a better well 1 to 2 miles further
                |             |      |down the khor.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On the south side of the khor,    
                |             |      |close to the well, are the remains
                |             |      |of the old telegraph line         
                |             |      |maintenance post.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Returning up the khor ½ mile, a   
                |             |      |branch khor coming in from the N. 
                |             |      |is followed up past a large       
                |             |      |graveyard. At the 156th mile this 
                |             |      |khor is left, and the neck between
                |             |      |two rocky hills is crossed. Going 
                |             |      |very bad; rough and stony.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Belag    |      6½     | 160½ |Two hundred yards broad, 2 feet   
                |             |      |banks. Excellent grazing for      
                |             |      |camels in this khor. For 7 miles  
                |             |      |its downward course is followed.  
                |             |      |Arabs say that it flows into Khor 
                |             |      |Windi, but at 167½ miles the khor 
                |             |      |appears dammed up with sand dunes 
                |             |      |8 to 10 feet high, and its level  
                |             |      |is the same as that of the        
                |             |      |surrounding country.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Hegadab  |      8¼     | 168¾ |Flows towards the E. Ground       
                |             |      |ascends, and a mile on a stony    
                |             |      |pass between the hills is reached.
                |             |      |J. Adarabab now comes in sight,   
                |             |      |noticeable from several chimney-  
                |             |      |like rocks which stand up above   
                |             |      |the general level of the top of   
                |             |      |the range. A short descent, then a
                |             |      |sandy plain with patches of stones
                |             |      |in places.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Windi    |      4      | 172¾ |This khor is entered, and its     
                |             |      |down-stream course followed for   
                |             |      |the next 8 miles. No water now    
                |             |      |obtainable in this khor; trees are
                |             |      |more stunted, and their leaves    
                |             |      |more yellow and dried up than in  
                |             |      |the preceding khors. At 177½ miles
                |             |      |is the site of the old telegraph  
                |             |      |maintenance post and well, now    
                |             |      |filled in many years ago.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 180 miles the khor is left, and
                |             |      |a plain traversed, alternately    
                |             |      |sandy with tufts of grass and     
                |             |      |stony; several narrow deep khors  
                |             |      |are crossed. At 188¼ miles the    
                |             |      |level of the country suddenly     
                |             |      |drops some 20 feet.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Tamarisk bushes and trees         
                |             |      |commence.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Langeb   |     19¼     | 192  |One hundred and fifty to three    
                |             |      |hundred yards broad, banks 15 to  
                |             |      |20 feet high. Banks on either side
                |             |      |thickly fringed with tamarisk     
                |             |      |trees; excellent grazing for      
                |             |      |camels. Arabs are restarting      
                |             |      |breeding camels in the vicinity of
                |             |      |this khor; one drove of nearly 300
                |             |      |young camels were seen. One day   
                |             |      |S.W. up this khor, Khor Odeib is  
                |             |      |said to enter it; all the khors   
                |             |      |already enumerated, from Khor     
                |             |      |Areideb to Hedaweb inclusive, run 
                |             |      |into Khor Odeib. Half a day to the
                |             |      |E. Khor Windi joins it.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir          |      1½     | 193½ |One and a quarter miles up this   
  Tamashnauer_  |             |      |khor is the well; 25 feet deep, 3 
                |             |      |feet diameter; water plentiful,   
                |             |      |but very smelly and brackish.     
                |             |      |Arabs state that at present there 
                |             |      |are no wells open further up the  
                |             |      |khor; lower down are more wells   
                |             |      |and a few pools.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Returning ¾ mile down the khor, a 
                |             |      |direction N. by E. is taken;      
                |             |      |several small tributary khors are 
                |             |      |crossed, and then ground ascends  
                |             |      |gently and becomes stony.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The next 45 miles is known as the 
                |             |      |Wadi Ossir. J. Adarabab and Shaba 
                |             |      |on the E., and a series of ranges 
                |             |      |of hills on the W. form the sides,
                |             |      |8 to 10 miles apart. These hills  
                |             |      |form a funnel through which the   
                |             |      |wind blows steadily during the    
                |             |      |winter months; sand storms very   
                |             |      |frequent.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Karamriba  |      4½     | 198  |Two black stony hills, 200 feet   
                |             |      |high; ½ mile to W.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Eilogwa       |      3      | 201  |In the hills to the E., 3 to 4    
                |             |      |miles from the track, are said to 
                |             |      |be rock _cisterns with water_;    
                |             |      |supply said to last from rains to 
                |             |      |rains.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Ossir    |      5      | 206  |Flowing S.W. Runs into Khor       
                |             |      |Langeb.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  El Fogani     |      2½     | 208½ |The same khor is recrossed,       
                |             |      |flowing S.E. Good grazing along   
                |             |      |and in this khor.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Direction N.N.E. Ground still     
                |             |      |rising gently; sandy, with        
                |             |      |tamarisks bushes and samr trees,  
                |             |      |very stunted, 4 to 5 feet high.   
                |             |      |Some marakh and araag trees.      
                |             |      |Occasional belts of stony ground. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Watershed     |      16     | 224½ |Top of the watershed is reached; ½
                |             |      |mile to W. is a low stony mound,  
                |             |      |50 feet. Ground now falls from J. 
                |             |      |Shaba range towards the western   
                |             |      |hills.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Shenkerat|      5      | 229½ |Three to four miles to E.; in the 
                |             |      |hills are said to be _rock        
                |             |      |cisterns_. The old telegraph      
                |             |      |maintenance post is under the     
                |             |      |hills. Ground now becomes very    
                |             |      |stony, falling towards the W. and 
                |             |      |N.; in the shallow depression     
                |             |      |between the flat spurs are        
                |             |      |Abyssinian aloes. Three miles on  
                |             |      |ground becomes more sandy, and    
                |             |      |samr, marakh, and some laurel-like
                |             |      |bushes are passed through,        
                |             |      |becoming thicker as the khor is   
                |             |      |approached.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Ossir El |      9      | 238½ |Fifty to one hundred yards broad, 
  Tahtani       |             |      |5 feet banks; flows N.E. The range
                |             |      |of hills on the E. now terminates.
                |             |      |A sandy plain is now crossed;     
                |             |      |scattered samr, etc.              
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Meiz       |      5      | 243½ |A low conical hill is passed close
                |             |      |to the track to the E. 3 to 4     
                |             |      |miles to the W. in the range of   
                |             |      |hills Arabs point out J. Maiz,    
                |             |      |where _water_ is said to be       
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For 2 miles stony ground, then    
                |             |      |sandy again; track passes through 
                |             |      |several groups of low detached    
                |             |      |hills. At 254½ miles ground       
                |             |      |becomes more cut up with khors,   
                |             |      |and gradually ascends and becomes 
                |             |      |very stony; the last mile into    
                |             |      |Khor Siterab is a stony defile;   
                |             |      |going very bad and in single file.
                |             |      |A sharp ascent into the khor.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Sitarab_|     16½     | 260  |A rocky khor 20 to 50 yards wide; 
                |             |      |bounded by hills 40 to 60 feet    
                |             |      |high on either side. In the bed of
                |             |      |the khor are great blocks of      
                |             |      |granite, through the interstices  
                |             |      |of which percolates water, which  
                |             |      |collects in the clay bed of the   
                |             |      |khor and forms small pools at     
                |             |      |close intervals all down the khor,
                |             |      |averaging 15 to 20 feet long, 2 to
                |             |      |4 feet broad, and 6 inches deep.  
                |             |      |Water very brackish, osher bushes,
                |             |      |a few tamarisks, shush grass and  
                |             |      |reeds grow in the bed of the khor.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From the khor a well defined track
                |             |      |runs all the way to Suakin. For 4 
                |             |      |miles ground is very stony and    
                |             |      |broken; few sammur trees.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Alifeyeit|      4      | 264  |Two hundred yards broad, 10 feet  
                |             |      |banks, sandy bed. Ground now      
                |             |      |becomes sandy, and trees thicker; 
                |             |      |samr, araag, heglig, labakh and   
                |             |      |tundub trees. Gow grass during and
                |             |      |after rains; good sheep grazing   
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khors Sedayat,|      5      | 269  |These four khors are all crossed  
  Ashat, Erim,  |             |      |in 1½ miles; no defined tracks;   
  and Shadat    |             |      |trees and bush in bed and         
                |             |      |alongside the khors. A few miles  
                |      1½     | 270½ |eastwards these khors open out    
                |             |      |into the plain. For the next 3½   
                |             |      |miles ground is stony.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Issi or  |      1½     | 272  |Fifty yards broad, 2 feet banks.  
  Issei         |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Sarobai  |      2      | 274  |No defined tracks; sandy; trees   
                |             |      |and bush.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wintri   |      4¼     | 278¼ |A point of crossing; this khor has
                |             |      |commenced to divide up into       
                |             |      |branches.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Four miles on J. Gumberit is      
                |             |      |passed 1 mile to the W. Country   
                |             |      |more open; eastward a clear view  
                |             |      |down to the sea.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gwob     |     10¾     | 289  |One hundred to two hundred broad, 
                |             |      |shallow, no defined banks. Ground 
                |             |      |descends gently, and on reaching  
                |             |      |the ridge, ¾ mile distant, the    
                |             |      |town of Suakin comes in sight.    
                |             |      |Trees become fewer and bushes     
  Suakin        |      8      | 297  |lower.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                9.—TOKAR TO KASSALA, _viâ_ KHOR BARAKA.                

                               (VARIOUS.)                              


[Sidenote: Grazing.]

Plenty for camels, &c., all along the route.

[Sidenote: Water.]

Anywhere for the digging, except between Khor Lokweb and Khor Ali
Gebrat, 28 miles, and between the latter and Kassala, 18 miles.

[Sidenote: Camping ground.]

Good anywhere along the route.

[Sidenote: Wood.]

Plenty for fuel and for making rough shelters.

[Sidenote: Going.]

On the whole excellent for camels, horses, &c. Convoys should not
take more than 14 days to do the journey from Suakin.

Parties without heavy baggage should do it easily in 9 days.

N.B.—As the major portion of this route leads through Italian
territory, it is not now generally used south of Khor Langeb (_vide_
note to Khor Langeb, 51st mile).

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Tokar         |      —      |  —   |Leaving Tokar, the track runs a   
                |             |      |little west of south across the   
                |             |      |plains, leaving the Khor Baraka   
                |             |      |channel to the west.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  10  |Traversing a broken tract, covered
                |             |      |with eminences strewn with sand,  
                |             |      |enter the Khor Baraka. Vegetation 
                |             |      |on much larger scale; tall        
                |             |      |tamarisk trees. Channel 50 yards  
                |             |      |broad; hard sand; excellent going;
                |             |      |banks 10 to 12 feet high, and     
                |             |      |thickly wooded.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are more routes than one;   
                |             |      |sometimes along the channel, or on
                |             |      |either bank, according to season  
                |             |      |or circumstances. Broadly, the    
                |             |      |Beni Amer inhabit the eastern     
                |             |      |bank, and the Hadendoa the        
                |             |      |western.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Temeren_     |      2      |  12  |(Tamenrê = 10 wells.) The wells   
                |             |      |here, two in number, are situated 
                |             |      |in the bed of the Khor Baraka,    
                |             |      |depth about 20 feet, and produce  
                |             |      |plenty of water of a brackish     
                |             |      |nature. Another account (1897)    
                |             |      |says two wells, close to fort; one
                |             |      |well only used, good water 50 feet
                |             |      |down. The khor here is about 80   
                |             |      |paces wide, with low banks, and is
                |             |      |comparatively bare of trees.      
                |             |      |During the floods of the Baraka,  
                |             |      |these wells are flushed, the water
                |             |      |being thick and impregnated with  
                |             |      |alluvial mud. The country on the  
                |             |      |left bank is open and stony, and  
                |             |      |remains so until the line of the  
                |             |      |Jebel Shaba hills is reached. To  
                |             |      |the right bank of the khor a      
                |             |      |certain amount of cultivation     
                |             |      |exists, which increases in amount 
                |             |      |as the Tokar delta is reached.    
                |             |      |Heina range visible to south.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Jebel Shaba lies 26 miles W.S.W.  
                |             |      |of Temeren; track to it clearly   
                |             |      |marked over stony plain by        
                |             |      |occasional stone heaps. Contains  
                |             |      |grass, ravines, shrubs, and       
                |             |      |_numerous pools of water_ (July); 
                |             |      |one large deep pool at foot of    
                |             |      |hill containing water all year    
                |             |      |round. Good look-out post in all  
                |             |      |directions.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route, after leaving Temeren, 
                |             |      |bears for a mile or so south-east 
                |             |      |to avoid the numerous sand dunes  
                |             |      |and drifts lying close to the     
                |             |      |right bank of the khor, and then  
                |             |      |changes southwards.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  14  |A belt of considerable bush is now
                |             |      |passed through, after which the   
                |             |      |country becomes open, rough, and  
                |             |      |sandy; the khor about ½ a-mile to 
                |             |      |the right-hand side.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well_        |      1      |  15  |One well; good water.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route continues in a generally
                |             |      |southerly direction, passing      
                |             |      |through sand dunes, covered with a
                |             |      |considerable growth of tamarisk   
                |             |      |bushes sufficiently high to       
                |             |      |conceal a mounted man.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  16  |Khor Toshikh joins the Baraka on  
                |             |      |the west bank; route enters the   
                |             |      |Baraka.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here large khor also runs in from 
                |             |      |the east, main channel now from 30
                |             |      |to 40 yards wide, banks varying to
                |             |      |30 feet high. Natives say the     
                |             |      |whole of this bit of country for a
                |             |      |mile west, and to Jebel Haina     
                |             |      |east, is under water in the rainy 
                |             |      |season. Tamarisk bushes line each 
                |             |      |side, nothing can be seen from the
                |             |      |channel.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Seven miles on, track leaves the  
                |             |      |khor, runs west on a sandy plain  
                |             |      |for a mile. Eleven miles on a     
                |             |      |black hill 150 feet high runs from
                |             |      |west bank half across the khor.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The hill of Haina runs down to top
                |             |      |of channel on east side; a narrow 
                |             |      |gorge is thus made, through which 
                |             |      |the rush of water at flood is very
                |             |      |great. When it is a very high     
                |             |      |flood, a channel is also formed   
                |             |      |round the west side of the hill.  
                |             |      |Just beyond this there are some   
                |             |      |old disused wells in the channel  
  Lower         |      7      |  23  |that were known as Lower          
  Debetawateb   |             |      |Debetawateb. After this, the khor 
                |             |      |opens out to about 800 yards wide,
                |             |      |sand dunes and scrub everywhere,  
                |             |      |track winds round almost due west,
  _Upper        |      3½     | 26½  |and reaches Upper Debetawateb,    
  Debetawateb_  |             |      |where there are two wells, plenty 
                |             |      |of good water, close to surface.  
                |             |      |Track leaves channel here and runs
                |             |      |½ mile through thick jungle on to 
                |             |      |east bank, and then winds round   
                |             |      |south over sandy plain. Five miles
                |             |      |on, guide pointed due west to     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Odwan_       |      5      | 31½  |Odwan, lying in the khor, one     
                |             |      |well. Eight miles on, hills of    
                |             |      |Shaba and Heina run down to banks 
                |             |      |of channel, track leads east of   
                |             |      |some low hills, and khor is seen  
                |             |      |winding west a good deal.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Tefadi        |      5      | 36½  |Some large sand hills in khor,    
                |             |      |guide said this was Tefadi. No    
                |             |      |well, but water easily got by     
                |             |      |digging. Track now leads over bad 
                |             |      |ground broken up by watercourses, 
                |             |      |sand dunes, &c., and re-enters    
                |             |      |channel 4 miles on, then leaves it
                |             |      |and runs on to west bank, winding 
                |             |      |gradually south-west into Khor     
  Laiameib      |      6½     |  43  |Farag Salem. (Laiameib.)          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Farag Saleib_|      3      |  46  |Here there are 12 or more pools of
                |             |      |water, rather salt. This khor runs
                |             |      |south-east into Khor Baraka, and  
                |             |      |where it meets it, there is a     
                |             |      |small stone enclosure on a hill   
                |             |      |held by Arabs under Sheikh Abu    
                |             |      |Fatma, called Langeb. There is one
                |             |      |well in valley at foot of hill.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Khor Farag Salem is seen     
                |             |      |Jebel Ada Abab, about 10 miles to 
                |             |      |the south-west. The track runs    
                |             |      |from this khor south-east, then   
                |             |      |south-west over rocky ground,     
                |             |      |skirting the Khor Baraka, of which
                |             |      |the east bank is lined with hills.
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Langeb[8]|      5      |  51  |Five miles on track enters        
                |             |      |channel, and 100 yards further    
                |             |      |Khor Langeb[8] runs in from the   
                |             |      |west, about 25 yards wide, and    
                |             |      |described as similar to Khor      
                |             |      |Baraka. Directly afterwards the   
                |             |      |track leaves khor and proceeds for
                |             |      |8 miles over stony ground on west 
                |             |      |bank, and then for 11 miles over  
                |             |      |alternate rocky and sandy plains, 
                |             |      |direction south, then re-enters   
                |             |      |khor and passes pool of dirty     
                |             |      |water, and after heavy going in   
                |             |      |the channel reaches two pools with
                |             |      |any quantity of clear sweet water,
  _Tebhateit_   |      23     |  74  |called Tebhateit.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |[Other accounts of the road from  
                |             |      |Khor Toshikh to Tebhateit are as  
                |             |      |follows:—                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  22  |At 10 miles from Temeren a large  
                |             |      |number of sandhills are reached,  
                |             |      |covered with a good deal of scrub 
                |             |      |and tamarisk trees. These         
                |             |      |sandhills proceed from the        
                |             |      |neighbourhood of the khor towards 
                |             |      |the Jebel Heina; they are not of  
                |             |      |any height, but would form        
                |             |      |admirable concealment for horse   
                |             |      |and foot men. After passing       
                |             |      |through the sandhills, the route  
                |             |      |re-enters the khor, being the     
                |             |      |first point the khor is touched   
                |             |      |since Temeren. The khor here is   
                |             |      |about 50 paces wide, with a firm  
                |             |      |sandy bottom, fringed by scrub,   
                |             |      |though not of a dense character.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is also a track along the   
                |             |      |west bank of the Khor Baraka from 
                |             |      |Temeren to Langeb (Junker’s road),
                |             |      |but it is bad, leading through    
                |             |      |thick bush and wood, and much     
                |             |      |broken by numerous small khors.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Debetawateb_ |      3      |  25  |Wells. About 35 water holes 5 feet
                |             |      |deep, situated close to west bank 
                |             |      |of khor. Wells mostly together,   
                |             |      |water brackish (April). The wells 
                |             |      |are placed in what practically is 
                |             |      |a gorge. The left bank rises in a 
                |             |      |rocky hill from 150 to 200 feet   
                |             |      |high, and gradually falls away    
                |             |      |into a wide open stony plain,     
                |             |      |which, with occasional rocky      
                |             |      |isolated hills, extends to the    
                |             |      |high mountain of Jebel Shaba. On  
                |             |      |the right bank the hills are      
                |             |      |higher, formed into numerous      
                |             |      |peaks, the hills gradually losing 
                |             |      |themselves in the Jebel Haina. The
                |             |      |rush of water down this gorge is  
                |             |      |very considerable when the Baraka 
                |             |      |is in flood; it is said to be of  
                |             |      |such force as to sweep a camel    
                |             |      |with ease before it. The hills of 
                |             |      |this gorge would form a fair      
                |             |      |position; though, perhaps, capable
                |             |      |of being turned by the west. Such 
                |             |      |dense scrub approaches to within a
                |             |      |few yards of the south side of the
                |             |      |hill on the left bank that it     
                |             |      |would enable an enemy on the hill 
                |             |      |to defend himself from this bush  
                |             |      |with reasonable prospects of      
                |             |      |success, and make it a difficult  
                |             |      |operation to touch the top of the 
                |             |      |ridge of the hills without        
                |             |      |carrying the bush. This gorge     
                |             |      |would seem to be the best place to
                |             |      |put a barrage, should such a work 
                |             |      |ever be contemplated. After       
                |             |      |leaving the wells the route       
                |             |      |follows the khor, which now opens 
                |             |      |out very considerably. The west   
                |             |      |bank is covered with dense bush,  
                |             |      |mostly tamarisk trees; the east   
                |             |      |bank has a considerable amount of 
                |             |      |bush, but the belt is not so broad
                |             |      |or so high as that on the opposite
                |             |      |bank.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  27  |After about ¾ hour is reached a   
                |             |      |large patch of dura crop planted  
                |             |      |in the bed of the khor, dense bush
                |             |      |continuing on the left bank; after
                |             |      |½ hour, reach a few water holes on
                |             |      |the right side of the khor,       
                |             |      |evidently used for the cultivation
                |             |      |of the above-mentioned dura. After
                |             |      |passing the cultivation the khor  
                |             |      |maintains the same general        
                |             |      |appearance.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here a short cut may be made 
                |             |      |to Tamatu by leaving the khor, and
                |             |      |marching over a scrubby plain,    
                |             |      |going rough, and cut up by small  
                |             |      |khors and hills.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The path now leads by the right   
                |             |      |bank of the khor, and clear of it;
                |             |      |the ground here is much cut up by 
                |             |      |ravines and watercourses, covered 
                |             |      |with dense bush, in fact might be 
                |             |      |described as a regular jungle.    
                |             |      |After passing this rough ground   
                |             |      |the khor is again struck at       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Odwan_       |      4      |  31  |The khor here is in a channel 16  
  (meaning great|             |      |to 18 feet deep; the channel      
  waterpot).    |             |      |bifurcates, the old bed passing in
                |             |      |a westerly direction, the new     
                |             |      |cutting for itself a passage in a 
                |             |      |more northerly direction. Pools   
                |             |      |here before the Baraka floods,    
                |             |      |running water in winter. No       
                |             |      |definite wells. On 16th July,     
                |             |      |1894, the khor here was a rapid   
                |             |      |stream, 40 to 50 yards broad, and 
                |             |      |4 feet deep.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Khor takes sharp bend to the west.
                |             |      |Bush on either bank very dense;   
                |             |      |tamarisks and bushes bound        
                |             |      |together with bright green        
                |             |      |creepers.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tamatu_ (or  |      6      |  37  |Fifty wells near west (?) bank of 
  Tefadi?)      |             |      |khor, 5 feet deep; water brackish.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Route now goes along bed of khor, 
                |             |      |good going, muddy soil with       
                |             |      |patches of sand. Banks 4 feet high
                |             |      |and densely wooded. Four miles (?)
                |             |      |on, the khor is left, and an open 
                |             |      |plain to the west crossed, covered
                |             |      |with scattered scrub, ground      
                |             |      |generally stony. Spurs of Shaba   
                |             |      |range extend to within half mile  
                |             |      |of khor.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Laiameib_    |      8      |  45  |Lies a mile to the west of the    
                |             |      |Khor Baraka, and is reached by    
                |             |      |proceeding up a stony tributary   
                |             |      |khor with occasional trees, a few 
                |             |      |dom palms marking the entrance to 
                |             |      |the khor. This point is called    
                |             |      |Khashm Lwi (?); sides of khor 50  
                |             |      |to 100 feet high. The wells lie at
                |             |      |the foot of a mass of irregular   
                |             |      |rocks, which stop further advance.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The reservoir of rain water is    
                |             |      |situated under the rocks, and is  
                |             |      |reached by a narrow downward      
                |             |      |passage which finally opens into a
                |             |      |subterranean cave. The entrance to
                |             |      |the cave is sufficiently high and 
                |             |      |wide to admit the passage of two  
                |             |      |horses at the same time. The      
                |             |      |water, perhaps 6 feet deep, is of 
                |             |      |excellent quality and most        
                |             |      |delicious to drink, covering about
                |             |      |15 feet square, and taking up the 
                |             |      |greater part of the cave.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Farag    |      3      |  48  |Three miles south of the Khor     
  Saleib        |             |      |Laiameib, the Khor Farag Saleib is
                |             |      |crossed. Here the Baraka forms a  
                |             |      |lake in flood time.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Langeb        |      3      |  51  |The entrance to the khor of that  
                |             |      |name, which trends south-west from
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tebhateit_   |      12     |  63  |Good wells; ground hilly. Jebel   
                |             |      |Haggr, 6,000 feet.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(From this point Captain McKerrell
                |             |      |is the authority.)                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After Tebhateit (74 miles) the    
                |             |      |track now runs on to east bank,   
                |             |      |and winds gradually south over    
                |             |      |broken rocky ground; 5 miles on   
                |             |      |re-enters khor, and runs through  
                |             |      |dense mass of tamarisk and scrub  
                |             |      |into channel 100 yards wide here, 
                |             |      |and khor ½ to ¾ mile wide.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ambakta_     |      8      |  82  |Shortly afterwards reach Khor     
                |             |      |Ambakta, with one well. This is   
                |             |      |where Sudan-Eritrea boundary meets
                |             |      |the Baraka on the east bank. Jebel
                |             |      |Senad, to the west, is a good     
                |             |      |landmark here, and Jebel Ayob, on 
                |             |      |east. Channel now twists about a  
                |             |      |good deal, then runs south-west;  
                |             |      |both banks lined with hills.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hakhal_      |      8      |  90  |Eight miles on is Hakal; one well,
                |             |      |6 feet down, good water.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Adardeb_     |      9      |  99  |Track continues south-west and    
                |             |      |enters Eritrean territory, and 9  
                |             |      |miles on reaches Adardeb, with    
                |             |      |three wells, 4 feet down; good    
                |             |      |water. Three miles on channel     
                |             |      |splits up and runs east and west; 
                |             |      |track leads over ground between.  
                |             |      |Very bad going over ground broken 
                |             |      |up by watercourses and sand dunes 
                |             |      |for next 6 miles; channel is then 
                |             |      |re-entered and Khor Salha is      
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Salha_  |      10     | 109  |Five wells, 4 feet down, good     
                |             |      |water. This is a large khor       
  Khor Anseba   |      —      |  —   |running in from the east, and is  
                |             |      |itself joined by Khor Anseba,     
                |             |      |about 10 miles east, which latter 
                |             |      |khor comes from south-east. From  
                |             |      |here Jebel Adarkalab, a very high 
                |             |      |hill, is seen due south, and Jebel
                |             |      |Skena due west, a cone-shaped     
                |             |      |hill. Track leaves channel here   
                |             |      |and runs along east bank, passing,
                |             |      |3 miles on, two stone pepper pots,
                |             |      |built by Dervishes. Bad going over
                |             |      |very broken ground, intersected by
                |             |      |watercourses, for next 8 miles;   
                |             |      |then re-enters channel and reaches
                |             |      |four wells, water 4 feet down, and
                |             |      |some small rain pools, from one of
                |             |      |which two fish were caught. One   
  Jebel Sotai   |      9      | 118  |hundred yards on is Jebel Sotai on
                |             |      |west, and Jebel Adarkalab on east,
                |             |      |bank; latter swarming with grey   
                |             |      |monkeys. These hills are about 60 
                |             |      |yards apart, and the rush of water
                |             |      |between them at flood must be very
                |             |      |great.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Akiduli      |      4      | 122  |Four miles on is a black rock,    
  (Koliteb?)_   |             |      |called “Akiduli,” on east bank,   
                |             |      |with figures of camels, men, and  
                |             |      |ostriches scratched over it. Water
                |             |      |here also in pools and old wells, 
                |             |      |in places only 2 feet down.       
                |             |      |Further on is Khor Attai, with    
                |             |      |wells; water good, and 4 feet     
  _Khor Attai_  |      2      | 124  |down.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now runs south, and hills   
                |             |      |recede on either side; khor       
                |             |      |widening to about a mile east and 
                |             |      |west; channel 100 yards, and      
                |             |      |shallow, lined with thick tamarisk
                |             |      |and bush. Thirteen miles on passed
                |             |      |several wells, old and new, and   
                |             |      |later khor contracts and hills run
  _Kolik_       |      18     | 142  |down on either flank; reach Kolik.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Jebel Koreb is seen here, a       
                |             |      |landmark to the west. There is    
                |             |      |water. Then track leaves khor and 
                |             |      |crosses west on to a wide, fairly 
                |             |      |open, sandy plain. Long range of  
                |             |      |black hills on east, running with 
                |             |      |khor, country west much more open 
                |             |      |and hills far away. Six miles on, 
  _Khor         |      6      | 148  |cross Khor Tamaguanti, running    
  Tamaguanti_   |             |      |south-west, which is lined with   
                |             |      |dom palms, has an old well with   
                |             |      |good water, and a few inhabitants.
                |             |      |Track continues over plain passing
                |             |      |“Mala” of Sheikh Abu Tahir, who   
                |             |      |was head of the Hadendoa tribe in 
                |             |      |Mohammed Ali’s time. Here there   
                |             |      |are between 200 and 300 graves;   
                |             |      |plain is covered with coarse grass
                |             |      |and acacia.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Lokweb_ |      11     | 159  |Track now leaves Khor Baraka and  
                |             |      |enters Khor Lokweb, a large khor  
                |             |      |running into the Baraka from the  
                |             |      |south-west; channel, lined with   
                |             |      |any number of dom palms, 100 yards
                |             |      |wide; banks 15 to 20 feet high.   
                |             |      |Two good wells here, water 5 feet 
                |             |      |down; track continues in khor,    
                |             |      |direction south-west, for 2 miles 
                |             |      |and comes to two new wells, water 
                |             |      |6 feet down. Then leaves khor to  
                |             |      |avoid heavy sand, and runs        
                |             |      |parallel to it on west bank, but  
                |             |      |here also going is bad, over very 
                |             |      |broken ground covered with bush.  
                |             |      |Eight miles on track runs over    
                |             |      |rocky ground, two hills appear on 
                |             |      |both flanks. Sixteen miles on     
                |             |      |passes old stone house on hill to 
                |             |      |left and shortly after re-enters  
  _Khashm El    |      19     | 178  |Khor Lokweb at spot called Khashm 
  Kawab_        |             |      |El Kawab, where there were two    
                |             |      |wells, water 3 feet down, slightly
                |             |      |salt. Track now runs south-west   
                |             |      |and then for 8 miles west. Channel
                |             |      |blocked by large stone boulders   
                |             |      |after first mile, bad going       
                |             |      |through deep sand, dom palms on   
                |             |      |both banks, also saw two withered 
                |             |      |Tebeldis with edible fruit like an
                |             |      |elongated pear. Six miles on      
  _Khashm       |      6      | 184  |reached three wells called Khashm 
  Hodelt_       |             |      |Hodelt. Eight miles on, left khor 
                |             |      |and marched west over plain,      
                |             |      |covered with acacia, &c. Then re- 
  _Khashm       |      6      | 190  |entered khor and reached three at 
  Ribdab_       |             |      |Khashm Ribdab, good water.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No water for the next 28 miles.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track leaves Khor Lokweb now,     
                |             |      |which runs west, and enters Khor  
                |             |      |Ribdab. Channel 50 to 100 yards   
                |             |      |wide, with low banks covered with 
                |             |      |bush, hard sandy bottom, excellent
                |             |      |going, direction due south.       
                |             |      |Sighted here, due south, curious  
                |             |      |grey hill, with top sticking up   
  Jebel         |      8      | 198  |like a chimney, called Jebel Irkit
  Irkit-Anob    |             |      |Anob, a good land mark. Natives   
                |             |      |said no one had ever been able to 
                |             |      |climb to its top. Three miles on  
                |             |      |reached plain, where the old      
                |             |      |Mamuria stood. Five miles on      
                |             |      |passed close to the above-        
                |             |      |mentioned hill, leaving it on our 
                |             |      |left. Track shortly afterwards    
                |             |      |leaves khor and runs west over    
                |             |      |plain of acacia, coarse grass, &c.
                |             |      |Nine miles on reached hill called 
                |             |      |Tiniki, with a single thorn tree  
                |             |      |on its east shoulder, moved round 
                |             |      |its east flank in single file into
                |             |      |plain beyond; direction west, bad 
                |             |      |going, and axes had to be used in 
                |             |      |places. Fifteen miles on sighted  
                |             |      |Jebel Kassala to south-west. Bush-
                |             |      |grown plain. Shortly after track  
                |             |      |passes between low hills on the   
  Jebel         |      16     | 214  |right, called Shushaieb, and a    
  Shushaieb     |             |      |large burying ground on left,     
                |             |      |called “Balad Ali Gabret,” and    
  Khor Ali      |      4      | 218  |enters shortly after khor of that 
  Gabret        |             |      |name, running south and west, with
                |             |      |six wells of good water, 4 feet   
                |             |      |below surface. Plenty of shade.  
                |             |      |Jebel Sabderat is seen on left    
                |             |      |front.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now leaves khor and runs    
                |             |      |south-west over grassy park-like  
                |             |      |plain, covered with bush, &c. Bad 
                |             |      |going in places. Seven miles on   
                |             |      |sighted Jebel Mokram and, passing 
  Kassala       |      18     | 236  |it on our left, reached Kassala, 3
                |             |      |miles further on.                 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      10.—KASSALA TO MAMAN DIRECT.                     

                 BY CAPTAIN H. H. MORANT, APRIL, 1900.                 


[Sidenote: General Remarks.]

The most direct road to Maman is the old telegraph route which leaves
Kassala in N.N.E. direction past the north end of J. Mokram, and
after following the new telegraph line for about 10 miles then turns
nearly due north and leaves the new telegraph to the east. Country:
good going, covered with scattered bush, but thicker along khors, some
of which are more or less serious obstacles in the rains. Though water
is not plentiful along this route it was sufficient in April, 1900,
to enable a party of 50 Camel Corps, 2 horses, 50 natives on foot,
and 2,000 head of cattle and sheep to reach the wells at Tukruf,
near Kassala, without any special arrangements for water.

Maman is on the direct road to Suakin: for portion of route to Suakin
N. of Maman, _vide_ Route 8.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kassala       |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Girger  |      19     |  19  |Bir Galgal in Khor Girger; very   
  (Wells)_      |             |      |little water in April, 1900.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the track continues     
                |             |      |N.N.E. by N., passing about midway
                |             |      |between Jebels Roreb and Shushaieb
                |             |      |to the northern extremity of the  
                |             |      |latter, where there are several   
                |             |      |wells in the khor called          
  _Tendelai-i ( |      12     |  31  |Tendelai-i. These wells had also  
  Wells)_       |             |      |very little water. From here the  
                |             |      |track continues in the same       
                |             |      |direction, good going, country    
                |             |      |open and grassy, scattered bush   
                |             |      |except along khors, several of    
  _Khor Telkuk_,|      20     |  51  | which are crossed, to Khor Telkuk,
  or El Ku, or  |             |      |before reaching which Jebel       
  Obillit       |             |      |Obillit is passed about 2 miles to
                |             |      |the west. There was said to be a  
                |             |      |well in the khor somewhere near   
                |             |      |this jebel. From here to Maman,   
                |             |      |country very open; good hard going
                |             |      |and short grass. Three more khors 
                |             |      |are crossed, chief of which is    
                |      9      |  60  |Togan.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Maman_       |      5      |  65  |The wells in K. Maman. Many       
                |             |      |Gemilab Hadendoas here.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 11.—ADARAMA TO BIR OSHI (KHOR LANGEB).                

           BY CAPTAIN KENRICK, 11TH HUSSARS, SEPTEMBER, 1901.          


N.B.—The localities of wells and water in the country described
in both the following Route Reports depend largely on the season and
the year, and to a great extent on local rain storms. Much reliance
cannot therefore be placed on previous reports.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Adarama       |      —      |  —   |After leaving Adarama the road    
                |             |      |goes E. for about 6 miles over    
                |             |      |sandy soil covered with tufts of  
                |             |      |dry tabas grass. Jebel Asoteribab 
                |             |      |is visible to the S.E. Khor Amab  
                |             |      |is then crossed; this is always   
                |             |      |dry, I was told; it comes from    
                |             |      |S.E., and runs a little way       
                |             |      |further to the N. Osman Digna is  
                |             |      |said to have had his extreme E.   
                |             |      |outpost of 20 men here to levy    
                |             |      |blackmail on anyone coming to     
                |             |      |Berber. There are acacia bushes in
                |             |      |this khor. Two miles after        
                |             |      |crossing the khor, the range Jebel
  Jebel Tobrar  |      2      |  8   |Tobrar comes into view. All bushes
                |             |      |cease here, and for 4 or 5 miles  
                |             |      |the way is over an undulating     
                |             |      |sandy country with tufts of       
                |             |      |withered grass. On descending a   
  Khor Shedieb  |      5      |  13  |low sandy hill, Khor Shedieb is   
                |             |      |met running S.W. and draining a   
                |             |      |black, light sandy plain running  
                |             |      |E. and W., along which the way    
                |             |      |proceeds for 6 miles; low sand    
                |             |      |hills to the S. The plain is      
                |             |      |treeless, except a few stunted    
                |             |      |bushes in Khor Shedieb. After     
                |             |      |marching E. over this plain the   
                |             |      |sand hills begin to close in at a 
  El Yukreik    |      7      |  20  |place called El Yukreik, where    
                |             |      |there is a little shade from a few
                |             |      |small tundub bushes; this is said 
                |             |      |to be full of water and green     
                |             |      |grass in a rainy year, but it is  
                |             |      |quite dry now; this is about 20   
                |             |      |miles distant from Adarama. The   
                |             |      |direction is then eastwards       
                |             |      |through a succession of valleys   
                |             |      |shut in by low sand hills running 
                |             |      |N. and S. about 3 miles by 3      
                |             |      |miles. One valley, just before    
                |             |      |entering the Hegerib Plain in     
  _Bir Kerikun_ |      15     |  35  |which Bir Kerikun lies, is full of
                |             |      |bushes and is cotton soil, but not
                |             |      |bad going; there must be a good   
                |             |      |deal of water all over this       
                |             |      |country in a good year, but it is 
                |             |      |quite dry now. There is no grass  
                |             |      |for horses the whole way; the     
                |             |      |going is good, but a little heavy 
                |             |      |over the sand hills from one      
                |             |      |valley to another, and also,      
                |             |      |except just when entering Wadi    
                |             |      |Hegerib, 3 miles before reaching  
                |             |      |Bir Kerikun.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 35¾  |On leaving Bir Kerikun, march N.  
                |             |      |about ¾ mile to get over the low  
                |             |      |sand hills, the way then goes E.  
                |             |      |and slightly N. The road winds a  
                |             |      |little when passing over the sand 
                |             |      |hills to get out of the valleys,  
                |             |      |which are exactly similar to those
                |             |      |about 12 miles before Kerikun,    
                |             |      |except that there are more selem  
                |             |      |or samr bushes in them, which give
                |             |      |a fair amount of shade. Just      
                |             |      |before entering Wadi Todabanob    
                |             |      |there is a valley which the Arabs 
                |             |      |told me is capital grazing in a   
                |             |      |good year.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Shanfaiet|      —      |  —   |Khor Shanfaiet comes in at the    
                |             |      |S.W. corner of this valley. Large 
                |             |      |graveyard of Shebodinab Arabs     
                |             |      |here. Going good; sand a little   
                |             |      |heavy across the sand hills. No   
                |             |      |grass fit for horses. On entering 
  _Todabanob_   |     13¼     |  49  |Wadi Todabanob the wells lie at   
                |             |      |the foot of a sand hill. They are 
                |             |      |about 8 in number (though there   
                |             |      |are others quite filled up in     
                |             |      |other parts of the valley); three 
                |             |      |only of these are open, and two of
                |             |      |these only had water in them; they
                |             |      |are unlined. They were:—          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Depth to water  14 feet.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Depth of water  2½ feet (approx.). 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Circumference   3¼ feet.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |I got about 3 camel fantasses full
                |             |      |out of them. I have now learnt    
                |             |      |from three sources that it was, as
                |             |      |I suspected at the time, only rain
                |             |      |water from the shower two nights  
                |             |      |before. They are now almost dry.  
                |             |      |Excellent shade in Todabanob from 
                |             |      |large sayal trees; no grass; must 
                |             |      |be swamp in a wet year. No Arabs  
                |             |      |at all on the route. Wadi         
                |             |      |Todabanob runs N. and S. Khor     
                |             |      |Derudeb comes in at S. E. (about).
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Sanai      |      —      |  —   |After passing eastwards over the  
                |             |      |sand hills leading out of Wadi    
                |             |      |Todabanob, J. Sanai comes into    
  J. Ararab     |      —      |  —   |view in the E., and J. Ararab to  
                |             |      |S.E.; after a switchback course of
                |             |      |about 2½ miles over the sand hills
  Wadi Shakauni |      2½     | 51½  |the road drops into Wadi Shakauni,
                |             |      |half of which is covered with     
                |             |      |withered Tabas grass, and a little
                |             |      |green grass, tundub bushes, and   
                |             |      |Senna, the remaining half barren  
                |             |      |sand; this is crossed after       
                |             |      |marching 3 miles. On ascending a  
                |             |      |slight ridge the sand hills are   
                |             |      |left, and Khor Derudeb comes into 
                |             |      |sight about 6 miles off, running  
                |             |      |in a half-circle from N.E. to S.W.
  J. Tebilol    |      —      |  —   |J. Tebilol, in the E., is also    
                |             |      |sighted. The ground just before   
  Khor Derudeb  |      —      |  —   |coming to Khor Derudeb, as in the 
                |             |      |low-lying parts of all these      
                |             |      |khors, is cotton soil, but the    
                |             |      |going is not bad. About 12 miles  
                |             |      |from Bir Todabanob, Khor Derudeb  
                |             |      |is crossed at a point called El   
  _El Garud_    |      9½     |  61  |Garud, where there are rain pits; 
                |             |      |these cannot be relied on for     
                |             |      |water. The way now goes eastwards 
                |             |      |for about 11 miles over a stony   
                |             |      |plain, but good going on tracks,  
  J. Tebilol    |      —      |  —   |past J. Tebilol and Khor El Ashob.
                |             |      |There was very little water when I
  _Khor El      |     10½     | 71½  |came here, but a violent storm    
  Ashob_        |             |      |came on in the night and brought  
                |             |      |down the khor; after such a storm 
                |             |      |there is plenty of water,         
                |             |      |sufficient, I think, to last for  
                |             |      |four or five months. There was one
                |             |      |large pool of water, 40 yards     
                |             |      |long, 8 yards broad, and 10 feet  
                |             |      |deep. Plenty of shade near the    
                |             |      |khor, and good grass on the banks.
                |             |      |The plain just before Khor El     
                |             |      |Ashob is treeless; the going the  
                |             |      |whole way is good.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel         |      —      |  —   |The road goes eastwards through   
  Wararaweb     |             |      |the pass of J. Wararaweb, but     
                |             |      |there are several miles (3) of    
                |             |      |cotton soil to pass first. The    
                |             |      |pass itself is very stony, broken 
                |             |      |ground and bad going for about 3  
  Khor Hambokeb |             |      |of 4 more miles. Then S.E. over a 
                |             |      |very stony plain for 10 miles to  
  Khor Godamaieb|      —      |  —   |Khor Godamaieb; this plain is     
                |             |      |crossed by small khor, near which 
                |             |      |and in which there is always a    
                |             |      |little green grass and some shade.
                |             |      |Khor Godamaieb was dry. The well  
  _Tisharam_    |     38½     | 110  |Tisharam is on the west bank, and 
                |             |      |is a very good one, though        
                |             |      |unlined; its dimensions were:—    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | Depth to water           9 feet.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | Depth of water (good)    5 feet.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | Circumference            7 feet.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |I was told Osman Digna usually    
                |             |      |went _viâ_ Khor El Ashob, Bir     
                |             |      |Delai and Khor Delai to Khor Araf.
                |             |      |Plenty of dom palms on each bank, 
                |             |      |some coarse green grass; remains  
                |             |      |of a very large old well filled   
                |             |      |up.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Cross Khor Godamaieb, about 50    
                |             |      |yards wide, march N.E. over a road
                |             |      |for the most part stony, except 2½
                |             |      |miles from Khor Godamaieb, where  
  Khor Angwatiri|      2½     | 112½ |Khor Angwatiri is crossed; there  
                |             |      |is green grass in plenty, and some
                |             |      |shade from thorn bushes. It was   
                |             |      |full of Gemilab Arabs and their   
                |             |      |flocks, who water away to the E.  
  _Khor Amboreb_|      7½     | 120  |in Khor Amboreb, where there are  
                |             |      |some pools of water. After 5 miles
                |             |      |further you enter the hills, and  
                |             |      |there are 4 miles of very bad     
                |             |      |stony going in and out of small   
                |             |      |khors in the midst of stony       
                |             |      |mountains till you descend into   
  Khor Barshoi  |      4      | 124  |Khor Barshoi, about 1 mile long,  
                |             |      |with dom palms on both banks; then
                |             |      |Khor Araf comes in from the N.W., 
                |             |      |and the way to Khor Langeb is up  
                |             |      |this khor, averaging 30 or 40     
                |             |      |yards in width, thick dom trees on
                |             |      |either bank, coarse green grass in
                |             |      |places, but not in any great      
                |             |      |quantity. The mountains all       
                |             |      |through run down to the dom palms 
  _Khor Araf_   |      6      | 130  |on the banks of the Khor Araf on  
                |             |      |each side; away in the distance   
                |             |      |are some very high stony peaks. A 
                |             |      |very few Gemilab were in the khor.
                |             |      |The going on the whole is very    
                |             |      |good in the khor, except in a few 
                |             |      |places where the sand is heavy.   
                |             |      |About 5 miles from junction of    
                |             |      |Khor Araf with Khor Barshoi was a 
                |             |      |pool of rain water near the left  
                |             |      |bank, about 15 yards long, 4 yards
                |             |      |broad, and 2 feet deep. The pool  
  _El Getite_   |      11     | 141  |to be relied on is El Getite, on  
                |             |      |left bank of Khor Araf, about 16  
                |             |      |miles from junction of Khor Araf  
                |             |      |and Khor Barshoi, and 31 from Bir 
                |             |      |Tisharam; it is rainwater and will
                |             |      |last 4 months. It is close up to  
                |             |      |the rock where the hills run down 
                |             |      |into the khor. It is 209 yards    
                |             |      |long, 10 yards broad, and 10 or 12
                |             |      |feet deep. Muddy water, but quite 
                |             |      |wholesome.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Umna Dunyin_ |      10     | 151  |The road then goes on down Khor   
                |             |      |Araf with many twists and turns   
                |             |      |till the pool of rain-water called
                |             |      |_Umna Dunyin_ is reached, about 10
                |             |      |miles from El Getite, but 15 yards
                |             |      |long and about 6 yards broad, 4 or
                |             |      |5 feet deep in the centre, will   
                |             |      |probably last 2 months more. After
                |             |      |2½ miles from Umna Dunyin, J.     
                |             |      |Hambolib is in sight, round which 
                |             |      |the khor twists for about 3 miles,
  J. Hambolib   |      2½     | 153½ |till the _wells_ called _J.       
                |             |      |Hambolieb_ are passed. They are   
                |             |      |filled up with sand, and only a   
                |             |      |person who knew them well would   
                |             |      |know they had ever existed.       
                |             |      |However, I was told there is water
                |             |      |underneath; if so, a small fatigue
                |             |      |party could clean out the sand in 
                |             |      |a few hours. I think Khor Langeb  
                |             |      |joins Khor Araf just near here,   
                |             |      |running due E. here. Dom palms,   
                |             |      |tarfa jungle, and small quantity  
                |             |      |of green grass on the banks. Five 
                |             |      |miles up this khor, on left bank, 
  _Bir Oshi_    |      4½     | 158  |is Bir Oshi, at mouth of small    
                |             |      |Khor Oshi; the same remarks apply 
                |             |      |to Bir Oshi as to Bir Araf. _Bir  
                |             |      |Gabati_, slightly further on, I   
                |             |      |was told is the same. There is, I 
                |             |      |am told, water in _Khor Odi_, and 
                |             |      |a big _pool at Areiwat_, and no   
                |             |      |lack of water further on. On the  
                |             |      |right bank on entering Khor Langeb
                |             |      |are some graves on a hill, said to
                |             |      |be the graves of Roman soldiers;  
                |             |      |the Hadendoas are afraid of       
                |             |      |opening them, though they think   
                |             |      |there is treasure there.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Bir Oshi is distant about 48 miles
                |             |      |from Bir Tisharam, this is owing  
                |             |      |to the twists the khor makes, and 
                |             |      |one is not able to leave Khor Araf
                |             |      |often on account of the hills     
                |             |      |coming down close to the banks of 
                |             |      |the khor and rendering the ground 
                |             |      |impassable.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      12.—EL GETITE (IN KHOR ARAF) TO ADARAMA, _viâ_ BIR DELAI AND     
                               TENDERA.

                  BY CAPTAIN KENRICK, SEPTEMBER, 1901.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Getite     |      —      |  —   |March from El Getite to junction  
                |             |      |of Khor Araf with Khor Barshoi    
  Khor Barshoi  |      17     |  17  |(_vide_ previous route report),   
                |             |      |then march for 2 miles N.W. up    
                |             |      |Khor Araf almost to its source;   
                |             |      |the khor narrows here and the path
                |             |      |is a little stony in places, then 
                |             |      |turn W. over a stony plain for 2  
                |             |      |miles, very fairly good going     
  Khor El Ashob |      4      |  21  |until the source of Khor El Ashob 
                |             |      |is reached. From this place may be
                |             |      |sighted sources of Khor Araf and  
                |             |      |Khor Amboreb, which runs away     
                |             |      |apparently S.E. There was plenty  
                |             |      |of grass and shade here. Leaving  
                |             |      |Khor El Ashob, which runs away to 
                |             |      |the N.W., afterwards turning S.W. 
                |             |      |again to join Khor Derudeb, march 
  Khor Delai    |      7½     | 28½  |S.W. to Khor Delai, 7½ miles      
                |             |      |distant; road stony, but good     
                |             |      |going on sheep tracks, the stones 
                |             |      |are not very thick, nor is it     
                |             |      |rocky. Cross several khors _en    
  Khor Beida    |      —      |  —   |route_, Khor Beida is one of them;
                |             |      |there is a little grass in all of 
                |             |      |these. On reaching Khor Delai,    
                |             |      |after going a few yards down the  
  _Bir Delai_   |      —      | 28½  |khor the well is reached in the   
                |             |      |centre of the khor, recently      
                |             |      |cleaned out by the Arabs, but     
                |             |      |there are none here now. The well 
                |             |      |is lined with wood.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Depth to water            3½ feet.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Depth of water           10   „  
                |             |      |(very clean)                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Circumference (approx.)   7   „       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good cattle watering places round 
                |             |      |the well. Good shade. Some green  
                |             |      |grass in the khor.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After leaving Bir Delai, first    
                |             |      |march 5 miles along right bank of 
                |             |      |Khor Delai (looking towards mouth 
                |      5      | 33½  |of khor), direction W., cross the 
                |             |      |khor at the point where it runs   
                |             |      |slightly N.W. to join Khor El     
                |             |      |Ashob, then 8 miles over stony,   
                |             |      |but very level plain, excellent   
                |             |      |going in cattle tracks and sheep  
  _Pool El      |      8      | 41½  |tracks S.W. to pool El Ashob in   
  Ashob_        |             |      |Khor El Ashob, 40 yards long, 12  
                |             |      |feet deep and 8 yards broad. Well 
                |             |      |filled up, 3 miles to N.W.; could 
                |             |      |be opened if necessary in khor    
                |             |      |under dom palm.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Derudeb  |      5      | 46½  |Leave Khor El Ashob, crossing to  
                |             |      |right bank (looking towards       
                |             |      |mouth), going in a westerly       
                |             |      |direction 5 miles to Khor Derudeb,
                |             |      |cross this khor. A little cotton  
                |             |      |soil on E. bank of Khor Derudeb,  
                |             |      |going otherwise good, over light, 
                |             |      |stony, sandy soil, but no shade   
                |             |      |except at the khors. Then N.W. 10 
  Khor Abu      |      10     | 56½  |miles further on to Khor Abu      
  Sillem        |             |      |Sillem, coming from N. of J.      
                |             |      |Torbraa range; going good, grass  
                |             |      |in Khor Abu Sillem, also shade.   
                |             |      |N.W. still 6 miles further to Khor
  _Khor Breitak_|      6      | 62½  |Breitak, there I found two pools  
                |             |      |of rain-water, muddy, but sweet.  
                |             |      |They were in the khor and were    
                |             |      |about 40 yards long, 6 yards broad
                |             |      |and 1 foot deep. About 5 miles of 
                |             |      |some of the best grazing I have   
                |             |      |seen in the country. The Sheikh   
                |             |      |said the water had been there 2   
                |             |      |months and would only last 9 days 
                |             |      |more, another Arab I asked said a 
                |             |      |month more. The Sheikh also       
                |             |      |pointed out the road to the N. to 
  _Bir Tendera_ |      13     | 75½  |Bir Tendera; both he and my guides
                |             |      |said half a day’s journey, _i.e._,
                |             |      |13 miles, easy road, and it looked
                |             |      |good what I saw of it. Very good  
                |             |      |shade here.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Tendera, Adarama is 40 miles 
                |             |      |(Arabs 2 days, loaded camels),    
                |             |      |road easy (there may be a little  
                |             |      |cotton soil), some shade and grass
                |             |      |at Bir Tendera, also some shade at
  Sekotieb      |      20     | 95½  |Sekotieb (?), 20 miles (about)    
                |             |      |from Adarama. The well (Tendera)  
                |             |      |itself is large, always has water 
                |             |      |in it.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Adarama       |      20     | 115½ |This information, though I have   
                |             |      |seen the road as far as Khor      
                |             |      |Shedieb and corroborate it so far,
                |             |      |is hearsay, as I had not time to  
                |             |      |go there myself. My informants are
                |             |      |my two guides, Sheikh Mohammed Isa
                |             |      |and the Mulazim Awal, of Slavery  
                |             |      |Department at Adarama, all of whom
                |             |      |have been there, and many Arabs   
                |             |      |_re_ water.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—In the long grass (September) a large number of snakes exactly
similar to the Indian cobra were met. I killed 4 on the march. The
Hadendoa name for them is “kokwa” whilst the Ababda called them
“Dugga.”


              13.—UMBREGA (R. SETIT) TO SOFI (R. ATBARA).              

                BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT.—MARCH, 1900.               


   N.B.—For description of route further east and notes on this road,  
                  _vide_ Route 125, Appendix.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Umbrega[9]    |      —      |  —   |From here there is a tolerably    
                |             |      |distinct track following the      
  _Abedo_       |      3¾     |  3¾  |crest-line of the plateau, and the
                |             |      |river is seen and approachable    
  _Godema_      |      ¾      |  4½  |only occasionally, being always 1 
                |             |      |to 4 miles on left. The descents  
  K. Turab Karuf|      1¼     |  5¾  |to Meshras Abedo and Godema are   
                |             |      |passed, and then the burial ground
  Sheikh Ageil  |      4      |  9¾  |and khor of Torab Karuf, further  
                |             |      |on the district of Sheikh Ageil   
  _El Zuhani_   |      1½     | 11¼  |and Meshra El Zuhani. From Sheikh 
                |             |      |Ageil J. Esir and Lukdi are both  
                |             |      |visible N.N.W. and S.S.W.         
                |             |      |respectively, latter being on     
                |             |      |boundary of Hamrans towards       
                |             |      |Abyssinia.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Gat Wad El Hag|      6½     | 17¾  |Leaving this, the path passes     
                |             |      |clearings of former cultivation,  
                |             |      |and after 3 miles of thick bush,  
  _El Hagar El  |      1¾     | 19½  |Gat Wad El Hag. Meshra El Hagar El
  Zuruk_        |             |      |Zuruk is reached, and after       
                |             |      |following bed of river for ½ a    
  _Gira_        |     10½     |  30  |mile, plateau is regained, and    
                |             |      |Gira is next Meshra. On left bank 
  K. Lobetir    |      6      |  36  |are cliffs, on which are situated 
                |             |      |the ruins of the old Egyptian     
  _K. Wad       |      2      |  38  |Fort. K. Lobetir and K. Wad       
  Heleiwa_      |             |      |Heleiwa being crossed, village of 
                |             |      |latter name, which is the sole    
  _Setit_       |      1¼     | 39¼  |existing one of Hamrans at present
                |             |      |time, is reached. From here Setit 
  _Atbara_      |      7½     | 46¾  |is crossed, and later R. Atbara   
                |             |      |and village of Sofi is reached.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sofi_        |      ¾      | 47½  |Little game was seen between      
                |             |      |Umbrega and Sofi.                 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 1: Camel transport.]

[Footnote 2: For further details regarding the water supply along
this route _vide_ “Report on the Nile and country between Dongola,
&c.,” 1898.]

[Footnote 3: Meaning “red stone” in Hadendoa.]

[Footnote 4: “Black stone” in Hadendoa.]

[Footnote 5: Fuel should be carried between Ariab and Maho Bey.]

[Footnote 6: From Suakin.]

[Footnote 7: Now many.]

[Footnote 8: If it is not desired to march through Italian territory
from this point, the route mentioned in the previous report may be
taken by marching up Khor Langeb to junction Khor Windi, and thence
up the latter khor for about 20 miles until the eastern road is met.]

[Footnote 9: The Sudan-Eritrea frontier here runs from a point on the
Hafeira-Umbrega road, marked by a blazed heglig tree, straight to the
bend of the Setit immediately opposite the mouth of the Khor Royan,
which enters the Setit on the left bank about 11 miles above Umbrega.]




                              CHAPTER IV.                              

                            (EASTERN SUDAN.)                           

                               * * * * *                               

       14.—KHARTOUM NORTH TO KASSALA, _viâ_ GEILI, RERA EL SADDA,      
                  AND EL SOFEIYA, DIMIAT, ASUBRI.

     BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT (JANUARY, 1900) WITH ADDITIONS BY    
       CAPTAINS BOULNOIS (MARCH, 1900) AND MORANT (JANUARY, 1901).


                         _General Description._                        

[Sidenote: Road.]

At this season (January) the going is good throughout, except for the
few miles between Um Ukheita and Um Rueishid and the first 5 miles out
of Rera eastwards, which portions of the track are very stony. From El
Sadda to Asubri there is at present (1900) no track, so the going is
not so good as in other parts, but there is no obstacle to camels. The
gradients throughout are insignificant. A great portion of the route
is over dark arable soil, which must be impassable when wet, so that
in autumn this route must be difficult for camels for at any rate a
day after heavy rain.

There is plenty of shade up to El Ereigib; after that it is rarely
found and is non-existent for considerable stretches.

[Sidenote: Rivers.]

The Atbara bed lies from 100-200 feet below the level of the
surrounding plains. On either side it is bordered by 2 to 4 miles of
broken ground covered with scattered bush, through which the track
proceeds by easy gradients. As a rule it is unfordable at Asubri
from end of June to middle of October. During these months travellers
cross by the boat ferry at Suweihil some 5 miles further south.

The Gash is liable to be unfordable for several days together during
the flood season which lasts during July, August and September.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

A good deal of dura is grown near the track and some might be
obtainable at the right time of year. Sheep and milk can be got at
many places. Firewood is to be found everywhere up to El Giseima
(66 miles), after that it is very scarce till the Atbara is reached.

[Sidenote: Water.]

As tanks are very numerous, water must be very plentiful in autumn
and early winter.

The wells about El Ereigib are very deep; that at Wad Abu Saleh was
found to be roughly 250 feet.

There are still many wells that require digging out and tanks that
want repair. Water was of good quality throughout, and all the wells
visited had an ample supply.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

The village of Um Dibban and all the country as far as Wad Abu Saleh
used to be under El Taib Abd El Salem, the Sheikh of El Soba. Owing
to their having joined the Mahdi, the Sheikh of El Obeid family have
risen in importance and acquired a certain jurisdiction over the
country east of Um Dibban.

A few Batahin were met with as far as El Giseima, after that
practically all were Shukria or those living with that tribe, as far
as the left bank of the Atbara.

[Sidenote: Grazing.]

There is excellent tree grazing as far as El Giseima, and after
that the supply of grass is so great that one can understand how the
enormous flocks and herds subsisted, that the Shukria claim to have
possessed in their palmy days.

The grass seen was never more than 3 feet high. It is not burnt.

[Sidenote: Cultivation.]

An immense area is capable of growing good crops of dura if the rains
are favourable.

[Sidenote: Game.]

There is practically nothing to shoot at this season (January)
between the Blue Nile and a few miles of the Atbara.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum North|      —      |  —   |Starting E. from the Artillery    
                |             |      |Lines at Khartoum N., a well      
                |             |      |marked track is soon struck, which
                |             |      |continues up the Blue Nile cutting
                |             |      |off corners where it bends. It    
                |             |      |passes the village of Kuku (whence
                |             |      |a track leads to Sheikh El Amin   
                |             |      |and afterwards rejoins this       
                |             |      |route), the two villages of       
                |             |      |Gereif, where there is some       
                |             |      |cultivation, and at about 12 miles
                |             |      |the village of Um Dom. At about 19
                |             |      |miles, after passing some low     
                |             |      |mounds covered with frequent      
                |             |      |fragments of stone and brick, said
  _Old Soba_    |      19     |  19  |to be the remains of Old Soba, the
                |             |      |road bifurcates and the branch to 
                |             |      |the left is taken, a clearly      
                |             |      |marked track. For the first few   
                |             |      |miles the path passes through     
                |             |      |thinly scattered trees, which     
                |             |      |gradually get thicker, till at 23 
                |             |      |miles they restrict the view in   
                |             |      |any direction to 200 or 300 yards.
                |             |      |At 25½ miles a well is passed on  
                |             |      |the right of the road, and at 27  
  _Um Dibban_   |      8      |  27  |miles Um Dibban is reached. This  
                |             |      |is a scattered but well-built mud 
                |             |      |village on perfectly flat ground, 
                |             |      |from which all vegetation has been
                |             |      |removed for a radius of 1,000 to  
                |             |      |1,500 yards.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |It was formed by a holy man named 
                |             |      |Sheikh El Obeid, who established a
                |             |      |school and caused a tank to be    
                |             |      |dug. His descendants still live   
                |             |      |there and keep up the school, but 
                |             |      |they now have hankerings after    
                |             |      |temporal power.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Sheikh El Obeid family and    
                |             |      |followers were early and fanatical
                |             |      |adherents of the Mahdi, and it was
                |             |      |in attempting to surprise them    
                |             |      |that Mohammed Ali Pasha and his   
                |             |      |forces were cut to pieces in 1884.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are two wells about 112 feet
                |             |      |deep, one inside, and the other   
                |             |      |200 yards W. of the S.W. corner of
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The inhabitants belong to various 
                |             |      |tribes; many have land on the Blue
                |             |      |Nile, and some cultivate land to  
                |             |      |the E.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road starts slightly N. of E.,
                |             |      |and generally traverses a thin    
                |             |      |forest of thorny trees, not thick 
                |             |      |enough really to impede troops,   
                |             |      |but necessitating a little dodging
                |             |      |here and there. At 4¼ miles it    
  _Wad Badrub_  |      4¼     | 31¼  |passes Wad Badrub, a well, said to
  (Wad Agid)    |             |      |be 140 feet deep, belonging to Um 
                |             |      |Dibban. About 200 yards further   
                |             |      |on, and again after 4 more miles, 
                |             |      |dry tanks were passed.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track maintains a general     
                |             |      |direction of a little N. of E.,   
                |             |      |but constantly makes considerable 
                |             |      |changes for short distances.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Hedeibab_|      7¾     |  39  |Well.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sideira_  |      7      |  46  |Well.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  50  |A dry tank in the Elwan district  
                |             |      |is passed. There is said to be a  
                |             |      |well of the same name 2 miles to  
                |             |      |the S.E. This district originally 
                |             |      |belonged to the Shukria, but is   
                |             |      |now occupied by the Batahin.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country soon becomes more open
                |             |      |and a considerable extent, perhaps
                |             |      |600 or more feddans of dura,      
                |             |      |cultivated by the Batahin was     
                |             |      |passed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Ereigib_  |      5      |  55  |There are some wells (which were  
                |             |      |out of repair; January 1901) and  
                |             |      |several dry tanks, and one with   
                |             |      |water about 1 mile N.E. Plenty of 
                |             |      |fair sized trees.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A small number of Mesellemia      
                |             |      |Arabs, Sheikh Mahi, were there.   
                |             |      |They were originally under the    
                |             |      |Shukria, but during the Mahdia    
                |             |      |came under Sheikh El Obeid.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Another rather shorter route is   
                |             |      |from Khartoum N. to El Ereigib,   
                |             |      |viâ Babekr (11½ miles), good well,
                |             |      |thence passing two lots of salt   
                |             |      |works to the village of _El       
                |             |      |Melaha_ (13 miles), large tank,   
                |             |      |plenty of water (January, 1901),  
                |             |      |thence to a second village of _El 
                |             |      |Melaha_ (2½ miles), salt well,    
                |             |      |thence to a deep but good _well at
                |             |      |Elwan_ (22½ miles), and total     
                |             |      |distance to El Ereigib (4 miles)  
                |             |      |is 53½ miles.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country soon becomes more     
                |             |      |open, several tanks are passed. At
                |             |      |3 miles Wad Abu Saleh, good well  
                |             |      |250 feet deep, marked by some     
                |             |      |small but well built mud houses in
                |             |      |good preservation, said to belong 
                |             |      |to the Sheikh of El Soba. About ¾ 
                |             |      |mile to the left is a tank, said  
                |             |      |to hold the largest supply of     
                |             |      |water in the neighbourhood. The   
                |             |      |country now becomes more and more 
                |             |      |bare of trees, and more ground fit
                |             |      |for cultivation is seen. At 6½    
                |             |      |miles some Batahin crops are      
  Wadi Sereria  |      6½     |  6½  |passed, and the Wadi Sereria      
                |             |      |flowing S. is crossed. A well     
                |             |      |belonging to the Mesellemia is    
                |             |      |said to be close at hand on left. 
                |             |      |At 8 miles a track from Shendi viâ
                |             |      |Wad Hassuna to Rufaa is crossed.  
                |             |      |No water along it except tanks.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _El           |      4½     |  66  |A tank about 100 feet in diameter 
  Giseima_[10]  |             |      |on rather high ground surrounded  
                |             |      |by a few trees, 2 feet of water in
                |             |      |it, Hamla 4½ hours. From this on, 
                |             |      |no trees are seen till Rera is    
                |             |      |reached, except where belts of    
                |             |      |“kittr” bushes mark the lines of  
                |             |      |Wadis or a small clump of thorn   
                |             |      |trees shows the position of a     
                |             |      |tank; firewood should be provided 
                |             |      |for.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The absence of trees enables one  
                |             |      |to see far over the wide plains,  
                |             |      |mostly of arable soil and covered 
                |             |      |at this season with dry “Mahareib”
                |             |      |and “Hamra” grass. At 4 miles, an 
                |             |      |unusually pronounced drainage line
                |             |      |said to come from Abu Deleig is   
                |             |      |crossed. The upper part is called 
  Wadi Abu Sueid|      4      |  70  |Wadi Abu Sueid and the lower Wadi 
                |             |      |Hasit, said to be much cultivation
                |             |      |along it, but none was seen.      
                |             |      |Thence across a gravelly plateau  
                |             |      |from which 4 miles further on     
                |             |      |Geili hill can be seen. At 76th   
                |             |      |mile road descends short slope to 
  Astaneit      |      6      |  76  |Astaneit tank, dry, no wood,      
                |             |      |water, nor good grazing.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here on to Geili, the road   
                |             |      |generally makes for the hill. The 
                |             |      |main track probably avoids        
                |             |      |Astaneit tank, leaving it to the  
                |             |      |right. At 80th mile the Khor      
  Khor Dengalia |      4      |  80  |Dengalia; at 84th mile the Wadi   
                |             |      |Nail, and half mile further on the
  Wadi Nail     |      4      |  84  |Wadi Ankia are crossed, all       
                |             |      |flowing south. 5½ miles further on
  Wadi Ankia    |      ½      | 84½  |the N. end of the Geili hill was  
                |             |      |reached. The best place to halt is
  _Geili_       |      6      | 90½  |½ mile further on at the S.E. end,
                |             |      |where a huge fallen boulder       
                |             |      |affords good shade for two or     
                |             |      |three persons. It has an ancient  
                |             |      |carving in Egyptian style on the  
                |             |      |side nearest the hill.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |J. Geili is a granite outcrop     
                |             |      |about 250 feet high, rising out of
                |             |      |a gentle elevation in the plain.  
                |             |      |On E. and S. are some low knolls  
                |             |      |enclosing a small open space, in  
                |             |      |which the wells now most used are 
                |             |      |situated. There are said to be    
                |             |      |about thirty wells round the hill,
                |             |      |varying in depth from 50 to 100   
                |             |      |feet, yielding an unfailing supply
                |             |      |of water; some grass near but no  
                |             |      |firewood. The only path up the    
                |             |      |hill is from the N., and even     
                |             |      |there nailed boots must be taken  
                |             |      |off.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From the summit a good view is    
                |             |      |obtained. Near the top on some    
                |             |      |level ground is a place shown as  
                |             |      |the tomb of the “Bint El Mek,” the
                |             |      |daughter of one of the Fung Kings,
                |             |      |who married Sheikh El Din one of  
                |             |      |the early Shukria Sheikhs.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Geili there are two roads to 
                |             |      |Um Rueishid, one of which viâ J.  
                |             |      |El Daein makes a considerable     
                |             |      |detour. It starts on a bearing of 
                |             |      |about 66° from true N. straight   
                |             |      |for J. El Daein, passing over good
                |             |      |soil nearly all the way, several  
                |             |      |hundred feddans of which appear to
                |             |      |have been cultivated (1901). The  
                |             |      |ground is much cracked and off the
                |             |      |path, the going is bad.           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. El Daein   |      22     | 112½ |Two small hills of which the      
                |             |      |southern is the higher. There is a
                |             |      |tank, now dry, at its foot on W.  
                |             |      |side, Hamla took 8 hours, going   
                |             |      |well.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Ukheita    |     14½     | 127  |The track now turns slightly S. of
                |             |      |E. and continues over good soil   
                |             |      |rather bare of grass to Um        
                |             |      |Ukheita, a tank now dry, on a     
                |             |      |slight stony rise. Hamla about 5  
                |             |      |hours. From here on to Um Rueishid
                |             |      |the ground is covered with angular
                |             |      |stones, and the going very bad.   
                |             |      |Camels have to walk. At 2½ miles  
                |             |      |J. Rera is seen to the S.E., and  
                |             |      |the track makes fairly straight   
                |             |      |for it, leaving on the right the  
                |             |      |group of small hills known as El  
                |             |      |Nawasla. At 6¼ miles the track    
                |             |      |descends a gentle slope, and bends
                |             |      |up to the N. to the well of Um    
                |             |      |Rueishid.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The more direct road, which would 
                |             |      |appear to be the best in every    
                |             |      |way, runs nearly due E. over a    
                |             |      |“Nal” grass covered plain devoid  
                |             |      |of bush, therefore also of shade  
                |             |      |and firewood, to Sofeiya El Wata  
                |             |      |(23 miles) a large tank (dry      
                |             |      |January, 1901), where there is    
                |             |      |excellent shade for a small party.
                |             |      |From here to Um Rueishid (20      
                |             |      |miles), track traverses similar   
                |             |      |country, though it is occasionally
                |             |      |stony. J. Um Betikh is passed to  
                |             |      |the S. of the track.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Rueishid_ |      8¼     | 135¼ |This well is said to be 30 or 35  
                |             |      |feet deep. It is situated on bare 
                |             |      |stony ground. A dry tank lies ½   
                |             |      |mile to the S. There are a few    
                |             |      |small thorn bushes S. of well, but
                |             |      |there is very little shade and    
                |             |      |little grazing, and it is         
                |             |      |altogether rather an unpleasant   
                |             |      |halting place.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Um Rueishid there is a track 
                |             |      |viâ El Sofeiya and Dimiat to      
                |             |      |Asubri. It seems the most direct  
                |             |      |line possible, _vide_ description 
                |             |      |below.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route followed after about 1  
                |             |      |mile of stony plain strikes a well
                |             |      |marked track on good cultivable   
                |             |      |soil, and makes straight for J.   
                |             |      |Rera.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 1½ miles it crosses the Wadi   
                |             |      |Jerraba flowing S., and 6 miles W.
                |             |      |Rahad, and at 11 miles the W.     
                |             |      |Kanan flowing N. All are flat     
                |             |      |depressions with cracked soil and 
                |             |      |marked by lines of “kittr” bushes.
                |             |      |Parts of their courses are        
                |             |      |cultivated. At 18 miles, track    
                |             |      |enters ground strewn with quartz  
                |             |      |pebbles, and covered with grass   
                |             |      |which continues as far as Rera.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rera_        |     22¼     | 157½ |Hamla 9½ hours. The Rera hills    
                |             |      |consist of three rocky ridges     
                |             |      |almost in line, running E. and W. 
                |             |      |and some low subsidiary elevation;
                |             |      |S. of the centre ridge is a well  
                |             |      |and a dry water hole. Immediately 
                |             |      |to the S. of the W. end of the    
                |             |      |eastern and highest ridge are more
                |             |      |wells now in use. On the N. side  
                |             |      |of the short and low pass that    
                |             |      |leads to these wells from the N.  
                |             |      |is a deep dry tank. Before the    
                |             |      |Mahdia immense flocks and herds   
                |             |      |used to water here. In the eastern
                |             |      |and highest ridge are several rock
                |             |      |tanks containing water.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Rera a road goes viâ Dimiat  
                |             |      |to Asubri. It is more direct and  
                |             |      |better marked than the one        
                |             |      |followed, but was not taken as the
                |             |      |rock tanks at Dimiat were said to 
                |             |      |be dry (January, 1900). The       
                |             |      |eastern ridge is not difficult to 
                |             |      |ascend and commands a good view.  
                |             |      |The natives say J. Kassala can be 
                |             |      |seen from it on a fine day during 
                |             |      |the rains. Variation of prismatic 
                |             |      |compass about 3½° W.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is no marked track for the  
                |             |      |first 5 miles towards El Sadda,   
                |             |      |and the going is bad over pebbles 
                |             |      |and through long grass.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After that a well marked track is 
                |             |      |reached, which continues the rest 
                |             |      |of the way.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Atiam    |      7      | 154½ |At 7 miles, the Wadi Atiam is     
                |             |      |passed flowing N. It goes to El   
                |             |      |Sofeiya, and as far again beyond  
                |             |      |it dies away. Much cultivation    
                |             |      |along it. From 7 to 9½ miles the  
                |             |      |road is rather bad and stony till 
                |             |      |it has passed the Atash hills by a
                |             |      |short and easy gap, and enters an 
                |             |      |open plain which extends to El    
                |             |      |Sadda.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Several tanks are passed on the   
                |             |      |right, known as El Farsh. Hamla 9½
                |             |      |hours.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Sadda_    |     25½     | 180  |There are several wells here about
                |             |      |½ mile W. of S. end of J. El      
                |             |      |Sadda, a low ridge running N. and 
                |             |      |S. The one well visited was said  
                |             |      |to be 70 to 80 feet deep. Plenty  
                |             |      |of grass, but no trees nor        
                |             |      |firewood. On the N. and W. of the 
                |             |      |hill and close to its foot are a  
                |             |      |number of circular stone mounds   
                |             |      |neatly built, which appear to be  
                |             |      |tumuli, and probably date from a  
                |             |      |time anterior to the present      
                |             |      |inhabitants. The two biggest are  
                |             |      |immediately under the highest     
                |             |      |point. From here to the Atbara    
                |             |      |there is no track and no water.   
                |             |      |Bushes mark the drainage lines,   
                |             |      |otherwise the plains are bare of  
                |             |      |all but grass. Much of the ground 
                |             |      |is cracked and consequently bad   
                |             |      |going. The route followed         
                |             |      |eventually struck the well marked 
                |             |      |track made by the Dervishes from  
                |             |      |Dimiat, and kept along it to      
                |             |      |Asubri. At 2½ miles from Asubri   
                |             |      |the main road along the left bank 
                |             |      |of the Atbara is crossed. Soon    
                |             |      |after, the track descends into the
                |             |      |broken ground which fringes both  
                |             |      |banks of the Atbara to a width of 
                |             |      |2 or more miles. The actual banks 
                |             |      |at Asubri are 15 to 20 feet high  
                |             |      |and 300 yards apart. Crocodiles   
                |             |      |are plentiful. The ford in        
                |             |      |January, 1901 was 120 yards long  
                |             |      |and 2½ feet deep.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Asubri_ (R.  |      57     | 237  |Hamla took 19 hours from El Sadda.
  Atbara)       |             |      |A nice shady camp on right bank   
                |             |      |for a very small party. Mosquitos 
                |             |      |few, but particularly poisonous.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Asubri is the name of a strip of  
                |             |      |land extending for some miles     
                |             |      |along both banks of the Atbara. On
                |             |      |the left bank, near the ford, is  
                |             |      |an old cemetery, and ½ mile S. is 
                |             |      |a building formerly occupied by   
                |             |      |Abdel Rahim Wad Abu Dugal, the    
                |             |      |Dervish Emir in command of their  
                |             |      |post here in 1897 and early in    
                |             |      |1898.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On leaving camp, the track winds  
                |             |      |in and out of khors and up gentle 
                |             |      |slopes through bushes, till at 2  
                |             |      |or 3 miles it emerges on to the   
                |             |      |plain, which is of good soil      
                |             |      |covered with scattered bush. The  
                |             |      |general direction is straight for 
                |             |      |J. Kassala.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At about 6 miles the track from   
                |             |      |Suweihil joins in on the right,   
                |             |      |and from this on, the road is well
                |             |      |marked. Many ariel and gazelle,   
                |             |      |and a few ostriches seen.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Siteiba    |      21     | 258  |At 21 miles, Um Siteiba, commonly 
                |             |      |called half way is passed. Here is
                |             |      |a large natural pond for about 4  
                |             |      |months in the rains, but now dry. 
                |             |      |Serut fly bad when there is water 
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About 6 miles from Kassala, the   
                |             |      |track turns N.E. and traverses    
                |             |      |more thickly wooded country, till 
                |             |      |it reaches the bed of the Gash,   
                |             |      |now dry, some 700 yards wide,     
                |             |      |immediately beyond which lies the 
                |             |      |old town of Kassala.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Kassala       |      17     | 275  |The old name, Taka, may now be    
                |             |      |regarded as obsolete. The former  
                |             |      |town is a complete ruin, of which 
                |             |      |nothing remains except the        
                |             |      |circular bastions. The new town   
                |             |      |has been built close by the S.E.  
                |             |      |and consists largely of Tukls. The
                |             |      |Fort, built by the Italians, is   
                |             |      |just E. of the N. end of the old  
                |             |      |town.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Telegraph lines from Suakin,      
                |             |      |Massawa, and Khartoum viâ Gedaref 
                |             |      |meet here.                        

                UM RUEISHID _viâ_ SOFEIYA TO ASUBRI.

  Khartoum, N.  |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Rueishid   |      —      | 135¼ |From Um Rueishid where the ground 
                |             |      |is very stony, the track which is 
                |             |      |well defined, starts at a bearing 
                |             |      |of 112° from true N., and very    
                |             |      |soon K. Abu Jerraba is crossed    
                |             |      |flowing N., it is said to         
                |             |      |eventually unite with the Wadi    
                |             |      |Khasa.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Khasa    |      7½     | 142¾ |There are signs of a good deal of 
                |             |      |cultivation along this wadi.      
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Um El Gurud|      1½     | 144¼ |J. Um El Gurud, a low rocky hill  
                |             |      |about ¼ mile long is passed about 
                |             |      |1¾ miles to S. and 3 miles further
                |             |      |on Sheikh                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Sh. Naim’s    |      1½     | 145¾ |Naim’s tomb, conspicuous on top of
  Tomb          |             |      |a gentle slope, is passed on N.   
                |             |      |side of the road. Open bushless   
                |             |      |grass country continued until     
  El Sofeiya    |      9½     | 155¼ |nearing El Sofeiya, where         
                |             |      |scattered bush and granite rocks  
                |             |      |appear. There are some forty wells
                |             |      |here, though water supply         
                |             |      |decreases considerably in the dry 
                |             |      |season, they vary from 50 to 100  
                |             |      |feet in depth.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The people here, who are Shukria  
                |             |      |under Sh. Ahmed Mohamed Abu Sin,  
                |             |      |live in tents made of matting;    
                |             |      |there are no permanent buildings  
                |             |      |of any sort, and the encampments  
                |             |      |are small and scattered. The      
                |             |      |direct road to Kassala, which is  
                |             |      |difficult to trace for the first  
                |             |      |mile or so after leaving the      
                |             |      |wells, soon becomes well defined, 
                |             |      |having been much used during the  
                |             |      |Mahdia, and leads over open flat  
                |             |      |grassy land from J. Gurun, which  
                |             |      |it leaves about 2½ miles to the S.
                |             |      |Khors Royan (7 miles) and Atshan  
                |             |      |(11½ miles) being crossed en      
                |     15½     | 170¾ |route, flowing N.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Giref    |      6½     | 177¼ |J. Giref is passed about 3 miles  
                |             |      |N. of track and Wadi Giref is     
                |             |      |crossed about a mile further on.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here to J. Dimiat is about 15
                |             |      |miles, Wadi Girgoja being crossed 
                |             |      |at about half way.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Dimiat_   |      15     | 192¼ |A granite hill about 100 feet     
                |             |      |high. There is a natural tank     
                |             |      |about half way up, inaccessible   
                |             |      |for camels, which after a good    
                |             |      |rainy season contains water till  
                |             |      |the end of January, but is not to 
                |             |      |be relied on. There is a certain  
                |             |      |amount of laot bush around the    
                |             |      |base of the Jebel, which serves as
                |             |      |firewood, and some detached       
                |             |      |boulders give shade for a small   
                |             |      |party.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here to the Atbara valley    
                |             |      |about 33 miles there is no bush,  
                |             |      |with the exception of two thin    
                |             |      |belts called Ogba El Bagar about 5
  Ogba El Bagar |      18     | 210¼ |miles apart.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7½     | 217¾ |The road bifurcates, one to       
                |             |      |Gandaua, Sh. Omara Abu Sin’s      
                |             |      |village on the Atbara, the other  
                |             |      |is the Dervish track to Asubri.   
                |             |      |The route taken (January, 1901)   
                |             |      |was neither, but direction lay for
                |             |      |3 miles S.E., and then due E.     
                |             |      |through scattered bush to edge of 
                |             |      |plateau.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Edge of       |      8½     | 226¼ |From this point Jebels Kassala,   
  Plateau       |             |      |Abu Gamel, &c., are plainly       
                |             |      |visible. Also are several small   
                |             |      |hills some 10 miles to the S. and 
                |             |      |S.W. named Bereirob and El Gatar, 
                |             |      |whilst J. Leinun is visible a     
                |             |      |similar distance to the N.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road now descends a khor by   
                |             |      |easy gradients to the bed of the  
                |             |      |Atbara at the well known Meshra of
  _Asubri_      |      2¼     | 228½ |Asubri.                           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


               15.—GOZ REGEB TO SHENDI _viâ_ ABU DELEIG.               

                BY CAPTAIN W. A. BOULNOIS, APRIL, 1900.                


[Sidenote: General Remarks. Road.]

From Goz Regeb, a ruined town of mud houses almost entirely deserted to
Sheg el Walia, there is no track, and the country is bare till within
30 miles of Sheg. Hence to Geleita there is a badly defined track and
none from Geleita to Abu Deleig. From the latter to Shendi the track
is well defined most of the way, and there seems to be a considerable
amount of traffic; parties bringing dura from Rufaa to Shendi, and one
party from Metemma with goods to sell in Abu Deleig market were met.

The track disappears 10 miles short of Shendi.

The going is good at this time of year all the way; wherever tracts
of strong rich soil and wadis are crossed, and there are many, it
would be impracticable in the wet season at times.

From Abu Deleig to Shendi the going is good enough, probably all the
year round, but many deepish khors would form serious obstacles in
the rains.

The Atbara was 2½ feet deep, and 60 yards wide.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

A fair amount of dura is grown near Sheg and Geleita. It was easily
obtainable there in small quantities.

A great deal is grown in Hawad, a very fertile district, and also
a certain amount in Abu Deleig in good years, but it all depends on
the rainfall. Very little from Abu Deleig to Shendi.

[Sidenote: Wood.]

Firewood is not to be obtained between Goz Regeb and within 10 miles
of Abu Deleig; plenty elsewhere.

[Sidenote: Water.]

None from Goz Regeb to Sheg, about 65 miles.

Tanks very numerous near and in Hawad.

Water only obtainable at Ladda, between Abu Deleig and Shendi; but
there are numerous tanks, though all dry at this time.

Water is of good quality, especially at Abu Deleig.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

From Goz Regeb to Hawad, Shukria; round Abu Deleig, Batahin; at Ladda,
Ababda and Hassania.

[Sidenote: Grazing.]

Very good grazing from Sheg to Shendi.

[Sidenote: Cultivation.]

Large tracts and areas capable of growing good crops of dura if
rains favourable.

[Sidenote: Game.]

Nothing to shoot between Atbara and the Nile at this time of the year.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Atbara        |      —      |  —   |Descending the bank by the hut on 
                |             |      |the E. bank the Atbara is crossed 
                |             |      |and the W. bank ascended ¼ mile S.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Elsewhere the banks are steep, but
                |             |      |the bush is not very dense. Track 
                |             |      |leads to Goz Regeb. The ruined    
                |             |      |brick buildings of the old        
                |             |      |Egyptian town are still standing, 
                |             |      |and amongst them the decayed tukls
                |             |      |of Osman Digna. A very few        
                |             |      |inhabitants, descendants of the   
                |             |      |ancient town of Goz are living    
                |             |      |there still. The site is on high  
                |             |      |ground, and light sandy soil, a   
                |             |      |few dom palms, and the remains of 
                |             |      |an old garden and cemetery are    
                |             |      |still visible.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz Regeb     |      1      |  1   |Counting from huts on the E. bank,
                |             |      |the distance to the town is 1     
                |             |      |mile. The direction taken, about  
                |             |      |260° from the true north, leaves  
                |             |      |the town of Goz Regeb on the N.,  
                |             |      |and passes from sandy undulating  
                |             |      |ground to level rich soil with    
                |             |      |very little grass and trees,      
                |             |      |getting scarcer through El Uera   
                |             |      |district, leaving the two hills of
                |             |      |El Darei on the north side; at    
                |             |      |about 9 miles the direction taken 
                |             |      |leads straight to Bewadda. Under  
                |             |      |the hills of El Darei are bushes  
  Bewadda       |     15½     | 16½  |and grass.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Bearing from Bewadda to Sabaat    
                |             |      |162°, Erembat 81°, Takallaareid   
                |             |      |343°. Bewadda is a granite rock in
                |             |      |the middle of a bare tract.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 20 miles a ridge about ¼ mile  
                |             |      |long, quite low, stands 1 mile to 
                |             |      |the N.; hence the ground is       
                |             |      |perfectly bare till about 50      
                |             |      |miles. Wadis coming from south    
                |             |      |begin to empty on the plain, then 
                |             |      |the going becomes bad in places,  
                |             |      |especially in the cracked soil    
                |             |      |near the Wadis. Grass gets more   
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 51 miles Wadi Royan is crossed,
                |             |      |and shortly after Wadi El Doleb   
                |             |      |and Wadi Sangareh; dura is grown  
                |             |      |about these wadis.                
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Ikhbeit    |      36     | 52½  |Bearing to J. Ikhbeit 209°.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The broad Wadi El Abil is crossed 
                |             |      |at 59 miles; there are bushes and 
                |             |      |firewood in it. Four miles further
                |             |      |on the ground becomes stony after 
                |             |      |crossing Wadi Wad Masuga, and     
                |             |      |rises gentle slope of stony ridge.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shag El      |     13½     |  66  |Shag El Walia is reached after    
  Walia_        |             |      |crossing a second ridge. It is    
                |             |      |generally called simply Shag, no  
                |             |      |connection with Sheikh. Four wells
                |             |      |in use out of 14; 120 feet deep,  
                |             |      |water constant; 200 camels could  
                |             |      |be watered daily. A badly defined 
                |             |      |track leads over a valley with    
                |             |      |rich soil across Wadi Baseyayi,   
                |             |      |then gently up another stony ridge
  _Geleita_     |     14½     | 80½  |and plateau down to Geleita where 
                |             |      |are 7 wells in use altogether,    
                |             |      |about 120 feet deep, water        
                |             |      |constant. There are several wells 
                |             |      |unopened. A good many flocks and  
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving the main group of wells, a
                |             |      |track is followed down bed of khor
                |             |      |to the foot of the ridge in N.W.  
                |             |      |direction, fairly free from       
                |             |      |stones, past two wells at ¾ mile, 
                |             |      |and one well at 1¼ miles. The     
                |             |      |track disappears and rich soil and
  _Isna Bir_    |     17½     |  98  |pasture land is crossed to Isna   
                |             |      |Bir, where there are 2 wells      
                |             |      |giving a scanty supply of water,  
                |             |      |and a few people (Batahin); a few 
                |             |      |patches of corn were noticed on   
                |             |      |the way.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Hence the direction taken is      
                |             |      |nearly W., crossing a very fertile
                |             |      |tract of country; many water      
                |             |      |tanks, now dry, then over the rich
                |             |      |land of Hawad, and rising a gentle
                |             |      |slope touches the Khor Girgegi,   
                |             |      |which waters the Hawad, about 1   
  _Abu Deleig_  |      25     | 123  |mile short of Abu Deleig.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good shade all round. Large number
                |             |      |of wells.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 125  |The best place for a small party  
                |             |      |is 2 miles higher up the Girgegi. 
                |             |      |A well defined track, starting    
                |             |      |N.W. across Wadi Shilha and leads 
                |             |      |over good pasture land with many  
                |             |      |mimosa trees and sandy soil to    
  _Ladda_       |      20     | 145  |Ladda. A large tank hewn out of   
                |             |      |the rock in the middle of a grass 
                |             |      |plain. Plenty of water, 1/4/00,   
                |             |      |diameter about 100 feet, depth in 
                |             |      |middle 5 feet, said to last all   
                |             |      |the year. Many flocks; Ababda and 
                |             |      |Hassania tribes. Tomb of Atali    
                |             |      |close to the tank. The track leads
                |             |      |past several stony ridges and     
                |             |      |sandy soil, across 3 or 4 khors,  
                |             |      |notably Fehed, and is lost about 7
  Shendi        |      41     | 186  |miles from Shendi, which is       
                |             |      |reached descending a long very    
                |             |      |gradual slope from the high       
                |             |      |plateau at the foot of J. Girenat 
                |             |      |and Neheidat. Distance taken to   
                |             |      |Gubba Shendi.                     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                    16.—EL DAMER TO FASHER (ATBARA).                   

         BY MAJOR BULKELEY JOHNSON, SCOTS GREYS, OCTOBER, 1901.        


[Sidenote: General Remarks. Road.]

From El Damer to Goz Regeb the road is stony and sandy, with open
desert or open bush. Going: good for horses in open formation but
slightly heavy; for artillery, heavy, with a strain on the horses
the whole journey. I should suggest some form of detachable broad
sand tyre to prevent sinking of the wheels, as suggested in Journal
of Artillery Institute, of, I think, September, 1901.

From Goz Regeb to Sofi the road is a single track through long grass
on a high plateau, 2 or 3 miles from river, which is difficult of
access owing to broken ground gradually sloping to river, which is
cut up by innumerable khors, water courses, and bush.

The going over the single track is good for horses, but bad for
guns, as both horses and wheels must go through the long grass, and
horses’ feet are continually slipping inwards as the track is narrow
and generally deep. At times, as between Sofi and Mogatta, the path
is completely lost and overgrown with kittr—bad enough for single
horses, but still worse for pairs or led horses; the gun horses on
two occasions coming in red with blood from shoulders down. I would
suggest outside blinkers for gun horses in bush to protect the eyes
from thorns.

[Sidenote: Water.]

During first portion of road, El Damer to Goz Regeb, the river is
difficult of access owing to thick bush and high banks, except in
recognized meshras, often far apart. Water very good; camps good
and shady.

On second portion, Goz Regeb to Fasher, river often 3 miles away, and
very difficult of access. Meshras very few owing to broken ground,
thick bush, and deep khors running in every direction; camps fair
and shady.

[Sidenote: Grasses.]

On Atbara up to Goz Regeb, halfa grass is plentiful along the
banks. After El Fasher plenty of green abu rokba, abu arid, and neghil,
by far the best being abu arid, which, green or dry, is always taken
by the natives in preference to any other for horses and cattle. Naal
is apparently no use as food, but adaa or false dura is better than
nothing.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Damer      |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  El Basli      |      14     |  14  |Road across stony desert. Small   
                |             |      |village, 150-200 inhabitants,     
                |             |      |about 4 miles S. of Abadar Meshra.
                |             |      |Dom fringe, ½ mile broad; outside 
                |             |      |this, stony desert. Two roads—one 
                |             |      |through doms, the other outside—  
                |             |      |single track over stones.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From El Busli.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Outside road taken.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 14¾  |Meshra Umdebia.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Amerab        |      3¾     | 18½  |Amerab village, ½ mile from river;
                |             |      |50 grass tukls, two mud houses.   
                |      2      | 20½  |Big house standing alone. Sheikh  
                |             |      |Omar.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Minawi        |      1¼     | 21¾  |Meshra very good.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Halag  |      4      | 25¾  |Opposite to Goz El Halag (meshra) 
                |             |      |a few tukls. Road still 2 miles   
                |             |      |from river. Country changes. Soil 
                |             |      |becomes loamy, with some sand and 
                |             |      |scattered bush. River bank lined  
                |             |      |with doms.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Girsi         |      5¼     |  31  |Village. Cultivation by sagias;   
                |             |      |big meshra 2 miles north. Road    
                |             |      |shortly goes through dura (rain   
                |             |      |crops), therefore patrol skirted  
                |             |      |outside this. Country as before;  
                |             |      |open bush, mostly tundub; no road.
                |             |      |                                  
  Debbet Bush   |      3      |  34  |Opposite to big village Debbet.   
                |             |      |Bush W. of outer road; about 2    
                |             |      |miles from river. Water from 2    
                |             |      |wells.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Burush        |      4      |  38  |Opposite to; a few tukls, meshra. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Abaka         |      3      |  41  |Ditto.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Helal         |      7      |  48  |Ditto, meshra. Cultivation, and a 
                |             |      |few tukls fairly close; bush mixed
                |             |      |with doms, about 1 mile broad from
                |             |      |river.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Shigil        |      2      |  50  |Meshra. Cultivation on and near   
                |             |      |river. Meshra in a small pool,    
                |             |      |nearly dry (Oct. 16th). Island, ½ 
                |             |      |mile long; plenty of neghil grass.
                |             |      |Village of Shigil, about 20 tukls;
                |      1      |  51  |½ mile from river in bush.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Garada        |      1      |  52  |Meshra. Road enters dura 1½ miles 
                |             |      |from river; narrow path through   
                |             |      |thickets.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Marzuga       |      2      |  54  |Meshra.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  59  |Bush ends. Road enters open sandy 
                |             |      |desert which stretches down to    
                |             |      |river, on banks of which fringe of
                |             |      |doms, ½-1 mile wide.              
                |             |      |                                  
  El Rimta      |      3½     | 62½  |Arab encampment. (No meshra.) Road
                |             |      |close to river. Road runs along   
                |             |      |river bank through doms and       
                |             |      |cultivation for ½ mile, then open 
                |             |      |sandy desert with sunt and tundub 
                |             |      |right down to bank; sand hills.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Awadi_    |      3½     |  66  |Meshra (very good). Good shade for
                |             |      |camp. Heavy going for guns. No    
                |             |      |road.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  76  |_Good meshra_. No signs of        
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Adarama_     |      4      |  80  |Meshra opposite Adarama.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  83  |Ferry for Adarama. A fringe of    
                |             |      |bush, about 1 mile broad, along   
                |             |      |river; outside this, open flat    
                |             |      |desert with a few tundub bushes.  
                |             |      |Road at times 2 miles from river, 
                |             |      |across bends, and approaches it at
                |             |      |mile 97.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      14     |  97  |_Meshra_, very good (rocky bed);  
                |             |      |shady camp. Fringe of bush        
                |             |      |impenetrable (except at meshras)  
                |             |      |along bank, about 10 yards broad. 
                |             |      |This continues for a long         
                |             |      |distance. Road close to river.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amiam_       |      10     | 107  |Meshra, by small khor; sandy bank,
                |             |      |¼ mile broad; no inhabitants;     
                |             |      |going, sandy and bad.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Taroma_      |      6      | 113  |Meshra. Bisharin tukl village;    
                |             |      |about 30 people; flocks;          
                |      4      | 117  |cultivation of dukhn on sandy     
                |             |      |banks. Meshra, good; dukhn on     
                |             |      |sandy banks. No signs of          
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      11     | 128  |No meshra, but able to get down to
                |             |      |river by group of doms; sandy     
                |             |      |banks, not much grass (halfa).    
                |             |      |Road goes away from river to cut  
                |             |      |off bend.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5½     | 133½ |Road divides: right hand to Goz   
                |             |      |Regeb direct, left keeping near   
                |             |      |river. Followed left; going       
                |             |      |becomes worse, with small khors   
                |             |      |when near river.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Auli          |      2½     | 136  |Arab encampment. Meshra.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      | 142  |Very _good meshra_; open space on 
                |             |      |bank. Fine view of river part of  
                |             |      |Auli. No grass.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 144  |_Meshra_. Arab encampment; dukhn, 
                |             |      |plenty of halfa grass. End of     
                |             |      |Bisharin tribe.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 147  |Arab encampment. Arteiga branch of
                |             |      |Hadendioa. Great quantities of    
                |             |      |sheep, cattle and camels.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |G. Tukwe on west, J. Ofreik on    
                |             |      |east, just visible from here.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Succession of small meshras and   
                |             |      |encampments.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 151  |_Meshra_.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 153  |_Meshra_.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 154  |Cemetery; stony ground.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 157  |Path debouches into open alluvial 
                |             |      |plain (short grass and tundub     
                |             |      |bushes) cutting off bend.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 162  |Approach river, near which country
                |             |      |is broken and stony. _Meshra bad_;
                |             |      |no grass except a little abu rokba
                |             |      |(slightly bitter taste when green,
                |             |      |and of which some horses will not 
                |             |      |eat at first until accustomed).   
                |             |      |Flocks and cattle. Road from 148th
                |             |      |mile close to river, over very    
                |             |      |rough, broken, stony ground, and  
                |             |      |at times thick bush. Several small
                |             |      |meshras. Goz Regeb’s two hills    
                |             |      |visible for first time.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Saraf         |      6      | 168  |Arab encampment; _meshra_.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Goz Regeb_   |      12     | 180  |Meshra—1 mile short of it—under   
                |             |      |palms. Camp (bad), 2 miles further
                |             |      |on, at ferry. Camel post opposite;
                |             |      |grass, halfa.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |This road makes Goz Regeb 100     
                |             |      |miles from Adarama.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Goz Regeb the road proceeds  
                |             |      |at about 3 miles from river on a  
                |             |      |flat table land, as the ground    
                |             |      |between it and the river is rocky 
                |             |      |and broken by innumerable small   
                |             |      |water courses and khors called by 
                |             |      |natives “karrab.” The going is    
                |             |      |over alluvial soil, rather heavy. 
                |             |      |A single track with naal grass on 
                |             |      |either side.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Distances are given exclusive of  
                |             |      |detours down to meshras.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gebuib_      |      18     | 198  |Meshra, very good. Good camping   
                |             |      |ground; halfa grass. No           
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     | 208  |To _meshra_, about 3 miles.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      | 214  |Ditto.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Umraho_      |      4      | 218  |Ditto. Very good meshra; deep     
                |             |      |khors on either side. Bend in     
                |             |      |river to east; ford (27th Oct.    
                |             |      |1901). Country near meshra very   
                |             |      |broken and rough. On turning down 
                |             |      |this meshra the tops of two small 
                |             |      |hills are visible on right front. 
                |             |      |From here road about 3 miles from 
                |             |      |river; going gets harder when     
                |             |      |nearing Asubri.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      | 226  |In line between the two hills and 
                |             |      |Kassala hill.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     | 236  |To _meshra_.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Omara         |      1      | 237  |Small village, about ½ mile E. of 
                |             |      |road.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 240  |To _meshra_, good. E. 3 miles to  
                |             |      |river. Fair camp; abu rokba, but  
                |             |      |no halfa grass.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 243  |To Asubri. The road here divides  
                |             |      |at right angles: left to Asubri,  
                |             |      |right direct to El Fasher,        
                |             |      |described as about 30 miles and   
                |             |      |track far from river. Therefore   
                |             |      |took river road—very bad.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Asubri_      |      3      | 246  |Asubri. From here road goes about 
                |             |      |1 mile from river and becomes very
                |             |      |good and hard. Country open with  
                |             |      |trees and short grass. After 10   
                |             |      |miles becomes “Karrab” (ground    
                |             |      |broken by small water courses)    
                |             |      |again.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      12     | 258  |A _meshra_. Hundreds of camels,  
                |             |      |thousands of  sheep and goats   
                |             |      |belonging to Lahawin Arabs. Good
                |             |      |meshra. Bad camp; no grass.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      13     | 271  |El Fasher District. Country       
                |             |      |changes to park-like land—short   
                |             |      |grass dotted with trees.          
                |             |      |                                  
  El Fasher     |      2      | 273  |El Fasher village and fort. Water 
                |             |      |from ford.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Ford          |      4      | 277  |Ford; good meshra and camp. Last ½
                |             |      |mile “karrab”; Abu Rokba grass.   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   17.—KHARTOUM NORTH TO ABU DELEIG.                   

               COMPILED IN INTELLIGENCE OFFICE, KHARTOUM.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum,     |      —      |  —   |Railway terminus, &c. The road    
  North         |             |      |leads nearly due east, _viâ_ tomb 
                |             |      |and well of Haj Yusef (Batahin),  
  Bir Haj Yusef |      4½     |  4½  |about 80 feet deep, water good but
                |             |      |not plentiful, to Bir Babekr,     
  Bir Babekr    |      4½     |  9   |about 110 feet deep, water good   
                |             |      |and plentiful. Scattered salam and
                |             |      |tundab bush. Inhabitants Batahin. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After leaving Babekr the road     
                |             |      |traverses bare level ground       
                |             |      |covered with scattered samr and   
                |             |      |selem trees. Hafir Medeisis, where
                |             |      |Hassania Arabs live and extract   
                |             |      |salt during the rainy season, is  
                |             |      |passed, and later Hafir El Wadi,  
                |             |      |near which is a low stony hill    
                |             |      |named El Gaber. Near Kalamon are  
                |             |      |hafirs named Nuba and Um Denun,   
                |             |      |where also salt is extracted by   
                |             |      |the Hassania.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Bir Kalamon   |      8      |  17  |Well 180 feet deep, water rather  
                |             |      |salt, but very plentiful. From    
                |             |      |here the direct road passes Hafir 
                |             |      |El Kheila, the country is flat and
                |             |      |covered with scattered samr trees 
                |             |      |and homra and meharib grass. The  
                |             |      |road leads to a stony hill named  
  J. Dura       |      12     |  29  |J. Dura, after which the following
                |             |      |tanks are passed: Jan Kilwa, Um   
                |             |      |Gedodeima, and Gala Um Johanis,   
                |             |      |over which the road passes; beyond
                |             |      |this is Wadi Safra, where Hassania
                |             |      |Arabs cultivate.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Hassuna   |      30     |  59  |A village of mud houses and well  
                |             |      |of this name; also the tomb of    
                |             |      |Sheikh Hassan Wad Hassuna, near   
                |             |      |which is a large hafir called     
                |             |      |Ghobasha. Natives here Hassania,  
                |             |      |under Sheikh Hassan Meki. Country 
                |             |      |continues flat, and covered here  
                |             |      |and there with kitr and samr      
                |             |      |trees, also homra and meharib     
                |             |      |grass; road is stony and several  
                |             |      |khors cross it.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Hafir Kabarus |      4½     | 63½  |After Hafir Kabarus, three others 
                |             |      |by name El Biyut are past.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Hafir Amria   |      7      | 70½  |A very large tank, J. El Sada, is 
                |             |      |passed to the south.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Bir Agab      |      8½     |  79  |Two wells, about 90 feet deep,    
                |             |      |water good and plentiful.         
                |             |      |Mogharba, Hassania, Batahin and   
                |             |      |Ababda Arabs live about here.     
                |             |      |Several hafirs here, chief of     
                |             |      |which are Alatib and Balako. The  
                |             |      |latter lies 1½ miles south of the 
                |             |      |road, and is said to have been dug
                |             |      |by the “Kufr” or heathen.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Jegjegi  |      —      |  —   |After leaving Agab the road soon  
                |             |      |runs alongside Khor Jegjegi, which
                |             |      |it continues to follow to Abu     
                |             |      |Deleig. Kittr, sayal, heglig, and 
                |             |      |samr trees border the khor, which 
                |             |      |some 8 to 10 miles further east   
                |             |      |joins Wadi Hawad. There are about 
                |             |      |50 wells in the Abu Deleig        
                |             |      |district, 70 to 100 feet deep, but
                |             |      |in the rainy season water can be  
                |             |      |obtained from Khor Jegjegi near   
                |             |      |the surface. At Abu Deleig all the
                |             |      |natives live in dom-mat tents, and
                |             |      |here is the residence of Sheikh   
                |             |      |Mohammed Talha, head Sheikh of the
                |             |      |Batahin, who are the principal    
                |             |      |inhabitants. There is a police    
  Abu Deleig    |      10     |  89  |officer and police post here.     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          18.—RUFAA TO GEILI.                          

              BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, JANUARY, 1903.             


There are at least three roads.

The western goes by Abu, or El, Gassas, a district apparently included
in another called Rotamat (I am not sure of this). Last water at Abu
Gassas. It afterwards passes some cultivation, but no water except
in autumn.

The eastern goes by Tundub and Wad Arrak, where last water is, and
joins the middle road about 10 miles from Geili.

The middle one was followed, and is described below.

No real road to begin with, simply tracks from village to village. For
the first 9 miles, as far as the village of Kemeilab, through
cultivation all the way. Several villages on either side of road. Then
through thin laot bush, but plenty of cultivation round about.

  ----------+---------------+---------------+---------------------------
            |     Hours.    |     Miles.    |
    Place.  +--------+------+--------+------+       Description.        
            | Inter- |Total.| Inter- |Total.|               
            |mediate.|      |mediate.|      |                           
  ----------+--------+------+--------+------+---------------------------
  Rufaa     |   —    |  —   |   —    |  —   |Track is good all the way; 
            |        |      |        |      |no steep gradients,        
            |        |      |        |      |difficult khors, nor thick 
            |        |      |        |      |bush. Probably bad after   
            |        |      |        |      |rain.                      
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  _Tunbul El|   4    |  4   |   12   |  12  |Good sized village of      
  Jaalin_   |        |      |        |      |Jaalin, with well. There   
            |        |      |        |      |are two other villages     
            |        |      |        |      |close by called Tunbul El  
            |        |      |        |      |Agada and Tunbul El Eishab.
            |        |      |        |      |Cultivation all the way;   
            |        |      |        |      |many villages seen.        
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  _Abu Zeid,|   3    |  7   |   9    |  21  |A poor village. Well 250   
  Wad Um    |        |      |        |      |yards S.E.; village of     
  Balli_    |        |      |        |      |Musaiab close by to N.     
            |        |      |        |      |Track continues mostly     
            |        |      |        |      |through thin low laot bush,
            |        |      |        |      |but some cultivation is    
            |        |      |        |      |passed. Some villages lie  
            |        |      |        |      |on right, but are not      
            |        |      |        |      |conspicuous. Passes village
            |        |      |        |      |of Um Hageir.              
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  _Um       |   2¾   |  9¾  |   8    |  29  |Thin straggling village;   
  Shinshin, |        |      |        |      |well, on road; last water  
  or Um     |        |      |        |      |on road. On through low    
  Shinashin_|        |      |        |      |laot and grass, with very  
            |        |      |        |      |little cultivation, passing
            |        |      |        |      |the small village of El    
            |        |      |        |      |Gura; no well; last village
            |        |      |        |      |on road.                   
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  Um Ganatir|   —    |  —   |   5    |  34  |Tank, a boundary point of  
            |        |      |        |      |Rufaa District, used to be 
            |        |      |        |      |a man’s depth, but now     
            |        |      |        |      |nearly filled up.          
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  Mufad Wad |   —    |  —   |   7    |  41  |Tank.                      
  Dereid    |        |      |        |      |                           
            |        |      |        |      |                           
            |   4½   | 14¼  |   1    |  42  |Road crosses a belt of laot
            |        |      |        |      |giving good firewood; no   
            |        |      |        |      |more for two hours, though 
            |        |      |        |      |there are belts of kittr a 
            |        |      |        |      |mile or two on each side.  
            |        |      |        |      |Geili just visible 29½°    
            |        |      |        |      |(true). Jebel Lebaitor just
            |        |      |        |      |visible in early morning to
            |        |      |        |      |S. On over grassy plain,   
            |        |      |        |      |apparently rising.         
            |        |      |        |      |Direction of road some     
            |        |      |        |      |degrees E. of Geili.       
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  Wadi Mofad|   2¼   | 16½  |   6½   | 48½  |Marked by a belt of thin   
            |        |      |        |      |kittr some 250 yards wide. 
            |        |      |        |      |Must be boggy after rain.  
            |        |      |        |      |Two tanks on each side of  
            |        |      |        |      |wadi. The place is called  
            |        |      |        |      |something like Rufa Wa     
            |        |      |        |      |Fagusa, Rufa applying to   
            |        |      |        |      |one pair of tanks and      
            |        |      |        |      |Fagusa to the other, but I 
            |        |      |        |      |am not sure of the names,  
            |        |      |        |      |nor which applies to which.
            |        |      |        |      |                           
            |        |      |        |      |The Wadi Mofad, I was      
            |        |      |        |      |assured, rises near Abu    
            |        |      |        |      |Deleig, and flows S. The   
            |        |      |        |      |wadis of Bahogi and Ankia  
            |        |      |        |      |passed on the Um           
            |        |      |        |      |Dibban—Geili road form part
            |        |      |        |      |of it.                     
            |        |      |        |      |                           
            |        |      |        |      |E. of the wadi the Tundub  
            |        |      |        |      |road joins in, and the     
            |        |      |        |      |united road makes straight 
            |        |      |        |      |for Jebel Geili.           
            |        |      |        |      |                           
            |   2¼   | 18¾  |   6½   |  55  |Road crosses a branch of   
            |        |      |        |      |Wadi Mofad coming from the 
            |        |      |        |      |E. of Jebel Geili. Some    
            |        |      |        |      |kittr and other trees.     
            |        |      |        |      |Track begins to get stony, 
            |        |      |        |      |particularly as Jebel Geili
            |        |      |        |      |is neared.                 
            |        |      |        |      |                           
  _J. Geili_|   2¼   |  21  |   6½   | 61½  |Wells at S. end of Jebel   
            |        |      |        |      |Geili close to the carved  
            |        |      |        |      |rock.                      
  ----------+--------+------+--------+------+---------------------------


                        19.—GEDAREF TO KASSALA.                        

     BY LIEUT.-COL. MITFORD (1899) AND CAPTAIN H. H. MORANT (1900).    


The direct and more generally used road to Mogatta starts from Gedaref
in a nearly northerly direction, and leaves J. Buadra about 1¼ miles
to the right, and the scene of the battle of Gedaref ¼ of a mile
on the left hand. After passing through much cultivation and high
grass, the filthy village of Wad Gabu on the top of a small hill is
reached. The water supply of this village is from a well some 2½
or 3 miles to the W. or S.W., and animals have to be sent there,
as very little water is obtainable at the village itself. There is
a rest house here.

J. Kassamon is visible nearly due N. About 2¼ miles further on the
telegraph line and an alternative route from Gedaref, _viâ_ Seraf
El Buadra and Bir Rowajda, which is generally dry, joins in.

From here to R. Atbara, at Mogatta, there is no water, and the country
is most uninteresting. In the rains the scrub and scattered bush is
almost concealed by high grass; this is burnt in the dry season,
and the country then is bare black cotton soil, and devoid of any
grazing for animals. About 12 miles from the river dense bush, chiefly
kittr, begins, and continues until the halting place at Mogatta is
reached. This road is nearly 20 miles shorter than that _viâ_ Sofi.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gedaref       |      —      |  —   |The track to Sofi leaves Gedaref  
                |             |      |in a N.E. direction, passing down 
                |             |      |a valley between gardens,         
                |             |      |cultivation and high grass;       
                |             |      |several hamlets half a mile       
                |             |      |distant on either side of road. A 
                |             |      |gentle ascent on N. side of valley
                |             |      |to N.E. corner of a low flat hill 
                |             |      |called J. Buadra.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Seraf El|      3      |  3   |This khor crosses the path near   
  Buadra_       |             |      |corner of J. Buadra. One well,    
                |             |      |upper portion stone faced; 24 feet
                |             |      |deep, 5 feet diameter, 4 feet of  
                |             |      |water. Two similar wells near     
                |             |      |track, one ½ a mile, the other 1  
                |             |      |mile further on. From this point  
                |             |      |track is a single camel path,     
                |             |      |winding among high grass or       
                |             |      |through bush; in places very      
                |             |      |stony. Ground on either flank     
                |             |      |cracked cotton soil.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  5   |Top of pass is reached; the small 
                |             |      |hamlets of Um Shedra, Hissainad,  
                |             |      |and Turfur are seen in succession 
                |             |      |on the left hand of the track.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  7½  |A rise in the ground known as     
                |             |      |Gumerab is reached. On far side of
                |             |      |it track descends sharply for 40  
                |             |      |feet, over rocks and stones on to 
                |             |      |a plain. General direction E. by  
                |             |      |N. Some dukhn or dura patches;    
                |             |      |rest of the ground covered with   
                |             |      |high aada and shush grass. 5 feet 
                |             |      |high.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4¼     | 11¾  |A copse of talh trees is passed   
                |             |      |through. For the next 5 miles are 
                |             |      |scattered trees along the path,   
                |             |      |with copses of hashab trees a few 
                |             |      |hundred yards to a mile on either 
                |             |      |side; shush, aada, naal and       
                |             |      |Umdenaib grasses.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4¾     | 16½  |A shallow excavation to catch     
                |             |      |rain-water is seen on left, 100   
                |             |      |yards off. General direction      
                |             |      |E.N.E. At the 24th and 27th miles,
                |             |      |two more small rain-water         
                |             |      |reservoirs are passed.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Bitnasr  |     15½     |  32  |This khor is here crossed; it     
                |             |      |trends northwards and runs into   
                |             |      |the Khor Tomat. Ground now ascends
                |             |      |slightly and is more broken, and  
                |             |      |track crosses several small khors.
                |             |      |At the 34th mile the edge of the  
                |             |      |plateau is reached, and a sharp   
                |             |      |descent of 90 feet ensues.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sofi_ (Rest  |      3      |  35  |A straggling village of a hundred 
  house)        |             |      |men (Jaalin) on spurs running down
                |             |      |to the Atbara 400 yards away. At  
                |             |      |date the river is easily fordable,
                |             |      |the water not being knee deep and 
                |             |      |20 yards broad near the village.  
                |             |      |From this point the track as far  
                |             |      |as El Fasher follows the course of
                |             |      |the river on the left bank, and   
                |             |      |distant from it 1 to 5 miles. The 
                |             |      |bush and jungle prevent approach  
                |             |      |from the track, except at the     
                |             |      |watering places in use. From Sofi 
                |             |      |the track winds up to the plateau 
                |             |      |in a N.W. direction along and in  
                |             |      |khors. On reaching this plateau,  
                |             |      |after a mile, the track bears     
                |             |      |generally due N. Quarter of a mile
                |             |      |of dura cultivation is passed     
                |             |      |through, then the path runs along 
                |             |      |the flat top of a watershed       
                |             |      |draining into the Atbara on the   
                |             |      |right, and into the Khor Tomat on 
                |             |      |the left.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |One and a half miles E. of the    
                |             |      |Atbara the Setit runs parallel    
                |             |      |with the river and the khor until 
                |             |      |its junction with the former.     
                |             |      |Going is now very bad, kittr,     
                |             |      |laot, talh and sant close to the  
                |             |      |path; cracked cotton soil. At the 
                |             |      |43rd mile the track descends with 
                |             |      |twists and turns towards the      
                |             |      |river, and just before reaching   
                |             |      |Khor Tomat some salt workings are 
                |             |      |passed through.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Tomat_  |      9½     | 44½  |The khor near its junction with   
  (Rest house)  |             |      |the river is 30 yards wide and 4  
                |             |      |feet deep. It takes its name from 
                |             |      |a mound near the khor with two    
                |             |      |knolls (Tomat = twins). Formerly  
                |             |      |there were several hamlets in the 
                |             |      |neighbourhood, but no traces      
                |             |      |exist.[11] The nearest hillet to  
                |             |      |the river was Wad Abu Hamed, just 
                |             |      |N. of the khor. Easy access to    
                |             |      |water at date. Track winds over   
                |             |      |undulating ground intersected by  
                |             |      |khors, below the plateau 1 to 2   
                |             |      |miles distant to the westward.    
                |             |      |Trees not quite so thick or close.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Um      |      4      | 48½  |The Atbara is again reached here, 
  Garra_        |             |      |about 1 mile N. of its junction   
                |             |      |with the Setit, which brings down 
                |             |      |at this time of the year more     
                |             |      |water than the Atbara, and appears
                |             |      |to be a broader and finer stream. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good watering place.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The path leaves the river in a    
                |             |      |N.W. direction over broken and    
                |             |      |undulating ground for 1 mile. The 
                |             |      |plateau is reached and again thick
                |             |      |bush and trees are passed through.
                |             |      |At 55 miles J. Akelai is visible  
                |             |      |through a break in the trees,     
                |             |      |nearly due E.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Fatut    |     11½     |  60  |Track winds down to this khor, and
                |             |      |then for 1½ miles passes over very
                |             |      |broken ground. Track then         
                |             |      |improves; the country is not so   
                |             |      |closely wooded, and several open  
                |             |      |spaces are traversed.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mogatta_     |      10     |  70  |No village; grazing and watering  
  (Rest house)  |             |      |place of the nomad Arabs. The     
                |             |      |river is 12 miles from the track. 
                |             |      |Several large islands in the      
                |             |      |Atbara here, the water in the dry 
                |             |      |season passing down by the left   
                |             |      |bank. Lions are plentiful here.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here the direct road from Gedaref 
                |             |      |comes in. From this point the road
                |             |      |improves considerably. Troops can 
                |             |      |move on a broader front, and the  
                |             |      |soil, though still cotton, is not 
                |             |      |so cracked; the earth has a       
                |             |      |slightly red tinge. Occasionally  
                |             |      |belts of bush are traversed. At   
                |             |      |the 92nd mile the track descends, 
                |             |      |and the ground becomes very       
                |             |      |broken. The remains of an old     
                |             |      |Dervish post on a spur are seen   
                |             |      |400 yards to right.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _M. Khashm El |     23½     | 93½  |Track here meets the river; a     
  Girba_        |             |      |tributary, or branch of the       
                |             |      |Atbara, comes in here on the      
                |             |      |opposite bank, with water still in
                |             |      |it. Broken country is again       
                |             |      |traversed, and many knolls and    
                |             |      |khors are passed until the plateau
                |             |      |is again reached. Trees are       
                |             |      |larger, and ground covered with   
                |             |      |gau grass, excellent for grazing  
                |             |      |cattle and sheep.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Dervish earth |      3      | 96½  |A square Dervish earthwork, each  
  work          |             |      |side about 80 yards long, is      
                |             |      |passed on right. This was the site
                |             |      |of El Fasher village when it      
                |             |      |existed.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Fasher    |      4      | 100½ |At date, river was 50 yards broad,
  ford_ (Rest   |             |      |18 inches deep at the most at the 
  house)        |             |      |ford.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Bottom of bed consists of shingle.
                |             |      |Quarter of a mile up stream on the
                |             |      |right bank is the site of the post
                |             |      |held by a detachment from the     
                |             |      |Kassala garrison in 1898.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On leaving the ford, track leads  
                |             |      |up the ascent to the plateau for 2
                |             |      |miles, and passes over very broken
                |             |      |country intersected by khors. Then
                |             |      |the path is excellent; large open 
                |             |      |spaces are divided by belts of    
                |             |      |trees. J. Kassala bears E.N.E.    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Mellawiya  |      22     | 122½ |An open (now) grassy space, where 
                |             |      |rain-water collects and stands    
                |             |      |from July to October. Serut flies 
                |             |      |bad at that season, also snakes.  
                |             |      |Attempts to make a well here have 
                |             |      |so far been abortive.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Old well      |      5      | 127½ |An old government well is passed  
                |             |      |on right, now filled in. Country  
                |             |      |now becomes closer, and trees with
                |             |      |bright green leaves become more   
                |             |      |numerous; track narrows           
                |             |      |considerably[12] as the Khor El   
                |             |      |Gash is reached, though movement  
                |             |      |is possible between the trees on  
                |             |      |either flank. At the 135th mile,  
                |             |      |the minaret of the Khatmia is     
                |             |      |visible to the right, and soon the
                |             |      |factory chimney of Kassala is     
                |             |      |visible to the front.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Gash  |     12½     | 140  |The left bank of this khor is     
                |             |      |reached; 600 to 700 yards broad.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Kassala       |      ½      | 140½ |Old town and Egyptian fort, now in
                |             |      |ruins.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        20.—GEDAREF TO GALLABAT.                       

           BY COL. COLLINSON AND CAPTAIN H. H. MORANT, 1898.           

                       (_Corrected up to_ 1900.)                       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gedaref       |      —      |  —   |From Gedaref the road usually     
                |             |      |taken leads in a S.E. direction,  
                |             |      |and passes through much           
  _Wells_       |      2¼     |  2¼  |cultivation to wells situated in a
                |             |      |khor midway between the villages  
                |             |      |of Dalasa and Gabeisha. From here 
                |             |      |the road continues to pass through
                |             |      |rain cultivation, which extends on
                |             |      |both sides of the roads more or   
                |             |      |less continuously almost as far as
                |             |      |the eye can reach until 6 or 7    
                |             |      |miles from Shasheina, after which 
                |             |      |only occasional patches are seen. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Shasheina     |     14¾     |  17  |Several groups of tukls belonging 
  (Rest house)  |             |      |to Debania and Takruris on western
                |             |      |slope of a low ridge. Two good    
                |             |      |wells with any amount of good     
                |             |      |water, roughly 30 to 40 feet down.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving here the track skirts the 
                |             |      |bottom of the ridge and leads in a
                |             |      |southerly direction over stony,   
                |             |      |bad going for about 2 miles, when 
                |      7      |  24  |it bends to S.E. and passes over  
                |             |      |an open plain to the E.; on the W.
                |             |      |forest begins. The wells of       
                |             |      |Amzuani and Galaat Eila are passed
                |             |      |2½ miles and ¾ mile to the E. of  
                |             |      |the track.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |J. Doka is now visible right      
                |             |      |ahead.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The path here enters forest which 
                |             |      |continues to Doka. The soil black 
                |             |      |cracked cotton soil and the path  
                |             |      |is occasionally stony. Hashab,    
                |             |      |soffar and talh are the trees that
                |             |      |predominate.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Doka_ (Rest  |      21     |  45  |A very wretched village that has  
  house)        |             |      |seen better days. It used to be   
                |             |      |the residence of a mudir or       
                |             |      |important official in the old     
                |             |      |government days. The remains of   
                |             |      |his palace, &c., are still        
                |             |      |standing. Two wells, very         
                |             |      |indifferent supply; generally dry 
                |             |      |in the middle of the day a few    
                |             |      |months after the rains.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a path from here to Abu  
                |             |      |Gulud and Sofi, also to Nogara. On
                |             |      |leaving Doka several hills are    
                |             |      |passed, the principal being J.    
                |             |      |Doka 2 miles to the E., and       
                |             |      |Ajerawi or Kajerawi to the W.     
                |             |      |About 4 miles from Doka the route 
                |             |      |from Asar joins in from the right.
                |             |      |This road is very little used, and
                |             |      |is hardly noticeable. The track   
                |             |      |here becomes stony for a mile or  
                |             |      |so.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kefaia   |      8      |  53  |Khor Kefaia, running W.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kanin    |      3½     | 56½  |Khor Kanin, also running W.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Seraf Said_  |      10     | 66½  |Several small villages and two    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |wells in the khor of this name    
                |             |      |which is the boundary between     
                |             |      |Gedaref and Gallabat. Wells 30 to 
                |             |      |40 feet deep; fair supply. From   
                |             |      |here a road goes W. to Durraba[13]
                |             |      |near the Rahad, and there is a    
                |             |      |track, made by honey hunters, to  
                |             |      |the Atbara, which is 13 or 14     
                |             |      |miles eastwards.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the first 2 miles after       
                |             |      |leaving the wells a good deal of  
                |             |      |dura and dukhn cultivation is     
                |             |      |passed through, and then forest   
                |             |      |with some quite fine trees begins 
                |             |      |and continues to within a mile of 
                |             |      |Gallabat.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Kuneina_|      15     | 81½  |The hills of Ras El Fil, where    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |this khor originates, are passed 2
                |             |      |miles on the right. Up to January 
                |             |      |water is obtainable slowly from   
                |             |      |holes about 3 feet deep in its    
                |             |      |bed. Later these become dry. Fine 
                |             |      |ardeib tree. Thick forest, chiefly
                |             |      |talh and heglig, continues to Khor
  _Khor Otruk_  |      7      | 88½  |Otruk, where water stands in a    
                |             |      |pool all the year round. There are
                |             |      |also wells near, from which       
                |             |      |several small villages obtain     
                |             |      |their water.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road now ascends an easy slope
                |             |      |for about 2 miles, and hills are  
                |             |      |passed to the right and left. From
                |             |      |the top of this ascent Gallabat is
                |             |      |visible, and ½ mile before        
                |             |      |reaching it a small khor with     
                |             |      |_running water_ is crossed.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Gallabat      |      4½     |  93  |Old fort of Zeki Tumal’s, 120 feet
                |             |      |above the town which lies at foot 
                |             |      |of slope about 400 yards E. Water 
                |             |      |from stream, which constitutes    
                |             |      |boundary with Abyssinia, 800 yards
                |             |      |E. of fort.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |[There is an alternative route    
                |             |      |_viâ_ Asar. This is however very  
                |             |      |little used. It was taken by the  
                |             |      |two companies of Soudanese troops 
                |             |      |who first occupied Gallabat in    
                |             |      |December, 1898. It had been       
                |             |      |previously used a good deal by    
                |             |      |Dervish fugitives to and from     
                |             |      |Gedaref. The water supply along   
                |             |      |the Doka road is now better and is
                |             |      |sufficient, if troops march at    
                |             |      |night, without carrying any great 
                |             |      |amount of water:—                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Gedaref       |      —      |  —   |A rather stony track in places    
                |             |      |leads across open country covered 
  _Asar_        |      10     |  10  |with high grass and dura to Asar. 
                |             |      |This is a Debania village and     
                |             |      |residence of their head Sheikh,   
                |             |      |Wad Zaid, and is situated at the  
                |             |      |S.W. end of a ridge 300 feet high 
                |             |      |and 1½ miles long, running nearly 
                |             |      |N. and S. Here there are two good 
                |             |      |wells which supplied Ahmed Fedil’s
                |             |      |force of 3,000 to 4,000 men       
                |             |      |besides women, &c., for more than 
                |             |      |three weeks. A road leads from    
                |             |      |here to Beila, also to Shasheina. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Asar, several deserted    
                |             |      |villages were passed, and after   
                |             |      |traversing undulating open country
                |             |      |for 8 miles, talh and soffar      
                |             |      |forest commences.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Tagala_ |      15     |  25  |Water in holes in rocks by the    
                |             |      |road side. It has the usual       
                |             |      |stagnant rain-water taste and     
                |             |      |smell, but is said to last all the
                |             |      |year round. Large baobab close to 
                |             |      |water. The track continues through
                |             |      |forest with occasional open spaces
  _Khor Ardeiba_|      15     |  40  |to Khor Ardeiba.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A large khor running W. between   
                |             |      |hills. Water is found in several  
                |             |      |places in the rock on the side of 
                |             |      |the hill on left bank of khor. The
                |             |      |supply was very scanty at         
                |             |      |beginning of December, and is not 
                |             |      |to be relied on.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the first 3 or 4 miles after  
                |             |      |leaving the bed of the khor the   
                |             |      |track ascends and descends several
                |             |      |short steep slopes; trees         
                |             |      |interfere with the path, which is 
                |             |      |somewhat stony. It then crosses a 
                |             |      |fairly open cotton soil plain to a
                |             |      |stone-lined well about 60 feet    
  _J. Kajerawi_ |      10     |  50  |deep, at the foot of J. Kajerawi  
                |             |      |or Ajerawi. As this well was not  
                |             |      |in regular use, the water tasted  
                |             |      |and smelt, but there was plenty of
                |             |      |it.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Four miles on the track joins in  
                |             |      |with the main road previously     
                |             |      |described, about 5 miles S. of    
                |             |      |Doka.]                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                     21.—ABU HARAZ TO GEDAREF.[14]                     

             BY LIEUT.-COLONEL B. R. MITFORD, MARCH, 1899.             

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Abu Haraz     |      —      |  —   |Half of a mile N. of junction of  
                |             |      |R. Rahad and Blue Nile. Track     
                |             |      |leads through the village in an E.
                |             |      |direction, and 4 miles over a     
                |             |      |plain covered with grass 4 feet   
                |             |      |high after rains; then some bush  
                |             |      |is entered which necessitates     
                |             |      |reducing front of the column to   
                |             |      |file. The Rahad is from 1 to 1½   
                |             |      |miles distant on right flank, its 
                |             |      |banks covered with a belt of      
                |             |      |jungle. Track consists of four to 
                |             |      |six camel tracks over cotton soil.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      8      |  8   |Half a mile before reaching this  
  Hedeiba_      |             |      |meshra, the road bends to the     
                |             |      |S.E.; 1¼ miles E. is the village  
                |             |      |of Hedeiba, and 2 to 3 miles N.E. 
                |             |      |is the village of Shegeila. A     
                |             |      |single flat-topped samr tree marks
                |             |      |nearest point for water. A large  
                |             |      |pool of water always here during  
                |             |      |the dry season in the river bed.  
                |             |      |Track passes over grassy plain    
                |             |      |covered with the usual grasses met
                |             |      |with along the road, viz.: aada   
                |             |      |grass, which grows in wet places  
                |             |      |as high as 18 feet, and naal, from
                |             |      |1½ to 3 feet high.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id El Maya_  |      2½     | 10½  |A descent of ½ mile brings one to 
                |             |      |this khor skirted with trees; the 
                |             |      |hamlet of that name lies 2 miles  
                |             |      |from the river; a meshra and pool 
                |             |      |here in the dry season. The hamlet
                |             |      |of Amara lies 2½ miles N.E. Same  
                |             |      |country is traversed, with        
                |             |      |occasional belt of trees.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu      |      5½     |  16  |Track passes this khor 1½ miles   
  Seghira       |             |      |from the meshra, which is very    
                |             |      |difficult to find, owing to the   
                |             |      |jungle and the creepers festooned 
                |             |      |from tree to tree. No pool there  
                |             |      |this dry season.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khoran El Homr|      2      |  18  |The “Red Khor,” of which there are
                |             |      |three. The second one is 1½ miles 
                |             |      |on, and the third 1 mile further  
                |             |      |on. Each khor is thickly fringed  
                |             |      |with trees, bush, and high grass, 
                |             |      |after rains. The track is now some
                |             |      |3 or 4 miles from the Rahad. At   
                |             |      |23½ miles another khor is crossed,
                |             |      |and the ground rises into a stony 
                |             |      |plateau.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _H. Sherif    |      6½     | 24½  |Track passes to E. of this        
  Yagub_        |             |      |village. Inhabitants are Ashraf.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _M. El Egeiga_|      ½      |  25  |Camping ground is on a bluff 40   
                |             |      |feet above bed of river; a pool of
                |             |      |water always here in the dry      
                |             |      |season. Natives say that in the   
                |             |      |winter months it is not a good    
                |             |      |camping ground, as it is very     
                |             |      |feverish at night. Country now    
                |             |      |becomes much more close, trees and
                |             |      |bushes narrow the track in many   
                |             |      |places, and in the autumn the high
                |             |      |grass obscures all view to front  
                |             |      |or flanks.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _M. Abuet El  |      5      |  30  |This meshra is only 100 yards from
  Messih_       |             |      |the track, but the river is       
                |             |      |somewhat hidden by the jungle.    
                |             |      |Very unhealthy camping ground     
                |             |      |during the autumn and winter.     
                |             |      |Track continues through bush, with
                |             |      |occasional open spaces.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _M. El Esheir_|      3      |  33  |Good camping ground near track,   
                |             |      |500 yards from the river. Just    
                |             |      |after leaving this place, the     
                |             |      |Arang range can be seen in clear  
                |             |      |weather. Track as before.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ein El       |      7      |  40  |Watering place here, on the Rahad,
  Lueiga_       |             |      |in the dry season; not a good     
                |             |      |camping ground during or after    
                |             |      |rains, there being much fever. The
                |             |      |track now leaves the vicinity of  
                |             |      |the Rahad, and for the first 5    
                |             |      |miles trends towards the N.E.     
                |             |      |corner of the Arang hills. The    
                |             |      |Kassala Province is entered here. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At the 48th mile a depression is  
                |             |      |passed, where a little water is   
                |             |      |sometimes found during the rains. 
                |             |      |Plain covered with grass 1 to 10  
                |             |      |feet high in October, which from  
                |             |      |that month becomes broken down by 
                |             |      |the wind, and in March is only 2  
                |             |      |feet high. Track twists and turns 
                |             |      |considerably until the hills are  
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Galaat Arang  |      18     |  58  |The track strikes these hills     
                |             |      |about 4 or 5 miles from its S.    
                |             |      |end; bush is again entered, and   
                |             |      |track becomes very stony and      
                |             |      |covered with fallen boulders from 
                |             |      |the hills.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The hills are mostly rock, covered
                |             |      |with laot, and stunted baobab or  
                |             |      |tebeldi trees. Ariel, gazelle,    
                |             |      |bustard, guinea fowl, sand grouse,
                |             |      |apes, and baboons in these hills. 
                |             |      |A mile on two pools of water are  
                |             |      |formed in a shallow rocky         
                |             |      |depression during rains, which is 
                |             |      |only fit for camels. Track follows
                |             |      |the foot of the hills towards the 
                |             |      |N., through bush and over stony   
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Fau_ (Rest|      9      |  67  |Track passes through a gorge in   
  house)        |             |      |the hills, wherein are the wells  
                |             |      |of El Fau, near the E. mouth of   
                |             |      |the gorge. One well, stone faced, 
                |             |      |10 feet in diameter, 27 feet deep;
                |             |      |surface of water 1 foot from top  
                |             |      |in October, 10 feet in March. The 
                |             |      |other, stone faced, 5 feet in     
                |             |      |diameter, 15 to 20 feet deep.     
                |             |      |Water, both good. There are       
                |             |      |several other wells in the        
                |             |      |vicinity during rains, and pools  
                |             |      |of water in holes and depressions.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track runs along the E. foot of   
                |             |      |the hills to the N. point; bushy  
                |             |      |and stony.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  North End     |      5      |  72  |Near the N.W. point of the Arang  
  Arang         |             |      |hills is H. Badad, or H. Sheikh   
                |             |      |Shah El Din; one well, now filled 
                |             |      |up. General direction of track is 
                |             |      |now N.E. To the S. is seen J.     
                |             |      |Fines, or Fenis, and to the S.E.  
                |             |      |is J. Sergein. Bush becomes very  
                |             |      |close; cotton soil.               
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Bayuda     |      8      |  80  |Or Buwa’da, or Buwada’. A broad,  
                |             |      |low, conical hill; some water in  
                |             |      |rocky holes during the rains.     
                |             |      |Track now runs E. by S., and for  
                |             |      |the next 8 miles through thick    
                |             |      |bush; country then becomes more   
                |             |      |open and covered with grass again.
                |             |      |                                  
  Ummat Rumeila |      19     |  99  |A group of some five or six hills,
  (Rest house)  |             |      |averaging 80 to 100 feet high.    
                |             |      |Some water in pools and holes     
                |             |      |during rains. The track passes in 
                |             |      |a N.E. direction through the      
                |             |      |hills; several patches of bush are
                |             |      |traversed. At the 110th mile a    
                |             |      |narrow belt of laot trees, 10     
                |             |      |yards broad, commences to run     
                |             |      |alongside or in the middle of the 
                |             |      |track; this belt follows the road 
                |             |      |for 13 miles.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Taras Wad El  |      20     | 119  |A small depression, wherein water 
  Fahl (Rest    |             |      |lies during rains. Two thorn      
  house)        |             |      |bushes to S. of track mark it.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu      |      7      | 126  |A descent leads to this very      
  Hashim        |             |      |shallow khor, and a similar rise  
                |             |      |takes place on its E. side. J.    
                |             |      |Tiwawa now becomes visible to the 
                |             |      |E. Track runs over a grassy plain 
                |             |      |with not even a shrub on it.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu      |      11     | 137  |Or Abu Fura. This khor rises near 
  Faraga        |             |      |Gedaref, and at this point the    
                |             |      |track meets it; it here turns S.  
                |             |      |The track runs parallel with it   
                |             |      |for a mile, 2 to 400 yards        
                |             |      |distant. At the 139th mile ground 
                |             |      |falls gently.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Gulgia     |      3      | 140  |A stony mound on left of the track
                |             |      |containing several deep holes,    
                |             |      |said to contain enough water for  
                |             |      |1,000 men and 500 camels during   
                |             |      |the rains.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Ground still falls gently, and a  
                |             |      |mile on a small khor is crossed;  
                |             |      |then ground ascends through small 
                |             |      |scattered soffar trees. At the    
                |             |      |143rd mile the houses of Gedaref  
                |             |      |are visible. Track passes several 
                |             |      |hamlets on either side, and       
                |             |      |through much cultivation and high 
                |             |      |aada grass, along S. side of J.   
                |             |      |Tiwawa.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Gedaref       |      6      | 146  |On top of a long gentle slope.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 22.—GEDAREF _viâ_ HAWATA TO ABU HARAZ.                

               BY MAJOR BULKELEY-JOHNSON, NOVEMBER, 1901.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gedaref       |      —      |  —   |Road leaves Gedaref from behind   
                |             |      |the old barracks, and takes a S.W.
                |             |      |direction for 6 miles. Scattered  
                |             |      |cultivation of every kind. A flat 
                |             |      |basin like that N. of Gedaref.    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Wad Sennat |      4½     |  4½  |Small hill 100 feet high and 500  
                |             |      |yards long, running N.W. and S.E.,
                |             |      |with small hella S. slope.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Nagar_   |      1½     |  6   |Tukl village. ½ mile right of     
                |             |      |road; one of Abu Nagar group of   
                |             |      |five villages.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  6½  |Ditto on left of road.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  7   |Well 30 feet deep; water always,  
                |             |      |but only 6 feet deep; watered 80  
                |             |      |horses in 30 minutes.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  7½  |Hella ½ mile right of road. Road  
                |             |      |bends to S.W. by W.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  9   |Cultivation ends. Road bad from   
                |             |      |small bushes hidden in naal grass.
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Matni      |      17     |  26  |J. Matni ½ mile long, 50 to 100   
                |             |      |feet high; stony and covered with 
                |             |      |habil trees. Woods round J. Matni 
                |             |      |(soffar and habil) to the E.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From J. Matni to Beila by direct  
                |             |      |road 2 miles are saved. After J.  
                |             |      |Matni road branches to right,     
                |             |      |straight to Beila; left to Ghanem 
                |             |      |or Ganam (meaning water holes).   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ghanem_      |      3      |  29  |Small khor and 12 water holes     
                |             |      |about 8 feet deep, and water 1    
                |             |      |foot 6 inches (Nov. 15th);        
                |             |      |probably dry by end of month      
                |             |      |(1901), rain having been slightly 
                |             |      |under average.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  31  |Joins main road nearly at right   
                |             |      |angles.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |     15½     | 46½  |Small hill ¼ mile off the road.   
                |             |      |Road afterwards curls in between  
                |             |      |it and Beila to two small hellas  
                |             |      |on far side.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Beila_[15]   |      ½      |  47  |Two small villages and two        
                |             |      |splendid wells cut in solid rock; 
                |             |      |any amount of beautiful clear     
                |             |      |water all the year round[15], 50  
                |             |      |feet deep; revetted at top; very  
                |             |      |good grasses here. From Beila a   
                |             |      |road now goes to Mafaya on the    
                |             |      |Rahad, which is much shorter than 
                |             |      |going to Hawata.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Fereikh_  |      5      |  52  |Thirty tukls; inhabited all the   
                |             |      |year road; now water from holes   
                |             |      |dry in March, 1902.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Arid_     |      5      |  57  |Four water holes 6 inches deep,   
                |             |      |nearly empty on arrival; when     
                |             |      |opened up to 9 inches gave 3 feet 
                |             |      |muddy water. Nov. 17th watered 80 
                |             |      |horses three times; dry in March, 
                |             |      |1902.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Gerein     |      —      |  —   |Water nearly finished; 30 tukls   
                |             |      |inhabited all year round.[16]     
                |             |      |Later on get water from Rahad,    
                |             |      |which is here about 60 yards wide 
                |             |      |and water 4 feet deep in Nov.     
                |             |      |Banks steep.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hawata_      |      18     |  75  |Very good camp. Fairly large      
                |             |      |village here.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road follows the river, never more
                |             |      |than 2 miles from it, cutting off 
                |             |      |small bends. Single track; good   
                |             |      |through long grass; bad for guns  
                |             |      |as wheels or teams are going      
                |             |      |through the grass. River          
                |             |      |approachable everywhere, and      
                |             |      |watering possible at all times of 
                |             |      |year.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Camps exceedingly good under shade
                |             |      |of sunt trees 30-40 feet high.    
                |             |      |Grasses in abundance and good,    
                |             |      |neghil, abu rokba and abu arid.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Hawata track proceeds along  
                |             |      |right bank and enters bush.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Keriam_  |      2½     | 77½  |Part of Hawata belonging to Abu   
                |             |      |Bakr; small hills; clearing and   
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  78  |Ten tukls, ditto, ditto.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Bush and grass alternately; thick 
                |             |      |bush, inland kittr and talh.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  86  |Grass plain. Bend of river meeting
                |             |      |it again at                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Kerein_  |      5      |  91  |Fifty tukls belonging to Abu Sin, 
                |             |      |as does all the country up to     
                |             |      |hella Sherif El Hindi.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Mayim_ or|      2      |  93  |Same as Wad Kerein.               
  Wad Balula    |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      | 101  |Road crosses to left bank. Ford on
                |             |      |Nov. 13th, about 3 feet deep; Nov.
                |             |      |24th, 6 inches deep. There is no  
                |             |      |road on E. bank, only thick bush. 
                |             |      |From here open grass plain, bush  
                |             |      |inland, ½ mile off river bends    
                |             |      |from road.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Between road and river a strip of 
                |             |      |country with big red sunt trees   
                |             |      |30-40 feet high and good grasses. 
                |             |      |The road now strikes khor—thickly 
                |             |      |wooded leading to lagoon running  
                |             |      |W. from river, which turns to     
                |             |      |S.W., road goes round it turning  
                |             |      |W. and afterwards S.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7      | 108  |Head of lagoon.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Muttu_       |      ½      | 108½ |Road branches to right of         
                |             |      |hella—Hawata (Arabs) 1½ miles     
                |             |      |off—300 yards from river in open  
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 110  |Road to Muttu and meshra, 1 mile  
                |             |      |of thick bush, kitr and talh.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 111  |Khor (dry).                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 113  |Big khor, nearly dry—very         
                |             |      |difficult during rains and up to  
                |             |      |Nov. 1st, 1901. Soft mud Nov.     
                |             |      |27th.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 115½ |Small road to right, leading to   
                |             |      |big khor thickly wooded, water 4  
                |             |      |feet deep or lagoon.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 117  |Khor (dry).                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 119½ |Ditto leading to meshra.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road alternately bush and grass.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6½     | 126  |Road branches to meshra.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      | 132  |Approaches meshra, 200 yards.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      11     | 143  |Deserted village, 100 yards left  
                |             |      |of road.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road very good, broad and hard.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 146  |Cross road from Rahad to Dinder.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     | 156  |Ditto to Blue Nile.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 157  |Road from meshra to hella, inland 
                |             |      |2 miles.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 161  |Opposite to Ein El Lueiga.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 164  |Road branches to right towards    
                |             |      |river—left to Sherif El Hindi.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Aruth Rutha   |      2      | 166  |Road to Hella Aruth.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Hafeira       |      2½     | 168  |Hella; Arab encampment; flocks and
                |             |      |herds.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Rekeih    |      1½     | 170  |Hella, 100 yards right of road.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Sherif        |      2      | 172  |Hella of Sherif Yusef El Hindi.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 176½ |Ford and road to Sherif Yakub.    
                |             |      |Road crosses river.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Haraz     |     24½     | 201  |(Afterwards _see_ map).           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |[Rahad ceased to flow Nov. 30th,  
                |             |      |1901; only a slight trickle on    
                |             |      |29th.]                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                23.—SOFI _viâ_ ABU GULUD TO SERAF SAID.                

                BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, FEBRUARY, 1900.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Sofi          |      —      |  —   |Road goes down into khor and then 
                |             |      |winding through bushes and water  
                |             |      |courses follows crest of ridge    
                |             |      |between Atbara and Khor Gurri,    
                |             |      |then turns E. towards Kreder.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Kreder        |      6      |  6   |A village of about 100 huts on    
                |             |      |spur above river, and not as shown
                |             |      |on old maps.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sherif       |      9      |  15  |There is no road now; I went      
  Ibrahim_      |             |      |across country, crossing ravines  
                |             |      |bordering Atbara, camels followed 
                |             |      |edge of plateau about 5 hours’    
                |             |      |march from Sofi. No village, only 
                |             |      |tombs of former inhabitants. Path 
                |             |      |leads from village to Meshra on   
                |             |      |Atbara.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dabuli_      |      12     |  27  |Left Sherif Ibrahim in a S.W.     
                |             |      |direction, and after 1 hour struck
                |             |      |old path from Sofi; followed this,
                |             |      |and after 2 hours came on         
                |             |      |cultivation. A big khor runs in   
                |             |      |N.E. direction towards Atbara.    
                |             |      |There are old wells here and site 
                |             |      |of village. New wells are being   
                |             |      |opened.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Goreisha_    |      15     |  42  |Road now crosses khor above       
                |             |      |mentioned twice, and after 2 hours
                |             |      |J. Tomborgu is passed on the      
                |             |      |right. From here road crosses     
                |             |      |three big khors, and in the next  
                |             |      |Khor J. Omrad, then cultivation of
                |             |      |Goreisha is reached on left of    
                |             |      |road. Right side, thick bush.     
                |             |      |Another hour and Goreisha is      
                |             |      |reached; two villages with good   
                |             |      |wells and cultivation in khor.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Gulud_   |      4      |  46  |Road now crosses and recrosses    
                |             |      |this khor, which runs from Abu    
                |             |      |Gulud; after half an hour village 
                |             |      |of Salama is passed on khor on    
                |             |      |right, and after half hour arrive 
                |             |      |at Abu Gulud. Two villages; wells 
                |             |      |and cultivation. From here a track
                |             |      |goes to Doka.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Zemalat_     |      20     |  66  |Road leaves here in S.W.          
                |             |      |direction; about 1 mile Agala, a  
                |             |      |large village, is passed; about 4 
                |             |      |miles on a rocky ridge; ditto     
                |             |      |about 8 miles; about 10 miles     
                |             |      |village Lubaina. Few huts here.   
                |             |      |People only here for cultivation; 
                |             |      |water from Zemalat village on     
                |             |      |crest or ridge. Water from holes  
                |             |      |in khor below village, about 1    
                |             |      |mile away. From here a good view  
                |             |      |of hills near Doka and J. Nahut,  
                |             |      |J. Gadabi, and Ras El Fil         
                |             |      |obtainable.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Seraf Said_  |      10     |  76  |Road now descends from ridge,     
                |             |      |cotton soil and bad going; about 6
                |             |      |miles out J. Meriod is passed on  
                |             |      |right of track—village round other
                |             |      |side of hill. Direct track leads  
                |             |      |off to right to village; bad going
                |             |      |cotton soil. Rocky water hole in  
                |             |      |Meriod Khor not used now; about   
                |             |      |10th mile cross Seraf Khor.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Two wells with water-tracks lead  
                |             |      |from here to Gallabat and Duraba, 
                |             |      |and the road from Doka joins here.
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        24.—FAMAKA TO ABU RAMLA.                       

                         BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN.                         

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Abrunga       |      —      |  —   |The direct route is up the khor   
                |             |      |through the Samina group. Very    
                |             |      |little water among these hills and
                |             |      |none on the road.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Belitamaru_  |      14     |  14  |About 1 mile north of the village 
                |             |      |and Belitamaru there are hills    
                |             |      |giving a little bed water in the  
                |             |      |Khor Godaff.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Matongwe_    |      11     |  25  |Matongwe is a small Gumz village  
                |             |      |among the rocks on the side and   
                |             |      |top of J. Matongwe. Good well at  
                |             |      |the foot of the mountain. The     
                |             |      |mountain is a very striking needle
                |             |      |of rock jutting straight out of   
                |             |      |the plain.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Abu Ramla_|      12     |  37  |No more water is found till J. Abu
                |             |      |Ramla is reached, and even there  
                |             |      |it can only be obtained in any    
                |             |      |quantity from the Khor Ramla at   
                |             |      |north-east end of mountain. There 
                |             |      |are holes in the rock on the hill 
                |             |      |side, however, which supply the   
  Mek’s Village |      3      |  40  |villages with drinking water.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Another route can be taken from   
                |             |      |Famaka along the Nile to Hoburra, 
                |             |      |and thence to Belitamaru through  
                |             |      |Abrunga, but the first portion of 
                |             |      |the road along the river is very  
                |             |      |bad.                              
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         25.—KARKOJ TO HAWATA.                         

                 BY MR. E. BONHAM CARTER, MARCH, 1902.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Karkoj        |      —      |  —   |R. bank Blue Nile.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Karkoj, a narrow but well    
                |             |      |defined track leads through bush, 
                |             |      |thick in places, to the village of
  _Kamrab_      |      18     |  18  |Kamrab, half a mile beyond which  
                |             |      |is a well and trees giving        
                |             |      |excellent shade.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Hashim_  |      4½     | 22½  |The R. Dinder is reached at Abu   
                |             |      |Hashim (Sheikh El Amin), a village
                |             |      |on the left bank. The Dinder 100  
                |             |      |yards wide was dry here (March,   
                |             |      |1902), but there were water holes 
                |             |      |in its bed.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |     12½     |  35  |The road here crosses the Dinder  
  Deberki_      |             |      |and follows the river to Meshra   
                |             |      |Deberki. River dry here, and about
                |             |      |100 yards wide, but water holes in
                |             |      |bed, and there is a large pool    
                |             |      |about ¼ mile up the river. No     
                |             |      |village here. Little shade at     
                |             |      |Meshra, but plenty ½ mile further 
                |             |      |up the river.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track here leaves the river,  
                |             |      |and after crossing an open piece  
                |             |      |passes through thick bush for 2   
                |             |      |miles, after which an open grassy 
                |             |      |plain with scattered bush extends 
                |             |      |for some distance.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track is merely a single      
                |             |      |donkey track over deeply cracked  
                |             |      |cotton soil, and is bad going.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Atshan   |      17     |  52  |Khor Atshan is crossed; a shallow 
                |             |      |khor draining into the Dinder.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Rahad_ |      16     |  68  |Track continues same with         
                |             |      |occasional bush to the Rahad; a   
                |             |      |few tukls here. Rahad in pools.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hawata_      |      3      |  71  |Three miles on down stream, Hawata
                |             |      |is reached on the right bank. Here
                |             |      |there is a pool a ¼ mile long.    
                |             |      |Fine sunt trees.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


              26.—ROSEIRES TO ABU SHANEINA BY RIGHT BANK.              

                   BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN, R.E., 1900.                   

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Roseires      |      —      |  —   |Mamuria, about 50 feet above the  
                |             |      |river on one of the steep spurs,  
                |             |      |which form the escarpment between 
                |             |      |the general level of the country  
                |             |      |and the lower river bank. For the 
                |             |      |first 2 miles the road winds round
                |             |      |these spurs close to the river.   
                |             |      |The road hilly. Then leaving the  
                |             |      |river it gets into flat country   
                |             |      |with thick thorn bush.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¾     |  2¾  |Path leads to El Damazin, a small 
                |             |      |village on the river (not         
                |             |      |visited).                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Zago_    |      2¾     |  5½  |Village lies to the east of the   
                |             |      |road and N. of the khor (not      
                |             |      |visited).                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Abu     |      1      |  6½  |A well defined channel 20 yards   
  Zagoli_       |             |      |wide, banks 10 feet high, and     
                |             |      |steep. Halting place for water 200
                |             |      |yards S. of the khor. Water from  
                |             |      |the Nile about 1 mile. Cultivation
                |             |      |at the mouth of the khor. Shelter 
                |             |      |tukls at halting place.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Kharaba_  |      3      |  9½  |Three ways lead to the village    
                |             |      |which lies E. of the road not     
                |             |      |visited. Recognised camping       
                |             |      |ground, much overgrown with trees 
                |             |      |and little clear space. No tukls, 
                |             |      |¼ mile to water. From here to     
                |             |      |about the 15th mile the river is  
                |             |      |inaccessible, country flat, road  
                |             |      |good. At 15 miles it approaches   
                |             |      |the river on a high bluff, and    
                |             |      |Dakhila can be seen. Thence road  
                |             |      |descends and would in the wet     
                |             |      |season be very swampy. Thick      
                |             |      |jungle.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dakhila_     |      8½     |  18  |Small village of about 30 tukls.  
                |             |      |Lies very low and has all the     
                |             |      |appearance of being feverish.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water supply in the dry season    
                |             |      |from a muddy pool in a dried up   
                |             |      |channel, bad.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Dakhila the road runs W.     
                |             |      |following the river, passing the  
                |             |      |spurs of J. Maba at about the 22nd
                |             |      |mile, road hilly and stony. After 
                |             |      |passing Maba, country is more     
                |             |      |open.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu Ge   |      7      |  25  |Stony 100 yards wide, banks steep.
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Aiwani   |      ½      | 25½  |100 yards wide, thickly wooded,   
                |             |      |slopes easy.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Yabis_  |      ½      |  26  |A well defined channel 20 yards   
                |             |      |wide, river within easy reach     
                |             |      |between Khor Aiwani and Khor      
                |             |      |Yabis.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Yare     |      1½     | 27½  |A well defined channel 10 yards   
                |             |      |wide.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Gemai_   |      1½     |  29  |Rest tukls on high bank commanding
                |             |      |a fine view of the river. Very    
                |             |      |good camping ground for small     
                |             |      |party. Water close, but road to it
                |             |      |steep. Village of Abu Gemai on    
                |             |      |opposite bank, considerable       
                |             |      |cultivation. J. Fazogli visible.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After Abu Gemai the road leaves   
                |             |      |the river, and water is not       
                |             |      |obtainable for some way.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Zarifa   |      4      |  33  |Very stony, 25 yards wide, said to
                |             |      |rise in J. Dimr, but more probably
                |             |      |in J. Samina. Forms boundary      
                |             |      |between Fazogli and Roseires.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu Gerin|      4½     | 37½  |15 yards wide, sandy. About 1     
                |             |      |mile, and 2 miles further on are  
                |             |      |two small khors and dom palms     
                |             |      |begin.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ardeiba_     |      3      | 40½  |Recognised halting place, but     
                |             |      |tukls burnt down. Water 200 yards 
                |             |      |distant. River narrows to about   
                |             |      |150 yards, river bank consisting  
                |             |      |of shingle cliffs. Village of     
                |             |      |Ardeiba opposite scattered tukls  
                |             |      |with little cultivation.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El       |      1½     |  42  |Wide valley ½ mile, well defined  
  Masella       |             |      |channel in middle.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor El      |      2¼     | 44¼  |Road to Famaka goes straight on,  
  Ghana_        |             |      |that to Abu Shaneina turns down   
                |             |      |the bed of the khor and leads to  
                |             |      |the ferry. Very rough stony       
                |             |      |foreshore.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Shaneina |      ¾      |  45  |One boat capable of taking horses.
  Ferry_        |             |      |Crossing about 300 yards. Village 
                |             |      |consists of scattered tukls among 
                |             |      |cultivation. Starting place for   
                |             |      |most of the caravans to Beni      
                |             |      |Shangul and Fadassi. Gold coinage 
                |             |      |(native) obtainable, also sheep   
                |             |      |and dura. A few donkeys.          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 27.—SENGA _viâ_ DURRABA TO UM EL RUG.

                BY CAPTAIN H. F. S. AMERY, MARCH, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Mena          |      —      |  —   |Opposite to Senga, on R. bank Blue
                |             |      |Nile, Sheikh Adlan, descendant of 
                |             |      |Fung Sultans of Sennar Fungs and  
                |             |      |Hawazma. Broad well, defined      
                |             |      |track, good going.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lueisa_ (on  |     15½     | 15½  |Sheikh Ali Wad Idris, El Hamada,  
  Dinder)       |             |      |and some Ashraf. At Lueisa also   
                |             |      |lives Sheikh El Agab, Head Sheikh 
                |             |      |of Dinder.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track keeps away from river to cut
                |             |      |off bends, direction about S.E.   
                |             |      |Cultivation near village.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Saba       |      7½     |  23  |Jungle closes in on both sides    
                |             |      |track after Kakum.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khamisa       |      4½     | 27½  |Track well defined, soon after    
                |             |      |Khamisa enters bed of river, and  
  _Abu Hashim_  |      7½     |  35  |comes out again same side.        
                |             |      |Cultivation at villages, dura and 
                |             |      |semsem.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hagar      |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Murafa_      |      7½     | 42½  |Most of villages on Dinder are    
                |             |      |near pools, some have to dig for  
                |             |      |water in river bed.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Bashush   |      2½     |  45  |Some game seen, oribi, reedbuck,  
                |             |      |&c.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Durraba_     |      7½     | 52½  |Last inhabited place on Dinder.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      8      | 60½  |Large pool.                       
  Sherif_       |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
   „  _Rekeba_  |      —      |  —   |Path less clearly defined; black  
                |             |      |cotton soil, badly cracked;       
   „  _Abgir_   |      5½     |  66  |shadeless; tracks and droppings of
                |             |      |elephants abundant from Duraba    
                |             |      |whole way up Dinder. After this   
                |             |      |see no more people on Dinder.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Koka_        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Laban_    |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Refadik_     |     12½     | 78½  |All places from Durraba onwards   
                |             |      |are only water pools, but were    
                |             |      |mostly hellets in old government  
                |             |      |days. Water on Dinder excellent   
                |             |      |throughout, pools more frequent   
                |             |      |higher up river.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad El Haj_  |      11     | 89½  |After Refadik country looks more  
                |             |      |interesting, and good deal of game
                |             |      |seen, ariel plentiful, fresh      
                |             |      |elephant and buffalo tracks. From 
                |             |      |here a track made by game cuts    
                |             |      |across large bend of river for    
                |             |      |about 2 miles. The only means of  
                |             |      |progress for hamla after this is  
                |             |      |in bed of river. Sand heavy, but  
                |             |      |suits the camels well.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Gazar_|      5      | 94½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gelagu_ |     10½     | 105  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
    „   Masawik |      1½     | 106½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Beit El Wahesh|      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Dueim_    |      7      | 113½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Semsir_      |      2½     | 116  |Name applies to district around.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Bilbis_   |      13     | 129  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um El Rug_   |      4½     | 133½ |In this neighbourhood game is     
                |             |      |plentiful, such as elephant,      
                |             |      |buffalo, roan, hartebeest, tiang, 
                |             |      |ariel reedbuck, ostrich, warthog, 
                |             |      |&c. There are also heglig, talh,  
                |             |      |kittr, hashab, sunt, kakamot and  
                |             |      |suba trees. Forests much damaged  
                |             |      |by jungle fires all along Dinder. 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             28.—MOUTH OF KHOR GELAGU (DINDER) TO GALLABAT.            

                BY CAPTAIN H. F. S. AMERY, MARCH, 1903.                

  --------------+----------------------+--------------------------------
                |        Miles.        |
                +-------------+--------+
      Place.    |             | Total  |          Description.                    
                |Intermediate.|  from  |                                
                |             |Durraba.|                                
  --------------+-------------+--------+--------------------------------
  _Khor Gelagu_ |      —      |  53½   |A tributary on R. bank of       
                |             |        |Dinder, 53½ miles above Durraba.
                |             |        |                                
                |             |        |Track (made by game) keeps away 
                |             |        |from Gelagu on R. bank, going   
  _Farsh El     |      —      |   —    |pretty good; woods (not dense)  
  Ghani_        |             |        |alternating with large open     
                |             |        |plains, covered with high grass,
  „ „ _Sanei_   |      —      |   —    |called farshes. Ras Amer is a   
                |             |        |long shallow lake, the west end 
  _Maya Ras     |      6      |  59½   |about 1 mile from Gelagu (which 
  Amer_ (west   |             |        |winds very much), at this time  
  end of)       |             |        |(March) 2 miles long E. and W.  
                |             |        |by 150 to 300 yards broad. East 
                |             |        |end about 2½ miles from Gelagu. 
                |             |        |Open plains; either end of lake 
                |             |        |swarming with game, water of    
                |             |        |lake very thick and slimy, with 
                |             |        |fishy taste owing to millions of
                |             |        |pelicans, geese, &c. Gave       
                |             |        |several of our men sore throats.
                |             |        |                                
  Camp          |      7½     |   67   |Strike N.N.E. for Rahad (camp on
                |             |        |road), badly cracked cotton     
                |             |        |soil, yellow reed grass and     
                |             |        |sparsely scattered trees, but no
                |             |        |obstacle to hamla marching in   
                |             |        |any direction across country,   
                |             |        |provided a couple of men go in  
                |             |        |front with axes to lop off      
                |             |        |branches.                       
                |             |        |                                
  _Warre_       |     10½     |  77½   |Strike Rahad at Warre, which    
                |             |        |like all places mentioned here  
                |             |        |on the Rahad, used to be        
                |             |        |flourishing hella in old        
                |             |        |government days, but now        
                |             |        |absolutely deserted, and nothing
                |             |        |to show that human beings have  
  Wad Dam       |      2½     |   80   |ever been there.                
                |             |        |                                
  _Wad Shusha_  |      2½     |  82½   |River winds very much going     
                |             |        |alternately in every direction  
                |             |        |of compass, but doubtful if any 
                |             |        |time saved by marching through  
                |             |        |jungle on either bank-bed 50 to 
                |             |        |80 yards wide.                  
                |             |        |                                
  _Araki_       |      6      |  88½   |All these places are on good    
                |             |        |pools.                          
                |             |        |                                
  _Deleib Mugda_|      4      |  92½   |   „      „      „                           
                |             |        |                                
  _El Ebeik_    |      4      |  96½   |   „      „      „              
                |             |        |                                
  _Wad Arud_    |      5      |  101½  |   „      „      „              
                |             |        |                                
  _Um Dakin_    |      2½     |  104   |   „      „      „              
                |             |        |                                
                |             |        |Bed of river begins to be rocky 
                |             |        |in places and going rough and   
                |             |        |bad for loaded camels; pools    
                |             |        |more numerous, not over 40 yards
                |             |        |wide in most places.            
                |             |        |                                
  _Mukleil_     |      5      |  109   |After here, better to march on  
                |             |        |R. bank, river bed stony.       
                |             |        |                                
  _Meshra Abid_ |      12     |  121   |Soon after M. Abid leave river  
                |             |        |and strike N.E. for Gallabat,   
                |             |        |soon strike on to track which   
                |             |        |goes from Gallabat to Hawata    
                |             |        |made by government last year.   
                |             |        |This road was made chiefly to   
                |             |        |enable cattle owners to take    
                |             |        |their cattle down Rahad, but    
                |             |        |they all prefer to go _viâ_     
                |             |        |Gedaref because of the lions.   
                |             |        |The road is used to a small     
                |             |        |extent by honey seekers from    
                |             |        |Gallabat. Cotton soil badly     
                |             |        |cracked.                        
                |             |        |                                
  _Babikr_      |     28½     |  149½  |No water till Babikr-hella;     
                |             |        |consists of several small groups
                |             |        |of huts, cultivation, dukhn,    
                |             |        |semsem, cotton, dura.           
                |             |        |Inhabitants Takruris, Fors,     
                |             |        |Gunjara, &c. Country begins to  
                |             |        |be more undulating, red         
                |             |        |sandstone, alternating with bad 
                |             |        |cotton soil till Gallabat, stony
                |             |        |in parts, bad going for camels. 
                |             |        |                                
  _Yunes_       |      —      |   —    |Village; well.                  
                |             |        |                                
  _Basunda_     |      6½     |  156   |  „       „                             
                |             |        |                                
  Kurunkula     |      —      |   —    |                                
                |             |        |                                
  _Wallak_      |      14     |  170   |Sheikh of Gallabat and of these 
                |             |        |villages—El Sheikh Sheraf       
                |             |        |Abdalla. Well.                  
                |             |        |                                
  _Khor Otruk_  |      9      |  179   |Water in pool in khor.          
                |             |        |                                
  Gallabat      |      5½     |  184½  |                                
  --------------+-------------+--------+--------------------------------


           29.—GALLABAT TO WAD MEDANI, _viâ_ RIVER RAHAD.[17]          

                  BY CAPTAIN C. H. LEWIN, MARCH, 1902.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gallabat      |      —      |  —   |Route follows that to Gedaref as  
                |             |      |far as Khor Otruk.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Otruk_  |      6      |  6   |Road here diverges to W., crossing
                |             |      |Khor Yabis. Water in holes in khor
  Khor Yabis    |      ½      |  6½  |to right of track under large     
                |             |      |ardeib tree. Road proceeds W. up  
                |             |      |valley through some cultivation   
                |             |      |passing village of Sultan.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Sultan        |      ½      |  7   |Well in course of construction.   
                |             |      |Water not yet (March, 1902) found 
                |             |      |at 30 feet, but said to be near.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road winds on through forest, up  
                |             |      |valley, high wooded hills on      
                |             |      |either side, crosses spurs and    
                |             |      |khors. Owing to loose stones and  
                |             |      |steep gradients, camels can only  
                |             |      |do 2½ miles an hour.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Ras El Fil    |      3      |  10  |Track passes over low pass close  
                |             |      |under this hill, which is highest 
                |             |      |point of N. ridge, and descends   
                |             |      |gradually to                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wallak_      |      2½     | 12½  |Wallak, a scattered village of    
                |             |      |Kunjaras, one well 40 feet, fair  
                |             |      |water, 2 rakubas, about 5 acres of
                |             |      |cotton, and fair amount of other  
                |             |      |cultivation. Road proceeds over   
                |             |      |more level and open country, red  
                |             |      |gravel soil, and rises to a neck  
                |             |      |just S. of Kabushi.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Kabushi |      1      | 13½  |A conical grass covered hill. Path
                |             |      |descends sharply to water in      
  _Water_       |      1      | 14½  |hollow to right of track, but     
                |             |      |nearly empty by middle of March.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Karnakala_   |      ½      |  15  |Village of Kunjaras. About 12     
                |             |      |acres of cotton and considerable  
                |             |      |amount of other cultivation. Two  
                |             |      |wells in khor just under village, 
                |             |      |water at 6 feet good and          
                |             |      |plentiful. Rakuba by wells under  
                |             |      |ardeib tree. The Sheikh Ali Seru  
                |             |      |said he was a soldier with Gordon 
                |             |      |Pasha.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track passes through village,     
                |             |      |turning S. just outside for a     
                |             |      |short distance.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Going not too good, stony, and as 
                |             |      |path is only used by donkeys, is  
                |             |      |narrow for camels, who stumble a  
                |             |      |good deal.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu Jamfa|      3      |  18  |Open khor; small amount of water  
                |             |      |in holes.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kuka_        |      2      |  20  |Village of Kunjaras. Water comes  
                |             |      |out of rock at bottom of deep     
                |             |      |rocky khor, which is overhung by  
                |             |      |large tebeldi tree of about 10    
                |             |      |feet diameter. Road winds S. and  
                |             |      |then W. again, passing villages of
                |             |      |Basunda and Yunis at about ½ mile 
                |             |      |interval. These draw their water  
                |             |      |from a deep rocky khor half way   
                |             |      |between Kuka and Basunda. Good    
                |             |      |rakubas at all of them.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Babikr_      |      6      |  26  |Going improves as this village is 
                |             |      |reached. Road still winds through 
                |             |      |forest country. Very little water 
                |             |      |left in well. Good rakuba. Sheikh 
                |             |      |describes this as half-way between
                |             |      |Rahad and Gallabat. Track winds to
                |             |      |S.W. and going becomes very bad   
                |             |      |again. Cotton soil, which gives   
                |             |      |under camels as they go along.    
                |             |      |Track very indistinct in places.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Domajura      |      9      |  35  |Road winds between 2 stony low    
                |             |      |hills of this name. On W. side a  
                |             |      |well dug in the rock said to have 
                |             |      |been made by Sheik Saleh Bey,     
                |             |      |formerly of Gallabat. No water    
                |             |      |now, and a bad smell emanates from
                |             |      |it.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  Hag Bakhit    |      3      |  38  |Track passes over low rocky column
                |             |      |of this name. One mile N.W. is    
                |             |      |ruined Deim of brother of Saleh   
                |             |      |Bey. It lies on top of hill named 
                |             |      |Zurga.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Sirri_|      9      |  47  |Track gradually descends to River 
  or Abid (?)   |             |      |Rahad passing a few stony         
                |             |      |hillocks. Bad going, over cotton  
                |             |      |soil all the way. Meshra 2 miles  
                |             |      |N. of steep rocky hill Jebel      
                |             |      |Surur.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good camping ground in zeriba. A  
                |             |      |certain number of nomad           
                |             |      |inhabitants who come down to fish 
                |             |      |appear to make this a halting     
                |             |      |place. Water clear, good, and pool
                |             |      |deep. Swarms with fish and        
                |             |      |crocodile, and from tracks appear 
                |             |      |to be favourite watering place of 
                |             |      |much game, including elephant and 
                |             |      |lion.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Babikr there cannot be said  
                |             |      |to be any defined track. The way  
                |             |      |is shown by blazed trees and      
                |             |      |stumps of trees cut down by       
                |             |      |clearing party. The whole way     
                |             |      |practically is bad going, both for
                |             |      |camels and donkeys, owing to      
                |             |      |rotten black cotton soil. Camels  
                |             |      |go at a slow walk only. From Kuka 
                |             |      |onwards the route is waterless,   
                |             |      |but there are plenty of likely    
                |             |      |looking places where water might  
                |             |      |be found if wells were dug.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Meshra Sirri, route runs     
                |             |      |roughly N.W. along right bank of  
                |             |      |Rahad, it is marked by blazed     
                |             |      |trees here and there. At times    
                |             |      |going very bad over cotton soil.  
                |             |      |Camels get along with difficulty  
                |             |      |at slow walk. Sometimes going is  
                |             |      |good, but only for short time.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |     11¾     | 58¾  |Plenty of water in pool; good     
  Kakamut_      |             |      |shade; zeriba; banks very steep   
                |             |      |down to water and difficult for   
                |             |      |camels.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Myat  |      1½     | 60¼  |Track rises on to a broad low bank
  Bringi_       |             |      |by riverside, which is evidently  
                |             |      |an island when river is in flood. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Ghaba |      2¼     | 62½  |Zeriba, water ¼ mile up stream,   
  Susa_         |             |      |small amount, and very green.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bendego_     |      2¾     | 65¼  |Zeriba and meshra. Banks very     
                |             |      |steep down to water. Quarter mile 
                |             |      |further on the track passes group 
                |             |      |of 11 very large tebeldi trees,   
                |             |      |one of which has diameter 21 feet.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      6½     | 71¾  |Zeriba by large tebeldi tree,     
  tebeldi_      |             |      |water ¼ mile up stream, very steep
                |             |      |bank and not much shade.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      3      | 74¾  |Sangafut, an island in stream when
  Sangafut_     |             |      |river is in flood. Pool ¼ mile up 
                |             |      |stream. Banks steep down to pool. 
                |             |      |Good shade just above. Meshra not 
                |             |      |at all apparent from road. Zeriba 
                |             |      |can be seen from road, is built on
                |             |      |the bank and is half way between  
                |             |      |water and island of Sangafut.     
                |             |      |Water plentiful.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Between this and Ghaba Susa track 
                |             |      |passes across several shallow     
                |             |      |khors but no water in them.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      7½     | 82¼  |Half a mile from meshra, and      
  Deresa_       |             |      |zeriba track strikes river at spot
                |             |      |where broad belt of long grass    
                |             |      |intervenes between it and river   
                |             |      |bed. Follows curve of river round 
                |             |      |on high ground to zeriba, which is
                |             |      |at a spot on the curve where the  
                |             |      |river is running from N.E. to S.W.
                |             |      |Very steep path down to water     
                |             |      |immediately to W. end of zeriba,  
                |             |      |which was impossible for camels,  
                |             |      |but one just possible ¼ mile E. of
                |             |      |zeriba. Water plentiful in pool   
                |             |      |and good. From here on trees      
                |             |      |decrease in size and become less  
                |             |      |dense. Guide said this was        
                |             |      |formerly a large village and a    
                |             |      |battalion was stationed here,     
                |             |      |which was cut up by Abyssinians 35
                |             |      |or 40 years ago. The place was    
                |             |      |destroyed by Dervishes. The town  
                |             |      |was ½ mile N.W. of meshra and     
                |             |      |zeriba. Several lions heard here. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Betul_   |      2½     | 84¾  |Meshra, no zeriba, road           
                |             |      |immediately above stream, and     
                |             |      |country much more open here. From 
                |             |      |here blazing of trees is          
                |             |      |discontinued, and direction has to
                |             |      |be kept (1902) by compass and     
                |             |      |stream. Rate of progress cannot be
                |             |      |reckoned at more than 2 miles per 
                |             |      |hour.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Semsem_ |      7½     | 92¼  |Broad shelving grass-grown khor   
                |             |      |running in direction from N.E. to 
                |             |      |S.W. runs into river here. Bad    
                |             |      |meshra just N.W. of it, little    
                |             |      |shade, and very steep banks. Water
                |             |      |green. 1½ miles from Semsem the   
                |             |      |river bed widens and becomes      
                |             |      |muddy—until now it has always been
                |             |      |sandy—very good grass grows on the
                |             |      |part from which water has receded.
                |             |      |                                  
  Island (name  |      3      | 95¼  |River doubles back and runs nearly
  unknown)      |             |      |S.E. and flows round an island.   
                |             |      |Track follows several broad and   
                |             |      |very grassy and bushy khors which 
                |             |      |caused wide détours.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¼     | 97½  |Good spot for camp immediately    
                |             |      |above a large pool. Banks steep   
                |             |      |and thickly wooded, though        
                |             |      |immediate site of camp clear.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The island seems to come to an end
                |             |      |about ¼ mile further down stream. 
                |             |      |From here the track becomes plain 
                |             |      |again, the tree felling and       
                |             |      |blazing is regular and            
                |             |      |systematical, and easily followed.
                |             |      |Going improves and camels can     
                |             |      |occasionally trot. Country becomes
                |             |      |more open and track crosses       
                |             |      |several shallow khors.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      6      | 103½ |Track strikes river at a broad re-
  Abrakuba_     |             |      |entrant bend. Plentiful supply of 
                |             |      |water and gently shelving banks   
                |             |      |easy for any animals to water.    
                |             |      |Good camping and grazing ground by
                |             |      |the river.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shammam_     |      —      |  —   |A small tukl village of Dinka     
                |             |      |colonists. Sheikh Dik Malek. Is   
                |             |      |situated to left of track on      
                |             |      |rising ground among trees above   
                |             |      |river. Dura cultivation shows its 
                |             |      |presence at some distance from the
                |             |      |track, from which it is itself    
                |             |      |invisible. Poor supplies; a little
                |             |      |dura was obtained after some      
                |             |      |difficulty. Water good and        
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here track bends inland from 
                |             |      |river crossing the shallow khors  
                |             |      |of Wad Bikr and Malwia. The track 
                |             |      |is indistinct and hard to follow  
                |             |      |owing to clearing having been done
                |             |      |in most erratic fashion. Camels   
                |             |      |have to proceed at a walk. After  
                |             |      |7½ miles track, strikes the river 
                |             |      |again, which is dry here, and is  
                |             |      |running round a large island,     
                |             |      |Geziret Fatna. Two miles further  
                |             |      |on comes                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      9½     | 119  |A large shallow pool rapidly      
  Geziret Fatna_|             |      |drying up. Track runs along this  
                |             |      |pool for about 1 mile over rough  
                |             |      |going where the two branches of   
                |             |      |the river round Geziret Fatna re- 
                |             |      |unite and track strikes N. and    
                |             |      |then trends round to river again, 
                |             |      |striking it at Wad El Kashedi.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad El       |      2½     | 121½ |A good pool, but banks steep,     
  Kashedi_      |             |      |looks as if an old canal formerly 
                |             |      |ran into river from W. Jebel      
                |             |      |Mogadad appears in distance in E. 
                |             |      |direction. Going still bad. Cotton
                |             |      |soil, but fewer trees.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track follows close to river bank,
                |             |      |water occasionally in pools, but  
                |             |      |banks steep. Two miles from Hawata
                |             |      |track improves and enters belt of 
                |             |      |trees through which it is well    
                |             |      |cleared. Some cultivation about in
                |             |      |cleared patches.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Hawata        |      7½     | 129  |Fair-sized tukl village of        
                |             |      |Hamadas. Fair supplies and good   
                |             |      |pool of water immediately beside  
                |             |      |village. Track from here improves 
                |             |      |greatly. It is well cleared and   
                |             |      |camels can trot. The journey from 
                |             |      |Gallabat to Hawata cut the feet of
                |             |      |4 out of 5 camels so badly that   
                |             |      |they were unable to proceed       
                |             |      |further. Between Meshra Sirri and 
                |             |      |Hawata game very plentiful.       
                |             |      |Numerous tracks of elephants;     
                |             |      |lions were heard each night.      
                |             |      |Giraffe seen twice. Ariel         
                |             |      |frequently seen in enormous herds 
                |             |      |of over 100. North of Hawata no   
                |             |      |more lions or elephants, and ariel
                |             |      |became scarce. I saw natives      
                |             |      |coursing gazelle, and they say    
                |             |      |they hunt a good deal.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Girbu_       |      2      | 131  |From Hawata, track winds through  
                |             |      |trees and long grass to small tukl
                |             |      |village on river bank with some   
                |             |      |scattered tukls further on.       
                |             |      |Country opens out into large grass
                |             |      |plains dotted with bushes and     
                |             |      |clumps of trees.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nuwar_       |      8      | 139  |A small tukl village to left of   
                |             |      |track some way back from river.   
                |             |      |Jebel Beila at right angles to    
                |             |      |track, N.E.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wadi Nagami_ |      3      | 142  |A new tukl village of Hamadas     
                |             |      |rapidly springing up. Over 30     
                |             |      |tukls already built. People said  
                |             |      |to be returning from khors and    
                |             |      |jebels round. A few sheep, no     
                |             |      |camels.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mafasa_      |      1      | 143  |Another rapidly increasing village
                |             |      |of Hamadas. Signs of old tukls    
                |             |      |shown. There are now over 30 new  
                |             |      |ones.[18] Sheep and oxen, but no  
                |             |      |camels. About ¼ mile from river. A
                |             |      |little dura cultivated. From here,
                |             |      |track passes through grass plains 
                |             |      |and trees for 3 miles, and then   
                |             |      |gets into thick bush country for  
                |             |      |another 3 miles, rising slowly the
                |             |      |whole time till it suddenly       
                |             |      |emerges on top of cleared, broken,
  _Abraham_     |      6      | 149  |and hillocky ground, from which it
                |             |      |descends sharply into and crosses 
                |             |      |the river bed which is dry here.  
                |             |      |After crossing the river track    
                |             |      |turns S.W. following round S. edge
                |             |      |of a dry shallow branch of the    
                |             |      |river, which is lined thickly on  
                |             |      |either bank by good-sized trees   
                |             |      |through which path winds and      
                |             |      |gradually works round to N.E.     
                |             |      |direction.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Muttu_       |      5      | 154  |Meshra and various shifting tukl  
                |             |      |villages, some inhabited, some    
                |             |      |deserted. People appear to come   
                |             |      |here to build tukls before the    
                |             |      |rains begin, sow and reap dura on 
                |             |      |open spaces between the trees, and
                |             |      |then move on. From here track is  
                |             |      |well defined though crossed by    
                |             |      |numerous other tracks. Trees,     
                |             |      |except on immediate river bank,   
                |             |      |cease.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Karakeila_   |      ¾      | 154¾ |Meshra, track to it branches off  
                |             |      |to right.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abbas_       |      4½     | 159¼ |Meshra, invisible from the path.  
                |             |      |Good pool and shade; from this,   
                |             |      |track resumes N.W. direction.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir el Gamal_|     16¾     | 176  |Road forks here into an eye shape.
                |             |      |Good meshra and distinct road down
                |             |      |to it. It is under high trees     
                |             |      |which show on N. side of track on 
                |             |      |river bank about ¼ mile off.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Ghabat        |      4½     | 180½ |Deserted tukl village of 40 huts. 
                |             |      |Jebel Arang is sighted bearing    
                |             |      |N.E.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 185½ |A track turns off N.E. to Jebel   
                |             |      |Arang, and one bears to left      
                |             |      |running direct to Hafar. Main     
                |             |      |track leads on to Meshra Kheiari. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      6½     | 192  |A good meshra with fair shade.    
  Kheiari_      |             |      |Meshra El Gelma at 191½ mile found
                |             |      |dry. Large numbers of camels about
                |             |      |here grazing. From here, track to 
                |             |      |Wad Medani leaves Rahad and runs  
                |             |      |nearly due W. on leaving the      
                |             |      |river, trees and shrubs soon cease
                |             |      |and cotton soil plain is crossed  
                |             |      |to Kheiari a deserted village of  
                |             |      |about 40 tukls; a deep well of    
                |             |      |about 6 feet diameter has been    
                |             |      |dug, but is now dry. Track        
                |             |      |continues W. over plain, ground   
                |             |      |rising slightly to Hafar.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hafeira_     |      4½     | 196½ |Large tukl village over 100 tukls 
                |             |      |all well built. Inhabited by      
                |             |      |different tribes: Jaalin (few)    
                |             |      |Hawazma, Rufaa. One well supplies 
                |             |      |whole village, 72 feet deep and   
                |             |      |about 6 feet wide, very good water
                |             |      |in it. Said never to run dry. Few 
                |             |      |cattle and sheep and other        
                |             |      |supplies. Like all other places   
                |             |      |between this and Gedaref it was   
                |             |      |laid waste by Ahmed Fedil on his  
                |             |      |march to join the Khalifa.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Hafar track runs W. over     
                |             |      |cotton soil, is clearly marked.   
                |             |      |Clumps of trees and bushes in     
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Shebaga       |      14     | 210½ |Small tukl village, few           
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Alarebab_    |      9      | 219½ |Track strikes Blue Nile about 1   
                |             |      |mile N. of Alarebab, and opposite 
  Wad Medani    |      ½      | 220  |Wad Medani. Ferry across to left  
                |             |      |bank.                             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


            30.—ITINERARY OF BLUE NILE—KHARTOUM TO FAZOGLI.            

                BY CAPTAIN H. F. S. AMERY, MARCH, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum      |      —      |  —   |Up to Soba, cultivation good on   
                |             |      |both banks, though confined to a  
                |             |      |narrow strip—Sakias numerous.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Buri          |      3      |  3   |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Kuku          |      1½     |  4½  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gereif     |      2      |  6½  |Island here at low Nile.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Karkoj        |      1¼     |  7¾  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Dom Island |      2      |  9¾  |½ mile above the island are the   
                |             |      |hillas of Um Dom R. and El Hagirat
                |             |      |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Soba          |      4      | 13¾  |On the R. are the ruins of the    
                |             |      |capital of the once flourishing   
                |             |      |kingdom of Alwa; on the L. a small
                |             |      |village. Soba is the name of the  
                |             |      |district on both sides of the     
                |             |      |river, and continues to Soba El   
                |             |      |Taib a village 3 miles further S. 
                |             |      |on the R. bank.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Butri         |      4      | 17¾  |Two villages of this name L. the  
                |             |      |other is 1 mile further N. From   
                |             |      |here on for many miles the        
                |             |      |character of the country does not 
                |             |      |change. The eastern bank is       
                |             |      |covered with thick, low thorn     
                |             |      |jungle, while the western bank is 
                |             |      |open and sandy, very little scrub 
                |             |      |and half grass. There are patches 
                |             |      |of cultivation round the villages,
                |             |      |and when the water falls, a narrow
                |             |      |strip by the foreshore of the     
                |             |      |river is cultivated with heavy    
                |             |      |crops of dura, lubia, sesame,     
                |             |      |melons, and vegetables. Some of   
                |             |      |the islands also are under        
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Eilafun       |      3      | 20¾  |Wood station and village L., a    
                |             |      |track leads from here to Geili    
                |             |      |about 75 miles. About ¼ mile      
                |             |      |inland on the L. is the Government
                |             |      |rest house of Sabil.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Dueikhla      |      1½     | 22¼  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Bageir        |      ¼      | 22½  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Bageir Sharg  |      2½     |  25  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Bageir        |      1      |  26  |L. Another small village of the   
                |             |      |same name.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  El Shereig    |      2      |  28  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gedid      |      1½     | 29½  |L. First of three villages of same
                |             |      |name extending for 1½ miles S.    
                |             |      |Cultivation round the villages.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Awag El Darb  |      3¼     | 32¾  |L. Between here and Masadia, a    
                |             |      |short distance inland on R. bank  
                |             |      |is the village of Sheikh El Obeid.
                |             |      |                                  
  Masadia       |      2½     | 35¼  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Nuba       |      2½     | 37¾  |L. Largish village ½ mile from    
                |             |      |river.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Mahas Island, |      ¾      | 38½  |                                  
  N. end        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Mahas, S. end |      2¼     | 40¾  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Maid          |      1      | 41¾  |Large village L. with Rest house  
                |             |      |on river bank and large mosque.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Alti          |      1½     | 43¾  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Nur        |      1      | 44¼  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Magad      |      3¾     |  48  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Tikena     |      2      |  50  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Bishagra      |      1½     | 51½  |Villages L. and R. The one on L.  
  Island        |             |      |large with three mosques. Former  
                |             |      |Dervish depôt and powder factory. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Fogur         |      1      | 52½  |L. Small village.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Eidag         |      1¼     | 53¾  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Takela        |      ¾      | 54½  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Sayal         |      ½      |  55  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Turabi |      3      |  58  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Esheib    |      1½     | 59½  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Belula        |      ¾      | 60¼  |L.                                
  Kasembar      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Kalkol        |      1¾     | 64½  |L. Opposite S. end of island of   
                |             |      |same name.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kamlin_      |      2½     | 64½  |L. Head quarters of the Blue Nile 
                |             |      |Province, a large and growing     
                |             |      |village with market place, post   
                |             |      |and telegraph offices, and a good 
                |             |      |rest house in a grove of date     
                |             |      |palms at N. end of village.       
                |             |      |Inhabitants Jaalin and Danagla.   
                |             |      |More cultivation from here S.     
                |             |      |Country also much more wooded.    
                |             |      |Rest house.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Metemma       |      1½     |  66  |R. 1 mile inland. The road on the 
                |             |      |R. bank to Rufaa goes inland _viâ_
                |             |      |the villages of Metemma, Branko   
                |             |      |and Deim.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Hamed El Nil  |      5½     | 71½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Branko        |      ½      |  72  |Some way inland R.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Degersi    |      ½      | 72½  |L. Two villages close together.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Abd El Magdi  |      1      | 73½  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Helalia       |      2      | 75½  |R. Large village.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu El Ashr   |      1½     |  77  |L. Helawin district commences     
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Bueida Island |      3½     | 100½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Hegeir        |      3      | 103½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Abu Furur |      3½     | 107  |L. Large village with Government  
                |             |      |Rest house. R. bank wooded.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hassa Hisa_  |      4¾     | 111¾ |L. Commonly called Hassai, largish
                |             |      |village, the direction of the     
                |             |      |river after this is N.E. to Rufaa.
                |             |      |Hassai and Rufaa being at the     
                |             |      |points of the curves of the S.    
                |             |      |known as the Rufaa bend. Rest     
                |             |      |house.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Rufa’a        |      5      | 116¾ |R. Wood station. Former grain     
                |             |      |stores. Ali Wad Abu Sin, and Wakil
                |             |      |el Amin Abu Sin, SS. Alla Hemrab  
                |             |      |L. Rufa’a is said to be the second
                |             |      |largest town on the Blue Nile. It 
                |             |      |stands some little way back from  
                |             |      |the river, and is a fairly        
                |             |      |populous place. Its inhabitants   
                |             |      |are a branch of the Shukria tribe 
                |             |      |of Arabs, and call themselves     
                |             |      |Rufaa-Shukria. Good crops are     
                |             |      |raised on the foreshore and       
                |             |      |islands in the vicinity, and      
                |             |      |melons are cultivated, upon an    
                |             |      |extensive scale on the flats up-  
                |             |      |stream of the town. The river here
                |             |      |is very wide and shallow, and     
                |             |      |navigation in summer is extremely 
                |             |      |difficult.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Amara         |      2      | 118¾ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Abid          |      1      | 119¾ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Ereibab       |      4      | 122¼ |R. About 1½ miles inland.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Belal     |      4½     | 126¾ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Fadassi       |      4      | 130¾ |L. Large village and Rest house.  
                |             |      |Good garden on river bank         
                |             |      |belonging to Omda of village.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Fadassi Amrab |      2      | 132¾ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Tayiba        |      3      | 135¾ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Hamid El Nil  |      1½     | 137¼ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Haraz     |      1½     | 138¾ |Starting place of caravan road to 
                |             |      |Gedaref.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Ushur     |      ¾      | 139½ |R. Mouth of River Rahad. Water    
                |             |      |differs little from that of Blue  
                |             |      |Nile; rather more vegetable       
                |             |      |organic matter. Jungle begins both
                |             |      |banks. This river, which rises in 
                |             |      |the N.W. slopes of the Abyssinian 
                |             |      |mountains, brings down a large    
                |             |      |volume of water when in flood. It 
                |             |      |enters the Nile at an angle of    
                |             |      |70°, and its bed in February was 3
                |             |      |feet higher than the water surface
                |             |      |of the Blue Nile at that time. The
                |             |      |Rahad, with the exception of a few
                |             |      |pools, is dry for many months of  
                |             |      |the year. Its banks at the        
                |             |      |junction are steep and high, quite
                |             |      |39 feet over the bed, which has a 
                |             |      |width of 71 yards. The flood-marks
                |             |      |show that the rise of the Rahad is
                |             |      |from 15 to 19 feet in height. The 
                |             |      |Blue Nile at this junction forms  
                |             |      |an “S” curve, taking a sharp bend 
                |             |      |to the W., and again another to   
                |             |      |the E. Its width, is measured, 595
                |             |      |yards. The banks of the Rahad     
                |             |      |River are covered with thick and  
                |             |      |dense jungle, as are both banks of
                |             |      |the Blue Nile in this reach.      
                |             |      |Shortly before Wad Medani is      
                |             |      |reached, the W. bank becomes open 
                |             |      |again, but the forest on the E.   
                |             |      |bank is continuous.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Medani    |      5      | 144½ |L. Large and flourishing town,    
                |             |      |largest in Sudan after Omdurman.  
                |             |      |Head quarters of Sennar Province. 
                |             |      |Post and telegraph offices. A few 
                |             |      |European shops and good market.   
                |             |      |Civil population about 30,000.    
                |             |      |Soil limestone with sand and      
                |             |      |gravel—healthy; Mosque with high  
                |             |      |tower. Country S. of Wad Medani   
                |             |      |becomes thick jungle especially on
                |             |      |E. bank.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Wad Medani the shortest road 
                |             |      |to Sennar leaves the river and    
                |             |      |goes inland by Sariba, Wad Shenan,
                |             |      |&c., meeting the river again at   
                |             |      |Danagila.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Fil    |      5      | 149½ |On island.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Ereibab       |      1      | 150½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Kurdugeili    |      5      | 155½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Ganneb        |      6½     | 162  |L. About 1¼ miles from R. bank is 
                |             |      |Shabarga, the nearest point to R. 
                |             |      |Rahad at H. Sherif Yakub; about 7 
                |             |      |miles across.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Bagadi        |      2      | 164  |L. Large village.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Abd El Karim  |      6½     | 170½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _H. Sherif    |      1¼     | 171¾ |L. Rest house.                    
  Desis Yusef_  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Doliba        |      1¾     | 173½ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Beriab     |      4½     | 178  |L. Large village on river bank in 
                |             |      |open ground. Supplies plentiful.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Mouth of River|      2      | 180  |Larger and more important river   
  Dinder        |             |      |than Rahad. Breadth at mouth 120  
                |             |      |yards (_see_ page 114, Vol. I).   
                |             |      |                                  
  Hamed         |      6      | 186  |L. Three miles inland is the large
                |             |      |village of Shukaba.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Sogra     |      6¾     | 192¾ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Danagila_    |      5½     | 198¼ |L. Distant from Wad Medani by     
                |             |      |direct road 31½ miles. Rest house.
                |             |      |                                  
  Santobar      |      2      | 200¼ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Banat         |      2      | 202¼ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Barsi El Fadl |      2¼     | 204½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Dai    |      3      | 207½ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Haddad |      ½      | 208  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad El Abbas_|      6½     | 214½ |R. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      5      | 219½ |L. Rest house.                    
  Hagirat_      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Habbania      |      1      | 220½ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Shambata      |      5      | 225½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Deim El       |      5½     | 231  |L.                                
  Mashaikh      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Sharif        |      1½     | 232½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Sennar        |      2½     | 235  |L. Now in ruins and deserted, old 
                |             |      |mosque with high tower still      
                |             |      |standing. _Vide_ Vol. I. Rest     
                |             |      |house at Kabush.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Geili     |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Kassab El Amin|      9      | 244  |R. Opposite large island.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shekh Talha_ |      6½     | 250½ |R. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Ereidiba      |      2      | 252½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Ereidiba      |      2½     | 255  |L. About 2 miles inland—large     
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abdin_       |      4      | 259  |L. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Shoka     |      3      | 262  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Dakhla Shellal|      7      | 269  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Rammash       |      8      | 277  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Mena Yusef    |      6      | 283  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Ghazali|      2      | 285  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Senga_       |      2      | 287  |L. Headquarters of a District and 
                |             |      |Detachment of Regular Troops here.
                |             |      |Rest house.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Mena          |      1      | 288  |R. People: Fungs and Hawazma; the 
                |             |      |sheikh Adlan is the descendant of 
                |             |      |the Fung sultans of Sennar. From  
                |             |      |here a direct road goes to Lueisa 
                |             |      |on the R. Dinder, distance about  
                |             |      |16 miles.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gazair     |      6½     | 294½ |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Brodras       |      7½     | 302  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Karkoj_      |      5      | 307  |R. Rest house. A large straggling 
                |             |      |village, surrounded by bush and   
                |             |      |tall grass. It is close to the    
                |             |      |river, the banks of which are     
                |             |      |steep. Inhabitants very poor and  
                |             |      |of various tribes:—Kongeri,       
                |             |      |Ashraf, Moghrabi, Kamatir, Jaalin 
                |             |      |and Agalin. Village on high       
                |             |      |ground, with small khors at       
                |             |      |intervals running into the river. 
                |             |      |Soil, limestone mixed with sand   
                |             |      |and alluvium—subsoil 9 to 10 feet 
                |             |      |from surface. Three small springs 
                |             |      |of clear water appear at south end
                |             |      |of village, and reach the surface 
                |             |      |of the steep bank 9 feet from the 
                |             |      |top. On the L. bank in Nov. there 
                |             |      |is a large stagnant lagoon, which 
                |             |      |probably increases the            
                |             |      |unhealthiness of the site.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |One hundred and ten hours by steam
                |             |      |from Khartoum.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Karkoj used to be an important    
                |             |      |trading centre in the old days for
                |             |      |gum arabic, tamarinds, cattle,    
                |             |      |cotton, coffee (from Abyssinia),  
                |             |      |vegetables, &c. This used to be   
                |             |      |the last place where one could lay
                |             |      |in stores for further travel.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The river here is at high Nile 470
                |             |      |yards broad, average depth 23     
                |             |      |feet, current 5 miles per hour; at
                |             |      |low Nile the figures are 330      
                |             |      |yards, 8 feet, and 1¼ miles       
                |             |      |respectively.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Surroundings bare. Woods, chiefly 
                |             |      |acacia, &c., begin at some        
                |             |      |distance off.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(Marno took 25 days in a nugger   
                |             |      |from Khartoum to this point, in   
                |             |      |February.)                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Upper Sennar negro race, the  
                |             |      |Hameg, now begin to populate both 
                |             |      |banks; a dirty, indolent race.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Karkoj upwards both banks are
                |             |      |highly cultivated and fertile, but
                |             |      |only on the narrow strip which is 
                |             |      |liable to inundation at flood     
                |             |      |time. Camels become gradually     
                |             |      |replaced by donkeys and oxen. Too 
                |             |      |damp for horses; many mosquitos   
                |             |      |and poisonous flies (_serút_).    
                |             |      |Much rough cloth woven.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track on R. bank lies through     
                |             |      |cultivation and occasional thick  
                |             |      |woods.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Seiru_       |      3      | 310  |L. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Zumorka       |      6      | 316  |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Lanni         |      1      | 317  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Tiga_    |     10½     | 327½ |R. On main track from Karkoj to   
                |             |      |Roseires. Rest house.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Barankwa      |      ½      | 328  |L. Swarms of birds in autumn.     
                |             |      |Water channel 700 yards.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Naama_   |      1½     | 329½ |L. Rather less vegetation; soil   
                |             |      |contains much iron peroxide.      
                |             |      |Reported immune from fever. Rest  
                |             |      |house.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Rumeila       |      3      | 332½ |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Tangaru       |      1½     | 334  |L. El Lakandi R.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Regeiba_     |      6      | 340  |L. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bunzoga_     |      8½     | 348½ |R. Boat building yard (?). Two    
                |             |      |miles before this the Khor El     
                |             |      |Malwai comes on L., and a track   
                |             |      |goes from there to J. Gule. Rest  
                |             |      |house.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  H. Sherif     |      24     | 372½ |R. Well-known point on river.     
  Ahmed         |             |      |Cultivation considerable.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bados_       |      11     | 383½ |R. Rest house.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Gereif_   |      7      | 390½ |R. Village up a back-water. Broad 
                |             |      |conspicuous belt of dom palms     
                |             |      |begins, and continues along ridge 
                |             |      |to Roseires. Rest house.          
                |             |      |                                  
  El Karori     |      2½     | 393  |R. On L. is mouth of Khor Dunia.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Ramad     |      9      | 402  |L.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Roseires_[19]|      3      | 405  |R. End of telegraph. Headquarters 
                |             |      |of a District and residence of    
                |             |      |British Inspector; small garrison,
                |             |      |post and telegraph offices. Old   
                |             |      |Roseires lies 3 miles further     
                |             |      |north. Hilly ground, thick dom    
                |             |      |palms along banks. Mimosa woods to
                |             |      |the E. Plenty of game.            
                |             |      |Obstructions in the river begin   
                |             |      |some miles before here, and this  
                |             |      |is the limit of navigation for    
                |             |      |steamers or boats. About 2 miles  
                |             |      |south begin the Roseires          
                |             |      |cataracts. Malarial fever prevails
                |             |      |during October and November. The  
                |             |      |soil here is composed of alluvium 
                |             |      |overlying granite, in which the   
                |             |      |quartz and mica are small-grained,
                |             |      |evenly distributed throughout,    
                |             |      |with a minimum of felspar. Less   
                |             |      |frequently the blocks are of large
                |             |      |grained quartz, combined with     
                |             |      |felspar. The granite has been     
                |             |      |extensively disintegrated.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Zoghali_ |      8      | 413  |R. Mouth of khor of same name.    
                |             |      |Rest house.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Dakhla_   |      11     | 424  |R. Best camping ground is where   
                |             |      |hospital was established after    
                |             |      |fight with Ahmed Fedil, 25th      
                |             |      |December, 1898. The village is    
                |             |      |over a mile from the river inland.
                |             |      |Village Iwan marked on map is     
                |             |      |deserted. Latter part of road is  
                |             |      |thick jungle, and several deep    
                |             |      |khors intersect the path. Rest    
                |             |      |house.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Gemai_   |     12½     | 436½ |L. Abu Gemai, village on W. bank, 
                |             |      |about 20 people. Rest house.      
                |             |      |Sheikh el Imam Ramadan. Open road 
                |             |      |the greater part of the way, but  
                |             |      |there are several deep khors      
                |             |      |bounded by thick jungle. In 11th  
                |             |      |mile you come to watering place,  
                |             |      |Ardeiba.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Ardeiba       |      11     | 447½ |R. Watering place.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Sheneina_|      3½     | 451  |L. Abu Sheneina, a village on W.  
                |             |      |bank, about 200 people; Sheikh Abd
                |             |      |el Wahid Abu Shenein. Rest house. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Famaka        |      9      | 460  |R. The latter part of road is very
                |             |      |rough indeed, going over shoulder 
                |             |      |of J. Fazogli; very steep and     
                |             |      |rocky about 2 to 3 miles.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Fazogli       |      1      | 461  |L. Easy path.                     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 10: No water here, January, 1901.]

[Footnote 11: There is now (1904) a colony of Baggara Arabs who were
sent to this district after the fall of Omdurman (1893).]

[Footnote 12: This road has recently been straightened and improved.]

[Footnote 13: Not the same as Durraba on the Dinder.]

[Footnote 14: This report is on the old route. The new route at times
follows the old one and at times the telegraph line, but the watering
places are the same on both routes.]

[Footnote 15: On the 28th March, 1902, there were only a few inches
of water in the well, and it took an hour to water 13 camels, using
2 girbas.—(Bonham-Carter).]

[Footnote 16: Uninhabited in March, 1902 (Bonham-Carter).]

[Footnote 17: Some of the names in this report will probably be
unknown to many guides.]

[Footnote 18: Mafasa has rapidly developed, and now (1904) is about
to be made the Head-Quarters of a District.]

[Footnote 19: Rest houses on left bank between Regeiba and Roseires
are at M. Gurra, Moya Ahmar, Abkok, and El Disa; on right bank,
between El Gereif and Roseires, at Magangani.]




                               CHAPTER V.                              

                            (CENTRAL SUDAN.)                           

                               * * * * *                               

     31.—KHARTOUM TO WAD MEDANI, SENNAR, SENGA, AND KARKOJ, UP LEFT    
                          BANK OF BLUE NILE.

        COMPILED FROM REPORTS BY MAJOR DE ROUGEMONT AND CAPTAIN        
                            H. F. S. AMERY.

                        _Corrected up to_ 1904.                        


Between Khartoum and Wad Medani there are rest houses at the following
places: Sabil, Masid, Kamlin, Hassa Hisa and Mesellemia; these places
are on an average about 18 miles apart. The fee per night payable
to the Sheikh in charge is 5 P.T., in return for which an angarib,
zeer and water are provided. Eggs, milk, fowls, &c., are generally
procurable, but these are of course not included in the 5 P.T.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum      |      —      |  —   |The road passes over an open plain
  (Palace)      |             |      |after leaving the old line of     
                |             |      |fortifications (gate 1 mile from  
                |             |      |palace), passing Buri District,   
                |             |      |comprising 3 villages, to the     
                |             |      |left; then through Gereif         
                |             |      |district; 7 villages, population  
                |             |      |about 1,000; opposite third       
                |             |      |village the road is ½ mile from   
                |             |      |river; road runs over flat open   
                |             |      |plain; cultivation—dura, cotton,  
                |             |      |dukhn, and vegetables in small    
                |             |      |quantities round each village. A  
                |             |      |track also leads straight to the  
                |             |      |Sabil Rest house, by following    
  Um Dom Island |      —      |  —   |which about 1 mile is saved.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      7½     |  7½  |Not inhabited.                    
  Hagar or      |             |      |                                  
  Hageirat_     |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road passes in straight line from 
                |             |      |Khartoum to Meshra El Hagar or    
                |             |      |Hageirat; at this point it meets  
                |             |      |the river; excellent watering     
                |             |      |place only, no village. The       
                |             |      |village of Um Dom (R.) is exactly 
                |             |      |opposite Meshra El Hagar.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Soba_        |      4      | 11½  |A small village of tukls on the R.
                |             |      |bank. Fourteen miles from Khartoum
                |             |      |there is good watering place, no  
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Sabil_    |      6      | 17½  |Rest house. No village.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Bageir_   |      1½     |  19  |On river bank, 1½ miles from road,
                |             |      |population 200. Through Sabil Kasm
                |             |      |El Sid District; signs of ruined  
                |             |      |village on side of road, from     
                |             |      |which Eilafun can be seen, bearing
                |             |      |55°.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Goz Shereig_ |      —      |  —   |On R. bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gedid_       |      7      |  26  |Population 1,000; cultivation     
                |             |      |round villages (3). Track passes  
                |             |      |over barren treeless plain to     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masudia_     |      5½     | 31½  |Village on River, population 500; 
                |             |      |cultivation between village and   
                |             |      |river.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nuba_        |      2¼     | 33¾  |A large village, mud houses,      
                |             |      |population 1,000; good            
                |             |      |cultivation. Encamped ½ mile south
                |             |      |of Nuba.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Masid_    |      5      | 38¾  |Rest house. Road still through    
                |             |      |open plain. No cultivation between
                |             |      |Nuba and Masid, nor at latter.    
                |             |      |Inhabitants cultivate opposite    
                |             |      |bank. Large village with mosque.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Alti_        |      1      | 39¾  |A straggling village ¾ mile long, 
                |             |      |population 1,500; bank of river   
                |             |      |cultivated.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Magad_    |      3      | 42¾  |Village ½ mile long, population   
                |             |      |300.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Tikeina_  |      1¾     | 44½  |Population 200. Encamped in open  
                |             |      |plain ½ mile south of village;    
                |             |      |good watering place; no grazing.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bishagra El  |      2      | 46½  |Large village, 3 mosques. Bishagra
  Gharbi_       |             |      |El Sharki on opposite bank.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fadl El      |      1      | 47½  |A small village on river bank,    
  Fogur_        |             |      |population 150.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Takela_   |      2¼     | 49¾  |Straggling village, population    
                |             |      |800, ½ mile from road on bank of  
                |             |      |river. Traces of rain cultivation.
                |             |      |Another village on right of road, 
                |             |      |1 mile further south, also called 
                |             |      |El Takela.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad El       |      2¾     | 52½  |A large village, with large       
  Turabi_       |             |      |mosque, ½ mile from river. There  
                |             |      |is a small village on river bank  
                |             |      |under trees (mimosa). Rain-       
                |             |      |cultivated dura commences on right
                |             |      |of road. Plenty of cultivation on 
                |             |      |river bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kasembar_    |      2½     |  55  |A small village of Kamlin         
                |             |      |district, ¼ mile from road,       
                |             |      |population 200. The road now      
                |             |      |enters the Kamlin district, which 
                |             |      |stretches as far as Abu El Ashr.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Heleila_  |      1      |  56  |A small village of Kamlin district
                |             |      |1¼ mile left of road, population  
                |             |      |200.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kalkol_      |      —      |  —   |Same as El Heleila. A thick grove 
                |             |      |of Dom palms close to village.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kamlin_      |      2½     | 58½  |A large village, population 1,500,
                |             |      |with thin grove of date palms on  
                |             |      |north side with rest house. Market
                |             |      |place, dura obtainable. There are 
                |             |      |government farms and old ruined   
                |             |      |indigo factory. A good camping    
                |             |      |ground on south side of village.  
                |             |      |The road to Kamlin is quite       
                |             |      |suitable for wheel traffic. The   
                |             |      |inhabitants of Kamlin seem        
                |             |      |prosperous. The Gezira seems well 
                |             |      |supplied with grass. The road now 
                |             |      |passes through more cultivation;  
                |             |      |rain-cultivation dura on both     
                |             |      |sides of road. Head Quarters of   
                |             |      |Blue Nile Province (P.T.O.).      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Degersi_  |      6½     |  65  |Two small villages, population    
                |             |      |700, 1 mile east of road; nearly  
                |             |      |all straw tukls. Near here another
                |             |      |small village on bank Abd El      
                |             |      |Magdi, population 200; river      
                |             |      |cultivation. One mile south on    
                |             |      |right bank of river is the large  
                |             |      |village of Helalia.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu El Ashr_ |      3      | 68½  |A large village on river bank.    
                |             |      |Here commences Halawin district   
                |             |      |(includes Abu El Ashr), population
                |             |      |600; mud houses. Road passes      
                |             |      |through open woody country.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Talbab_   |      3¼     | 71¾  |Two miles from river, population  
                |             |      |1,000. Mud houses. The road       
                |             |      |continues through the Halawin     
                |             |      |district, comprising some 64      
                |             |      |villages inland. Cultivation by   
                |             |      |rain.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Haboba_   |      3¼     |  75  |Commonly called by the natives the
                |             |      |Geneinat El Halawin; excellent    
                |             |      |camping ground, garden, excellent 
                |             |      |grazing, date palms, lemon trees  
                |             |      |in garden. The road now passes    
                |             |      |through somewhat thick mimosa     
                |             |      |jungle to plain covered with thorn
                |             |      |scrub.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Abu      |      3      |  78  |Rest house. A large village, ¼    
  Ferugha_      |             |      |mile from road on left, population
  (Furur?)      |             |      |800. A few dom palms and grazing  
                |             |      |(indifferent) along bank. Opposite
                |             |      |bank well wooded, inhabitants     
                |             |      |depend on rain cultivation.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Debeba_      |      2      |  80  |A long straggling village, 1      
                |             |      |mosque, a few sunt trees. An      
                |             |      |island called Debeba in front of  
                |             |      |village. Bearing from north end of
                |             |      |village to Rufaa 110°, about 3    
                |             |      |miles off on right bank.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Ramil  |      ½      | 80½  |A small village east of road.     
                |             |      |Bearing to Rufaa 90°. Road passes 
                |             |      |through open plain.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hassa Hisa_  |      2      | 82½  |Two large sunt trees, one at north
  or _Hassai_   |             |      |end, one at south end. Fair size  
                |             |      |village at the apex of the bend of
                |             |      |the river, mostly tukls. One and a
                |             |      |quarter miles further on are two  
                |             |      |very large acacia trees; road     
                |             |      |open. The river here makes a sharp
                |             |      |south bend, Rufaa being about 3   
                |             |      |miles north-east from here on R.B.
                |             |      |There is a telegraph office at    
                |             |      |Rufaa.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |In the bend opposite Rufaa are    
                |             |      |several villages, chief being El  
                |             |      |Amara, which is the Head Quarters 
                |             |      |of the Mamur of Mesellemia        
                |             |      |District.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad El Fadui_|      5      | 87½  |Road leaves El Amara to the left  
                |             |      |and strikes the river again near  
                |             |      |Wad El Fadui.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Akura_    |      4      | 911  |Conspicuous palms near river’s    
                |             |      |edge. Rain cultivation all along  
                |             |      |road and inland.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Grigrib_     |      3      | 94½  |Small Halawin village. Old        
                |             |      |Mesellemia now mostly in ruins,   
                |             |      |lies about 4 miles south-west     
                |             |      |inland from here.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fadasi_      |      1¾     | 96¼  |Large village. Inhabitants chiefly
                |             |      |Rekabia Halimab. Omda is Sheikh El
                |             |      |Nazir Yusef. Rest house. From here
                |             |      |track passes through dura         
                |             |      |cultivation whole way to Wad      
                |             |      |Medani.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fadasi El    |      1¾     |  98  |Palms and good deal of bush along 
  Amara_        |             |      |river bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad          |      10     | 108  |Head Quarters of Sennar Province  
  Medani_[20]   |             |      |and 1 battalion of infantry.      
                |             |      |Second largest town in the Sudan. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Habiballa_   |      3      | 111  |Village on Blue Nile on left of   
                |             |      |road. Much cultivation hereabouts.
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Bellal     |      3      | 114  |Village on right of road. Much    
                |             |      |jungle along river bank.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bagadi_      |      9      | 123  |Several villages are passed and a 
                |             |      |good deal of cultivation to       
                |             |      |Bagadi, a large village with good 
                |             |      |watering place. From here the     
                |             |      |telegraph runs to Meshra El Beriab
  _Meshra El    |      14     | 137  |(10 miles), and thence to Meshra  
  Shukaba_      |             |      |El Shukaba (6½ miles); however,   
                |             |      |the most direct road cuts off the 
                |             |      |bend and strikes the river at     
                |             |      |Meshra Shukaba. Several villages  
                |             |      |in this neighbourhood and bush    
                |             |      |both inland and along river bank. 
                |             |      |A road from Segadi joins in here. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Denegila_ |      4      | 141  |Good watering place; several      
                |             |      |villages. Cultivation.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      9¾     | 150¾ |Several villages and much         
  Dai_          |             |      |cultivation is passed on the river
                |             |      |bank about half way to Meshra El  
  _Meshra El    |      7      | 157¾ |Hegerat. Much bush about here, but
  Hegerat_      |             |      |main road is good.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sennar_      |      9      | 166¾ |In ruins, but being re-built. Head
                |             |      |Quarters of District and          
                |             |      |garrisoned by a detachment from   
                |             |      |Wad Medani.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 169¼ |River bends eastwards and road    
                |             |      |leaves it about 2 miles to the    
  _Meshra       |      11     | 180¼ |east and passes through thick bush
  Eridiba_      |             |      |to Meshra Eridiba, 1¾ miles before
                |             |      |reaching which Sheikh Talha is    
                |             |      |passed on the right bank. Good    
                |             |      |camping ground and grazing.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Meshra Eridiba the country
                |             |      |is more open, and cultivated with 
                |             |      |dura and semsem.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Abdin is a moderate-sized village 
                |             |      |on river bank 1½ miles from main  
                |             |      |road. Good watering place. No     
                |             |      |grazing near camp, but it is      
                |             |      |obtainable some 2 miles north.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Abu Shoka is passed 2 miles to the
                |             |      |east.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On river bank. From here there is 
                |             |      |a road following the river which  
                |             |      |makes a big bend to the east to   
                |             |      |Senga. The direct road is _viâ_   
  _Enediba_     |      13     | 193¼ |Enediba, and passes through much  
                |             |      |cultivation and crosses many      
  _Senga_ or    |     11¾     | 205  |tracks to Senga, an important     
  _Seneij_      |             |      |village on the river bank. This is
                |             |      |now the Head Quarters of the old  
                |             |      |Karkoj District. It is garrisoned 
                |             |      |by a detachment from Wad Medani.  
                |             |      |Many Kenana and Baggara Arabs live
                |             |      |here, but the population is much  
                |             |      |mixed. From Senga roads lead to   
                |             |      |Lueisa and Abu Kashim on the      
                |             |      |Dinder.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a P.T.O. here.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A road runs east from here _viâ_  
                |             |      |Teigo (wells 16 miles) to J. Dali,
                |             |      |and another to J. Moya. From J.   
                |             |      |Dali there are tracks to the White
                |             |      |Nile at Jebelein and Goz Abu Guma.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Senga Um     |      6½     | 211½ |From here the track runs due south
  Benein_       |             |      |to Senga Um Benein on river bank. 
                |             |      |Kenana village.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Dar   |      7½     | 219  |Thence to Meshra Dar Agil, whence 
  Agil_         |             |      |by river bank to Karkoj, a town of
                |             |      |not much importance now owing to  
  _Karkoj_      |      5      | 224  |the transfer of Government        
                |             |      |offices, &c., to Senga.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      32.—KHARTOUM TO GOZ ABU GUMA AND JEBELEIN, UP RIGHT BANK OF      
                            WHITE NILE.

    COMPILED FROM REPORTS BY CAPTAINS T. CONOLLY AND W. A. BOULNOIS    
                              (1899).


      N.B.—The river can be approached practically anywhere as far     
                            as Shawal.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |             |      |Leaving the most westerly group of
                |             |      |palms at Khartoum, the road runs  
                |             |      |due south for a mile, leaving the 
                |             |      |village of Goz on the left, and   
                |             |      |that of Rumeila on the right.     
                |             |      |Cotton soil. River visible.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |In next 7 miles road runs (185    
                |             |      |Mag.), passing a string of        
                |             |      |villages on the right (W.) about 1
  Assara        |      —      |  —   |mile away. The name of all these  
                |             |      |seems to be Assara, till one gets 
  Kalakla       |      5      |  6   |to the village of Kalakla, about 6
                |             |      |miles from Khartoum, situated in a
                |             |      |large clump of trees. Road runs on
                |             |      |open desert sand—very good going; 
                |             |      |river invisible, about 2 miles    
                |             |      |off.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  Sheikh Um     |      3      |  9   |At 9 miles from Khartoum road     
  Meriom        |             |      |passes a village with a high tomb 
                |             |      |in it, called Sheikh Wad Um       
                |             |      |Meriom. This lies on the river    
                |             |      |about 1½ miles from the main road.
                |             |      |                                  
  El Kalakeil   |      1      |  10  |At 10 miles road passes El        
                |             |      |Kalakeil on the E. side of it.    
                |             |      |There are some signs in this last 
                |             |      |mile of the country having been   
                |             |      |cultivated. From here the river is
                |             |      |about 3 miles off, invisible on   
                |             |      |account of the bank of sand which 
                |             |      |forms the desert edge, and some   
                |             |      |trees on it.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After this the road enters some   
                |             |      |low sand hills, with large clumps 
                |             |      |of big trees on the river side    
                |             |      |about ½ mile off.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  13  |Three miles off this brings one   
                |             |      |into the first open scrub, which  
                |             |      |gets closer as it approaches the  
                |             |      |river—but is not thick, except in 
                |             |      |a few places on the river bank.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Geziret Haraz |      4      |  17  |At 17 miles the head of two       
                |             |      |islands at high Nile (now no      
  Geziret Um    |      —      |  —   |longer islands), called Geziret   
  Arda          |             |      |Haraz and Geziret Um Arda. These  
                |             |      |islands are, I believe, some 5    
                |             |      |miles apart at high Nile, but are 
                |             |      |now practically one, owing to big 
                |             |      |alluvial flat from which they     
                |             |      |rise, being dry at this time of   
                |             |      |the year (10.3.99).               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At this point, and for the next 3 
                |             |      |miles on the road, there are a    
                |             |      |good number of shallow, 15 to 20  
                |             |      |feet, wells, giving good water,   
                |             |      |slightly bitter. I only saw 3, but
                |             |      |7 were reported by natives. There 
                |             |      |are a good number of camels to be 
                |             |      |seen in this piece of country.    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Auli       |      8      |  25  |Eight miles further takes one to  
                |             |      |J. Auli, a steep rock about 100   
                |             |      |feet high, with a small under-    
                |             |      |feature on the N.W., about 50     
                |             |      |feet. There is a good meshra, or  
                |             |      |watering place. Under this        
                |             |      |mountain there is a good camping  
                |             |      |ground for a brigade.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Gar El Nabi   |      3      |  28  |Passing E. of J. Auli, after 3    
                |             |      |miles Gar El Nabi is reached,     
                |             |      |which lies close to it. These 3   
                |             |      |miles are through open bush, with 
                |             |      |river visible about ½ to 1 mile   
                |             |      |off.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  32  |For the next 4 miles the bush gets
                |             |      |thicker and the road is crossed by
                |             |      |small khors, and in places by     
                |             |      |cultivation zeribas. River        
                |             |      |invisible.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Next 6 miles the bush gets more   
                |             |      |open again, and a line of small   
                |             |      |sand hills is seen along the river
                |             |      |edge hiding it. Horses can be     
                |             |      |watered anywhere in this 6 miles. 
                |             |      |In the last half of this distance 
                |             |      |the trees cease on the east side  
                |             |      |of the road and 2 large khors     
                |             |      |cross it.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Opposite J.   |      6      |  38  |At 38 miles J. Barima is opposite 
  Barima or     |             |      |on the other bank of the river.   
  Breima        |             |      |For about 2 miles before reaching 
                |             |      |this point, and for 2½ miles after
                |             |      |it, the road runs through sand    
                |             |      |hills, the river being visible    
                |             |      |about ½ mile off.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At this point (2½ miles south of  
                |             |      |J. Barima) the river is quite     
                |             |      |close to the road, which changes  
                |             |      |its direction to 200° magnetic.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7      |  45  |The road rises slightly in the    
                |             |      |next mile and 3½ miles further on 
                |             |      |goes through bush which, though   
                |             |      |open on the E. side, is fairly    
                |             |      |thick on the W., making the river 
                |             |      |invisible.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Belal     |      3      |  48  |After 3 miles through open bush   
                |             |      |and sand hills, Wad Belal, a wood 
                |             |      |station for steamers and a good   
                |             |      |watering place is reached.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  50  |For the first 2 miles from Wad    
                |             |      |Belal the road runs through       
                |             |      |scattered trees which become      
                |             |      |fairly close bush on the river    
                |             |      |side for another 2 miles.         
                |             |      |                                  
  El Geteina    |      4½     | 54½  |The road enters a large plain of  
                |             |      |cotton soil, with three tracks    
                |             |      |across it to Arab dwellings,      
                |             |      |towards the centre of the Gezira  
                |             |      |about 4 miles in, and reaches the 
                |             |      |large village of El Geteina. On   
                |             |      |the river side there is a large   
                |             |      |alluvial flat about 2 miles       
                |             |      |across, and 3 to 4 miles long,    
                |             |      |which runs north of El Geteina    
                |             |      |towards Wad Belal. There is a     
                |             |      |curious round sand hill in the    
                |             |      |middle of this flat which must be 
                |             |      |an island at high Nile.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |El Geteina consists of two        
                |             |      |villages about 1 mile apart, the  
                |             |      |larger of the two being to the    
                |             |      |north. It is fairly clean and has 
                |             |      |a very good market. There was a   
                |             |      |certain amount of cultivation     
                |             |      |going on with Shadufs (not an     
                |             |      |amount proportionate to the size  
                |             |      |of the village), and a large tract
                |             |      |of country is obviously sown with 
                |             |      |dura during the rains. This was   
                |             |      |the most prosperous village I saw 
                |             |      |on the Gezira (March, 1899). It is
                |             |      |now Head Quarters of Geteina      
                |             |      |District.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |One mile over cotton soil beyond  
                |             |      |the village of El Geteina, a small
                |             |      |one of the same name is reached.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Immediately on leaving this, the  
                |             |      |road runs into sand dunes with    
                |             |      |bush for 1 mile; river close (200 
                |             |      |yards).                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After that, 6½ miles of very good 
                |             |      |going through scattered trees. The
                |             |      |road here is crossed by a large   
                |             |      |number of Arab tracks to meshras; 
                |             |      |and many herds of sheep and goats 
                |             |      |were seen. River invisible from   
                |             |      |road.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The next 3 miles runs through     
                |             |      |fairly thick bush with open       
                |             |      |spaces. This bush gets thinner as 
                |             |      |it recedes from the river. During 
                |             |      |the next 2½ miles the road passes 
                |             |      |to west of a fine strip of open   
                |             |      |cotton soil about 2½ miles wide,  
                |             |      |separated from the river by a     
                |             |      |thick strip of bushes and a large 
                |             |      |alluvial plain, so that now       
                |             |      |(12.3.99) it is about 2 to 3 miles
                |             |      |from the river. Much dura seems to
                |             |      |have been grown here, but only a  
                |             |      |small portion of this large plain 
                |             |      |was under cultivation last year.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At the end of this plain to the   
                |             |      |S.E. there are a line of sand     
                |             |      |hills running N.E. to S.W., and   
                |             |      |getting gradually smaller towards 
                |             |      |the S.W. These run alongside the  
                |             |      |road, beyond the open plain, and  
                |             |      |end in some small dunes near the  
  Garrasa       |      12     | 66½  |village of Garrasa. Garrasa is a  
                |             |      |small village—without a market—the
                |             |      |people of which seem poor. There  
                |             |      |is a good meshra here. Leaving    
                |             |      |Garrasa the road runs through     
                |      3      | 69½  |about 3 miles of dura land, a     
                |             |      |large part of which has been      
                |             |      |recently cultivated. River ¼ to ½ 
                |             |      |mile away.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Shalai    |      2½     |  72  |After 2½ miles more, alongside    
                |             |      |sand hills near the river, the    
                |             |      |road reaches the small village of 
                |             |      |Wad Shalai—the inhabitants of     
                |             |      |which were all away on the river  
                |             |      |bank cultivating.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Saki   |      7      |  79  |Seven miles further, Wad El Saki, 
                |             |      |a large village on the top of some
                |             |      |sand hills, is reached.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The population was about 400 to   
                |             |      |500 (March, 1899). The road runs  
                |             |      |the first half of this distance   
                |             |      |through sand dunes on both sides, 
                |             |      |with the river close and visible. 
                |             |      |The last half leaves the river    
                |             |      |gradually, and passing through    
                |             |      |some dura ground, is about 1½     
                |             |      |miles from it at Wad El Saki.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Sayef         |      3      |  82  |From here 3 miles take one to a   
                |             |      |few houses about 2 miles from the 
                |             |      |river on some sand hills called   
                |             |      |Sayef, being one of three villages
                |             |      |of that name.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  86  |After 4 miles over cotton soil the
                |             |      |road crosses a sand-hill ridge    
                |             |      |running at right angles to the    
                |      1      |  87  |river, and about 1 mile from it,  
                |             |      |and descends into the plain close 
                |             |      |to the river at a point where     
                |             |      |another village, also called      
                |             |      |Sayef, is seen about 2 miles      
                |             |      |inland. At this point there is a  
                |             |      |good meshra, and a ferry to the   
                |             |      |other bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      |  93  |After several miles of low scrub  
                |             |      |on the river side, and cotton soil
                |             |      |which has all been cultivated, on 
                |             |      |the east Debasi Meshra is reached.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here the Khalifa had a big grain  
                |             |      |depôt, the ruins of which can     
                |             |      |still be seen. There is a regular 
                |             |      |ferry from here to the other bank.
                |             |      |Two miles from this meshra is the 
  Debasi        |      2      |  95  |village of Debasi; population     
                |             |      |about 400. The road for this      
                |             |      |distance is through sand hills, ½ 
                |             |      |mile from the river.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The village is on the north bank  
                |             |      |of deep khor. No water in khor    
                |             |      |(13.3.99 or 1.10.99), but might   
                |             |      |entail 2 or 3 miles circuit at    
                |             |      |high Nile. From Debasi to Shabasha
                |             |      |(3½ miles) road close to bank.    
                |             |      |Thence to 14th mile 1 to 1½ miles 
                |             |      |distant.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Stony hills from 6th to 12th mile 
                |             |      |east of road. Sandy bank to river,
                |             |      |good watering; slight scrub close 
                |             |      |to river to 6th mile. Thence scrub
                |             |      |and sunt trees along road (thick  
                |             |      |near river), cotton soil, muddy   
                |             |      |bank. Road closes to river at     
                |             |      |Ghobeisha.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Ghobeisha     |      13     | 108  |Ghobeisha meshra and village, good
                |             |      |place for camp and watering. Road 
                |             |      |crosses open plain with high grass
                |             |      |cotton soil, probably under water 
                |             |      |at high Nile.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Ghayafa       |      4½     | 112½ |Ghayafa meshra, good camping      
                |             |      |ground and watering place; sand   
                |             |      |hill near meshra. Scrub fairly    
                |             |      |thick, cotton soil.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Denegila      |      8½     | 121  |Denegila village, W. of road,     
                |             |      |opposite island of same name; 1½  
                |             |      |miles further, village Abu Karun, 
                |             |      |N. of road, where it crosses track
  Um Gar        |      4      | 125  |to Um Seneita, thence to Um Gar   
                |             |      |village, W. of road, opposite     
                |             |      |island same name. Dura crops in   
                |             |      |this district; thick bush close to
  Meshra El     |      3      | 128  |river to Meshra El Hella. Road    
  Hella         |             |      |runs close to river to Kawa.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Kawa          |      4      | 132  |Kawa, large village with suk, Head
                |             |      |Quarters of District, Post and    
                |             |      |Telegraph station. Road runs ½    
                |             |      |mile to 1 mile from river through 
                |             |      |dura cultivation, and then over   
                |             |      |grassy plain past village Abu     
                |             |      |Hindi.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Meshra        |      6      | 138  |Meshra and village close to river.
  Shaggara      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence past Kanuz village, with   
                |             |      |island opposite, the road runs ¼  
                |             |      |mile to ½ mile from river to      
  Hassan Alob   |      7      | 145  |Hassan Alob, on the banks of the  
                |             |      |river with an island called Dabus 
                |             |      |opposite. Still through bush      
  Nur Ed Daim   |      3      | 148  |country to Nur El Daim (large     
                |             |      |village and police station). Road 
                |             |      |leaves river ½ mile to 1 mile     
  Sheikh’s tomb |      3      | 151  |distant up to Sheikh’s tomb       
                |             |      |(Sheikh Nur El Taib), which is on 
                |             |      |the river bank. Three large trees,
                |             |      |a ruined mud and brick building,  
                |             |      |and some flags mark it.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Shawal        |      2      | 153  |Road bends due S. to Shawal. Large
                |             |      |village. Country: open bush,      
                |             |      |slightly undulating; good sandy   
                |             |      |watering places at river. J.      
                |             |      |Tueima visible S.E. Aba Island    
                |             |      |begins 2 miles S.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Malaha        |      3      | 156  |Meshra Malaha and village         
                |             |      |Meleliha; 3 miles further on salt 
  Marabia       |      8      | 164  |works. Road enters scrub; bush    
                |             |      |country to Marabia, good camping  
                |             |      |ground on high ground, where there
                |             |      |are the ruins of an old fort and  
                |             |      |brick buildings. Road leaves      
                |             |      |river, crosses a grassy           
                |             |      |plain—probably under water at full
                |             |      |Nile—passed village Torba, E. of  
  Goz Abu Guma  |     16½     | 180½ |road, and turns S.W. to Goz Abu   
  or Zeinuba    |             |      |Guma, Head Quarters of District,  
                |             |      |telegraph and post office.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Goz Abu Guma road runs ½ mile
                |             |      |to 1 mile from river. Line of     
                |             |      |villages (_see_ sketch) on high   
                |             |      |ground about 4½ miles from river. 
                |             |      |Chiefly cattle grazing.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Khema_    |      6      | 186½ |Road joins river at El Khema.     
                |             |      |Police post to Mokada Abu Zeit;   
  _Mokada Abu   |      4½     | 195½ |good camping ground and small     
  Zeit_         |             |      |village. There is a ford here at  
                |             |      |low Nile. Two miles further on    
                |             |      |Musran Island begins and continues
                |             |      |to 3 miles of Jebelein.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Hedib_|      4½     | 200  |Meshra Hedib to Musran Island. The
                |             |      |road keeps close to the river     
                |             |      |bank. The E. channel seemed very  
                |             |      |much blocked with sudd, only a    
                |             |      |narrow passage 50 yards wide being
                |             |      |visible at times.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a meshra to Musran       
                |             |      |Island, 7 miles as the road turns 
                |             |      |from Jebelein called Zuleit. Hence
  _Meshra       |     17½     | 217½ |the road winds through thick      
  Zuleit_       |             |      |scrub, with patches of open       
                |             |      |country right up to the ford at   
  _Jebelein_    |      8½     | 225  |Jebelein.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Rocky hills commanding the river  
                |             |      |about 300 feet high.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Grassy plain between north and    
                |             |      |south ridges.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Village on E. of southern ridge.  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


            33.—KHARTOUM TO GULE, _viâ_ MANAGIL AND SEGADI.            

              BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT, FEBRUARY, 1902.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum      |      —      |  —   |Leaving Khartoum by the track     
                |             |      |passing 200 yards west of the     
                |             |      |westernmost rifle butts, the      
                |             |      |country for the first 7 miles is  
                |             |      |quite open, and very slightly     
                |             |      |undulating. The soil is poor and  
                |             |      |sandy, and no attempt at          
                |             |      |cultivation is visible. At 8 miles
                |             |      |the track passes through low      
                |             |      |scattered arak bush, which        
  _Id El        |     17½     | 17½  |continues to Id El Agaliin, where 
  Agaliin_      |             |      |there is one well 120 feet deep   
                |             |      |with a good supply of water. Ahmed
                |             |      |El Faki is the Omda of El Agaliin.
                |             |      |Very fair grazing for camels on   
                |             |      |arak bush. Leaving the Id the     
                |             |      |country soon becomes open and     
                |             |      |bare, the soil richer, and traces 
                |             |      |of cultivation appear. Numerous   
                |             |      |cross tracks to the river are met 
                |             |      |with.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id Wad El    |      4      | 21½  |One well 120 feet deep; water said
  Bella_        |             |      |to be plentiful.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sherafat_    |      9      | 30½  |A tukl village (all villages met  
                |             |      |hereafter are built of tukls) is  
                |             |      |passed 1¼ miles on W. of track. It
                |             |      |has a well. A mile further on arak
                |             |      |and laot bush commence and        
  _Id El Orus_  |      5½     |  36  |continue to Id El Orus, where     
                |             |      |there is one well 120 feet deep;  
                |             |      |water plentiful, but slightly     
                |             |      |salt. About a mile before reaching
                |             |      |the Id a large village named      
                |             |      |Debeisa is passed about 1 mile to 
                |             |      |the east. The people here are a   
                |             |      |mixture of Jaalin, Awamer, &c.    
                |             |      |Very fair grazing for camels on   
                |             |      |arak; there is little or no grass 
                |             |      |here or anywhere else this year.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7½     | 43½  |On leaving the Id the same sort of
                |             |      |country continues, cultivation and
                |             |      |scattered arak bush, the track    
                |             |      |still keeping the same S.S.W.     
                |             |      |direction. At 7½ miles the road to
                |             |      |El Ribi branches off half left,   
  _Id El Kereil_|      2½     |  46  |and 2½ miles further on Id El     
                |             |      |Kereil is passed, ½ mile off on   
                |      2      |  48  |the right, the village being about
                |             |      |the same distance further W. of   
                |             |      |the well. The country now becomes 
                |             |      |perfectly bare (at this season),  
                |             |      |it being entirely under           
                |             |      |cultivation, if not this year at  
                |             |      |any rate in a good season, and the
                |             |      |bush ceases altogether. Villages  
                |             |      |begin to get numerous, and natives
                |             |      |are more frequently met, as from  
                |             |      |here on to Managil, but few leave 
                |             |      |their villages for the river. This
                |             |      |district is known as Gutefab, and 
  _Gutefab El   |      4      |  52  |the chief village is El Areik     
  Areik_        |             |      |(Awamer) which is on the road, the
                |             |      |Id being a mile to the east.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  55  |About 3 miles on arak grows and   
                |             |      |affords the only grazing for      
                |             |      |camels, but it only extends for   
                |             |      |about ½ mile along the road; the  
                |             |      |country then become scattered with
                |      2      |  57  |laot bush and naal grass.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Naga   |      2      |  59  |Goz El Naga is passed about a mile
                |             |      |on the right. Not much cultivation
                |             |      |visible about here.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Dagala        |      3      |  62  |A small village with no well.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 63½  |Road branches: right to Sarhan,   
                |             |      |left to Wad Abu Kassawi, where    
  Wad Abu       |      3      | 66½  |lives the sheikh of the same name;
  Kassawi       |             |      |his ancestors are buried close by,
                |             |      |and have always been of a so-     
                |             |      |called religious nature and used  
                |             |      |to be at any rate, if not now,    
                |             |      |head of a dervish-like Tarika.    
                |             |      |Village consists of about 100     
                |             |      |tukls. Low laot bush around here. 
                |      1¾     | 68¼  |Leaving the village on bearing    
                |             |      |216° after 1¾ miles road from     
  _Sarhan_      |      3      | 71¼  |Dagala to Sarhan is met and       
                |             |      |followed; the well of Sarhan being
                |             |      |passed close by on the left and   
                |             |      |the village about 1 mile on the   
                |             |      |right. Country here quite flat,   
                |             |      |and covered with naal grass where 
  _El Ogda_     |      5¾     |  77  |not cultivated. El Ogda a large   
                |             |      |Mugharba village with one well of 
                |             |      |the usual depth, 120 feet. Water  
                |             |      |plentiful, 50 camels watered      
                |             |      |without inconvenience to          
                |             |      |inhabitants. Leaving the Id,      
                |             |      |country continues the same flat   
                |             |      |naal-covered plain with occasional
  _Wad El Zein_ |     11¾     | 88¾  |laot bushes until nearing Wad El  
                |             |      |Zein (Omda Ahmed Wad El Zein),    
                |             |      |where remains of cultivation      
                |             |      |increase. There is one well 120   
                |             |      |feet deep. Natives, Mugharba. No  
                |             |      |grazing here for camels as        
                |             |      |elsewhere in this neighbourhood.  
                |             |      |Cultivation occurs at intervals,  
                |             |      |becoming more general after       
                |             |      |passing Sheteita a small Mugharba 
  _Sheteita_    |      4      | 92¾  |village. Kreimet is a large Arakin
                |             |      |village, Omda Ahmed Yusef. Its two
  _Kreimet_     |      5½     | 98¼  |wells are 4 miles further on.     
                |             |      |Another large Arakin village on   
  _Wells_       |      4      | 102¼ |left of road with a well, as also 
                |             |      |have two other villages close on  
  El Tageia     |      1¼     | 103½ |right of road.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Managil_     |      3½     | 107  |The plural of El Mangala, the name
                |             |      |given to the village in which the 
                |             |      |suk is situated. There are some   
                |             |      |half dozen to a dozen villages    
                |             |      |close together. There are three   
                |             |      |wells and water never fails,      
                |             |      |notwithstanding they are 150 feet 
                |             |      |deep. Here there are inspector’s  
                |             |      |houses, a Mamur, Zaptia, &c. There
                |             |      |is a large mixed population, some 
                |             |      |of whom were seen playing a game  
                |             |      |called “tiwa” very like rounders. 
                |             |      |The plain of Managil is absolutely
                |             |      |flat, without a single bush in    
                |             |      |sight, the whole in favourable    
                |             |      |seasons being given up to         
                |             |      |cultivation. Market days are      
                |             |      |Sunday and Wednesday. Leaving     
                |             |      |Managil by the route taken Otgi   
                |             |      |(Hameg), Dar Nail (Hameg), Wad El 
                |             |      |Shagl (Faradiin) are passed a mile
                |             |      |or more on the right hand, whilst 
                |             |      |Takala and Um Dugl are passed on  
                |             |      |the left, before reaching Um Talha
                |             |      |a Faradiin village. All these     
                |             |      |villages have wells, as have all  
                |             |      |villages of any pretensions about 
  _Um Talha_    |      9½     | 116½ |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheleikha_   |      2½     | 119  |A Shaigia village passed on left, 
                |             |      |and Wad Doka on the right, before 
  _El Amara_    |      3½     | 122½ |reaching El Amara (Hameg), and ¾  
                |             |      |mile further on Wad Gangar        
  _Wad Gangari_ |      ¾      | 123¼ |(Shaigia), Rabaha is 1¾ miles     
                |             |      |further on, and a ¼ mile before   
  _Rabaha_      |      1¾     | 125  |reaching it a small suk is passed.
                |             |      |From here on the people are       
                |             |      |Kawahla.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Between Managil and Rabaha the    
                |             |      |track appears to follow a low     
                |             |      |ridge overlooking an extensive and
                |             |      |fertile plain to the W. growing a 
                |             |      |large amount of cotton and dura.  
                |             |      |J. Maturi is plainly visible.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After leaving Rabaha track passes 
                |             |      |through low laot bush which       
                |             |      |continues as far as Khalet. Two   
                |             |      |villages, Hellet El Hag and Wad   
                |             |      |Abdel Rof, are passed about a mile
                |             |      |on the right and left of road _en 
                |             |      |route_, as also is Sheikh Abdel   
  _Khalet_      |      5½     | 130½ |Rof’s tomb. The well at Khalet is 
                |             |      |the last on the road to Segadi,   
                |             |      |there are several other Kawahla   
                |             |      |villages with cultivation and     
                |             |      |wells close by. Imam Ali is the   
                |             |      |head Kawahla Sheikh. From Khalet  
                |             |      |it is possible under favourable   
                |             |      |conditions to see J. Segadi. Soon 
                |             |      |after leaving Khalet the first    
                |             |      |kittr is met, it now becomes the  
                |             |      |prevailing bush.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Mukashfi  |      4½     | 135  |Called after the son of the       
                |             |      |Dervish Emir who captured Sennar, 
                |             |      |who (son) now lives here and is   
                |             |      |said to have only lately come out 
                |             |      |of prison for dervish practices.  
                |             |      |This is the last village in the   
                |             |      |Managil District of Blue Nile     
                |             |      |Province. The Sennar Province is  
                |             |      |now entered. After passing the    
                |             |      |Mukashfi cultivation, the road    
                |             |      |leads across an uninhabited       
                |             |      |waterless plain until Segadi is   
                |             |      |reached. This plain, on which     
                |             |      |numerous camels are grazed during 
                |             |      |the rains, is, as a rule, open and
                |             |      |covered with naal and siha grass  
                |             |      |intersected at intervals by belts 
                |             |      |of kittr, the thickest and widest 
                |             |      |is in the last 4 miles before     
                |             |      |reaching the hamlet on the north  
  _J. Sejadi_   |      24     | 159  |of J. Segadi. Another outlying    
                |             |      |hamlet is Ereiga, which was passed
                |      1      | 160  |but not seen, about 4 miles from  
                |             |      |the jebel which strongly resembles
                |             |      |J. Kassala on a small scale. It   
                |             |      |consists of two main granite      
                |             |      |masses lying north-east and south-
                |             |      |west, the wells being between     
                |             |      |them. There is also one on the    
                |             |      |western side of main jebel. The   
                |             |      |village, which must contain some  
                |             |      |1,500 inhabitants, is close to the
                |             |      |western face of the larger jebel. 
                |             |      |The population is very mixed, and 
                |             |      |many only live here during the dry
                |             |      |season. Torin Ahmed (Rufaa) is    
                |             |      |Sheikh of this heterogeneous      
                |             |      |crowd. There are said to be caves 
                |             |      |in the jebels here, which         
                |             |      |doubtless occasionally harbour bad
                |             |      |characters from the Gezira and    
                |             |      |elsewhere.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Moya_        |     13½     | 173½ |Following the telegraph line which
                |             |      |runs E.S.E., Moya is reached in   
                |             |      |about 13½ miles. Dense kittr is   
                |             |      |passed through _en route_, but the
                |             |      |road is cleared for the wire.     
                |             |      |Approaching Moya much cultivation 
                |             |      |is passed in clearings in the     
                |             |      |bush. The name Moya as applied to 
                |             |      |this village is an euphemism as   
                |             |      |water is particularly scarce, and 
                |             |      |is obtained from several 15 to 20 
                |             |      |feet wells under the jebel 1 mile 
                |             |      |south of the village. In the hot  
                |             |      |weather the inhabitants (probably 
                |             |      |2,000) disperse or else carry     
                |             |      |their water from Segadi. The      
                |             |      |Omda’s name is El Imam Hadibai,   
                |             |      |and the majority of the population
                |             |      |are Amarna, a few Hameg and       
                |             |      |Gowama. There are caves called    
                |             |      |“maiuba” in the jebel close to the
                |             |      |village, said to be used for      
                |             |      |“fogara.” From the summit of the  
                |             |      |jebel, J. Dali is plainly visible 
                |             |      |on a favourable day, bearing 177½°
                |             |      |magnetic. There is little shade   
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Road to Teigo |      3      | 176½ |After hugging the eastern end of  
                |             |      |J. Moya, the road to Gule turns   
                |             |      |nearly due south, the road to     
                |             |      |Teigo branching off S.S.E., and   
                |             |      |after traversing a bad belt of    
                |             |      |kittr bush about ½ mile in width, 
                |             |      |the road crosses a plain at first 
                |             |      |studded with kurmet, but later    
                |             |      |without bush at all.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 180½ |Road here bifurcates, the left    
                |             |      |hand track leading to the river   
                |             |      |(Blue Nile).                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 185½ |The road from Seneij or Senga to  
                |             |      |Goz Abu Guma _viâ_ J. Dud crosses 
                |             |      |the track.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Sereig     |      10     | 195½ |A small granite hill about 200    
                |             |      |feet high, the road passes it 100 
                |             |      |yards on the right hand.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      | 201½ |Scattered bush now commences and  
                |             |      |continues with occasional         
  _J. Dali_     |     19½     | 221  |interruptions until reaching the  
                |             |      |bad kittr about 1 mile wide       
                |             |      |surrounding Jebel Dali, a stony   
                |             |      |hill about 500 feet high. Water is
                |             |      |found about half way up,          
                |             |      |immediately below its highest     
                |             |      |point. After a good rainy season  
                |             |      |it lasts till March or April, but 
                |             |      |there was practically none on     
                |             |      |February 4th, 1902.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road from Senga _viâ_ Teigo on
                |             |      |Blue Nile to Musran and Goz Abu   
                |             |      |Guma passes by this watering      
                |             |      |place. Remains of former          
                |             |      |habitations of Abu Rof Arabs are  
                |             |      |visible. Leaving the jebel in a   
                |             |      |southerly direction after         
                |             |      |traversing a thick belt of kittr, 
                |             |      |½ mile wide, J. Teigo is visible  
  J. Abu Garud  |      22     | 243  |on the left and J. Abu Garud and  
                |             |      |other hills on the right. Abu     
                |             |      |Garud is the highest hill seen    
                |             |      |south of Khartoum. At first the   
                |             |      |country is open, then forest      
                |             |      |(chiefly soffar) begins and       
  J. Bozi       |      9      | 252  |continues till after passing J.   
                |             |      |Bozi a long, low hill immediately 
                |             |      |under the west end of which the   
                |             |      |road passes, and then becomes open
  _J. Mazmum_   |      14     | 266  |until reaching J. Mazmum. Here    
                |             |      |rain and spring water is found in 
                |             |      |natural tanks in perhaps half a   
                |             |      |dozen places. The amount of water 
                |             |      |of course varying with the rains. 
                |             |      |There was sufficient in a tank at 
                |             |      |the foot of the southern end of   
                |             |      |the western face of the jebel to  
                |             |      |water 40 camels and 40 men for two
                |             |      |days. This exhausted this supply. 
                |             |      |A spring at the foot of the       
                |             |      |southern end of the western face, 
                |             |      |being on the road, is the one     
                |             |      |generally used, and the supply is 
  _Water Tank_  |      1½     | 267½ |consequently low. There is a tank 
                |             |      |about 20 yards by 10 yards on a   
                |             |      |detached hill, about ¾ mile N.W.  
                |             |      |of main jebel. Water was found of 
                |             |      |an average depth of 2 feet, both  
                |             |      |sweet and clear. This being off   
                |             |      |the road had not been much used.  
                |             |      |There is said to be always water  
                |             |      |at Mazmum. No natives[21] live    
                |             |      |here now, though formerly it was  
                |             |      |head quarters of the Abu Rof      
                |             |      |Arabs, the remains of whose houses
                |             |      |are still visible. Good shade (200
                |             |      |men), and very fair grazing for   
                |             |      |camels near western water tank.   
                |             |      |From here, Gireiwa and other hills
                |             |      |to the S. and S.E., as well as    
                |             |      |Bunzuga and Abu Garud are easily  
                |             |      |visible.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 271½ |The track to Gule still leads     
                |             |      |south, the country being open for 
                |      5      | 276½ |first 4 miles, when narrow belt of
                |             |      |bush is traversed. Five miles     
                |             |      |further on thick soffar bush      
                |             |      |commences which develops into     
                |             |      |forest, which extends E. and W.   
                |             |      |continuously for many miles south 
                |             |      |of Gule. The principal trees are  
                |             |      |hashab (very numerous about 20th  
                |             |      |mile, but decrease as Gireiwa is  
                |             |      |approached), talh, nabag, soffar, 
                |             |      |kadad, and the poisonous (to      
                |             |      |camels) hakabit. Wide clearings   
                |             |      |along the path indicate that in   
                |             |      |the old days this road was much   
                |             |      |used, but now they are mostly     
                |             |      |overgrown, and travelling by night
                |             |      |is an unpleasant, if not a        
                |             |      |dangerous proceeding.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Gireiwa_  |     21½     | 298  |Two long low hills running nearly 
                |             |      |E. and W., and where the road     
                |             |      |passes between them there is a    
                |             |      |small supply of water (spring), 20
                |             |      |yards on right side of road.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Burun_    |      7      | 305  |J. Gule is first visible from     
                |             |      |here, and is a granite mass about 
                |             |      |1,300 (?) feet high and 1¾ miles  
                |             |      |long, lying nearly E. and W. El   
                |             |      |Burun a small village at the foot 
                |             |      |of northern face of the jebel is  
                |             |      |first approached, the road then   
                |             |      |turns to the west, passing an     
                |             |      |encampment of Dar Agil Arabs, and 
                |             |      |after rounding the western end of 
  _Gule_        |      3      | 308  |Jebel Gule the village of Gule is 
                |             |      |reached close at the foot of      
                |             |      |western and of southern face.     
                |             |      |There is a plentiful supply of    
                |             |      |water, which, however, is largely 
                |             |      |impregnated with lime and         
                |             |      |consequently is injurious to      
                |             |      |health. Idris Wad Regab is Sheikh 
                |             |      |of Dar Fung and lives here. He is 
                |             |      |a direct descendant of the kings  
                |             |      |of the Fung, whose former         
                |             |      |territory extended to the south   
                |             |      |beyond the present limits of the  
                |             |      |Sudan-Abyssinian frontier. The    
                |             |      |total inhabitants of Gule and its 
                |             |      |two outlying hamlets is about     
                |             |      |1,000. The natives are Hameg, and 
                |             |      |Selim and Dar Agil Baggaras roam  
                |             |      |about in the neighbourhood. Roads 
                |             |      |lead from here to Roseires (5     
                |             |      |days), Surkum (5 days), Karkoj,   
                |             |      |and Renk (2 days). There is much  
                |             |      |fever here during and after the   
                |             |      |rainy season. There is good shade 
                |             |      |about 1 mile east of the village. 
                |             |      |Little in the way of supplies, not
                |             |      |even grain, is obtainable here.   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         34.—MANAGIL TO SENNAR.                        

                  BY CAPTAIN N. M. SMYTH, V.C., 1899.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Managil       |      —      |  —   |Headquarters of District (_vide_  
                |             |      |preceding report).                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abud_ (Abudia|      9½     |  9½  |Most fertile land in the Gezira   
  Tribe)        |             |      |hereabouts. Track runs E. through 
                |             |      |grass plain. Bush visible 1 mile  
                |             |      |to S. Two wells 150 feet deep.    
                |             |      |Track N.E. to Mesellemia, E. to   
                |             |      |Wad Medani, and S.E. to Sennar.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Deghina    |      1      | 10½  |Pond, 60 yards diameter, dry after
  (Kawahla)     |             |      |December. Cultivation commences.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 12½  |Mimosa scrub W. of track.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 15½  |Village of same name ½ mile S.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 17½  |A dry pond. Mimosa 10 feet high,  
                |             |      |and high grass on both sides of   
                |             |      |the road. The Hassanat have a camp
                |             |      |in the winter about 2 miles W. of 
                |             |      |track, and water at Abud and      
                |             |      |Ataleih.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ataleih_     |      4      | 21½  |Two wells. A large tree ½ mile    
                |             |      |N.W. serves as landmark. No good  
                |             |      |shade obtainable. S. of this,     
                |             |      |thorny scrub has sprung up on     
                |             |      |fallow land. A track leading S.W. 
                |             |      |to Bagadi, Kenana, Digoisab and   
                |             |      |Hellet El Baragna. Track leads on 
                |             |      |about S.E.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Keteir_      |      6      | 27½  |Small village marked by a large   
                |             |      |tree. One well about 150 feet     
                |             |      |deep, runs dry directly after     
                |             |      |watering about 200 people, 300    
                |             |      |sheep and 20 donkeys.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Karatib_     |      4      | 31½  |Large village, good well,         
  (Jaalin and   |             |      |excellent black cotton soil       
  Kenana)       |             |      |extending for 3 miles in all      
                |             |      |directions. Only patches have been
                |             |      |cultivated for dura.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 33½  |Thick bush and high grass. View   
                |             |      |limited to 300 yards.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Basabir_     |      1      | 34½  |New well being sunk. Cotton and   
  (Jaalin)      |             |      |dura crops.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fahal_       |      1      | 35½  |About 50 huts to W. Copious supply
  (Kenana)      |             |      |of water from well. A small khor  
                |             |      |S.E. of it holds water till       
                |             |      |December. Wood extends to S.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Fahal Suk     |      1      | 36½  |Consists of rows of straw shanties
                |             |      |situated in a wood. It is chiefly 
                |             |      |used by Kenana.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Giseirab_ |      2      | 38½  |One good well in a clearing in    
                |             |      |wood. Easily defended; good       
                |             |      |bivouac ground.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tulbakh_     |      4      | 42½  |Last mile of approach is open and 
                |             |      |partly cultivated. Long straggling
                |             |      |village. Dry pond and cemetery N. 
                |             |      |of it. To S.W. the market, and a  
                |             |      |well and pond which dried up about
                |             |      |10th February. Mohammed El Nur of 
                |             |      |Kenana is Sheikh of village.      
                |             |      |Several hundred sheep, many       
                |             |      |donkeys, one horse, fowls and     
                |             |      |pigeons, but no camels. The best  
                |             |      |marked track leads S. from the    
                |             |      |Suk, and, bending S.E., passes    
                |             |      |zeribaed dura fields to El Doma,  
                |             |      |where there is a village and a    
  _El Doma_     |      8      | 50½  |well. It continues, through shady 
                |             |      |acacia and fields to Meshra El    
  _Meshra El    |      4      | 54½  |Dai, whence the Blue Nile can be  
  Dai_          |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      2      | 56½  |Good halting place on bank.       
  Bejirat_      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sennar_      |      9      | 65½  |Banks wooded.                     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                    35.—KEILI TO SENGA, _viâ_ GULE.                    

    COMPILED FROM A REPORT FURNISHED BY LIEUT.-COL. GORRINGE, MARCH,   
                                1903.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Keili, S.W.   |      —      |  —   |Limited water supply from water     
                |             |      |holes, but more could be had by     
                |             |      |digging down to 8 feet—cotton soil  
                |             |      |in places and stony in others—      
                |             |      |single file along track.            
                |             |      |                                    
  _Khor Farsia_ |      11     |  11  |Insufficient water at Kukulik, had  
                |             |      |to go on to Khor Farsia, fair       
                |             |      |supply of water by digging 4 feet.  
                |             |      |After which, no water first 3       
                |             |      |miles. Cotton soil, single file.    
                |             |      |After J. Doya, good hard going      
                |             |      |cotton soil last 2 miles.           
                |             |      |                                    
  _Khor Togu_   |     33½     | 44½  |Ample water 18 feet below surface   
                |             |      |in Khor Togu, first 4 miles cotton  
                |             |      |soil. Rest house. After reaching    
                |             |      |J. Dunkur good hard going for 3     
                |             |      |miles, then bad cotton soil, for 1  
                |             |      |mile each side J. Bur-Burka good    
                |             |      |going, then bad again over cotton   
                |             |      |soil, insufficient water at first   
                |             |      |village 4 miles from spot camped    
                |             |      |at, a little water half way         
                |             |      |between village and camp in Khor    
                |             |      |Togu.                               
                |             |      |                                    
  _Seraf Dal_   |     10½     |  55  |Ample water running and in pools,   
                |             |      |single file, stony, fair going      
                |             |      |only, bad in places. Rest house at  
                |             |      |Soda.                               
                |             |      |                                    
  _Khor Tamrin_ |      7      |  62  |Fair supply of water in pools       
                |             |      |probably ample by digging, a good   
                |             |      |deal up and down hill, hard going   
                |             |      |but stone, single file.             
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Kukur_    |      5      |  67  |Good supply of water reported in    
                |             |      |Seraf Sahaba, hard going, stony,    
                |             |      |single file. Rest house.            
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Buk_ (N.W.|      8½     | 75½  |Rest house. Fair supply of water    
  end)          |             |      |in water holes, cotton soil,        
                |             |      |single file, bad going. From here   
                |             |      |on no water, very bad going, hard   
                |             |      |cotton soil badly cracked, single   
                |             |      |file, though road has been          
                |             |      |widened.                            
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Gule_     |     30½     | 106  |Residence of Sheikh Idris Wad       
                |             |      |Ragab. Limited supply of water in   
                |             |      |water holes, good supply from       
                |             |      |Government wells, very bad going    
                |             |      |except in few places, soil badly    
                |             |      |cracked, single file, though road   
                |             |      |has been widened.                   
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Jemam_ or |      9      | 115  |Small supply of water here.         
  _Ali_         |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Roro_     |      5½     | 120½ |Plenty of water in water holes 4    
  (N.E. side)   |             |      |feet deep, going same as before.    
                |             |      |Continuing, no water but better     
                |             |      |going, though mostly cotton soil,   
                |             |      |single file.                        
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Werka_    |      19     | 139½ |Small amount of water in holes.     
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Gerebin_  |     15½     | 155  |Very limited supply of water in     
                |             |      |water holes in two places at N.     
                |             |      |side of hill, just sufficient       
                |             |      |water in each to water about 100    
                |             |      |horses once. _There is however a    
                |             |      |large tank of beautiful water on    
                |             |      |the top of the hill_. This does     
                |             |      |not last throughout the dry         
                |             |      |weather. Going same as before.      
                |             |      |From here to the river there is no  
                |             |      |water, going for the first 7 miles  
                |             |      |same as before, after which it      
                |             |      |improves, but all marching is in    
                |             |      |single file.                        
                |             |      |                                    
  _Meshra Gurra_|      25     | 180  |From here good road down L. B.      
  (Blue Nile)   |             |      |Blue Nile to Singa.                 
                |             |      |                                    
  _Ramela_      |      10     | 190  |Jaalin village.                     
                |             |      |                                    
  _Abu Naam_    |      3      | 193  |Village on Blue Nile.               
                |             |      |                                    
  _Geneira_     |      8      | 201  |   „     „     „                             
                |             |      |                                    
  _Seiro_       |      7½     | 208½ |   „     „     „                             
                |             |      |                                    
  _Senga_       |     19½     | 228  |Head quarters of Senga District.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


           36.—SENGA TO J. JEROK, _viâ_ KHOR OFAT AND KEILI.           

              BY CAPTAIN C. ROBERTS, R.A., FEBRUARY, 1904.             

NOTE.—This was the route followed by the expedition against Ibrahim
Wad Mahmud in February and March, 1904. It has not, hitherto, been
the usual route to Keili, but as it is the most direct, and could
be easily improved, it will probably be adopted, at any rate for
Government purposes.

From the mouth of the Khor Ofat to Keili (50 miles) there are
no inhabitants and in February, 1904, no track. There is little
difficulty about water, which stands in pools in the Khor Ofat, or
can be easily obtained by digging in its bed. The distances cannot
be taken as accurate.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+---------------------------------- 
  Senga         |      —      |  —   |Leaving Senga, road good, mostly    
                |             |      |over cotton soil; last part better  
                |             |      |than first, but dusty. Country      
                |             |      |covered with bush. There are two    
                |             |      |roads; westerly one to Um Bayaga    
                |             |      |and thence S.E. towards river,      
                |             |      |other road runs nearer the river.   
                |             |      |Wheeled transport feasible.         
                |             |      |                                    
  _Um Benein_   |      6      |  6   |There are two Meshras here, bad at  
                |             |      |High Nile, fair at Low Nile; wood   
                |             |      |plentiful, grass fairly so. From    
                |             |      |here two roads, the one nearest     
                |             |      |river is shortest. Going on upper   
                |             |      |road bad after leaving Dar Agil,    
                |             |      |last part better along telegraph    
                |             |      |line. Thick bush. Good camp about   
                |             |      |2 miles from telegraph line. Good   
  _Meshra Abu   |      18     |  24  |Meshra, wood and grass plentiful,   
  Hagar_        |             |      |duck jhil 3 miles S. of camp.       
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |From here two roads, one along      
                |             |      |river, other along telegraph line,  
                |             |      |latter shorter. Bad going, cotton   
                |             |      |soil, thick scrub. Bad (steep)      
                |             |      |meshra for animals. Headquarters    
  _Abu Naama_   |      14     |  38  |of District.                        
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |From here two roads, better and     
                |             |      |shorter upper one along telegraph.  
                |             |      |Country thick bush, more            
                |             |      |undulating. Good going.             
                |             |      |                                    
  _Gura_        |      15     |  53  |Good meshra and shady camp. From    
                |             |      |here two roads, lower one along     
                |             |      |river the shorter—latter part       
                |             |      |along edge of Maya Ahmar, and cuts  
                |             |      |through it. River reached by        
                |             |      |elephant track. Country dense       
                |             |      |scrub, and difficult for camels at  
  _Galgeni_     |      15     |  68  |night. At high Nile lower road      
                |             |      |impassable. Good camp on sandy bed  
                |             |      |of river. Grass plentiful and       
                |             |      |watering easy. Road now good        
                |             |      |though hilly, and follows           
                |             |      |telegraph line, but branches off    
                |             |      |to river opposite to Sherif Ahmed   
                |             |      |(right bank). Dense bush.           
                |             |      |                                    
  _Taulu_       |      19     |  87  |A very good, large camping ground   
                |             |      |on grass and good meshra. Wood and  
                |             |      |grass plentiful. Camp must be       
                |             |      |swampy in rains.                    
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |Road still hilly; difficult khor    
                |             |      |about 4 miles from camp, could be   
                |             |      |easily improved. Road difficult     
                |             |      |for camels owing to thick bush,     
                |             |      |and road along telegraph too        
                |             |      |hilly.                              
                |             |      |                                    
  _Abu Kok_     |      17     | 104  |Camp at Abu Kok in February bad,    
                |             |      |as site is really a marsh. Bad      
                |             |      |water, but later on river is        
                |             |      |getatable.                          
                |             |      |                                    
  _El Disa_     |      10     | 114  |From here road along telegraph,     
                |             |      |but later branches off to El Disa   
                |             |      |on a rise overlooking small lake.   
                |             |      |Very pretty place. Camped on sandy  
                |             |      |river bed; easy watering; wood and  
                |             |      |grass plentiful.                    
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |After striking telegraph good       
                |             |      |road, first 4 miles through thick   
                |             |      |scrub. Hilly at first, level after  
                |             |      |passing Abu Rainat, and much        
                |             |      |cultivation.                        
                |             |      |                                    
  _Roseires_    |      14     | 128  |Good meshra, fair camping ground,   
  (Left Bank)   |             |      |wood and grass plentiful.           
                |             |      |                                    
  _Kharaba_     |      11     | 139  |Continuing S. good going to         
  (Right Bank)  |             |      |opposite Kharaba. Good camp in      
                |             |      |grove, tebeldis. Bad meshra; banks  
                |             |      |steep and bed of river soft.        
                |             |      |                                    
  _Mouth of Khor|      16     | 155  |Good road, last part through dom    
  Ofat_         |             |      |jungle to Khor Ofat. Found eight    
                |             |      |water holes dug in khor, and        
                |             |      |cavalry camped 1 mile further down  
                |             |      |at pool in bed of khor. Good        
                |             |      |camping ground in bed of khor;      
                |             |      |grass and water plentiful.          
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |The route taken now lay nearly due  
                |             |      |S. of Khor Ofat; for first 4 miles  
                |             |      |followed khor, then found           
                |             |      |excellent road, except for          
                |             |      |occasional deep elephant tracks     
                |             |      |along bank. Mostly cotton soil and  
                |             |      |thick jungle. Descended into bed    
                |             |      |of khor after 10 miles, and         
                |             |      |marched up it to where we found     
  _Camp (Khor   |      16     | 171  |running water. Good camping ground  
  Ofat)_        |             |      |close by. Grass, wood, and water    
                |             |      |all plentiful. Continuing S.        
                |             |      |outside khor, cotton soil, good     
                |             |      |going, thick bush, grass higher     
                |             |      |and thicker as we descended into    
                |             |      |khor, 9 miles from last camp. Left  
                |             |      |khor again still heading S., road   
                |             |      |bad, cotton soil, trees bigger.     
                |             |      |Last 4 miles country more open and  
  _Camp, Pool   |      20     | 191  |going better. Extended formations   
  (Khor Ofat)_  |             |      |possible. Camped at pool where      
                |             |      |large herd of roan drinking. Khor   
                |             |      |400 yards wide. Good camp, grass,   
                |             |      |shade, wood, and water plentiful.   
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |From here marched up khor; mostly   
                |             |      |very heavy going, parts of it       
  _Camp (Khor   |      15     | 206  |hard. Uninteresting road. Khor      
  Ofat)_        |             |      |narrows to 120 yards. Halted at     
                |             |      |two big water holes. More water     
                |             |      |obtained by digging under W. bank.  
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |Continuing marching up khor which   
                |             |      |becomes narrower and stonier,       
                |             |      |passed through several “shellal”    
                |             |      |(cataracts) and khors running into  
                |             |      |Khor Ofat. In places bed of khor    
                |             |      |good hard going.                    
                |             |      |                                    
  Camp (Khor    |      15     | 221  |Banks become lower, bamboo jungle   
  Ofat)         |             |      |chiefly with large trees. Good      
                |             |      |camp and water from holes in bed    
                |             |      |of khor.                            
                |             |      |                                    
  _Camp (Khor   |      13     | 234  |Leave Khor Ofat to the W. At first  
  Ofat)_        |             |      |bad going, pass large patch of      
                |             |      |cultivation with tukls and leave    
                |             |      |J. Ragreig on the E., and strike    
                |             |      |khor at pool; good road. Khor 15    
                |             |      |yards wide and runs E. and W.       
                |             |      |here. From here good road to        
  _Keili_       |      5      | 239  |Keili. Good camping ground, but     
                |             |      |water in wells dirty. Good water    
                |             |      |obtainable from Khor Ofat, 4 miles  
                |             |      |N.N.E. Garrison, 50 Sudanese        
                |             |      |regulars. Path from here            
                |             |      |excellent, passing through good     
                |             |      |deal of cultivation and leaving J.  
                |             |      |Kamya from which good view of a     
                |             |      |surrounding country obtainable      
                |             |      |close to E.                         
                |             |      |                                    
  _Khor Timsa_  |      11     | 250  |After J. Kamya track intersected    
                |             |      |by khors and is over bad cotton     
                |             |      |soil. Good camp, grass poor, water  
                |             |      |plentiful.                          
                |             |      |                                    
                |             |      |From here to Jerok trying march,    
                |             |      |as path continually ascends and     
                |             |      |descends. J. Kurmuk is left to the   
                |             |      |W.                                  
                |             |      |                                    
  _J. Jerok_    |      20     | 270  |Formerly the home of Ibrahim Wad    
                |             |      |Mahmud. Garrison of 50 Sudanese     
                |             |      |regulars on small hill, about 1½    
                |             |      |miles S. Water supply scanty, but   
                |             |      |plenty for animals, 2½ miles S. in  
                |             |      |Khor Agaheni.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   37.—ROSEIRES TO KEILI, _viâ_ GULE.                  

                BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, FEBRUARY, 1902.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Roseires      |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Abramat       |      3      |  3   |Village on W. bank Blue Nile, road
                |             |      |goes through bush and grass.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Agadi_[22]|      22     |  25  |Crossing Khor El Dunia, water here
                |             |      |in three places, not good. Road   
                |             |      |now goes S. until Seraf Jogo;     
                |             |      |usual cotton soil and bush.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Seraf Jogo_  |      25     |  50  |Rest house and good water here in 
                |             |      |khor from a spring; tobacco       
                |             |      |cultivated by the Ingasana. Bad   
                |             |      |going, over rocks; pass spring at 
                |             |      |Pingulo; road going W. to Buk.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Buk_      |      12     |  62  |Water here under villages on S.   
                |             |      |side of hill, not good. Road goes 
                |             |      |off N.W. towards Gule; grass and  
                |             |      |bush and cotton soil.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gule_        |     27½     | 89½  |Water here good in two places on  
                |             |      |S. side of hill. One deep well,   
  _Khor Deleib_ |     16½     | 106  |good water, also big hole with    
                |             |      |Sagia; track S.W. to Khor Deleib; 
                |             |      |a flat depression with small khor 
                |             |      |in it; sometimes water holes where
                |             |      |Arabs water sheep. Well 20 feet   
                |             |      |deep, good supply of water; track 
                |             |      |turns to S. to J. Silak.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Silak_    |      22     | 128  |Water south side of hill, full of 
                |             |      |filth, natives even say it is bad,
                |             |      |except just after rain. Rest house
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road goes off due E. through pass 
                |             |      |in J. Sirefat to J. Mogaja.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Majaju_   |     19¼     | 147¼ |Village on top of high rock; water
                |             |      |has to be brought down by natives—
                |             |      |very good; go due South now to    
                |             |      |Abuldugu, road over hard ground.  
                |             |      |Well can be easily sunk at bottom 
                |             |      |of hill 6 feet deep. Rest house.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Abuldugu_ |     16½     | 163¾ |Water here in pond in pass in the 
                |             |      |hills, getting bad at this time of
                |             |      |year (Feb.). Water obtainable from
                |             |      |wells in K. Ganna, not very       
                |             |      |plentiful, ½ hour E. There is a   
                |             |      |Rest house here.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track due S. to J. Surkum.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A track also goes to Keili (9     
                |             |      |hours march), water plentiful,    
                |             |      |Kukeli two-thirds of way.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Surkum_   |      14     | 177¾ |Water in four places on S.        
                |             |      |side—very dirty.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water also obtainable in khor     
                |             |      |about 1½ miles N.E.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Keili_    |      20     | 197¾ |Track goes off to W., and is over 
                |             |      |cotton soil, and crosses khors.   
                |             |      |Water here plentiful. Best water  
                |             |      |S. end of big hill some way up.   
                |             |      |Rest house.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         38.—FAZOGLI TO GEZAN.                         

                   BY LIEUTENANT L. C. JACKSON, R.E.                   


[Sidenote: The Road.]

Is in good condition throughout. It is very level, except where it
crosses a khor or skirts a hill closely, there are no long ascents or
descents. The large khors are all very shallow and broad, with sandy
beds, so that at the present time of year, when they are all empty,
they do not cause the slightest delay. When passing near a hill the
road is generally rough and uneven, and covered with loose stones,
and in addition numerous small khors have to be crossed.

[Sidenote: The Country.]

Is as a rule dead flat, with the exception of the Jebels, which are
like so many islands. Except where there is cultivation, there is
nothing but bush, varying in thickness, and grass, which is now being
burnt. Cultivation as a rule consists of dura and semsem, but except
where mentioned there is nothing but bush. Where the grass has been
burnt, progress on foot through the bush is fairly easy as a rule.

[Sidenote: Water.]

Is very scarce. All the khors are now (December) dry, but water can
be obtained from holes scraped in the bed. The supply is rapidly
decreasing, and in two or three places where water was obtainable
on our way out to Gezan, no water could be obtained on our way back,
only three days later.

Between the Khor Sumba and the Khor Karri, however, water appears
to be plentiful, and in the Khor Tumat itself there seems to be an
ample supply just below the surface.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Fazogli, Mek’s|      —      |  —   |The road leaves the village in a  
  House         |             |      |southerly direction and runs      
                |             |      |straight to the foot of J.        
                |             |      |Fazogli, on reaching which it     
                |             |      |follows the S.E. spur, but without
                |             |      |ascending it. At first it runs    
                |             |      |through patches of cultivation,   
                |             |      |but after about ½ mile this gives 
                |             |      |place to thin bush. The road is   
                |             |      |for the most part good, except    
                |             |      |where it crosses numerous small   
                |             |      |khors, tributaries of the Khor    
                |             |      |Akluli, which also follows the    
                |             |      |foot of the ridge, as a rule      
                |             |      |between the road and the high     
                |             |      |ground. The ascent on the right of
                |             |      |the road is very steep, and the   
                |             |      |hill side consists of boulders and
                |             |      |loose stones and is covered with  
                |             |      |scrub.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kukuru_      |      6¾     |  6¾  |Whilst still W. of J. Kukuru, a   
                |             |      |few tukls are passed, and shortly 
                |             |      |afterwards the road bends         
                |             |      |eastwards and enters the village  
                |             |      |of Kukuru, which consists of some 
                |             |      |50 or 60 tukls. There is a        
                |             |      |considerable amount of cultivation
                |             |      |here, but most of it lies S. of   
                |             |      |the khor on the Kira road. At the 
                |             |      |end of December, 1899, water was  
                |             |      |only obtainable from holes in the 
                |             |      |bed of the khor, and appears to be
                |             |      |very bad and scarce.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After crossing the khor the road  
                |             |      |runs straight through the bush to 
                |             |      |J. Taza, and thence to Khor Baba. 
                |             |      |Up to J. Taza the surrounding     
                |             |      |country is flat and the bush      
                |             |      |thick, and nothing can be seen    
                |             |      |from the road, except an          
                |             |      |occasional glimpse of a distant   
                |             |      |hill. A very small quantity of    
                |             |      |water was obtained by digging in  
                |             |      |the bed of the _Khor Daru_ on the 
                |             |      |24th December, 1899, but four days
                |             |      |later on returning this had dried 
                |             |      |up.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Beyond J. Taza the country is more
                |             |      |undulating, but still covered with
                |             |      |bush, and for the last ½ mile     
                |             |      |before Khor Baba it is somewhat   
                |             |      |rough.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Baba_   |      8¾     | 15½  |Camped here 25th December, 1899. A
                |             |      |tributary of the Khor Tumat about 
                |             |      |25 yards broad where crossed by   
                |             |      |the road. Good water obtainable,  
                |             |      |but getting scarce now. Road      
                |             |      |beyond somewhat rough and uneven, 
                |             |      |which is caused by the spurs of J.
  J. Agaro      |      4½     |  20  |Agaro, &c., all of which hills are
                |             |      |left on right. Bush, with no      
                |             |      |traces of water, until Khor Sumba 
                |             |      |is reached, but J. Agaro is       
                |             |      |inhabited by Jebelawin.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Sumba_  |      5      |  25  |Crossed three times in the space  
                |             |      |of about ½ mile. Probably due to  
                |             |      |an S curve in the river and not   
                |             |      |three distinct channels. Breadth  
                |             |      |of each about 35 yards, but       
                |             |      |extremely shallow. Banks very     
                |             |      |fertile and a good deal of        
                |             |      |cultivation, principally dura.    
                |             |      |Good water obtainable here.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tumat    |      1      |  26  |Road just enters khor, where it is
                |             |      |joined by Khor Kari, but leaves it
                |             |      |again without crossing it. Khor   
                |             |      |about 60 yards broad here. No     
                |             |      |water visible, but could probably 
                |             |      |be obtained by digging, as there  
                |             |      |is any quantity just below the    
                |             |      |surface about 5 miles further     
                |             |      |south. From here to the Khor El   
                |             |      |Dahab (Adaba), trees are bigger   
                |             |      |and water evidently more          
                |             |      |plentiful, with many traces of all
                |             |      |sorts of game.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor El      |      2¾     | 28¾  |Crossed by the road about ½ mile  
  Dahab_        |             |      |from its junction with the Khor   
                |             |      |Tumat. Water obtainable at        
                |             |      |present, but very little and bad. 
                |             |      |Road crosses east of J. Farbau,   
                |             |      |passing over some of the low      
                |             |      |spurs; ground broken and stony.   
                |             |      |All traces of water now disappear 
                |             |      |and the ordinary bush begins      
                |             |      |again. Numerous small khors are   
                |             |      |crossed, but all completely dry.  
                |             |      |J. Gumbûk is left to the E., and  
                |             |      |about 1 mile further on signs of  
                |             |      |water are again visible and       
                |             |      |cultivation recommences, also two 
                |             |      |or three tukls. Henceforward      
                |             |      |cultivation is continuous, and    
                |             |      |about ¾ mile further on at some   
                |             |      |more tukls the road turns abruptly
                |             |      |to the right and runs straight    
                |             |      |down to the Khor Tumat.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gezan_ (Water|      8      | 36¾  |Camp here in bed of khor 26th     
  pool in Khor  |             |      |December, 1899. Water good and    
  Tumat)        |             |      |plentiful but below surface.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Milk and other supplies only      
                |             |      |obtained with great difficulty.   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


              39.—GEZAN TO KURMUK, _viâ_ SUDE AND M’NZILA.             

                      BY MAJOR GWYNN, D.S.O., R.E.                     

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Khor Tumat    |      —      |  —   |Track passes under the northern   
                |             |      |foot of J. Gezan. Before reaching 
  J. Ghezan     |      3      |  3   |J. Sude, water is found in Khor   
                |             |      |Durin and Khor Gaza. A certain    
                |             |      |amount of gold washing is carried 
                |             |      |on in both these water courses.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Sude_     |      12     |  15  |Sude was the site of an old       
                |             |      |Egyptian Mamuria. The present Mek 
                |             |      |is a Berta and very few of the    
                |             |      |natives know Arabic. There is a   
                |             |      |good deal of cultivation and      
                |             |      |plenty of water is obtainable.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _M’Nzila_     |      8½     | 23½  |M’Nzila is a large scattered      
                |             |      |village to the south, and south of
                |             |      |J. M’Nzila a great deal of ground 
                |             |      |is under cultivation. The leading 
                |             |      |men, most of whom are Jaalin who  
                |             |      |established themselves there in   
                |             |      |the Dervish time, are prosperous. 
                |             |      |Road from Sude to M’Nzila very    
                |             |      |rough and bad, good water in the  
                |             |      |Khor Goga near its source.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From M’Nzila there is a fair,     
                |             |      |though very hilly, road leading   
                |             |      |west over the north shoulder of J.
                |             |      |M’Nzila and south of J. Tone. A   
                |             |      |very deep ravine runs along the   
                |             |      |south side of J. M’Nzila into the 
                |             |      |valley between Dul and Kurmuk.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The descent into the valley just  
                |             |      |north of J. Tone is very steep.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sh. Adingam’s|      5½     |  29  |At the bottom of the valley is Sh.
  Village_      |             |      |Adingam’s village, where there is 
                |             |      |a good water supply.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Crossing the valley to J. Kurmuk  
                |             |      |several gold washings are passed  
                |             |      |near the foot of J. Dish.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Kurmuk village is very small  
                |             |      |and there is little cultivation.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road from Sh. Adingam’s is    
                |             |      |very bad and stony till clear of  
                |             |      |the hills. Then there is flat,    
                |             |      |thickly wooded country.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                           40.—GULE TO RENK.                           

              BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT, FEBRUARY, 1902.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gule (Rest    |      —      |  —   |The track to Renk leaves Gule in  
  house)        |             |      |an easterly direction and for the 
                |             |      |first mile traverses cultivation, 
                |             |      |two small Selim Arab encampments  
                |             |      |are passed on the right hand;     
                |             |      |thick forest at once begins,      
                |             |      |composed chiefly of 30 feet high  
                |             |      |talh, hashab, nagba, kadad,       
                |             |      |soffar, &c., and there is a large 
                |             |      |amount of the (to camels) deadly  
                |             |      |poisonous hekabit. At this time of
                |             |      |year the grass and undergrowth is 
                |             |      |burnt, but the trees are so       
                |             |      |thick[23] that they prohibit      
                |             |      |marching at night unless with a   
                |             |      |good moon. Riding a horse or mule 
                |             |      |one is far less inconvenienced    
                |             |      |than if on a camel. There are     
                |             |      |fairly frequent open spaces       
                |             |      |suitable for camping grounds.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      21     |  21  |The dense forest ceases and more  
                |             |      |or less scattered and much lower  
                |             |      |bush takes its place.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  26  |The country through which the     
                |             |      |track leads becomes practically   
                |             |      |open.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 27½  |A broad, ill-defined depression,  
                |             |      |probably a marsh in rains.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 32½  |Tall and rather close kittr       
                |             |      |commences interfering somewhat    
                |             |      |with progress.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  35  |The tall kittr ceases and country 
                |             |      |becomes open.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Deleib or|      2      |  37  |A khor, 15 yards wide and 10 feet 
  El Sunt       |             |      |deep is crossed, also known as    
                |             |      |Deleib.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  38  |Kittr bush commences and continues
                |             |      |for about 2 miles, not very dense.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 42½  |Dense tall kittr commences,       
                |             |      |considerably retarding progress,  
                |             |      |and lasts for 2½ miles.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  45  |Country becomes open and          
                |             |      |cultivation is passed on left.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  46  |Sheikh Bakhit’s (Dinka) rain      
                |             |      |village is passed and the road now
                |             |      |runs along the side of a low,     
                |             |      |sandy ridge dotted with heglig    
                |             |      |trees, cultivation, and several   
                |             |      |Dinka villages.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  47  |Dinka village on right.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  48  |Dinka village on left.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Deleib or|      4½     | 52½  |Khor El Sunt is recrossed in two  
  El Sunt       |             |      |branches.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Sheikh’s      |      ½      |  53  |Sheikh Aweir Wad El Rung head     
  village       |             |      |Sheikh at Renk.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Village       |      1½     | 54½  |Village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Renk_ |      1      | 55½  |Inspector’s and police houses on  
                |             |      |bank of White Nile. Headquarters  
                |             |      |of District. P.T.O.               
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      41.—JEBELEIN TO RENK (R.B.).                     

                 BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, MARCH, 1902.                 

  -----------+-----------------------+----------------------------------
             |         Miles.        |
             +-------------+---------+                                  
    Place.   |             |  Total  |         Description.
             |Intermediate.|  from   |                                  
             |             |Khartoum.|                                  
  -----------+-------------+---------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum   |      —      |    —    |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  _Jebelein_ |     225     |   225   |Country round Jebelein is grass   
             |             |         |with laot and kittr bush in thick 
             |             |         |patches. River here 600 yards wide
             |             |         |(dry season), rocks showing river 
             |             |         |in places. For first mile or two  
             |             |         |after leaving Jebelein open grass 
             |             |         |plain on E. of track, kittr bush  
             |             |         |beyond. A few heglig trees between
             |             |         |track and river.                  
             |             |         |                                  
  Sherif     |      2½     |   227½  |Name of spot only; this name      
             |             |         |applies to country next two miles.
             |             |         |                                  
  Wad Nimol  |      3½     |   231   |                                  
  Island     |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  Um Romad   |      3½     |   234½  |End of district of this name which
             |             |         |begins where Sherif ends.         
             |             |         |                                  
  _Maghaba_  |      1½     |   236   |District only; no inhabitants. N. 
             |             |         |end of Bulli Island begins and    
             |             |         |track along khor which forms it,  
             |             |         |water only in places in khor.     
             |             |         |                                  
  Awad El    |      2½     |   238½  |Khor and small hill of this name. 
  Kerim      |             |         |Road alternately good and bad from
             |             |         |kittr bush.                       
             |             |         |                                  
  Debba Goda |      3½     |   242   |J. Abu Garud and Jebelein last    
             |             |         |visible from here; Sheikhs Tomb on
             |             |         |bare hill 50 feet high.           
             |             |         |                                  
  Debba El   |      2¼     |   244¼  |Small khor; ground slightly       
  Ghoda      |             |         |undulating and rising inland.     
             |             |         |                                  
  Ganus      |      8½     |   252¾  |Bare, open high “debba” 50 feet   
             |             |         |above track, no inhabitants, only 
             |             |         |a name.                           
             |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |No huts or signs of permanent     
             |             |         |habitations; a few Baggara        
  _Karshawal_|      9¼     |   262   |“rakubas.” End of Bulli Island.   
             |             |         |                                  
  _Old camp_ |      3½     |   265½  |Old entrenched camp about 80 yards
             |             |         |by 30 yards on rising ground 200  
             |             |         |yards from river on right hand    
             |             |         |side of track, good meshra.       
             |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |Going bad on account of kittr.    
             |             |         |This is last water before reaching
  Karshawal  |      2      |   267½  |Agang as river makes a bend       
  Island     |             |         |westwards.                        
             |             |         |                                  
  _Agang_    |      13     |   280½  |Dinka villages of Nyitau and      
             |             |         |Manjak, generally called Agang.   
             |             |         |                                  
  _Renk_     |      3      |   283½  |Good meshra. Police Post.         
             |             |         |Mosquitoes here are very bad.     
             |             |         |Advisable to encamp inland near   
             |             |         |Dinka villages. Telegraph and Post
             |             |         |office here.                      
  -----------+-------------+---------+----------------------------------


     42.—RENK TO KAKA OLD WOOD STATION (HELLET EL NYAM NYAM), R. B.    

                 BY CAPTAIN H. H. MORANT, MARCH, 1902.                 


[Sidenote: General.]

The road described below runs along the river bank, or the banks of
khors adjoining the river. Since the erection of the telegraph line
(1903), the road along the line is the more generally used, being
more direct. In the rains, a road running from Renk to Goz Kash Kash
thence to Awitong is said to be the one used—this road probably
leaves the river about 8-10 miles to the W.

  -----------+-----------------------+----------------------------------
             |         Miles.        |
             +-------------+---------+                                  
    Place.   |             |  Total  |         Description.
             |Intermediate.|  from   |                                  
             |             |Khartoum.|                                  
  -----------+-------------+---------+----------------------------------
  Khartoum   |      —      |    —    |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  _Renk_     |     283½    |   283½  |A meshra on the W. Nile with      
             |             |         |inspector’s house and police      
             |             |         |tukls. The road at first leads in 
             |             |         |a S.E. direction, and after 2     
  Khor Deleib|      2      |   285½  |miles Khor Deleib 30 feet wide and
             |             |         |about 6 to 10 feet deep is        
             |             |         |crossed. Another smaller khor, a  
             |             |         |branch of Deleib, is crossed ½    
             |      ¾      |   286¼  |mile further on. The road now runs
             |             |         |alongside a wide khor or branch of
             |             |         |the Nile named Gaza El Abiad. The 
             |             |         |track to Gule branches off in a   
             |             |         |S.E. direction. Numerous Dinka    
             |             |         |villages are passed about a mile  
             |             |         |E. of the road (which is excellent
             |             |         |going), and continue at intervals 
             |             |         |until after passing Sheikh Bakhit 
             |             |         |Niok’s (a released slave from     
  Warrit     |      9      |   295¼  |Cairo) village Warrit ½ mile E. A 
             |             |         |few Shilluk villages are passed on
             |             |         |the island called Wad Ab Kona,    
             |             |         |formed by Khor Gaza El Abiad and  
             |             |         |White Nile. This khor at High Nile
             |             |         |is probably 300 yards to 600 yards
             |             |         |wide, but now (March) it is       
             |             |         |nowhere more than 300 and fordable
             |             |         |nearly everywhere. There are many 
             |             |         |wild fowl on it. S. of Warrit the 
             |             |         |people are mostly Selim Baggara   
             |             |         |living in temporary encampments   
             |             |         |about a mile inland for the       
             |             |         |grazing.                          
             |             |         |                                  
  _Um        |     11¼     |   306½  |The encampments now cease and the 
  Hedeida_   |             |         |water in the khor gradually       
             |             |         |decreases until at Um Hedeida,    
             |             |         |water is stagnant and only in     
             |             |         |small quantities. The country on  
             |             |         |E. of track which always follows  
             |             |         |the eastern bank of khor, is      
             |             |         |covered with 3 feet high grass    
             |             |         |(where not burnt), and scattered  
             |             |         |bush and no signs of cultivation  
             |             |         |are visible.                      
             |             |         |                                  
             |      3      |   309½  |Water reappears in the khor, and  
             |             |         |there are Selim encampments to the
             |             |         |E. of the track.                  
             |             |         |                                  
  _Leungtom  |      3½     |   313   |At meshra Leungtom (Dinka) or     
  or Domaia_ |             |         |Domaia (Arab) the Nile is         
             |             |         |approached again for the first    
             |             |         |time since Renk. About 1½ miles   
             |             |         |inland are the villages of Kolang,
             |             |         |El Wat, &c., under Sheikh Salem   
             |             |         |Banga (also a released slave from 
             |             |         |Cairo). A certain amount of       
             |             |         |cultivation is visible and the    
             |             |         |country is tolerably open. Soon   
             |             |         |after leaving the meshra, the     
             |             |         |track follows the eastern bank of 
             |             |         |a khor resembling Gaza El Abiad.  
             |             |         |The Arab name for it varies with  
             |             |         |the districts it traverses. The   
             |             |         |Dinka name was not obtained. On   
             |             |         |the W. of the track is a fringe of
             |             |         |thick talh bush, to the E. the    
             |             |         |country is fairly open.           
             |             |         |                                  
  Debba El   |      4      |   317   |The first dom palms are met here. 
  Zawia      |             |         |This Debba is the commencement of 
             |             |         |the Nabagaia district.            
             |             |         |                                  
  Dinka      |      2½     |   319½  |A village, Anok, belonging to     
  village,   |             |         |Agweim Dinkas, is passed about ¾  
  Anok       |             |         |miles to E. on a slight elevation 
             |             |         |and thick talh bush commences on  
             |             |         |both sides of the track. This     
             |             |         |village appears to depend on the  
             |             |         |river for its water supply.       
             |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |The bush gradually develops into  
             |             |         |talh and heglig forest. There is  
             |             |         |good shade all along the khor and 
             |             |         |the track, as it has been         
             |             |         |throughout, is excellent; the     
             |             |         |trees along the route cause little
             |             |         |inconvenience.                    
             |             |         |                                  
  _Tereiba_  |      9      |   328½  |Nabagaia district ends and Tereiba
  (Arab)     |             |         |begins, and is marked by the      
             |             |         |reappearance of dom palms.        
             |             |         |                                  
             |      2      |   330½  |An excellent mid-day camping      
             |             |         |ground, good shade and water in   
             |             |         |the khor. J. Ahmed Agha is visible
             |             |         |from near here.                   
             |             |         |                                  
  Debba      |      3      |   333½  |Dense forest continues until      
  Ibrahim    |             |         |reaching this slight elevation    
  Sharak     |             |         |(called after a man who was killed
  (Arab)     |             |         |by an elephant here), and         
             |             |         |commences again after about a mile
  _El Ragal_ |      —      |    —    |of open ground, and the district  
  (Arab)     |             |         |of El Ragal (Arab) begins, and the
             |             |         |khor now takes that name.         
             |             |         |                                  
  Track      |      2½     |   336   |A track branches off eastwards and
  leading to |             |         |is said to lead to a Dinka village
  Kash Kash  |             |         |or district called Kash Kash 15-20
  (Arab and  |             |         |miles from the river. There are   
  Dinka)     |             |         |said to be wells there. The bush  
             |             |         |or forest after leaving Debba     
             |             |         |Ibrahim Sharak up to this point is
             |             |         |unpleasantly thick, especially for
             |             |         |night travelling, but here the    
             |             |         |bush ceases to cause any          
             |             |         |inconvenience.                    
             |             |         |                                  
  Goz Abu    |      3¾     |   339¾  |A slight elevation; a mile further
  Teiba      |             |         |on the road was left and Khor     
             |             |         |Sangeir about 100 yards wide and  
  Khor       |      ¾      |   340½  |now (March) dry, was crossed.     
  Sangeir or |             |         |                                  
  Rau        |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |This khor would probably be a     
             |             |         |considerable obstacle in the      
             |             |         |rains, and would have to be       
             |             |         |crossed some distance up. After a 
             |             |         |good rainy season the people in   
             |             |         |the neighbourhood of Mabiu, which 
             |             |         |is about 15 miles further up are  
             |             |         |said to drink from it until well  
             |             |         |on into the dry season. A mile    
  Khor       |      1      |   341½  |further on Khor Messangeir or     
  Messangeir |             |         |Mariu, or Balantega, a rather     
             |             |         |smaller khor is crossed. J. Ahmed 
  _J. Ahmed  |      1      |   342½  |Agha or Biba about 300 feet above 
  Agha_ or   |             |         |the plain. There are several Dinka
  _Biba_     |             |         |and Selim Arab villages in the    
             |             |         |neighbourhood, but no one lives   
             |             |         |here during the rains. The Dinkas 
             |             |         |then retire inland and the Arabs  
             |             |         |to districts N. of the fly limit. 
             |             |         |From Ahmed Agba there is a little 
             |             |         |used track to Jebel Ulu Gerauit,  
             |             |         |which is visible from the top of  
             |             |         |the Jebel, and is described as    
             |             |         |being distant two days without    
             |             |         |water. Sheikh Jok is the Dinka    
             |             |         |Sheikh here and Akwé acts for him 
             |             |         |when absent. There are many dom   
             |             |         |palms around the Jebel. Water is  
             |             |         |obtained from Khor Biba or Ahmed  
             |             |         |Agha, the river which here bends  
             |             |         |S.W., is about 1 mile W. of it.   
             |             |         |                                  
  Heglig or  |      3      |   345½  |Is the name of the district which 
  Tau        |             |         |extends for about 6 miles opposite
             |             |         |to Gezira Wad Beiker on the       
  Gezira Wad |      2      |   347½  |northern end of which is a Shilluk
  Beiker     |             |         |village Edor Gamoia. Marbeit      
             |             |         |(Arab) or Shakab (Dinka) is the   
  Edor Gamoia|      —      |    —    |name of the next district.        
             |             |         |                                  
  _Marbeit_  |      2½     |   350   |                                  
  or _Shakab_|             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
             |      1½     |   351½  |The road which has been skirting  
             |             |         |the branch of the Nile (about 30  
             |             |         |yards wide) for about the last 4  
             |             |         |miles now ceases to do so, and a  
             |             |         |grassy plain which at High Nile   
             |             |         |must be a swamp intervenes between
             |             |         |it and the river.                 
             |             |         |                                  
  Ial Gamus  |      —      |    —    |A Shilluk village on the island.  
             |             |         |The Sheikh after whom the village 
             |             |         |is named, is a refugee from Cairo.
             |             |         |                                  
  Kwé        |      4½     |   356   |A Dinka Farikh.                   
             |             |         |                                  
  Alumbul    |      ½      |   356½  |Sheikh Ajak’s village. The country
             |             |         |round is fairly open, scattered   
             |             |         |kitr and naal grass. Both these   
             |             |         |villages are under the control of 
             |             |         |Sheikh Salem Banga of El Wat.     
             |             |         |                                  
  _Meshra    |      1½     |   358   |The meshra extends for about 2    
  Zeraf_     |             |         |miles; the road skirts the river  
             |             |         |and crosses a wide, shallow khor  
  Farlegh    |      2      |   360   |called a Farlegh or Rigl by the   
  Meshra     |             |         |Arabs. It is said to come from    
  Zeraf or   |             |         |near Aturuk.                      
  Makwé      |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  _Rom       |      3      |   363   |Dinka villages named Rom under    
  (Dinka)_ or|             |         |Sheikh Jok. The district is known 
  _Um Gursan_|             |         |by the Arabs as Um Gursan, the    
             |             |         |track from Renk to this point is  
             |             |         |as a rule excellent, but from here
             |             |         |to Kaka it is generally bad,      
             |             |         |passing over very hard caked and  
             |             |         |badly cracked cotton soil.        
             |             |         |                                  
             |      2      |   365   |Fine kuk and other trees are      
             |             |         |passed. The small black fly was   
             |             |         |exceptionally bad here in the     
             |             |         |early morning and attacked the    
             |             |         |camels in swarms.                 
             |             |         |                                  
  Tereiti    |      4      |   369   |The district of Tereiti begins.   
             |             |         |Ardeib El Miriam (Arab) is the    
             |             |         |district on opposite bank.        
             |             |         |                                  
  _Meshra    |      3      |   372   |Meshra Rom or Tereiti.            
  Rom_ or    |             |         |                                  
  _Tereiti_  |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  Dinka      |      3      |   375   |Villages belonging to Adeir       
  villages,  |             |         |Dinkas. River about 1 mile E. of  
  Fil and    |             |         |track, to the W. the country is   
  Ajak       |             |         |more or less open with patches of 
             |             |         |bush and trees in places.         
             |             |         |                                  
  Dinka      |      7      |   382   |Villages under Sheikh Akol Wad    
  villages,  |             |         |Ashol.                            
  Nakwé and  |             |         |                                  
  Fithi      |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
  Jung Yom   |      ¾      |   382¾  |Dinka villages under Akol. The    
             |             |         |river is now about 2 miles away,  
             |             |         |right of road.                    
             |             |         |                                  
  Debba      |      1¼     |   384   |Arab name for knoll on right of   
  Shagerat   |             |         |point where road bends westwards  
             |             |         |and crosses a marshy (in rains)   
  Debeik     |      2      |   386   |plain to Sheikh Akol’s village    
             |             |         |about 1 mile from river opposite  
  _Shagerat  |      —      |    —    |Kaka, where there are many Shilluk
  El Ashera_ |             |         |villages. The Arab name for this  
  or _Loing  |             |         |marshy district is Shagerat El    
  Shuk_      |             |         |Ashera, and Dinka Loing Shuk.     
  (opposite  |             |         |                                  
  Kaka)      |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |                                  
             |             |         |Skirting an open marshy (in rains)
             |             |         |plain on right and following line 
             |             |         |of trees on left, Dinka village   
  Ajok       |      2¾     |   388¾  |named Ajok is reached. Tracks now 
             |             |         |become numerous and ill defined,  
             |             |         |and one was followed which led    
             |             |         |across an open marshy (in rains)  
             |             |         |plain to the Nile 2 miles N. of   
             |             |         |Kaka, wood station, known as      
  _Kaka, old |      6¼     |   405   |Hellet El Nyam Nyam; the village  
  wood       |             |         |is situated close to the river    
  station_   |             |         |bank.                             
  -----------+-------------+---------+----------------------------------


              43.—RENK TO OPPOSITE KODOK (DUNJOL) (R. B.).             

  BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, DECEMBER, 1902, JANUARY AND FEBRUARY, 1903. 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Renk          |      —      |  —   |Track taken depends on the time of
                |             |      |the year. Up to January inland    
                |             |      |track must be followed owing to   
                |             |      |water on the lower.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Telegraph Hill|      1      |  1   |On sandy hill near river; village 
                |             |      |of Abd El Salam, a refugee Dinka  
                |             |      |from Bahr El Ghazal. From here the
                |             |      |track follows the telegraph line  
                |             |      |for some miles.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Deleib   |      ½      |  1½  |Merely a dry ditch in the dry     
                |             |      |season; another dry branch is     
                |             |      |passed about 300 yards further on.
                |             |      |Country here is open grass land;  
                |             |      |few small trees.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  4   |Thin forest of laot thorn bush and
                |             |      |small heglig trees.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Gaikwach      |      3      |  7   |A village of the Aku district,    
                |             |      |Sheikh Awat Wad Dual. Another     
                |             |      |small village 300 yards further   
                |             |      |on.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  8½  |Position of old Dinka village.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Kelang        |      2½     |  11  |Small village of this name, left. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Loingwen      |      ½      | 11½  |Beginning of village of Loingwen, 
                |             |      |which comprises five small ones,  
                |             |      |all under Sheikh Bakhit Niok. From
                |             |      |here along the lower road there   
                |             |      |are no villages before Elwat, and 
                |             |      |travellers must halt near water.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Bangdit       |      1½     |  13  |Sandy debba; no habitations. Scene
                |             |      |of a former fight between Dinkas  
                |             |      |and Government troops. The track  
                |             |      |now descends to the bank of the   
                |             |      |khor that divides Island of Gaza- 
                |             |      |el-Abiad from the mainland and    
                |             |      |runs for the next 5 miles on high 
                |             |      |sandy ridge within 500 yards of   
                |             |      |the water. Guinea fowl and gazelle
                |             |      |in abundance; a few tetel seen,   
                |             |      |and tracks of antelope, hippo, and
                |             |      |buffalo. A good deal of kittr near
                |             |      |track since Bangdit. No large     
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Lardbiu       |      2½     | 15½  |Sandy debba on left.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  18  |Good camping ground.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Abiad Shwai   |      1      |  19  |High sandy debba, which used to be
                |             |      |covered with big tamarind trees   
                |             |      |which have now gone. Shortest     
                |             |      |track is now along telegraph line,
                |             |      |but is probably impassable in the 
                |             |      |rains. Leave khor on right.       
                |             |      |Country bushy with small heglig   
                |             |      |trees and some kittr.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¾     | 22¾  |Sandy hill on right. Track now    
                |             |      |crosses open plain of black cotton
                |             |      |soil, covered with rank grass.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Elwat_       |      5¼     |  28  |Beginning of Elwat, district of   
                |             |      |Gi-el. Head Sheikh, Salem Banga.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  29  |Salem’s own village, about 2 miles
                |             |      |from the river. This is the first 
                |             |      |meshra since leaving Renk. High   
                |             |      |debba between this village and the
                |             |      |river.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Elwat the track runs         
                |             |      |alternately through open ground   
                |             |      |and patches of bush and red talh  
                |             |      |to Anak.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Anak          |      5½     | 34½  |Village of Gi-el district. Three  
                |             |      |small villages. The local Sheikh  
                |             |      |Ayik Wad Dok. Track now runs      
                |             |      |through bush and thick forest for 
                |             |      |many miles. Lower track deserted  
                |             |      |by Dinkas, who follow the line    
                |             |      |now, as being shorter.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Mabiu         |      3½     |  38  |High debba on right on edge of    
                |             |      |khor. Track along the khor is     
                |             |      |close to line here; now get into  
                |             |      |the land of big trees.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Dungbiagadet  |      1½     | 39½  |Debba on right.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Allal         |      2½     |  42  |Debba. Beginning of Allal         
                |             |      |district, which exists in name    
                |             |      |only. Arab name Tereiba. Many     
                |             |      |thick dom palms.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 43¼  |Debba Allal.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Ragal         |      1¼     | 44½  |Beginning of district of Ragal. No
                |             |      |people.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Ragal   |      1¼     | 45¾  |Debba Ragal, about 200 yards from 
                |             |      |khor. Little game seen here,      
                |             |      |though plenty of fresh tracks of  
                |             |      |elephant, buffalo, &c.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Kefali        |      ¼      |  46  |Debba. Many dom palms. This was   
                |             |      |site of old Dinka village. Open   
                |             |      |park land, which soon changes to  
                |             |      |very thick forest; open again     
                |             |      |after 1 mile.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  48  |First view of Jebel Ahmed Agha    
                |             |      |from track.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  49  |Forest of red talh; old Dinka     
                |             |      |elephant pits, and many skulls of 
                |             |      |these beasts.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¼     | 52¼  |Track divides, one going on to the
                |             |      |jebel and the other               
                |             |      |eastwards—inland. This latter goes
                |             |      |to the Dinka district of Baanwen, 
                |             |      |which lies up Khor Rau. A track   
                |             |      |used to exist to Goz Kash-Kash,   
                |             |      |but is now said to be “dead.”     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Rau      |      ¼      | 52½  |Khor Rau, about ¼ mile beyond bend
                |             |      |in the telegraph line; 40-feet    
                |             |      |waterway, 3 feet deep; unfordable 
                |             |      |for loaded transport animals on   
                |             |      |account of mud (December).        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jebel Ahmed  |      2      | 54½  |The route followed will be seen by
  Agha_         |             |      |comparison to be several miles    
                |             |      |shorter than the old track        
                |             |      |previously sketched by other      
                |             |      |officers. Shortest track is now   
                |             |      |along line, though the going on   
                |             |      |the lower tortuous native track is
                |             |      |better.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz Unaché    |      2¼     | 56¾  |High ridge of ground on left, used
                |             |      |to be thickly populated by Kwach  
                |             |      |Dinkas. Whole track is through    
                |      5¼     |  62  |dense forest of heglig, sidr, kuk,
                |             |      |kittr, and talh, except at Mile   
                |             |      |62, where there is a broad open   
                |             |      |plain.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra Zeraf_|      7⅝     | 69⅝  |Also called Mukhada Zeraf. No     
                |             |      |Dinka villages here, though there 
                |             |      |are some old cattle zeribas. These
                |             |      |change yearly—last year’s spot was
                |             |      |called Anambul. Some Dinka        
                |             |      |refugees are, however, going to   
                |             |      |build this year on the meshra,    
                |             |      |which is well suited for purposes 
                |             |      |of being irrigated by shadufs or  
                |             |      |sakias. This is the first meshra  
                |             |      |since Elwat, and the last until   
                |             |      |Kaka old wood station, though in  
                |             |      |the dry season Meshra Rom becomes 
                |             |      |a meshra.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Jungle around Meshra Zeraf is     
                |             |      |mostly kittr.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Makwé    |      1¾     | 71⅜  |600-800 yards wide, and even in   
                |             |      |dry season impassable, for some   
                |             |      |way up. In dry season a track     
                |             |      |exists from here to Kaka wood     
                |             |      |station by the river bank. The    
                |             |      |track to the Dinka villages,      
                |      4¾     | 76⅛  |however, runs up this khor till   
                |             |      |Mile 76⅛, when the track leaves   
                |             |      |the khor and runs off southwards  
                |             |      |over a grass plain. Khor Makwé    
                |             |      |runs on to Aturuk, a deserted     
                |             |      |Dinka village.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Turiak   |      1½     | 77⅝  |Track runs along this khor, and 1 
                |             |      |mile further on crosses it. Arab  
                |             |      |name for this khor is Fo-alig.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 78⅜  |Enter forest now, which consists  
                |             |      |of trees and kittr bush,          
                |             |      |alternately with occasional       
                |             |      |patches of park-like land, for the
                |             |      |next 7½ miles. Khor Turiak is on  
                |             |      |the left of track till spot where 
                |             |      |track crosses it, and this khor   
                |             |      |winds about on right of track till
                |             |      |Mile 89⅛.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Gi-ka-kiu     |     11¾     | 89⅛  |This is the chief village of Rom, 
                |             |      |and this is the name generally    
                |             |      |used, though the people speak of  
                |             |      |the grazing grounds near the river
                |             |      |as Rom, probably denoting that it 
                |             |      |is the grazing of the Rom people. 
                |             |      |Sheikh Jok Wad Ageir.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Fajak   |      4      | 93⅛  |Site of old village.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Kolerang      |      1¼     | 94⅝  |Small village, part of Rom.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Bafing        |      1      | 95⅝  |Small village, part of Rom. Trees 
                |             |      |on horizon. Cross khor here.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¾     | 98⅜  |Cattle zeriba left, belongs to    
                |             |      |Fiti (_see_ later).               
                |             |      |                                  
  Gio           |      1¼     | 100⅝ |Large village of Gio, of district 
                |             |      |of Ageir, also called Faloich     
                |             |      |(name of the spot). Village of the
                |             |      |Head Sheikh of Ageir, Akol Wad    
                |             |      |Shol. Good wells here that suffice
                |             |      |for the needs of all the          
                |             |      |inhabitants all the year round,   
                |             |      |but not for all their cattle. From
                |             |      |Gio the track runs W. to Demtemma 
                |             |      |along a well-defined ridge for    
                |             |      |several miles; villages cluster   
                |             |      |thickly along this ridge. Khor    
                |             |      |Kayaluk runs on left of track.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 102⅛ |One of the villages of Beia can be
                |             |      |seen from here left. Trees 2 miles
                |             |      |off right. Thick bush 1 mile left 
                |             |      |on other side of khor.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Mioriak |      2      | 104⅛ |Debba Mioriak on left.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Ai-yowel      |      ¾      | 104⅞ |Village of Ageir on right with one
                |             |      |big tree on east edge. Village of 
                |             |      |Kil 1½ miles off half-right.      
                |             |      |Village of Makwé is behind Kil in 
                |             |      |the forest.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jung-yom_    |      1½     | 106⅝ |Village, part of Ageir, on right. 
                |             |      |Good wells, ¾ mile off on left in 
                |             |      |bed of khor, available at all     
                |             |      |period of dry seasons. Travelling 
                |             |      |is now most uninteresting, no     
                |             |      |villages and hardly a tree to be  
                |             |      |seen.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Fadiet  |      4      | 110⅝ |Site of an old village. Vast grass
                |             |      |plain on every side; not a tree or
                |             |      |a bush to be seen, even on the    
                |             |      |horizon.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Fojbe   |      3¼     | 113⅞ |Site of another old village.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Demtemma_    |      7      | 120⅞ |Situated in belt of trees on river
                |             |      |bank. Was till recently a police  
                |             |      |post, but latter has now been     
                |             |      |moved to Melut, 3 miles down      
                |             |      |stream, to where the telegraph    
                |             |      |office is.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 122⅜ |Track crosses dry khor which would
                |             |      |be a considerable obstacle in the 
                |             |      |rains.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅝     | 124  |Cattle zeriba of Beia on banks of 
                |             |      |Khor Adar—which is 60 yards wide  
                |             |      |here and 4 feet deep, muddy       
                |             |      |bottom, clean banks. A big debba  
                |             |      |on south side of the khor, and 1  
                |             |      |mile from the mouth of the khor.  
                |             |      |Broad swamp on right of track.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2⅝     | 126⅝ |Track descends to river bank;     
                |             |      |thick bush most of the way on left
                |             |      |of track.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tiang-rial_  |      4⅜     | 131  |A cattle zeriba of Beia left.     
                |             |      |Backwater or small lake between   
                |             |      |track and river. Island in river, 
                |             |      |north end.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 131½ |Thick bush left.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 132  |End of backwater. March on river  
                |             |      |bank; track winds along river     
                |             |      |bank, occasionally through very   
                |             |      |bad kittr bush, which can be      
                |             |      |avoided in places by marching     
                |             |      |along the foreshore.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5⅜     | 137⅜ |Big ardeib tree—conspicuous       
                |             |      |landmark; backwater between tree  
                |             |      |and river. After 2 miles the bush 
                |             |      |ceases, and track lies over an    
                |             |      |open grass plain.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4¼     | 141⅝ |Cattle zeriba of village of       
                |             |      |Bekjuka (Beia). Name of locality  
                |             |      |Niayok. Khor Awilwil starts here  
                |             |      |and runs between track and river  
                |             |      |all the way to just south of      
                |             |      |Fashoda.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     | 143⅜ |Cattle zeriba of Bawen and Addora,
                |             |      |of district of Ni-el. There are   
                |             |      |three other zeribas between these 
                |             |      |last two points.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Mialek        |      3¾     | 147⅛ |Cattle zeriba of Bawen (Ni-el).   
                |             |      |                                  
  Fanomdit      |      2½     | 149⅝ |Debba and cattle zeriba of        
                |             |      |district of Dunjol.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Faloich       |      1      | 150⅝ |Debba and cattle zeriba of Ni-el. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Wunakoch      |      ½      | 151⅛ |Cattle zeriba of Dunjol.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 151⅞ |Cattle zeriba of Bawen. Bush on   
                |             |      |right between track and khor.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Jomweira      |      —      |  —   |Cattle zeriba of Dunjol 100 yards 
                |             |      |further on. Track now crosses     
                |             |      |broad shallow khor 2 miles wide.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 152⅞ |Bush right; grass plain left.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 153⅜ |Track enters bush right, leaving  
                |             |      |khor left. Forest of red talh and 
                |             |      |heglig, which continues 2½ miles  
                |             |      |to Mile 157⅛.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Faldiar Rowe  |      3¾     | 157⅛ |Cattle zeriba of Dunjol Track     
                |             |      |leaving this zeriba crosses a     
                |             |      |shallow khor and passes through a 
                |             |      |thin belt of forest on to the bank
                |             |      |of khor.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Awilwil_|      1⅛     | 158¼ |Awilwil, from whence Kodok can be 
                |             |      |seen for the first time. Track    
                |             |      |runs southwards along bank of khor
                |             |      |for ¼ mile, when all bush ceases, 
                |             |      |and path is over vast, open,      
                |             |      |undulating plain.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Denkar  |      ½      | 158¾ |Good high debba.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅛     | 159⅞ |Track bifurcates here, one        
                |             |      |following khor and going to       
                |             |      |Ayung’s zeriba (_see_ later), and 
                |             |      |the other running through the     
                |             |      |Dinka villages of Dunjol. The     
                |             |      |former track is the shorter by 2  
                |             |      |or 3 miles.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Amai-rial     |      1¾     | 161⅝ |Village of Dunjol district which  
  (opposite to  |             |      |is spread over a vast plain       
  Kodok)        |             |      |opposite Kodok.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Amaal         |      1¼     | 162⅞ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Fiuweia       |      1⅛     | 164¼ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Ateptiap      |      3⅜     | 167⅜ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wol      |      ⅛      | 167½ |Track crosses this khor which has 
                |             |      |water in it in pools and          
                |             |      |excavations for 10 miles up. Can  
                |             |      |be ascended by small steamers at  
                |             |      |high Nile. French steamers used to
                |             |      |ascend in 1898.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅜     | 168⅞ |Large cattle zeriba of Sheikh     
                |             |      |Ayung Wad Agwot, head of Dunjol.  
                |             |      |This spot is almost due south of  
                |             |      |Kodok. Between the river and this 
                |             |      |track is a broad swamp and the    
                |             |      |formidable khor Awilwil. From here
                |             |      |a track runs inland through the   
                |             |      |remaining villages of Dunjol,     
                |             |      |keeping in touch with Khor Awilwil
                |             |      |all the way, passing through or   
                |             |      |past the following villages and   
                |             |      |places:—                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mile 2¼.  Wunfit, debba with few   
                |             |      |          trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   3¼.  Faiung, village.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   4⅜.  Wumakoch, village.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   6¼.  Tallen,     „                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   8¼.  Fanakwé,    „                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   9¾.  Fakok,      „                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   10½. Ang-ak,     „                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   12.  Fobodiet,   „                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   14.  Temohuk,    „                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      | „   16.     „                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |eventually running to the Sobat   
                |             |      |River, which it joins near the    
                |             |      |Dinka district of Gnok.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 170⅛ |Cattle zeriba of Fakwé.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Diem Ajak     |      ¾      | 170⅞ |Debba 600 yards right. Bush       
                |             |      |commences 200 yards further on.   
                |             |      |Khor Awilwil runs into the Nile   
                |             |      |somewhere here by native report.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     | 172⅝ |Cattle zeriba of Fadweia. Track is
                |             |      |good and winds along the khor,    
                |             |      |which runs from near where Awilwil
                |             |      |joined the Nile to the south.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Wuntao        |      2¼     | 174⅞ |Cattle zeriba of Dunjol. Name of  
                |             |      |the locality as well as the       
                |             |      |village to which the people       
                |             |      |belong. The Shilluk Mek’s village 
                |             |      |is due west.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Meshra Merial |      2¾     | 177⅝ |Said to be practicable all the    
                |             |      |year round as a means of          
                |             |      |communication between Dinka and   
                |             |      |Shilluk banks. Shilluk village    
                |             |      |Kwom opposite. Great numbers of   
                |             |      |partridges all along here,        
                |             |      |affording excellent sport walking 
                |             |      |them up.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track along here is all good  
                |             |      |going and would be quite passable 
                |             |      |in the rains.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¼     | 179⅞ |Cattle zeriba of Fadok (Dunjol).  
                |             |      |                                  
  Diwot         |      1¼     | 181⅛ |First Shilluk village met with on 
                |             |      |this (east) bank. End of the Dinka
                |             |      |country on the river.             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             44.—JEBEL AHMED AGHA TO AWITONG AND KASH-KASH.            

                BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, JANUARY, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Jebel Ahmed   |      —      |  —   |The track up Khor Rau runs        
  Agha          |             |      |northwards for 2 miles and then   
                |             |      |crosses the khor, and turning     
                |      2      |  2   |eastwards follows it closely.     
                |             |      |Country well wooded, though in    
                |             |      |places the forest gives place to  
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gaibek_      |      7¾     |  9¾  |A village of the Dinka district of
                |             |      |Gi-el, sub-division Baanwen. The  
                |             |      |whole of this country is in       
                |             |      |certain years under water, not    
                |             |      |from the local rains, but from the
                |             |      |overflow of Khor Rau, which brings
                |             |      |water down from the Abyssinian    
                |             |      |mountains. After such a flood,    
                |             |      |extraordinary dura crops are      
                |             |      |harvested, being sown as late as  
                |             |      |October, when the waters subside. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Debba Mabiu_ |      5⅛     | 14⅞  |On R. bank of khor, which is here 
                |             |      |some 60 yards wide, with pools of 
                |             |      |water in places. Scene of fight   
                |             |      |between Dinkas and Government     
                |             |      |troops in reign of Said Pasha.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 15⅝  |Cattle zeriba of Kwach, part of   
                |             |      |Gi-el. Lake filled with weeds and 
                |             |      |ambach.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Birket Rau_  |      1      | 16⅝  |Another cattle zeriba of Kwach,   
                |             |      |and just up stream a large open   
                |             |      |lake or swamp, filled up with     
                |             |      |weeds, &c. Quantities of wildfowl 
                |             |      |and snipe; also lion, giraffe and 
                |             |      |antelope, all of which were seen. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here a track runs inland to  
                |             |      |the Dinka villages, and a track   
                |             |      |exists up the khor, the ultimate  
                |             |      |destination of which it is        
                |             |      |impossible to judge from native   
                |             |      |reports. Track inland very bad,   
                |             |      |cracked cotton soil, and long,    
                |             |      |rank, unburnt grass, which, bent  
                |             |      |down by the strong north wind,    
                |             |      |presents all its spikes at the    
                |             |      |face of anyone marching           
                |             |      |northwards.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Awitong       |      6      | 22⅝  |Built on a mound which is         
                |             |      |surrounded by water in flood      
                |             |      |years. Country wooded, small      
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 25⅝  |Very fine dura cultivation        
                |             |      |extending for miles. Large white  
                |             |      |dura; one “head” which was counted
                |             |      |contained 2,600 grains.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Dry lake      |      ¾      | 26⅜  |Extends some miles and track winds
                |             |      |along it. Many fruit-bearing sidr 
                |             |      |trees in bed of it.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Water hole_  |      1      | 27⅜  |Situated in thick forest; Dinkas  
                |             |      |in zeriba near here water their   
                |             |      |cattle from this and do not go to 
                |             |      |river until it is dry. Elephants  
                |             |      |had drunk here the previous night.
                |             |      |                                  
  Woniat        |      ¾      | 28⅛  |Cattle zeriba of these Dinkas.    
                |             |      |From here a good track goes to    
                |             |      |Jebel Gerawi, two days’ march; no 
                |             |      |water to be got on route.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Fobung  |      2¼     | 30⅜  |High sandy debba, from here a     
                |             |      |small hill can be seen, Jokdit,   
                |             |      |direction was pointed out by a    
                |             |      |Dinka up a tree; bearing 355°.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      | 30⅝  |_Water hole_ at N., foot of debba,
                |             |      |dries up latter on.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track is now excellent, running   
                |             |      |through sandy goz, ground high and
                |             |      |forest of fine trees (sabakh).    
                |             |      |This road is passable all through 
                |             |      |the rains, and devoid of long     
                |             |      |grass and mud. Leads to Renk.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 31⅝  |Two small dry ponds.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Goz Kash-    |      2¼     | 33⅞  |Heavy sandy ground; very fine     
  Kash_         |             |      |forest of big trees. Six wells dug
                |             |      |in the sand, water said to be     
                |             |      |available all the year round. One 
                |             |      |huge ardeib tree by wells. Many   
                |             |      |trees called “dorod” by Arabs,    
                |             |      |“gia” by Dinkas. An old track runs
                |             |      |to the river on the Ahmed         
                |             |      |Agha—Renk road, which it joins at 
                |             |      |the spot where the old Dinka      
                |             |      |elephant pits are, but it is now  
                |             |      |disused and choked with grass.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      45.—ITINERARY UP KHOR ADAR.                      

                BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, JANUARY, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Mouth of Khor |      —      |  —   |Khor at mouth is about 40 yards   
  Adar          |             |      |wide and several feet deep, the   
                |             |      |depth being, from about 100 yards 
                |             |      |up-stream, uniformly 4 to 5 feet. 
                |             |      |Dinkas say there is a current in  
                |             |      |the rains.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     |  1¼  |Cattle zeriba of Beia R.; bank;   
                |             |      |big Debba L.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      |  2   |Cross a small khor that runs in   
                |             |      |from N.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¾     |  5¾  |Cattle zeriba on left bank. Khor  
                |             |      |bends off to the R., and is joined
                |      1      |  6¾  |again at 6¾ miles, when track     
                |             |      |follows it. Cattle zeriba on L.   
                |             |      |bank ¾ mile away. Country is open 
                |             |      |grass plain, except close to mouth
                |             |      |of khor where it is wooded, and a 
                |             |      |few patches of scrub here and     
                |             |      |there along the banks.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  7¾  |Cattle zeriba Beia on R. bank.    
                |             |      |Khor bends off and is joined again
                |      2      |  9¾  |at 9¾ miles, from where it makes a
                |             |      |big bend southwards, and is not   
                |             |      |seen again till Rengachuk is      
                |             |      |passed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Going so far very bad over much   
                |             |      |cracked soil and few shade trees. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now runs over a rank grass  
                |             |      |plain to the first Dinka village  
                |             |      |at                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Tedao         |      8½     | 18¼  |District of Beia; Sheikh Amwot wad
                |             |      |Aiwel. From here villages can be  
                |             |      |seen ahead on all sides. Few      
                |             |      |trees, practically a vast plain,  
                |             |      |intersected with depressions that 
                |             |      |in the dry seasons are hard to    
                |             |      |define, and which in the rains    
                |             |      |might be serious obstacles.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Bekjuka       |      2½     | 20¾  |Another village of Beia.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Abai-at       |      2¼     |  23  |Village of Ni-el; mostly cattle   
                |             |      |thieves.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Jokdwet       |      1¾     | 24¾  |Village of Jokdwet, of district   
                |             |      |Ni-el.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wuntao        |      1¾     | 26½  |  „    „    „    „                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  29  |Fairly thick trees and bush       
                |             |      |lasting 1 mile.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Rengachuk     |      5¼     | 34¼  |Village of Ni-el, of the Addora   
                |             |      |people. Consists of two portions. 
                |             |      |From here track runs down to khor 
                |             |      |again.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 36¾  |At this point the khor is of      
                |             |      |greater dimensions than at the    
                |             |      |mouth, being 60 yards and 5 to 6  
                |             |      |feet deep; choked however with    
                |             |      |long reeds and sudd.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 37½  |Track here crosses a small khor,  
                |             |      |dry in January.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Niagweia |      ¼      | 37¾  |This is another important khor    
                |             |      |that is reported to come from the 
                |             |      |Burun country, but it was reported
                |             |      |dry a few miles up (January,      
                |             |      |1903). It is probably the khor    
                |             |      |shown on some maps as “Ez Zamma,” 
                |             |      |a name which is not recognised by 
                |             |      |any inhabitants, 60 to 100 yards  
                |             |      |wide and 4 to 5 feet deep.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now runs through jungle for 
                |             |      |3 miles.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Adar     |      7¾     | 45½  |Khor Adar is met here again,      
                |             |      |having, since fording Khor        
                |             |      |Niagweia, been on the R. at       
                |             |      |varying distances. Track now      
                |             |      |follows it. Country here is very  
                |             |      |uninteresting, no game and few    
                |             |      |trees, but the ever present long  
                |             |      |grass. Path meets the khor at     
                |             |      |                                  
  Raduk         |      ¼      | 45¾  |Width here 40 yards, depth 4 feet;
                |             |      |track cuts across a bend and meets
                |             |      |khor at                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Gwatan        |      3¼     |  49  |Cattle zeriba of Ni-el; people    
                |             |      |mostly wanted by the police, and  
                |             |      |who have retired to a safe        
                |             |      |distance. Khor close on L.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¼     | 51¼  |Track crosses a khor that is dry  
                |             |      |100 yards up.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Many elephant tracks on edge of   
                |             |      |khor, but made in the rains. From 
                |             |      |here a track exists through a     
                |             |      |country of unburnt elephant grass,
                |             |      |the actual ground being well-nigh 
                |             |      |impassable, being ploughed up by  
                |             |      |elephants, and overgrown with a   
                |             |      |tangle of vegetation, through     
                |             |      |which nothing but fire or         
                |             |      |elephants could make a path.      
                |             |      |Looking from the top of an high   
                |             |      |ant-heap, the country is seen to  
                |             |      |be more wooded inland.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Benatat  |      7      | 58¼  |Is said to join Khor Adar about 7 
                |             |      |miles up. Dinkas also state that  
                |             |      |two other khors joins Khor Adar   
                |             |      |ahead, one from S. Khor Aturuk,   
                |             |      |and one from N. Khor Fao-eng.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here to the Nuer country is  
                |             |      |variously described as being from 
                |             |      |2 to 5 days.                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      46.—J. JEROK, _viâ_ J. ERI, KILWEGA, TO WAD DELUKA (ABOUT 52     
                        MILES S.E. OF MELUT).

                   BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, MAY 1904.                  


N.B.—This is not a route that is much used, but it was opened up
by cutting the bush, etc., in May, 1904, with a view to its possibly
being suitable as a trade route from Beni Shangul to the White Nile
at Melut. The going is nearly all over bad cotton soil and the water
supply is at present very uncertain. It would no doubt be difficult
during the rainy season.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  J. Jerok      |      —      |  —   |Site of Military Post. From here  
                |             |      |route to J. Maiak is that taken by
  J. Maiak      |      19     |  19  |the Wad Mahmud expedition in      
                |             |      |February, 1904. _Water in pools in
                |             |      |Khor Ahmar_ 1½ miles before       
                |             |      |reaching this hill.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Eri_      |      11     |  30  |Pond of rain-water, very          
                |             |      |uncertain, about 1½ miles from the
                |             |      |hill.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Villages of  |      9      |  39  |About 7 miles from Eri, a khor    
  Gum Gum       |             |      |with rain-water (May) is crossed, 
  people_       |             |      |and further on, the villages of   
                |             |      |Gum Gum people are reached. They  
                |             |      |drink from pools to the east of   
                |             |      |Khor Gemmeiza and, at certain     
                |             |      |seasons, from rain pools about 1  
                |             |      |mile W. of villages.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Gemmeiza_ |      8      |  47  |Water in pool in khor. A rain pool
                |             |      |is passed about 4 miles further   
  _Kilwega_     |      7      |  54  |on, and the villages of Burun from
                |             |      |Gum Gum, called Kilwega, are      
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |K. Gemmeiza now runs, in a very   
                |             |      |winding bed, a mile or two to the 
                |             |      |south of and parallel to the      
                |             |      |track. A path has been cut to a   
                |             |      |watering place in the khor, called
  _Sami_ (K.    |      10     |  64  |Sami. Past old burnt village of   
  Gemmeiza)     |             |      |Kurara Buruns, who now occupy     
                |             |      |village on new road-cultivation   
                |             |      |here, and water used by people    
                |             |      |from J. Ulu in dry season. Khor   
                |             |      |very narrow and covered up with   
                |             |      |willows; on both sides are swamps.
                |             |      |Khor losing traces of sand. Two   
                |             |      |water holes here could be much    
                |             |      |improved.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Sami, track cut along high   
                |             |      |ground until Ulu track is met,    
                |             |      |going to                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khamiret El   |      14     |  78  |Khamiret El Tin, about 4 miles    
  Tin           |             |      |off. This is a good track and much
                |             |      |used but very tortuous, and       
                |             |      |follows along ridge of high       
                |             |      |ground. Before this, at 3rd mile, 
                |             |      |a track from Ulu to Um Adil on    
                |             |      |Khor Sami is crossed; this is     
                |             |      |apparently called Um Ebeil on     
                |             |      |Pruyssenaere’s route.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About one hour from Khamiret El   
                |             |      |Tin, track leaves khor and goes   
                |             |      |along a depression in which, later
                |             |      |on, the 7 _Hafiras_ of Khamiret El
                |             |      |Tin village are. These are roofed-
                |             |      |in ponds of marsh water and       
                |             |      |zeribaed to prevent animals, etc.,
                |             |      |drinking; water unpleasant; 5 of  
                |             |      |these now full of water.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are two water holes in Khor 
                |             |      |Sida, which is the same as Khor   
                |             |      |Sami, S.W. of village and used by 
                |             |      |some people who live there. This  
  Khamiret El   |      6      |  84  |is better water. From here 6 miles
  Kurda         |             |      |off is Khamiret El Kurda; people  
                |             |      |from here now drink at Kumara     
                |             |      |Hellet Bishara. These villages are
                |             |      |under Sheikh Ata Mannan.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kumara Hellet|      7      |  91  |Khor, after Khamiret El Kurda, as 
  Bishara_      |             |      |also here, goes into Farashes and 
                |             |      |is apparently lost.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Hellet Bitter |      12     | 103  |From here, 12 miles, general      
                |             |      |direction S., is Hellet Bitter;   
                |             |      |water not obtainable here all the 
                |             |      |year round; people drink at       
                |             |      |Bishara, etc., according to time  
                |             |      |of year.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Hellet Banjom |      6      | 109  |No water here at present; road bad
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Deluka    |      14     | 123  |About 14 miles off, in S.W.       
                |             |      |direction. Water here in two      
                |             |      |wells, one has fallen in.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Melut         |    52 (?)   | 175  |On the White Nile.                
                |             | (?)  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


       47.—URYONG ON THE SOBAT TO THE WHITE NILE OPPOSITE KODOK.       

                  BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN, C.M.G., D.S.O.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Uryong        |      —      |  —   |Uryong is a small Dinka village on
                |             |      |the right bank. From this point   
                |             |      |there is a much used short cut    
                |             |      |straight across to Kodok. The road
                |             |      |from Uryong as far as the         
                |             |      |beginning of the Dunjol villages  
                |             |      |must be almost entirely under     
                |             |      |water at high Nile, but even then 
                |             |      |the Dinkas can find the track,    
                |             |      |which is marked here and there by 
                |             |      |small mud heaps. In the dry season
                |             |      |from Uryong to Dunjol is generally
                |             |      |traversed by night, as there is no
                |             |      |water obtainable till the Dunjol  
                |             |      |wells are reached. From Uryong the
                |             |      |road traverses open marsh land for
                |             |      |about 2½ miles and then enters a  
                |             |      |belt of thick white thorn about 3 
                |             |      |miles wide. After this the country
                |             |      |gets more and more bare, and for  
                |             |      |the last half of the way to Dunjol
                |             |      |there are no trees at all.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dunjol_      |      31     |  31  |At Dunjol there are a number of   
                |             |      |Dinka villages which stretch north
                |             |      |along a very shallow khor, in     
                |             |      |which wells are sunk some 30 feet 
                |             |      |deep in the black clay. They are  
                |             |      |revetted with grass.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The tree belt near the Nile is    
                |             |      |visible from these villages, and  
                |             |      |there are many paths leading off  
                |             |      |it. After following the line of   
                |             |      |the khor for about 5 miles, the   
                |             |      |road strikes off towards the Nile 
  _Village_     |      9      |  40  |and passes through a village which
                |             |      |draws its water from the Nile,    
                |             |      |then it turns north again and     
  _Village_     |      6      |  46  |passes through another village    
                |             |      |before descending into the marsh  
                |             |      |ground flooded at high Nile.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Opposite Kodok|      2      |  48  |The road from Dunjol to this last 
                |             |      |village is sandy, and would       
                |             |      |probably be generally dry.        
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 20: For description, _vide_ Part I, p. 119.]

[Footnote 21: In 1904, there was a small village and well at
J. Mazmum.]

[Footnote 22: A road has been cut (1904) direct from Agadi to Gule.]

[Footnote 23: A good deal, if not all, of this wad has been cleared
(1904).]




                              CHAPTER VI.                              

                         (SOUTH-EASTERN SUDAN.)                        

                               * * * * *                               

                       48.—NASSER TO URYONG.[24]                       

            BY MAJOR GWYNN, C.M.G., D.S.O., FEBRUARY, 1901.            


There is a good road in the dry season from Nasser down the Sobat.

Practically no supplies can be obtained from natives, but guinea fowl
are common and gazelle can generally be shot. There are generally
plenty of trees and bush as far as Nyakwoik, but after entering the
Dinka country the only trees which are seen are a few grown in the
villages for shade. The Dinkas carry charcoal long distances for fuel.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Right bank,   |      —      |  —   |Starting on right bank, opposite  
  opposite      |             |      |Nasser, the following villages    
  Nasser        |             |      |were passed on the north bank:—   
                |             |      |                                  
  Tawba         |      9      |  9   | }               
                |             |      | } 
  Nyakwoik      |      3      |  12  | } Small Nuer villages.         
                |             |      | }                                
  Gau           |      3      |  15  | }                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Shillup (1st  |      1½     | 16½  |From this point a waterless road  
  camp)         |             |      |strikes straight to Fashoda, 3    
                |             |      |days’ march for natives.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Ford Kofiat   |      2      | 18½  |At Kofiat the river was forded.   
  (Sheikh Akol) |             |      |About 3 feet deep and 200 yards   
                |             |      |wide. Exit on south bank bad, but 
                |             |      |bottom firm and good. The road on 
                |             |      |the north bank was said to be     
                |             |      |overgrown, and there was little   
                |             |      |sign of inhabitants on the south  
  Nyanlang      |      3½     |  22  |bank; cutting across a large     
                |             |      |bend, came to Nyanlang, Fauwel,   
  Fauwel        |      ½      | 22½  |and Nyandeng; the latter is a    
                |             |      |small village near a dry shallow  
  Nyandeng (2nd |      3      | 25½  |drainage khor. Thick bush and bad 
  camp)         |             |      |mosquitoes.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Minchom       |      2¼     | 27¾  |Thence cutting another bend       
                |             |      |through Minchom, striking the     
  Twednyang     |      2¾     | 30½  |river again at Twednyang.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Ashol         |      ½      |  31  |Thence striking across bend       
                |             |      |through Ashol, to Abong, thence to
  Abong         |      1½     | 32½  |Patiyam, which is the last Nuer   
                |             |      |village; now enter the Nyuak      
                |             |      |district of Amol.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Patiyam       |      1½     |  34  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Gehinyar      |      3      |  37  |The first Nyuak village, on the   
                |             |      |river bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Reitsum       |      2¾     | 39¾  |Thence following the river through
                |             |      |dry marsh, strike across bend     
  Malwal (3rd   |      3¼     |  43  |through Fedwil.                   
  camp)         |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Fedwil        |      1¼     | 44¼  |Sheikh Gwat’s.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Bwoilbang     |      ¾      |  45  |To Bwoilbang.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Wegin         |      2      |  47  |At Wegin reach river again        
                |             |      |opposite marshy island and keep   
                |             |      |along bank.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Shwai         |      2      |  49  |Leave river again at Shwai, and   
                |             |      |thence to Fatiwanyang, the        
  Fatiwanyang   |      3¾     | 52¾  |residence of Sheik Aiwel, who is  
                |             |      |very friendly to the Government.  
                |             |      |There are a number of elephant    
                |             |      |near his village. Leave the river 
                |             |      |and skirt a swampy district. Some 
                |             |      |cattle.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Yakwoik       |      5½     | 58¼  |Yakwoik is a few miles up stream  
                |             |      |of Major Austin’s base camp, which
  4th camp      |      1¼     | 59½  |however was not seen. From here   
                |             |      |strike across a big bend; no water
                |             |      |obtainable till river is reached  
                |             |      |again, after a march of 12 miles. 
  Wangnait (5th |      17     | 76½  | All trees cease near Wangnait,    
  camp), Sheikh |             |      |which is the 1st Dinka village,   
  Bang          |             |      |and is one of a large group of    
                |             |      |villages.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Gobtoing      |      3      | 79½  |Thence cutting across a series of 
                |             |      |small bends to Gobtoing; thence to
                |             |      |                                  
  Tubu          |      3      | 82½  |Tubu, Sheikh Lual’s; thence to    
                |             |      |                                  
  Adong         |      3½     |  86  |Adong,                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Dud           |      1½     | 87½  |Dud, and                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Uryong        |      2½     |  90  |Uryong. Awut, an old woman, is    
                |             |      |Sheikha of Uryong.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Ford (6th     |      1½     | 91½  |There is a ford 1 mile below here.
  camp)         |             |      |Village at the head of the island,
                |             |      |crossing 4 feet deep.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Uryong        |      ½      |  92  |On the opposite bank is the 2nd   
                |             |      |village of Uryong, from which runs
                |             |      |the direct road to Kodok (48      
                |             |      |miles), _vide_ Route 47.          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          49.—GOKJAK TO KEIK.                          

             BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, APRIL AND MAY, 1902.             

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gokjak        |      —      |  —   |Small compact village on left bank
                |             |      |of Sobat, good dry banks, few     
                |             |      |trees. Track from Gokjak runs over
                |             |      |open plain, very bad going, black 
                |             |      |cotton soil; large cracks in      
                |             |      |ground, making it difficult for   
                |      1½     |  1½  |transport animals. Khor 100 yards 
                |             |      |wide, running parallel to river,  
                |             |      |dry in April; track continuous    
                |             |      |over open grass plain, mostly     
                |             |      |burnt in dry season, and no trees 
                |             |      |except one or two solitary ones to
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shol Ajik_   |      7      |  8½  |Small Dinka village on right bank 
                |             |      |of Khor Filus, which runs from    
                |             |      |here to its mouth (10 miles from  
                |             |      |mouth of Sobat); khor dried up    
                |             |      |into pools, water muddy; few trees
                |             |      |in village, also Sheikh’s tomb    
                |             |      |with huge elephant tusk. The      
                |             |      |tracks run on to M’Yolga; inland  
                |             |      |track the better, alternative     
                |             |      |track follows and passes under    
                |             |      |large trees for 3 miles; track bad
                |             |      |to                                
                |             |      |                                  
  M’Yolga       |      8½     |  17  |Long straggling Dinka villages on 
                |             |      |Khor Filus, water in pools, fair; 
                |             |      |many water-fowl. Sheikhs Ayung Yor
                |             |      |and Agweir Owawe. Track now winds 
                |             |      |about the end of M’Yolga district.
                |             |      |Two small villages on khor, and 2 
                |      4      |  21  |miles further on enters bush of   
                |             |      |red talh, which leaves and crosses
                |             |      |grass plain after 1½ miles, and   
                |             |      |rejoins khor 3 miles further on.  
                |             |      |_Water available_, banks of khor  
                |             |      |thickly wooded with thorn bush; a 
                |             |      |few good trees.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7      |  28  |Small ferik, or cattle village, in
                |             |      |dry season. These feriks are all  
                |             |      |same type, dome-shaped grass      
                |             |      |tukls, with open spaces with pegs 
                |             |      |for picketing cattle, &c. Some    
                |             |      |have zeribas.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gekrek_      |      3      |  31  |Name of locality; good camping    
                |             |      |ground on left of khor, which is  
                |             |      |easily crossed in dry season; 2   
                |             |      |feet of water covered with matted 
                |             |      |weeds, water fair; ground         
                |             |      |gradually becoming more wooded;   
                |             |      |heglig and gemmeiza.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Adodit        |      2¼     | 33¼  |Name of locality; khor twists     
                |             |      |about considerably; track cuts    
                |             |      |across a corner here, and joins   
                |             |      |khor again after 2 miles, and     
                |             |      |continues to                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Biar          |      6½     | 39¾  |Name of locality; country between 
                |             |      |M’Yolga and Nerol uninhabited,    
                |             |      |being a “no man’s land” between   
                |             |      |Dinkas and Nuers; men of one tribe
                |             |      |crossing to territory of other    
                |             |      |tribe do not return as a rule.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 43¾  |Small khor, merely draining few   
                |             |      |miles of lowlying land in rains.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fan Yanglwel_|      2¼     |  46  |Name of locality; thickly wooded, 
                |             |      |with high knolls, good camping    
                |             |      |ground, water muddy. From here run
                |             |      |two tracks; one to Nerol, along   
                |             |      |the khor; a second across country 
                |             |      |to Riul. Latter track crosses khor
                |      1      |  47  |Fanyanglwel and runs along left   
                |             |      |bank of khor for 3 miles, passing 
                |             |      |one ferik at 47th mile, and then  
                |             |      |cuts across an open plain with few
                |             |      |scattered trees, and meets Khor   
                |             |      |Filus at Riul.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The former track runs through     
                |             |      |beautiful country along bank of   
                |             |      |Khor Filus; thickly wooded,       
                |             |      |waterfowl in abundance, also      
                |             |      |harte-beest (Tiang) and Oribi; a  
                |             |      |little water in places, in the    
                |             |      |khor, under matted reeds. Khor    
                |             |      |very winding to Nerol (9 miles).  
                |             |      |Cattle feriks on R. bank of khor; 
                |             |      |fine sheet of water (some 2 miles 
                |             |      |long in places) 50 to 60 yards    
                |             |      |wide, and in places deep; good    
                |             |      |colour and taste. Village of Nerol
                |             |      |about 6 miles due south, according
                |             |      |to guides; at bend of Khor Filus, 
                |             |      |at mile 10, Khor Chirol or Nerol  
                |             |      |flows in, said to flow from Nyang 
                |             |      |Deng on Sobat, near Nasser, 30 to 
                |             |      |40 yards wide, nearly dry (April).
                |             |      |Track now runs along khor straight
                |             |      |to Riul, 5½ miles further on.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Riul          |      6¾     | 53¾  |A cattle ferik on right bank of   
                |             |      |khor, village proper lies two     
                |             |      |miles inland due south, behind    
                |             |      |thick belt of trees.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Tut           |      2¼     |  56  |Cattle ferik under good shady     
                |             |      |trees, village proper inland      
                |      2¼     | 58¼  |behind trees; good camping ground;
                |             |      |thick thorn bush ¼ mile on left of
                |             |      |track; good pool of water in khor,
                |             |      |400 yards from camp, which is on  
                |             |      |rising ground, no trees for shade.
                |             |      |                                  
  Meinom        |      2¼     | 60½  |Cattle ferik, and village inland  
                |             |      |is visible.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 61½  |Another large cattle ferik, also  
                |             |      |rest of Meinom village proper     
                |             |      |visible inland; track now runs    
                |      7      | 68½  |straight for 7 miles, passing     
                |             |      |feriks of Riang and Reir on the   
                |             |      |way to small khor; country thickly
                |             |      |wooded on left of track, thinly on
                |             |      |right.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fading_      |      3½     |  72  |Important scattered Nuer village  
                |             |      |in trees on right of khor; large  
                |             |      |pool of water, surrounded towards 
                |             |      |its northern end by ambach swamp, 
                |             |      |many and varied waterfowl; a track
                |      1½     | 73½  |runs from here to large village of
                |             |      |Falliu, distant 7 miles S.W. in   
                |             |      |forest; water fair at Fading;     
                |             |      |cattle ferik and pool, with ambach
                |             |      |fringe round edge, water bad.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fatowel_     |      4      | 77½  |Three cattle feriks of this name  
                |             |      |on khor; several pools of stagnant
                |             |      |water; track crosses open plain 1 
                |             |      |mile wide, and then for 7 miles   
                |             |      |runs through forest of Inderab,   
                |             |      |along bed of khor, crossing and   
                |             |      |re-crossing it, forest then thins 
                |             |      |out, and next 4 miles is over     
                |             |      |grass plain to                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shit_        |     12½     |  90  |Large cattle feriks, village      
                |             |      |proper 2 miles away S.W. on left  
                |             |      |bank of khor; large pool of very  
                |             |      |foul stagnant water. No other     
                |             |      |water nearer than 3 miles fit to  
                |             |      |drink. Ambach swamp round water,  
                |             |      |waterfowl plentiful.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  93  |Track runs 3 miles across open    
                |             |      |grass plain, over good sandy      
                |             |      |track, and enters this red talh   
                |             |      |bush, which gives place shortly to
                |             |      |thin forest of heglig; large      
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Fulnob        |      3      |  96  |Long straggling village on left of
                |             |      |track, fair amount of dura        
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Dwok          |      4½     | 100½ |A very large scattered village,   
                |             |      |well built tukls; cattle tukls    
                |             |      |being particularly fine; most of  
                |             |      |these Nuer villages are built in  
                |             |      |thin forest, making it impossible 
                |             |      |to estimate their full extent     
                |             |      |without penetrating long distances
                |             |      |into the woods.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amwot-el-    |      4½     | 105  |Beginning of Little Amwot. Two or 
  Sogheir_      |             |      |three shallow muddy wells; few    
                |             |      |trees; track now runs across Amwot
                |             |      |plain, thickly populated; tukls in
                |             |      |groups; probably homesteads every 
                |             |      |few hundred yards for 4 miles to  
                |             |      |the wells.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wells of     |      4      | 109  |Dug on sandy bank of a large      
  Amwot-el-     |             |      |shallow khor; khor dry in April.  
  Sogheir_      |             |      |Banks lined with um suf; cattle   
                |             |      |ferik on edge of khor; wells 12 in
                |             |      |number, 20 feet to 25 feet deep, 2
                |             |      |feet 6 inches in diameter; fairly 
                |             |      |thick forest of abu hemeira and   
                |             |      |trees called soba and leun.       
                |             |      |Leaving Amwot wells, track enters 
                |             |      |thick forest, which extends for 2 
                |             |      |miles, then continues over plain  
                |             |      |for another 2 miles, finally runs 
                |             |      |through very thin forest to       
                |             |      |                                  
  Keik          |      6½     | 115½ |Residence of Nuer Sheikh Denkur;  
                |             |      |in centre of village is a cone,   
                |             |      |built of mud, 50 to 60 feet high, 
                |             |      |seen at least 3 miles off,        
                |             |      |surmounted with elephants’ tusks, 
                |             |      |and a huge spike like a lightning 
                |             |      |conductor; base of cone on east   
                |             |      |sides planted with elephants’     
                |             |      |tusks, with points turned         
                |             |      |outwards.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Fair amount of dura cultivation;  
                |             |      |beyond village of Keik, to N.E.   
                |             |      |and S., is a vast open plain with 
                |             |      |no trees; no wells or other water 
                |             |      |found; ground is fairly high and  
                |             |      |presumably healthy.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Shit          |      —      |  90  |From Shit, which is 90 miles from 
                |             |      |Gokjak, a track runs almost due   
                |             |      |south, crossing Khor Filus; good  
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 91½  |Village proper of Shit about 1    
                |             |      |mile away on left bank of khor in 
                |             |      |thick trees.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  93  |Group of 6 _wells_ dug in bed of  
                |             |      |khor; cattle ferik on right bank  
                |             |      |of khor; cattle watered from these
                |             |      |wells; water when drawn up poured 
                |             |      |into shallow circular troughs of  
                |      1      |  94  |puddled sand and mud, to enable   
                |             |      |cattle to drink. Another similar  
                |      1      |  95  |_group of wells_; track branches  
                |             |      |off to right, to small village,   
                |             |      |part of Amwot-el-Kebir, 2½ miles  
                |             |      |distant. Track now runs along bed 
                |             |      |of khor.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amwot-el-    |      3¼     | 98½  |Filus, to beginning of Amwot-el-  
  Kebir_        |             |      |Kebir, in line of trees running   
                |             |      |north and south; track now        
                |             |      |descends across plain and crosses 
                |             |      |khor to main portion of village.  
                |      3½     | 101½ |Villages of great extent, part    
                |             |      |built in plain, but greater part  
                |             |      |(impossible to estimate) built in 
                |             |      |woods; tukls well built and very  
                |             |      |numerous; much dura cultivation;  
                |             |      |_group of wells_.                 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—No local Nuer guides can be obtained for any of the above
country from M’Yolga to Keik, owing to the active hostility of
Nuers. The only men who know the general lie of the country are Dinkas
who have been slaves of Nuers, or who lived in this country before
Nuers seized it. They can be obtained at M’Yolga, but, at the best,
are not reliable as regards water or distances.


                  50.—ITINERARY UP THE BAHR EL ZERAF.                  

    BY MAJOR STANTON, OCTOBER, 1898—ADDITIONS BY LIEUTENANT-COLONEL    
                     SPARKES, C.M.G., MARCH, 1899.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |      —      |  —   |On entering the Bahr el Zeraf, the
                |             |      |current is strong[25]—3 miles an  
                |             |      |hour—the depth 20 feet, and      
                |             |      |channel narrow at first; opens out
                |             |      |from 30 yards to 80 yards a couple
                |             |      |of miles up. Water is clear, and  
                |             |      |of a dark brown tinge. Jebel el   
                |             |      |Zeraf lies away to the south-east 
                |             |      |on R. bank 5 miles off; there are 
                |             |      |four distinct hills, all of       
                |             |      |volcanic rock, covered with bush. 
                |             |      |A broad open plain, marsh near the
                |             |      |river, extends to the foot of     
                |             |      |these hills R., while L. is wooded
                |             |      |and scrub—open plain behind; here 
                |             |      |hippopotami, elephant, giraffe,   
                |             |      |water-buck, and reed-buck have    
                |             |      |been seen.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5½     |  5½  |Grass plain both banks, with a    
                |             |      |little low scrub L. From here on  
                |             |      |to 30, flat marshy plain both     
                |             |      |banks.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |     24½     |  30  |Wood obtainable; some large trees 
                |             |      |L. bank, dry marsh R.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  35  |Bush commences both banks; river  
                |             |      |bends backwards and forwards,     
                |             |      |banks wet and marshy, and landing 
                |             |      |difficult. This continues till 60.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  45  |Dry place L.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      15     |  60  |Large open maya L. Water runs     
                |             |      |inland some distance. River       
                |             |      |continues to make loops and bends;
                |             |      |channel 80 to 100 yards broad.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  70  |Scrub ceases both banks, boundless
                |             |      |marsh extending to horizon opens  
                |             |      |up; several large sheets of open  
                |             |      |water are passed.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  78  |Farthest point reached by Major   
                |             |      |Peake, 5.10.98. Egyptian flag     
                |             |      |hoisted L. 14¾ hours’ steam from  
                |             |      |mouth of river. River 80 yards    
                |             |      |wide; current 2 miles per hour.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Kuchuk Ali (?)|      2      |  80  |River bends about a great deal;   
                |             |      |some of the curves are very sharp;
                |             |      |patches of open water each side at
                |             |      |intervals; open marsh both sides  
                |             |      |with 3 to 4 feet of water. Twenty 
                |             |      |hours’ steam from mouth.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  82  |Solitary small Dom palm passed on 
                |             |      |R.                                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  85  |Clump of thick small trees R. in 3
                |             |      |feet of water close to channel;   
                |             |      |thousands of divers build in these
                |             |      |trees (October, 1898). Wood for   
                |             |      |steamers could be cut here, but   
                |             |      |with some difficulty, unless the  
                |             |      |water falls; scrub begins first   
                |             |      |beyond here on L. bank. R.        
                |             |      |continues open.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      12     |  97  |Large sheet of open water or maya 
                |             |      |about 1 mile away R.; bush on     
                |             |      |horizon beyond.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 100  |Low scrub ½ mile away R. Big trees
                |             |      |on horizon west L.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Gauer (?)     |      10     | 110  |Scattered Nuer houses seen on     
                |             |      |horizon 6 miles away L.; village 2
                |             |      |miles farther on under trees      
                |             |      |believed to be village of Gauer.  
                |             |      |Open plain R. Small clump of trees
                |             |      |in water at 107, where wood could 
                |             |      |be obtained if necessary. Shallows
                |             |      |sometimes to 4 feet; generally 10 
                |             |      |feet.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     | 120  |Trees close to channel L.; open   
                |             |      |patches of water.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 122  |Maya and stream comes in L.; this 
                |             |      |leaves the proper channel at 130  
                |             |      |higher up, and cuts across a      
                |             |      |corner direct.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 127  |Thick trees L. and clump of trees 
                |             |      |R., all in water (October); sharp 
                |             |      |turn west.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 130  |Channel turns again S. Maya and   
                |             |      |stream come in L. Solitary palm   
                |             |      |visible S. R. bank open marsh,    
                |             |      |bush ends L.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 135  |Solitary Dom palm passed on edge  
                |             |      |of channel L., marsh both banks,  
                |             |      |trees and scrub begin again L.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 140  |River bends west. Dom palms       
                |             |      |visible west.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 144  |Sparkes’ farthest point in        
                |             |      |steamer: aground.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Kuchuk Ali    |      4      | 148  |“Lotus” River comes in R.; channel
                |             |      |50 yards, covered with large      
                |             |      |“Lotus Nymphæ.” Good wood station 
                |             |      |here just inside the mouth of     
                |             |      |“Lotus” River, where dry land can 
                |             |      |be reached by steamer. Wood       
                |             |      |extends back in water for 2 or 3  
                |             |      |miles, but sufficient can be cut  
                |             |      |on dry ground. This is the last   
                |             |      |place where steamers can wood, as 
                |             |      |all other wood seen, being either 
                |             |      |Dom or Deleib palm, is useless for
                |             |      |fuel. “Lotus” River dried up in   
                |             |      |March.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Zeraf turns west towards thick Dom
                |             |      |palms; open water seen N.W. From  
                |             |      |here on the channel goes through  
                |             |      |numerous lagoons; the water       
                |             |      |appears slightly discoloured by   
                |             |      |mud; the stream increases in      
                |             |      |strength, and the channel in      
                |             |      |width.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 151  |Sharp bend S.; large volume of    
                |             |      |water flows out of channel into   
                |             |      |marsh N., and makes open mayas    
                |             |      |seen about 1 to 1½ miles away. Dom
                |             |      |palms, close to river, dry ground 
                |             |      |1 mile farther on L., thick Dom   
                |             |      |palms; channel 100 to 150 yards   
                |             |      |broad, numerous lagoons. Scrub and
                |             |      |wood 1 mile away R.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Kuek          |      8      | 159  |Small village on edge of lagoons, 
                |             |      |larger one behind under Dom palms,
                |             |      |known as Kuek; natives Dinkas, and
                |             |      |friendly. Egyptian flag left here 
                |             |      |with them; natives frightened by  
                |             |      |steamer, but reassured afterwards.
                |             |      |After passing their village the   
                |             |      |regular channel gets lost as it   
                |             |      |flows to the west of clump of Dom 
                |             |      |behind Kuek, where it gets blocked
                |             |      |by sudd, the water finding its way
                |             |      |through the marsh and lagoons. The
                |             |      |“Abu Klea” continued (October,    
                |             |      |1898) in a southerly direction,   
                |             |      |and after crossing a lagoon 11    
                |             |      |feet deep, which shallowed down to
                |             |      |4 feet, the main channel again    
                |             |      |struck, 18 feet deep.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Wayo          |      —      |  —   |Wayo village, Nuers, Sheikh Atar, 
                |             |      |close by. No Dinkas round this    
                |             |      |way. Left here by a narrow passage
                |             |      |through the reeds, and joined what
                |             |      |is evidently the main river, 80 to
                |             |      |100 yards broad and very deep     
                |             |      |channel. It comes in from other   
                |             |      |side of villages, and natives say 
                |             |      |it is blocked by sudd lower down. 
                |             |      |This channel through which neither
                |             |      |steamer or gyassa could get is    
                |             |      |evidently that mentioned by Peake,
                |             |      |between 150 and 160 miles, which  
                |             |      |he went through, and which was    
                |             |      |only 5 feet deep. It is now just  
                |             |      |over 2 feet deep.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Mogren el     |      3      | 161  |Junction of the rivers Zeraf. One 
  Buhur Zeraf   |             |      |channel comes in from S.E., which 
                |             |      |ends 6 miles up in a large open   
                |             |      |lake 9 feet deep, and with        
                |             |      |numerous villages scattered about 
                |             |      |on bits of dry ground surrounded  
                |             |      |by a sea of marsh and sudd.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Bahr el Jebel is stated to be 
                |             |      |only a few hours in a canoe (about
                |             |      |6) through the reeds in westerly  
                |             |      |direction. It is stated to be     
                |             |      |blocked N. of this point.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The second channel comes in from a
                |             |      |southerly direction going up-     
                |             |      |stream, after bending a good deal,
                |             |      |passes an old tree like an English
                |             |      |elm near two small villages, and  
                |             |      |flows close by large village of   
                |             |      |Ajiung. Nuer tribe here; Sultan   
                |             |      |Diu, the head of the Nuers in this
                |             |      |locality, resides here. Large     
                |             |      |clump of Deleib palms, 500 yards  
                |             |      |from channel.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Ajiung Lake   |      14     | 175  |Ajiung village R. Large village   
                |             |      |under Deleib palms. Lat. 7° 48′ N.
                |             |      |(approximate). Large straggling   
                |             |      |lake; sudd S., S.W., and S.E.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      13     | 188  |Channel goes on another 13 miles, 
                |             | [26] |then ends in 3 feet of water on   
                |             |      |large sudd-covered lake. A large  
                |             |      |maya goes off N.E., which is      
                |             |      |declared closed about 5 miles up; 
                |             |      |this water probably forms the     
                |             |      |River “Lotus” farther down. If it 
                |             |      |is intended to go from the Bahr el
                |             |      |Zeraf to the Bahr el Jebel,       
                |             |      |natives should be got from Ajiung 
                |             |      |to direct the course, which lies  
                |             |      |entirely through patches of sudd  
                |             |      |and open water. The direction     
                |             |      |marked on the map should be       
                |             |      |somewhat more towards the north.  
                |             |      |The channel at Ajiung, which is   
                |             |      |broad and deep, soon narrows, and 
                |             |      |current becomes less as the head  
                |             |      |is reached, clearly showing that a
                |             |      |great deal of the water in the    
                |             |      |channel at Ajiung flows through   
                |             |      |the reeds and sudd, where the     
                |             |      |depth appears to be about 4 feet. 
                |             |      |The whole country S. and S.W. of  
                |             |      |Ajiung appears to be one vast     
                |             |      |sudd-covered lagoon through which 
                |             |      |the waters forming the Bahr el    
                |             |      |Zeraf flow until the main channel 
                |             |      |is formed; pieces of sudd         
                |             |      |measuring 40 yards by 30 were met 
                |             |      |after a severe storm in the       
                |             |      |western branch. Such pieces of    
                |             |      |sudd are liable at any time to    
                |             |      |block the present channel and     
                |             |      |cause a fresh one to open out.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 24: _Vide_ also Route 134, Goré to Abwong, Appendix.]

[Footnote 25: Even in March.]

[Footnote 26: Major G. E. Matthews steamed up about 30 miles beyond
this point in August, 1904, but was then stopped by sudd.]




                              CHAPTER VII.                             

                           (BAHR EL GHAZAL.)                           

                               * * * * *                               

                       51.—MESHRA EL REK TO TONJ.                      

               BY CAPTAIN H. D. W. LLOYD, JANUARY, 1904.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Meshra El Rek |      —      |  —   |Leaving the Nuzl, the track       
                |             |      |crosses a khor some 15 feet deep, 
                |             |      |by a bridge partly under water.   
                |             |      |After 100 yards bridge ends and   
                |             |      |you wade waist deep for 3 miles.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Camp_        |      3½     |  3½  |Always dry, but mosquitoes very   
                |             |      |bad. Good water all the year      
                |             |      |round. Very bad track leading due 
                |             |      |S. between grass 7 feet high.     
                |             |      |Ground much cut up by cattle      
                |             |      |passing in the rains.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Unangarp      |      7½     |  11  |A few Dinka tukls; no supplies N. 
                |             |      |boundary of Lau district. Head    
                |             |      |Sheikh Kwitol.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Manashin_    |      2      |  13  |Water holes, which are said never 
                |             |      |to dry up completely, situated on 
                |             |      |W. of track. Good camp, well      
                |             |      |marked by a deleib growing out of 
                |             |      |centre of gemmeiza tree on track. 
                |             |      |No supplies.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track continues nearly due S.,    
                |             |      |winds a great deal, and much cut  
                |             |      |up. Bad going for man and beast.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _War Lai_     |      6¾     | 19¾  |A swamp, 300 yards W. of track. It
                |             |      |is said never to dry up; 300 by   
                |             |      |200 yards. Fair drinking water.   
                |             |      |Animals easily watered by digging 
                |             |      |trenches.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fulbar_      |      6      | 25¾  |Road through an open forest, grass
                |             |      |lately burnt. Track better, but   
                |             |      |much broken in places by old      
                |             |      |elephant tracks. Fulbar is a large
                |             |      |swamp, said never to dry up. Many 
                |             |      |elephant tracks. Good water.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving the pool, the track joins 
                |             |      |the main road a mile on. Fair     
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amangnok_    |      7      | 32¾  |A large swamp, good water, lasts  
                |             |      |all the year, on W. of track,     
                |             |      |which goes S. to Marra Alangjok,  
                |             |      |passing the village of Sheikh     
                |             |      |Angong Marial.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Mana Alangjok |      —      |  —   |A large Dinka cattle enclosure,   
                |             |      |well-known throughout this        
                |             |      |district.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _War Gel_     |      7      | 39¾  |Pools in a swamp. Water said to   
                |             |      |last all the year. Bad shade.     
                |             |      |Half-a mile on Sheikh Tioing’s    
                |             |      |house is passed on the N. of the  
                |             |      |road, and Sheikh Malwal Mabior’s  
                |             |      |village over a mile long is left  
                |             |      |to the W.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Haleik_      |      7      | 46¾  |A swamp, left to W. of road, water
                |             |      |said to last all the year. Track  
                |             |      |generally good, but cut up by     
                |             |      |elephants in places. Sheikh Wal   
                |             |      |Mabior’s village is entered 2     
                |             |      |miles from Ateim swamp.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wal Mabior’s,|      5      | 51¾  |A mile wide from E. to W., and 1½ 
  or Ateim_     |             |      |miles from N. to S. Very good and 
                |             |      |plentiful water.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mowok_       |      2      | 53¾  |A swamp 1 mile E. of road. Very   
                |             |      |good track through open country.  
                |             |      |Heglig trees and little bush.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mabior Dod’s_|      2      | 55¾  |Large swamps. Good water; called  
                |             |      |Katoi. Fair shade. Good track     
                |             |      |through rather open and perfectly 
                |             |      |level country. Soil sandy in      
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Again Well,  |      5      | 60¾  |Small water holes, little water.  
  Ewal Gor’s_   |             |      |There is a good deal of           
                |             |      |cultivation about, and Dinka huts 
                |             |      |every few hundred yards.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh Bak   |      4      | 64¾  |Four bad and one good water holes.
  Bong Yep’s_   |             |      |Latter known as Abaing, after a   
                |             |      |small tree near it; watered 200   
                |             |      |men easily. The four other holes  
                |             |      |just satisfied 100 donkeys. Fair  
                |             |      |shade. Obtained some dura.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Teing Teing  |      1      | 65¾  |One fair well, or rather hole;    
  well_         |             |      |water for 30 or 40 men. Good going
                |             |      |on the whole.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  “Dug-Dug”     |      4      | 69¾  |Site of an old cattle enclosure,  
  (ruins)       |             |      |marked by some mounds of earth and
                |             |      |some usher bushes.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Atubbu_      |      11     | 80¾  |One water hole; dirty water, but  
                |             |      |enough to give 200 men a drink.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Aweid_       |      2      | 82¾  |A small swamp, but plenty of fair 
                |             |      |water. Fair shade under heglig    
                |             |      |trees. Track passes across an open
                |             |      |plain covered with grass, which in
                |             |      |places is 10 feet high. Few trees,
                |             |      |but trees of the Tonj valley seen 
                |             |      |in the distance to the S. Bad     
                |             |      |going for first 3 miles, then very
                |             |      |good.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Atang’s (N.   |      4¼     |  87  |The direct road to Tonj Post leads
  end)          |             |      |to the W.S.W. Another, down a     
                |             |      |khor, in which are several water- 
  _R. Tonj_     |      3      |  90  |holes strikes the River Tonj.     
                |             |      |Small camp on left bank. The river
                |             |      |bed is 65 yards wide and 15 feet  
                |             |      |deep. Water 25 yards wide and 18  
                |             |      |inches deep. Good water; sandy    
                |             |      |bottom. No mosquitoes.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving the river the track for 3 
                |             |      |miles goes through long grass,    
                |             |      |then crosses a plain; grass at    
                |             |      |first, then covered with grass and
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abuior Sheikh|      9      |  99  |A small water hole (War Rual) on  
  Maton’s and   |             |      |W. of track at N. end of Sheikh   
  War Rual_     |             |      |Matoin’s village (Abui). There are
                |             |      |a few more wells to the W., but   
                |             |      |the best water is a mile to the E.
                |             |      |in a swamp. Good shade near road. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _War Tit_     |      2      | 101  |A pool 50 by 30 yards, now dry.   
                |             |      |There is a small water hole near  
                |             |      |the road.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Very good track through bush, with
                |             |      |many large trees, until within a  
                |             |      |mile of the river, when a belt of 
                |             |      |forest is entered.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Tonj River    |      5      | 106  |                                  
  Post          |             |      |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

A great part of the above road is under water during the rains,
and only passable to carriers.


                       52.—WAU TO MESHRA EL REK.                       

                BY CAPTAIN H. D. W. LLOYD, MARCH, 1904.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |             |      |The following is the Government   
                |             |      |route and is used by all convoys:—
                |             |      |                                  
  Wau           |      —      |  —   |Crossing the river Jur, the track 
                |             |      |enters high grass for a mile until
                |             |      |the E. side of the valley is      
                |             |      |reached. Then thick bush and      
                |             |      |ironstone ridges.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      4      |  4   |Rest house and well 150 yards S.  
  Malwal’s new  |             |      |of track. Track continues over    
  village (Jur)_|             |      |ironstone ridges, but bush is much
                |             |      |more open near the track.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _P. Rumbashia_|      5¾     |  9¾  |A rain pool 30 yards by 20 yards; 
                |             |      |3 feet 6 inches deep when full;   
                |             |      |now contains 18 inches water.     
                |             |      |Halting place for bull transport. 
                |             |      |A quarter-mile on there are 3 more
                |             |      |small pools in the rock.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      1¼     |  11  |Jur name Rurruish. Rest house, 2  
  Malwal’s old  |             |      |tukls, 1 shelter, and good well.  
  village (Jur)_|             |      |Water trough. Bush now becomes    
                |             |      |thick; many deserted villages     
                |             |      |passed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      12     |  23  |So called, but he has now moved   
  Moyen’s       |             |      |some way N. of the road, rest     
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |house, 2 tukls, 2 sheds, and 1    
                |             |      |rekuba. Well with good water. The 
                |             |      |ironstone formation is left.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track over level plain, now dry   
                |             |      |and covered with high grass, would
                |             |      |be very wet in rains. A few Dinka 
                |             |      |houses are seen, many deserted    
                |             |      |ones passed.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Water hole_  |      9½     | 32½  |Six feet deep, 8 feet in diameter,
                |             |      |good, but much discoloured water. 
                |             |      |Used by Aiyum’s people.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      2½     |  35  |Extensive Dinka village chiefly N.
  Aiyum’s       |             |      |of road. Rest house, 2 tukls, 2   
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |shelters, and large tukl for the  
                |             |      |bull transport.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Open grass-covered plain with     
                |             |      |scattered trees. Swampy in rains. 
                |             |      |Mosquitoes troublesome.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir El Jaalin|      7      |  42  |Old wells in clump of deleib      
  (Arab), Malau |             |      |palms, site of old village.       
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Deleiba_     |      8      |  50  |Rest house, 3 tukls, 1 bad well;  
                |             |      |water gave out after 30 men had   
                |             |      |drawn their water, but well       
                |             |      |refills quickly. Many deleib      
                |             |      |palms. Mosquitoes.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track winds to avoid the bush,    
                |             |      |which is thick some 200 yards away
                |             |      |from the track W.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  “_Dug-Dug_”   |      5      |  55  |Rest house, Dinka name Noi. 3     
                |             |      |tukls and 2 good wells.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track again winds about to avoid  
                |             |      |the thick bush. Very thick grass  
                |             |      |in places.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir El Gurud_|      6      |  61  |Rest house, 3 tukls. Two wells    
                |             |      |(one now dry), 8 feet deep. Good, 
                |             |      |but muddy water. After passing    
                |             |      |through a belt of bush 300 yards  
                |             |      |wide the country becomes perfectly
                |             |      |flat and open. Covered with high  
                |             |      |grass and scattered trees. Little 
                |             |      |bush anywhere. The going is bad as
                |             |      |the track from here to Meshra. is 
                |             |      |mostly under water during the     
                |             |      |rains.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Old wells    |      7½     | 68½  |Could not obtain name. A well-    
  near single   |             |      |known place and site of old Dinka 
  deleib palm_  |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      3½     |  72  |So called. Sheikh Bok is the chief
  Gadein’s_     |             |      |man. A large village. Rest house, 
                |             |      |2 good tukls, 1 shelter. Good     
                |             |      |water from wells. Depôt for bull  
                |             |      |transport. Road and country as    
                |             |      |before.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gemmeiza     |      9      |  81  |Well-known halting place, as there
  tree_         |             |      |is a pool 50 yards in diameter    
                |             |      |which holds water for some 6 or 8 
                |             |      |weeks after the rains.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rest house W.|      6      |  87  |Two tukls and shelter under       
  end of Sheikh |             |      |gemmeiza tree. Wells dry 13th     
  Mayik’s       |             |      |March, 1904. Route winds much     
  village_      |             |      |through the village.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rest house E.|      5½     | 92½  |Two tukls, 1 shelter under a      
  end of Sheikh |             |      |single deleib palm. One well 15   
  Mayik’s       |             |      |feet deep, 8 feet in diameter, 3  
  village       |             |      |feet of good clear water. No      
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |people seen; they are said to have
                |             |      |gone down to the river with their 
                |             |      |cattle.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country good, level, and open as  
                |             |      |before; but track somewhat better.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Three miles from the rest house   
                |             |      |there is a water hole 50 yards S. 
                |             |      |of track near a small deleib palm,
                |             |      |8 feet deep, 10 feet in diameter; 
                |             |      |good water.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      9      | 101½ |Rest house at W. end of village; 3
  Madal’s       |             |      |good tukls, 1 shelter, good well. 
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |Dinka name of well Atien ful. The 
                |             |      |native houses are chiefly on the  
                |             |      |N. side of the wood and ½ a mile  
                |             |      |away.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _War Kul_     |      4¾     | 106¼ |(War = pool) Pool 20 yards by 10  
                |             |      |yards. Good water situated in a   
                |             |      |swamp now dry. There is a clump of
                |             |      |bush on higher ground 100 yards   
                |             |      |N., which would be a dry spot for 
                |             |      |a camp.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      1¾     | 108  |Rest house. Two tukls and well, at
  Amien’s       |             |      |W. end of village which is        
  (Dinka)_      |             |      |scattered along the route for 3   
                |             |      |miles. Road has been cleared in   
                |             |      |the village and ruts caused by    
                |             |      |traffic in rains filled up. The   
                |             |      |going then becomes bad. Black     
                |             |      |soil; grass, and a few scattered  
                |             |      |trees. Three miles from Meshra,   
                |             |      |high grass and a swamp is entered.
                |             |      |Going very bad and water waist-   
                |             |      |deep in places. Close to the Nuzl 
                |             |      |a khor is crossed by a bridge, but
                |             |      |it is now 2 feet 6 inches under   
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra El    |      11     | 119  |                                  
  Rek_          |             |      |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         53.—TONJ POST TO WAU.                         

               BY CAPTAIN H. D. W. LLOYD, FEBRUARY, 1904.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |             |      |The whole of this road is over    
                |             |      |ironstone ridges, except where it 
                |             |      |is crossed by khors. The going is 
                |             |      |good and in many places the bush  
                |             |      |has been cleared. It is proposed  
                |             |      |to clear a route from Tonj Post,  
                |             |      |_viâ_ Jur Ghatas to Kawagana, and 
                |             |      |thence follow this route to Wau.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There was sufficient water        
                |             |      |everywhere in February, 1904,     
                |             |      |along this route for 300 men and  
                |             |      |100 mules.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Tonj Post     |      —      |  —   |The route follows the left bank of
                |             |      |the river Ba, at first, to Morgan 
                |             |      |Bongo’s house, and thence bears   
                |             |      |slightly N. of W. Good track, but 
                |             |      |thick bush, and grass on both     
                |             |      |sides until within a mile of      
                |             |      |Aiidu’s wells, when cultivation is
                |             |      |entered.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      10     |  10  |A small Jur village, to W. of     
  Aiidu’s_      |             |      |which is the rest house; 2 good   
                |             |      |tukls. Good water from wells.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track continues through thick bush
                |             |      |and grass, crossing some grass    
                |             |      |covered swamps, now dry.          
                |             |      |Ironstone, good going. A mile from
                |             |      |the next rest house the track     
                |             |      |descends a steep bank, 81 feet    
                |             |      |high, and crosses a small khor.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _River house  |      8½     | 18½  |On right bank. One good hut, but  
  at River      |             |      |little shade near. Water from     
  Mulmul_       |             |      |pools in bed of river. The track  
                |             |      |now crosses the valley of the     
                |             |      |River Mulmul, which is flat,      
                |             |      |covered with thick grass, and very
                |             |      |swampy in the rains. There is a   
                |             |      |khor on the left bank of valley,  
                |             |      |and some wells 2 feet deep. Good  
                |             |      |and plentiful water. Route passes 
                |             |      |through Sheikh Agan’s village and 
                |             |      |over a stony ridge to the rest    
                |             |      |house.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Rest house,   |      4½     |  23  |The village is called Mudi. Two   
  _Sheikh       |             |      |good tukls. Water from wells in   
  Agan’s_ (Jur) |             |      |River Mulmul.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good track, but much high grass.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      3½     | 26½  |A small village with little       
  Arum’s_       |             |      |cultivation. Two tukls for rest   
  (Bilanda)     |             |      |house. Road now winds a good deal 
                |             |      |through high grass and bush, and  
                |             |      |crosses several places that are   
                |             |      |swampy in the rains.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      6½     |  33  |Rest house of 2 tukls and a       
  Akuong_ (Jur) |             |      |rekuba; water from well.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Munga well_  |      2½     | 35½  |There is a small rekuba on N. of  
                |             |      |road. The wells are 300 yards S., 
                |             |      |and consist of 3 holes 4 feet deep
                |             |      |with 2 feet of good water, which  
                |             |      |flows in quickly. Full of frogs.  
                |             |      |Immediately beyond cultivation and
                |             |      |the village commence.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      1½     |  37  |Rest house is at N. end of        
  Kangor’s_     |             |      |village. Four tukls, water from   
                |             |      |Manga well. Bush and high grass.  
                |             |      |Route crosses one place that must 
                |             |      |be very wet in the rains.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kawagana_    |      3½     | 40½  |A rock-pool 60 yards by 25 yards, 
                |             |      |and 2 feet 6 inches deep. Good    
                |             |      |clean water, said to last all the 
                |             |      |year. Rain water; no spring. Two  
                |             |      |tukls, bush thick. The direct road
                |             |      |from Tonj Post, _viâ_ Jur Ghatas, 
                |             |      |comes in here.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      4      | 44½  |300 yards wide and 30 feet deep,  
                |             |      |ironstone sides; no water. Only 80
                |             |      |yards show signs of being swampy  
                |             |      |in the rains. Track crosses       
                |             |      |another khor and then ascends a   
                |             |      |ridge (60 feet) which it follows  
                |             |      |for 2 miles and then descends into
                |             |      |Khor Mbili, where there is a rest 
                |             |      |house with ghafir.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Rest house in |      4      | 48½  |Three tukls. Water from wells in  
  _Khor Mbili_  |             |      |khor. Road has been cleared for 2 
                |             |      |miles on each side.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tala     |      3      | 51½  |20 yards wide and 10 feet deep,   
                |             |      |bridged. Route now ascends an     
                |             |      |ironstone ridge for a mile and    
                |             |      |then winds round it. Wide valley  
                |             |      |to the E., with deleib palms. 3¼  
                |             |      |miles from next rest-house there  
                |             |      |is a steep ascent of 50 feet. Bad 
                |             |      |going. The track then crosses     
                |             |      |greyish soil for a mile and again 
                |             |      |passes over ironstone rock.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Rest house,   |      9      | 60½  |Eight tukls (4 old). Many deleib  
  “The          |             |      |palms about. Good water from      
  _Deleib’s_”   |             |      |wells. For the next 3 miles there 
                |             |      |is thick bush. The grassy valley  
                |             |      |of the Khor Abongo is then struck.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Abongo_ |      4      | 64½  |Khor which is 20 yards wide and 10
                |             |      |feet deep, bridged. The river Jur 
                |             |      |is now to the W. of the track     
                |             |      |which follows its right bank,     
                |             |      |between the high grass which      
                |             |      |covers the valley and an ironstone
                |             |      |ridge 30 to 50 feet high, covered 
                |             |      |with very thick bush. Wau is seen 
                |             |      |on the left bank.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |East of Wau the track crosses the 
                |             |      |valley (1 mile wide) through very 
                |             |      |high grass. The river Jur here is 
                |             |      |on the W. side of the valley, 100 
                |             |      |yards wide with banks from 15 to  
                |             |      |20 feet high. On 3rd February,    
                |             |      |1904, there was 2 feet 9 inches   
                |             |      |water in the ford. Sandy bottom.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wau           |      5½     |  70  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      54.—TONJ TO RIKTA’S VILLAGE.                     

               BY CAPTAIN H. D. W. LLOYD, FEBRUARY, 1904.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |             |      |There is no obstacle on this route
                |             |      |to the movement of men, mules or  
                |             |      |donkeys, during the dry season.   
                |             |      |But a very little rain would make 
                |             |      |many of the khors impassable to   
                |             |      |animals. The river Ba during the  
                |             |      |rains would have to be crossed in 
                |             |      |boats. There was ample water for  
                |             |      |500 men and 300 mules or donkeys. 
                |             |      |The route lies chiefly over       
                |             |      |ironstone rock, with black        
                |             |      |alluvial soil in and near the     
                |             |      |khors.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Tonj River    |      —      |  —   |Leaving the fort the road follows 
  Post          |             |      |the left bank of the river Ba;    
                |             |      |good track.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      3      |  3   |20 yards wide, 5 feet deep, muddy 
                |             |      |bottom, if not bridged would be a 
                |             |      |serious obstacle. Track skirts the
                |             |      |forest.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  River Ba      |      3      |  6   |The actual valley is 1½ miles     
                |             |      |wide, alluvial soil covered with  
                |             |      |grass 6 to 8 feet high, now dry.  
                |             |      |The river channel 75 yards wide,  
                |             |      |12 feet deep, and has been bank   
                |             |      |full of water this year. Water in 
                |             |      |January 30 yards wide, 20 inches  
                |             |      |deep, sandy bottom. No difficulty 
                |             |      |in ascending banks.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is now a slight track only. 
                |             |      |The route followed the edge of the
                |             |      |forest on the right bank of the   
                |             |      |river Ba. Good going, but the     
                |             |      |khors running into the river would
                |             |      |be difficult after rain. Water for
                |             |      |drinking obtained from khors.     
                |             |      |                                  
  13th mile     |      7      |  13  |Route leaves valley of river Ba   
                |             |      |and follows the right bank of Khor
                |             |      |Sunni. Good going, khor from 50 to
                |             |      |1000 yards from route which       
                |             |      |followed the edge of the forest.  
                |             |      |Bush seldom very thick, but grass 
                |             |      |troublesome in places.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Dam Lkobo|     20½     | 33½  |Route crosses to left bank of Khor
                |             |      |Sunni 20 feet deep, 3 yards wide  
                |             |      |at bottom, 25 yards wide at top;  
                |             |      |running water 6 inches deep.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Gutti    |      2      | 35½  |Large pool in khor, said never to 
                |             |      |dry up. Guide was not very sure of
                |             |      |name, but place unmistakable. Bare
                |             |      |ironstone running from edge of    
                |             |      |forest to khor. Running water now 
                |             |      |ceases and the only water is in   
                |             |      |pools.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Route crosses several shallow but 
                |             |      |wide khors full of elephant       
                |             |      |tracks; high grass.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Da Kobi       |      12     | 47½  |(Called by another guide, Akkuir).
                |             |      |Da = pool in Bongo. Dirty water   
                |             |      |but quite drinkable.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Dormunga |      6½     |  54  |Pool 100 yards long in khor, very 
                |             |      |good water. Good shade near; road 
                |             |      |crosses several ironstone ridges  
                |             |      |and some low ground now dry, but  
                |             |      |would be very swampy in rains.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Higoli   |      7½     | 61½  |Pool in khor. Good water. Good    
                |             |      |going but thick bush.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Kunga    |     44¾     | 66¼  |Pool in a khor running into Khor  
                |             |      |Sunni, 80 yards in diameter, good 
                |             |      |clean water. Said always to       
                |             |      |contain water.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Minobolo      |      4¾     |  71  |Two miles before reaching         
                |             |      |Minobolo, two deleib palms are    
                |             |      |seen and the track crosses a small
                |             |      |khor. For 1½ miles this khor      
                |             |      |contains a succession of pools.   
                |             |      |Minobolo is the site of an old    
                |             |      |slave dealers’ zeriba, 30 feet    
                |             |      |above khor. Water said to last all
                |             |      |the year.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route follows the Khor Sunni, 
                |             |      |crossing it twice and passing     
                |             |      |several small pools.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Pool Riggu    |      8      |  79  |In the midst of many deleib palms,
                |             |      |good water. Much game about. This 
                |             |      |is the last pool on the Khor      
                |             |      |Sunni.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country now rises slowly until
                |             |      |the route passes between two red  
                |             |      |ironstone hills (rising 100 feet  
                |             |      |above the track) covered with     
                |             |      |bush. The route then descends and 
                |             |      |enters the valley of the Khor     
                |             |      |Takor which flows S.W. to the     
                |             |      |river Ba.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Toko          |      5½     | 84½  |Pool of good water; said to last  
                |             |      |all the year.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Da Higi       |      2½     |  87  |Pool of good water; said to last  
                |             |      |all the year. Site of old Bongo   
                |             |      |village. Route now follows right  
                |             |      |bank. Good going.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Ungulu        |      2¼     | 89¼  |Pool in khor; drying up rapidly in
                |             |      |February. Route crosses to left   
                |             |      |bank, and a mile on there is a    
                |             |      |large grey granite rock 30 feet   
                |             |      |high, 50 yards in diameter.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Mungola       |      2¾     |  93  |Pool in khor; said never to dry   
                |             |      |up. Good water; some bad going due
                |             |      |to elephant tracks.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Dih           |      3      |  96  |Several large pools which are said
                |             |      |never to dry up. Good shade.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here to Higola pool there are
                |             |      |two routes, an eastern and a      
                |             |      |western. The former is the better 
                |             |      |going but the latter has more     
                |             |      |water on it.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |         WESTERN ROUTE.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Follows the Khor Takor for 2      
                |             |      |miles, then turns S., crosses the 
                |             |      |Khor Teih at the Pool Ngomala, and
                |             |      |half a mile on enters valley of   
                |             |      |the Khor Biuku, which flows       
                |             |      |northwards and westwards to River 
                |             |      |Ba; much bush and grass. Three    
                |             |      |miles from Ngomala, route crosses 
                |             |      |khor; rocky ground, bad going.    
                |             |      |After 7 miles, Angaga, a pool in  
                |             |      |Khor Biuku, is reached. Water said
                |             |      |to be dry up; much high grass. A  
                |             |      |mile S., route again crosses the  
                |             |      |khor and ascends an ironstone     
                |             |      |ridge, which it follows for 5     
                |             |      |miles; good going; to Higola 5½   
                |             |      |miles, a pool fed by a spring,    
                |             |      |situated on E. side of ridge in   
                |             |      |the Khor Todor.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |         EASTERN ROUTE.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Route goes nearly S.E. for 2½     
                |             |      |miles, then turns lightly W. of S.
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Teih     |      2½     | 98½  |Now nearly dry. One or two small  
                |             |      |dirty pools. Khor 20 yards wide, 8
                |             |      |feet deep, steep banks. Flows W.  
                |             |      |to River Ba. A mile and a half on 
                |             |      |the Khor Todor is seen E. of route
                |             |      |which follows the left bank to    
                |             |      |Higola. Good going skirting the   
                |             |      |bush. Valley of khor full of high 
                |             |      |grass. The Khor Todor flows       
                |             |      |northwards into the Khor Teih.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Higola        |      5½     | 107  |Bad going for first 2 miles,      
                |             |      |ascending a rocky ironstone ridge.
                |             |      |Thick bush. Then along the level  
                |             |      |for 2 miles, when the end of the  
                |             |      |ridge is reached. There is then a 
                |             |      |rapid but easy descent of nearly  
                |             |      |200 feet to the Khor Veitatei.    
                |             |      |Route followed right bank to the  
                |             |      |River Ba, but it is better to     
                |             |      |cross the khor from 1 to 2 miles  
                |             |      |before reaching the river.        
                |             |      |                                  
  River Ba      |      11     | 118  |Forty yards wide and unfordable,  
                |             |      |with slight current E. to W.;     
                |             |      |following the bank for a mile     
                |             |      |through high grass and crossing   
                |             |      |the Khor Veitatei the river bends 
                |             |      |S. Near a large Bolo tree. S. of  
                |             |      |this tree is a good ford. Water 2 
                |             |      |feet 6 inches deep. Sandy bottom. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Right bank easy, left bank had to 
                |             |      |be ramped. Good shade on right    
                |             |      |bank. None on left.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Route now nearly due S., through  
                |             |      |high grass. Near River Ba for 2   
                |             |      |miles. Then crosses a small khor  
                |             |      |with running water and ascends a  
                |             |      |hill to Sheikh Toin’s, the River  
                |             |      |Ba being left to the eastwards.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Sheikh Toin   |      5¼     | 123¼ |Village burnt 11th February.      
                |             |      |Situated on top of a grey         
                |             |      |sandstone hill. Water from pool in
                |             |      |Khor Maposho, a mile S. From this 
                |             |      |village to Rikta’s there is a good
                |             |      |track. Much bush and high grass.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Maposho  |      5¾     | 129  |Track again crosses the khor. Two 
                |             |      |good pools. Long grass and thick  
                |             |      |bushes.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Hukwar’s      |      7      | 136  |Small place. Good pools ¼ mile    
                |             |      |N.W. Burnt 10th February. Track   
                |             |      |continues through high grass and  
                |             |      |bush for 4½ miles to the first    
                |             |      |houses of Rikta’s village.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Menza    |      5½     | 141½ |A narrow but deep khor with       
                |             |      |thickly wooded banks. Many pools  
                |             |      |both above and below track.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |High grass, with clearings for    
                |             |      |cultivation: dura, telibun and    
                |             |      |maize (very little).              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Nabazibi |      ¾      | 142¼ |A large khor, with thickly wooded 
                |             |      |banks. Many pools of good water,  
                |             |      |both above and below track. Was   
                |             |      |bridged by Rikta, but bridge      
                |             |      |burnt. There must be 7 feet of    
                |             |      |water in the khor at times. The   
                |             |      |width varies from 30 to 60 yards  
                |             |      |wide, the more narrow portions    
                |             |      |being between ironstone rock.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Rikta’s       |      —      |  —   |The Sheik’s house (burnt 10th     
                |             |      |February, 1904) was 250 yards from
                |             |      |the bridge. The village was       
                |             |      |scattered along the higher ground 
                |             |      |on both banks of the Khor         
                |             |      |Nabazibi. Except where cleared for
                |             |      |cultivation, the country is       
                |             |      |covered with scattered trees and  
                |             |      |high grass.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          55.—WAU TO TEMBURA.                          

              BY CAPTAIN A. B. BETHEL, R.A., AUGUST, 1904.             


[Sidenote: Water, etc.]

In the dry season, I consider that this road would present a good
many difficulties in the way of water supply for troops or animal
transport using it.

[Sidenote: Transport.]

In the wet season, the road is only fit for carrier transport, as many
of the khors are so full that it would entail swimming the animals
across, and carrying the baggage over by hand; bridging one or two
more of the khors would assist matters a good deal, but the River
Bo is too wide for a bridge to be thrown across it, and I think it
quite possible that these small native-made bridges would be swept
away in the deep khors. A small Berthon boat is indispensable to
anyone using this road in the wet season.

[Sidenote: Track and country.]

The track is a well marked one the whole way. After leaving the
Zeriba of Kutsuk Ali, the country becomes undulating till Khor
Abera is reached, and there are several ridges, with steep ascents
and descents; from this, the track is fairly flat till it reaches
Tembura’s village, though, S. of Gedi’s village, it runs along
the foot of the Undili Mountains. In the wet season, the track is very
much overgrown with grass and short scrub to the S. of Ali’s Babai;
N. of it, the grass is not so high, nor so thick, but the going is
bad, as much of the track is under water, and it is especially so
between Khors Gullamba and Gumbola.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Wau           |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  River Wau     |      4      |  —   |Good ford in dry season, about 2·6
                |             |      |to 3 feet deep.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh Kwol’s|      10     |  14  |3 rest houses, well in village,   
  village_ (Rest|             |      |river 2 miles away.               
  house)        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Zeriba Kutsuk|      3      |  17  |2 small wells close to Zeriba.    
  Ali_          |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kossukali|      12     |  29  |2 rest houses.                    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Abera_  |      5      |  34  |2 rest houses, water all the year.
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tela     |      7      |  41  |2 rest houses.                    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Borda_  |      9      |  50  |Water said to be in a pool here   
                |             |      |all the year.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Nyeka    |      9      |  59  |2 rest houses.                    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gumbala_|      10     |  69  |2 rest houses, water said to be in
  (Rest house)  |             |      |pools all the year.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      11     |  80  |1 rest house, deep khor, 5 feet   
  Gullamba_     |             |      |deep in wet season, water probably
  (Rest house)  |             |      |all the year. Rest house.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gomereh  |      3      |  83  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Deboka_ |      16     |  99  |Deep khor, water all the year,    
  and Sheikh    |             |      |Tukls in old village still intact.
  Ali’s Babai   |             |      |2 rest houses.                    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Bo_    |      12     | 111  |2 rest houses, easily crossed in  
  (Rest house)  |             |      |dry season; boat necessary in wet 
                |             |      |season, as it is 80 yards wide.   
                |             |      |Water all the year.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gutti_  |      19     | 130  |Water probably all the year.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh Wura’s|      6      | 136  |2 rest houses, water all the year.
  village_      |             |      |                                  
  (Belanda)     |             |      |                                  
  (Rest house)  |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gedi’s       |      12     | 148  |1 Tukl and 1 Dahr-El-Tor, water   
  village_ (Rest|             |      |all the year.                     
  house)        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Duma_  |      19     | 167  |Bridge, water all the year.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      6      | 173  |Water all the year.               
  Bumangedi’s   |             |      |                                  
  son’s village_|             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Yebbo_ |      6      | 179  |Bridge, water all the year, about 
                |             |      |15 yards wide.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Tambura’s     |      3      | 182  |                                  
  enclosure     |             |      |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        56.—WAU TO DEIM ZUBEIR.                        

   MAJOR W. A. BOULNOIS, APRIL, 1901; AND LIEUTENANT-COLONEL SPARKES,  
                             APRIL, 1903.


[Sidenote: The country.]

All forest and jungle. Cultivated patches round Biselli. Country gets
gradually more undulating, and hills and ridges are higher towards
Deim Zubeir. Granite boulders and ironstone intermingled.

[Sidenote: Rivers.]

The Bongo and the Kuru. Both much the same, nearly dry in dry weather,
probably full, and difficult to cross between May and October. Many
khors, which would be a great obstruction to donkey or even mule
traffic.

A waterless stretch for 30 miles from Khor Gitti to the Bongo in dry
weather. There is a well out of use at Khor Gombolo, 11½ miles west
of Khor Gitti, otherwise water is found at no greater distance than
15 miles interval in pools in the khors.

[Sidenote: The track.]

Is very indistinct in places.[27] Elephant tracks lead off which help
to confuse it. Bushes and trees constantly intercept.

[Sidenote: Natives.]

Biselli is fairly populated with Golo and a few Kreich and Bari,
originally from Deim Idris.

Deim Zubeir almost entirely Kreich.

Natives live on barley, roots, and berries of trees, and on honey a
great deal at this time of year (April).

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Fort Dessaix- |      —      |  —   |Track leaves the river nearly due 
  Wau Post      |             |      |W.; several khors are crossed:    
                |             |      |Khor Ganna at 2 miles, Khor Ngoa  
                |             |      |at 9 miles, Khor Alfell at 10     
                |             |      |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Absaka’s_ new|      12     |  12  |Water from Well. Rakuba and hut   
  village       |             |      |for traveller.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A track crosses the route at 12   
                |             |      |miles from the Jur Village Nuara  
                |             |      |to iron furnaces 15 miles S.W. and
                |             |      |S. At Absaka’s old village, at 17½
                |             |      |miles there is well water.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Ganna         |      4½     | 16½  |A village taking its name from    
                |             |      |another Khor Ganna is passed. Golo
  _Biselli (old |      9      | 25½  |villages to and at Biselli. Rest  
  zeriba)_      |             |      |Rakuba for travellers. The old    
                |             |      |zeriba is in ruins—few trees are  
                |             |      |left; ½ mile further west the huts
                |             |      |and zeribas of Golo—Sheikh Limbo. 
                |             |      |Water from Khor Gitti ½ mile N.,  
                |             |      |flowing N.E., always good.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track nearly all the way so   
                |             |      |far is thoroughly thickly wooded  
                |             |      |country, much intercepted by      
                |             |      |shrubs, bushes, and branches.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Hence track goes slightly S. or W.
                |             |      |for 4 miles along right bank of   
                |             |      |Khor Gitti, passing French wooden 
                |             |      |bridge over the khor to Village   
                |             |      |Gumsi Golo, thence W. across Khor 
                |             |      |Gitti.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gombolo_|      10     | 35½  |Well giving bad water in dry      
                |             |      |season (March to end of May).     
                |             |      |Rakuba and huts. Dry route        
                |             |      |crossing Khor Gombolo and Gamus   
                |             |      |(native name, Ingataba), much     
                |             |      |intercepted by bushes and trees to
  River Bongo   |      20     | 55½  |River Bongo—steep banks; trees    
                |             |      |close up to river banks; marsh ½  
                |             |      |mile broad, left bank; flowing    
                |             |      |N.E. from S. about 30 yards broad 
                |             |      |from bank to bank. Banks at low   
                |             |      |water (14.3.01) about 20 feet     
                |             |      |high, sandy bottom, always good   
                |             |      |clear water in pools. Rakuba and  
                |             |      |huts. A species of Tetse fly      
                |             |      |infests the banks of this river.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence through forest             
                |             |      |country—higher ground—crossing    
                |             |      |several khors, past Aboko hills at
                |             |      |11 miles, 1 mile N. of track,     
                |             |      |whence a view is obtained. Granite
                |             |      |ridges about 600 feet high, trees 
                |             |      |growing up to the summit. Khors   
                |             |      |Karra and Ganna flowing towards   
                |             |      |the Bongo water.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ganna_  |     13½     |  69  |Water always in Khor Ganna (in    
                |             |      |well in dry season). Rakuba and   
                |             |      |huts.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Several more khors are crossed.   
                |             |      |Country getting slightly more     
                |             |      |undulating. Several granite       
                |             |      |outcrops and boulders are passed. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gongoba_|      6½     | 75½  |Khor Gongoba, dry in dry season.  
                |             |      |Three and a half miles further on,
                |             |      |Khor Idris, always water (both    
                |             |      |have rakubas and huts).           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Raml_   |      12     | 87½  |Khors Raml and Tena hold water in 
                |             |      |pools in dry season, and flow S.  
  _Khor Tena_   |      3½     |  91  |to Bongo. The former has rakuba   
                |             |      |and huts.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Deim Idris_  |      5      |  96  |Well situated on high ground      
                |             |      |(gives bad water). Now in ruins.  
                |             |      |Rakuba and huts. Small trees,     
                |             |      |jungle, and wilderness. Palisades 
                |             |      |of burnt wood poles show the      
                |             |      |outlines of Gessi’s fort. The     
                |             |      |earthworks of a battery and ruins 
                |             |      |of two houses are visible. Two or 
                |             |      |three wells are traced, now tilled
                |             |      |up. Three-quarters of a mile      
                |             |      |further W. the ruins of Suleiman’s
                |             |      |fort is passed, touching the      
                |             |      |track, and shortly after Khor     
                |             |      |Gelaba is crossed, where once     
                |             |      |stood houses and a Suk, now       
                |             |      |wilderness.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country more undulating, and after
                |             |      |passing over a long ridge, the    
                |             |      |khors are more numerous, and flow 
                |             |      |northwards to Kuru river. Some    
                |             |      |years nearly all hold _pools of   
                |             |      |water in the dry season, but they 
                |             |      |are often dry_.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Kuru_  |      23     | 119  |Steep banks 20 feet high, 30 to 50
                |             |      |yards from bank to bank, very     
                |             |      |slight current in stream, 6 feet  
                |             |      |deep. Good water. Rakuba and huts.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Very pretty banks with overhanging
                |             |      |trees on both sides.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Mubenga_|      7½     | 126½ |Always water. Rakuba and huts.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ghanam_ |     17½     | 144  |Khor Ghanam. Crossed at the horse-
  (flowing S. to|             |      |shoe bend mentioned by Dr. Junker.
  Kuru)         |             |      |Banks steep, 15 feet high, 15     
                |             |      |yards from bank to bank, always   
                |             |      |water in pools. Rakuba and huts.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Remains of Gessi’s entrenchments, 
                |             |      |ironstone, 100 yards W. of left   
                |             |      |bank.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track follows right bank of Khor  
                |             |      |Uiri running into Khor Ghanam for 
                |             |      |1 mile, then rising over a ridge  
                |             |      |of 4 miles drops down the W.      
                |             |      |slope, facing a valley with the E.
                |             |      |slope of Deim Zubeir ridge        
                |             |      |opposite. Open ground—dura fields 
                |             |      |and the fort in the front—Khor    
                |             |      |Ujugu (spring water) is crossed ¼ 
                |             |      |mile E. of the Fort of Deim       
  Deim Zubeir   |      6      | 150  |Zubeir.                           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

          N.B. No inhabitants between Biselli and Deim Zubeir.


                     57.—CHAK CHAK TO DEIM ZUBEIR.                     

                 BY LIEUTENANT FELL, R.N., APRIL, 1904.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Chak Chak     |      —      |  —   |Track lies nearly due S. Very good
                |             |      |going along broad road to village 
  _Khor         |      6      |  6   |of Baraguei, on khor of same name;
  Baraguei_     |             |      |thence through straggling village 
                |             |      |to house of Sheikh Limliffo       
  _Sheikh       |      3      |  9   |(Kreich), 1 mile from river.      
  Limliffo_     |             |      |Thence through forest to small    
  (Rest house)  |             |      |Shat village, Sheikh Ramadan on   
                |             |      |Khor Mwelli. Road difficult to    
                |             |      |follow owing to numerous elephant 
                |             |      |roads.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Mwelli, |      20     |  29  |Good water in khor, but not very  
  Sheikh        |             |      |much of it (April, 1904).         
  Ramadan_ (Rest|             |      |                                  
  house)        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here, track is better defined
                |             |      |and lies through forest to rocky  
                |             |      |khor. Rain pools in rocks. Small  
                |      5      |  34  |hill to E.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Kobshum_|      6½     | 40½  |Good going to Khor Kobshum. Water 
  (Rest house)  |             |      |in large pool and again in several
                |             |      |pools half hour further on, 1 mile
                |             |      |W. of rocky hill with another hill
                |             |      |further to the E.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Kobshum_|      1½     |  42  |From Kobshum, through forest, to  
  (Rest house)  |             |      |Khor Klippi. Road crosses this    
                |             |      |khor —no water, but strikes it    
  Khor Klippi   |      3½     | 45½  |again after 1 mile. Water in pool.
                |             |      |Thence through undulating forest  
                |             |      |country, crossing many khors to   
  Khor Agok     |      8      | 53½  |Khor Agok, plenty of water, track 
  (Rest house)  |             |      |difficult to follow owing to many 
                |             |      |elephant and game roads. From Khor
                |             |      |Agok, road crosses many khors, but
                |             |      |none at present (April 13) holding
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Chel_  |      8      | 61½  |River 100 yards wide. W. bank     
  (Rest house)  |             |      |steep and high. Plenty of water in
                |             |      |pools above and below the road;   
                |             |      |leaving Chel river track passes   
  _Pools in     |      2½     |  64  |through slightly more open country
  forest_       |             |      |to 2 pools with plenty of water, 1
                |             |      |mile apart.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence through thick forest over  
                |             |      |high ground, passing small rocky  
  _River Biri_  |      11     |  75  |Jebel to E. of track to River     
  (Rest house)  |             |      |Biri. Plenty of water.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence track is never far from    
                |             |      |bank of river. Bad going for      
                |             |      |animals.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  River Biri    |      7      |  87  |Road joins Kossinga road at Biri  
                |             |      |River, 5 miles from Deim Zubeir.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Deim Zubeir   |      5      |  92  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      58.—DEIM ZUBEIR TO KOSSINGA.                     

                BY MAJOR W. A. BOULNOIS, 8TH MAY, 1901.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Deim Zubeir   |      —      |  —   |A track is followed N.N.W. down a 
                |             |      |spur of the ridge to River Biri,  
  _Biri River_  |      5½     |  5½  |which is crossed at some rocks in 
                |             |      |a shallow at a sharp bend, between
                |             |      |two deep pools. Stream about 1    
                |             |      |mile an hour (23.3.01); granite   
                |             |      |boulders in the bed—trees         
                |             |      |overhanging the banks. Banks 15   
                |             |      |feet high, and steep, except at   
                |             |      |crossing; 40 yards bank to bank;  
                |             |      |very pretty scenery. Thence       
                |             |      |through forests, free from shrubs.
                |             |      |Five and a-half miles on from the 
                |             |      |rocky spur Tuambu, a view of Hill 
                |             |      |Tokingaran about 6 miles W.N.W. is
                |             |      |obtained; the track to Boko, where
                |             |      |Zemio has an outpost, runs close  
                |             |      |under this hill.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Half a mile further the huts of   
                |             |      |Sheikh Mattar (Kreich) are passed,
                |             |      |and many deleib palms stud the    
                |             |      |country side. The district and a  
                |             |      |hill N.E. about 10 miles are      
                |             |      |called Deleib.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Jangwi_ |      8½     |  14  |Khor Jangwi is crossed running E. 
                |             |      |to Biri river, a small deep khor  
                |             |      |about 20 feet broad with pools; a 
                |             |      |grove of deleibs marks a good pool
                |             |      |and camping site.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Rogoko   |      4½     | 18½  |Thick forest to pool Rogoko, where
                |             |      |there is a deserted village,      
  _Khor         |      5½     |  24  |thence no track through forest    
  Odagombo_     |             |      |past Odagombo, where there is     
                |             |      |always water, running east to     
                |             |      |Biri; ruins of village on N. side,
                |             |      |and cross Khors Aparipi and Achon 
  _Sopo River_  |      19     |  43  |to River Sopo. Thick bushes on the
                |             |      |edge of the bank impede the       
                |             |      |crossing; 70 to 80 yards broad;   
                |             |      |granite bed in places. It is      
                |             |      |crossed at a regular floor of     
                |             |      |granite rocks, stretching 200     
                |             |      |yards down the river and damming  
                |             |      |the stream at low water, thus     
                |             |      |making a fine pool above; deep    
                |             |      |drains and khors running down to  
                |             |      |the river from gradually sloping  
                |             |      |ridges, on either bank.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Hence E. of N. across a bend of   
                |             |      |Sopo river, which is crossed at 12
                |             |      |miles and followed and recrossed  
                |             |      |again at the cataract or falls of 
  _Kaloka_      |      20     |  63  |Kaloka, fine granite boulders and 
                |             |      |a deep pool. Shortly after the    
                |             |      |river is crossed again, and the   
                |             |      |regular track from Deim Zubeir is 
                |             |      |joined at Khor Regaba, a village  
  _Khor Regaba_ |     11½     | 74½  |of Mandallas on the left bank of  
                |             |      |Sopo river is passed.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Hill Lutu     |      —      |  —   |Thence Sopo is left gradually a   
                |             |      |few miles E., and the Hill Lutu (a
                |             |      |steep granite hill about 500 feet 
                |             |      |high, shaped like half an egg) is 
                |             |      |passed at 7 miles. Thence an open 
                |             |      |valley across _Khor Lutu_ where   
                |             |      |there is _always water in pools_. 
                |             |      |Quarter mile further on the       
   _Kossinga_   |      9½     |  84  |village of Sultan Nasser of       
                |             |      |Telgona is reached, nestling under
                |             |      |the rocks of Kossinga, three      
                |             |      |granite peaks from 200 to 400 feet
                |             |      |high, with trees growing up to the
                |             |      |summit.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Kossinga is a large village with  
                |             |      |about 300 inhabitants, Mandallas  
                |             |      |being the Negro portion, but the  
                |             |      |majority being a breed half Arab  
                |             |      |(Baggaras and Jaalin) and half    
                |             |      |Mandalla.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Sultan Nasser lives here. The men 
                |             |      |are armed with a certain amount of
                |             |      |Remington rifles, and a lot of    
                |             |      |useless guns of sorts. I saw four 
                |             |      |or five Lebel rifles—altogether   
                |             |      |about 200 rifles, and no doubt the
                |             |      |outlying districts and villages   
                |             |      |would bring it up to 2,000 rifles.
                |             |      |(?)                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a market; dura semsem,   
                |             |      |salt, bamia, beans (ful Sudani or 
                |             |      |monkeynuts) can be bought, and    
                |             |      |occasionally an Arab merchant     
                |             |      |makes his appearance and sells    
                |             |      |cloth, &c., generally coming from 
                |             |      |Omdurman.                         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—The regular track was not followed as the guide elected to
try a short route and lost his way in the forest.


                  59.—KOSSINGA TO WAU (FORT DESSAIX).                  

                  BY MAJOR W. A. BOULNOIS, MAY, 1901.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kossinga      |      —      |  —   |Track runs due E., passing through
                |             |      |a small village of Shat people. At
                |             |      |5 miles, cross Sopo river at a    
                |             |      |ford, now dry (30.3.01), to       
  _Lambe_       |      8      |  8   |village of Lambe, also Shat under 
                |             |      |Sultan Nasser. The Shat tribe is  
                |             |      |an off-shoot of Shilluk tribe. The
                |             |      |Luju khor joins the Sopo just S.  
                |             |      |of track. Marshy ground for ¼ mile
                |             |      |from each bank of latter.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence just S. of E. through      
                |             |      |forest, ground slightly           
                |             |      |undulating, pass well and Khor    
  _Khor Angejok_|      7½     | 15½  |Angejok where there is water. When
                |             |      |pool dries, well is open. Bad     
                |             |      |going owing to elephant tracks    
                |             |      |across the khor; less than 3 miles
                |             |      |further on, the old Government    
                |             |      |track from Deim Zubeir to Shakka  
                |             |      |is crossed, now scarcely used.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      6½     |  22  |Water is always found in Khor     
  Lashirek_     |             |      |Lashirek in pools, and in a pool ½
                |             |      |mile S. of track in Khor Babbi;   
  _Khor Babbi_  |      5      |  27  |always water. Hence the track runs
                |             |      |slightly N. of E., and is much    
                |             |      |intercepted by trees and bushes in
                |             |      |places for the next 8 or 10 miles,
                |             |      |then fairly open across Khors     
                |             |      |Enniar and Adda Tumia, both dry   
  _Khor Ayala_  |      25     |  52  |(1.4.01), to a well at Khor Ayala,
                |             |      |in which there is a little water. 
                |             |      |Good track, going scarcely        
                |             |      |impeded. The well here is only    
                |             |      |opened when the pool in khor dries
                |             |      |up.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  Abuia         |      16     |  68  |Ironstone surface till Shat       
                |             |      |village Abuia is reached. This is 
                |             |      |in the district of the Dinka chief
                |             |      |Chak Chak of Chamamui.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Biri or|      4      |  72  |Thence to River Biri, known as    
  Chel_         |             |      |Chel here, open low ground for 1  
                |             |      |mile before reaching the river,   
                |             |      |which is 60 to 100 yards broad,   
                |             |      |sandy bottom, banks 10 to 15 feet 
                |             |      |high, very little water (2.4.01), 
                |             |      |ankle deep at the ford, which is  
  Chamamui      |      —      |  —   |only 10 feet broad. Then up a     
                |             |      |gradual slope to high ground for ¼
                |             |      |mile to house of Sheikh or Sultan 
                |             |      |Chak Chak (Dinka). A large village
                |             |      |with fine situation on long hill  
                |             |      |sloping to the bank of the river. 
                |             |      |Government post here.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track goes from ford slightly E.  
                |             |      |of S. to S.E. through much dura,  
                |             |      |and then E.S.E. past several huts 
                |             |      |to Village Dambo at 2 miles and   
                |             |      |Akot at 4 miles, both inhabited by
                |             |      |Dinkas and Golos to high ground,  
  _Khor Alalla_ |      14     |  86  |ironstone surface to Khor Alalla  
                |             |      |or Mali where there is always     
                |             |      |water, 15 yards wide, broad banks 
                |             |      |12 feet high and very steep. This 
                |             |      |khor flows from N. of Deim Idris  
                |             |      |and empties into the Chel or Biri.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Half a mile further is the village
                |             |      |of Alalla (Dinkas) subject to Chak
                |             |      |Chak.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well Hadid_  |      7½     | 93½  |Hence track goes S.E. pass Well   
                |             |      |Hadid and well in Khor Babbai,    
  _Khor Babbai_ |      4      | 97½  |where there are some huts and     
                |             |      |cultivation, now deserted.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kum      |      15     | 112½ |Thence to Khor and Well Kum,      
                |             |      |latter giving very little water   
                |             |      |(Sparkes says plentiful and good, 
                |             |      |and never dry, January, 1903).    
                |             |      |Good going past ironstone ridge,  
                |             |      |Ruku 60 feet high, no view        
                |             |      |obtainable across Khor Ungu a     
  _Khor Ajak_   |     17½     | 130  |tributary of Khor Ajak, which     
                |             |      |latter is crossed with some       
                |             |      |difficulty in the rains, to       
  Khor Atta     |      2      | 132  |village of Attah, close to right  
                |             |      |bank of Khor Ajak. Golos, Jurs and
                |             |      |Dinkas under powerful Dinka chief 
                |             |      |Agaka, brother of Chak Chak. The  
                |             |      |district is called Ajak.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence good track unimpeded S.E.  
                |             |      |to S. to the marshes of the Bongo 
                |             |      |river, with woods on right bank 3 
                |             |      |miles distant. The track skirts   
                |             |      |the marshes of the left bank,     
                |             |      |going along the high ground and   
                |             |      |fringe of the forest. Khors       
                |             |      |Dengmelah and Akweya (running into
                |             |      |the river from W.) are crossed at 
                |             |      |5 and 7 miles respectively; and 7 
                |             |      |miles further on the track strikes
                |             |      |E. across the marsh, ½ mile to    
  _River Bongo_ |      —      |  —   |Bongo river, which is crossed and 
                |             |      |goes to the village of Lang (Jur) 
  _Lang_        |      15     | 147  |on right bank at the edge of the  
                |             |      |forest.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Deimgnaui_   |      7      | 154  |Thence southerly along edge of    
                |             |      |forest and swamp, across Khor     
                |             |      |Wartum to Deimgnaui. The old      
                |             |      |zeriba is now in ruins.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Many Golo, Bari and Ndogo villages
                |             |      |are passed, Khor Warur (with water
                |             |      |being crossed 1 mile S. of        
                |             |      |Deimgnaui).                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Damuri_      |      13     | 167  |Track goes due S. to house of     
                |             |      |Sheikh Kayanga, with a fine zeriba
                |             |      |and the British and Egyptian flags
                |             |      |flying at Damuri, past more       
  _Bukanda_     |      5      | 172  |villages with much dura, crossing 
                |             |      |Khors Kambang and Akoli to Bukanda
                |             |      |a village of Baris.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Thence S.E. through jungle for 12 
                |             |      |miles till the house of Sheikh    
                |             |      |Salim Bari is passed, then 1 mile 
  _Khor Gitti_  |      16     | 188  |to Khor Gitti, which is crossed 2 
                |             |      |miles lower down; 1 mile further  
                |             |      |S.E. is the village of Sheikh     
                |             |      |Ambua Indogo, where there is much 
                |             |      |dura.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Marhu         |      7      | 195  |Thence over high ground—no        
                |             |      |villages—passing ruins of old     
                |             |      |zeriba Marhu of which a few brick 
                |             |      |foundations only are visible,     
                |             |      |descending into the Jur and Dinka 
                |             |      |village of Nuara, Sheikhs Melong  
  Nuara         |      9      | 204  |and Mill respectively.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wau Post      |      6      | 210  |Thence the track is much          
                |             |      |intercepted by bushes in places to
                |             |      |Wau Post, crossing Khor Ganna ¾   
                |             |      |mile from the zeriba.             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                    60.—KOSSINGA TO HOFRAT EL NAHAS.                   

              BY LIEUTENANT-COLONEL SPARKES, MARCH, 1903.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kossinga      |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Lutu_   |      3      |  3   |Cross Khor Lutu, now dry, but for 
                |             |      |pools. Direction S.W. Going good. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  11  |_Small pool_—reported dry in      
                |             |      |March.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Ragaa_ |      5      |  16  |Good going all way to river, which
                |             |      |is here 100 to 150 yards broad, 15
                |             |      |feet banks—now small stream 2 feet
                |             |      |deep. It later on joins River     
                |             |      |Boru, and finally, after junction 
                |             |      |with it, the Bahr El Arab. J.     
                |             |      |Dandu, rocky hill about 300 feet  
                |             |      |high, lies 2 or 3 miles to S.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ragaa_       |      10     |  26  |Chief town of Sultan Musa Hamed,  
                |             |      |the Faroge chief, well situated on
                |             |      |rising ground. River Ragaa flows  
                |             |      |at foot. Good going all way from  
                |             |      |Kossinga over slightly undulating 
                |             |      |ground, with occasional rocky     
                |             |      |excrescences, not big enough to be
                |             |      |called hills, but big enough to   
                |             |      |notice in this dead flat country. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Membera_     |      7      |  33  |From Ragaa track lies W.N.W., and 
                |             |      |is good. Scattered villages,      
                |             |      |called Membera. Sheikhs Futu and  
                |             |      |Adam.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Rakib El|      8      |  41  |Small well, always gives water,   
  Gamal_        |             |      |now (17th Feb.) pool with ample   
                |             |      |water, but drying up fast.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ronda_  |      6½     | 47½  |Fair going through bush and scrub,
                |             |      |crossing two dry khors and passing
                |             |      |a pool with water 4 miles from    
                |             |      |Rakib El Gamal.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Metemma_|      3      | 50½  |Always water.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Boru_  |      11     | 61½  |Good going through many Lulu trees
                |             |      |to river and village of Boru,     
                |             |      |Sheikh Futer. About largest tree  
                |             |      |yet seen in Bahr El Ghazal—some   
                |             |      |sort of acacia—in centre of       
                |             |      |village, near Sheikh’s house.     
                |             |      |River is 1¼ mile from village,    
                |             |      |very similar to Ragaa, and        
                |             |      |formidable obstacle in rains.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      11     | 72½  |Fair going, passing through two   
                |             |      |villages to pool where there is   
                |             |      |always water. Now marching almost 
                |             |      |N. through very hilly country,    
                |             |      |gravelly soil and track like a    
                |             |      |switchback. Chain of tree-covered 
                |             |      |hill on W., called Jebel I, and on
                |             |      |E. called Jebel Yarkar.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jebel I_     |      5½     |  78  |Pool, always water at foot of     
                |             |      |Jebel I.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Bashum        |      12     |  90  |Fair going over up and down       
                |             |      |country, occasionally cut by      
                |             |      |elephant tracks, to village of    
                |             |      |Sheikh Bashum. People: Kreich and 
                |             |      |Faroge, under Sultan Musa. This is
                |             |      |N. limit of Musa’s people. Jebel  
                |             |      |Umbelanda lies 5 or 6 miles to W. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Dikki_  |      5      |  95  |Track lies through Umbelanda      
                |             |      |range. Direction N.N.W. Always    
                |             |      |water in Khor Dikki.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Monio_  |      6      | 101  |Always water.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _River        |      6      | 107  |Always water. Nearly 100 yards    
  Shaliko_      |             |      |across; shelving banks. Runs into 
                |             |      |Bahr El Arab. Very pretty spot.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Dimkano_|      4      | 111  |Track now lies W. of N.W. Always  
                |             |      |water at Dimkano, but “fly” very  
                |             |      |bad indeed.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Siri_  |      9      | 120  |Sandy bed, 80 to 90 yards wide;   
                |             |      |banks 10 to 12 feet. Water always 
                |             |      |obtainable by scratching hole in  
                |             |      |sand. Runs into Bahr El Arab.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Bapa_   |      5      | 125  |Rocky khor; always water in pools.
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Paya    |      6      | 131  |Jebel Paya lies to E. of track;   
                |             |      |other hills on all sides. Good    
                |             |      |going, but much up and down.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Rikki_ |      4      | 135  |Similar to Siri, but always open  
                |             |      |water, and banks very steep. Track
                |             |      |now N. of N.W.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Vongo_  |      7      | 142  |Always water.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kafikingi_   |      8      | 150  |Village of Sultan Ibrahim Murad   
                |             |      |(Kreich). 200 to 250 huts;        
                |             |      |scattered, and somewhat           
                |             |      |dilapidated. Small stream ½ mile  
                |             |      |from village, always holds water  
                |             |      |and fish. Last 15 miles about N.W.
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Adda_  |      10     | 160  |Track now to N.N.E. Good going    
                |             |      |through thick wood along main road
                |             |      |to Kalaka. River Adda 60 to 80    
                |             |      |yards wide, banks 10 to 12 feet;  
                |             |      |stream running E., now but little 
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      11     | 171  |Follow Kalaka road for 11 miles,  
                |             |      |along valley of Adda, then cross  
                |             |      |river and strike slightly W. of   
                |             |      |N., leaving all signs of a track, 
                |             |      |as old Hofrat El Nahas road is    
                |             |      |entirely obliterated, and going   
                |             |      |bad and difficult.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gugu_   |      2½     | 173½ |Across Adda plain to Khor Gugu,   
                |             |      |where always water.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Teni    |      7½     | 181  |An old well at foot of jebel, but 
                |             |      |at present choked and useless.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Unwolo   |      8      | 189  |Dry khor. Track now runs N.N.W.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kafrmoya_    |      6      | 195  |Large pool now (28th Feb.); ample 
                |             |      |water. Many rhino about here.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _River        |      4      | 199  |Through sites of long abandoned   
  Umbelacha_    |             |      |villages to River Umbelacha;      
  (Bahr El      |             |      |guides, &c., only know it by this 
  Fertit)       |             |      |name. River runs E., but little   
                |             |      |water at present; but fine stream 
                |             |      |when full, 80 to 100 yards broad, 
                |             |      |10 to 12 feet banks; bed alternate
                |             |      |rock and sand. Seventy to 80 miles
                |             |      |to E., this river joins River     
                |             |      |Adda, the two forming Bahr El     
                |             |      |Arab.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Hofrat El     |      1      | 200  |Copper mines of Hofrat El Nahas   
  Nahas         |             |      |lie 1 mile to S. of river, consist
                |             |      |of number of shallow pits covering
                |             |      |½ mile square. Whole country round
                |             |      |absolutely deserted, and no people
                |             |      |have lived here since first rising
                |             |      |of Mahdism, when Ibrahim Murad and
                |             |      |his people—the former             
                |             |      |inhabitants—went to Kafikingi,    
                |             |      |which is now nearest village.     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                       61.—RAGAA TO DEIM ZUBEIR.                       

                BY COLONEL SPARKES, C.M.G., MARCH, 1903.               


[Sidenote: Roads.]

Roads everywhere fair, except between River Adda and Hofrat El Nahas,
where no track at all, and in parts between Ragaa and Deim Zubeir
which require clearing of undergrowth and bush. This is now being done.

[Sidenote: Game.]

Game is plentiful near rivers and khors still holding water. No
elephants seen, but they must be very numerous in rains, from many
tracks which cut up roads in parts.

[Sidenote: Trade goods.]

Cloth and clothing asked for everywhere. Hard cash taken at Kossinga
and Ragaa.

[Sidenote: Water.]

In dry season ample water to be found at no greater distance apart
than 21 miles.

[Sidenote: Rivers and khors.]

In rains the many rivers and khors would take a lot of time and
trouble to cross, and a Berthon boat would be indispensable.

[Sidenote: Camps, &c.]

Fair camping grounds found almost everywhere and wood always.

[Sidenote: Fly.]

Fly is bad everywhere, and would be probably fatal to horses or
camels. Strong healthy mules and donkeys seem to stand it, but weak,
sickly and those with bad sores succumb.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Ragaa_       |      —      |  —   |Track lies slightly W. of S., good
                |             |      |going through thick wood to small 
  _Khor_        |      13     |  13  |khor where always water.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 16½  |Another small khor where always   
                |             |      |water; whole country slightly     
                |             |      |undulating.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Legai      |      7      | 23½  |Bare rocky mass about 100 feet    
                |             |      |high to right of track. Other     
                |             |      |hills, Tara, Jojeni and Goza, to  
                |             |      |E. and S.E.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5½     |  29  |Cross deep narrow khor, now dry,  
                |             |      |and soon after enter regular      
                |             |      |network of ridges of bare black   
                |             |      |granite called Mungiat. Track now 
                |             |      |slightly E. of S.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Mungiat_  |      1½     | 30½  |Scattered village, Sheikh Zanga,  
                |             |      |under Musa Hamed. For next 4 miles
                |             |      |track lies along narrow valley    
                |             |      |between ridges of bare granite,   
                |             |      |crossing Khor Barmindiat, in which
                |             |      |always water, four times.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shobindi_    |      5½     |  36  |Scattered villages of Sheikh      
                |             |      |Shobindi, head Sheikh of all      
                |             |      |Mungiat district, an old man      
                |             |      |almost blind, under Musa Hamed.   
                |             |      |Sultan Nasser Andel also has      
                |             |      |people near here.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 40½  |Khor about ¼ mile to left of      
                |             |      |track, always water. Track now    
                |             |      |lies S.E.; is narrow and impeded  
                |             |      |by bushes.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Koko_  |      12     | 52½  |Narrow river, always water;       
                |             |      |difficult to cross even when half 
                |             |      |full. Runs into Sopo.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  54  |Small khor, always water.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Sopo_  |      9      |  63  |Bad going through thick bush, and 
                |             |      |cross a stony hill and River Sopo,
                |             |      |50 yards wide, good deal water    
                |             |      |still and slight current. Very    
                |             |      |difficult in rains.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Guji          |      12     |  75  |Beginning of Kreich villages under
                |             |      |Sheikh Minni Bey, which are       
                |             |      |scattered over several miles.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Biri_  |      7      |  82  |Very similar to Sopo.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Deim Zubeir_ |      5      |  87  |Pass two small Kreich villages and
                |             |      |arrive Government Post of Deim    
                |             |      |Zubeir, well situated on old site,
                |             |      |on rising ground. Khor Ujuku at   
                |             |      |foot, now almost dry; fair water  
                |             |      |got from wells. Reported healthy. 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          62.—KOJALI TO TONJ.                          

               BY LIEUTENANT-COLONEL SPARKES, JULY, 1901.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Poste Arsenal |      —      |  —   |Cross from left to right bank of  
  or Kojali     |             |      |Jur River, which is 150 yards     
                |             |      |wide, 12 feet deep at banks, and  
                |             |      |20 feet deep in channel, current 4
                |             |      |miles an hour; crossing a matter  
                |             |      |of some difficulty, as have only a
                |             |      |small Berthon boat and a dug-out; 
                |             |      |it takes some hours, but is       
                |             |      |effected without casualties.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kana’s_      |      5½     |  5½  |The going on right bank much      
  village       |             |      |better than on left bank. There is
                |             |      |a good track, and grass as a rule 
                |             |      |not more than waist high; on other
                |             |      |side it was frequently 6 feet or 8
                |             |      |feet high. Village of Kana-Rewa, a
                |             |      |brother of Tembura’s, is well     
                |             |      |built and well kept. Kana’s       
                |             |      |“Mbanga” or private enclosure     
                |             |      |surrounded by banana trees. Cross 
                |             |      |two small khors en route. Village 
                |             |      |consists of 40 to 50 scattered    
                |             |      |huts.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      3      |  8½  |Our track now lies to N.E., and we
                |             |      |gradually leave Jur River. Khor is
                |             |      |12 feet wide and 3 feet deep.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 10½  |Ravine with small khor at bottom. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Sur      |      7      | 17½  |Twenty feet wide and 5 feet deep, 
                |             |      |runs into Jur.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Beilo_  |      ½      |  18  |Small khor 2 feet deep.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8½     | 26½  |Marsh, but not bad crossing.      
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Hibi       |      3      | 29½  |Rocky mass of sort of grey        
                |             |      |granite, site of final battle     
                |             |      |between Nyam Nyams and Bongos,    
                |             |      |which lasted 6 days, when latter  
                |             |      |were utterly defeated.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kumio    |      1      | 30½  |Fifteen feet wide, 2 feet to 6    
                |             |      |feet deep. Village of Bongos,     
                |             |      |slaves of Sheikh Kana, just beyond
                |             |      |khor.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      7      | 37½  |Small khor, 10 feet wide, 18      
                |             |      |inches deep.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ndoruma’s    |      2      | 39½  |Village of Ndoruma Rewa, another  
  village_      |             |      |brother of Tembura; it is quite   
                |             |      |new, only having been built within
                |             |      |last few months. Very similar in  
                |             |      |size, &c., to Kana’s village, and 
                |             |      |is the extreme northern outpost of
                |             |      |the Nyam Nyams.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  42  |Marsh 100 yards wide, at present  
                |             |      |only 6 feet deep; another marsh   
                |             |      |200 yards wide, but not yet bad   
                |             |      |crossing.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Village       |      5½     | 47½  |Ndoruma’s old village, abandoned 2
                |             |      |months ago, huts all still        
                |             |      |standing and in good order.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      11     | 58½  |Small khor, dry in winter.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      2½     |  61  |Small khor, dry in winter.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wolo     |      17     |  78  |Dry in winter.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      3½     | 81½  |More a marsh than a khor, said to 
  Kordabella_   |             |      |be never dry, much cut up by      
                |             |      |elephant tracks, and have         
                |             |      |considerable difficulty with      
                |             |      |animals in crossing.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gutong_ |      6½     |  88  |Said to have always water running 
                |             |      |to N., and rather fancy this may  
                |             |      |be River Mulmul under another     
                |             |      |name.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Mungara_|      3      |  91  |Always contains water, more a     
                |             |      |marsh than a khor, with muddy     
                |             |      |holding bottom and cut up by      
                |             |      |elephant tracks, 100 yards wide,  
                |             |      |and have to carry loads across as 
                |             |      |laden animals fall and stick in   
                |             |      |mud.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Tonj_  |     15½     | 106½ |River plain here, some 3 miles    
                |             |      |wide, follow left bank, trees up  
                |             |      |to river edge on right bank. River
                |             |      |almost full, and about 40 yards   
                |             |      |wide.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |     15½     | 122  |River here makes great bend to W. 
                |             |      |and comes up to edge of trees, the
                |             |      |river plain now being on right    
                |             |      |bank, but this is only for a short
                |             |      |distance, as a rule the plain is  
                |             |      |on left bank.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor_        |      4      | 126  |Deep khor running from W. to      
                |             |      |river; cross by going 1½ miles to 
  Tonj Post     |      3      | 129  | N.W.                              
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                           63—TONJ TO RUMBEK.                          

              BY CAPTAIN E. H. ARMSTRONG, FEBRUARY, 1903.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Tonj          |      —      |  —   |Road from Tonj crosses river close
                |             |      |to, but N. of station, and        
                |      3      |  3   |continues slightly N. of E to     
                |             |      |forest 3 miles, and on N. along   
                |      3      |  6   |edge of forest 3 miles more to    
                |             |      |where river approaches close to   
                |             |      |it. From there road E. and N.E.   
                |             |      |through forest, passing elephant  
                |             |      |swamp (dry by January) to village 
  _Sheikh Senug_|      11     |  17  |of Sheikh Senug. Rakuba, two      
                |             |      |wells, 20 feet N. of rakuba,      
                |             |      |distance 11 miles. Road from there
                |             |      |past villages of Sheikh Bol and   
                |             |      |through forest, direction E. to   
                |             |      |_well in Khor Mahok_ under a      
                |             |      |gemmeiza tree.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wag Abak_    |     21½     | 38½  |Village of Wag Abak, Sheikh Gehak.
                |             |      |No water in between, distance 21½ 
                |             |      |miles. Water can be brought from  
                |             |      |village Paag, N. of wood to spot  
                |             |      |4½ miles W. of gemmeiza tree, if  
                |             |      |word is sent beforehand. Road     
                |             |      |continues S.E. across Khor Mahok, 
                |             |      |wet in January, passing village of
                |             |      |Riang (another Sheikh Gehak), also
                |             |      |village of Rihan.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gochin_      |      7      | 45½  |Hamada, interpreter, to village of
                |             |      |Gochin, Sheikh Mabiur; two empty  
                |             |      |forts on W. bank of river Gell,   
                |             |      |distance 7 miles. On E. across    
                |             |      |river, then N.E. through village  
                |             |      |of Sheikh Markoj (Panchoi) to     
  _Sheikh Jok   |      6½     |  52  |village of Sheikh Jok Dau, 6½     
  Dau_          |             |      |miles. Pool of good water on S. of
                |             |      |village, and post and rest house  
                |             |      |in village. Road continues across 
                |             |      |village through forest, passing   
  _Sheikh       |      12     |  64  |corner of Khor Toj to village of  
  Marnal_       |             |      |Sheikh Marnal; wells in village   
                |             |      |and pool on E. side, 12 miles.    
                |             |      |From there road S.E. along edge of
                |             |      |Khor Toj through Fanagai, Sheikh  
                |             |      |Gran, distance 7 miles, and on 5  
                |             |      |miles more to village of Sheikh   
                |             |      |Ateng, and 1 mile more to Khor    
  _Khor Gulman_ |      13     |  77  |Gurman (or Gulman), where there is
                |             |      |a bridge. From there to Khor      
  Khor Abeir    |      9      |  86  |Abeir, 9 miles, and from Abeir to 
                |             |      |Rumbek 9 miles more.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Rumbek        |      9      |  95  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         64.—RUMBEK TO SHAMBE.                         

            BY CAPTAIN E. H. ARMSTRONG, 11TH FEBRUARY, 1903.           

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Rumbek        |      —      |  —   |From Rumbek, road starts E. and   
                |             |      |S.E. for 6 miles to where a well  
                |             |      |has been dug out on N. of road,   
                |             |      |then S., S.E., and S. for 10 miles
  _Adwolians_   |      16     |  16  |to well in Adwolians. Best well at
                |             |      |a tobacco garden.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good road through burnt villages; 
                |             |      |sandy.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Adwolian, road due E. to     
                |             |      |through village and bit of forest 
                |             |      |to edge of forest on valley of    
  R. Naam       |      6      |  22  |Naam river. To river bed, 3 miles,
                |             |      |and across plain and khors to edge
                |             |      |of forest on E. 2½ miles more;    
                |      2½     | 24½  |going very bad, much cut up by    
                |             |      |elephants; valley requires        
                |             |      |causeway and bridging very badly; 
                |             |      |grass very high. From Naam, road  
  Takidur       |      3      | 27½  |due E., passing burnt-out village 
                |             |      |of Takidur after 3 miles, and     
                |             |      |dried up khor called river Laik   
                |             |      |(same as M’Buri of Feniar) 3 miles
                |             |      |further on.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _R. Laik_     |      3      | 30½  |Close by on further side is Mera  
                |             |      |of Sheikhs Ateir Marial and       
                |             |      |Agiong, Agars, latter of Ayak, and
                |             |      |adjoining is village of Galik. A  
                |             |      |well has been dug in khor, N. of  
                |             |      |Mera 5 minutes. Water in lake up  
                |             |      |to end of December, then found in 
                |             |      |pool further N. of that well up to
                |             |      |February, perhaps later. From here
                |             |      |road S.E. through Galik, 20       
                |             |      |minutes, and turns E. to village  
  Akot          |      6      | 36½  |Akot 6 miles distant.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 38½  |Two miles more to far side of     
                |             |      |village. Road good, sandy, over   
                |             |      |high ground; water very far from  
                |             |      |surface. From Akot, road due E. to
                |      3      | 41½  |pool 3 miles, which had water     
                |             |      |until 15th January, boundary of   
                |      2      | 43½  |Atwots and Agars; 2 miles on to   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Apiot_       |      1      | 44½  |Atwot Mera, and 1 more to village 
                |             |      |of Apiot and Fort. At Apiot 10    
                |             |      |good wells give water all the     
                |             |      |year. People are friendly and     
                |             |      |ready to help, but are not fond of
                |             |      |carrying work. They are more manly
                |             |      |and straightforward than the      
                |             |      |Agars, and I have hopes that they 
                |             |      |are not so treacherous in         
                |             |      |disposition. They carry bows and  
                |             |      |arrows as well as spears. From the
                |             |      |fort, road is N.E., through       
                |             |      |villages of Chediop and Mogar     
                |             |      |which join each other, then       
                |             |      |through forest across deserted    
                |             |      |village of Manibin 9 miles on; to 
  Manibin       |      9½     |  54  |pool 3 miles; then through old    
                |             |      |mudiria with _many small wells_   
                |      3      |  57  |which do not require much digging 
                |             |      |to keep them open all the year, 3 
                |      3      |  60  |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  62  |After 2 more miles valley of Lau  
                |             |      |is reached, commencing with khor  
                |             |      |and pool with water all the year. 
                |             |      |Up to here road was good, soil    
                |             |      |very sandy, small belt of forest  
                |             |      |before reaching river valley.     
                |             |      |Onwards the soil is sandy for 2 or
                |             |      |3 miles, then is composed of the  
                |             |      |usual black soil of the river     
                |             |      |valleys.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _R. Lau_      |      6      |  68  |From the pool to first branch of  
                |             |      |Lau river 6 miles, and 2 more on  
                |             |      |to second and larger branch, then 
                |      4      |  72  |2 more on to camp at edge of      
                |             |      |forest and village Sheikh Shrun.  
                |             |      |River valley very bad, much cut up
                |             |      |and almost impassable, even       
                |             |      |without Hamla during rains; 7 or 8
                |             |      |khors as well as 2 branches of    
                |             |      |river to cross. Requires a good   
                |             |      |road made across valley. From Lau,
                |             |      |road E., through villages for 3 or
                |             |      |4 miles, then through forest N.E. 
  Ajak          |      24     |  96  |to villages and _wells of Ajak_   
                |             |      |and Gour, total 24 miles. Road cut
                |             |      |up much by elephants, and in      
                |             |      |places grass very high. Village of
                |             |      |Ajak, ground very sandy and bad   
                |             |      |for marching. From Ajak, similar  
                |             |      |road N.E. to Shambe, forest all   
  Shambe        |      20     | 116  |the way except last 2 miles, total
                |             |      |20 miles.                         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—Rivers Naam and Lau flow at about 4 miles an hour in flood,
and about 3 miles an hour or less when flood is over. The Naam is
about 10 feet deep in flood, the eastern bank of Lau 12 and western 10
feet. After rains both rivers fall to about 2 feet deep, and western
branch of Lau is dry from March to May.


                   65.—RUMBEK TO DARAGO’S AND M’VOLO.                  

                    BY CAPTAIN P. WOOD, APRIL, 1904.                   

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Rumbek        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ronga_  |      6½     |  6½  |Half mile in width, quite dry by  
                |             |      |1st January, 1904. Good water     
                |             |      |always obtainable from deep pools 
                |             |      |in swamp at S. edge of khor. Very 
                |             |      |good track.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Large        |      11     | 17½  |Two wells close by. Fair water;   
  Gemmeiza_ tree|             |      |good supply. Track good.          
  at Sheikh     |             |      |                                  
  Keli’s old    |             |      |                                  
  village       |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well_ in     |      8      | 25½  |Deep well. Indifferent water—thick
  shallow khor  |             |      |and much discoloured from clayey  
  on right edge |             |      |nature of soil.                   
  of track, half|             |      |                                  
  mile S. of    |             |      |                                  
  Jati’s old    |             |      |                                  
  house         |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      10     | 35½  |Water obtainable close at hand.   
  Mornyang’s_   |             |      |Good track.                       
  house in      |             |      |                                  
  Zeriba        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rihan’s      |      7½     |  43  |Water obtainable close at hand.   
  house_        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      14     |  57  |Water ½ a mile distant.           
  Toinye’s_     |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Darago’s_    |      7      |  64  |On bank of Naam river.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Gurshen_  |      5      |  69  |Water from adjacent khor.         
  (Sheikh Mehl’s|             |      |                                  
  village)      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _S. G. Post at|      9      |  78  |Water from adjacent khor, also    
  Sheikh Agon’s_|             |      |obtainable from Naam river.       
                |             |      |                                  
  M’volo        |      3      |  81  |On edge of Naam river—right       
                |             |      |bank—at rapids, encircled on land 
                |             |      |side (E.) by perpendicular high   
                |             |      |granite rocks.                    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  66.—M’VOLO TO KIRO (BAHR EL JEBEL).                  

                BY COLONEL SPARKES, C.M.G., MARCH, 1901.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  M’volo        |      3½     |  —   |Site of old Government station on 
                |             |      |left bank, no sign of it left. New
                |             |      |station now occupied by Government
                |             |      |troops. This is a pretty spot. The
                |             |      |river, now a tiny stream of clear 
                |             |      |water, falls over a mass of rocks 
                |             |      |and winds through great boulders, 
                |             |      |great rocky ridges line either    
                |             |      |bank, and many deleib palms assist
                |             |      |in the attractiveness of scene.   
                |             |      |Swarms of guinea fowl about here. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track leaves river and goes E. and
                |             |      |passes through country more bush  
                |             |      |than wood, numerous small trees 6 
                |             |      |to 10 feet high, with light green 
                |             |      |leaves, called umduti by locals.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Modo Village_|      2      |  2   |Sheikh Umbo; village burnt by     
                |             |      |Nyam-Nyam Sheikh Tembura less than
                |             |      |two weeks ago, when he raided     
                |             |      |whole country. Track now to N. of 
                |             |      |E. District Leizi ends and that of
                |             |      |Kremu begins.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kremu        |      1½     |  3½  |One large and three small wells   
  Village_ and  |             |      |here, giving ample supply of fair 
  District      |             |      |water, said to be dry before rains
                |             |      |begin, but now in large well 4½   
                |             |      |feet of water and diameter of well
                |             |      |7 feet. Track from Kremu fairly   
                |             |      |well marked, same sort of country,
                |             |      |few more lulu trees. Gentle slopes
  _Khor Degaga_ |      15     | 18½  |up and down to plains, swamps in  
                |             |      |rains. Two khors which have now   
                |             |      |ample water (19th February, 1901),
                |             |      |said to be dry in another month,  
                |             |      |but a permanent pool called       
                |             |      |Kulokho reported close by.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Village_     |      1½     |  20  |Madi village, at present unnamed, 
  (Bufi District|             |      |being built to replace one burnt  
  begins)       |             |      |by Nyam-Nyam raiders.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Cross two khors which would cause 
                |             |      |some trouble in rains.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Balabbi_     |      4½     | 24½  |Madi village, Sheikh Wanga, in    
  Village       |             |      |Bufi district.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Rodi or|      4      | 28½  |A very fine river when full, now  
  Yei_          |             |      |three or four separate streams,   
                |             |      |beautifully clear water 6 to 8    
                |             |      |inches deep, running through sandy
                |             |      |bed. Banks 15 to 20 feet high, and
                |             |      |100 to 150 yards apart. River     
                |             |      |valley as before described, only  
                |             |      |about ½ mile wide here. Lion heard
                |             |      |at night, but game not very       
                |             |      |plentiful. Best trade goods in    
                |             |      |Gehri, Sofi, Leizi, Kremu and Bufi
                |             |      |districts; cloth and beads, then  
                |             |      |brass, copper wire, or copper.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bufi_        |      2      | 30½  |A bad road for 2 miles after      
                |             |      |crossing river, then old          
                |             |      |Government station Bufi, on river 
                |             |      |edge, right bank. Earthwork and   
                |             |      |ditch about 100 yards square all  
                |             |      |that remains. Track away from     
                |             |      |river to S.E. through thick bush. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Namusha      |      2      | 32½  |Large dura patch and two fair-    
  District_     |             |      |sized villages; now in Namusha    
                |             |      |district.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 35½  |Another dura patch and village.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wira_        |      3½     |  39  |Strike river again at clearing    
  District, late|             |      |lately occupied by Belgians. Trees
  Belgian Post  |             |      |grow to water’s edge on both banks
                |             |      |about here, a pretty spot.        
                |             |      |Belgians are known to natives as  
                |             |      |Tuktuk (Askari) and Kiro as       
                |             |      |Simsim. No special name for late  
                |             |      |Belgian post; it is in Wira       
                |             |      |district.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dori Village_|      3½     | 42½  |Track lies E. of S., cutting off  
                |             |      |bend of river, and indifferent    
                |             |      |going over several dry khors.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fashitaura_  |      3      | 45½  |Still in Wira district, track been
                |             |      |bending W. of S.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Yaira_,   |      1½     |  47  |A mass of black rock about 100    
  beginning of  |             |      |feet high and some 300 yards long,
  Tokuera       |             |      |full of caves and used as hiding  
  District      |             |      |places for natives during raids,  
                |             |      |is about ½ mile from river. Trees 
                |             |      |still to water’s edge, and the    
                |             |      |wide valleys of rivers further N. 
                |             |      |seem to have disappeared. Cross   
                |             |      |several dry khors.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  49  |Many deleib palms near river.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Village_     |      2      |  51  |Small village; track lying S.E.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  52  |Through thick low scrub with no   
                |             |      |trees for about 1½ miles.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  55  |Cross dry khor and through mass of
                |             |      |black rocks which crop up now all 
                |             |      |along track at intervals; country 
                |             |      |much more up and down, now no     
                |             |      |longer dead flat.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Village       |      2      |  57  |Pass through more scrub.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Dubbo   |      3      |  60  |Two high peaks of black rock      
                |             |      |connected by ridge, track now to  
                |             |      |S.W.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Beri-Beri    |      3      |  63  |Touch river again first time for  
  Village_      |             |      |14 miles; village about ½ mile    
  District      |             |      |from river, now small stream      
  Tokuera       |             |      |through rocks, trees to edge both 
                |             |      |sides.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amadi_       |      5½     | 68½  |Old Government station, earthwork 
                |             |      |and ditch 200 yards square on     
                |             |      |river bank, good situation, and   
                |             |      |village Keini, Sheikh Niari-Paka, 
                |             |      |about ¼ mile outside work and few 
                |             |      |huts inside. Cross several dry    
                |             |      |khors _en route_ to old station;  
                |             |      |country pretty, many elephant     
                |             |      |tracks. Best trade goods, Tokuera 
                |             |      |district, cloth and beads. Leave  
                |             |      |River Rodi, the track for Kiro    
                |             |      |lies first to N.E., skirting round
                |             |      |N. side of Jebel Dubbo; going bad 
                |             |      |until clear of outlying rocks,    
                |             |      |then fair villages both on E. and 
                |             |      |W. side of Jebel Dubbo, the former
                |             |      |lately burnt by Nyam-Nyams from   
                |             |      |Makarakaland. Cross two khors     
                |             |      |running from Jebel to river; many 
                |             |      |such, now dry, khors with sandy   
                |             |      |and well defined banks, lined with
                |             |      |trees run into River Rodi, a      
                |             |      |feature entirely lacking in rivers
                |             |      |more to N.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      9      | 77½  |Large dry khor running N. and S.; 
                |             |      |track still to N. and E.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mandia_      |      1      | 78½  |Sheikh Dia, large compact village 
                |             |      |with quantity dura grown round it,
                |             |      |water in well, never dry.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Numali       |      6      | 84½  |Large village, quantity of dura   
  Village_      |             |      |round; Sheikh Waga-Lanio,         
                |             |      |intelligent man; ample water from 
                |             |      |wells, never dry. Track still to  
                |             |      |N. of E.; going good, generally   
                |             |      |bush, few large trees. One mile to
                |             |      |E. after leaving Numali, then N.  
                |             |      |of E. again, and village Murra,   
                |             |      |Sheikh Gureh, more commonly called
                |             |      |Bilal. One small well ½ mile past 
                |             |      |village, but gives ample water and
                |             |      |reported never dry.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track from here lies to S. a great
                |             |      |deal and zigzags a lot, but always
                |             |      |trending well S. of E. Fine going 
                |             |      |through thick bush.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mudo_        |     10½     |  95  |Sheikh Nier Magura, one well      
                |             |      |similar to that of Murra.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      3½     | 98½  |Large khor, now dry, running N.   
                |             |      |and S. Track now about S.E.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      6      | 104½ |Another large dry khor running N. 
                |             |      |and S., with sandy bed, track     
                |             |      |still to S. of E.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Vura Village  |      1      | 105½ |Sheikh Di-Aniara; now in Kederu   
                |             |      |district, people still Madis.     
                |             |      |Track from here lies to E.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Kederu        |      3      | 108½ |Now dry, except for occasional    
  District,     |             |      |pools; sandy bed about 70 yards   
  _River Tafari_|             |      |wide, banks 8 feet high,          
                |             |      |apparently does not overflow.     
                |             |      |Natives say water always          
                |             |      |obtainable by scraping hole few   
                |             |      |feet deep in sandy bed. Fine trees
                |             |      |line banks. Rhinoceros, elephant, 
                |             |      |buffalo, and various antelopes    
                |             |      |found near, also partridge and    
                |             |      |guinea fowl, but latter very wild.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From River Tafari track lies S. of
                |             |      |E., and about 5 miles from river  
                |             |      |we cross to S. of 5° 30′ parallel 
                |             |      |and proceed through wood, now open
                |             |      |and good easy going, now thick,   
                |             |      |and bad going, cross a few dried  
                |             |      |up swamps, and pass three villages
                |             |      |destroyed by fire.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      25     | 133½ |Lulu trees appear again in        
                |             |      |considerable numbers.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nyambara     |      10     | 143½ |Sheikh Volo-Likah of Nyambara     
  District,     |             |      |tribe (the Yambara of Felkin and  
  Metika Village|             |      |Junker); small newly opened well  
  (small well)_ |             |      |here, giving very limited supply  
                |             |      |of water, just sufficient for     
                |             |      |half-pint per man (45 men), but   
                |             |      |nothing for animals. Up to a few  
                |             |      |days ago people had been drinking 
                |             |      |from khors now dry. Between River 
                |             |      |Tafari and here absolutely        
                |             |      |uninhabited and at this time of   
                |             |      |the year waterless. A month ago   
                |             |      |ample water would be found in     
                |             |      |birkas and khors. In Nyambara     
                |             |      |district people now wretchedly    
                |             |      |poor and miserable, and generally 
                |             |      |bolted at our approach; huts few, 
                |             |      |small and badly built. From here  
                |             |      |track lies first to S.E., then to 
                |             |      |E. (?) through thick bush.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Golela Village|      3½     | 147  |Sheikh Galenga-Lembu, fine looking
                |             |      |intelligent man; Nyambaras speak  
                |             |      |quite a different language to     
                |             |      |Madis, and appear a low caste of  
                |             |      |people.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well (fair   |      2½     | 149½ |Two and half miles from village,  
  supply)_      |             |      |one well about 20 feet deep, from 
                |             |      |which about fifteen gallons can be
                |             |      |got. Reported never to fail.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track slight N. of E., soil       
                |             |      |getting sandy barren, much thorn  
                |             |      |and scrub.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      14     | 163½ |Jebel Lado visible about 25 miles 
                |             |      |to S. of E. Track again slightly  
                |             |      |to S. of E. and country still     
                |             |      |barren and desolate.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      9½     | 173  |An abandoned Belgian post.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Small well_  |      ½      | 173½ |Very limited supply of water,     
                |             |      |about two gallons obtainable per  
                |             |      |hour with much difficulty.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      22     | 195½ |Large khor comes in from Bahr El  
                |             |      |Jebel.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track last 20 miles about E. and  
                |             |      |up khor country still a           
                |             |      |wilderness.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kiro, Belgian|      3      | 198½ |To N.E. or khor on river edge. A  
  Post_         |             |      |now dry khor bounds post to N.    
                |             |      |Post consists of extensive        
                |             |      |collection of brick built houses  
                |             |      |and huts, and has accommodation   
                |             |      |for several hundred men.          
                |             |      |Surrounded by wooden stockade.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Anglo-Egyptian|      3      | 201½ |To N. of Belgian Post on water’s  
  Post          |             |      |edge, stands well above river and 
                |             |      |surrounded by trees. This post was
                |             |      |abandoned in May, 1901.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

N.B.—Distances probably slightly exaggerated, specially from Amadi,
as far from there we generally marched by night on account of scarcity
of water.

There is only one river worth calling so, between Amadi and the Nile,
that is River Tafari, though several dry beds of khors were crossed,
which may be considerable streams in rains. River Tafari is said to
run into Nile S. of Shambe.


                    67.—RUMBEK ACROSS NAAM TO AWODI.                   

              BY CAPTAIN E. H. ARMSTRONG, FEBRUARY, 1903.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Rumbek        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      |  6   |First 1½ hours E.S.E., same as    
                |             |      |Shambe road, then ¾ mile S.E.     
                |      2      |  8   |through burnt village of Adole,   
                |             |      |and along N. of M’Bure Makwoj,    
                |             |      |then S.W. through scrubby trees   
                |             |      |and low marshy ground to khor with
                |             |      |_pool and two wells_, 1¼ hours    
                |             |      |more. From there road S. along E. 
                |      4      |  12  |of khor, which has bamboo in it,  
                |             |      |for 1½ hours; cross khor, and     
                |             |      |after ½ hour reach Malit, which is
                |             |      |close to khor, and has wells and  
  _Malit        |      8      |  20  |pools in rains. Malit occupies a  
  (wells)_      |             |      |large extent of country, but very 
                |             |      |few houses in it. Apparently      
                |             |      |different portions of the village 
                |             |      |have their own names, such as     
                |             |      |Mabei and Mading.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well_        |      2      |  22  |From there road to Iyen, S.E.,    
                |             |      |cross khor again, distance 2      
                |             |      |miles; plenty of water both in    
                |             |      |khor and one well. Iyen joins     
                |             |      |villages of Ateru and Damadar,    
                |             |      |which extend from it in S.S.E.    
                |             |      |direction. The cattle mera of all 
                |             |      |these villages is called Tenit,   
                |             |      |and much difficulty is experienced
                |             |      |in making enquiries about         
                |             |      |district, as any of the above     
                |             |      |names may be used for the         
                |             |      |district. The Jurs are close to   
                |             |      |Malit, on S.W. side. Beyond Mading
                |             |      |are following villages, or parts  
                |             |      |of villages, in S. direction,     
                |             |      |viz.:—Feniar, M’Bure-atit, Lair-  
                |             |      |achetit, Fanagir, Makur, Panicho, 
                |             |      |and Rumbel (?). I have not been to
                |             |      |them, but the above is the order  
                |             |      |of position from N. to S.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  26  |From Ateru road to River Naam     
                |             |      |direction slightly N.E., passing  
  _River Naam_  |      6      |  32  |through, after 1 hour, villages of
                |             |      |Paniol and Matiang, both burnt to 
                |             |      |the ground. Naam River reached    
                |             |      |after 3 hours, the forest         
                |             |      |approaching within 1½ hours of    
                |             |      |river. From there road E., across 
                |      4      |  36  |valley to forest on E. side. River
                |             |      |here winds very much, and is close
                |             |      |to trees on E. bank. Track across 
                |             |      |plain, rough, and in summer is    
                |             |      |entirely under water.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here southerly road was taken
                |             |      |along edge of forest for ½ hour,  
                |             |      |then through forest extending out 
                |             |      |W. towards river; road good. After
                |      5      |  41  |another ½ hour pass through burnt 
                |             |      |village of Awog. Here road turns  
  _Fort Ayak_   |      4      |  45  |slightly westward on to old Fort  
                |             |      |Ayak, another 1½ hours. Fort in   
                |             |      |good position, overlooking river, 
                |             |      |which then passes quite close     
                |             |      |underneath; level of fort about 20
                |             |      |feet above river. Site seems very 
                |             |      |good, but natives say a great deal
                |             |      |more rain falls than at Rumbek.   
                |             |      |Ditch and parapet still in good   
                |             |      |order; fort square shaped, sides  
                |      8      |  53  |about 300 by 400 yards. Road from 
                |             |      |here starts S.E., after ½ hour S.,
                |             |      |over red sandstone, with steep    
                |             |      |descent to river, and along edge  
                |             |      |of forest S. (river here bends    
                |             |      |away to W.) to cattle mera at edge
                |             |      |of forest, which here again juts  
                |             |      |out in point and is close to      
                |             |      |river; distance from Ayak, 2½     
                |      3      |  56  |hours. Half an hour further back, 
                |             |      |at re-entering angle of forest, is
                |             |      |road, E. and then S.E., to village
                |      1      |  57  |of Awao, 1 hour from river valley.
                |             |      |From Billing, in another          
                |             |      |direction, S.E. then S., along    
                |             |      |edge of forest and close to river,
                |             |      |with steep rocky banks, very      
                |             |      |similar to road ½ hour S. of Ayak.
                |             |      |After 1 hour from village is road 
                |             |      |to left, to village of Awao, ¼    
                |             |      |hour distant. Large village with  
                |             |      |cattle and sheep mera at S. end.  
                |             |      |(Road S., along river, continues  
                |             |      |close to edge of forest for 13    
                |             |      |more miles, to khor where cattle  
                |             |      |were captured by late Major       
                |             |      |Hunter.)                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lam_         |      9      |  66  |From Awao road due E., over steep 
                |             |      |rocky hill, and onward over high  
                |      3      |  69  |ground, in places boggy, to       
                |             |      |village Lam, 3 hours. Valley S. of
                |             |      |road and of Awao grows much       
                |             |      |bamboo. Lam is a small village;   
                |             |      |rain-water pools along road in    
                |             |      |summer. Village of Awodi 1 hour   
                |             |      |further on; large village         
                |             |      |extending E. and N. from above    
                |             |      |road. At N. end zeriba and tobacco
                |             |      |plantation; about ten deep wells, 
  _Awodi_       |      3      |  72  |3 miles more.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here party was sent out N.E.,
                |             |      |and found so-called River Laik,   
                |             |      |then dry; no water found even by  
                |      5      |  77  |digging, but I fancy the natives  
                |             |      |know where to find water. This is 
                |      6      |  83  |the same watercourse as the M’Buri
                |             |      |of Feniar, on Shambe road; it is  
                |             |      |about 5 miles N.E. of Awodi, and 6
                |             |      |miles further E. is village of    
                |             |      |Rumbel; no water found there.     
                |             |      |Probably the inhabitants during   
                |             |      |dry season migrate with their     
                |             |      |cattle to River Dok or Lau.       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                     68.—RUMBEK TO MANGI’S VILLAGE.                    

                BY COL.-SERGEANT BOARDMAN, MARCH, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Rumbek        |      —      |  —   |Marched from Rumbek on 11th       
                |             |      |February, through Runga (Jurs)    
  _Khor Abeir_  |      7      |  7   |S.W., then W.S.W. to wells, across
                |             |      |Khor Abeir. Pretty spot under high
                |             |      |trees, several large mongoose at  
                |             |      |well. Halted ½ mile further on,   
                |             |      |country open and park-like.       
                |             |      |General direction S.W., country   
                |             |      |open forest and waste ground, then
                |             |      |up steep hill into forest. Halted 
                |             |      |for ten minutes at well.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      11     |  18  |On to Sheikh Kali’s, a neat       
  Kali’s_       |             |      |village, 13 houses round a tree,  
                |             |      |Gemmeiza el Beit. Bamboo growing  
                |             |      |all around. Water obtained from   
                |             |      |wells. Road continues S.W. and S. 
                |             |      |for one hour, and S.E. for half an
                |             |      |hour, ground sloping S. across    
                |             |      |successive belts of bamboo, open  
                |             |      |ground, and somewhat open forest; 
                |             |      |then S. and S.W. over ridge to    
                |             |      |village of Sheikh Gol, Then S.W. 1
                |             |      |mile across low ground. At 8      
                |             |      |miles, road to Chums, S.W. Road   
                |             |      |continues S. along deleib valley  
                |             |      |for about 11 miles—many deleib    
                |             |      |palms, open forest, some large    
  _Khor Gulma_  |      13     |  31  |trees—across two small khors. Past
                |             |      |burnt zeriba, Gol; merchant named 
                |             |      |Kayali on river, after 10 miles.  
                |             |      |Ground in deleib plain slopes W.  
                |             |      |to Khor Gulma. Moved on S. and    
                |             |      |S.E., skirting Khor Gulma, then   
  Sheikh Ding   |      1      |  32  |smaller khor on W. of it, and     
  (Wakil of Gol)|             |      |halted at Sheikh Ding. Then S.W. 2
                |             |      |miles through thin forest and     
                |             |      |village, and on slightly S. to    
  _Sheikh Ri_   |      5      |  37  |village of Sheikh Ri; halted just 
                |             |      |beyond in forest. Water about a   
                |             |      |mile N.E. From here marched S.    
                |             |      |through forest, villages, and     
                |             |      |across three khors; after one hour
  Sheikh Marain |      4½     | 41½  |dura of Sheikh Marain (Wakil of   
                |             |      |Ri), and his village (from here   
                |             |      |village of Moinyeng about 20 miles
                |             |      |N.E.). At first ground sloping to 
                |             |      |E., but after village crossed low 
                |             |      |ridge.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued S. 1 mile, then W. and  
                |             |      |S.W. along low ground for one and 
                |             |      |a half hours, then S. and S.E. for
                |             |      |another one and a half hours; road
                |             |      |continues S. for 2½ miles more,   
                |             |      |crossing low ground. Halted E. of 
                |             |      |_water_. In three places on march 
                |             |      |low ground must be marshy in      
                |             |      |rains. Continued E. for 2 miles,  
                |             |      |then E. and N.E. for 1 mile along 
                |             |      |N. of khor, ground sloping from S.
                |             |      |to N. through forest and village, 
                |             |      |then E. for 1 mile to dura of     
  _Sheikh       |     13½     |  55  |Sheikh Dogbei; water found on N.  
  Dogbei_       |             |      |near road, then S.E. to more dura 
                |             |      |and few houses, on through village
                |             |      |S. to wells; halted under tree on 
                |             |      |rising ground. Then S.W. for 1    
                |             |      |mile along edge of forest, and W. 
                |             |      |for 1½ miles, round N. of kopje,  
                |             |      |then S. across low ground; here   
                |             |      |road continues S, W. and W. for 1½
                |             |      |miles round rocky hills, along    
                |             |      |side of forest, and close to (W.  
  _Sheikh Kolli_|      5      |  60  |of) another khor, then strikes S.,
  (deserted     |             |      |across khor to wells, called      
  village)      |             |      |village of Sheikh Kolli, but      
                |             |      |village deserted long ago.        
                |             |      |Indifferent water, but near the   
                |             |      |surface, and frequented by game.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued S.W. for 1 mile, and 2  
                |             |      |miles W. and S.W., over high open 
                |             |      |ground at first, then to left     
                |             |      |through forest, on S.W. for ½     
                |             |      |mile, passing rocky hill, right-  
                |             |      |handed, then W. for 1 mile,       
                |             |      |passing other rocky hills, left-  
                |             |      |handed, which overlook valley to  
                |             |      |W., S. and E., the highest is 80  
                |             |      |to 100 feet above ridge itself;   
                |             |      |high ground N., and on R. slopes  
                |             |      |in wooded ridges to W. and sheer  
  _Village of   |      5      |  65  |S. Village of Abui N. and W.,     
  Sheikh Abui_  |             |      |raided by Nyam Nyams. Halted at   
                |             |      |tobacco plantation. Water in holes
                |             |      |in rocks, plentiful and excellent.
                |             |      |From rocky ridge excellent view to
                |             |      |W., showing successive banks of   
                |             |      |trees running S.E. to N.W., then  
                |             |      |S. and N.,. representing lines of 
                |             |      |khors and rivers, or their        
                |             |      |tributaries. Then back to two     
                |             |      |tukls of Sheikh Abui, and         
                |             |      |continued W. and S.W., passing    
                |             |      |through belt of fine trees on to  
                |             |      |village (Khartan) and across khor.
                |             |      |From here S. and S.E., passing a  
                |             |      |patch of flat rocks through       
                |             |      |forest, then S. and S.W., up      
                |             |      |rising ground, through open       
                |             |      |forest, and S.W. for 1 mile; W.   
                |             |      |for 1 mile, and then S.W. again.  
                |             |      |Continued W. and S.W.,. over high 
                |             |      |ground, at first open forest, then
                |             |      |clump of fine trees, gradually to 
                |             |      |S., scrubby forest and much burnt.
  _R. Roa_ or   |      13     |  78  |Then S. down to dry khor with high
  _Gell_        |             |      |grass, which apparently runs W.   
                |             |      |into River Roa or Gell. Water in  
                |             |      |pools to E. and W.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Crossed khor S. and then S.W.     
                |             |      |After 2 miles of burnt and open   
                |             |      |forest, crossed khor running S.E. 
                |             |      |and N.W, and after 4 miles came to
                |             |      |belt of high trees, some of the   
                |             |      |large leaf kind, here the ground  
                |             |      |becomes low and covered with high 
                |             |      |grass on R. Guide took us round N.
                |             |      |side of it, and brought us to     
                |             |      |river more than two hours earlier 
                |             |      |than was expected. Here we found  
                |             |      |there was no road. Guide had taken
                |             |      |wrong road, had to find way back, 
                |             |      |S.E. and E., through high grass,  
                |             |      |then along path through forest to 
                |             |      |S., and then halted for           
                |             |      |information. Could get none, went 
                |             |      |on without hamla and found spot by
                |      5      |  83  |river and sent for hamla.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued S.W. and then S., along 
                |             |      |edge of forest; on the left hand  
                |             |      |river several times came close,   
                |             |      |rocky banks and pretty, plain on  
                |             |      |R. varying in breadth, according  
                |             |      |to whether spurs of high ground   
                |             |      |and forest run out into it, or    
                |             |      |whether joined by flat grassy     
                |             |      |khors; crossed several small ones 
                |             |      |on river bank, and came to a _pool
                |             |      |in khor_; halted for 15 minutes.  
                |             |      |Continued across similar ridge of 
                |             |      |forest burnt in places, then came 
                |             |      |to another big pond in khor;      
                |             |      |direction of march still S.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Moved along E. of pond and found  
                |             |      |the khor which runs from E. to W.;
                |             |      |deep channel of water with broken 
                |             |      |muddy banks, crossed it a little  
                |             |      |higher up by filling in with grass
                |             |      |and branches; mules and all       
                |             |      |crossed easily. From there road   
                |      11     |  94  |slightly W. of S., across similar 
                |             |      |ridges, crossing one broad dry    
                |             |      |khor, _halted on ridge_ 300 _yards
                |             |      |from river_; crossed Khor-el-Said 
                |             |      |and continued across spur of hill 
                |             |      |covered with burnt forest for 3   
                |             |      |miles; direction S. and slightly  
                |             |      |W. of S., then came on khor       
                |             |      |running S. and S.E.; turned left  
                |             |      |along it and came on bend of      
                |             |      |river; rocky bed with cataract,   
                |             |      |rocks cut into long channels by   
                |      5      |  99  |flow of water, banks steep, high  
                |             |      |grass on far side. Had to unload  
                |             |      |animals and pass over everything  
                |             |      |by hand, river nearly bridged by  
                |             |      |rocks, but very uneven. Marched on
                |             |      |again, going W., through high     
                |             |      |grass till meeting track after ½  
                |             |      |mile, then S. along side of ridge 
                |             |      |with spurs running down to river, 
                |             |      |sometimes small open plain near   
                |             |      |river. After another mile passed  
                |             |      |over old zeriba of Abu Samat (1½  
                |             |      |miles after crossing river). On in
                |             |      |same direction, and struck river  
                |      5      | 104  |again near khor, pretty spot; then
                |             |      |on across open low ground to      
                |             |      |another spur on which we halted.  
                |             |      |River runs S.E. from here.        
                |             |      |Continued S.W.W. into dense       
                |             |      |forest, partly burnt, no track;   
                |             |      |crossed spurs of two ridges with  
                |             |      |small sandy khors in valleys.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Then marched S.W. along a ridge   
                |             |      |for one hour and a quarter; ground
                |             |      |here slopes down E., with thick   
                |             |      |belt of tress on a hill about 3   
                |             |      |miles E., then over deep sandy    
                |             |      |khor up rocky hill. Continued S.  
                |             |      |up steep hill, view all round;    
                |             |      |high ridges covered with large    
                |             |      |trees; after 1 mile went down to  
                |             |      |valley, crossed deep rocky khor,  
                |             |      |little water in pool. Khor going  
                |             |      |W. to N.E. Continuing S., crossed 
                |             |      |valley and camped on high         
                |      8½     | 112½ |tableland; _water in khor below_. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched again S., and after       
                |             |      |quarter of an hour reached a deep 
                |             |      |narrow khor; halted and cut away  
                |             |      |banks to cross animals; water in  
                |             |      |pool to E. (left). Continued S.,  
                |             |      |crossed wide grassy khor after 1  
                |             |      |mile going W. to E., then one hour
                |             |      |over high rocky ground with tall  
                |             |      |grass; thin forest; crossed small 
                |             |      |khor (W. to E.), then low ground  
                |             |      |with tall grass and thick shrubs. 
                |             |      |Striking old track of Nyam Nyams, 
                |             |      |very indistinct, marched S. of W. 
                |             |      |for 1 mile over rising ground and 
                |             |      |through thick forest, then S.W.,  
                |             |      |passing end of deep gorge which   
                |             |      |runs E.; lost track and marched   
                |             |      |S.W. over rocky ridge, crossed two
                |             |      |small sandy khors about 50 yards  
                |             |      |apart, running parallel S.W. to   
                |             |      |N.E. Continued S.W.S., crossed    
                |             |      |gorge after 1 mile, then fairly   
                |             |      |level ground, rocky. Again struck 
                |             |      |track and followed it; ground     
                |             |      |drops to the E. Continued S.W.,   
                |             |      |and after half hour crossed a wide
                |             |      |khor, tall grass, running W. to E.
                |             |      |Two mountains, Angaliri, in Bongo 
                |             |      |country, can be seen about 40     
                |             |      |miles E. of here.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued S.W. along rocky ridge, 
                |             |      |went down to Khor Mugei, water    
                |             |      |running N.E. to S.W. This khor is 
                |             |      |about 12 yards wide with tall     
                |             |      |grassy plain each side, and       
                |             |      |apparently drains hills over which
                |             |      |I passed during the day and runs  
                |             |      |into River Leizi. Thick forest    
  Mount Yara,   |     16½     | 129  |nearly the whole way. Mount Yara, 
  _Khor Mugei_  |             |      |a large hump-shaped mountain,     
                |             |      |covered with trees, about 2 miles 
                |             |      |across khor S.W.W. Halted here for
                |             |      |the night. Marched in the morning 
                |             |      |S., along E. side of khor, for    
                |             |      |half hour through tall grass and  
                |             |      |few bushes, then S.S.E. for half  
                |             |      |hour, ridges to left (E.). After 4
                |             |      |miles turned W. of S. over ridge, 
                |             |      |thickly covered with large trees, 
                |             |      |undergrowth burnt, 5½ miles; then 
                |             |      |down to valley, very open ground  
                |             |      |covered with burnt grass and large
                |             |      |ant hills, with dry khor in       
                |             |      |centre; valley about 1½ miles     
                |             |      |wide, several large trees. Mts.   
                |             |      |Angaliri can be seen from here    
                |             |      |N.E. Carriers say they are near   
                |             |      |(60 miles N.E. of) Hmadi.         
                |             |      |Continuing S. struck path going   
                |             |      |S.W., followed it along valley,   
                |             |      |crossed khor, dry, and marching   
  _River Leizi, |      11     | 140  |through tall grass came to River  
  Sheikh Sango_ |             |      |Leizi, narrow, high banks,        
                |             |      |overhung by trees, dry at ford;   
                |             |      |crossed and entered village of    
                |             |      |Sheikh Sango (slaves of Nyam      
                |             |      |Nyams), wakil of Sheikh Agadamba, 
                |             |      |who is under Sultan Mangi. Here   
                |             |      |natives bolted; village stands on 
                |             |      |rise and fairly open ground. Tribe
                |             |      |Homr from Babikr.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched again and crossed khor,   
                |             |      |then over slight rise; burnt      
                |             |      |forest of young trees. Met party  
  _Sheikh       |     10½     | 150½ |from Sheikh Agadamba; crossed khor
  Agadamba_     |             |      |running W. to E., little water,   
                |             |      |ground drops to E., large ridge in
                |             |      |distance S. of E., then over      
                |             |      |slight rise, small forest, and    
                |             |      |crossed small khor (W. to E.);    
                |             |      |then over spur of hill and came to
                |             |      |wells, open ground with young lulu
                |             |      |trees. Continued S.S.W. over steep
                |             |      |hill covered with thick forest    
                |             |      |into valley, fairly open; crossed 
                |             |      |khor, little water, over small    
                |             |      |rise, another small khor (W. to   
                |             |      |E.), then through dense forest S.,
                |             |      |crossing rocky khor and, turning  
                |             |      |E., entered village of Sheikh     
                |             |      |Agadamba, tribe Geate, from near  
                |             |      |Yambio, slaves of Mangi (son of   
                |             |      |Yambio); passed through village   
                |             |      |and camped on Khor Reishinda      
                |             |      |beyond, 10½ miles, running S.W. to
                |             |      |N.E. into River Leizi (natives    
                |             |      |inform me that River Leizi runs   
                |             |      |into River Merridi (Gell or Roa.))
                |             |      |Sheikh Bangi, son of Mangi, from  
                |             |      |Kawa village Reisha, two days S.E.
                |             |      |from here, tribe Abakas, came in  
                |             |      |here and does not seem very       
                |             |      |willing to give information.      
                |             |      |Continued W. through village,     
                |             |      |houses scattered in the thick of  
                |             |      |forest, and one house cannot be   
                |             |      |seen from another.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Turning S. crossed Khor Reishinda 
                |             |      |(S.W. to N.E.), then over rise,   
                |             |      |young forest, dense undergrowth,  
                |             |      |slopes W. towards khor; ridges in 
                |             |      |distance (W.). Forest thickens as 
                |             |      |we advance, several small open    
                |             |      |spaces. Continuing S.W., passed   
                |             |      |old village of Sheikh Agadamba,   
                |             |      |M’bagi; met party sent from Mangi;
                |             |      |reached Khor M’bagi, water running
                |             |      |from W. and bends S.E. Mount      
                |             |      |M’bagi 3 miles E. from here, cone-
                |             |      |shaped and rocky mountain, few    
                |             |      |trees, about 100-150 feet above   
                |             |      |ridge. Continuing S., passed foot 
                |             |      |W. of Mt. Umbumbamba, oval-shaped 
                |             |      |and few large trees on crest,     
                |             |      |about 150 feet high; then over    
                |             |      |ridge W. of S. past dura fields,  
                |             |      |crossed rocky (granite) ridge W.  
                |             |      |of E. named Parkpe, and halted on 
  _B’bonga Khor |      11     | 161½ |outskirts of village B’bonga near 
  Zaza_         |             |      |Khor Zaza, rocky khor running N.E.
                |             |      |to S.W. into River Ibba, little   
                |             |      |water in rocky pools; inhabitants 
                |             |      |of village recently moved E.;     
                |             |      |ridges of trees to E. and W.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued S. and crossed Khor     
                |             |      |Zaza, on to ridge, thick forest   
                |             |      |continuing W. of S.; after half   
                |             |      |hour ground slopes E. to khor     
                |             |      |about 200 yards wide, thick weeds.
                |             |      |Path runs parallel with khor, high
                |             |      |ridges the far side(E.). Continued
                |             |      |S.W. over high rocky ridge down to
                |             |      |bend of River Ibba, 40 yards wide 
                |             |      |here, sandy bottom, winding in    
  _River Ibba_  |      4      | 165½ |S.S.W. direction.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched S.W. over ridge and came  
                |             |      |upon river again, after crossing  
                |             |      |open ground in valley. River here 
                |             |      |bends N.W.W., banks very steep,   
                |             |      |about 3 feet deep, and 12 yards   
                |             |      |wide; a swing bridge crosses river
                |             |      |here from N. bank to a tree on S. 
                |             |      |bank. Unloaded and cut away banks 
                |             |      |to cross, as bridge does not      
                |             |      |appear very secure. Crossed and   
                |             |      |camped on S. side in hollow open  
                |             |      |plain, with cliffs about 40 feet  
                |             |      |high running parallel with and    
                |             |      |about 300 yards from river. Tall  
                |             |      |grass which I burnt before        
                |             |      |camping. Climbed cliff and        
                |             |      |obtained following view:—_i.e._,  
                |             |      |Mts. M’bagi and Umbumbamba stand  
                |             |      |out very clearly N.E., with ridges
                |             |      |of trees running W. to E. and N.  
                |             |      |to S. River winds towards N.W.,   
                |             |      |with grassy plain on either bank, 
                |             |      |skirted on N. bank by forest, S.  
                |             |      |bank by cliff and forest. View    
                |             |      |S.E. obstructed by trees.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched on E. along foot of cliff 
                |             |      |for 1 mile, then unloaded and     
                |             |      |climbed cliffs. Continued S.W.    
                |             |      |over ridge, young forest; after 15
                |             |      |minutes an old deserted village of
                |             |      |Sheikh Agadamba. Path to Yango    
                |             |      |(E.) from here; for half an hour  
                |             |      |through village, then down to Khor
                |             |      |Bendawari, very marshy, about 200 
                |             |      |yards wide, tall weeds; then along
                |             |      |edge of khor S.S.W. for half hour,
                |             |      |ground rising on far side of khor 
                |             |      |(E.). Khor then bends S.W., and   
                |             |      |path turns S. across it and enters
                |             |      |forest of large trees, lulu type, 
                |             |      |undergrowth burnt; marched through
                |             |      |forest S.W., several open spaces; 
                |             |      |then through thin forest and down 
                |             |      |to W. over fairly open ground, and
  _Khor         |      7½     | 173  |crossed Khor Mungongo and camped  
  Mungongo,     |             |      |on far side at 8.45 a.m. near     
  Sheikh Tum_   |             |      |village of Sheikh Tum, Wakil of   
                |             |      |Mangi tribe Agbea. Went on alone  
                |             |      |to village named after Sheikh,    
                |             |      |found very little water in well,  
                |             |      |houses scattered and very thickly 
                |             |      |populated, so decided to camp at  
                |             |      |khor and await messenger. Sheikh  
                |             |      |Zumio, son of Mangi, village      
                |             |      |Mazura between Khors Korsi and    
                |             |      |Mukongo, near village (deserted)  
                |             |      |Penio—tribes Baminda and         
                |             |      |Abunangi—came in; his district    
                |             |      |runs from River Ibba, below Penio,
                |             |      |and W. along Benza’s district;    
                |             |      |seems very intelligent, and says 
                |             |      |he is anxious to be friendly to   
                |             |      |government.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched S.W. up slope of hill,    
                |             |      |then E. round E. side of Mts.     
                |             |      |Bandilia, high rocky mountains    
                |             |      |covered with short grass, then    
                |             |      |down W. of S. and crossed Khor    
                |             |      |Wure Mangonga; this khor flows    
                |             |      |into Khor Yur; fairly open ground 
                |             |      |at first through village, then    
                |             |      |young burnt forest. Continuing    
                |             |      |S.W. crossed Khor Tozo, open      
                |             |      |ground, marshy, then over ridge,  
                |             |      |bushy country; ground slopes E. to
                |             |      |plain, with thick belt of trees on
                |             |      |ridge in distance (N. to S.).     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Going S. over rising ground,      
                |             |      |passed Khor Mapeko with village   
                |             |      |Byuvo, Headman named Zaniwe, on N.
                |             |      |bank. Continuing S. over rise,    
                |             |      |crossed Khor Magone, then thin    
                |             |      |trees for ten minutes, then       
  _Village      |      8      | 181  |through telibun fields to village 
  Umbeyur_      |             |      |of Umbeyur, Headman Bgumbo. A good
                |             |      |many banana plants here, and      
                |             |      |several patches of date palms _en 
                |             |      |route_. Camped in village. Tribes 
                |             |      |Bagmonda and Abondu, slaves of    
                |             |      |Mangi.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Marched on S. through village,    
                |             |      |over rising ground fairly open,   
                |             |      |drops E. and rises to forest.     
                |             |      |After half hour crossed small Khor
                |             |      |Wureyim. N. of this khor all Nyam 
                |             |      |Nyams tribes are called Abakas,   
                |             |      |also to E. and S.E. of here.      
                |             |      |Continuing S.S.W., passed deserted
                |             |      |village of Abubunda.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Turning S., path runs parallel    
                |             |      |with Khor Yur—tribes S. of Khor   
                |             |      |Yur Abowis—which bends sharply to 
                |             |      |W. Crossed and continued S. over  
                |             |      |rise, bushy, passed old deserted  
                |             |      |village of Badigo. Then very      
                |             |      |marshy ground, crossing Khor      
                |             |      |Umbondingani, continues marshy for
                |             |      |some distance E., with large pools
                |             |      |of water. Going S. over marsh,    
                |             |      |crossed Khor Mungani, ground then 
                |             |      |rises, valley to W., far bank     
  Harimat of    |      7      | 188  |dotted with houses; harimat of    
  Mangi         |             |      |Mangi. Then passing few houses,   
                |             |      |then E., S.E., and S. through thin
                |             |      |forest, houses on either side.    
                |             |      |Ground drops W. Bananas plentiful 
                |             |      |_en route_. Continuing S.S.E. over
                |             |      |rise, through thin forest down    
                |             |      |steep incline; crossed Khor       
                |             |      |Mabondi, dry at present, but about
                |             |      |10 feet deep during rains, and 100
                |             |      |yards wide, it ends about 1½ miles
                |             |      |to E.; then up incline on far     
                |             |      |side; passed few tukls, through   
                |             |      |thin forest, young trees. Progress
                |             |      |slow, having to cut road for      
                |             |      |transport, down slope and crossed 
                |             |      |Khor Mufeu, splendid large pool of
                |             |      |water, excellent quality, houses  
                |             |      |close by. Then S. for five minutes
                |             |      |and crossed bend of Khor Mufeu,   
                |             |      |over rise through thick forest,   
                |             |      |young trees; then S.E., S., and   
                |             |      |S.W., through thick belt of trees,
                |             |      |so thick that sun did not         
                |             |      |penetrate, and was in semi        
  _Khor         |      5      | 193  |darkness, down to Khor Masagissa  
  Masagissa_    |             |      |(runs N.W. to Mufeu), and halted  
                |             |      |near pool of water. Very open     
                |             |      |ground near khor to E. and W. Cut 
                |             |      |path through belt of trees for    
                |             |      |hamla, &c. Trees of the lulu type 
                |             |      |the whole way. Crossed khor, very 
                |             |      |marshy ground for ½ mile beyond,  
                |             |      |then S.W. over rise, ground drops 
                |             |      |E., with thick forest in distance 
                |             |      |on high ground; passed old village
                |             |      |of Abiama, Sheikh Leguar, this has
                |             |      |been a large compact village, some
                |             |      |time deserted; banana, manyok,    
                |             |      |cloth, and cotton plants growing  
                |             |      |in wild confusion.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Khor Makatapu runs parallel with  
                |             |      |and to E. of path bending W., path
                |             |      |crossing it near batch of tukls of
                |             |      |Mangi.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continuing S.S.W. through thin    
                |             |      |forest, trees close on path; cut  
                |             |      |way for hamla, reach more tukls   
  _Mangi’s      |      4      | 197  |(deserted); camped beyond at pools
  Village_      |             |      |of water, on open ground. Progress
                |             |      |slow owing to thickness of trees  
                |             |      |on path. A large number of date   
                |             |      |palms in Khor Makatapu, and acacia
                |             |      |all along banks.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 27: This does not apply now (1904).]




                             CHAPTER VIII.                             

                              (KORDOFAN).                              

                               * * * * *                               

                       69.—SHEIKH SADIK TO HOMRA.                      


There is a good broad track the whole way. Good grazing, but
indifferent shade.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Sheikh Sadik_|      —      |  —   |A small and very dirty village.   
                |             |      |One well 120 feet deep. Shade in  
                |             |      |khor to the south. Tomb visable at
                |             |      |a distance. Good mosque. People   
                |             |      |own many goats. Dura sometimes    
                |             |      |available. Leaving the village the
                |             |      |track crosses a khor and leads    
                |             |      |over gravel soil across several   
                |             |      |shallow khors. The country is     
                |             |      |fairly open, much samr bush.      
                |             |      |Telegraph line is on the west.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Afu      |      8      |  8   |Is reached soon after crossing the
                |             |      |telegraph line. Much cultivation  
                |             |      |on the surrounding rising ground. 
                |             |      |The gravel is now much mixed with 
                |             |      |clay which makes the going bad    
                |             |      |during rain.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Leia   |     15½     | 23½  |Sand commences and continues to   
                |             |      |Shageig. The marakh bush first    
                |             |      |appears.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Khanga_  |      6      | 29½  |Now dry. There is also a large    
                |             |      |fula. Many others exist in the    
                |             |      |neighbourhood. Heavy going in     
                |             |      |places (1903).                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shageig_     |     13½     |  43  |Fula and many wells. Water        
                |             |      |practically unlimited. Small      
                |             |      |village. Fair shade but grazing   
                |             |      |bad in hot weather. The road now  
                |             |      |leads to the north end of J. Tius.
                |             |      |There is little shade, but fair   
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Tius       |      18     |  61  |About 300 feet high above plain.  
                |             |      |The road crosses the sand hill    
                |             |      |that has collected on the north   
                |             |      |side. The road now passes one or  
                |             |      |two fulas that only contain water 
                |             |      |in the rains.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Homra_    |      16     |  77  |Good rest house. Small Gowama     
                |             |      |village. Two good wells 125 feet  
                |             |      |deep. Fair shade near well.       
                |             |      |Moderate grazing, gets indifferent
                |             |      |towards end of hot weather owing  
                |             |      |to the large number of convoys    
                |             |      |that pass through.                
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         70.—EL DUEIM TO HOMRA.                        


This is portion of the main route from El Dueim to El Obeid. There
is a well defined track throughout.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Dueim      |      —      |  —   |Leaving the town in a westerly    
                |             |      |direction, the track is at first  
                |             |      |difficult to pick up. Black soil, 
                |             |      |which during the rains becomes    
                |             |      |very swampy. Bush never bad, but  
                |             |      |many khors, which at times hold a 
                |             |      |great deal of water, have to be   
                |             |      |crossed.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id El Ud_    |     11½     | 11½  |Small Kurtan village, many wells, 
                |             |      |water practically unlimited. Fair 
                |             |      |shade near wells, but during the  
                |             |      |rains ground becomes very swampy  
                |             |      |and mosquitoes are very bad.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track continues over black soil at
                |             |      |first. Then sand gradually        
                |             |      |increases and the bush disappears.
                |             |      |After 4 miles no shade. Nothing   
                |             |      |but marakh bush. Slightly         
                |             |      |undulating country.               
                |             |      |                                  
  30th mile     |      30     | 41½  |Telegraph line is struck, and soon
                |             |      |after J. Helba is seen ahead.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Helba_       |      8      | 49½  |Two wells 90 feet deep; good      
                |             |      |supply of water. Small Shuweihat  
                |             |      |village. Little shade near wells, 
                |             |      |but plenty ½ mile on. The road is 
                |             |      |on the south side of the telegraph
                |             |      |line. There is a good deal of     
                |             |      |bush, sayal, heglig, etc.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Homra_       |      13     | 62½  |_See_ Route No. 69.               
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   71.—HOMRA TO EL OBEID _viâ_ BARA.                   

                    (_Corrected to January_, 1904.)                    


Throughout this route there is plenty of grazing and firewood. Water
is, however, apt to give out at Homra and Shegeila if more than 300
camels are watered in one day as may happen at times, but the wells
quickly refill. Wide track the whole way.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Homra_       |      —      |  —   |Small Gowama village. Two good    
                |             |      |wells 125 feet deep. Good rest    
                |             |      |house, and fair shade near. Little
                |             |      |dura for sale as a rule. Good     
                |             |      |track S. of telegraph line. Good  
                |             |      |shade for first 13 miles, then    
                |             |      |nothing but marakh bush, good     
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sakra_       |     21½     | 21½  |Small village S. of road. Well 100
                |             |      |feet deep on N. side of telegraph 
                |             |      |line. Water for 100 men. Rest     
                |             |      |house; no shade.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shatib_      |     12½     |  34  |Small village; one well; no shade.
                |             |      |                                  
  Old Well      |      5½     | 39½  |In middle of track. Much          
                |             |      |cultivation near belonging to     
                |             |      |Gafala; a Maganin village visible 
                |             |      |1½ miles S.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shegeila_    |      6      | 45½  |Large Gowama village; two good    
                |             |      |wells 140 feet deep. Can water 200
                |             |      |camels. Rest house. From here     
                |             |      |there are two roads to Baharia    
                |             |      |_viâ_ Wad Abu Suleiman and _viâ_  
                |             |      |Zereiga. The latter is the better.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |         _Viâ_ ZEREIGA.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track follows telegraph line. Very
                |             |      |little shade.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Zereiga_     |      5      | 50½  |Two wells 125 feet deep. Small    
                |             |      |village; little shade, and bad    
                |             |      |grazing near wells.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country open; little shade.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Baharia_     |     13½     |  64  |Two wells 80 feet deep. Rest      
                |             |      |house. Large Gowama village. Fair 
                |             |      |shade near village. Water very    
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |    _Viâ_ WAD ABU SULEIMAN.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road goes nearly S. at first; much
                |             |      |gum and sayal bush, thick in      
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Abu      |      9      | 54½  |Small village; one well 90 feet   
  Suleiman_     |             |      |deep. There is another village    
                |             |      |with well a mile to the S. on the 
                |             |      |Um Semeima-Um Dam road.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Semeima_  |      2½     |  57  |Two small villages; each has a    
                |             |      |well. Road from Um Dam comes in   
                |             |      |here. Track leads due W.; marakh  
                |             |      |bush; no shade.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Baharia_     |      6½     | 63½  |_See_ above.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country is now quite open.    
                |             |      |Marakh bush; no shade.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shereim_     |      17     |  81  |A small Gowama village on the N.  
                |             |      |side of the road. One well. A mile
                |             |      |before reaching it gum, sayal and 
                |             |      |haraz bush appear. Road winds a   
                |             |      |good deal, and bush is thicker to 
                |             |      |within 1 mile of Bara when        
                |             |      |cultivation commences.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bara_        |      5      |  86  |Large village with mosque and     
                |             |      |small suk. Good rest house. Wells 
                |             |      |from 6 to 20 feet deep, water     
                |             |      |practically unlimited. Good       
                |             |      |grazing near.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving the S. end of the town    
                |             |      |there is a wide track E. of the   
                |             |      |telegraph line. Heavy going to 5  
                |             |      |miles beyond Um Sot.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Daragai Well_|      9      |  95  |One well on road. Fair shade near,
                |             |      |but ground much soiled by camels  
                |             |      |and cattle.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sot_      |      3      |  98  |One well on road 85 feet deep;    
                |             |      |good supply of water. Good shade  
                |             |      |under large haraz trees near      
                |             |      |village 3 miles S.E. Next 5 miles 
                |             |      |heavy going, then road improves.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Faragalla|     12½     | 110½ |One hundred yards in diameter,    
                |             |      |generally dry by end of October.  
                |             |      |Good shade and grazing near. J.   
                |             |      |Kurbag is seen in front. Road     
                |             |      |passes to W. of jebel.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Kurbag   |      9      | 119½ |S.W. of jebel; 100 by 80 yards,   
                |             |      |usually dry by mid-October. Good  
                |             |      |shade.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here to El Obeid there is no 
                |             |      |shade. The track passes through   
                |             |      |dukhn cultivation. Good going.    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Obeid      |      5      | 124½ |Main track goes to the town. For  
                |             |      |the Mudiria follow the telegraph  
                |             |      |line when struck. At night be     
                |             |      |careful to avoid the wire stays to
                |             |      |the poles.                        
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                72.—EL DUEIM TO EL OBEID, _viâ_ HASHABA.               

  BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, SCOT. RIFLES (MARCH, 1900), AND MR. R. E. MORE  
                               (1903).

This is the shortest route between the river and El Obeid. There is
good grazing throughout, though shade is sometimes wanting. After
Hashaba, there are two routes to Um Sedeira, one _viâ_ Um Dam,
the other _viâ_ Abu Areish. The former is the better, as there is
plenty of water at Um Dam.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Dueim      |      —      |  —   |Leaving the town in a westerly    
                |             |      |direction the track goes over     
                |             |      |black soil which, during the      
                |             |      |rains, forms a serious obstacle to
                |             |      |transport. Bush never bad, but    
                |             |      |several khors have to be crossed, 
                |             |      |which, at times, hold a good deal 
                |             |      |of water.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id El Ud_    |     11½     | 11½  |Small Kurtan village; many wells, 
                |             |      |water practically unlimited. The  
                |             |      |Agaba is now entered. Track hard  
                |             |      |to pick up at first. During the   
                |             |      |rains it is often necessary to go 
                |             |      |some way to the N., as the ground 
                |             |      |W. of wells is liable to floods.  
                |             |      |Mosquitoes are then very bad. No  
                |             |      |shade.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Shwei (Rest|      24     | 35½  |Rest house. Low isolated hill S.  
  house)        |             |      |of track. Country becomes more    
                |             |      |undulating and bush increases.    
                |             |      |Good grazing, but no shade. Well  
                |             |      |now being dug, but water not yet  
                |             |      |reached at 180 feet (September,   
                |             |      |1904).                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hashaba El   |      27     | 62½  |Maganin village. Three wells 140  
  Murad_ (Rest  |             |      |feet deep. Rest house. Dôm palms  
  house)        |             |      |near village form good land mark. 
                |             |      |Take the western road; after      
                |             |      |leaving the cultivation little but
                |             |      |marakh bush is seen. Good grazing.
                |             |      |                                  
  Shegela       |      8½     |  71  |A small Maganin village. No well; 
                |             |      |water from Hashaba. Good track;   
                |             |      |slightly undulating country.      
                |             |      |Hashab trees commence and continue
                |             |      |to within a few miles of Um Dam.  
                |             |      |Direction nearly due W.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Dam_ (Rest|      23     |  94  |Head Quarters of Khursi District. 
  house)        |             |      |Rest house and 3 good wells 130   
                |             |      |feet deep. Much cultivation all   
                |             |      |round and several small villages  
                |             |      |near. Leaving in a south-westerly 
                |             |      |direction, good track; gum and    
                |             |      |sayal bush. Gowama.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Basira_   |      3      |  97  |Small village off road to N.;     
                |             |      |often called Fiki Taha; well. Good
                |             |      |track; gum and sial bush, thick in
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Kamuri_  |      5½     | 102½ |Two villages. One good well.      
                |             |      |Plenty of grazing and shade off   
                |             |      |road to S.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Hagiz  |      3      | 105½ |A low sandy ridge running nearly  
                |             |      |N. and S. Country now becomes more
                |             |      |undulating, and continues so to   
                |             |      |within 10 miles of El Obeid.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sedeira_  |      3½     | 109  |Three villages, with one good well
  (Rest house)  |             |      |80 feet deep; can water 30 camels.
                |             |      |Good shade and grazing.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Adara_       |      5      | 114  |One well 80 feet deep; good water.
                |             |      |Good track, but heavy going.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Heim       |      8½     | 122½ |One well 100 feet deep; can water 
                |             |      |15 camels. Um Beida, 6 miles S.E.,
                |             |      |has a similar well.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Busha_    |      3      | 125½ |Two wells 120 feet deep. Good     
  (Rest house)  |             |      |shade and grazing near wells. Many
                |             |      |haraz trees. Road now bears S. W. 
                |             |      |J. Gleit and J. Kurbag are left to
                |             |      |the N. Well marked track all the  
                |             |      |way. Some bush, but cultivation   
                |             |      |for last 5 miles.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  El Obeid      |      33     | 158½ |                                  

  The following is an alternative route. There is, however, less water, 
            and the road is much less frequented.

  _Hashaba El   |      —      | 62½  |Leaving in a S.W. direction there 
  Murad_        |             |      |is little bush at first. Good     
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bagera_      |      25     | 77½  |Three small Gowama villages. One  
                |             |      |bad well 140 feet deep, not to be 
                |             |      |depended on. Good track; sayal    
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Areish_  |      16     | 93½  |Small village. One well 120 feet  
                |             |      |deep. Can water 15 camels with    
                |             |      |difficulty. The road from Taiara  
                |             |      |to Um Dam crosses here. Good track
                |             |      |over red sandy soil.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Hagiz  |      4      | 97½  |Low sandy hill.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Shidera_  |      3½     | 101  |As above.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  El Obeid      |     49½     | 150½ |As above.                         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                73.—GEDID TO EL DUEIM, _viâ_ UM DEISIS.                

     BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, THE SCOTTISH RIFLES, FEBRUARY, 1901, AND     
          COLONEL THE HON. M. G. TALBOT, R.E., DECEMBER, 1901.

The whole of this road is over black cotton soil, and is occasionally
impassable during the rains, at which time tracks east and west leading
from one patch of cultivation to another along the red sandy ridges
are more generally used. There is practically no bush near the road
and very little shade.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Gedid Wells_ |      —      |  —   |The road goes almost due N. from  
                |             |      |the wells. A few small villages   
                |             |      |are seen west of the road,        
                |             |      |inhabited only during the rains.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Selia_       |      25     |  25  |A Gimma village on a hill,        
                |             |      |belonging to Sheikh Nur Hussein,  
                |             |      |and four other Ahamda villages.   
                |             |      |Thirty wells, 8 feet deep, 1½     
                |             |      |miles N.E. Good water, but they   
                |             |      |soon run dry. There are roads from
                |             |      |here to Fachi Shoya and J. Kon.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Deisis_   |      7      |  32  |About 40 wells, 30 feet deep.     
                |             |      |Plenty of water, This is a Kurtan 
                |             |      |village. The gum gardens and     
                |             |      |cultivation belong to them, but   
                |             |      |the Beni Jerar water their cattle 
                |             |      |here, and their camping places are
                |             |      |frequently seen.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Sela_    |      18     |  50  |A Shanabla village situated on a  
                |             |      |hill. The country all round is    
                |             |      |very open, and firewood scarce.   
                |             |      |The wells (not seen) are 2½ miles 
                |             |      |S.E. of the village. The country  
                |             |      |now becomes more desert-like, but 
                |             |      |during the rains all the ridges   
                |             |      |are cultivated. A few miles before
                |             |      |reaching Um Bueira many villages  
                |             |      |are seen to the east of the road. 
                |             |      |These belong to Um Bueira.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Bueira_   |      11     |  61  |Some 20 very good wells, 28 to 30 
                |             |      |feet deep. The villages and       
                |             |      |cultivation to the E. of the road 
                |             |      |belong to the Mesellemia, to the  
                |             |      |W. of the road chiefly to the     
                |             |      |Shanabla. There is no bush about, 
                |             |      |and at this time of year (Feb.)   
                |             |      |very little grass. Hundreds of    
                |             |      |sheep and goats water daily.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shat_        |      2½     | 63½  |A large place with suk and many   
                |             |      |merchants. The wells are numerous;
                |             |      |about 30 feet deep, and give a    
                |             |      |practically unlimited amount of   
                |             |      |water. No shade and little grass  
                |             |      |near wells, as it is eaten down by
                |             |      |the cattle, sheep, and goats, who 
                |             |      |come to water. Many villages      
                |             |      |about, Mesellemia and Shanabla,   
                |             |      |and in the rains much cultivation.
                |             |      |In rains water stands, and        
                |             |      |mosquitoes are bad.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Three miles on the bush commences,
                |             |      |but is never very dense and       
                |             |      |generally grows in patches.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Sunta      |      10     | 73½  |A small pool.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The bush now consists of kittr,   
                |             |      |heglig, and talh, but is never an 
                |             |      |obstacle to transport.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The ground is a good deal cracked 
                |             |      |and is at intervals impassable in 
                |             |      |the rains.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  El Dueim      |      8      | 81½  |For description, _see_ Part I, p. 
                |             |      |66.                               
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             74.—SHAT WELLS TO EL OBEID, _viâ_ J. KON.[28]             

  AS FAR AS ZEREIGA, BY COLONEL THE HON. M. G. TALBOT, R.E., DECEMBER, 
 1901; REMAINDER BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, THE SCOTTISH RIFLES, MARCH, 1901.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Shat Wells_  |      —      |  —   |The road bears nearly S.W., well  
                |             |      |marked and nearly straight,       
                |             |      |crossing several sandy ridges.    
                |             |      |Easy ascents and descents. The    
                |             |      |only “Id” passed is Abu Shareima, 
                |             |      |where there is a natural pool of  
                |             |      |little depth and quite dry. About 
                |             |      |1 mile to the N. is a new Shanabla
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz Um Sibila |      5½     |  5½  |Goz Um Sibila is crossed. It does 
                |             |      |not seem more remarkable than the 
                |             |      |other ridges, but the name is well
                |             |      |known.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Zereiga      |      5½     |  11  |Many wells, 15 to 20 feet deep,   
  Wells_        |             |      |good water. J. Bachi just visible 
                |             |      |in the evening from highest mound 
                |             |      |near wells. Water supply          
                |             |      |diminishes in summer. Water stands
                |             |      |here after heavy rain, when       
                |             |      |mosquitoes are very bad.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country becomes slightly      
                |             |      |undulating, good well-marked      
                |             |      |track, red sand, a few hashab     
                |             |      |trees about, but country generally
                |             |      |open; little shade.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Amara         |      28     |  39  |Remains of about 30 old wells.    
                |             |      |Formerly a Baza village.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Ged        |      ½      | 39½  |Ditto; but remains of more wells. 
                |             |      |This is a well-known halting place
                |             |      |for convoys from Ageila, as there 
                |             |      |is a little shade.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Road divides  |     13½     |  53  |The southern track goes to Ageila,
                |             |      |said to be “one day”; the other   
                |             |      |turns due W., crossing the sandy  
                |             |      |ridge that has collected N. of J. 
                |             |      |Kon. There is a good deal of bush 
                |             |      |about.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kon_      |      1½     | 54½  |A rocky ridge running nearly N.   
                |             |      |and S., ¾ mile long, and rising   
                |             |      |about 300 feet above the plain. A 
                |             |      |little water on the mountain, and 
                |             |      |many old wells on the W. side near
                |             |      |the track. These are said to have 
                |             |      |formerly given plenty of water.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Kon     |      1      | 55½  |A small Gowama village. Water from
                |             |      |J. Kon.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Alleiga       |      3½     |  59  |A small Baza village. No well;    
                |             |      |water from Bint Joda.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Adam       |      3      |  62  |Remains of eight old wells; said  
                |             |      |to have been 80 feet deep.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bint Joda    |      3      |  65  |Twenty wells, 85 feet deep, not   
  Wells_        |             |      |much water in them. Five more     
                |             |      |being opened. There was formerly  
                |             |      |much cultivation about.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The village is ¾ mile to the E.   
                |             |      |People are Baza and Gowama, and   
                |             |      |own many gum gardens.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country continues slightly    
                |             |      |undulating, covered with hashab   
                |             |      |bush, but the latter is never very
                |             |      |thick near the road.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Bilbil     |      1      |  66  |Old wells. Gowama. Formerly much  
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Gogran        |      1      |  67  |Ditto.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Elton         |      3½     | 70½  |Ditto.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Masuda   |      1      | 71½  |Thirty yards in diameter, 2 feet  
                |             |      |deep, now dry.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Rabeisab Wells|      1      | 72½  |Now fallen in.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Rabeisab      |      2¾     | 75¼  |Gowama village of thirty tukls,   
                |             |      |water from Wad Kasim.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Kasim_   |      2½     | 77¾  |Twelve wells open, 70 feet deep.  
                |             |      |Little water; it took an hour to  
                |             |      |fill 12 zigs, working four wells  
                |             |      |at the time. The wells and        
                |             |      |cultivation belong to the Messadab
                |             |      |tribe.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Butran     |      1¾     | 79½  |Deserted Gowama village.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Delu      |      3¼     | 82¾  |Old wells. Gowama. Much           
                |             |      |cultivation formerly.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Group of old  |      3½     | 86¼  |About thirty. Guide did not know  
  wells         |             |      |their name.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sayala_      |      7½     | 93¾  |Very small Gowama village. Sheikh 
                |             |      |Ahmed Omar (lives at Taiara). Two 
                |             |      |very bad wells. Signs of former   
                |             |      |cultivation now become less, and  
                |             |      |the hashab trees increase, until  
                |             |      |near Taiara the bush is in places 
                |             |      |thick enough to interfere with    
                |             |      |traffic.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Taiara_      |     24½     | 118¼ |A large village, with good wells  
                |             |      |and market. Head quarters of a    
                |             |      |District. Many merchants, who buy 
                |             |      |gum with grain and cotton stuffs. 
                |             |      |It was once a large place, but in 
                |             |      |January, 1900, had not more than  
                |             |      |ten tukls. It is however growing  
                |             |      |very rapidly. Sheikh Ahmed Omar,  
                |             |      |Gowama Homran, and Sheikh Mohammed
                |             |      |El Mahir, Gowama Gemeiia, are the 
                |             |      |two principal sheikhs.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the next 18 miles the track,  
                |             |      |which is well defined, crosses a  
                |             |      |series of ridges of red sand.     
                |             |      |These run from N. to. S., and,    
                |             |      |though never very steep, delay    
                |             |      |trotting camels and disturb the   
                |             |      |loads of transport animals. They  
                |             |      |are Goz Taiara, immediately W. of 
                |             |      |the town, Goz Um Ageiga, Goz Benit
                |             |      |Ranim, Goz Multut, Goz Amarik     
                |             |      |Sinein.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Amarik        |      6      | 124¼ |Village on side of last named     
                |             |      |hill. Next comes Goz Amarik El    
                |             |      |Fungara and then Goz Bartai.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Bartai        |      3¼     | 127½ |A small village on the W. of the  
                |             |      |last-named hill.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Goz Abd El Azim, Goz Gaabr.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Gaabr    |      3      | 130½ |There are two natural ponds, one  
                |             |      |to the N. and one to the S. of the
                |             |      |road. They are usually dry by     
                |             |      |November. Goz Boli, at the foot of
                |             |      |which is a pool called Um Butab;  
                |             |      |Goz Um Hemeira, at the foot of    
                |             |      |which is a small pond of the same 
                |             |      |name. Goz Fiki Gelalat El Din, a  
                |             |      |mile beyond which is a pool about 
                |             |      |35 yards in diameter called Fula  
                |             |      |Magbus; dry in October.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gafil_       |      4½     | 135  |A small village on the east side  
                |             |      |of the Goz El Hagiz El Ashgar,    
                |             |      |which forms the western boundary  
                |             |      |of the Gowama country. Water from 
                |             |      |a bad well, and from Fula Magbus. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track now enters more level   
                |             |      |country, but khors are crossed in 
                |             |      |many places, and the going is very
                |             |      |bad in the rains.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kao        |      4      | 139  |Is left to the N. of the road. The
                |             |      |hashab tree becomes rare, but in  
                |             |      |places the bush is dense though   
                |             |      |the actual track is clear enough. 
                |             |      |A few tebeldis.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Deigo      |      9      | 148  |On the north of the track. There  
                |             |      |are two fulas, one S. and one W.  
                |             |      |Both dry up by November as a rule.
                |             |      |                                  
  Deigo         |      1¾     | 149¾ |A small village. Water from the   
                |             |      |above fulas and from El Obeid. The
                |             |      |road from El Rahad comes in here. 
                |             |      |                                  
  El Obeid      |      6½     | 156¼ |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


    75.—SHAWAL TO GEDID _viâ_ FACHI SHOYA AND EL ALOB, THENCE _viâ_    
                     DAR EL AHAMDA TO TAGALE.

    BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT, THE DURHAM L.I., 1901, FROM PERSONAL   
   OBSERVATION AS FAR AS DAR EL AHAMDA, REMAINDER FROM NATIVE SOURCES
                        (FEBRUARY, 1901).

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Shawal        |      —      |  —   |Is on the right bank, and nearly  
                |             |      |directly opposite to H. Sheikh    
                |             |      |Bordein, a small Sudanese wood-   
                |             |      |cutting settlement (1901) on left 
                |             |      |bank. From the latter a good track
                |             |      |along left bank, through thick    
                |             |      |bush for first mile or two, leads 
  _Fachi Shoya_ |      12     |  12  |to Fachi Shoya, which is a        
                |             |      |flourishing village and the       
                |             |      |residence of Sheikh Gubara, head  
                |             |      |Sheikh of the Shankhab tribe.     
                |             |      |There are also some Greeks here,  
                |             |      |agents of Khartoum merchants, for 
                |             |      |the purchase of gum.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(From here there is an alternative
                |             |      |and rather shorter route to Gedid 
                |             |      |_viâ_ Bellali 17 miles, Abu Aadel 
                |             |      |21½ miles, and Menauel 29 miles). 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track still continues within a
                |             |      |mile or less of the river, which  
                |             |      |is accessible almost anywhere.    
                |             |      |There are many Arab encampments   
                |             |      |along the river, rather more than 
                |             |      |a mile inland.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Hasai_    |      4      |  16  |Shankhab, dry weather village on  
                |             |      |river bank. El Alob, a long sandy 
  _El Alob_     |      5½     | 21½  |“Goz” or hill is passed about half
                |             |      |a mile to the E., and a little    
                |             |      |further on the villages of the    
                |             |      |same name are reached. The route  
                |             |      |to Gedid now leads W.S.W., and    
                |             |      |immediately after passing the rain
                |             |      |village (about 100 tukls) of El   
                |             |      |Alob, the numerous sandy ridges so
                |             |      |typical of S.E. Kordofan commence.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Galet_       |      9      | 30½  |The name of the wells (not        
                |             |      |visited) and hill passed about ¾  
                |             |      |mile to the N. of the road. About 
                |             |      |½ a mile before reaching the      
  _Salogi_      |      2½     |  33  |wells, the rain village of Salogi,
                |             |      |consisting of about 40 tukls, is  
                |             |      |passed on the top of a hill. There
                |             |      |were eight wells in use (February,
                |             |      |1901); water apparently plentiful 
                |             |      |about 12 feet below the surface.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gamas_       |      2½     | 35½  |About 30 tukls. Four wells about  
                |             |      |18 feet deep, but only giving a   
                |             |      |scanty supply of muddy water.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Hagar_    |      3½     |  39  |Passed about 1 mile to S. of road.
                |             |      |It is on the main road from Goz   
                |             |      |Abu Guma to Gedid, which joins in 
                |             |      |about 1 mile further on. There are
                |             |      |four wells about 12 feet deep.    
                |             |      |Water fairly plentiful. These are 
                |             |      |the westernmost Shankhab wells.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Menauel_     |      5      |  44  |Rain village; 20 tukls about ¾    
                |             |      |mile N. of track. Wells dry. Main 
                |             |      |road to Gedid (11 miles) goes     
                |             |      |direct, but if water is required, 
  _Um Beiru_    |      2½     | 46½  |must go about 2 miles W. to Um    
                |             |      |Beiru where there are about 60    
                |             |      |wells 15 feet deep. Water         
                |             |      |plentiful, good shade.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gedid_       |      9½     |  56  |Lies in a basin surrounded on     
                |             |      |three sides by low sandy ridges,  
                |             |      |on which are permanent villages.  
                |             |      |There are also several temporary  
                |             |      |encampments of Arabs who come to  
                |             |      |live near the wells in dry season.
                |             |      |In the rains water stands in large
                |             |      |pools in this basin, and in the   
                |             |      |dry weather there are many wells  
                |             |      |about 10 feet deep with plenty of 
                |             |      |water. It is the headquarters of  
                |             |      |the Gimma, and is a comparatively 
                |             |      |large gum centre; there are       
                |             |      |several Greek traders living here 
                |             |      |(February, 1901). Some of the best
                |             |      |gum country in Kordofan lies      
                |             |      |westwards between here and Ageila.
                |             |      |From here to Dar El Ahamda there  
                |             |      |are two roads, that _viâ_ Meika   
                |             |      |being the longer; but the greatest
                |             |      |distance without water is only 17 
                |             |      |miles, whereas by the direct road 
                |             |      |there is no water for nearly 30   
                |             |      |miles. Gedid is now (1904) the    
                |             |      |Head Quarters of a District.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz Um Tibeir |      1½     | 57½  |The latter road runs due S. _viâ_ 
                |             |      |Goz Um Tibeir, where are several  
                |             |      |villages watering from Gedid,     
                |             |      |after which no inhabitants are    
  Makheita      |      10     | 67½  |met, except perhaps a few gum     
                |             |      |pickers at Makheita, until Dar El 
                |             |      |Ahamda is reached.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Mahmud_  |      5      | 72½  |There is an ‘id’ here, but the    
                |             |      |wells are dry very early in the   
                |             |      |year. This was the site of Abd El 
                |             |      |Rahim Abu Dugal’s deim, from which
                |             |      |he raided Dar El Ahamda in the    
                |             |      |summer of 1899.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Senitai  |      3½     |  76  |Said to be boundary between the   
                |             |      |Gimma and Dar El Ahamda. There is 
                |             |      |very dense kittr bush about here, 
                |             |      |though it does not interfere much 
                |             |      |with travelling.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Wabar      |      2      |  78  |The country here becomes more open
                |             |      |and is studded with small kurmet  
                |             |      |bushes.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Subagha_  |      8½     | 86½  |Four wells, 20 feet deep, little  
                |             |      |water. Road from Goz Abu Guma     
                |             |      |_viâ_ Id El Gim (9 miles) joins in
                |             |      |here. This is the usual route to  
                |             |      |Goz Abu Guma taken by people from 
                |             |      |Tagale and Southern Kordofan.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Alternative   |      —      |  —   |The alternative route from Gedid  
  route         |             |      |_viâ_ Goz El Homara passes at     
                |             |      |first through thickish kittr bush,
                |             |      |and then through more open country
                |             |      |to Meika (10½ miles). The site of 
                |             |      |the Khalifa’s deim, defeat, and   
                |             |      |death (1899) lies a little to the 
                |             |      |W. of the direct road to Meika,   
  Rahad         |      6½     | 62½  |and is reached _viâ_ Rahad        
  Asheishat     |             |      |Asheishat, which contains water   
                |             |      |for some time after the rains (in 
                |             |      |March, 1901, it had still a little
                |             |      |very foul water in it). People are
                |             |      |said to collect here during the   
                |             |      |rains.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The site of the battle is close by
                |             |      |on the E. of the road, and the    
  Um Debreikat  |      2½     |  65  |position of the deim which was    
                |             |      |alongside the road is still       
                |             |      |recognisable from the stumps of   
                |             |      |the trees cut down.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is also a large pool on S.  
                |             |      |of road, about 150 yards by 80    
                |             |      |yards, and there are the remains  
                |             |      |of a good deal of recent dukhn    
                |             |      |cultivation in the vicinity.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meika_       |      3      |  68  |Five groups of wells used by the  
                |             |      |Gimma and a few of the Selim      
                |             |      |Baggara. Water plentiful about 12 
                |             |      |feet down.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the road runs S. to Goz 
                |             |      |El Homara (4 miles), the          
                |             |      |cultivating ground of the Selim   
                |             |      |and a few of the Gimma Arabs, and 
                |             |      |thence to Id El Gim (17 miles) in 
                |             |      |Dar El Ahamda, joining the direct 
                |             |      |road from Gedid at Um Subagha     
                |             |      |(portion Goz El Homara to Id El   
                |             |      |Gim was not traversed).           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Subagha_  |      27     |  95  |From here the road passes through 
                |             |      |very dense kittr bush, which      
                |             |      |impedes the rate of travelling    
                |             |      |considerably.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Mafri         |      7      | 102  |A small village; water supply from
                |             |      |Id Tefangerun.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id           |      2½     | 104½ |In the Khor Ardeiba, which is said
  Tefangerun_   |             |      |to originate in the Tagale        
                |             |      |mountains, and to flow S.E. to the
                |             |      |Nile. In it are nearly all the    
                |             |      |wells in Dar El Ahamda, none of   
                |             |      |which however, except those of El 
                |             |      |Akaf, can be relied on to contain 
                |             |      |much water towards the end of the 
                |             |      |dry season.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Khor Ardeiba is not, as a     
                |             |      |matter of fact, known by the same 
                |             |      |name for more than a mile or two, 
                |             |      |as it takes the name of each      
                |             |      |successive district through which 
                |             |      |it passes. It has a shallow ill-  
                |             |      |defined bed, but is traceable by  
                |             |      |the number of heglig and other    
                |             |      |green trees which grow in it.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Dura          |      3½     | 108  |The road follows the khor and     
                |             |      |passes wells at Um Desis and at   
                |             |      |Dura, a village (no well) from    
                |             |      |which J. Um Talha is visible; a   
                |             |      |track branches off southwards     
                |             |      |through very dense kadad bush, and
                |             |      |1¾ miles on joins another track   
  _Gamelein_    |      1½     | 109½ |from Gamelein (1¼ miles), which is
                |             |      |the usual starting point for      
                |             |      |Tagale, and where there are       
                |             |      |several wells. The track then     
                |             |      |leads S.W. across a cotton soil   
                |             |      |plain thickly covered with bush,  
  _J. Um Talha_ |     50½     | 160  |chiefly talh and kittr, to J. Um  
  (Tagale)      |             |      |Talha, one of the Tagale group of 
                |             |      |mountains under Mek Geili Adam. It
                |             |      |is inhabited by Nubas, and has    
                |             |      |several wells. _See_ route No. 98.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The distance from Gamelein to Um  
                |             |      |Talha is only very roughly        
                |             |      |estimated, and cannot be relied   
                |             |      |on.                               
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   76.—GOZ ABU GUMA TO DAR EL AHAMDA.                  

                BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT, MARCH, 1901.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Goz Abu Guma  |      —      |  —   |Goz Abu Guma, properly Zeinuba, is
                |             |      |on right bank of White Nile and is
                |             |      |the head quarters of a District.  
                |             |      |There is a post and telegraph     
                |             |      |office and a fair suk. In good    
                |             |      |years plenty of grain can be      
                |             |      |bought here. At low Nile in order 
                |             |      |to cross to left bank, a branch of
                |             |      |the river is crossed by a ford to 
                |             |      |two islands, thence there is a    
  West bank     |      1½     |  1½  |ferry to W. bank, where there are 
                |             |      |several gum depôts. The road from 
                |             |      |Dueim _viâ_ El Alob passes here   
                |             |      |and follows the river southwards  
                |             |      |to Kaka and Kodok. A much used    
                |             |      |road also leads to Gedid _viâ_ Um 
                |             |      |Hagàr (_see_ Route No. 9) 20      
                |             |      |miles, thence _viâ_ Taiara to El  
                |             |      |Obeid.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road to Dar El Ahamda leads   
                |             |      |S.W. over the usual more or less  
                |             |      |undulating and open bush covered  
  _El Koru_     |      3½     |  5   |country to El Koru; a largish     
                |             |      |village said to have wells (not   
                |             |      |seen). Soon after leaving this a  
                |             |      |road from the river coming from   
                |      3½     |  8½  |N.E. joins in and 3 miles further 
                |             |      |on another track branches off S.W.
                |             |      |to Um Adda (6 miles) where there  
                |             |      |are several wells.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id Teheima_  |      1¼     |  9¾  |The track followed led S. to Id   
                |             |      |Teheima, several fair wells and   
  _Id Um Zaaf_  |      6      | 15¾  |villages, thence down a very bare 
                |             |      |valley to Id Um Zaaf situated in  
                |             |      |the middle of a perfectly open    
                |             |      |level grassy basin, which looks as
                |             |      |if it might be swampy in the      
                |             |      |rains. Several wells or holes;    
                |             |      |water plentiful, not more than 5  
                |             |      |feet down.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Zaaf_     |      1¼     |  17  |Goz Um Zaaf with a village on the 
                |             |      |top of it. Near the S. end of the 
                |             |      |goz there is another well, but    
                |             |      |with little water. A road runs    
                |             |      |from here eastwards to the river  
                |             |      |(12 miles?), and another westwards
                |             |      |_viâ_ Waar (8 miles) to Gedid (24 
                |             |      |miles).                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Suda_        |      7½     | 24½  |Road followed runs S.W. through a 
                |             |      |good deal of kittr and gum bush to
                |             |      |Suda, which is a small village    
                |             |      |perched on the usual Goz.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are two lots of wells and   
                |             |      |water is comparatively plentiful. 
                |             |      |Good shade. There are several     
                |             |      |other villages near. Here the road
                |             |      |from Um Adda, another from Um     
                |             |      |Hagàr _viâ_ Waar, a third from    
                |             |      |Gedid _viâ_ Um Debreikat, and a   
                |             |      |fourth from Meika unite. A path   
                |             |      |also leads S.E. to Jebelein (25   
                |             |      |miles) _viâ_ Andaraba (no water   
                |             |      |_en route_).                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Huta       |      1½     |  26  |Continuing S. the road passes a   
                |             |      |village named Um Huta to the W.   
  Goz El Shubai |      5      |  31  |(no water), and later crosses Goz 
                |             |      |El Shubai, the highest hill in    
                |             |      |this part of the country. There is
                |             |      |an “id” at its S.E. end, but it   
                |             |      |had no water (March, 1901).       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here a track branches off         
                |             |      |eastwards to Goz El Homara, and   
                |             |      |about 2 miles further on another  
                |             |      |from El Homara runs eastwards to  
                |             |      |Um Gereib.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Sir        |      6      |  37  |At Um Sir (Selim) there were      
                |             |      |several wells and plenty of water 
                |             |      |in March, 1901, but in the same   
                |             |      |month, 1902, there was said to be 
                |             |      |very little.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There were also the remains of a  
                |             |      |good deal of cultivation about.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A road leads from El Homara _viâ_ 
                |             |      |these wells to Jebelein (about 18 
                |             |      |miles).                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Mit El Ghaneis|      1      |  38  |Small cultivation village.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz El Gharak |      2      |  40  |A slight elevation on which is    
                |             |      |dukhn cultivation N. of track.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Rahad Waar    |      3½     | 43½  |A large natural rain tank, dry    
                |             |      |soon after rains, but many Arabs  
                |             |      |congregate here whilst there is   
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Talh     |      3½     |  47  |After passing through thick talh  
                |             |      |bush, a shallow khor, probably    
                |             |      |that known on the Gedid Um Subagha
                |             |      |road as Senitai, is passed.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Fatma      |      3      |  50  |A well known belt of thick kittr  
                |             |      |about a mile in width, said to be 
                |             |      |N. boundary of Dar El Ahamda.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After this is passed country is   
                |             |      |comparatively open.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Heidub     |      10     |  60  |Several wells; water not very     
                |             |      |plentiful (March, 1901).          
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Nagi       |      3      |  63  |One or two wells, but very little 
                |             |      |water (March, 1901). Splendid     
                |             |      |shade.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gedul      |      3      |  66  |Rather large village (for these   
                |             |      |parts); water from Id Nagi.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Soon after leaving El Gedul some  
                |             |      |very dense kadad, &c., bush is    
                |             |      |entered and continues to          
                |             |      |                                  
  Mageikha      |      2½     | 68½  |A small cultivation village.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad El Khot   |      1½     |  70  |Small village; water from Saneit. 
                |             |      |Dense kittr bush which interferes 
                |             |      |with camels is now traversed.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Saneit        |      2      |  72  |Small village residence of Sheikh 
                |             |      |Abdel Rahman Taher, head Sheikh of
                |             |      |Dar El Ahamda. Several wells in a 
                |             |      |shallow khor; fairly good supply  
                |             |      |of water. From here a road leads  
                |             |      |S. to El Akaf (4½ miles), good    
                |             |      |wells, thence _viâ_ Id Nemeid     
                |             |      |(wells 11½ miles) to the Nile,    
                |             |      |probably at Um Asherin, about 20  
                |             |      |miles beyond.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Gamelein      |      2¼     | 74¼  |The road leads up the khor to     
                |             |      |Gamelein, described in Route 75,  
                |             |      |and thence to J. Tagale.          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


        77.—GOZ ABU GUMA TO EL OBEID, _viâ_ SHERKEILA AND RAHAD.       

 FROM A REPORT BY CAPTAIN C. H. LEVESON, 18TH HUSSARS, NOVEMBER, 1903. 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Goz Abu Guma  |      —      |  —   |Bad landing place—easily improved;
                |             |      |also bad watering place at this   
                |             |      |season (November) for animals;    
                |             |      |buckets necessary. No good grass  
                |             |      |close. Camel fly bad.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Menauel_     |      24     |  24  |Several pools; best, 50 by 30     
                |             |      |yards. Water good.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gedid_       |      11     |  35  |Good road. Several pools; water   
                |             |      |fair.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Rukba_   |      18     |  53  |Small fula, dirty water, 3 miles  
                |             |      |W. of village, would be dry by end
                |             |      |of November. Drinking water from  
                |             |      |wells. Close cultivated country.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Kueika_   |      25     |  78  |No water at Um Shokaba or Um      
                |             |      |Hagar, so went on to Um Kueika.   
                |             |      |Shallow fula, filthy water, more  
                |             |      |like liquid manure. Wells not much
                |             |      |better. Thousands of water melons 
                |             |      |are grown instead.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sherkeila_   |      20     |  98  |No water at Ageila. Big lake at   
                |             |      |Sherkeila—fair water; also good   
                |             |      |water from wells. Road, before    
                |             |      |reaching here, heavy going. Bad   
                |             |      |place for horses.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Ruaba_    |      18     | 116  |No Tebeldi trees, but big fula, 50
                |             |      |yards by 40. Country more open.   
                |             |      |Passed big village, named Gogham. 
                |             |      |3 miles short of Um Ruaba. No     
                |             |      |water at Shamagatta, so marched   
                |             |      |_viâ_ Rahad.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gadadin_     |      6      | 122  |Big village.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abli_        |      6      | 128  |No village. Half a mile off road, 
                |             |      |in thickly wooded khor, were 3    
                |             |      |small pools, each 20 yards        
                |             |      |diameter; also another smaller    
                |             |      |pool of clean drinking water.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Kheiran_  |      16     | 144  |Road over succession of ridges of 
                |             |      |deep red sand, rendering going    
                |             |      |heavy. After passing Village      
                |             |      |Eilafun, country open. Large fula 
                |             |      |at Um Kheiran, 70 yards wide—good 
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Umbeil_      |      3      | 147  |Village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fula Um      |      4      | 151  |Large fula, 120 yards by 80, 3    
  Sheikh_       |             |      |feet deep. Good clear water.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rahad Lake_  |      11     | 162  |Lake 3 miles long, ½ mile broad,  
                |             |      |about 3 feet deep—good water.     
                |             |      |Numbers of mosquitoes and sand    
                |             |      |flies. Big village about 2 miles  
                |             |      |from lake.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mao_         |      10     | 172  |Tebeldi trees and well. Road from 
                |             |      |here onwards much obstructed by   
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Ein_      |      19     | 101  |At foot of rocky hill is a well,  
                |             |      |said to be a spring. 60 buckets   
                |             |      |did not empty it. Forest very     
                |             |      |thick and full of deep khors about
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Deigo      |      11     | 202  |2 small fulas of filthy water     
                |             |      |hardly drinkable by horses.       
                |             |      |                                  
  El Obeid      |      9      | 211  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  78.—GEDID TO EL RAHAD _viâ_ AGEILA.                  

                  BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, DECEMBER, 1901.                 


This road is very swampy in the rains.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Gedid_       |      —      |  —   |Two good wells. Many Gimma        
                |             |      |villages near. They are not       
                |             |      |occupied during the rains, as     
                |             |      |there is little cultivation near. 
                |             |      |Good shade. Track over cotton     
                |             |      |soil, thick bush.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Rukba     |      17     |  17  |Some old wells. The tomb of the   
                |             |      |Khalifa’s father is on a hill a   
                |             |      |little to the N. of the road.     
                |             |      |There are a great many tracks     
                |             |      |here. Local guide necessary.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Afgheim_  |      18     |  35  |Pool and one well. Track now leads
                |             |      |over many sandy ridges. Between   
                |             |      |the ridges black cotton soil. Bush
                |             |      |thick in places.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ageila_      |      14     |  49  |Several wells (14) with good      
                |             |      |supply of water. The village of   
                |             |      |Sheikh Yasin Yusef head Sheikh of 
                |             |      |the Gowamas is a mile N. of wells.
                |             |      |Good shade. Water stands here in  
                |             |      |rains and mosquitoes are very bad.
                |             |      |(There is a road from here to     
                |             |      |Sherkeila, 12 miles). There is now
                |             |      |less black soil, and the bush     
                |             |      |becomes less thick.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Ruaba_    |      24     |  73  |A large fula with wells. The      
                |             |      |latter are very bad. Much trouble 
                |             |      |in watering ten camels. Good      
                |             |      |shade. The village is 1½ miles to 
                |             |      |the N.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Track to      |      12     |  85  |[To Shamagatta 12 miles, Taiara 30
  Shamagatta and|             |      |miles].                           
  Taiara        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country becomes undulating, sandy 
                |             |      |ridges, black soil between.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Eilafun_  |      10     |  95  |A small place with one well, but  
                |             |      |little water.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Sereiha    |      1      |  96  |Small village, water from El      
                |             |      |Eilafun. These two villages were  
                |             |      |once large places, now very poor. 
                |             |      |Good track.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Rahad_    |      22     | 118  |Several large villages, much      
                |             |      |cultivation and small suk. Lake   
                |             |      |now full.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |N.B.—Lake was dry in autumn 1902. 
                |             |      |When dry, wells are dug in bed of 
                |             |      |the lake.                         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


              79.—KAKA TO OPPOSITE JEBELEIN, BY LEFT BANK.             

             BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, MARCH TO APRIL, 1903.            

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kaka Meshra   |      —      |  —   |A good landing place at low Nile, 
                |             |      |but impossible at high. Track from
                |             |      |here to opposite Jebel Ahmed Agha 
                |             |      |runs in N.E. direction, and lies  
                |             |      |some way from the river.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Moro_        |      2½     |  2½  |Most northerly Shilluk village,   
                |             |      |part of the Kaka district. Country
                |             |      |round here is bushy, with certain 
                |             |      |number of good trees.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Arab village_|      ¾      |  3¼  |Part of the Kenana tribe, who are 
                |             |      |to be found in considerable       
                |             |      |numbers in the vicinity of        
                |             |      |Fashoda, Fama, Atara, and Kaka.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Adaraba |      1¾     |  5   |On right of track. Site of old    
                |             |      |Shilluk village.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba El Asal |      ¾      |  5¾  |On right of track. There is a very
                |             |      |fair track all along here,        
                |             |      |passable all the year round, but  
                |             |      |crossing a number of shallow khors
                |             |      |which would be a serious obstacle 
                |             |      |in the rains. After passing El    
                |             |      |Asal, the bush gives place to fine
                |             |      |park-like land, situated on high  
                |             |      |sandy ground.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ferik_       |      2¼     |  8   |Sheep ferik of Baggara Selim      
                |             |      |Arabs, only occupied by them      
                |             |      |during dry season. The whole of   
                |             |      |the country from Kaka to Jebelein 
                |             |      |is the Selim country, over which  
                |             |      |they roam from December to May. A 
                |             |      |number of Hemeida and other Arabs 
                |             |      |from Kordofan also come and graze 
                |             |      |their flocks here.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5¼     | 13¼  |Small Shilluk village on what is  
                |             |      |an island in the rains; I was     
                |             |      |unable to find out the name of it,
                |             |      |but the name of the sheikh is     
                |             |      |Angwet.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      |  14  |Track here crosses two khors which
                |             |      |were dry in April. Forest all     
                |             |      |along here on left. Wide river    
                |             |      |foreshore with khors on right.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 16½  |A big khor runs into the river    
                |             |      |from the west—dry in April. Some  
                |             |      |very fine big trees about here,   
                |             |      |some of the timber being          
                |             |      |exceptionally long and straight.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Duara El|      3¾     | 20¼  |Debba on right, high sandy ground 
  Sogheir       |             |      |and fine forest.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Duara El|      2¼     | 22½  |Big khor running alongside of     
  Kebir         |             |      |track on right. It is impossible  
                |             |      |to get to the river anywhere in   
                |             |      |this country, except at one or two
                |             |      |recognised places, without        
                |             |      |struggling over a wide foreshore  
                |             |      |of half-burnt tangled grass. Track
                |      1      | 23½  |crosses a khor.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Berdan  |      6      | 29½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ferik_       |      1¼     | 30¾  |Sheep ferik of Selim Baggara.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba         |      2      | 32¾  |On left of track. Good level      
                |             |      |ground and park-like land;        
                |             |      |excellent going under foot. Owing 
                |             |      |to the track being at a           
                |             |      |considerable distance from the    
                |             |      |river, and the khors not all      
                |             |      |having water in them, it is       
                |             |      |advisable to travel about this    
                |             |      |country with a guide, as certain  
                |             |      |spots are known to the Arabs as   
                |             |      |camping grounds, where generally a
                |             |      |large ardeb tree is to be found   
                |             |      |with water close at hand. First   
                |             |      |sight of the jebel from here.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Berdan  |      2¼     |  35  |Another debba of this name.       
                |             |      |Country bushy.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Debba Aliang_|      3½     | 38½  |Track now runs generally between  
                |             |      |the forest on the left and khor on
                |      6½     |  45  |right. A wide khor all along here 
                |             |      |on the right, then a thick belt of
                |             |      |trees between it and the river.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  47  |The khor here runs into the       
                |             |      |river—a considerable amount of    
                |             |      |water in it for the last 10 miles.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra       |      ⅛      | 47⅛  |An excellent meshra at low Nile,  
  Meteima_      |             |      |and not at all impossible at high.
                |             |      |After having pushed through about 
                |             |      |80 yards of reeds, the high sandy 
                |             |      |bank is reached and access gained 
                |             |      |to the inland track, which is     
                |             |      |excellent all the year round.     
                |             |      |Jebel Ahmed Agha opposite. River  
                |             |      |about 1,000 yards wide here.      
                |             |      |Following the ordinary track this 
                |             |      |is the first time that the river  
                |             |      |water can be obtained after       
                |             |      |leaving Kaka. Selim Baggara ferik 
                |             |      |about ½ mile inland here in bush. 
                |             |      |Track from here northwards runs   
                |             |      |through a fine forest for about 6 
                |             |      |miles, when it debouches on to    
                |             |      |wide river foreshore.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ferik_       |      6⅜     | 53½  |Sheep ferik of Selim Arabs in     
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Nagor    |      2¼     | 55¾  |A khor is crossed here which is an
                |             |      |obstacle to any transport except  
                |             |      |carriers all the year round,      
                |             |      |having a water channel of about 8 
                |             |      |feet, and a depth of 5 feet,      
                |             |      |choked with grass. This khor bends
                |             |      |round northwards and joins the    
                |             |      |river just S. of Meshra Alwat     
                |             |      |(right bank) (which is a name     
                |             |      |however but little known to the   
                |             |      |Arabs, who generally speak of it  
                |             |      |as the “Balad Selim Bangan”). The 
                |             |      |track follows this khor inland, as
                |             |      |the “island,” or ground between it
                |             |      |and the river, though dry in the  
                |             |      |dry season, is exceedingly bad    
                |             |      |going for animals and men, owing  
                |             |      |to cracks and rank grass.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ferik_       |      6½     | 62¼  |Track strikes the khor again. A   
                |             |      |small ferik under a well-known    
                |             |      |Selim Arab, Yasin, a little grey- 
                |             |      |headed man.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Tebeldia|      1½     | 63¾  |Track crosses the khor here. This 
                |             |      |country being practically         
                |             |      |uninhabited—and full of game—is a 
                |             |      |haunt of lions. I saw three when  
                |             |      |marching along the track all      
                |             |      |within 100 yards of each other.   
                |             |      |The Jackson’s Hartebeeste is to be
                |             |      |obtained here also. Track now runs
                |             |      |on left side of khor; thick forest
                |             |      |all round.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Nabagaia|      4¾     | 68½  |High open debba left; this is the 
                |             |      |Nabagaia district. Country now    
                |             |      |changes generally to bush, with,  
                |             |      |as a rule, a belt of trees        
                |             |      |somewhere between the track and   
                |      5      | 73½  |the river.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Minadak_     |      1½     |  75  |A fair meshra; opposite Alwat.    
                |             |      |Selim ferik about ¾ mile inland in
                |             |      |bush. Just inland of the bush     
                |             |      |there extends a vast plain covered
                |             |      |with thorn, scrub, and grass, and 
                |             |      |abounding with game.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba Megabr  |      7½     | 82½  |Left, and a Selim ferik just S. of
                |             |      |it.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ferik_       |      3      | 85½  |Another Selim ferik; wide khor on 
                |             |      |right of track.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 86½  |Khor close to track; big ardeb    
                |             |      |tree, and mid-day camp.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 87½  |A branch of the river is visible  
                |             |      |about 300 yards off on right.     
                |             |      |Track is now alternately sandy and
                |             |      |good and cracked and very bad; the
                |             |      |latter state owing to the number  
                |             |      |of shallow khors the track passes 
                |             |      |over. Country bushy.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ardeb Aliga_ |      12     | 99½  |Near river bank. Good camping     
                |             |      |ground, as there is little shade  
                |             |      |to be got, except under these (to 
                |             |      |the Arabs) well-known ardeb trees.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ardeb        |      2¾     | 102¼ |Another big ardeb tree. Shortly   
  Matemenat_    |             |      |after this the track descends on  
                |             |      |to the foreshore and continues    
                |             |      |thus to opposite Renk, where there
                |             |      |is a fair meshra in the dry season
  _Renk_        |      3¾     | 106  |only.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hasoia_      |      4¾     | 110¾ |Arab encampments. Island of Hasoia
                |             |      |here also. The track winds        
                |             |      |monotonously through interminable 
                |             |      |kittr bush, generally within reach
                |             |      |of the river. Selim feriks thick  
                |             |      |for the next 17 miles; but as they
                |             |      |are only temporary, and change    
                |             |      |every year, it is not worth while 
                |             |      |marking them all down.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Debba El Tor  |     23¼     | 134  |On left of track.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Ashrin     |      2½     | 136½ |Bush very thick here. Island of   
                |             |      |Waka (Bulli) stated to be opposite
                |             |      |here. (This was the name given by 
                |             |      |the Arabs on this occasion, and   
                |             |      |probably differs from any other   
                |             |      |known name.)                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Meshra_      |      4½     | 141  |Meshra used by the Arabs during   
                |             |      |the dry season.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Ardeb_    |      22     | 163  |Meshra, and Selim encampments,    
                |             |      |opposite Jebelein, bearings of the
                |             |      |two chief peaks of which 114° and 
                |             |      |70° respectively. This is the     
                |             |      |chief meshra of the Selim people, 
                |             |      |as it leads to their villages,    
                |             |      |which are about 15 miles inland   
                |             |      |opposite Jebelein.                
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—The information _re_ the track from Renk to the Jebelein is
from a Report by El M. A. Said Eff. Nur El Din, Police Officer, Renk.


                    80.—OMDURMAN TO EL SAFIA WELLS.                    

       BY MAJOR N. M. SMYTH BEY, V.C., QUEEN’S BAYS, NOVEMBER AND      
                           DECEMBER, 1901.


Most of country between Omdurman and El Safia is so barren that the
grazing grounds are very limited in area, and the population is so
sparse that beaten tracks are only to be found in the vicinity of
the watering places.

Most of the country is scattered with low samr bush, which, not
being in leaf owing to the scarcity of rain this year, affords little
shade. Dead trees afford an abundant supply of fuel. Many wells get
partly filled up with drift sand, or with mud brought down by the
infiltration of water, which may be quickly cleaned out. The supply
at all wells is dependent on the amount of rainfall.

N.B.—As there are no well-defined tracks, and the distances have been
measured off the map, they are probably all too short.—H. H. S. M.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Omdurman      |      —      |  —   |Leaving the town the route bears a
                |             |      |little S. of W. over hard sandy   
                |             |      |soil. A little low scattered bush.
                |             |      |Jebel Duieim Serob (?) is left to 
                |             |      |the S. Sand hills are met. Some   
                |             |      |samr bush.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Hei        |      27     |  27  |Old wells.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Teital_   |      7      |  34  |Twenty wells in red clay, all dry.
                |             |      |Water is found after ordinary     
                |             |      |rainfall at 15 feet, but often    
                |             |      |fails about February. Shobil      
                |             |      |wells, 30, all dry, are 3 miles to
                |             |      |the N., and Abd El Mokeit, 20     
                |             |      |wells, where water drains in      
                |             |      |slowly at 12 feet through red     
                |             |      |clay, are 6 miles to the N.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country here belongs to the   
                |             |      |Walad Ogba section of the         
                |             |      |Kababish, who have much           
                |             |      |cultivation in the neighbourhood. 
                |             |      |Abd El Mokeit wells water 500     
                |             |      |sheep daily.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route bears due W. over       
                |             |      |undulating country.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Melh El Maagil|     21½     | 55½  |A pool in Khor Mogaddam, 100 yards
                |             |      |by 10 yards, lasts till January. A
                |             |      |mile W. several similar pools     
                |             |      |exist after good rainfall. There  
                |             |      |are some salt licks a mile to the 
                |             |      |S.E.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is now some track in the    
                |             |      |wadi bearing S.W. Sayal bush.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bag Bag_     |      12     | 67½  |Pool in wadi, dry in November. The
                |             |      |old wells fallen in. N. of them   
                |             |      |are two groups of 15 open wells,  
                |             |      |half a mile apart, in the bed of  
                |             |      |the wadi. Copious water at 15     
                |             |      |feet.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The route now bears nearly N.W.   
                |             |      |over undulating country, little   
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Habisa_      |      24     | 91½  |Id El Kebir, 50 wells of good     
                |             |      |water 15 feet deep. The other     
                |             |      |wells here are—El Khirwa, 20      
                |             |      |wells, 15 feet deep, good water,  
                |             |      |and Neimura, 40 wells, depth 25   
                |             |      |feet, all dry November, 1901.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id El Gurud_ |      5      | 96½  |Due W. and higher up the khor is a
                |             |      |group of 3 wells, dry. One mile W.
                |             |      |a group of 15 wells in bed of a   
                |             |      |sandy wadi; at a depth of 15 feet 
                |             |      |copious water. This water is said 
                |             |      |to have been first discovered by  
                |             |      |Arabs finding water holes         
                |             |      |scratched in the sand after rain  
                |             |      |by the apes that exist in the     
                |             |      |neighbourhood.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is now a slight track which 
                |             |      |bears W.N.W. as far as J. Khashm  
                |             |      |El Kelb, which is left to the N., 
                |             |      |and then bears W. and W.S.W. over 
                |             |      |broken ground.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Derota_      |     40½     | 137  |Thirty wells, all dry except one. 
                |             |      |Eight feet deep on rock, bed kept 
                |             |      |open by foxes burrowing in the    
                |             |      |sand.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Three miles to the W. the Haraza- 
                |             |      |Dongola road is in the Wadi Bitit.
                |             |      |The country is undulating and in  
                |             |      |places stony, and several wadis   
                |             |      |are crossed; general direction W. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Safia (Um |      35     | 172  |Um Geiti wells. The wells are     
  Geiti)_       |             |      |situated on the E. side of a plain
                |             |      |which is surrounded by hills. The 
                |             |      |wells are: (1) Um Geiti, depth 13 
                |             |      |feet, good water, considered      
                |             |      |inexhaustible. Two hundred more   
                |             |      |have fallen in. Five hundred      
                |             |      |camels and oxen are watered daily.
                |             |      |In the driest season thousands of 
                |             |      |cattle are watered here. (2) Id El
                |             |      |Serajab, 30 wells, not in use, but
                |             |      |only need clearing out to afford a
                |             |      |water supply.                     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      81.—DEBBA TO EL OBEID, _viâ_ WABRI, ELAI, SAFIA AND KAGMAR.      

                   BY MR. JAMES CURRIE, APRIL, 1903.                   


The route from Debba to El Obeid is little used, even during the kharif
when water is comparatively plentiful. At that season a few merchants
carry dates to El Obeid, perhaps carrying back gum in exchange. The
portion of the route from Debba to Safia is subject to variations
according to the whim of the guide employed, as well as the season of
the year. Some prefer the route Um Belila—El Amri—Hobagi—Haraza
without going to Safia, whilst others during the dry season travel
_viâ_ Wabri, Inderab, Gumr, Gambar, Habisa, Bagbag, and Kagmar.

The track described below was plainly marked throughout, but, owing to
scarcity of water, would be difficult, at any rate during the driest
season, for a party of over twenty-five camels. Shade and firewood
are plentiful throughout.

In the following report the only places where there was any water on
the road are mentioned.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Debba         |      —      |  —   |Left Debba at 6 p.m.; country     
                |             |      |desert with a good deal of mimosa;
  Bir Kufra (1) |      11     |  11  |went about 11 miles and stopped at
                |             |      |Bir Kufra, no water but guides    
                |             |      |stated it existed not far from    
                |             |      |surface.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Bir Kufra (2) |      10     |  21  |Continued due S. at 6 a.m.; mimosa
                |             |      |ceased, softish sand and sand     
                |             |      |hills, stopped at 10 a.m., at     
                |             |      |another old well, Bir Kufra (2),  
                |             |      |but guides state water non-       
                |             |      |existent at any depth. Resumed at 
                |             |      |4 p.m. and entered big khor       
                |             |      |running N., Bir Gelud Abid. Many  
                |             |      |trees and dry grass. Off at 6 a.m.
                |             |      |Entered Khor Magakha and went on  
                |             |      |for 4 hours; arrived at Bir Abu   
                |             |      |Sayal, three old water holes, no  
                |             |      |water (April, 1903), stopped there
                |             |      |at 10 a.m.; resumed at 4 p.m.,    
                |             |      |passing on E. of path Bir Gelud,  
                |             |      |another old empty water hole. J.  
                |             |      |Abu Heglig here appears on E. of  
                |             |      |path. Stopped at 8.30 p.m. Off at 
                |             |      |4.30 a.m.; arrived at Wabri 9.30  
  _Wabri_       |      53     |  74  |a.m. Country for 4 or 5 miles     
                |             |      |before Wabri very stony and       
                |             |      |barren; three-stone-lined wells   
                |             |      |and abundance of water and        
                |             |      |grazing. A certain number of      
                |             |      |Hawawir Arabs watering their      
                |             |      |flocks, and a few camels.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Kernak_  |      13     |  87  |Off at 5.10 a.m. for Bir Kernak.  
                |             |      |This well is a bit E. of direct   
                |             |      |road to Elai. Arrived at 10.10    
                |             |      |a.m. Two stone-lined wells about  
                |             |      |12 feet deep with abundance of    
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hassanai_    |      10     |  97  |Off at 4.30 p.m. in a south-      
                |             |      |westerly direction; rode for 3½   
                |             |      |hours up Wadi Kernak and arrived  
                |             |      |at Hassanai, where there are a few
                |             |      |Arab families. There is a hofra   
                |             |      |here, where a little water is to  
                |             |      |be found, but all camels are      
                |             |      |watered at Elai or Kernak.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Elai_        |      13     | 110  |Left Hassanai 5.30 a.m. and rode  
                |             |      |up Wadi Hassanai, crossed over    
                |             |      |rocky pass and arrived at Elai at 
                |             |      |10.10 a.m. Two stone-lined wells  
                |             |      |(several disused ones) about 12   
                |             |      |feet deep, but contain little     
                |             |      |water and take 5 hours to fill,   
                |             |      |about 4 feet in diameter, and want
                |             |      |cleaning out very badly.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Stayed at Elai during morning. A  
                |             |      |long business watering my camels. 
                |             |      |Left at 2.30 p.m. for Safia, went 
                |             |      |on till 7 p.m. Three small hills  
                |             |      |to E. of track chief land-mark.   
                |             |      |Gazelle here very numerous.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Hobagi   |      —      |  —   |Off at 2.30 a.m., halted at 8.30  
                |             |      |a.m. W. of J. Mutmir. Went on 4   
                |             |      |hours in evening due S. Off at    
                |             |      |5.30 a.m., entered Khor Hobagi    
                |             |      |about 7 a.m. through a very rough 
                |             |      |agaba. About 9 a.m. passed a hofra
                |             |      |which contains water during rains.
                |             |      |This is the so-called well of     
                |             |      |Hobagi; halted 10.15 a.m.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country very much dried up and    
                |             |      |very little grazing. Went on in   
                |             |      |afternoon from 3 p.m. till 8.30   
                |             |      |p.m.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Safia_       |      85     | 195  |Off at 2 a.m.; reached Safia at 12
                |             |      |noon. Abundant supply of water    
                |             |      |from many wells. Numerous ril or  
                |             |      |addra gazelle, also tracks of wild
                |             |      |sheep. Country rocky, much shut in
                |             |      |and heat excessive. Much the      
                |             |      |hardest part of journey.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Stayed at Safia all day, 30 to 40 
                |             |      |wells, but not a great deal of    
                |             |      |water in each. Water about 20 feet
                |             |      |from surface. Many Kababish Arabs 
                |             |      |and a considerable number of      
                |             |      |camels, cattle and sheep; gazelle 
                |             |      |very numerous.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Off at 5.30 p.m. for Kagmar,      
                |             |      |_viâ_, Haraza hills, where I was  
                |             |      |told there was water; went S.E.   
                |             |      |and stopped for night at 7.30 p.m.
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Haraza     |      —      |  —   |Off at 4.30 a.m. and arrived at J.
                |             |      |Haraza at 8.30 a.m. Road very bad.
                |             |      |To get to these hills one         
                |             |      |digresses some 15 miles from      
                |             |      |direct road to Kagmar, and strikes
                |             |      |the range of hills about the      
                |             |      |middle. There are two wells, but  
                |             |      |one, Bir Shungul, is high up among
                |             |      |the hills and is reached by a very
  _Bir Sani_    |      —      |  —   |rough track. The second is Bir    
                |             |      |Sani, 150 feet deep. I think the  
                |             |      |digression to these wells was a   
                |             |      |mistake, and would recommend the  
                |             |      |direct road.[29]                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |This range of hills is inhabited  
                |             |      |by Nubas, of whom there are said  
                |             |      |to be some 250. There is certain  
                |             |      |amount of cultivation.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Travelled 5.7 in the evening.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Travelled towards Kagmar all day, 
                |             |      |passing J. Hadid on W. of path,   
                |             |      |and towards evening catching sight
                |             |      |of J. Atshan on the E.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kagmar_      |      81     | 276  |Arrived at Kagmar in the evening, 
                |             |      |having passed on E. of track J.   
                |             |      |Atshan and J. Royan.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water plentiful from here to El   
                |             |      |Obeid, _vide_ Routes 71 and 83.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bara_        |      48     | 324  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Obeid_    |      38     | 362  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 82.—SHEGEIG TO EL SHOWA, _viâ_ KAGMAR.                

                  BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, NOVEMBER, 1902.                 


This route is at present but little used, though there is
a well-defined track throughout. It forms part of the old road to
Darfur and is now used by merchants going to Nahud. From El Showa
they go to Um Shidera, and thence, having watered their camels,
to Shallota and Nahud.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Shegeig_     |      —      |  —   |Leaving Zerga wells (where there  
                |             |      |is a large fula in the rains), the
                |             |      |track is at first hard to pick up 
                |             |      |owing to the numerous cattle      
                |             |      |tracks about. Going nearly due W.,
                |             |      |Fula Naima is first seen and then 
                |             |      |Fula Bereinku, 5 miles from Zerga 
                |             |      |wells. The track then goes along a
                |             |      |level ridge to the northern       
                |             |      |shoulder of J. Derish. Good going,
                |             |      |plenty of shade and grazing.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Um Sunta |      31     |  31  |A small pool on the N. side of the
                |             |      |road. Crossing the ridge, the     
                |             |      |ground becomes gravelly and in    
                |             |      |places stony, for next 6 miles.   
                |             |      |Kittr bush and a few meika trees  
                |             |      |then appear and shade becomes     
                |             |      |rare. The road crosses Wadi El    
                |             |      |Kigeira and Wadi El Luggud, both  
                |             |      |of which are swampy in the rains; 
                |             |      |several salt workings are passed. 
                |             |      |                                  
  F. Shershar   |      20     |  51  |A small pool. Sayal bush now      
                |             |      |commences and is thick in places  
                |             |      |to near Um Sayala, when the track 
                |             |      |becomes difficult to follow.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sayala_   |      7½     | 58½  |A small Jaalin village with one   
                |             |      |excellent well ½ mile S. Good     
                |             |      |shade near village. Leaving the   
                |             |      |village there are two tracks, one 
                |             |      |to Um Heimeira, one to Id Sabil.  
                |             |      |The latter is the shorter.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Id Sabil_    |      8      | 66½  |An excellent well 120 feet deep,  
                |             |      |belonging to Sheikh Abd El Nebi   
                |             |      |Masud, a Baghdadi. Two hundred    
                |             |      |yards N. of the well is a clump of
                |             |      |dom palms which form a good land  
                |             |      |mark.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The whole way to Kajmar from here 
                |             |      |there is little or no shade. The  
                |             |      |soil is red sand with plenty of   
                |             |      |grass and marakh bush.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Old Um Sayala |      5      | 71½  |Now in ruins. From here there is a
                |             |      |track going S.W. to J. Maganus.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fadlia_      |      6½     |  78  |A small Walad Dagoi village, one  
                |             |      |good well. From here there are    
                |             |      |roads to Abu Tabr and J. Maganus. 
                |             |      |Leaving the well, there is at     
                |             |      |first no track, but J. Atmur is   
                |             |      |seen in front.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Atmur      |      6      |  84  |A small quartz rock with fula and 
                |             |      |good shade on the S. side. Good   
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Guerfa_   |      15     |  99  |A large village with two excellent
  (Hella El     |             |      |wells, 95 feet deep, at which     
  Sheikh)       |             |      |several hundred sheep and goats   
                |             |      |water daily; there are several    
                |             |      |small hellas near. Leaving the    
                |             |      |main hella, a good well is passed 
                |             |      |1 mile on, and another 2 miles    
                |             |      |beyond.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Harais Well_ |      5½     | 104½ |A good well belonging to the      
                |             |      |Zaghawa village 1 mile N. of road.
                |             |      |From here J. Gahania is seen due  
                |             |      |W. The direct road crosses the col
                |             |      |between the two most northerly    
                |             |      |hills.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gahania_     |      8½     | 113  |A Zaghawa village on the N. side  
                |             |      |of jebel. The wells (one sweet,   
                |             |      |remainder salt) are 1 mile S. of  
                |             |      |the jebel. Thence to J. Kagmar    
                |             |      |there are many heglig trees, but  
                |             |      |all grass is eaten down soon after
                |             |      |the rains by the large herds      
                |             |      |watered.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kagmar_      |      6      | 119  |A Zaghawa village. The wells are  
                |             |      |on the S. side of the jebel at the
                |             |      |bottom of Wadi El Sigai. Plenty of
                |             |      |good shade and grazing in the     
                |             |      |wadi. Leaving the wells, the track
                |             |      |goes over a bare plain for 4      
                |             |      |miles. The country then becomes   
                |             |      |undulating for 5 miles. Steep soft
                |             |      |sandy hills. Marakh on the hills, 
                |             |      |sayal in the bottoms. Bad going.  
                |             |      |The remainder of the road to      
                |             |      |Shershar is over nearly level     
                |             |      |country. Bush thick in places.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shershar     |      16     | 135  |The wells, 40 feet deep, are      
  Wells_        |             |      |excellent, with good shade and    
                |             |      |grazing. The villages are to the  
                |             |      |W. Leaving the wells, the road    
                |             |      |passes three villages and many    
                |             |      |salt wells, and then trends S.W.  
                |             |      |through slightly undulating       
                |             |      |country, little shade, heavy      
                |             |      |going.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Hashim    |      10     | 145  |Two small Ferharana villages with 
  Bakhit_       |             |      |two wells 130 feet deep. Much     
                |             |      |cultivation. Passing a hella      
                |             |      |called Rubshan, much sayal bush is
                |             |      |seen.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Medina_  |      6      | 151  |A large village, Sheikh Mohammed  
                |             |      |Wad Medina, four good wells and   
                |             |      |much cultivation.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Hashim    |      7      | 158  |Good track, over level country. At
  Simaui_       |             |      |this village there is a good well.
                |             |      |Sheikh Timsa Simaui, a Hababin    
                |             |      |Arab. The track continues in a    
                |             |      |south-westerly direction to       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Showa_    |     10½     | 168½ |Two villages with a very good     
                |             |      |well. From there there are roads, 
                |             |      |W. to El Gleit or Um Shidera and  
                |             |      |S. to El Obeid. The bush in the   
                |             |      |vicinity consists of marakh and   
                |             |      |sayal. Plenty of grazing.         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          83.—BARA TO KAGMAR.                          

  BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, MARCH, 1900; WITH ADDITIONS IN DECEMBER, 1903.  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Bara          |      —      |  —   |Road at first through much ushur  
                |             |      |bush N. by E. Slightly undulating 
                |             |      |country; good track.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Hadid_    |      15     |  15  |One good well, 60 feet, and small 
                |             |      |Faharana village. Track crosses   
                |             |      |several ridges until a large well-
                |             |      |defined one is crossed called El  
                |             |      |Khran, then along the base. Marakh
                |             |      |and nabbag bush; little shade.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Homra_    |      23     |  38  |Small jebel; on S.W. side there is
                |             |      |a small Dar Hamid village, and two
                |             |      |wells 10 feet deep; good water.   
                |             |      |Track passes E. of jebel. Open    
                |             |      |country; little shade.            
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Filleiha   |      6      |  44  |Low rock jebel, sand much piled up
                |             |      |on N. side. On S. side, a Dar     
                |             |      |Hamid village and well 10 feet    
                |             |      |deep. Many old wells. Dom palms   
                |             |      |and castor oil plants. Good shade.
                |             |      |Track passes to E. of jebel in    
                |             |      |Wadi El Sigai, between low ridges.
                |             |      |J. Kagmar seen in front; good     
                |             |      |track. Some shade and good        
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kagmar_      |      7½     | 51½  |Small Zaghawa village. Many wells 
                |             |      |10 to 20 feet deep; water         
                |             |      |practically unlimited. Many       
                |             |      |Kababish camps near, and hundreds 
                |             |      |of camels water daily. Good       
                |             |      |grazing in the wadi, none         
                |             |      |elsewhere. Onions procurable from 
                |             |      |garden near wells. Much           
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  84.—EL OBEID TO FOGA, _viâ_ MASRUB.                  

                  BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, OCTOBER, 1900.                  

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Obeid         |      —      |  —   |The road leaves the town in a     
                |             |      |north-westerly direction over     
                |             |      |sandy ground. On reaching the high
                |             |      |ground, J. Meitan and J. Abu Sinun
                |             |      |are seen in line. Track good, bush
                |             |      |not very thick. A few bad places  
                |             |      |in the rains.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road leads to the S. end of   
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Abu Sinun  |      22     |  22  |J. Abu Sinun. Here there are two  
                |             |      |fulas, both about 100 yards by 50 
                |             |      |yards, but shallow and will soon  
                |             |      |be dry. There is a deep crack on  
                |             |      |the S. side of the jebel in a     
                |             |      |rock, known to the arabs, which   
                |             |      |now contains a good deal of water,
                |             |      |buckets and ropes are required.   
                |             |      |There is now no track. Thick bush.
                |             |      |J. Um Shidera can be seen to the  
                |             |      |N.W. from the high ground S. of   
                |             |      |the jebel.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Shiheita|     15½     | 37½  |A small Baza hella; no well. There
                |             |      |is now a good track.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Ushut   |      3      | 40½  |A small Nimr hella; no wells;     
                |             |      |track good.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Shidera_  |     10½     |  51  |The wells are in a hollow S.W. of 
                |             |      |the jebel, eight good wells open, 
                |             |      |30 feet deep, plenty of water,    
                |             |      |many old wells. The hella is ¾    
                |             |      |mile N.W. People belong to Dar    
                |             |      |Hamid. The track now turns nearly 
                |             |      |N.N.W.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gleit      |     13½     | 64½  |A small hella, Dar Hamid. The     
                |             |      |wells are in a hollow ¾ mile N.,  
                |             |      |at the base of the jebel. Ten     
                |             |      |wells open, 25 feet deep; good    
                |             |      |water, but not very plentiful;    
                |             |      |many old ones about. There is a   
                |             |      |road from here to El Sheg. The    
                |             |      |track now goes N. and N. by W. for
                |             |      |11 miles, and then W. over hard   
                |             |      |red sand.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Masrub        |      15     | 79½  |A small hella, Dar Hamid, just    
                |             |      |built.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masrub Wells_|      4½     |  84  |The track goes N. to the wells;   
                |             |      |two good wells, 5 feet in         
                |             |      |diameter, 30 feet deep; eight old 
                |             |      |ones near.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is now no track. March N.W. 
                |             |      |for 6 miles, and then W. through  
                |             |      |level country, with little bush   
                |             |      |over red sandy soil. At the 14th  
                |             |      |mile a ridge (running N. and S.)  
                |             |      |50 or 60 feet high is ascended.   
                |             |      |There is now a good track (J. Um  
                |             |      |Hashas is N.N.E.) over undulating 
                |             |      |ground. Two miles beyond the ridge
                |             |      |the road turns S.W.               
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Idris      |      35     | 119  |A hill 100 feet high; 1½ miles    
                |             |      |from N. to S., the track goes over
                |             |      |the col between two peaks.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bur Islam_   |     15½     | 134½ |Eight fulas 20 to 30 yards in     
                |             |      |diameter, and 4 or 5 feet deep;   
                |             |      |water reported to last three      
                |             |      |months, then wells are dug a few  
                |             |      |feet deep, but water never lasts  
                |             |      |until the rains. Several Hamar    
                |             |      |hellas near. Bur Islam is a low   
                |             |      |lying place, swampy in the rains. 
                |             |      |“Bur” means uncultivated.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is no track, the direction  
                |             |      |is nearly W. and W.S.W., through  
                |             |      |bush for 31 miles, when a good    
                |             |      |track is struck.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sayala_   |      35     | 169½ |A small Hamar village; no well;   
                |             |      |tebeldi trees. People get water   
                |             |      |from near J. Bishara Taib. Good   
                |             |      |track N.W., past a fula now nearly
                |             |      |dry, 100 yards by 80 yards. There 
                |             |      |are many old wells.               
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Bishara    |      4      | 173½ |The track goes over a col, N. of  
  Taib          |             |      |the highest peak, through some old
                |             |      |stone walls, said to have been    
                |             |      |Fung fortifications. Good track.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Ibrahim |      1½     | 175  |Small Hamar hella, water from     
                |             |      |Foga. Good track.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Foga_        |      1½     | 176½ |Foga wells; these wells consist   
                |             |      |really of a series of fulas, 30 to
                |             |      |40 feet in diameter; there are    
                |             |      |over 30 in a depression. When the 
                |             |      |water gives out the people dig    
                |             |      |wells in the bottom, and these    
                |             |      |supply water for the rest of the  
                |             |      |year.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The only ruins of the old town I  
                |             |      |could find, were two small houses 
                |             |      |said to have been the telegraph   
                |             |      |office and magazine. The old      
                |             |      |telegraph line cannot be traced.  
                |             |      |Vide R.’s 85 and 87.              
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

N.B.—The whole of this road is said to be passable to camels in
the rains, but there would probably be a good deal of difficulty 8
miles from El Obeid, near Abu Sinun, and near Bur Islam.


    85.—EL OBEID TO FOGA _viâ_ UM SHEMMA, GLEIT, MASRUB AND GURADI.    

      BY CAPTAIN B. C. CARTER, LANCASHIRE FUSILIERS, MARCH, 1902.      


This route is longer than Route 84, but there is more water.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |The track is difficult to pick up 
                |             |      |in leaving El Obeid, but fairly   
                |             |      |good afterwards. Country slightly 
                |             |      |rolling and open. Soil light sand,
                |             |      |and good going. Grazing good.     
  _Um Shemma_   |      32     |  32  |Fairly grassed. At Um Shemma three
                |             |      |wells, broken; 100 to 120 feet    
                |             |      |deep. Seem to water a good many   
                |             |      |cattle. Wells 3 miles beyond      
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Sheg or   |      19     |  51  |No track at first over rolling    
  Gebir_        |             |      |country, fairly open. Marakh      
                |             |      |bushes and talh. Seven miles from 
                |             |      |wells, a broad track is cut       
                |             |      |running to El Sheg or Gebir. Two  
                |             |      |or three scattered villages with  
                |             |      |cultivation. Good water supply    
                |             |      |from the wells 160 feet deep. Seem
                |             |      |to water a lot of goats and sheep.
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Gleit_    |      17     |  68  |I believe there is a good track   
                |             |      |all the way to El Gleit[30], but  
                |             |      |my guide lost his way. Country    
                |             |      |dips down and becomes rather close
                |             |      |thornbush to within about 6 miles 
                |             |      |of El Gleit, when it opens again. 
                |             |      |Scattered villages and            
                |             |      |cultivation. Many wells in a khor,
                |             |      |some salt. Water supply permanent 
                |             |      |but scanty; should water twenty   
                |             |      |camels. Good view of surrounding  
                |             |      |country from the jebel which seems
                |             |      |to be called Angag or Gleit.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masrub Wells_|      18     |  86  |Broad track to Masrub through open
                |             |      |country, little grass, talh,      
                |             |      |hashab and heglig; two small      
                |             |      |villages. Wells in khor, three in 
                |             |      |number, 11 feet. Water supply     
                |             |      |scanty. It took 3 hours to water  
                |             |      |nine camels. No grazing this year.
                |             |      |From here there is no water till  
                |             |      |Guradi.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Guradi or Abu|      47     | 133  |No track. First point is J. Um Has
  Agaga_        |             |      |Has. Rolling open country. A lot  
                |             |      |of heglig trees near the jebel. J.
                |             |      |Katul and Kaja visible all the    
                |             |      |way. Passing Wadi Melowa the      
                |             |      |country rises gently. Two paths   
                |             |      |are crossed. The first comes from 
                |             |      |J. Subari where the people get    
                |             |      |salt. The second goes from Katul  
                |             |      |to Nahud. No water save in tebeldi
                |             |      |trees from _Um Has Has_, J.       
                |             |      |Selatia. From this ridge the two  
                |             |      |small jebels of Guradi, behind    
                |             |      |which lie the wells are visible.  
                |             |      |Below the ridge is a shallow      
                |             |      |depression about 2 miles across   
                |             |      |which becomes a fula in the rains 
                |             |      |and should hold a lot of water.   
                |             |      |Country all much the same open and
                |             |      |rolling in parts. Light sandy     
                |             |      |soil. About a dozen wells lie     
                |             |      |close together 20 feet deep. Water
                |             |      |comes slowly. Might water a       
                |             |      |company of Camel Corps if wells   
                |             |      |were seized over night, but       
                |             |      |ordinarily not more than 15 or 20 
                |             |      |camels. Grazing poor. Tracks lead 
                |             |      |to Kaja and Hofra. Latter village 
                |             |      |has no water. Bir Soderi water    
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Foga_        |      70     | 203  |From Guradi to Foga no water.     
                |             |      |Country rolling open steppe. Very 
                |             |      |heavy going for about 8 miles     
                |             |      |before reaching track between     
                |             |      |Hofra and Foga. This line is      
                |             |      |evidently shorter and better than 
                |             |      |the old road. No track at first   
                |             |      |but steering easy as J. Nagut is  
                |             |      |always visible. Track when reached
                |             |      |is broad and well worn. From J.   
                |             |      |Sheikh El Rifa going becomes much 
                |             |      |easier, nearly all shok is avoided
                |             |      |by this route. At Foga many wells,
                |             |      |but water scarce after January.   
                |             |      |_Vide_ R.’s 84 and 87.            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         86.—ABU AGAGA TO BARA.                        

               BY CAPTAIN J. R. O’CONNELL, JANUARY, 1902.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Abu Agaga     |      —      |  —   |Marching due E., after 6 miles,   
                |             |      |pass J. Selatia. No track, bare   
                |             |      |plain; then march a little E. of  
                |             |      |S. on J. Um Has Has.              
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Um Has Has |      27     |  27  |After passing the jebel, turn due 
                |             |      |S. through thick bush.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masrub_      |      14     |  41  |A small village. Two wells, 20    
                |             |      |feet deep, good water. Ten and a  
                |             |      |half hours from Abu Agaga. Leaving
                |             |      |Masrub and marching due E., after 
                |             |      |15 miles, one passes south of     
                |             |      |Jebel Muaiga to                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Megeinis      |      24     |  65  |Megeinis, a village. No water,    
                |             |      |people use melons instead. About  
                |             |      |1½ miles north of the village are 
                |             |      |two small hills. Five and a half  
                |             |      |hours from Masrub; no track.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving a track leads due E.      
                |             |      |through thick bush.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Daioka_   |      15     |  80  |A village of Arafia Arabs. Wells 1
                |             |      |mile N. of village called Lowai;  
                |             |      |100 feet deep, plenty of water,   
                |             |      |but not good. Three and a half    
                |             |      |hours from Megeinis. Track now    
                |             |      |goes N.E.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rubshan_     |      9      |  89  |Village. Water good. Track turns  
                |             |      |S.E. through thick bush.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Marra_       |      8      |  97  |Village of Arafia Arabs. Shiekh,  
                |             |      |Ahmed Omar. Water not good. Track 
                |             |      |goes N.E.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khar Tauil_  |      11     | 108  |Good water in plenty near surface:
                |             |      |gardens, old fig and lime trees; a
                |             |      |few vines. A few Danagla live     
                |             |      |here. Six and a half hours from Um
                |             |      |Daioka.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bara_        |      10     | 118  |A broad track goes due E. over    
                |             |      |high ridges of red sand to Bara.  
                |             |      |No trees. Two and a half hours    
                |             |      |from Khor Tauil.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                     87.—FOGA TO KAJA (BIR SODERI).                    

           BY COLONEL B. MAHON, C.B., D.S.O., DECEMBER, 1901.          

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Foga          |      —      |  —   |There are no people actually      
                |             |      |living on the site of the old     
                |             |      |Mamuria, but there are several    
                |             |      |Hamar hellas close by. Foga is a  
                |             |      |good military position as there   
                |             |      |are several small sand hills which
                |             |      |command the surrounding country,  
                |             |      |which used to be open, but is now 
                |             |      |more or less covered with bush of 
                |             |      |recent growth. There are the      
                |             |      |remains of hundreds of old wells  
                |             |      |which can be opened with a little 
                |             |      |labour, and water got at from 50  
                |             |      |feet to 90 feet. People say that  
                |             |      |in the old days water was obtained
                |             |      |close to the surface, but that is 
                |             |      |not so now; I fancy it was rain-  
                |             |      |water. In the dry weather the     
                |             |      |people from Kaja Serrug (14 miles)
                |             |      |get water from Foga. The old road 
                |             |      |between Foga and Kaja is quite    
                |             |      |“dead,” but there is a good road  
                |             |      |between Kaja Serrug and Kaja.     
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Abu Dugeia |      16     |  16  |From Foga you travel N.N.E. about 
                |             |      |16 miles with no track until you  
                |             |      |strike the road from Kaja Serrug, 
                |             |      |near J. Abu Dugeia. This is all   
                |             |      |through undulating sandy country  
                |             |      |covered with bush; very good      
                |             |      |grazing ground for camels.        
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Esmein     |      4      |  20  |A small rocky hill on right of    
                |             |      |track, after this road dips into  
                |             |      |valley; soil clay, ground flat,   
                |             |      |thick bush.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  28  |Small rocky range of hills on left
                |             |      |of road runs parallel with it for 
                |             |      |2 miles; country fairly open and  
                |             |      |undulating.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Neilut Um|      5      |  33  |After this, country becomes more  
  Kasus         |             |      |open and intersected with small   
                |             |      |khors which are thickly wooded;   
                |             |      |ground sandy and a good lot of    
                |             |      |stones and rock.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gelti    |      11     |  44  |Rather broken ground; road good,  
                |             |      |thick bush; direction changes here
                |             |      |E.N.E.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Gelti_    |      4      |  48  |This is a well, 80 feet deep, sunk
                |             |      |in bottom of dry basin, very      
                |             |      |little water and bad.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  50  |Here the bush country ceases and  
                |             |      |track leads E.N.E. and E. over    
                |             |      |sand dunes, very heavy for camels;
                |             |      |very few trees or shade, but lots 
                |             |      |of grazing, until J. Bakalai is   
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Bakalai    |      21     |  71  |The road passes N. side of J.     
                |             |      |Bakalai and runs nearly E. to     
                |             |      |Kuku. _Um Abu Agaga_ is 6 miles   
                |             |      |S.S.W. of J. Bakalai—a very       
                |             |      |indistinct track leading to it—but
                |             |      |it can be recognised by groups of 
                |             |      |small hills (rocks): well is near 
                |             |      |the furthest one. This is a good  
                |             |      |well and has water all the year,  
                |             |      |but would not water more than nine
                |             |      |camels at a time.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kuku_        |      19     |  90  |Kuku is a village (two villages)  
                |             |      |of blacks on the northern side of 
                |             |      |J. Kuku. These people have a lot  
                |             |      |of land under cultivation, but    
                |             |      |this year all their crops failed. 
                |             |      |They have no wells but a good     
                |             |      |supply of water in tanks on the   
                |             |      |mountains. These tanks are more or
                |             |      |less natural but have been widened
                |             |      |and improved by manual labour, and
                |             |      |very large rocks must have been   
                |             |      |removed at some time to make them;
                |             |      |the people now know nothing about 
                |             |      |how they were originally made or  
                |             |      |have they any tools to do like    
                |             |      |work now. All the Kaja district is
                |             |      |covered with the remains of old   
                |             |      |villages: it must have been at one
                |             |      |time very thickly populated.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kaja Soderi_ |      7      |  97  |Is 7 miles off to the E.; road    
                |             |      |runs along N. side of mountains   
                |             |      |for 4 miles, then crosses, and the
                |             |      |wells are on the S. side. Here    
                |             |      |there is a plentiful supply of    
                |             |      |water: wells from 18 feet to 30   
                |             |      |feet. During the kharif there is a
                |             |      |large lake here and the wells are 
                |             |      |sunk annually in its bed.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The whole country between Foga and
                |             |      |Kaja is very suitable for camels  
                |             |      |and the Arabs graze thousands     
                |             |      |there during the rainy season and 
                |             |      |until the fulas dry up.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        88.—NAHUD TO EL FASHER.                        

    AS FAR AS DAM JAMAD BY CAPTAIN B. C. CARTER, THENCE FROM NATIVE    
                                SOURCES.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Nahud         |      —      |  —   |See routes 19 and 30. Nahud is    
                |             |      |about 310 miles from El Dueim.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Bokhari   |      2      |  2   |Large Gowama village. Wide track, 
                |             |      |sandy soil. No thick bush.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Shukab    |      6      |  8   |Small Hamar village. Water from   
                |             |      |Nahud and melons.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Daglos        |      10     |  18  |Small Hamar village. A few        
                |             |      |tebeldis.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Baruda        |      4½     | 22½  |Ditto.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now crosses several sandy   
                |             |      |ridges.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Banda_   |     14½     |  37  |Large Hamar village. Many tebeldi 
                |             |      |trees. People sell water to       
                |             |      |travellers. The price varies from 
                |             |      |10 burmas for 1 piastre to 10     
                |             |      |piastres for 1 burma (burma equals
                |             |      |a large stable bucket). In some   
                |             |      |places the track now becomes heavy
                |             |      |owing to soft sand.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Sheraya       |      10     |  47  | } All small places. Here the sand   
                |             |      | } hills open out at intervals   
  Um Karra      |      4½     | 51½  | } into circular flats which are          
                |             |      | } cultivated. The people go to Um   
  Daira         |      2½     |  54  | } Shanga when the water supply  
                |             |      | } from the melons and tebeldis is        
  Hagera        |      1      |  55  | } exhausted. Country fairly open 
                |             |      | } and going good.                       
  Kajana        |      2      |  57  | }                                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dam Jamad_   |      16     |  73  |Small Hamar hella on the frontier.
                |             |      |There are 3 other hellas near.    
                |             |      |Water from tebeldis.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Darfur is now entered.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Ogud_     |      24     |  97  |Three wells about 100 feet deep;  
                |             |      |water plentiful. Inhabitants are  
                |             |      |Fors.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jebel El     |      10     | 107  |Two wells nearly 200 feet deep;   
  Hella_        |             |      |water plentiful. A detachment of  
                |             |      |three companies of Ali Dinar’s    
                |             |      |army is quartered here.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A road from Omdurman _viâ_ Kaja   
                |             |      |joins here.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Burush_      |      13     | 120  |Small Berti village. Four wells   
                |             |      |about 100 feet deep; plenty of    
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Kadada_   |      15     | 135  |One large well about 110 feet     
                |             |      |deep, or more, but 20 feet of     
                |             |      |water at the bottom. This depth of
                |             |      |water is said to be constant.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abiad_       |      25     | 160  |A Geleidat village. Four wells    
                |             |      |about 90 feet deep; water         
                |             |      |plentiful.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ergud_       |      30     | 190  |Many wells, water plentiful.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fashar_      |      30     | 220  |Two wells 150 feet deep; water    
                |             |      |plentiful in rainy season.        
                |             |      |                                  
  El Fasher     |      16     | 236  |Capital of Darfur, see Vol. I, p. 
                |             |      |192.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |By road and river, therefore, El  
                |             |      |Fasher is about 670 miles from    
                |             |      |Khartoum. Between El Obeid and El 
                |             |      |Ogud, the first wells in Darfur,  
                |             |      |water is very scarce in the dry   
                |             |      |season.                           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        89.—NAHUD TO BUR ISLAM.                        

        BY CAPTAIN C. H. TOWNSEND, 18TH TO 25TH DECEMBER, 1901.        

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Nahud         |      —      |  —   |The track leaves Nahud in a       
                |             |      |northerly direction, very soon    
                |             |      |turning N.N.E. The country is     
                |             |      |fairly wooded and flat, and       
                |             |      |covered with long grass in most   
                |             |      |places.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Marega_  |     12½     | 12½  |Road still running N.N.E., passes 
                |             |      |through this village. It is       
                |             |      |inhabited by the Hamar tribe and  
                |             |      |is fair sized. Water from tebeldis
                |             |      |but the supply is limited, melons 
                |             |      |fairly plentiful.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ahmed Hamdan_|     29½     |  42  |Leaving Abu Marega the track winds
                |             |      |about, but its general direction  
                |             |      |is N.N.E. by N. Country rather    
                |             |      |undulating and fairly wooded.     
                |             |      |About 4 miles before reaching     
                |             |      |Ahmed Hamdan, one leaves the main 
                |             |      |track, which runs N.E. to Homedo, 
                |             |      |and branches off N.E., passing    
                |             |      |through wooded and undulating     
                |             |      |country.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Ahmed Hamdan is a small Hamar     
                |             |      |village belonging to Ahmed Salam, 
                |             |      |the Sheikh being Wad Hamdan. Water
                |             |      |from tebeldis, which are few in   
                |             |      |number; good supply of small      
                |             |      |melons.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Kitna     |      6      |  48  |From Ahmed Hamdan track runs N.W.,
                |             |      |country hilly and wooded. Wad     
                |             |      |Kitna, a very small Hamar village 
                |             |      |belonging to Ahmed Salam. From    
                |             |      |here Jebel Um Rarib is about 12   
                |             |      |miles W.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(Returning I did not touch at this
                |             |      |place or Ahmed Hamdan, as they are
                |             |      |off the main road.)               
                |             |      |                                  
  Homedo        |      3      |  51  |Between Wad Kitna and this the    
                |             |      |track gradually works round N.    
                |             |      |again and joins the main track    
                |             |      |close to this village. The Country
                |             |      |is wooded but less hilly. Homedo  
                |             |      |is a small village of Hamar       
                |             |      |people. Water from tebeldis,      
                |             |      |supply scanty.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Id?           |      2      |  53  |Track runs N. slightly E., and is 
                |             |      |well defined. This is a small     
                |             |      |Hamar village.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wad Bakhit_  |      17     |  70  |Road runs N. slightly E., through 
                |             |      |fairly wooded and slightly        
                |             |      |undulating country, passing two   
                |             |      |small Hamar villages, Mekin and   
                |             |      |Wad El Beleb, both Hamar,         
                |             |      |belonging to Abdel Rahim Bey Abu  
                |             |      |Dagal, to Wad Bakhit, a fair-sized
                |             |      |Hamar village under Sheikh Ibrahim
                |             |      |Ahmed, and belonging to Abu Dagal.
                |             |      |There is a very good supply of    
                |             |      |tebeldi water here.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bur Islam_   |      19     |  89  |Path runs N.N.E., country wooded  
                |             |      |and undulating, 4 miles from Wad  
                |             |      |Bakhit one passes a small Hamar   
                |             |      |village, Adam Ahmed, belonging to 
                |             |      |Abu Dugal to whom Bur Islam also  
                |             |      |belongs, the Sheikh at the latter 
                |             |      |place being Ahmed El Kagauri. From
                |             |      |here Kaja is 1½ days N. There are 
                |             |      |wells close to this village, but  
                |             |      |the supply of water is limited,   
                |             |      |owing to the bottom of the wells  
                |             |      |being rocky, and there are no     
                |             |      |implements to cut through it.     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                           90.—NAHUD TO FOGA.                          

     BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, OCTOBER, 1900; AND MAJOR E. B. WILKINSON,    
                            DECEMBER, 1901.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Nahud         |      —      |  —   |The whole of the road runs through
                |             |      |the Hamar country.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Bokari        |      4      |  4   |Leaving the suk in a north-       
                |             |      |westerly direction the track runs 
                |             |      |through the Gowama village named  
                |             |      |Bokari.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel El Kurma|      4¼     |  8¼  |Two hills W. of track; to the E.  
                |             |      |of the northernmost hill is the   
                |             |      |village of Shekaba, 80 huts.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Wad     |      2½     | 10¾  |A small Hamar village, 30 to 40   
  Munfarih      |             |      |huts. Track continues in same     
                |             |      |direction till the Hamar village  
  Darglos       |      6¾     | 17½  |of Darglos is reached. The country
                |             |      |between Nahud and this village is 
                |             |      |open bush with some good trees for
                |             |      |timber, but most of the bush      
                |             |      |consists of gnarled and twisted   
                |             |      |ebony bushes of no value. From    
                |             |      |here track trends more to W. till 
  Bakoda        |      6½     |  24  |village Bakoda is reached. Range  
                |             |      |of hills, Jebel Barshom, to N.N.E.
                |             |      |of latter village.                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gubba      |     10½     | 34½  |Track now runs N. to Hella El     
                |             |      |Gubba with Jebel Selako to E., and
                |             |      |on to                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Kinneir       |      2¼     | 36¾  |Hella Kinneir, 10 huts.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Gemania       |      1½     | 38¼  |Hella Gemania, 20 huts.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Rasein    |      3      | 41¼  |Hella Abu Rasein, 5 huts.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Hamdan Tumbel |      5½     | 46½  |Track runs N.N.E. to Hella Hamdan 
                |             |      |Tumbel, 12 huts.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Gabra         |      7      | 53½  |Track runs N. to Hella Gabra (no  
                |             |      |wells exist), and Hella Zarzur,   
  Zarzur        |      2½     |  56  |when track runs N.W. until Hella  
                |             |      |Um Bel is reached. J. Biraish to  
  _Um Bel_      |      4½     | 60½  |W. Two wells giving a fair amount 
                |             |      |of water, and many hellas draw    
                |             |      |their supply from here.           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Um Bel     |      1½     |  62  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Galusa        |      —      |  —   |Track now runs N. to Hella Galusa,
                |             |      |20 huts, and then on to           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Foga_        |      7¼     | 69¼  |Foga. _See_ route 87.             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

All villages between Nahud and Hamdan Tumbel procure their water from
tebeldi trees. At Gabra and Zarzur water is procured from Um Bel. There
is a certain amount of dukhn and melon cultivation near each village,
but no other supplies excepting a few chickens.

No water between Nahud and Foga for any party marching, and not more
than ten camels could be watered at Um Bel without depriving the
inhabitants of their daily supply. This year (1901) owing to the
drought there is no crop of water melons.

Country generally undulating and covered thick bush. Good track.


                          91.—FOGA TO UM BADR.                         

               BY MAJOR E. B. WILKINSON, DECEMBER, 1901.               


_Foga._—¾ mile S.W. of the hill, now turned into a defensive post,
are the wells. There are at present (1901) nine wells giving water,
and the Arabs of the Hamar and Kaja tribes are opening more. I have
taken accurate measurements of depths of wells, and the depth varies
from 50 to 80 feet below the surface. Water is only found in very
small quantities at present, no well being able to water more than
30 camels per diem.

In the rains the Arabs dig, and have dug for many years, shallow
hollows which fill up and last them through the winter sufficient
to water their flocks; but this year, owing to very scanty rainfall,
these hollows are all dry.[31]

There are many villages in the neighbourhood, consisting of ten to
fifty huts. Dukhn is cultivated, and the Hamar Arabs also keep many
ostriches, which at this time of year are all plucked quite bare. The
feathers are taken to Nahud, where there is a good market for them.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Foga          |      —      |  —   |Leaving Foga, track bears N. to   
                |             |      |Hella Wad Guibara, consisting of  
  Wad Guibara   |      1½     |  1½  |about thirty huts (Hamar Arabs),  
                |             |      |and then track bears N.W. through 
                |             |      |bush on Jebel El Rimr. Good going 
                |             |      |through country falling for 3½    
                |             |      |miles, when a khor is crossed;    
                |             |      |direction of drainage, N.E.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel El Rimr |      5½     |  7   |Jebel El Rimr is reached; this is 
                |             |      |a range of hills running from S.W.
                |             |      |to N.E.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Goz        |      6      | 13½  |Track still continues through bush
                |             |      |N.W. to Hella Um Goz, which       
                |             |      |consisted of a village of not more
                |             |      |than fifteen huts, but which has  
                |             |      |recently been burnt by the Furs   
                |             |      |sent by Sultan Ali Dinar to punish
                |             |      |the inhabitants, who are Kajawis. 
                |             |      |From here an excellent view of the
                |             |      |country can be obtained for many  
                |             |      |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Zeinat  |      1½     |  15  |Leaving Hella Um Goz, the track   
  Rowaina       |             |      |leads on to Jebel Zeinat Rowaina, 
                |             |      |but at 1½ miles I went through the
                |             |      |bush. No track on Jebel Taradid,  
                |             |      |over country which is intersected 
                |             |      |with many small water channels    
                |             |      |(now all dry), but which in the   
                |             |      |rains would be impassable for     
                |             |      |animals. Surface, cotton soil with
                |             |      |rank dry grass. Flow of water,    
                |             |      |N.N.E.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Taradid |      7      |  22  |Jebel Taradid, track runs N.      
                |             |      |through very broken country,      
                |             |      |ranges of low hills to W. and E.  
                |             |      |for miles.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Dormaia  |      4      |  26  |Khor Dormaia of the Kajawis, and  
                |             |      |the Wadi Melh of the Kababish and 
                |             |      |Hamar Arabs, I believe, but none  
                |             |      |of the local Arabs know the name  
                |             |      |Wadi Melh, and informed me it was 
                |             |      |far to the N. This khor, 30 to 35 
                |             |      |yards broad, takes its course from
                |             |      |N.W. in the vicinity of J. El Ain,
                |             |      |where there was water (December 4)
                |             |      |in khor. There are signs of a big 
                |             |      |flood coming down in the rains    
                |             |      |(banks well wooded); current I    
                |             |      |should say very rapid, and at     
                |             |      |times impassable, flows N.E.,     
                |             |      |passes J. Habisa, and then bears  
                |             |      |N.                                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From this point track runs N.N.E. 
                |             |      |over undulating country, and at 3½
  J. El Sad     |      3½     | 29½  |miles J. El Sad is passed, small  
                |             |      |watercourse passed, and from here 
                |      2      | 31½  |track runs N.E.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi (?)      |      4      | 35½  |At this point a large wadi is     
                |             |      |entered bearing S.W., and the     
                |             |      |track leads down this N.E to      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Badr_     |      2½     |  38  |Um Badr, which consists of a broad
                |             |      |wadi varying in breadth up to 800 
                |             |      |yards, which is enclosed on either
                |             |      |side by hills, and along the bed  
                |             |      |of which many hundreds of wells   
                |             |      |and waterholes have been dug in   
                |             |      |former times. Wells all filled in 
                |             |      |by rains; three wells were opened 
                |             |      |and 20 feet down no water         
                |             |      |obtained, and no sign of water    
                |             |      |visible.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |In years when rain is plentiful, I
                |             |      |was informed by Arabs, water is   
                |             |      |always obtainable at this depth.  
                |             |      |Appears to be an excellent place  
                |             |      |for camels.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No sign of recent habitation; but 
                |             |      |on ridges N.E. are the remains of 
                |             |      |the scene of the fight between    
                |             |      |Dervishes and the Kababish        
                |             |      |belonging to Sheikh Saleh Gelta   
                |             |      |Kabashi in 1887.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No signs of any caravans having   
                |             |      |passed recently, and I am informed
                |             |      |that none ever do come here owing 
                |             |      |to there being no water.          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                           92.—BARA TO FOGA.                           

                BY CAPTAIN J. R. O’CONNELL, JULY, 1902.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Bara          |      —      |  —   |Leaving Bara the track goes due W.
                |             |      |over high sandy ridges; heavy     
                |             |      |going to a small village Kidaka,  
                |             |      |one well.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Kidaka        |      11     |  11  |The track turns a little to the N.
                |             |      |of W., and passing through thick  
  Um Asal       |      4      |  15  |thorny bush leads by a small      
                |             |      |village, Um Asal, one well. Ten   
  _El Saata_    |      10     |  25  |miles further on is Maagla village
                |             |      |called Saata. Wells 112 feet deep,
                |             |      |good water, a good deal of        
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shireiga_    |      10     |  35  |A good level track passing through
                |             |      |thick bush leading N. of W., after
                |             |      |10 miles reaches the village of   
                |             |      |Shireiga (Habbania), one well. Two
                |             |      |miles due W. is a small village   
  _El Shegel    |      2      |  37  |called El Shegel Gedidat, one     
  Gedidat_      |             |      |well, a good deal of cultivation. 
                |             |      |The track leads N. of W. for 7    
                |             |      |miles through thick gum forest,   
                |             |      |then ends; one now passes between 
                |             |      |three hills called Gedidat, two on
                |             |      |the south and one on the north,   
                |             |      |through high grass for 8 miles,   
                |             |      |then meeting the track going from 
                |             |      |Shireiga to Geleit, and 11 miles  
                |             |      |on reaches village of Geleit, near
  _El Geleit_   |      22     |  59  |the hill, many wells, little      
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masrub_      |      17     |  76  |A good track leads N.W. over open 
                |             |      |country to Masrub, little water.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Gilgil        |      10     |  86  |A good track leads to Gilgil, a   
                |             |      |small village; very little water, 
                |             |      |not drinkable.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Baraeis       |      10     |  96  |Due N., no track, to village of   
                |             |      |Baraeis, no water. Marching S. of 
                |             |      |W., no track, and passing south of
                |             |      |and close to Jebel Asal and over a
                |             |      |rolling plain, bad going. Meika,  
                |             |      |goffal, and heglig trees scattered
                |             |      |over the plain. After 40 miles    
  Hofra         |      40     | 136  |reach Hofra. There are three Nuba 
                |             |      |villages on the mountain, one     
                |             |      |about the centre, and two on the  
                |             |      |southern end; no wells, water bad 
                |             |      |from pools on north end of hill,  
                |             |      |no rain this year, people living  
                |             |      |on meika berries, which they grind
                |             |      |and use in lieu of grain. Village 
                |             |      |is on top of mountain. Leaving    
                |             |      |Hofra and going due W. struck     
                |             |      |track near a rock called Mekareik 
                |             |      |Abu Gadein, 10 miles out, and     
                |             |      |after another 10 miles passed     
                |             |      |close to a rock called Sheikh El  
                |             |      |Rifa. Three miles further on the  
                |             |      |track turns due S., and after 4   
                |             |      |miles reaches Jebel Umfara, and 6 
                |             |      |miles further on reaches mountains
                |             |      |called Gerawid El Askanut, said to
                |             |      |be half way to Foga. Track now    
                |             |      |turns S. for 10 miles, past Jebel 
                |             |      |Kanisa on the west and small hills
                |             |      |to the east called Ratak, and     
                |             |      |passes 2 miles on through the     
                |             |      |hills of Umkosh, and 17 miles on  
                |             |      |comes to village of Mina in Jebel 
                |             |      |Bishara Taib, and 3 miles on are  
                |             |      |the wells and camp; little water  
  _Foga_        |      65     | 201  |and not good. Foga is a district. 
                |             |      |_Vide_ Route 87.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  93.—NAHUD TO EL EDDAIYA AND MUGLAD.                  

           BY COLONEL B. MAHON, C.B., D.S.O., DECEMBER, 1901.          


                     N.B.—_Distances approximate_.                     

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Nahud         |      —      |  —   |The country round Nahud is sandy  
                |             |      |and undulating; about 5 miles all 
                |             |      |round is cleared for cultivation. 
                |             |      |There are many tebeldi trees which
                |             |      |are used for water tanks. There is
                |             |      |a very good supply of well water, 
                |             |      |wells from 30 to 60 feet deep.    
                |             |      |Population about 3,500, chiefly   
                |             |      |Hamar Arabs. _Vide_ also later    
                |             |      |reports.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hella El Sau_|      5      |  5   |Hamar village (Hamed Bey Fetin),  
                |             |      |no wells, but good supply of      
                |             |      |tebeldi trees. Track is very well 
                |             |      |defined, being the main road to   
                |             |      |Shakka, &c., country undulating,  
                |             |      |heavy going for camels, bush      
                |             |      |thick.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella El      |      4      |  9   |Hamar (Hamed Bey Fetin), no wells.
  Garaui        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hella Um     |      3      |  12  |Hamar (Abu Dagal) no wells, but   
  Hashaba_      |             |      |tebeldi trees and water melons.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are no more villages before 
                |             |      |El Eddaiya, bush thick, chiefly   
                |             |      |ebony, bad shade, track good, but 
                |             |      |heavy going for camels and        
                |             |      |slightly undulating.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula          |      25     |  37  |There is a large fula here, but it
                |             |      |was dry at the beginning of       
                |             |      |November, very good shade; is a   
                |             |      |good halting place.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      10     |  47  |A broad shallow khor or valley,   
                |             |      |good shade and some tebeldi trees;
                |             |      |after this you cross an open      
                |             |      |plateau into El Eddaiya, there is 
                |             |      |good grazing on this plateau and  
                |             |      |nice shade, a capital camping     
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Eddaiya_  |      5      |  52  |Is a large village or collection  
                |             |      |of hellas, and has a mixed        
                |             |      |population, Homr (Felaita), Hamar 
                |             |      |(Abu Dagal), Bederia and Messeria,
                |             |      |besides many small merchants      
                |             |      |(Jaalin, &c.). It is the starting 
                |             |      |point for merchants for Bahr El   
                |             |      |Arab, Dar Jange, Dar Fertit and   
                |             |      |Shakka.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Camels are very little used S. of 
                |             |      |this.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water very plentiful and good     
                |             |      |wells from 8 to 30 feet deep;     
                |             |      |there are remains of many old     
                |             |      |gardens, and even now they        
                |             |      |cultivate onions and other        
                |             |      |vegetables.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a small Government post  
                |             |      |held by fifty Bashibazuks.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Atrun    |      3½     | 55½  |Very good shade, no water but     
                |             |      |after kharif (rainy season) many  
                |             |      |fulas. The track is undulating and
                |             |      |sandy, but broad and well defined.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Asha_ and|      4      | 59½  |Both Bederia hellas, no wells, but
  Walad El Seluk|             |      |tebeldi trees and water melons.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mumu_        |      7½     |  67  |This is a district; many hellas,  
                |             |      |Homr (Felaita), Sheikh Hamed      
                |             |      |Yassin, several fulas but all dry 
                |             |      |by middle of November. No wells,  
                |             |      |some tebeldi trees, much          
                |             |      |cultivation. After the harvest is 
                |             |      |gathered and when the water in    
                |             |      |tebeldi trees is exhausted, the   
                |             |      |people move near to El Eddaiya.   
                |             |      |There are no hellas between here  
                |             |      |and Muglad, it is more or less    
                |             |      |forest.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      |  73  |At this point the road branches;  
                |             |      |the main road goes on to Shakka,  
                |             |      |but take left-hand one S.S.E. to  
                |             |      |Um Hagar if you want water.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Hagar_    |      8      |  81  |There are here a succession of    
                |             |      |rocky basins. All had some water, 
                |      1      |  82  |the one furthest S. after the     
                |             |      |rains must have been a            
                |             |      |considerable lake, and some years 
                |             |      |contains water during the whole   
                |             |      |year, but, I think, will be dry by
                |             |      |end of December this year.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track, now very indistinct,   
                |             |      |runs W.S.W. for 1½ miles, until it
                |             |      |rejoins main road which we left at
                |             |      |mile 73. Country continues the    
                |      1½     | 83½  |same until about the 86th mile,   
                |             |      |when it becomes flat and clay     
                |             |      |soil; track good and hard going,  
                |             |      |but all forest.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Sidr       |     14½     |  98  |Large fula. Road branches at Um   
                |             |      |Sidr; main road to Shakka S.S.W.  
                |             |      |is much best and shorter, I took  
                |             |      |the one to Um Battu, but returned 
                |             |      |by main road. Gullum now becomes  
                |             |      |common.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Battu_    |      8      | 106  |Three small wells in dry bed of   
                |             |      |fula, 8 feet deep. These wells    
                |             |      |could easily be improved, but are 
                |             |      |not now to be depended on after   
                |             |      |15th December. This, like all the 
                |             |      |following places, was once a      
                |             |      |village. Country all bush and    
                |             |      |very little shade except at these 
                |             |      |fulas, where there are splendid   
                |             |      |ardeib trees.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Gamadi     |      15     | 121  |A dry fula and was an old village.
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Gamadi     |      3      | 124  |Also called Um Gamadi.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Kantor     |      6      | 130  |Dry fula, there was an old village
                |             |      |here at some time.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Gedir      |     11½     | 141½ |Dry fula; very fine ardeib trees  
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Malis      |      4½     | 146  |Dry fula, same as above.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Heggis|      2      | 148  |Northern boundary of Muglad       
                |             |      |district; very small khor, but    
                |             |      |thickly wooded.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 149  |Road branches, take right-hand one
                |             |      |S.S.W., the other (main track)    
                |             |      |S.S.E. is one of the many tracks  
                |             |      |to the Bahr El Arab.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Shanga     |      1      | 150  |There is water here in khor and   
                |             |      |some tebeldi trees (but not filled
                |             |      |with water), but this year water  
                |             |      |would be dry by end of December.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 153½ |No track for 3½ miles W. through  
                |             |      |very bushy country, then strike   
  Hella Ereiga  |      1½     | 155  |path N.N.W. to Hella Ereiga. From 
                |             |      |here you strike a well-defined    
                |             |      |path to Moghrabi.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 159  |Track branches S.W., main track S.
                |             |      |to Jange, take right-hand one S.W.
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Moghrabi|      5      | 164  |This is where Ali Gula, Nazir of  
                |             |      |the Homr, lives.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Moghrabi_ |      2½     | 166½ |Large fula, plenty of water.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Uerst_    |      2½     | 169  |Large fula and lots of good water.
                |             |      |But none of these fulas (or       
                |             |      |rahads, as they call them) can be 
                |             |      |relied on after end of December.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is another road from El     
                |             |      |Eddaiya further W., it is no      
                |             |      |longer, but goes through very     
                |             |      |thick forest, impassable for      
                |             |      |camels, but there are some wells  
                |             |      |on this road, and it is used in   
                |             |      |the dry weather.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Muglad        |      —      |  —   |Is a district about 50 miles      
                |             |      |square, two days easy from Shakka 
                |             |      |and two days from Bahr El Arab.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are many feriks, but no     
                |             |      |permanent villages; the people all
                |             |      |go to Bahr El Arab as soon as the 
                |             |      |water gets scarce and the harvest 
                |             |      |is collected. They store grain on 
                |             |      |the tops of trees for consumption 
                |             |      |and seed when they return in the  
                |             |      |rainy season. Population all Homr 
                |             |      |(Ageira), there are many Rizeigat 
                |             |      |and a few Maalia when I was there,
                |             |      |but they have returned to Shakka. 
                |             |      |There is lots of gum in the       
                |             |      |district, but they do not collect 
                |             |      |it. Wells can be made at 10 feet, 
                |             |      |but they make none. I only saw one
                |             |      |well (at Um Ardeib). The people   
                |             |      |are lazy and poor, but they have  
                |             |      |large herds of cattle and sheep.  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


       94—FOGA TO EL EDDAIYA, _viâ_ J. KAJA SERRUG, DAMJAMAD, AND      
                          KORDOFAN-DARFUR.

                BY CAPTAIN B. C. CARTER, JANUARY, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Foga          |      —      |  —   |_Vide_ Route 28.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kajaserrug |      —      |  —   |This hill is now deserted. There  
                |             |      |is a broad track running from J.  
                |             |      |El Hella (Darfur), _viâ_ J.       
                |             |      |Adashir into Kaja. This was       
                |             |      |chiefly used, I think, for looted 
                |             |      |cattle. J. Zerga holds water in   
                |             |      |the rocks, and there is a khor    
                |             |      |running, roughly, E. and W., with 
                |             |      |tebeldi trees, which were filled  
                |             |      |in the rains. They were still full
                |             |      |in January. J. Zumkhor has traces 
                |             |      |of a wall and brick houses, said  
                |             |      |to have been built by the Fungs.  
                |             |      |Also traces of old wells in the   
                |             |      |wadi. The bricks are good and     
                |             |      |well-burnt. There are similar     
                |             |      |buildings on J. Sukunja, W. of     
                |             |      |Kaja, and also on J. Bishara Taib,
                |             |      |E. of Foga.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Zerga Mima |      9      |  9   |These villages are built on a bare
                |             |      |sandy ridge and grow dukhn only.  
  Gilatt        |      4      |  13  |Two miles from Gamania the path   
                |             |      |joins road from Foga to Damjamad, 
  Gamania       |      3      |  16  |which latter is a district,       
                |             |      |including 4 villages of the same  
                |             |      |name. These people go to Um Shanga
                |             |      |when the water supply fails.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Damjamad_    |      14     |  30  |A fair path, after passing small  
                |             |      |village of Dunur, goes through    
                |             |      |some thick thorn, and in about 8  
                |             |      |miles descends into Wadi Zernak.  
  _Zernak_      |      15     |  45  |This wadi is full of tebeldi trees
                |             |      |and may be noted as a base in case
                |             |      |of trouble with Darfur. The trees 
                |             |      |would hold a very large amount of 
                |             |      |water, but, of course, would have 
                |             |      |to be filled by hand at the proper
                |             |      |time.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Hemir Sibil   |     15½     | 60½  |Six miles from Zernak the road    
                |             |      |quits the tebeldi forest and goes 
                |             |      |over undulating ridges to Hemir   
                |             |      |Sibil, which depends entirely on  
                |             |      |melons. There is a good deal of   
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Tom Wad       |     11½     |  72  |A small village dependent chiefly 
                |             |      |on melons.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Zarug Dagmar  |      7½     | 79½  |Fair sized village growing a good 
                |             |      |supply of dukhn.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Lingu         |      9½     |  89  |This district is known as Zalatta,
                |             |      |from a rock which holds rain      
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Edam          |      3      |  92  |Small village.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Gurab         |      7½     | 99½  |Small village, deserted early, as 
                |             |      |melons were scarce. Ridges end and
                |             |      |country becomes flat with trees   
                |             |      |and grass.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Reida      |      8½     | 108  |Large village with many tebeldis  
                |             |      |and melons enough to last till    
                |             |      |next rains. This is in district   
                |             |      |called Ghabeish.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good track all the way to El      
                |             |      |Odaiya.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Gad el Habub  |      8½     | 116½ |Small Hamar village. Few tebeldi  
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Domai     |      3½     | 120  |Village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Abd el Hai    |      3½     | 123½ |  „                                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sharafa_     |      3½     | 127  |Large Gowama village. Water from  
                |             |      |tebeldis and from Ogr; a “Hafir”  
                |             |      |or pond 50 yards in diameter, 8 to
                |             |      |10 feet deep, 2 miles south. It   
                |             |      |holds water until about January.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is no bad bush from here to 
                |             |      |El Eddaiya. Good going.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Sharafa belongs to Kordofan, El   
                |             |      |Ogr to Darfur.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Gabralla      |      9      | 138  |Small village of people from      
                |             |      |Bornu.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Gariban       |      6      | 144  |Small Hamar village. Main roads   
                |             |      |from Taweisha and Shakka come in  
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Sedeir     |      7½     | 151½ | }         
                |             |      | }                                
  Wad Dunga     |      7      | 158½ | }                                
                |             |      | }                                
  Tamba         |      9½     | 168  | } All small Hamar villages.     
                |             |      | }                                
  Sabi          |      12     | 180  | }                                
                |             |      | }                                
  Aris          |      7½     | 187½ | }                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Wad Dau el    |      5      | 192½ |                                  
  Beit          |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Eddaiya_  |      12     | 204½ |_Vide_ previous routes.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  95.—EL OBEID TO NAHUD (DIRECT ROAD).                 

            BY CAPTAIN E. G. MEYRICKE, R.E., NOVEMBER, 1903.           

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |The road goes off almost due W.,  
                |             |      |and runs over an undulating plain,
                |             |      |at first open and covered with    
                |             |      |dura cultivation, and then covered
                |             |      |with small and thorny shrubs.     
                |             |      |There are several villages to     
                |             |      |right and left of road. Village   
                |             |      |here consisting of about 60 tukls.
                |             |      |From here the road goes straight  
  _Um Doma_     |      12     |  12  |to Jebel Abu Sinun. The water here
                |             |      |is obtained from tebeldi trees,   
                |             |      |and there are some large fulas    
                |             |      |some distance away, one of which  
                |             |      |was not dry in December, although 
                |             |      |there had been little rain (1903).
                |             |      |Four miles further on one arrives 
                |             |      |at a large fula; it contained no  
                |             |      |water in December. This road now  
                |             |      |passes El Abiad, where water is   
                |             |      |obtained from a few tebeldis and  
                |             |      |from distant fulas.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Monzuka_     |      8¾     | 20¾  |Monzuka is reached, a small       
                |             |      |village, water obtained from      
                |             |      |tebeldi trees in small quantities,
                |             |      |and about 2 miles further on we   
                |             |      |came to the remains of a village  
                |             |      |which was formerly called Um      
                |             |      |Banda. The nature of the country, 
                |             |      |throughout undulating, is a sandy 
                |             |      |plain covered with thorny bushes  
  _Um Sumaima_  |     21¼     |  42  |(not dense) and a few trees, and  
                |             |      |it remains so until at mile 42 one
                |             |      |arrives at Um Sumaima, where there
                |             |      |are tukls and people.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are many fulas on both sides
                |             |      |of Um Sumaima. The tebeldi trees  
                |             |      |give only a very limited supply of
                |             |      |water, but I was told there was a 
                |             |      |village named Nethrea not far off 
                |             |      |in a southerly direction, where   
                |             |      |there was more than one well.     
                |             |      |After leaving Um Sumaima the road 
                |             |      |passes many fulas and khors, now  
                |             |      |quite dry. The bush becomes a     
                |             |      |little thicker and there are many 
                |             |      |more trees, but there is no       
                |             |      |difficulty in clearing. About 7½  
                |             |      |miles from Um Sumaima you see     
                |             |      |traces of the old telegraph line  
                |             |      |in the shape of the bases of iron 
                |             |      |poles, one or two of which are    
                |             |      |still standing, but the majority  
                |             |      |are lying along the road. Trees   
                |             |      |are now numerous, and one reaches 
                |             |      |Dudia at mile 58. There are many  
                |             |      |tebeldi trees here, but there is  
  Dudia         |      16     |  58  |no one living here now.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Huoi          |     13¼     | 71¼  |The trees are more numerous and   
                |             |      |the bush thicker here. Huoi like  
                |             |      |Dudia has many tebeldi trees, and 
                |             |      |there is a big fula, but there was
                |             |      |no water in December. There is no 
                |             |      |village here now and no people.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Merkab_      |      22     | 93¼  |Continuing, the road passes       
                |             |      |Merkab, a village started this    
                |             |      |year (1903). Here there are many  
                |             |      |tebeldi trees and about 10 tukls. 
                |             |      |Chickens may be obtained here, but
                |             |      |only, say, two at a time. The road
                |             |      |here runs through a network of    
                |             |      |thorny, though small, trees, a    
                |             |      |good bit higher than a man on a   
                |             |      |camel, and it would be unpleasant 
                |             |      |travelling by night.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Manwissa      |      9      | 102¼ |The thorny trees end before       
                |             |      |arrival at Manwissa, where there  
                |             |      |is a village, and the country is  
                |             |      |now covered with scattered trees  
                |             |      |and thin bush.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Farigh_   |      5½     | 107¾ |Manwissa, Um Farigh, and Goda are 
                |             |      |in a district called Sheikh El    
  _Goda_        |      2½     | 110¼ |Dud. All round here there are     
                |             |      |dukhn crops; water is obtained    
                |             |      |from tebeldi trees. These villages
                |             |      |are small ones. Goda contains     
  Sudda         |      4      | 114¼ |about 60 tukls, while 4 miles from
                |             |      |Goda, Sudda, a small village, is  
                |             |      |reached, the face of the country  
                |             |      |remaining unchanged.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Dagal     |      1      | 115¼ |Abu Dagal is reached shortly      
                |             |      |afterwards, and after ascending an
                |             |      |elevation on which the trees are  
                |             |      |much more numerous, the road      
  _Nahud_       |     15½     | 130¾ |descends to Nahud. Water is       
                |             |      |obtained from wells, but some of  
                |             |      |it has very acid properties. This 
                |             |      |town is about the same size and of
                |             |      |the same population as El Obeid.  
                |             |      |The country all round is open.    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                96.—EL OBEID TO NAHUD, _viâ_ ABU ZABBAT.               

       BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, APRIL AND OCTOBER, 1900, AND CAPTAIN       
                     C. H. TOWNSEND, 1901 AND 1902.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |The S.W. road is taken. Good      
                |             |      |track, little bush. Plenty of     
                |             |      |grazing. Country slightly         
                |             |      |undulating. Sandy soil.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Haraz     |      25     |  25  |Small village. Wells in the khor. 
                |             |      |Pools of water last till end of   
                |             |      |October. There are some in the old
                |             |      |town and some in the khor. Latter 
                |             |      |are best. Good shade. Leaving the 
                |             |      |village the bush becomes thicker, 
                |             |      |but there is a good track.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Geiga_    |      7      |  32  |One bad well situated on the side 
                |             |      |of a wide khor. A mile down this  
                |             |      |khor is Um Gurus. Here there are  
                |             |      |three wells which generally       
                |             |      |contain enough water for 30       
                |             |      |camels. The sand in the khor is   
                |             |      |very soft. Leaving Um Geiga the   
                |             |      |track ascends at first. Bush      
                |             |      |thick, many tebeldi trees about.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Sulfan   |      10     |  42  |A wide shallow khor. Bush very    
                |             |      |thick. This khor should be crossed
                |             |      |by daylight if possible. The track
                |             |      |now becomes good, and the bush,   
                |             |      |though thick, does not interfere  
                |             |      |with transport.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  El Saata      |     18½     | 60½  |A ruined Hamar village. Many      
                |             |      |tebeldis about, some of which have
                |             |      |been used for storing water. Old  
                |             |      |wells.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The country now becomes nearly    
                |             |      |level, and is covered with ebony  
                |             |      |trees. Good shade when in leaf,   
                |             |      |but none in the hot weather. White
                |             |      |ants swarm.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Galb_     |      22     | 82½  |A small village on the edge of a  
                |             |      |swamp. The village and wells are 1
                |             |      |mile to the S. of the road. Water 
                |             |      |plentiful. The track now passes   
                |             |      |along a ridge of red sand.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Zabbat_  |      6      | 88½  |A Hamar and Bederia village on the
                |             |      |sandy hill. To the S. is a large  
                |             |      |swamp in which are the wells, 25  
                |             |      |to 30 feet deep. Water usually    
                |             |      |plentiful. Much dura cultivation. 
                |             |      |Small suk. Many cattle, sheep, and
                |             |      |goats. Good rest house.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |It is very difficult to find one’s
                |             |      |way out of the village, and a     
                |             |      |local guide should be taken until 
                |             |      |the main road is reached, as      
                |             |      |tracks lead in all directions. The
                |             |      |track bears N.W.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Dugran     |      5      | 93½  |A small village; much cultivation 
                |             |      |about, chiefly dukhn. The track   
                |             |      |crosses several khors, but none   
                |             |      |are bad.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Howawag    |      32     | 125½ |A low hill on the S. side of the  
                |             |      |road.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Regulti    |      6      | 131½ |A small Hamar village, only       
                |             |      |occupied during the rains. No     
                |             |      |well. There is a good deal of     
                |             |      |hashab bush about. Further on arad
                |             |      |trees are met, they have no       
                |             |      |thorns.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Genglit    |      8      | 139½ |A similar village to Um Regulti.  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Wad Abu    |      4      | 143½ |A few low hills to the N. of the  
  Agala         |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nahud_       |     10½     | 154  |For description, _see_ Routes 19, 
                |             |      |30, and Vol. I, Chap. VIII.       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


              97.—EL OBEID TO EL EDDAIYA, _viâ_ SUNGIKAI.              

     BY CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, APRIL, 1900; AND CAPTAIN C. H. TOWNSEND,     
                       E. SURREY REGIMENT, 1901.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |For route El Obeid to Sungikai,   
                |             |      |_vide_ Route 17.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sungikai_    |      72     |  72  |The track, which is good, leaves  
                |             |      |the wells in a south-westerly     
                |             |      |direction. The country is fairly  
                |             |      |level, but much cut up by khors.  
                |             |      |Low rocky hills are seen on all   
                |             |      |sides. The bush on both sides is  
                |             |      |thick, but horses can move without
                |             |      |much difficulty. Many of the      
                |             |      |hills, now deserted, show signs of
                |             |      |former Nuba occupants.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kudr_     |     16½     | 88½  |A Nuba village on the hill. Water 
                |             |      |on the hill and in a well at the  
                |             |      |foot. The track now winds between 
                |             |      |many hills.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Saboi_    |      7½     |  96  |Nearly due W. of J. Kudr. A Nuba  
                |             |      |village on the hill. Three wells  
                |             |      |and some pools. No supplies were  
                |             |      |obtainable. The bush becomes thick
                |             |      |in places.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kasha_    |      14     | 110  |Large Nuba village on the hill. A 
                |             |      |plentiful supply of indifferent   
                |             |      |water from wells, about one mile  
                |             |      |from the village. The inhabitants 
                |             |      |are fairly well off and some of   
                |             |      |them go to the suk at Abu Zabbat. 
                |             |      |The men carry spears and rifles;  
                |             |      |they have a number of the latter. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Shifr_    |      6½     | 116½ |A Nuba hill. Water plentiful in   
                |             |      |wells in the khor on the N. side  
                |             |      |of hill, and has much improved.   
                |             |      |Good camp. The bush continues bad 
                |             |      |all the way to Kubgr.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Sinut_    |      21     | 137½ |A depression of black soil. On the
                |             |      |borders are many Messeria camps.  
                |             |      |In the rains the depression is a  
                |             |      |swamp, covered with long grass and
                |             |      |ambach. Sunt trees abound. There  
                |             |      |are many wells about 40 feet deep,
                |             |      |which are used in summer. There is
                |             |      |a small market. During the rains  
                |             |      |the people wander off to places   
                |             |      |where there are rain pools and    
                |             |      |cultivate.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Seneita_  |      9      | 146½ |The track runs S.W., leaving the  
                |             |      |village to the N., and a swamp,   
                |             |      |similar to El Sinut, containing   
                |             |      |the wells, to the S. The village  
                |             |      |is on high ground and on sandy    
                |             |      |soil. Track leads S.S.W. through  
                |             |      |very thick bush.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Toto_        |     17½     | 164  |A swamp, similar to El Sinut. Many
                |             |      |wells 30 to 40 feet deep, giving a
                |             |      |plentiful supply of water. Good   
                |             |      |shade, some gullum. Many Messeria 
                |             |      |camps about. Bush thick and the   
                |             |      |cotton soil much cracked in       
                |             |      |places. The track now turns N.W.  
                |             |      |for two miles and then W. Some    
                |             |      |cultivation is passed belonging to
                |             |      |a small Messeria village, Ardeb by
                |             |      |name, which lies to the N. of the 
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kubgr_    |      17     | 181  |There are many wells on the N.    
                |             |      |side of the hill, though only two 
                |             |      |on the S. side. From here the     
                |             |      |following jebels are visible, they
                |             |      |are all close and under Mek Abu   
                |             |      |Dugal of Kubgr:—J. Shenshal, J.   
                |             |      |Abu Gerein, J. Umbosha, and J.    
                |             |      |Seigo. To the N. of the hill, and 
                |             |      |about two miles from it, is a Beni
                |             |      |Fadl village named Shallo. The    
                |             |      |people drink from J. Kubgr. There 
                |             |      |is a direct road from Kubgr, _viâ_
                |             |      |Shallo, to Nahud.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Eddaiya_  |      30     | 211  |A collection of villages, all     
                |             |      |under an Omda, Safi Negm El Din,  
                |             |      |by name. The main village, which  
                |             |      |is the largest, is close to the   
                |             |      |wells, which are numerous and lie 
                |             |      |in a depression, and give a       
                |             |      |plentiful supply of water at a    
                |             |      |depth of from 10 to 30 feet, small
                |             |      |hand-wheels being used to draw it 
                |             |      |up. There are many good gardens   
                |             |      |here and, at certain seasons, a   
                |             |      |plentiful supply of vegetables is 
                |             |      |obtainable. The population is very
                |             |      |mixed, there being Homr, Hamar,   
                |             |      |Messeria, Bederia, also some      
                |             |      |Dongolawis and Jaalin. The Homr   
                |             |      |belong chiefly to the Felaita     
                |             |      |section, and they have several    
                |             |      |villages, the chief of these being
                |             |      |Mumu, about 12 miles W. of El     
                |             |      |Eddaiya. There is a Bashibazuk    
                |             |      |post of 50 men here, and a small  
                |             |      |market. This is the starting point
                |             |      |for the Bahr El Arab, Dar Jangé,  
                |             |      |Dar Fertit, and Shakka. Traders   
                |             |      |going S. and W. from here proceed 
                |             |      |on donkeys and cattle, camels     
                |             |      |being little used.                
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


         98.—EL OBEID TO KERAIA (J. TAGALE), _viâ_ JEBEL DAIER.        

        BY CAPTAIN J. R. O’CONNELL, THE KING’S SHROPSHIRE LIGHT        
   INFANTRY, AND CAPTAIN W. LLOYD, THE SCOTTISH RIFLES, JANUARY, 1900;
     WITH ADDITIONS FROM EL KAIMAKAM J. BUTLER BEY’S REPORTS IN 1901.


There is no difficulty with regard to grazing or firewood on this
road, but camels cannot be watered between El Obeid and El Rahad. The
country S. of El Rahad is practically impassable to camels as soon
as the rains commence.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |Leaving the Mudiria, there is a   
                |             |      |good track over level ground to   
                |             |      |the S. end of J. Deigo. Bush never
                |             |      |thick, but after the rains the    
                |             |      |going is bad in places.           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Deigo      |      8      |  8   |Small fula at S. end. Water does  
                |             |      |not last after November. Track now
                |             |      |turns nearly S. and bush becomes  
                |             |      |thicker. Several large deep khors.
                |             |      |J. Kordofan on W. of track. There 
                |             |      |is a pool on top of northern peak 
                |             |      |which lasts till April (_i.e._, in
                |             |      |1901).                            
                |             |      |                                  
  J. El Sofaia  |      10     |  18  |Left to E. of track; bush bad and 
                |             |      |continuous, so to El Rahad.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Um        |      2      |  20  |On W. of track. There is a crack  
  Dubabat_ or   |             |      |in the rock near the road which   
  _El Ein_      |             |      |always contains water, said to    
                |             |      |come from a spring, but by the hot
                |             |      |weather water becomes somewhat    
                |             |      |foul. The country is flat, bush   
                |             |      |thick, and there are several deep 
                |             |      |khors.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Arab cemetery |      12     |  32  |By the side of a khor.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Um       |      10     |  42  |A broad, shallow khor, which must 
  Dagergur      |             |      |be very swampy in the rains.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Rahad_    |      5½     | 47½  |Near the lake the road divides in 
                |             |      |two. That to the E. leads to the  
                |             |      |villages of Sheikh Adam Maznuk, a 
                |             |      |Gowama. The villages are large and
                |             |      |have a small market. The lake is  
                |             |      |about 2 miles wide and 5 miles    
                |             |      |long. When it is dry (as it was in
                |             |      |January, 1900) wells are dug in   
                |             |      |the bottom.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Regela        |      5      |  47  |The road to the W. is the main    
                |             |      |track and passes through Regela,  
                |             |      |and near the remains of one of    
                |             |      |Hick’s forts. Several large khors 
                |             |      |are crossed.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Abu     |      9½     | 56½  |Is 50 feet wide and 2 feet deep,  
  Habl_         |             |      |but the banks are flooded in the  
                |             |      |rains, and it is said to be       
                |             |      |impassable at times.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Egeria_ (in  |      4      | 60½  |A Dabab village, situated in a    
  Jebel Daier)  |             |      |khor in J. Daier. The entrance    
                |             |      |closed by high stone walls—now    
                |             |      |broken—near the khor. Three       
                |             |      |hellas, and a small market. Wells 
                |             |      |in the khor, inside the wall.     
                |             |      |Plenty of water.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving the village the track     
                |             |      |crosses several khors; bush thick 
                |             |      |and between high hills.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kitra_       |      4      | 64½  |A small village buried in the     
                |             |      |hills. The entrance is between    
                |             |      |rocks hardly wide enough for a    
                |             |      |loaded camel. Gowamas and Nubas.  
                |             |      |Wells inside the village.         
                |             |      |Cultivation: dura on plain        
                |             |      |outside.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Moving near the foot of the hills 
                |             |      |the bush continues thick.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sitra_       |      5½     |  70  |A village built on the side of the
                |             |      |hills. Good wells with more than  
                |             |      |enough water for 100 camels. J.   
                |             |      |Daier is now left, and the track  
                |             |      |bears E.S.E. over level country,  
                |             |      |much cut up by khors, many of     
                |             |      |which are 10 feet deep. The bush  
                |             |      |is very thick in places. J. Tagale
                |             |      |is seen ahead.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kodi_        |     24½     | 94½  |After crossing several low hills  
                |             |      |and some cultivation, Kodi is     
                |             |      |reached. The village is on the top
                |             |      |of a hill which commands an       
                |             |      |excellent view in all directions. 
                |             |      |The wells are in a khor S. of the 
                |             |      |village, but large parties of     
                |             |      |animals have to go to a pool 5    
                |             |      |miles S. W., where 100 camels     
                |             |      |watered without any effect on the 
                |             |      |supply. The track there is very   
                |             |      |bad, being over a rocky path      
                |             |      |through bush.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road continues to be much     
                |             |      |broken by khors. It goes between  
                |             |      |high hills and through bad bush,  
                |             |      |and 9 miles on becomes so bad that
                |             |      |it is necessary to dismount and   
                |             |      |lead the camels for ½ mile.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Morat_       |      16     | 110½ |A small Nuba village buried in the
                |             |      |hills. One bad well with little   
                |             |      |water. J. Abu Dom is seen to the  
                |             |      |E.                                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Path crosses many khors and       
                |             |      |wanders about through thick bush; 
                |             |      |Senadre and Julia are left to the 
                |             |      |W. Khor Julia, 20 feet deep, with 
                |             |      |steep banks, has to be crossed.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Ruri          |      11     | 121½ |The track now ascends some 200    
                |             |      |feet over sheet rock and then     
                |             |      |descends among boulders. This took
                |             |      |200 camels an hour and a half to  
                |             |      |cross.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Duris         |      1      | 122½ |A small hella on the side of the  
                |             |      |hill.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On descending on to the plain the 
                |             |      |track passes over level country   
                |             |      |covered with thick bush. It bears 
                |             |      |almost due S., and suddenly turns 
                |             |      |W. into a large cove, the entrance
                |             |      |to which is between narrow rocks. 
                |             |      |There is a good camping ground    
                |             |      |inside and fair wells. The village
  _Keraia_ (J.  |      2½     | 125  |and market is up the hill. Keraia 
  Tagale)       |             |      |is a large place. Mek Geili has a 
                |             |      |large and well-built house there. 
                |             |      |There are also springs of water   
                |             |      |near the top of the hill. The     
                |             |      |camels, however, had to be sent to
                |             |      |some wells in a big khor 7 miles  
                |             |      |further S., as these springs only 
                |             |      |give enough water for the         
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             99.—KERAIA TO RASHAD, AND THENCE TO J. GEDIR.             

   AS FAR AS RASHAD, BY CAPTAIN J. R. O’CONNELL AND CAPTAIN W. LLOYD,  
   JANUARY, 1900; REMAINDER BY EL KAIMAKAM J. BUTLER BEY, MARCH, 1902.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Keraia_ (J.  |      —      |  —   |Leaving the wells at the bottom of
  Tagale)       |             |      |the hill the road turns south     
                |             |      |along the foot of the hills,      
                |             |      |crossing many small khors flowing 
                |             |      |westwards. Much dura cultivation  
                |             |      |seen near.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor_        |      6      |  6   |A large khor, 50 yards wide,      
                |             |      |coming out of the hills and       
                |             |      |turning north-east. A mile up this
                |             |      |khor are several good wells.      
                |             |      |Watered 250 camels there.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road now enters a narrow      
                |             |      |valley; thick jungle for 3 miles, 
                |             |      |and then ascends a steep hill.    
                |             |      |Camels have to be led. Hill       
                |             |      |terraced for cultivation; now     
                |             |      |deserted (1900); signs of         
                |             |      |elephant. Ground stony in places. 
                |             |      |Many khors, but not difficult to  
                |             |      |cross. High trees shut out all    
                |             |      |view. Nine miles from the khor    
                |             |      |descends a hill, and the road     
                |             |      |crosses a series of ridges and    
                |             |      |khors. Much bush.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Fedala|      13     |  19  |A deep khor. Camel corps had to   
                |             |      |dismount. Ridges and khor         
                |             |      |continue, but track improves.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mernia_      |      6      |  25  |Ruined village. Two wells, good   
                |             |      |water. Jebel of same name near.   
                |             |      |Road passes between J. Mernia and 
                |             |      |J. Abu Shok on to a level plain.  
                |             |      |J. Rashad seen due west.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rashad_      |      6      |  31  |Large Nuba village in a valley;   
                |             |      |both ends closed by strong        
                |             |      |sangars. Water quite near the     
                |             |      |surface in January, 1900, but     
                |             |      |dirty; watered 200 camels. In     
                |             |      |February, 1902, water was very    
                |             |      |foul. Good shade and grazing. Road
                |             |      |turns south; rocky in places.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Tendik_   |      15     |  46  |Head-quarters of District. Nubas. 
                |             |      |Well at foot of hill, road to east
                |             |      |of jebel. Fair track.             
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Turum      |      9½     | 55½  |Track crosses jebel; very bad     
                |             |      |going. Well. Nubas and Kenana     
                |             |      |Arabs. Fair going. Four or five   
                |             |      |miles on a large forest of deleib 
                |             |      |palms is entered and continues to 
                |             |      |Gurun.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Gurun_    |      20     | 75½  |Well and village of Kenana Arabs. 
                |             |      |Track passes by many disused      
                |             |      |wells. Very stony in places.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wad el   |      25     | 100½ |Flows south-east. Good track to   
  Hileisa       |             |      |village north-west of J. Gedir,   
                |             |      |leaving J. Girada, inhabited by   
                |             |      |Kenana Arabs, to the east. Then   
                |             |      |very bad track to Mek Bosh’s      
                |             |      |village, south of J. Gedir. Two   
                |             |      |wells.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Gedir_    |      26     | 126½ |Village protected by sangars.     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

From Rashad to J. Gedir there is nowhere enough water for 200 camels.


                     100.—KAKA (KARWA) TO J. GEDIR.                    

      BY COLONEL B. MAHON BEY, D.S.O., 8TH HUSSARS, OCTOBER, 1899.     

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Karwa_       |      —      |  —   |Site of camp on left bank White   
                |             |      |Nile just S. of Kaka. Good camping
                |             |      |ground S.E. of village.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track leaves the river and    
                |             |      |runs practically W.N.W., but winds
                |             |      |greatly through trees, bush,      
                |             |      |scrub, and high grass, which      
                |             |      |requires clearing for camel       
                |             |      |transport or guns.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6½     |  6½  |Track continues W.N.W. over a very
                |             |      |extensive shadeless plain, covered
                |             |      |with grass 3½ to 5 feet high, but 
                |             |      |not thick. Until beaten down or   
                |             |      |burnt, this grass makes marching  
                |             |      |difficult for infantry.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Domat, or     |      8      | 14½  |There has been a lot of water at  
  Domaia, or El |             |      |Domat, but it is now (Oct.)       
  Zeif          |             |      |practically dried up.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At Domat there are two or three   
                |             |      |groups of dom palms, which show up
                |             |      |well and can be seen for a long   
                |             |      |distance. From here the hills of  
                |             |      |Kau and Niaro can be seen bearing 
                |             |      |about 275° magnetic.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Domat, for the next 6¾ miles,
                |             |      |there is no track, but, if from   
                |             |      |the largest group of dom palms on 
                |             |      |left of track you march due W.    
                |             |      |magnetic after going about 2      
                |             |      |miles, a thick clump of dark green
                |             |      |bush is seen on the skyline at    
                |             |      |about 3½ miles distant, and on the
                |             |      |same bearing. A few degrees to the
                |             |      |right of the clump, the hill of   
                |             |      |Fungor can be seen from the same  
                |             |      |point.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Mohabia or    |      5¾     | 20¼  |Beyond Mohabia, the above-        
  Hobobia       |             |      |mentioned clump of bush, J. Fungor
                |             |      |cannot be seen again until you    
                |             |      |arrive within about 2 miles from  
                |             |      |it, except from one point, viz.:  
                |             |      |Sahab.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Domat to the commencement of 
                |             |      |the forest a plain is crossed     
                |             |      |covered with grass from 3 to 5    
                |             |      |feet high. From Mohabia on, the   
                |             |      |track is again visible through    
                |             |      |grass, as before.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 22¾ miles the edge of the      
                |             |      |forest is reached. Track winds    
                |             |      |through forest and undergrowth,   
                |             |      |the latter not very thick. Timber 
                |             |      |much injured by fire. No good     
                |             |      |shade.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Sahab         |      4½     | 24¾  |There was water till recently     
                |             |      |here; now (Oct.) dried up. J.     
                |             |      |Fungor visible bearing 275°       
                |             |      |magnetic.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track through forest as before.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Safa, or     |      8¾     | 33½  |Fine trees giving excellent shade 
  Sufa_         |             |      |at Safa. Two pools of water in    
                |             |      |sandstone rocks; one is 27 yards  
                |             |      |long by 16 yards wide, and 9      
                |             |      |inches deep, the other, circular, 
                |             |      |20 yards in diameter, and 9 inches
                |             |      |deep. If the water remains as at  
                |             |      |present, enough to water all our  
                |             |      |animals.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Path continues distinctly marked  
                |             |      |and through forest without much   
                |             |      |undergrowth except where one or   
                |             |      |two grassy khors are crossed. Very
                |             |      |good ground for marching.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Within 1 mile of Fungor, country  
                |             |      |has been cleared for cultivation, 
                |             |      |and there is some dura and high   
                |             |      |grass.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Fungor_   |      12     | 45½  |Very good camping ground N.E. of  
                |             |      |the centre hill and close to the  
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Several large tanks of good water 
                |             |      |were found besides several smaller
                |             |      |ones of still better water amongst
                |             |      |the rocks on the hill side. With  
                |             |      |the assistance of a heavy         
                |             |      |thunderstorm the water supply was 
                |             |      |ample for two battalions, 500     
                |             |      |cavalry, and some Camel Corps and 
                |             |      |transport for 3 or 4 days in      
                |             |      |October, 1899. In fact no         
                |             |      |impression was made on it.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The village is situated on the E. 
                |             |      |side of the central hill, which is
                |             |      |about 350 feet high. The hill is  
                |             |      |very steep and difficult to ascend
                |             |      |with boots. The inhabitants are   
                |             |      |almost all Nubas. Mek’s name      
                |             |      |Khalil. There are also some Aulad 
                |             |      |Hameid under Sheikh Idris.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the first 2 miles the path    
                |             |      |winds through high grass and very 
                |             |      |thick bush, crossing one small    
                |             |      |khor, containing water from       
                |             |      |previous night’s rain. The bush is
                |             |      |of low sunt, and was evidently    
                |             |      |once a clearing.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 47½  |The path passes to the right of   
                |             |      |some low rocky hills, after which 
                |             |      |the forest opens out, and the     
                |             |      |trees, chiefly heglig and acacia, 
                |             |      |are bigger. The soil is sandy,    
                |             |      |grass very low, and little        
                |             |      |undergrowth.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  50  |At about 4½ miles the track is    
                |             |      |opposite the S.E. end of the Kau  
                |             |      |range, which is a ½ mile on the   
                |             |      |right. Country fairly open; going 
                |             |      |very good.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kau_         |      2½     | 52½  |The village of Kau is on the W.   
                |             |      |slope of J. Kau. It contains about
                |             |      |500 inhabitants. Nubawi blacks;   
                |             |      |neither men nor women are clothed.
                |             |      |Most of the houses are built high 
                |             |      |up amongst the rocks. Water       
                |             |      |obtainable from crevices on the   
                |             |      |rocky hillside. A good many dom   
                |             |      |palms near the village. A space of
                |             |      |about 10 feddans to W. of hill was
                |             |      |formerly cleared, but is now      
                |             |      |overgrown with small dom palms,   
                |             |      |about 4 feet high. After leaving  
                |             |      |Kau, the track winds through open 
                |             |      |forest, the trees improve in size,
                |             |      |and more tropical plants are seen.
                |             |      |Large numbers of bamboos, of      
                |             |      |apparently very good quality, grow
                |             |      |in clusters along the small khors.
                |             |      |Soil light and sandy.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5¾     | 58¼  |Nearly 6 miles from Kau the soil  
                |             |      |becomes heavy clay, and the grass 
                |             |      |is higher. The path winds a good  
                |             |      |deal, and is full of holes caused 
                |             |      |by subsidence after rain. It would
                |             |      |be necessary to clear a track for 
                |             |      |guns or transport for the next 1¼ 
                |             |      |miles, after which the path       
                |             |      |improves and the going is sounder.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shag el      |      3¼     | 61½  |Here there are two large rocks;   
  Hagar_        |             |      |the higher, about 50 feet in      
                |             |      |height, commands a good view; the 
                |             |      |lower, about 12 feet high,        
                |             |      |contains a large supply of water  
                |             |      |in four large and several small   
                |             |      |natural tanks, three of these are 
                |             |      |each about 60 feet long and 6 feet
                |             |      |to 10 feet wide, and vary in depth
                |             |      |from 2 feet to 4 feet. The fourth 
                |             |      |is 150 feet long and 9 feet wide, 
                |             |      |and from 4 feet to 6 feet deep.   
                |             |      |The water is excellent; 550 men   
                |             |      |and 420 horses were watered twice 
                |             |      |in 36 hours at these tanks and    
                |             |      |made little apparent difference in
                |             |      |the supply. As there is no        
                |             |      |catchment area, except the surface
                |             |      |of the rock, it looks as if the   
                |             |      |tanks were fed by springs. Should 
                |             |      |the source of supply be capable of
                |             |      |giving more water, the amount     
                |             |      |retained could be easily increased
                |             |      |by building a small dam across the
                |             |      |end of the large tank, which would
                |             |      |increase the depth to 9 feet. One 
                |             |      |of the other tanks could be       
                |             |      |similarly treated, but the result 
                |             |      |would not be so great. Horses must
                |             |      |be watered from buckets.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country around is covered with    
                |             |      |fairly open forest of good-sized  
                |             |      |trees, with a little undergrowth. 
                |             |      |No bamboos were noticed after     
                |             |      |this.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For about 3 miles the track       
                |             |      |continues through forest. At 19   
                |             |      |miles it reaches a large open     
                |             |      |glade about 2 miles wide, with    
                |             |      |very few trees, and with grass 3½ 
                |             |      |feet high. It is apparently a     
                |             |      |clearing made at some time by     
                |             |      |fire. Track then continues through
                |             |      |open forest of very fine trees,   
                |             |      |many of which are tabeldi         
                |             |      |(Adansonia).                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Goz El   |      7¼     | 68¾  |On this occasion, owing to the    
  Tabeldi       |             |      |recent rain, there was sufficient 
                |             |      |water in this khor to water the   
                |             |      |men and horses, but water cannot  
                |             |      |be counted on. Country remains    
                |             |      |open; trees scattered, but        
                |             |      |sufficient for shade. Grass 5 feet
                |             |      |to 8 feet high.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Waja  |      4¾     | 73½  |This is a grassy khor, about ¼    
                |             |      |mile wide, quite dry, but said to 
                |             |      |hold water during rains. It is    
                |             |      |intersected by narrow water       
                |             |      |channels, 3 feet to 6 feet deep.  
                |             |      |The khor, whose soil is black     
                |             |      |clay, would be a serious obstacle 
                |             |      |to troops in the rainy season, and
                |             |      |would, I think, be impassable for 
                |             |      |guns and transport while in flood.
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Melisa   |      1      | 74½  |This is a sandy khor about 17     
                |             |      |yards wide, with steep banks 10   
                |             |      |feet to 14 feet deep, said to come
                |             |      |from J. Girada. In the rains it   
                |             |      |must be a considerable obstacle.  
                |             |      |The country continues open, but   
                |             |      |with grass from 6 feet to 8 feet  
                |             |      |high, to within 2¾ miles of Gedir,
                |             |      |when a belt of thick acacia and   
                |             |      |kittr scrub, 1¾ miles in width, is
                |             |      |crossed. For guns or pack animals,
                |             |      |it would be necessary to clear a  
                |             |      |path through this belt.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About 1½ miles from Gedir, the    
                |             |      |sandy khor, Gedad, 8 feet wide and
                |             |      |6 feet to 8 feet deep, said to    
                |             |      |come from J. Girada, is crossed.  
                |             |      |The last ¾ mile to Gedir is open  
                |             |      |ground with few scattered trees.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Gedir_    |      7¾     | 82¼  |A rocky horseshoe-shaped hill,    
                |             |      |estimated altitude above the plain
                |             |      |600 feet. The village is on the   
                |             |      |re-entrant. Near the gorge are two
                |             |      |wells about 80 feet deep, with a  
                |             |      |little water. No other water was  
                |             |      |seen. There are about 500         
                |             |      |inhabitants. Many of the men have 
                |             |      |rifles. They are not naked like   
                |             |      |those of Kau, and appear to be a  
                |             |      |cross between Arabs and Nubas.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Mahdi’s Stone is a large      
                |             |      |boulder up the slope of the hill, 
                |             |      |outside of, and about ½ a mile    
                |             |      |from the northern heel of the     
                |             |      |horseshoe, and on the way to      
                |             |      |Girada, of the same colour as the 
                |             |      |surrounding rocks, and shaded by a
                |             |      |heglig tree, which may account for
                |             |      |the Mahdi’s partiality for it. No 
                |             |      |cultivation was seen, but the     
                |             |      |inhabitants said they had some    
                |             |      |dura fields ripening.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Jebel Girada appears to be 5 to 7 
                |             |      |miles distant. It is said to have 
                |             |      |a plentiful water supply.         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                     101.—EL OBEID TO DAR EL JANGE.                    

         BY MAJOR E. B. WILKINSON, JANUARY AND FEBRUARY, 1902.         

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      —      |  —   |Leaving the Mudiria, the road runs
                |             |      |in a S.S.W. direction, and at 1½  
                |             |      |miles distance further on reaches 
                |             |      |the southern edge of the El Obeid 
                |             |      |basin, and low acacia bush and an 
                |             |      |occasional baobab tree take the   
                |             |      |place of dukhn cultivation.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Track to _El  |      5      |  5   |At 5 miles distance from El Obeid,
  Atshan Wells_ |             |      |a broad track runs in a S.W.      
                |             |      |direction to El Atshan wells,     
                |             |      |which are situated in Khor        
                |             |      |Fertangul, 22 miles from El Obeid.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road to El Merekib continues  
                |             |      |in the same direction, viz.,      
                |             |      |S.S.W., and one passes through the
                |             |      |same kind of bush with sandy soil 
                |             |      |until the village is reached. The 
                |             |      |inhabitants consist of Bederia and
                |             |      |Ghodiat Arabs.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Merekib_  |      5      |  10  |There is a well here, but the     
                |             |      |supply of water is very small.    
                |             |      |Dukhn is cultivated around the    
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road continues in a S.W. by S.
                |             |      |direction until J. Fertangul is   
  J. Fertangul  |      6½     | 16½  |reached. There are two small hills
                |             |      |of the same name; one E. of the   
                |             |      |road, and 6½ miles distant from   
                |      1½     |  18  |Merekib, and the other on the W.  
                |             |      |of the road, and 8 miles distant  
                |             |      |from Merekib. The crest of latter 
                |             |      |is crowned with white limestone.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      1      |  19  |One mile from the hill, Khor      
  Fertangul_    |             |      |Fertangul with wells in its bed is
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  24  |Khor.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kashgil  |      1½     | 25½  |Khor Kashgil with good shade and  
                |             |      |grazing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here road changes direction to    
                |             |      |S.S.E., and runs through thick    
                |             |      |bush for 9¾ miles until khor      
  _El Edeidat_  |      9¾     | 35½  |crosses road; this place is known 
                |             |      |as El Edeidat. There are two wells
                |             |      |in khor. (Plenty of water March,  
                |             |      |1904.)                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Hella Abdel   |      5      | 40¼  |Road runs S. from here, and 5     
  Samad         |             |      |miles on a track runs S.E. to     
                |             |      |Hella Abdel Samad, which is about 
                |             |      |1 mile off the main road.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Birket_   |      2¾     |  43  |One and three-quarter miles on    
                |             |      |road turns due W., and 1 mile on  
                |             |      |brings one to El Birket; there are
                |             |      |two villages here consisting of   
                |             |      |Bederia Arabs who have a good deal
                |             |      |of land under cultivation. Here   
                |             |      |there is a large lake or          
                |             |      |reservoir, which I am informed    
                |             |      |contains much water for eight     
                |             |      |months in the year, but owing to  
                |             |      |this year being exceptionally dry 
                |             |      |there was no water (February,     
                |             |      |1902), and wells sunk in the      
                |             |      |centre 24 feet deep were also dry.
                |             |      |The area of this reservoir is     
                |             |      |probably 2 square miles. Good     
                |             |      |timber and shade on the southern  
                |             |      |edge of the lake.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the road runs S.W.      
                |             |      |through thick bush, and the soil  
                |             |      |changes to black cotton soil.     
                |             |      |                                  
  El Edaiya Faki|      7      |  50  |The district known as El Edaiya   
  Yasin         |             |      |commences, and Hella Beni Fadl is 
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Seneina    |      2¾     | 52¾  |Hella Um Seneina.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Habl      |      3¼     |  56  |Khor Abu Habl is reached at       
                |             |      |Sessaban. This district is        
  _Um Sessaban_ |             |      |inhabited by Bederia Arabs; each  
                |             |      |village has a certain amount of   
                |             |      |land cleared and under cultivation
                |             |      |(dukhn). Khor Abu Habl is here    
                |             |      |about 15 to 20 yards broad, with  
                |             |      |high banks varying from 15 to 20  
                |             |      |feet with good timber growing     
                |             |      |along them. A few wells are sunk  
                |             |      |at Sessaban, but the supply of    
                |             |      |water was not sufficient to allow 
                |             |      |of animals being watered (8.1.02).
                |             |      |                                  
  H. El Daruta  |      3½     | 59½  |H. El Daruta (Bederia), J.        
                |             |      |Belgulti and Fainar visible from  
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 61½  |Track runs W., and                
                |             |      |                                  
  H. Balamat    |      1      | 62½  |Hella Balamat is reached.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kururra_     |      2½     |  65  |Khor Abu Habl is again struck at  
                |             |      |Kururra well, which is situated   
                |             |      |under a very fine gemmeiza tree,  
                |             |      |and gives a large quantity of     
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Well, 80 feet to water, and there 
                |             |      |was 20 feet of water in it.       
                |             |      |Kururra village ½ mile E. of well,
                |             |      |Bederia, also water at this well. 
                |             |      |Hawazma Arabs.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sungikai_    |      3      |  68  |Wells of Sungikai—four in number, 
                |             |      |72 feet deep in khor; banks of    
                |             |      |khor 10 to 15 feet high. Large    
                |             |      |population of Hawazma Arabs.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Sungikai village 1½ miles N.W.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Sungikai village a much used 
                |             |      |road runs N.N.W. to El Obeid,     
                |             |      |passing through El Atshan wells in
                |             |      |Khor Fertangul, distance 48 miles.
                |             |      |                                  
  Zeriba El Aguz|      2½     | 70½  |Leaving Sungukai wells, one enters
  or H. El      |             |      |a very rich district. Road runs   
  Birgid        |             |      |S.W., and 2½ miles H. El Birgid   
                |             |      |(Bederia) is reached, and villages
                |             |      |occur almost every mile till El   
                |             |      |Nila is reached. There is much    
                |             |      |cultivation in this district; the 
                |             |      |inhabitants (Hawazma) possess many
                |             |      |cattle, and N. of Nila there is   
                |             |      |excellent timber.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Nila_     |      5½     |  76  |At _El Nila_ there are six wells, 
                |             |      |average 42 feet deep, giving      
                |             |      |excellent supply of water, and    
                |             |      |many hundreds of cattle, sheep and
                |             |      |goats water there daily. Fine     
                |             |      |gemmeiza, sunt, haraz, and heglig 
                |             |      |trees. Four to five Arab (Ferikgs)
                |             |      |or settlements. Khor 20 yards     
                |             |      |between banks, which in places are
                |             |      |22 to 25 feet broad. All along    
                |             |      |bank there is very good timber.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving El Nila wells in a S.S.E. 
                |             |      |direction, there is an excellent  
                |             |      |and much used road to J. Watta,   
                |             |      |distant 30 miles, first 10 miles  
                |             |      |good shade, after that none.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _J.           |      15     |  91  |Leaving El Nila, road runs S.W.   
  Dilling_[32]  |             |      |and after 13 miles through forest 
                |             |      |of heglig and talh, and over      
                |             |      |cotton soils bring one to J.      
                |             |      |Dilling, consisting of a group of 
                |             |      |hills; thickly populated by Nubas 
                |             |      |who build their little conical    
                |             |      |huts in groups in suitable        
                |             |      |recesses among the boulders high  
                |             |      |up in the hills.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 91½  |Half a mile S.W. wells in khor;   
                |             |      |khor 25 to 30 yards broad; good   
                |             |      |shade and grazing; good camp      
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Abu Sebah_|      4      | 95½  |Four miles S.W. is J. Abu Sebah, a
                |             |      |small rocky hill ½ mile from khor 
                |             |      |along which there is a small      
                |             |      |population of Hawazma Arabs, who  
                |             |      |have dug wells, four in number, in
                |             |      |khor, depth 21 feet to water.     
                |             |      |Deleib palms were first seen      
                |             |      |between Dilling and this, and the 
                |             |      |country intervening is cleared and
                |             |      |cultivated.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From J. Abu Sebah road to Gulfan  
                |             |      |runs S.E. over cotton soil for    
                |             |      |first four miles. Open bush and   
                |             |      |then talh, heglig bush, &c.       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Samasen    |      15     | 110½ |J. Samasen is passed, and         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 114½ |Four miles on, one reaches the    
                |             |      |foot of hills where soil becomes  
                |             |      |more gravelly, and contains a lot 
                |             |      |of detritus and broken rock, which
                |             |      |makes going harder for camels. The
                |             |      |road trends S. and then W.,       
                |             |      |winding over spurs from the main  
  _J. Gulfan_   |      3      | 117½ |hills and passing over large areas
                |             |      |which are cultivated with dura,   
                |             |      |eventually entering between the   
                |             |      |hills crowned with many Nuba      
                |             |      |villages and Gulfan is reached.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Here there was very little water. 
                |             |      |Wells mere holes 6 feet to 8 feet,
                |             |      |and having a very slow yield.     
                |             |      |Hills are here terraced to the    
                |             |      |top, and dura grown in large      
                |             |      |quantities. The terraces are most 
                |             |      |carefully made and walls of stone 
                |             |      |are built.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Gulfan the road runs W. over 
                |             |      |rock, and going is bad, as one is 
                |             |      |continually ascending and         
                |             |      |descending spurs.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 119½ |Two miles after leaving, wells    
                |             |      |(mere holes in the ground, about 6
  J. Tarda      |      1      | 120½ |feet deep) are passed, the road   
                |             |      |now running between two ranges of 
                |      ½      | 121  |hills, and there is an Arab       
                |             |      |settlement. J. Tarda is left on   
                |             |      |the N. and J. Watta 4 miles N.E., 
                |             |      |and road turns S. and S.W.,       
                |             |      |following the contour of the      
                |             |      |southern range of hills, and ½    
                |             |      |mile on a road branches, running  
                |             |      |N.E. to J. Watta, which is        
                |             |      |inhabited by Nubas and Arabs.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road to J. Watta runs N.E.    
                |             |      |through thick bush for 4½ miles,  
                |             |      |and crosses a khor close to the   
                |             |      |hill. There are many wells, but   
                |             |      |most give very little water which,
                |             |      |however, is of good quality. The  
                |             |      |road to Kadaro and El Obeid from  
                |             |      |S. passes through here; and also  
                |             |      |there is an excellent road to     
                |             |      |Nila, running N.N.W. through talh 
                |             |      |and jungle. This road is greatly  
                |             |      |used by Hawazma Arabs, who migrate
                |             |      |N. annually. Six miles after      
                |             |      |leaving J. Watta, J. Tungul is    
                |             |      |left on E., 3 miles off road, and 
                |             |      |at 16 miles J. Dilling el Khulla  
                |             |      |is passed, 1 mile W. of road. No  
                |             |      |shade for 20 miles, then good     
                |             |      |shade and grazing; total distance 
                |             |      |to Nila 30 miles.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Katta_       |      2½     | 123½ |Nuba village Katta is passed, and 
                |             |      |there is an Arab settlement close 
                |             |      |by. Much dura is cultivated. J.   
                |             |      |Sheibun and Um Heitan is visible. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 125½ |A large rocky hill with jagged    
                |             |      |crest; low bush, no shade. Here   
                |             |      |road runs S.S.W., and 2¼ miles on 
                |             |      |khor is passed which had water in 
                |             |      |a hole under S. bank on 21.2.02.  
                |             |      |Road continues in same direction  
                |      2¼     | 127¾ |and the country is very much the  
                |             |      |same as before, talh and heglig,  
                |      9½     | 137¼ |only the soil is more gravelly    
                |             |      |until Khor Debri and Debri wells, 
                |             |      |6 feet deep, are reached. Leaving 
                |             |      |Debri wells, where there is a     
                |             |      |small hill, road runs S.W. for 2  
                |             |      |miles, and ¾ mile further S.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Debri_    |      2¾     | 140  |J. Debri, with village (Nuba) of  
                |             |      |the same name is passed. Here much
                |             |      |land is cleared and dura          
                |             |      |cultivated at the foot of hills.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kega_     |      2      | 142  |Two miles south of Debri road     
                |             |      |bends to W., skirting the foot of 
                |             |      |the hills, and J. Kega Tummero is 
                |             |      |reached. This is a large conical  
                |             |      |hill, part of W. chain of other   
                |             |      |features, and up the sides of     
                |             |      |which the Nubas have built their  
                |             |      |huts, some situated right on the  
                |             |      |top, at the foot of which and in  
                |             |      |the re-enterants are also many    
                |             |      |huts belonging to them and also   
                |             |      |Arabs. There is a well here but   
                |             |      |the water is very bad.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Kega_   |      2      | 144  |Two miles on Khor Kega is reached,
                |             |      |which flows from J. Kega el Abiad 
                |             |      |and Kega Libu. There are six wells
                |             |      |in bed of khor, which is 20 yards 
                |             |      |wide, 6 to 8 feet deep; water good
                |             |      |and abundant, good shade and      
                |             |      |grazing. Much dura is cultivated  
                |             |      |in the plain, and there is an Arab
                |             |      |(Hawazma) settlement. Crossing    
                |             |      |Khor Kega road runs roughly S.    
                |             |      |over cotton soil with talh and    
                |             |      |heglig forest, and at 3½ miles    
  Khor El Kuek  |      3½     | 147½ |Khor El Kuek is crossed.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hella Daud_  |      12     | 159½ |Eleven miles on Hella Daud, 35 to 
                |             |      |40 huts belonging to Hawazmas, who
                |             |      |cultivate dura and have much      
                |             |      |ground cleared. From here to S.W. 
                |             |      |the Miri range and J. Demik and   
                |             |      |Kega Heg El Kheil are visible.    
                |             |      |Water is transported from wells in
                |             |      |a khor E. of village at the foot  
                |             |      |of J. Tesein Dhanat.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After continuing S. through the   
                |             |      |same kind of forest and crossing  
                |             |      |many small watercourses which flow
                |             |      |W. from the hills, the road skirts
                |             |      |the foot of J. Musta, and Kadugli 
  _J. Kadugli_  |      7      | 166½ |is reached. Here there is a       
                |             |      |population of Nubas and Hawazma   
                |             |      |Arabs. The Mek of the Nubas is    
                |             |      |named Rehal, and he exercises     
                |             |      |power over all the surrounding    
                |             |      |hills. The whole of this range of 
                |             |      |high hills containing J. Tesem    
                |             |      |Dhanab, J. Musta and J. Kadugli,  
                |             |      |is known by the name of El Goghub.
                |             |      |J. Sabori, to the W., is also     
                |             |      |inhabited.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |    FROM KADUGLI TO KEILAK.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Kadugli_|      ½      | 167  |Leaving the camp at the foot of J.
                |             |      |Kadugli one proceeds W. and ½ mile
                |             |      |on brings one to the khor of the  
                |             |      |same name. Here there are three   
                |             |      |groups of wells. (1) ¾ mile W. of 
                |             |      |Arab village there are a group of 
                |             |      |some half a dozen wells,          
                |             |      |principally used by Arabs. (2)    
                |             |      |Central group, live wells 6 feet  
                |             |      |deep, used by Nubas. (3) 1 mile   
                |             |      |down stream and S., two wells 6   
                |             |      |feet deep, used by the Mek’s      
                |             |      |immediate household; all give a   
                |             |      |good supply of water. There is    
                |             |      |very good grazing all along the   
                |             |      |khor. Much dura cultivated.       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kaffari    |      2      | 169  |J. Kaffari is passed S. of road   
                |             |      |which runs W. through much dura   
                |      1      | 170  |cultivation and along the banks of
                |             |      |Khor Kadugli, which rises in Miri 
                |             |      |range. Road passes now between low
                |             |      |range of hills, and continues W.  
                |             |      |by S. for 5 miles through level   
                |             |      |plain covered with heglig, talh,  
                |      5      | 175  |and haraz forest, with clearings  
                |             |      |for dura cultivation, with the    
                |             |      |hills close in on either side     
                |             |      |forming a narrow gorge scarcely   
                |             |      |200 yards wide, down which runs a 
                |             |      |khor some 10 to 15 yards broad.   
                |             |      |The ground being rocky it is very 
                |      ¾      | 175¾ |bad going for camels and bulls.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Gorge turns abruptly S., and road 
                |             |      |continues on through pretty       
                |             |      |scenery in a W. direction over a  
                |             |      |rocky saddle-back, and then one   
                |             |      |gradually descends into a valley  
                |             |      |in which a large and important    
                |             |      |khor rises which feeds Lake       
                |             |      |Keilak, and enters the Bahr El    
                |             |      |Arab. Water here obtained by      
                |             |      |digging in the sand in bed of     
                |             |      |khor.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Plain surrounded by green         
                |             |      |vegetation; good timber, and there
                |             |      |is much land cleared for dura     
                |             |      |cultivation. The hills are        
                |             |      |terraced to the tops and dura     
                |             |      |grown on them.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tuluk_       |      5      | 180  |Tuluk, the abode of Mek Hamed Abu 
                |             |      |Sekin, is reached, and there are  
                |             |      |many groups of villages in the    
                |             |      |surrounding hills; some low down  
                |             |      |near the foot, others perched high
                |             |      |up near the crests. Here,         
                |             |      |surrounded on all sides by hills, 
                |             |      |is a large open area of ground    
                |             |      |with water within 2 feet of the   
                |             |      |surface, probably 1½ square miles 
                |             |      |of rich soil, which, if only      
                |             |      |tilled, would grow almost         
                |             |      |everything. The Nubas only require
                |             |      |dura, however.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kufa       |      3      | 183  |Leaving Tuluk the track runs along
                |             |      |side of khor, which now runs S.W.,
                |             |      |and 3 miles on J. Kufa, with      
                |             |      |several large villages, is passed.
                |             |      |Here roads divide; one, following 
                |             |      |khor, passes through plain much   
                |             |      |cultivated with dura by the Nubas 
                |             |      |of J. Kufa, Lima, and Kania. The  
                |             |      |khor here is walled across at     
                |             |      |intervals with large stones to    
                |             |      |hold back the water in the rains. 
                |             |      |Khor emerges from the hills at J. 
                |             |      |Kania.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Abu Sinun_|      2      | 185  |The second road runs S.S.W. to J. 
                |             |      |Abu Sinun, where there are two    
                |             |      |Nuba villages under Mek Zakharia, 
                |             |      |and a Homr (Felaita) village.     
                |             |      |Water obtained from khor.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kanga_    |      3      | 188  |Three miles W. is J. Kanga, the   
                |             |      |southern side of which hill is    
                |             |      |fortified by a 6-feet stone wall, 
                |             |      |crowned by a zeriba to guard the  
                |             |      |Nubas from raids by the Homr      
                |             |      |Arabs. The huts are high up the   
                |             |      |hill. Khor emerges here between   
                |             |      |two hills, and is now 20 to 25    
                |             |      |yards broad; well 4 to 6 feet in  
                |             |      |khor; water good. Looking S. about
                |             |      |20 miles off are two hills, and   
                |             |      |beyond as far as the eye can reach
                |             |      |to the S. and W. is a dead level  
                |             |      |plain covered with forest. From J.
                |             |      |Kanga, road runs W. and S.W., and 
                |             |      |for 1½ miles there is dura        
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 189  |Khor crosses road, and cotton soil
                |             |      |takes the place of rocky          
                |             |      |decomposed gravel. The forest is  
                |             |      |of larger growth—talh and heglig, 
                |             |      |and the tracks of animals which   
                |             |      |have struggled through the deep   
                |             |      |mud that exists in the rains      
                |             |      |become visible.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 192½ |Road again crosses khor, and long 
                |             |      |grass hinders any view.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 195  |Road crosses outlet from Lake     
                |             |      |Keilak, which now becomes visible,
                |             |      |and then goes due W. for two miles
                |             |      |when Keilak is reached.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Keilak_      |      2      | 197  |Keilak is a series of groups of   
                |             |      |tukls badly built and inhabited by
                |             |      |Homr Arabs who possess few flocks,
                |             |      |a few horses, and appear to live  
                |             |      |on the Nubas.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The limits of the lake are very   
                |             |      |difficult to determine, as for 2  
                |             |      |miles on N.E. and N. sides long   
                |             |      |grass 8 feet high hides all view, 
                |             |      |but from what can be observed by  
                |             |      |riding round the length was       
                |             |      |computed to be 4 miles and the    
                |             |      |breadth 2 miles. On 22.1.02, there
                |             |      |was a very large expanse of open  
                |             |      |water, and the natives reported it
                |             |      |to be considerably over a man’s   
                |             |      |height in depth. In order to reach
                |             |      |the open water one has to wade    
                |             |      |through a broad fringe of green   
                |             |      |grass and lilies. Soil surrounding
                |             |      |lake excellent, rich soil and     
                |             |      |water could be found a mile from  
                |             |      |edge, 6 feet below surface. The   
                |             |      |forest on S. and W. sides very    
                |             |      |good, and there are some really   
                |             |      |fine timber trees.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 199  |Leaving Keilak road runs N. for 2 
                |             |      |miles then S.S.E., and numerous   
                |             |      |Arab settlements are passed       
                |             |      |situated along the outlet of the  
                |             |      |lake.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Geref_    |      4½     | 203½ |4½ miles El Geref; Homr           
                |             |      |settlement; here there is water in
                |             |      |any quantity, 8 paces broad with  
                |             |      |grass and water-lilies covering   
                |             |      |the surface. Water 1 to 2 feet    
                |             |      |deep in places. Current very      
                |             |      |slight; Arabs clear spaces and    
                |             |      |fence them round for fish to      
                |             |      |collect in.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 204¾ |Road then goes S.W. for 1¼ miles, 
                |             |      |then S.S.E. for 2½ miles over a   
                |             |      |broad swamp, dry at date of       
                |             |      |crossing (25.1.02), but covered   
                |             |      |with long grass and pitted with   
                |             |      |elephant tracks, which were       
                |      2½     | 207¼ |terrible pitfalls for the baggage 
                |             |      |animals. After crossing this bit  
                |             |      |of country, track runs S.W., along
                |             |      |edge of bed of river, which was   
                |             |      |dry, and going became better, and 
                |             |      |when track ran on the slightly    
                |             |      |elevated edge of forest; the soil 
  _El Yoi_      |     20¾     | 228  |was sandy and going good until El 
                |             |      |Yoi was reached. Along immediate  
                |             |      |edge of river, forest very good.  
                |             |      |To the E. and W. away from river, 
                |             |      |talh and heglig forest and cotton 
                |             |      |soil.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At El Yoi two pools were found,   
                |             |      |containing good water sufficient  
                |             |      |for our wants, but likely only to 
                |             |      |last for a few days. Ground here  
                |             |      |much cut up and intersected by    
                |             |      |small water channels, while soil  
                |             |      |was baked hard and cracked in all 
                |             |      |directions, making it most        
                |             |      |difficult for bulls and donkeys to
                |             |      |travel. At El Yoi itself, good    
                |             |      |shade and fine trees; forest in   
                |             |      |neighbourhood and to S. consists  
                |             |      |of talh, and ground covered with  
                |             |      |long grass.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Dirkoei_  |      7¾     | 235¾ |Road continues S.W., and after 7¾ 
                |             |      |miles, El Dirkoei is reached; this
                |             |      |place merely a reach of the river,
                |             |      |which at the time contained a     
                |             |      |little water.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Debekir_  |      3½     | 239¼ |Three and a-half miles S.W., El   
                |             |      |Debekir was reached. Here there   
                |             |      |was an Arab (Homr) settlement;    
                |             |      |water in bed of river, 8 feet deep
                |             |      |in places and covered with grass  
                |             |      |(27.1.02), but dry on 11.2.02.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Debekir road runs over black 
                |             |      |cotton soil very much fissured. W.
                |     13¾     | 253  |by S. for 13¾ miles, then S.S.W.  
                |             |      |for 3 miles when heglig forest is 
  _El Anga_     |      3      | 256  |entered and El Anga on river is   
                |             |      |reached. Here there is an Arab    
                |             |      |settlement, and there was a little
                |             |      |water (28.1.02).                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kuek_        |      5½     | 261½ |Road now runs 1¾ miles S.W., and  
                |             |      |S. for 3¾ miles when Kuek is      
                |             |      |reached. Here the river is 50     
                |             |      |yards broad, and the water was    
                |             |      |from 2 feet 6 inches to 4 feet    
                |             |      |deep, but covered with grass.     
                |             |      |Large Arab settlement and many    
                |             |      |cattle.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _H. Debib_    |      6      | 267½ |Road runs S.W. for 6 miles, when  
                |             |      |H. Debib is passed; a few Homr    
                |             |      |Arabs living here; but in the     
                |             |      |rains there are many wells; one   
                |             |      |well 6 feet deep, water good.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |General run of road now S.S.W. to 
                |             |      |S.                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Fula Hamadai  |      3½     | 271  |Fula Hamadai with a little water  
                |             |      |sufficient to water animals on    
                |             |      |30.1.02; but dry on 9.2.02. Small 
                |             |      |villages—mere collection of three 
                |             |      |or four huts passed at El Jaart   
                |             |      |and Um Geren.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Fut           |     11¾     | 282¾ |Eleven and three quarter miles    
                |             |      |from Fula Hamadai, village named  
                |             |      |Fut was passed. Country here more 
                |             |      |open and lower bush; going better,
                |             |      |and road crosses river bed; dry   
                |             |      |and long grass.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fauwel_      |      4      | 286¾ |Fauwel is reached. Large Arab     
                |             |      |settlement; much water in river,  
                |             |      |and an open expanse 1¾ miles      
                |             |      |surrounded by reeds. Geese and    
                |             |      |waterfowl. Homr Arabs here very   
                |             |      |wild, but possess many cattle,    
                |             |      |goats and sheep.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8¾     | 295½ |Road now runs 1 mile S.W. and 5¾  
                |             |      |miles S.S.E. and strikes the      
                |             |      |river, then continues to run      
                |             |      |alongside of it for 2 miles, when 
                |             |      |the river takes a bend N.E. The   
                |             |      |river here is very broad, 300     
                |             |      |yards in places and the water is 3
                |             |      |feet 6 inches deep, generally the 
                |             |      |surface is covered with grass and 
                |             |      |weeds, and very little open water 
                |             |      |is seen. The trees on bank are    
                |             |      |also much bigger.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Bahr El Arab  |      5      | 300½ |The Bahr El Arab here has to be   
                |             |      |crossed, and this was done at a   
                |             |      |point where it was 120 yards      
                |             |      |broad, with water 3 to 3 feet 6   
                |             |      |inches deep, the baggage bulls    
                |             |      |being unloaded and the baggage    
                |             |      |being carried across by hand. Bed 
                |             |      |of river very muddy.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From this point, which is known to
                |             |      |the Arabs, as the district of     
                |             |      |Bara, the river flows S.S.E. as   
                |             |      |far as could be judged.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track now runs S., and at 5 miles 
                |             |      |divides one running S.S.W. to the 
                |             |      |country of a Dinka chief called   
                |             |      |Rueng, the other S.S.W. leads over
                |             |      |a wide plain covered with long    
                |             |      |grass and a few bushes; surface of
                |             |      |ground much fissured and soil much
                |             |      |cut up.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country changes to forest after   
                |             |      |some miles.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Bongo         |     14¾     | 315¼ |The first Dinka village of Bombo  
                |             |      |is reached. This district is now  
                |      3      | 318¼ |known as Bongo, and 3 miles on,   
                |             |      |S.W., is one of the villages of   
  Tehak         |      2½     | 320¾ |Tehak, another of the same name   
                |             |      |being met 2½ miles on.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |These villages, neatly built, are 
                |             |      |used by the Dinkas in the rains   
                |             |      |and as long as the water lasts. At
                |             |      |the present date, 2.2.02., all the
                |             |      |inhabitants had left and were     
                |             |      |grazing their herds of cattle     
                |             |      |where grass and water were to be  
                |             |      |found.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Etai_        |      2      | 322¾ |Reached Etai, where the first     
                |             |      |Dinkas were met. Here there were  
                |             |      |large settlements, and the people 
                |             |      |were most friendly. A chief named 
                |             |      |Lor has his headquarters here. A  
                |             |      |large watercourse flows in from   
                |             |      |N.E. and meets another            
                |             |      |watercourse, the Regabet El Lau,  
                |             |      |which comes from N.W., and then   
                |             |      |joining runs into the Kir, or Bahr
                |             |      |El Jange, in a southerly          
                |             |      |direction.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kir, or Bahr |      5½     | 328¼ |Road continues for 3 miles through
  El Jange_     |             |      |forest S.W., then runs W. for 2½, 
                |             |      |miles, and the Kir River, or Bahr 
                |             |      |El Jange, is struck, as one       
                |             |      |reaches the settlements of Sultan 
                |             |      |Rob.                              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The river here is a most pleasant 
                |             |      |sight after the monotonous red    
                |             |      |talh forest and long grass, and is
                |             |      |80 yards broad now, 3.2.02., 12 to
                |             |      |15 feet deep, current 1½ miles an 
                |             |      |hour. Banks low but firm, with    
                |             |      |green rushes and grass along the  
                |             |      |edges. In the rains the banks are 
                |             |      |flooded and the river widens to   
                |             |      |200 to 400 yards. There are a few 
                |             |      |dugouts here; the natives say that
                |             |      |canoes can go in open water to the
                |             |      |Bahr El Ghazal. Fish are          
                |             |      |plentiful, as are also crocodiles 
                |             |      |and hippos.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The district on N. bank is called 
                |             |      |Mareg. The district on S. bank is 
                |             |      |called Masian, and the Sultan Rob 
                |             |      |lives in the latter. Much dura is 
                |             |      |cultivated.                       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                       102.—RIVER KIR TO FAUWEL.                       

         BY MAJOR E. B. WILKINSON, JANUARY AND FEBRUARY, 1902.         

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |      2¼     |  —   |Leaving Sultan Rob’s settlement   
                |             |      |the road runs N.W., and the river 
                |             |      |is left on the left, but is struck
                |             |      |again 2¼ miles on, and the path   
                |             |      |keeps along the left bank. The    
                |             |      |country here is all open, and much
                |             |      |dura cultivated. Dinka dwellings  
                |             |      |are dotted about, and the country 
                |             |      |presents a most prosperous aspect.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gohea_       |      2¾     |  5   |Village of Gohea on river bank,   
                |             |      |which here has become overgrown   
                |             |      |with reeds, grass, &c. River here 
                |             |      |turns to N.W., and road now runs  
                |      2¾     |  7¾  |N.E. for 2¾ miles, then E. by N.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  8¾  |One mile on Regabet El Lau, coming
                |             |      |in from N. and running S.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Niat_     |      1¼     |  10  |The commencement of a large swamp,
                |             |      |now dry, called El Niat, but      
                |             |      |covered with long grass, and going
                |             |      |is very bad.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     | 14½  |End of El Niat.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  16  |Direction of road changes to N.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Gulmaia       |      9¼     | 25¼  |Gulmaia, a pool containing very   
                |             |      |bad water; almost dried up.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Kareit_  |      4      | 29¼  |Abu Kareit, on Bahr El Arab. Homr 
                |             |      |settlement. River here 100 yards  
                |             |      |broad, with water 2 feet 6 inches 
                |             |      |deep covered with grass; river    
                |             |      |here flows E. and W.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Mellum        |      4¾     |  34  |Track follows river bank.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mellum, an Arab settlement, with  
                |             |      |Khor Famai running in from N.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Regabet El   |      6½     | 40½  |River now flows W. by N., and 6½  
  Shaib_        |             |      |miles on Regabet El Shaib; flows  
                |             |      |in the N. from river; now bends   
                |             |      |S.W., and enters district called  
                |             |      |Bara. Immediately at this point   
                |             |      |flows in Keilak El Yoi; and Fauwel
                |             |      |flows in from N.E.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Fauwel        |      3¼     | 43¾  |From Regabet El Shaib road runs   
                |             |      |N.E., and another 3¼ miles N.     
                |             |      |brings one to Fauwel.             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


          GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF BAHR EL ARAB AND DAR EL HOMR.         


Immediately one emerges from the hilly country of the Nubas a vast
level plain meets the eye, absolutely devoid of landmarks: the soil
changes abruptly to rich black cotton soil with fissures, some so
broad and deep that it is dangerous for bulls and donkeys, owing to
their getting their legs jammed in the cracks. The surface of the
land is uniformly covered with talh and heglig trees; occasionally
tamarind and kau trees are met. Only two india-rubber trees were
seen. The natives do not appear to know the use of these. The Bahr El
Arab in section is very shallow, with no defined banks, and at this
time of year water is more or less in pools. All the confluents are
the same shallow watercourses, and the country appears to be one vast
swamp in the rains. Only in a few places, Fauwel, Keilak, and Kuek,
do the Homr Arabs remain throughout the year, as they say that the
flies and mosquitoes torment men and beasts to such an extent as to
make life unbearable.


       103.—EL OBEID TO SUNGIKAI, _viâ_ EL ATSHAN AND EL HAMADI.       

                    BY DEPUTY INSPECTOR C. E. LYALL.                   

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  El Obeid      |      5      |  5   |After leaving El Obeid in a       
                |             |      |southerly direction, road divides,
                |             |      |going S. to Mereikab and S.S.W. to
                |             |      |El Atshan.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road continues in S.S.W.          
                |             |      |direction, and thorn bush does not
                |             |      |impede travelling; going generally
                |             |      |good.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  El Atshan     |      17     |  22  |El Atshan wells are reached, 22   
                |             |      |miles from El Obeid; quite        
                |             |      |dry—20.4.03.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving El Atshan, road divides   
                |             |      |S.S.E. to Kadero, S.W. to El      
                |             |      |Hamadi; country generally open    
                |             |      |bush and good going. Two khors    
                |             |      |with fine timber are crossed.     
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hamadi     |      18     |  40  |El Hamadi is reached 18 miles from
                |             |      |El Atshan. On 20.4.03 there was a 
                |             |      |little water in shallow wells in  
                |             |      |khor; it took about 2 hours to get
                |             |      |two burmas. On 5.6.03 there was no
                |             |      |water.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  El Nebag      |      7      |  47  |Leaving El Hamadi, road goes S.W.;
                |             |      |at first a good deal of thorn     
                |             |      |bush, till passing El Nebag, which
                |             |      |is a depression with many         
                |             |      |magnificent trees and in which    
                |             |      |there is water in the rains. After
                |             |      |passing El Nebag the road opens   
                |             |      |out, and the going is good and    
                |             |      |hard. After travelling 18 miles   
                |             |      |from El Hamadi, El Hagiz, a       
  Khor El Haigiz|      11     |  58  |shallow khor with some good shade,
                |             |      |is reached. Half a mile before    
                |             |      |reaching El Hagiz road is joined  
                |             |      |by road from Um (Girban) Durban.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Sungikai, H.  |      12     |  70  |Road continues in a S.W. direction
  Gaghgagh      |             |      |till Sungikai is reached. The     
                |             |      |hella is 2 miles from the wells.  
                |             |      |Unlimited water.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

N.B.—On El Obeid, Hamadi Sungikai road, except in rains, there is
very little shade, except at El Atshan, Hamadi, El Nebag and Umhagiz.


   104.—DILLING TO EL OBEID, _viâ_ SUNGIKAI, UM DURBAN AND UM RAMAD.   

      BY DEPUTY INSPECTOR C. E. LYALL, JUNE 1903 AND MARCH, 1904.      

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Dilling      |      —      |  —   |The road from Dilling to Sungikai 
  (Nuba)_       |             |      |soon after passing Jebel Dilling  
                |             |      |separates from the Dilling-Nila   
                |             |      |road and keeps W. of it. The      
                |             |      |general direction is N.E., the    
                |             |      |road is good going and fairly free
  Gad El Kerim  |      16     |  16  |from thorns. There are a few      
  (Hawazma)     |             |      |patches of black cotton soil;     
                |             |      |after 10 miles the road crosses   
                |             |      |the Khor Abu Habl,[33] and        
                |             |      |continues N.E. till Hellet Gad el 
                |             |      |Kerim is reached.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The inhabitants of this village   
                |             |      |drink from the wells at Nila,     
                |             |      |except during the rains, when they
                |             |      |drink from pools in Khor Abu Habl.
  _Sungikai     |      6      |  22  |The road keeps up on the rising   
  (Zeriba El    |             |      |ground, passing numerous villages 
  Aguz)_        |             |      |till the largest village in the   
                |             |      |immediate neighbourhood of        
                |             |      |Sungikai, Zeriba el Aguz, is      
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sungikai_ (H.|      2      |  24  |Leaving this village the road from
  Gaghgagh)     |             |      |Sungikai after being joined by    
                |             |      |roads from the numerous           
                |             |      |surrounding villages continues in 
                |             |      |a N.E. direction till El Hagiz is 
                |             |      |reached, ½ mile after passing     
                |             |      |which the road divides N.N.E. to  
                |             |      |Um Durban. The road, after passing
                |             |      |to the W. of Zeriba el Aguz, goes 
                |             |      |H. Gaghgagh and thence to El      
                |             |      |Hagiz, where it divides W. to Um  
                |             |      |Durban and E. to El Hamadi.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Durban_   |      24     |  48  |The road is at first very winding 
  (Kenana)      |             |      |with a good deal of shok, after   
                |             |      |about 6 miles it opens out, and   
                |             |      |continues fair till Um Durban is  
                |             |      |reached; where on 5.6.03, there   
                |             |      |was a little water from wells in  
                |             |      |khor; in March 1904, the water had
                |             |      |dried up.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Um Durban the road goes   
                |             |      |N.E., after about 6 miles Hellet  
                |             |      |Kafawa is passed some 4 miles to  
                |             |      |the W. of the road.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road continues in the same    
                |             |      |direction N.E., the going being   
                |             |      |uniformly good and free from shok,
                |             |      |except in a few depressions and   
                |             |      |khors till after some 24 miles,   
                |             |      |when the soil becomes heavy red   
  _Um Ramad_    |      30     |  78  |sand, which continues till Um     
  (Bederia)     |             |      |Ramad is reached. At this village 
                |             |      |there are numerous shallow wells  
                |             |      |and water holes, but they were    
                |             |      |quite dry on 6.6.03, but plenty of
                |             |      |water 1.5.04. The people drink    
                |             |      |from Abu Haraz and Obeid. The road
                |             |      |from Um Durban joins the Abu Haraz
                |             |      |road ½ mile from Um Ramad.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After passing Um Ramad the road   
                |             |      |broadens out into a track about 15
                |             |      |feet wide, and continues in a N.E.
                |             |      |direction till El Obeid is        
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Gika_     |      5      |  83  |Five miles after leaving Um Ramad,
                |             |      |the first El Gika village is      
                |             |      |passed ½ mile to the left of the  
                |             |      |road. Plenty of water 1.5.04.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are five villages at El     
                |             |      |Gika, each about a mile from the  
                |             |      |other; the road to El Obeid from  
  El Obeid      |      11     |  94  |El Gika runs parallel to the Abu  
                |             |      |Haraz-El Obeid road until it joins
                |             |      |it about 3 miles from El Obeid. On
                |             |      |this road from Sungikai there is  
                |             |      |very little shade, except at the  
                |             |      |villages.                         
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


               105.—ROUTES IN DAR NUBA—SOUTHERN KORDOFAN.              

  BY CAPTAIN C. H. LEVESON, 18TH (P.W.) HUSSARS, DECEMBER, 1903-MARCH, 
                                  1904.

                      (i.) Jebel Tendik to Lukka.                      
  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Tendik        |      —      |  —   |Large Nuba village of 1,200       
                |             |      |people. Most of the village is    
                |             |      |built in a hollow about 600 feet  
                |             |      |up the jebel and on a ridge above 
                |             |      |it. Good water up on the mountain,
                |             |      |also good below, where there is a 
                |             |      |garrison of half company 12th     
                |             |      |Sudanese. Quiet, peaceable people;
                |             |      |much cultivation; sheep and goats,
                |             |      |but not many cattle. A big khor   
                |             |      |runs along E. and S. of jebel,    
                |             |      |through dense deleib palms. The   
                |             |      |road runs nearly due S., and      
                |             |      |crosses the big khor at 2         
                |             |      |miles—re-crossing it again almost 
                |             |      |at once.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      —      |  5   |A jebel about 30 feet high on W.  
                |             |      |Cross a ridge and a khor a mile   
                |      1      |  6   |further on. All good going over   
                |             |      |gravel.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  7   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  8   |Cross another khor, when road runs
                |             |      |between parallel ridges of stony  
                |      2¼     | 10¼  |hills for 2¼ miles, when the Khor 
                |             |      |Sesaban is reached.               
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Odam       |      1¼     | 11½  |A small hill, 400 feet on right.  
                |             |      |Cross Khor Ardeib, 8 feet deep.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Ardeib   |      1½     |  13  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For 5½ miles there is a range of  
                |             |      |low hills on right of road and for
                |             |      |the next 5½ a low range on left of
                |             |      |road.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      11     |  24  |Cross a khor.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Nueila_ |      1      |  25  |A mile further on, and the Khor   
                |             |      |Nueila is reached. The main       
                |             |      |channel about 15 feet deep and 30 
                |             |      |yards wide. Beyond is a swampy    
                |             |      |track 600 yards across, with pools
                |             |      |of water (December, 1903), biggest
                |             |      |100 yards long and 3 feet deep.   
                |             |      |Good clear water. Much game;      
                |             |      |tracks of lion and leopard.       
                |             |      |Hartebeeste and wart-hog seen.    
                |             |      |Elephants live about here in      
                |             |      |rains. After crossing swamp, track
                |             |      |leads up on to higher ground,     
                |             |      |crossing a small khor, and at 1½  
                |      1½     | 26½  |miles and further another khor.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  28  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 28½  |A small hill on right.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  29  |Cross khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 29½  |A hill on right, cross the Khor Id
                |             |      |El Simoa, 6 feet deep, 30 yards   
                |             |      |wide.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 30¾  |Small hill on right.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 31¾  |Cross Khor Jogham, 6 feet deep, 20
                |             |      |yards wide.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 32¾  |Small hill, J. Gelabi, on right.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Hash     |      3¼     |  36  |A little water still standing in  
  Hashi         |             |      |marshy ground behind main channel,
                |             |      |which is 12 yards broad and 10    
                |             |      |feet deep. Cross khor, and for 2½ 
                |             |      |miles there are low hills on left 
                |             |      |of road.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Thaba      |      4      |  40  |J. Thaba on right of road, cone-  
                |             |      |shaped hill, with bald, smooth    
                |             |      |top, about 70 feet. A good        
                |             |      |landmark.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Um      |      3      |  43  |Khor Um Idara, plenty of water    
  Idara_        |             |      |here now. Tracks of lion. As      
                |             |      |usual, swarms of guinea fowl. Main
                |             |      |channel 20 yards wide, 8 feet     
                |             |      |deep.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 46½  |Khor Um Aleik, shallow, broad,    
                |             |      |sandy khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Obni       |      1¼     | 47¾  |J. Obni, half a mile away on right
                |             |      |of road.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 48½  |Khor Dabdub—small.                
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Doga       |      ½      |  49  |J. Doga, 1 mile away on right of  
                |             |      |road—jagged top.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Lukka      |      3¾     | 52¾  |Road curves round to right in a   
                |             |      |wide sweep and enters valley at   
                |             |      |foot of mountain. (Described in   
                |             |      |Kologi-Lukka road.)               

                   (ii.) J. Lukka to J. Errio.

  J. Lukka      |      —      |  —   |Road leads N. out of valley for ½ 
                |             |      |mile, then curves to left along   
                |             |      |high ground on northern spurs of  
                |             |      |J. Lukka. Good going over gravelly
                |             |      |ridges; by making short detours to
                |             |      |right, at khors, all dismounting  
                |             |      |may be avoided. Much cultivation  
                |             |      |on right.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tuffa    |      —      |  6   |The Khor Tuffa 20 yards broad, 12 
                |             |      |feet deep; must dismount          
                |             |      |here—quite dry. Road becomes stony
                |             |      |after khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Errio_       |      2      |  8   |Village of Errio is reached after 
                |             |      |bending round sharp to left and   
                |             |      |crossing a “nek,” or “col.” Many  
                |             |      |cattle. Population, Kawahla Arabs 
                |             |      |crossed with Nubas. Population    
                |             |      |about 700, under Sheiks Badei Bakr
                |             |      |and Abballa Adam. No rifles seen. 
                |             |      |Quiet people; do not raid. Plenty 
                |             |      |of dura.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water plentiful but dirty. Best   
                |             |      |camp ½ mile beyond village to     
                |             |      |S.W., on Tira El Akhdar road.     

     (iii.) Route J. Errio to J. Talodi, _viâ_ Tosi and J. Meselli.

  J. Errio      |      —      |  —   |Road runs S.W. through thorn bush 
                |             |      |over cotton soil. Open country    
                |             |      |both sides; also cultivation.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      0      |  5½  |Pass small hill on right.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  8½  |Hillock ¼ mile away on left.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  9   |Cross khor, 12 feet deep, 12 yards
                |             |      |broad.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tosi_        |      ½      |  9½  |Tosi village of about 500 Kawahla 
                |             |      |Arabs crossed with Nubas, under   
                |             |      |Sheikh El Fadl Didigair, lying at 
                |             |      |south end of small stony hill 400 
                |             |      |or 500 feet high. Water supply    
                |             |      |poor. Supplies poor.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4½     |  14  |Road now passes between hills and 
                |             |      |drops down about 100 feet over an 
                |             |      |“agaba,” and leads through cotton 
                |             |      |soil for 1 mile to                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kagala   |      2¾     | 16¾  |A broad shallow khor in thick     
                |             |      |bush. A hill about 300 feet high  
                |             |      |on right of crossing. Good going. 
                |             |      |                                  
  K. El Kirki   |      2¼     |  19  |Khor El Kirki—small.              
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Meselli    |      2      |  21  |J. Meselli—on right.              
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Um Sinin   |      2      |  23  |Khor Um Sinin; forest land.       
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Joghan     |      5      |  28  |Khor Joghan; forest land.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 28½  |Crosses ridge and drops down about
                |             |      |100 feet to                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Amuti_       |      1½     |  30  |300 yards on left of road several 
                |             |      |big pools of clear good water.    
                |             |      |Best watering place; better than  
                |             |      |Tosi and Talodi after February.   
                |             |      |Good going to                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Dual_     |      5½     | 35½  |A small hillock and (in January,  
                |             |      |1904) a pool of clear water 120   
                |             |      |yards long, 40 yards wide, 4 feet 
                |             |      |deep. No shade.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Cultivation by people of Talodi.  
                |             |      |About 1½ or 2 miles south is an   
                |             |      |odd needle-shaped rock some 200   
                |             |      |feet high, visible for 20 miles   
                |             |      |round.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now leads through thick      
                |             |      |forest for 4 miles. Roan antelope 
                |             |      |seen.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 39½  |Cotton soil and light bush.       
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Abu Um     |      1      | 40½  |The Khor Abd Um Jamad no obstacle 
  Jamad         |             |      |in dry weather. Cultivation begins
                |             |      |again.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Talodi_      |      3      | 43½  |The village of Tebeldia, at E.N.E.
  (Tebeldia)    |             |      |corner of Talodi, is passed. It   
                |             |      |lies a mile away in valley to     
                |             |      |right.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Talodi_      |      1      | 44½  |Village of Felaita and barracks of
  (Felaita)     |             |      |half company 12th Sudanese.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |J. Talodi is a rugged precipitous 
                |             |      |mountain, about 1,300 feet high   
                |             |      |and 28 miles in circumference. On 
                |             |      |its eastern face is a valley      
                |             |      |running a short way into mountain 
                |             |      |(village of Felaita in opening),  
                |             |      |which is said to communicate by a 
                |             |      |rough path, known as “Darb El     
                |             |      |Haramia,” with a corresponding    
                |             |      |valley on the western face.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are three villages, all     
                |             |      |nominally under the head sheikh,  
                |             |      |an old man called Sherif Wad Abu  
                |             |      |Omo:—                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Tebeldia, population 800, Sheikh  
                |             |      |Mamun.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Felaita, „ 2,200, „ Abdalla       
                |             |      |Shamsham.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Ageira, „ 800, „ Shanna Wad El    
                |             |      |Aris.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The last named village lies some 7
                |             |      |miles away to the S.W. of the     
                |             |      |mountain. The inhabitants are     
                |             |      |descendants of freed and escaped  
                |             |      |slaves of the Homr. There is a    
                |             |      |small colony of true Nubas at the 
                |             |      |south end of the mountain.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |They used to be notorious for     
                |             |      |their success in raiding. They    
                |             |      |possess about 300 or 400 rifles.  
                |             |      |Cultivation insufficient for their
                |             |      |own needs. Water supply poor. They
                |             |      |begin to trade for grain in       
                |             |      |February with the Nubas of J.     
                |             |      |Moro, at Kororak.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Half company 12th Sudanese and    
                |             |      |Mamuria at Felaita.               

   (iv.) J. Errio to J. Talodi, _viâ_ Tira El Akhdar, Tira Mandi and
                    Kindirma (February, 1904).

  J. Errio      |             |  —   |Road leads out S.W. for ½ mile,   
                |             |      |then west and through cultivation.
                |             |      |Good going.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  2½  |A khor—rough broken ground.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     |  4¼  |A broad shallow kohr.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¾     |  7   |Khor 11 feet deep. Had to         
                |             |      |dismount.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      |  7¼  |Khor 10 feet deep. Dom palms.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¾     |  11  |Slight descent to deep broad kohr,
                |             |      |travel along it for 400 yards, and
                |             |      |then climb out.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 11½  |Beginning to ascend a ridge among 
                |             |      |rough rocky hills.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 12¾  |Track leads over a smooth gravelly
                |             |      |plateau for 1 mile.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 13¾  |Road descends to cultivation;     
                |             |      |rough stony going.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 14¾  |Track leads sharp to right down   
                |             |      |rocky side of hill into a grassy  
                |             |      |valley about 3 miles long.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 15¼  |Cross broad sandy khor, with      
                |             |      |rivulet a yard wide in centre     
                |             |      |(February, 1904). Water disappears
                |             |      |a mile further down. Dom palms.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tira El      |      ½      | 15¾  |Good camping place under shady    
  Akhdar_       |             |      |trees by stream. The Nuba village 
                |             |      |is situated on the hills to the   
                |             |      |west of the valley, which is only 
                |             |      |½ mile wide.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |They possess few rifles, but many 
                |             |      |spears and clubs. Population about
                |             |      |1,200, under Meks                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(1) Shega.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(2) Amiri.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(3) Atuira.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(4) El Gamal.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(5) Ti.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |They are greatly feared and hated 
                |             |      |by surrounding Jebels, owing to   
                |             |      |their raids. They are true Nuban, 
                |             |      |and wear no clothing. They own a  
                |             |      |lot of cattle and goats.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track, rough and stony, leads 
                |             |      |S. along the edge of Western hills
                |             |      |of the valley, and turns to the   
                |      4      | 19¾  |right (W.) over a slight rise, a  
                |             |      |“nek” or ridge, and runs through  
                |             |      |forest land. Going better. Gravel.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 22¼  |Track turns slightly N., and      
                |             |      |passes by a khor, banks 20 feet,  
                |             |      |breadth of all channels 100 yards,
                |             |      |and then runs through thick       
                |             |      |forest. Good going.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7      | 29¼  |Crosses a broad sandy khor 50 to  
                |             |      |90 yards wide, and runs along W.  
  _Tiramandi_   |      ½      | 29¾  |bank half mile to Tiramandi camp. 
                |             |      |Village is two miles away to the  
                |             |      |S.W., on a spur of the hill.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mek Nuwai; population, 700 Nubas. 
                |             |      |Very poor, and had been lately    
                |             |      |raided, very few cattle, but are  
                |             |      |clearing forest along W. bank of  
                |             |      |khor for cultivation. No rifles   
                |             |      |seen.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 31¾  |Track leads S.W. from camp, one   
                |             |      |mile to village, and then passes  
                |             |      |over low spur below village round 
                |             |      |S. of hill, direction S.W. Rough  
                |             |      |and stony, much cut up by small   
                |             |      |khors.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 33¾  |Gold is found here in the rainy   
                |             |      |season, the rain displacing rocks 
                |             |      |and stones on the ridge to the N. 
                |             |      |side of the road. The people      
                |             |      |search for it among the debris.   
                |             |      |They state that by hard work a man
                |             |      |can get sufficient to pay his     
                |             |      |tribute (apparently not worth     
                |             |      |working).                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     |  35  |Road crosses a broad khor, and the
                |             |      |hills on right of road trend away 
                |             |      |to the N.W.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Many small khors are crossed. Road
                |             |      |bends round Southern end of a     
                |             |      |ridge at right angle to road.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  39  |Road crosses a broad sandy khor.  
                |             |      |Spur from J. Kindirma runs down on
                |             |      |right to the khor. After crossing,
                |             |      |road bends round to left (S.),    
                |             |      |along Eastern face of Kindirma.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kindirma_    |      1¾     | 40¾  |A valley in the Eastern face of a 
                |             |      |mountain down which a stream forms
                |             |      |a succession of waterfalls and    
                |             |      |deep pools. 20 to 30 feet across, 
                |             |      |and six feet deep. A rough path   
                |             |      |leads up along the waterfall to   
                |             |      |the top of the ridge, some 400 or 
                |             |      |500 feet, and on either side the  
                |             |      |mountain rises nearly sheer to a  
                |             |      |height of 110 feet. The Nubas live
                |             |      |on top of the right or Northern   
                |             |      |side, and their village is        
                |             |      |approached by a precipitous path  
                |             |      |winding up the face of the cliff, 
                |             |      |and at times disappearing in      
                |             |      |clefts in the rocks, reappearing  
                |             |      |again 10 feet higher up.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On reaching the top of the ridge  
                |             |      |one finds oneself in a valley     
                |             |      |formed by the mountains which     
                |             |      |curve back outwards from either   
                |             |      |side of the waterfall and unite   
                |             |      |again three miles from the ridge, 
                |             |      |forming a bowl-shaped hollow, the 
                |             |      |stream flows along the bottom of  
                |             |      |this basin and falls over the     
                |             |      |ridge to the level of the main    
                |             |      |road outside Kindirma.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Mek’s name is Gandal. The     
                |             |      |population is about 800 or 1,000. 
                |             |      |They have about 20 or 30 rifles.  
                |             |      |Lots of cultivation, both in the  
                |             |      |valley, inside the mountain, and  
                |             |      |down by the road below, but few   
                |             |      |cattle. Have suffered a good deal 
                |             |      |from raids.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road leads due S. through thick   
                |             |      |bush towards small jebel, in      
                |             |      |direction of E. corner of Talodi. 
                |             |      |Good going.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 41¾  |Light forest.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 43¾  |Cross broad sandy khor.           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Mavlul     |      2      | 45¾  |A small jebel, known as J. Mavlul,
                |             |      |about a mile long, is passed.     
                |      6¼     |  52  |Close to road on left a small     
                |             |      |village on the N.E. spur of       
                |             |      |Talodi. Good view of J. Eliri and 
                |             |      |all surrounding country.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Talodi_      |      1¼     | 53¼  |Corner of main jebel and village  
                |             |      |of Tebeldia on right in valley.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¼     | 55½  |Felaita village entrance to       
                |             |      |valley. Mamuria and military post.
                |             |      |Wells and water three feet from   
                |             |      |surface (February, 1904).         

                    (v.) J. Talodi to J. Eliri.

                |             |      |The track leads straight out from 
                |             |      |the village of Felaita towards the
                |             |      |centre of J. Eliri. First three   
                |             |      |miles good going through light    
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  3   |Bush gets thicker. Cotton soil,   
                |             |      |bad going.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  A hillock     |      4½     |  7½  |A small hill on the left is       
                |             |      |passed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Abu Ghor   |      3      | 10½  |Track leads S.E. round Jebel Abu  
                |             |      |Ghor, a small hill; better going. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4¼     | 14¾  |Thick bamboo clumps obstructing   
                |             |      |track for four miles.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      7      | 21¾  |Bad going. Cotton soil.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 23¼  |Good going. Light bush.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tebeldia     |      1¼     | 24½  |Two small wells in depression in  
  wells_        |             |      |the ground, water two feet from   
                |             |      |surface, only sufficient for a    
                |             |      |dozen camels. Takes an hour to    
                |             |      |fill again.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Egheibish_|      3½     |  28  |A string of five or six wells;    
                |             |      |sufficient water for 200 men and  
                |             |      |animals. Road hence much cut up by
                |             |      |small khors. Lots of deleib palms.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Taira        |      4      |  32  |Small village at foot of mountain;
  village_ (J.  |             |      |population, about 800 revolted    
  Eliri)        |             |      |slaves of the Rowauga tribe of the
                |             |      |Hawazma Arabs; much water and     
                |             |      |cultivation; Sheikh Rizkalla, 20  
                |             |      |rifles. Few cattle. Plenty of     
                |             |      |sheep and goats.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road good from Taira through dura 
                |             |      |cultivation and light thorn bush. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tanguru_     |      4      |  36  |A large village, population about 
                |             |      |1,100 revolted slaves of the      
                |             |      |Rowauga tribe of the Hawazma      
                |             |      |Arabs. Sheikhs Mohammed Geiga and 
                |             |      |Ismail Wad Umbaga. About 50       
                |             |      |rifles.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Much water and cultivation, a     
                |             |      |stream falls from the cultivated  
                |             |      |plateau 700 feet above in the     
                |             |      |mountains and there are many wells
                |             |      |besides. There is a rough track   
                |             |      |leading up the glen alongside the 
                |             |      |waterfall to the Nuba village on  
                |             |      |top (Sultan Bilula); population,  
                |             |      |1,000 pure Nubas. No clothes at   
                |             |      |all, very few rifles, all spears  
                |             |      |and knobkerries, lots of dura,    
                |             |      |cattle and sheep. They hold little
                |             |      |or no communication with the      
                |             |      |villages below; able to hold their
                |             |      |own in case of raids.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Supplies sufficient for 500 men   
                |             |      |for 3 days. Road hence to Kurondo,
                |             |      |a jebel to the S. Good road round 
                |             |      |jebel to Dallass.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dallass_     |      4½     | 40½  |Small village; population, about  
                |             |      |600 revolted slaves of Abdul Ali  
                |             |      |tribe of the Hawazma Arabs. Sheikh
                |             |      |Rizgalla Mursul. Twenty rifles,   
                |             |      |sufficient cultivation and water  
                |             |      |for own needs.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lakolo_      |      2      | 42½  |Good road round jebel, but stony; 
                |             |      |could be easily improved. Large   
                |             |      |village; population, about 1,200  
                |             |      |revolted slaves of the Khalifa    
                |             |      |tribe of Hawazma Arabs. Sheikhs   
                |             |      |Zaid Barsham and Abdalla Kaki.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Lots of water and cultivation.    
                |             |      |Road hence up spur of mountain to 
                |             |      |Nuba village on top. A solitary   
                |             |      |hill ½ mile S.E. of village. Was  
                |             |      |told the river was 1½ days’       
                |             |      |journey due S., and that the      
                |             |      |people took 4 or 5 days more from 
                |             |      |there to Kodok by boats. Many     
                |             |      |cattle and goats. About 50 rifles.

                (vi.) J. Eliri (Lakolo) to J. El Amira.

  J. Eliri      |      —      |  ½   |Pass hill on right.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  1½  |Cross khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  4   |Cotton soil and thick thorn       
                |             |      |trees—very bad going.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Village_     |      2      |  6   |Good going; road curves round     
                |             |      |jebel by rocks, and reaches       
                |      2¼     |  8¼  |village among deleib palms and    
                |             |      |tebeldi trees. Little cultivation 
                |             |      |and poor water supply; population,
                |             |      |about 200, no arms; very poor.    
                |             |      |Remains of Nuba village on top.   
                |             |      |Was told the Nubas left the jebel 
                |             |      |and went S. to river to live in   
                |             |      |Dinka country a year ago. River   
                |             |      |said to be 1½ days’ journey due S.
                |             |      |A few sheep and goats.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road hence to J. Kuronde, about 5 
                |             |      |miles S.W.                        

                 (vii.) J. Eliri (Lakolo) to J. Werna.

  Lakolo        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      —      |  ½   |Road runs E., cross khor which    
                |             |      |runs along right of road.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  1   |Cross khor. Road runs between low 
                |             |      |parallel ridges of hills named    
                |             |      |Lohno. Rough and stony.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  2   |Road bends sharp to left.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lohno_       |      ½      |  2½  |Village of Lohno, small,          
                |             |      |population about 200. Very little 
                |             |      |cultivation, bad water supply.    
                |             |      |Road now bends to right, crossing 
                |             |      |rocky ridge.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  3   |Cross khor, bad going.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      |  3¼  |Cross big deep khor, and turn     
                |             |      |sharp to right.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      |  3½  |Recross big khor, road turns sharp
                |             |      |to left.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  4   |Cross another khor.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  4½  |Going becomes better, road runs   
                |             |      |through forest land.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¼     |  7¾  |Cross khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      |  8   |Cross khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  9   |Going becomes rough.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 12½  |Turns sharp to left to Nuba       
                |             |      |village of                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tekeim_      |      ½      |  13  |Tekeim, small village; population 
                |             |      |about 400; good water supply;     
                |             |      |little cultivation, very few      
                |             |      |cattle, but lots of goats.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 14½  |A cross road leads to the Tekeim  
                |             |      |dura fields.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  15  |An “agaba.” Camels had to be led  
                |             |      |up; cross a khor other side of    
                |             |      |“agaba.”                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  16  |Cross another khor, going becomes 
                |             |      |better.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     | 17¾  |Cross a khor, track leaves hills, 
                |             |      |good going.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  El Girid      |      1¼     |  19  |A cone-shaped peak amongst hills  
                |             |      |to right known as El Girid, about 
                |             |      |3 miles off. Bush very open.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  23  |Bad going, cotton soil begins, a  
                |             |      |most dreary view.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  27  |Going better.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  28  |Small hill ½ mile to right.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  30  |Low hills ½ mile on left.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      |  34  |Cross khor.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Werna_       |      1      |  35  |Enter Werna hills, a group of five
                |             |      |or six rocky hills about 300 to   
                |             |      |400 feet high on smooth open      
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Population about 1,100, mainly    
                |             |      |revolted slaves of the Khalifa    
                |             |      |tribe of Hawazma Arabs under      
                |             |      |Sheikh Abdul Naim. The original   
                |             |      |population was Nuba, but are now  
                |             |      |very much in the back ground. The 
                |             |      |real “Mek” is Abu Gabr Azaz. They 
                |             |      |have about 40 rifles.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Plenty of water and cultivation,  
                |             |      |few cattle, many goats. People    
                |             |      |trade to river at Kodok.          

  (viii.) J. Werna to Lukka, _viâ_ J. Morung, J. Gedir and J. Kologi.

  Werna         |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road takes a wide curve out N. (to
                |             |      |right) to avoid a swamp which     
                |             |      |exists all the year round. Good   
                |             |      |going until cotton soil, then bad 
                |      —      |  2   |going. Very open country.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Swamp         |      2¼     |  4¼  |Cross 100 yards of marshy ground  
                |             |      |(end of the swamp).               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      |  5   |Cultivation for ½ mile, huge crops
                |             |      |of dura.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      |  5½  |Road turns to left over very bad  
                |             |      |cotton soil and through dense     
                |             |      |thorn trees.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  8½  |A big khor, water standing in     
                |             |      |pools 100 yards long and 4 feet   
                |             |      |deep. Duck of two kinds and lots  
                |             |      |of game. Roan antelope and tetel. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  10  |Firm ground; good going.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      |  11  |Cultivation as far as Morung.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Morung_      |      2      |  13  |Village on conical hill;          
                |             |      |population: Kawahla tribe of      
                |             |      |Hawazma Arabs, much mixed with    
                |             |      |Nubas. Sheikh: Hassan Wad Tieb.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Population about 1,000; 30 rifles.
                |             |      |A fula supplies village with water
                |             |      |until end of January; they then   
                |             |      |open wells. Good water supply.    
                |             |      |Plenty of cattle, sheep, goats and
                |             |      |donkeys.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After leaving Morung for first 13½
                |             |      |miles going very good, through    
                |             |      |light bush and forest, perfectly  
                |             |      |flat; no hills.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |     13½     | 26½  |A khor, cotton soil and thorn bush
                |             |      |begins.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 27½  |Good going again.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     |  29  |Cotton soil, and a big khor with  
                |             |      |pools of water, dry by end of     
                |             |      |February.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 30½  |A khor, bad going.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 31½  |Good going.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 32½  |Road bends to right, towards S.E. 
                |             |      |corner of Gedir, and runs along   
                |             |      |base to corner.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4      | 36½  |Track runs round corner and bends 
                |             |      |sharp to left to village of Mek   
  _Gedir_       |      ½      |  37  |Bosh, of Gedir. Population about  
                |             |      |1,200, about 60 rifles; fair water
                |             |      |supply 10 feet from surface. Much 
                |             |      |dura cultivation. Population:     
                |             |      |Nubas. Plenty of cattle and sheep.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Two other villages, Semat and     
                |             |      |Gheibish, described on road to    
                |             |      |Kologi.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road leaves Mek Bosh’s village and
                |             |      |runs round another spur at E. end 
                |             |      |of jebel, passing the Mahdi’s rock
                |             |      |where he used to preach to the    
                |             |      |people, and follows North-eastern 
                |             |      |face.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Semat_       |      1      |  38  |Small village of Semat, about 200 
                |             |      |people.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 39½  |Track enters gorge, rough, stony  
                |             |      |going—between main jebel and a    
                |             |      |ridge of rocky hills running out  
                |             |      |N. to J. Girada, 4 miles off.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road clears N. end of the         
                |             |      |mountain, and at the end of a spur
  _El Gheibish_ |      1      | 40½  |is El Gheibish, a small village of
                |             |      |about 400 population, 40 rifles;  
                |             |      |fair water supply, lying among dom
                |             |      |palms. Road hence straight to J.  
                |             |      |Lukka.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 41¾  |Another road leads over very bad  
                |             |      |cotton soil to a khor, light thorn
                |             |      |bush, bad going, cotton soil.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     | 44¼  |Firm ground and good going through
                |             |      |light forest, passing one village 
                |      4¾     |  49  |at 11 miles, and reach main       
                |             |      |village of Kologi, lying among dom
                |             |      |palms under the hill.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kologi       |      —      |  —   |Population of the two villages,   
  villages_     |             |      |about 1,500. They are sedentary   
                |             |      |Arabs (much crossed by Nubas) of  
                |             |      |the Kawahla tribe of the Hawazma  
                |             |      |Arabs. Sheikhs Gadum Hassib El    
                |             |      |Nebi and Akhman Fadlalla.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No arms to speak of; quiet people;
                |             |      |do not raid. Fair water supply    
                |             |      |from wells; water eight feet from 
                |             |      |surface. Much dura cultivation.   
                |             |      |Many cattle, sheep and goats.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road leads out due N. towards J.  
                |             |      |Lukka.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Harrug     |      ¾      | 49¾  |The khor Harrug; no obstacle.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 50¼  |Cross a ridge; rough stony going. 
                |             |      |Road leads straight towards Lukka 
                |             |      |between small rocky hills.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¾     |  54  |Road turns to right to get round  
                |             |      |Eastern spurs of J. Lukka, through
                |             |      |thick thorn bush, and across      
                |             |      |broken stony ground and small     
                |             |      |khors and ridges, and bending     
                |             |      |round to left enters a valley and 
                |             |      |the village of Lukka.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lukka_       |      2¼     | 56¼  |Kawahla Arabs, with a cross of    
                |             |      |Nuba; Sheikh Janga Rahma. A large 
                |             |      |village of 1,000 people; no rifles
                |             |      |to speak of. Quiet people; do not 
                |             |      |raid. Much dura cultivation. Water
                |             |      |supply bad at camping place and   
                |             |      |insufficient for 50 men and       
                |             |      |animals. Good clear water is      
                |             |      |obtained about 600 feet up the    
                |             |      |mountain, where the Nuba colony   
                |             |      |get their water. Good camping     
                |             |      |ground. Shade. Plenty of supplies,
                |             |      |cattle, sheep, and goats.         

       (ix.) J. Talodi to J. Kadugli, _viâ_ Kororak, Um Dorein
                 (in J. Moro), Homra and Sema.

  Talodi        |      —      |  —   |Road leads S.W. along face of     
  (Felaita)     |             |      |mountain, through the villages of 
                |             |      |Felaita, and turns W., following  
                |      —      |  2   |Southern and South-western face   
                |             |      |along the base of the hills.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |J. Burham is seen 8 or 10 miles   
                |             |      |off to the W., and J. Krongo a    
                |             |      |long way off to the W.S.W.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  7   |Here the road leaves the mountain 
                |             |      |and strikes off across the plain  
  _Swamp_       |      ½      |  7½  |in a W.N.W. direction over cotton 
                |             |      |soil to a swamp, water one foot   
                |             |      |from surface (February, 1904).    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      |  9½  |Firm, good going.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 14½  |A small rocky wooded hillock on   
                |             |      |right of road.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Kororak       |      6      | 20½  |The road, skirting N.E. corner of 
                |             |      |Durham, leads straight to Kororak,
                |             |      |a Nuba village in J. Moro. The    
                |             |      |village is high up on the face of 
                |             |      |the cliff. Population, about      
                |             |      |1,500. The various Meks’ names    
                |             |      |are:—                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(1) Tambura.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(2) Toto El Azrak.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(3) Toto Agari.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Plenty of dura, very few cattle or
                |             |      |sheep; no rifles.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |People of Talodi come here to buy 
                |             |      |grain.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mountains of Digig and Masakin to 
                |             |      |south. Road follows base of hills 
                |             |      |at Kororak for 1 mile, and then   
                |             |      |strikes off West across rough     
                |             |      |gravelly soil and thorn bush.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 22½  |Cotton soil and thick thorn bush. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 23½  |Firm ground and light bush.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dorein_      |      3½     |  27  |Road strikes the hills again at Um
                |             |      |Dorein. Very small Nuba village on
                |             |      |spur on left of road; small hill  
                |             |      |on right. Meks’ names are:—       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(1) Toto El Ahmah;                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(2) Abu Falang.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road passes over ridge, still     
                |             |      |going West over a small cultivated
                |             |      |plain, with hills ½ mile away to  
                |             |      |left and ¾ mile on right.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 27½  |Small rocky ridge in front. Best  
                |             |      |road leads to the left and then   
                |             |      |turns sharp to right round the    
                |             |      |ridge and over broken rocky       
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 28½  |Track descends on to very bad     
                |             |      |broken cotton soil. Impassable    
                |             |      |swamp in rains for animals.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Well_        |      1¼     | 29¾  |Track strikes mountain again. Well
                |             |      |(water 2 feet from surface) on    
                |             |      |side of road after leaving the    
                |             |      |swamp.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 31¾  |Road runs West along south face of
                |             |      |hill and at 2 miles turns half    
                |             |      |right. Good going.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 32¾  |Road leaves J. Moro and strikes   
                |             |      |off W.N.W. across plain through   
                |             |      |light bush; very good going to    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Homra_       |      4½     | 37¼  |Large Arab village, population    
                |             |      |1,200. Great number of cattle,    
                |             |      |sheep, and goats. Wells, water 8  
                |             |      |feet from surface.                
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Meshisha   |      1½     | 38¾  |Cross big Khor Meshisha, 40 yards 
                |             |      |across, 5 feet deep.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 40¼  |More Arab encampments, inhabited  
                |             |      |in rainy season, but deserted now 
                |             |      |(March, 1904).                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 41¼  |Cross deep khor, 8 feet, 8 yards  
                |             |      |wide. Alternate cotton soil and   
                |             |      |fair going through thick thorn    
                |             |      |bush to                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     | 44¾  |A khor known at Sema and Kadugli  
                |             |      |as the “Wadi.” A small hill on    
                |             |      |right; cotton soil.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      | 49¾  |Alternate good and bad going      
                |             |      |through thorn bush.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 50¼  |A shallow khor; light bush.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Sema          |      1½     | 51¾  |Village of Sema, open stony       
                |             |      |country at foot of hills;         
                |             |      |population about 300. Mek Guru.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Three or four wells. Water 15     
                |             |      |feet; bad supply; only sufficient 
                |             |      |for five or six men and animals at
                |             |      |a time.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here road turns N.W. and     
                |             |      |follows base of hills over stony  
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 52¾  |Rough going; pass small rocky hill
                |             |      |on right; a good deal of thorn    
                |             |      |bush.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 54¾  |Track becomes clearer and leads   
                |             |      |over cotton soil past the wells in
                |             |      |a khor to                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kadugli_     |      1      | 55¾  |Kadugli (Arab encampment), a few  
                |             |      |tukls against the S.W. end of a   
                |             |      |ridge of small hills. Kadugli Nuba
                |             |      |village is 1 mile due E. on the   
                |             |      |main range called Ghuhub.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Mek is Rahal Andal, an        
                |             |      |energetic and trustworthy man. Has
                |             |      |great influence for 50 miles      
                |             |      |round.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Sudanese infantry barracks, ½ 
                |             |      |company, are just beyond the      
                |             |      |encampment, and the garrison has  
                |             |      |opened several wells of excellent 
                |             |      |clear water 6 feet from surface.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Supplies unlimited from Kadugli.  
                |             |      |Population of village about 1,200.
                |             |      |They have about 50 rifles.        
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 28: Between J. Kon and Taiara there is now a more direct
road, _viâ_ Yasin (W. Lloyd, 1903), but water is said to be very
scarce (More, 1904).]

[Footnote 29: It is better to go to Bir El Wuz, N. of J. Um
Durrag.—H. H. S. M.]

[Footnote 30: There is.—H. H. S. M.]

[Footnote 31: In October 1900 Captain W. Lloyd found several pools
of water from 20 to 30 feet in diameter and 4 feet deep; probably
rain-water.]

[Footnote 32: There is a more direct road from Dilling to J. Gulfan,
26 miles.]

[Footnote 33: There is an upper road which does not cross Khor Abu
Habl at all. Distance by it much the same and it is more practicable
in the rains. It passes W. of H. Gad El Kerim.]




                              CHAPTER IX.                              

                         (NORTH-WESTERN SUDAN.)                        

                               * * * * *                               

                  106.—SELIMA TO NILE OPPOSITE KOSHA.                  

                 BY CAPTAIN H. HODGSON, FEBRUARY, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Selima        |      —      |  —   |Track to river bears at first at  
                |             |      |152°, and after ascending out of  
                |             |      |valley turns, and, bearing to     
                |             |      |point on road 3 miles away, where 
                |             |      |the trees of Selima are last      
                |             |      |sighted, is 118° (Magnetic). On   
                |             |      |top of rise, 6 miles out from     
                |             |      |well, a pair of hills are sighted 
                |             |      |on horizon, at bearing of 124°    
                |             |      |(Magnetic), which are close to the
                |             |      |track and about half way to river.
                |             |      |These twin hills of conical shape 
                |             |      |must not be confused with another 
                |             |      |pair lying about 80° or 90°. Track
                |             |      |diverges northwards slightly, and 
                |             |      |runs at bearing of 119° to a      
                |             |      |conspicuous and isolated peak;    
                |             |      |best route lies close to the N. of
                |             |      |this peak. Country flat; a sandy  
                |             |      |plain, with few land marks.       
                |             |      |                                  
  First halt    |     38½     | 38½  |Halted after going 2 miles past   
                |             |      |twin peaks.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The regular track to the river    
                |             |      |goes to Sagiet El Abd, and runs to
                |             |      |S. of a mass of black rocky hills 
                |             |      |lying in the centre of a sandy    
                |             |      |plain. These hills are spoken of  
  River Nile,   |      41     | 79½  |as Jebel El Tult. I marched to the
  opposite to   |             |      |N. of these hills, and struck the 
  Kosha         |             |      |river opposite to Ginnis, the land
                |             |      |mark being the hill marked Jebel  
                |             |      |Hamra on Kosha sheet. General     
                |             |      |direction 112°. Jebel Abri is, I  
                |             |      |am told, the mountain to march on 
                |             |      |when going to Sagiet El Abd.      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             107.—DONGOLA TO LAGIA EL KEBIR (ARBAIN ROAD).             

        BY CAPTAIN H. HODGSON, DECEMBER 16 TO DECEMBER 31, 1901.       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Dongola       |      —      |  —   |From Dongola the route lies nearly
                |             |      |due W. to Um Hellal; the chief    
                |             |      |landmark is Jebel Nosab. After    
                |             |      |leaving Nosab there is a bad bit  
                |             |      |of going, entailing about ½ hour’s
                |             |      |walking, descending into valley   
                |             |      |containing the wells. Camels can  
                |             |      |trot the rest of the way.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Hellal    |      20     |  20  |Is good sweet water; the water
  Well_         |             |      |lies about 9 feet from the
                |             |      |surface; plenty of grazing for
                |             |      |camels. About seven families live
                |             |      |here through the winter, and it is
                |             |      |possible to get goat’s milk and a
                |             |      |few eggs and dates. A ruined 
                |             |      |fort, probably 100 years old, 
                |             |      |with a well in the yard (water 12 
                |             |      |feet from surface) is about ¾ mile 
                |             |      |away; it is called El Gab, and 
                |             |      |the whole oasis seems to take its
                |             |      |name from it. Um Hellal is also 
                |             |      |called Gab El Tahtani.
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Sawani_   |      3      |  23  |El Sawani has three wells close   
                |             |      |together. A number of sunt trees  
                |             |      |give very good shade. There are   
                |             |      |more date palms and it is a better
                |             |      |camping-ground than either Shemsi 
                |             |      |or Um Hellal. Water is good, and  
                |             |      |about 10 feet from the surface;   
                |             |      |the wells are in constant use.    
                |             |      |About eleven families live here   
                |             |      |through the winter, considerably  
                |             |      |more during the summer.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gawit_       |      —      |  —   |Water reported near surface and   
                |             |      |easily obtained; good browsing,   
                |             |      |very little shade; all dom palms  
                |             |      |burnt by dervishes.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shemsi_      |      10     |  33  |Water near surface, in clay soil  
                |             |      |and plentiful; one pan sufficient 
                |             |      |for my party (twenty camels and   
                |             |      |eighteen men) taking water for 4  
                |             |      |days. Two or three good shady     
                |             |      |clumps of trees and plenty of     
                |             |      |browsing for camels. It would be  
                |             |      |difficult to pitch tents owing to 
                |             |      |deep sand. The landmark for Shemsi
                |             |      |is Jebel Bowarib, which is a      
                |             |      |double hill of two small peaks of 
                |             |      |black volcanic rock, standing     
                |             |      |solitary about 3 miles N.W.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Butta_       |      —      |  —   |I did not visit the well, as all  
                |             |      |the guides agreed the water was   
                |             |      |brackish and bad; the landmark    
                |             |      |from Shemsi is a low round hill,  
                |             |      |thus, nearly covered with yellow  
                |             |      |sand, distinctive, as surrounding 
                |             |      |hills are peaked and black rocky  
                |             |      |hills. There are apparently about 
                |             |      |five hills surrounding the water  
                |             |      |pans, each called Jebel Butta.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Fantoria|      9      |  42  |About 12 miles N.W. from Shemsi;  
                |             |      |stands out well, and can be seen  
                |             |      |at a long distance. Charles       
                |             |      |Neufeld was captured by the       
                |             |      |dervishes close to this hill.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Between Selem (18½ miles from     
                |             |      |Shemsi), where there are some     
                |             |      |bushes, and Lagia there is nothing
                |             |      |for camels to feed on, and forage 
                |             |      |must be carried. I did not see the
                |             |      |track of any living thing, either 
                |             |      |when going or on return. There are
   Jebel Abiad  |      56     |  98  |no special names for any hills    
                |             |      |except Jebel Abiad, the N. end of 
                |             |      |a chalk range, which ends in an   
                |             |      |abrupt cliff and can be seen at a 
                |             |      |long distance.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gir        |      36     | 134  |There was reported to be water    
                |             |      |last year. We dug a well to depth 
                |             |      |of 7 feet, without result. The    
                |             |      |Arabs state the country is more   
                |             |      |dried up this year than it has    
                |             |      |been since the date of the battle 
                |             |      |of Toski.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lagia Amran_ |     19½     | 153½ |Lagia the Less, also called Lagia 
                |             |      |Amran, from the colour of the     
                |             |      |ground, lies in a plain about 8   
                |             |      |miles long by 5 miles wide,       
                |             |      |surrounded entirely by rocky      
                |             |      |hills; there are only two         
                |             |      |entrances through encircling hills
                |             |      |that are easy marching. Water lies
                |             |      |within a foot of the surface, and 
                |             |      |is very plentiful. Ground consists
                |             |      |of red clay with drifts of sand;  
                |             |      |the Arabs say there was formerly  
                |             |      |no sand, and that during last few 
                |             |      |years it is gradually covering    
                |             |      |ground, probably owing to dry     
                |             |      |seasons.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |My party dug a water pan out of   
                |             |      |the clay (3½ feet deep and 12 feet
                |             |      |circumference). It was quite full 
                |             |      |of good water, with a certain     
                |             |      |amount of clay in solution, which 
                |             |      |settled on standing, on our return
                |             |      |2 days later. Without this pan    
                |             |      |there was a plentiful supply of   
                |             |      |water from older diggings which   
                |             |      |the camel-men cleared of sand.    
                |             |      |There are some bushes and small   
                |             |      |trees, about ½ mile from the      
                |             |      |water, which afford feeding for   
                |             |      |camels. We also found water about 
                |             |      |½ mile to S.W. of old water holes.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Lagia Kebir_ |     12½     | 166  |Or Lagia Agar. Some five or six   
                |             |      |pans of water; good and near the  
                |             |      |surface, springing from similar   
                |             |      |soil to Lagia the Less, but not so
                |             |      |abundant. We dug for water in     
                |             |      |three likely places, about ¼ mile 
                |             |      |to the W., without result. The    
                |             |      |wells lie in an open plain; no    
                |             |      |vegetation near, except about six 
                |             |      |to ten small trees about 3½ miles 
                |             |      |to W. giving a little feeding for 
                |             |      |camels. To the N. the plain is    
                |             |      |shut in by a steep rocky ridge of 
                |             |      |hills, and the road to Selima     
                |             |      |Wells lies across it; on reaching 
                |             |      |summit of ridge there is only a   
                |             |      |stretch of rock and stones to be  
                |             |      |seen. Arabs state it is the road  
                |             |      |to Selima, and there is no        
                |             |      |grazing. To the S., the road to   
                |             |      |Sultan Well (the place where      
                |             |      |Natron is found) lies across an   
                |             |      |open plain, and is easy going. The
                |             |      |tracks spread considerably and    
                |             |      |extend across a width of over a   
                |             |      |mile.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |An oasis, called Tura, is reported
                |             |      |to lie 4 days’ journey in a S.W.  
                |             |      |direction, containing date trees, 
                |             |      |which is visited at date harvest  
                |             |      |time by the Bedai tribe. Sheikh   
                |             |      |Fadl El Mula is the only one of   
                |             |      |the party who had been there, and 
                |             |      |he said the water is very bad.    
                |             |      |Except for the above, the guides  
                |             |      |say they have no knowledge of any 
                |             |      |water to the W. of Lagia, and that
                |             |      |there is no road with a direction 
                |             |      |of N. and S. lying to the W. of   
                |             |      |Lagia.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


               108.—DONGOLA TO BIR SULTAN (ARBAIN ROAD).               

                 BY CAPTAIN H. HODGSON, FEBRUARY, 1903.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Dongola, or   |      —      |  —   |After half an hour’s marching,    
  Gharbi Dongola|             |      |reached buildings of former       
                |             |      |District, which stand 1 mile from 
                |             |      |mosque on E. bank by range-finder,
                |             |      |and at an angle of 78° (magnetic).
                |             |      |Left at 9 a.m. Going easy over    
                |             |      |hard sand. Marched parallel with  
                |             |      |river until near Kheleiwa as      
                |             |      |marked on map (Debba Sheet 45,    
                |             |      |E.), then turned W. and marched   
                |             |      |about 2 hours to well.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At Kheleiwa on river there are old
                |             |      |ruins. A legend has it that there 
                |             |      |is an underground passage from    
                |             |      |these ruins to the well in the    
                |             |      |desert to the W.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kheleiwa     |     19¾     | 19¾  |Kheleiwa well stands in the centre
  Well_ (1st    |             |      |of a mound covered with broken    
  halt)         |             |      |burnt bricks; the first 6 or 8    
                |             |      |feet from the surface is built    
                |             |      |with stone, then it is dug into   
                |             |      |solid rock; on lowering a candle  
                |             |      |to within 6 feet of the water, the
                |             |      |sides disappear from view, and    
                |             |      |apparently there is a wide chamber
                |             |      |at bottom of well; candle burnt   
                |             |      |freely, water 2½ feet deep, depth 
                |             |      |of well to water 96 feet.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir El       |     32¼     |  52  |Marched at 2.30 a.m. The track is 
  Marghum_ (2nd |             |      |well defined, being the main road 
  halt)         |             |      |from Debba to Wad El Gab, and is  
                |             |      |easy going the whole way,         
                |             |      |direction about 330° (magnetic).  
                |             |      |About 24 miles from Kheleiwa Well 
                |             |      |ground begins to fall, and the    
                |             |      |Wadi El Gab may be said to begin. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |El Marghum is the most southern   
                |             |      |well in El Gab and one of the     
                |             |      |deepest, being about 20 feet deep 
                |             |      |before reaching water, and is     
                |             |      |stone lined, water good, cool, and
                |             |      |pleasant to drink, depth of water 
                |             |      |3½ feet, and reported always      
                |             |      |plentiful. This well is said to be
                |             |      |6 hours from Khandak with an easy 
                |             |      |road. Near well are one or two    
                |             |      |good sayal trees and selem bushes,
                |             |      |but no date palms.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Awene_       |      —      |  —   |Marched at 7.30 a.m., track from  
                |             |      |El Marghum to Um Hagar, direction 
                |             |      |330°. After 1½ miles a track      
                |             |      |branches to Shoki at direction    
                |             |      |295°. Sheikh Mohammed Awadalla,   
                |             |      |the head of the Gunganab, one of  
                |             |      |the largest of the Kababish sub-  
                |             |      |tribes, lives at Awene. The water 
                |             |      |of this well is about 8 feet from 
                |             |      |surface and luke warm, it lies    
                |             |      |about 6 miles from Marghum; there 
                |             |      |are a number of fine sayal trees  
                |             |      |about, as well as date and dom    
                |             |      |palms; good shade.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Agari_    |      —      |  —   |This is a small well without stone
                |             |      |facing, water cooler and          
                |             |      |pleasanter to drink than Awene,   
                |             |      |lies 1½ miles from latter.        
                |             |      |Surrounded by selem bushes.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Wad Medawi |      —      |  —   |Dwelling of the former Sheikh of  
                |             |      |Gunganab, an old man, reported age
                |             |      |115 years, very feeble; a number  
                |             |      |of date trees near here, and track
                |             |      |to Millan passes a number of tukls
                |             |      |used during date harvest season.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Millan_  |      14     |  66  |This well, about 14 miles from    
                |             |      |Marghum, is surrounded by about 20
                |             |      |big sayal trees giving good shade,
                |             |      |there is also a lot of littel     
                |             |      |shrub on dunes near; it is        
                |             |      |impossible to approach well from  
                |             |      |S., owing to the shifting sand    
                |             |      |dunes; this well is practically   
                |             |      |the limit of the Wadi El Gab.     
                |             |      |Water good and plentiful.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Millan track runs nearly due 
                |             |      |W., crossing a district called    
                |             |      |Imsinni, where a number of goats  
                |             |      |are grazed, being watered every   
                |             |      |third day at Millan.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Hagar (3rd |      6½     | 72½  |A stone-lined well, at present    
  Halt)         |             |      |filled with sand to within 6 feet 
                |             |      |of the mouth. Sand is damp and    
                |             |      |might easily be cleared. The      
                |             |      |Kababish do not use well for fear 
                |             |      |of the Bedaiat, who raided this   
                |             |      |well and Matassi in 1902. Good    
                |             |      |grazing for camels.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Matassi_ (4th|      9      | 81½  |From Um Hagar track runs nearly   
  halt)         |             |      |due W., the going is indifferent; 
                |             |      |a little grazing on hadr on the   
                |             |      |way. Matassi lies in a plain some 
                |             |      |5 or 6 square miles in extent;    
                |             |      |water is very plentiful and about 
                |             |      |3 feet from surface; watered 70 or
                |             |      |80 camels from the four or five   
                |             |      |pans that were open with ease; the
                |             |      |water is cool, pleasant to drink, 
                |             |      |and seems to have the property of 
                |             |      |cooling very rapidly after        
                |             |      |boiling. Kababish captured camels 
                |             |      |from Bedaiat here two years ago. A
                |             |      |few wild date palms, but          
                |             |      |practically no shelter from sun or
                |             |      |wind.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  __Murrat_     |      5      | 86½  |General direction W. Murrat, about
                |             |      |5 miles from Mutassi, is a low-   
                |             |      |lying plain, containing a few     
                |             |      |selem bushes, and three or four   
                |             |      |groups of date and dom palms;     
                |             |      |water easily found, but it is     
                |             |      |bitter and undrinkable; going     
                |             |      |fair; black rock predominates.    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hofra      |      4½     |  91  |A plain encircled on E. and S. by 
                |             |      |a ridge, and on the N. by high    
                |             |      |sand dunes, some littel shrub, and
                |             |      |a few dom palms. One dom palm     
                |             |      |which formerly had a well next it 
                |             |      |is now buried in a sand dune which
                |             |      |has moved a ¼ of a mile in last 10
                |             |      |years. No shelter from N. wind or 
                |             |      |sun.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  Sixth halt    |     23½     | 114½ |General direction 230° to 240°,   
                |             |      |going easy; about 12th or 13th    
                |             |      |mile from El Hofra found a few    
                |             |      |patches of grass, indicating rain 
                |             |      |here last season. About 17th mile 
                |             |      |going becomes more difficult and  
                |             |      |ground rises. At 20th mile a high 
                |             |      |conical (?) is reached, from which
                |             |      |plateau of Jebel Abiad is to be   
                |             |      |seen; erected a pile of stones at 
                |             |      |this point. Ground then slopes    
                |             |      |down, and track lies through a    
                |             |      |depression until at 23rd mile a   
                |             |      |plain is reached, extending 17    
                |             |      |miles to bluff of Jebel Abiad.    
                |             |      |Here there is some hadr grass,    
                |             |      |affording some grazing. The plain 
                |             |      |is scattered with lava-like       
                |             |      |stones.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Seventh halt  |     32½     | 147  |General direction due W. to a     
  (on plateau of|             |      |ravine in Jebel Abiad. The J.     
  J. Abiad)     |             |      |Abiad is a steep bluff of gypsum, 
                |             |      |running from N. to S.; it is the  
                |             |      |same range as is skirted by track 
                |             |      |from Dongola to Lagia Wells. After
                |             |      |ascending bluff direction is      
                |             |      |W.S.W., across a plateau with a   
                |             |      |very gentle slope down towards the
                |             |      |W.; surface is shingle scattered  
                |             |      |with agates and flints. Could     
                |             |      |obtain no shelter to halt near.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Tundubi (8th  |      24     | 171  |About 1 hour after leaving last   
  halt)         |             |      |halt passed a rocky patch of      
                |             |      |ground, where the track is well   
                |             |      |defined, the only place where old 
                |             |      |lines of tracks are seen, being   
                |             |      |about 18 miles from bluff. About  
                |             |      |28 miles from bluff crossed a     
                |             |      |valley containing gottab grass and
                |             |      |some other grazing. At Tundubi a  
                |             |      |well had been opened recently, and
                |             |      |my party, after deepening it to   
                |             |      |nearly 30 feet, were able to water
                |             |      |about six camels and fill up      
                |             |      |skins. Latest report is that the  
                |             |      |well has been filled in           
                |             |      |maliciously. There is abundance of
                |             |      |gottab, hadr, and akol, giving    
                |             |      |good grazing, also some fine      
                |             |      |tundub trees and selem bushes. A  
                |             |      |quantity of senna also grows here.
                |             |      |                                  
  Ninth halt    |      27     | 198  |General direction W.S.W. (at 250° 
                |             |      |by P. compass), very easy         
                |             |      |undulating country.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Tenth halt    |     12½     | 210½ |About 31 miles from Tundubi met a 
                |             |      |caravan, on descending into a     
                |             |      |valley, along which the track     
                |             |      |lies. Easy going. No shelter. Saw 
                |             |      |ostrich tracks.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Eleventh halt |     28½     | 239  |Easy going all day; general       
                |             |      |direction W. Jebel Raya is seen   
                |             |      |some 10 miles away to the S.; it  
                |             |      |lies on the road from El Ain to   
                |             |      |Bir Sultan. Found a good place to 
                |             |      |halt, with a few tundub trees and 
                |             |      |some hadr scrub.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Twelfth halt  |      23     | 262  |Same general direction W. After 3 
                |             |      |miles descended into a deep sandy 
                |             |      |khor, containing some hadr scrub  
                |             |      |(difficult going), marched along  
                |             |      |it for an hour in direction 250°; 
                |             |      |then crossed a rocky ridge for 10 
                |             |      |miles, then an open plain of      
                |             |      |shingle for 5 miles, and down     
                |             |      |another khor of deep sand with    
                |             |      |clumps of hadr scrub in it,       
                |             |      |direction 260°. Then direction    
                |             |      |changed constantly to avoid       
                |             |      |conical hills. Halted on rocky    
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Milani_      |      —      |  —   |Two hours’ easy marching and then 
                |             |      |2 hours across an exposed plateau 
                |             |      |of rocky ground, before reaching a
                |             |      |steep descent down to Milani; a   
                |             |      |thick clump of selem trees in the 
                |             |      |Natron valley. At Milani water is 
                |             |      |apparently very plentiful, the    
                |             |      |sand between the dunes being wet  
                |             |      |and brown. Did not try to obtain  
                |             |      |water, as, though drinkable, it is
                |             |      |reported not to be so good as the 
                |             |      |water found at Sultan, 3 miles    
                |             |      |away.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Sultan_  |      —      |  —   |Sultan, a low-lying area of about 
                |             |      |a ¼ mile square of uneven ground  
                |             |      |covered with tussocks of halfa    
                |             |      |grass. Water easily obtained and  
                |             |      |plentiful. I found two or three   
                |             |      |pans open, at which animals can   
                |             |      |get to the water themselves. There
                |             |      |are five or six date palms, also  
                |             |      |grasses such as tamam, halfa,     
                |             |      |taklis, but no shrubs, at Sultan. 
                |             |      |It lies nearly due S. of J.       
                |             |      |Kashaf.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Natron       |      21     | 283  |The best natron bed lies about 2  
  diggings (13th|             |      |miles away from the water at      
  halt)         |             |      |Sultan by the shortest and most   
                |             |      |direct route to the river, it is  
                |             |      |probably not more than 250 miles  
                |             |      |instead of the 283 I travelled.   
                |             |      |The diggings have the appearance  
                |             |      |of a sandy salt pan, from which   
                |             |      |sea water has run off, the sand   
                |             |      |being encrusted with a white salt-
                |             |      |like substance. To obtain the     
                |             |      |natron the upper surface of sand, 
                |             |      |about 2 inches to 4 inches, is    
                |             |      |cleared away, until the natron, a 
                |             |      |substance resembling rock salt, is
                |             |      |reached. The top part is usually  
                |             |      |bad, being half sand; then there  
                |             |      |is a seam of ½ inch to 2 inches of
                |             |      |good natron, again below a little 
                |             |      |bad natron, and below all sand    
                |             |      |again. Sometimes all the natron is
                |             |      |spoilt by being mixed with sand.  
                |             |      |The whole place is scattered with 
                |             |      |scores and scores of oryx and     
                |             |      |addax horns, which seem to have   
                |             |      |been the tool, since time         
                |             |      |immemorial, with which to dig out 
                |             |      |the natron.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel Kashaf  |      —      |  —   |Jebel Kashaf lies 2,400 yards from
                |             |      |the natron diggings, and E. of    
                |             |      |them at direction 133°; it is a   
                |             |      |high conical hill centrally       
                |             |      |situated in the northern part of  
                |             |      |the valley, and from its summit   
                |             |      |the whole valley and various      
                |             |      |halting places are overlooked. To 
                |             |      |the S. and S.W. is a level plain, 
                |             |      |reaching to the horizon without   
                |             |      |landmarks.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Arbain road runs S.S.W.       
                |             |      |apparently, to a place called Domi
                |             |      |(1 day), where there are a few dom
                |             |      |palms, and then from there        
                |             |      |branches to Meidob and to Zaghawa,
                |             |      |which latter is reported to be 5  
                |             |      |or 6 days from Natron valley in a 
                |             |      |S.W. direction.                   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        109.—DEBBA TO EL OBEID.                        

                         (ROUTE DURING RAINS).                         

              COMPILED FROM VARIOUS SOURCES, APRIL, 1903.              


                (_Distances only roughly approximate_).                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Debba         |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Belila_   |      35     |  35  |Hole in sandy bed of wadi, about  
                |             |      |12 feet down to water’s edge.     
                |             |      |Excellent water and any quantity, 
                |             |      |amount depends on digging.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Amra_     |      43     |  78  |Water good and plentiful,         
                |             |      |obtainable by digging in sandy bed
  _Hobagi_      |      67     | 145  | of wadi. From here during the     
                |             |      |rains travellers go to Hobagi,    
                |             |      |where there is a hofra which      
                |             |      |contains no water in the dry      
                |             |      |season.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Haraza_      |      60     | 205  |Water good and plentiful from a   
                |             |      |spring at foot of jebel. From     
                |             |      |thence _viâ_ Kajmar to El Obeid.  
                |             |      |_Vide_ also route 81, Chap. VIII. 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

N.B.—During the dry season, merchants do not travel _viâ_ Hobagi,
as the hofra there is then dry. A considerable détour is made from
El Amra to Elai, thence to Habisa, where there many wells, and thence
to Bagbag Wells and Kajmar.


                        110.—DEBBA TO OMDURMAN.                        

                MAJOR H. V. RAVENSCROFT, JANUARY, 1900.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Debba Camp    |      —      |  —   |On leaving camp, a southerly      
                |             |      |direction is taken over sandy     
                |             |      |ground, leaving Wadi El Melh on   
                |             |      |right.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Khattab    |      7      |  7   |Hill on either side of track.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Kufri_    |      3      |  10  |Two wells on track, one in use,   
                |             |      |recently repaired by Government.  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Birget El  |      11     |  21  |Water about 55 feet from surface; 
  Merafib       |             |      |no rope, so could not taste it.   
                |             |      |Six miles from left of track.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Open desert.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Kaser El      |      4      |  25  |One old well called Atesh, closed 
  Fokani        |             |      |for a long time. Well-marked      
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Kaser    |      1      |  26  |On right of track, 400 yards wide.
                |             |      |After this the road runs in khor  
                |             |      |for 10 miles, as far as El Magari.
                |             |      |                                  
  El Magari     |     10⅔     | 36⅔  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Nesub El   |      8      | 44⅔  |Range of hills 1½ miles from right
  Arda          |             |      |of track. After this the hills    
                |             |      |gradually close in to right of    
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3⅓     |  48  |Track passes over low hills. Nesub
                |             |      |El Arda 80 feet high. After ½ mile
                |             |      |another small detached hill,      
                |             |      |similar to El Magari, and low     
                |             |      |hills on right, 400 yards from    
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Maleiga  |      2      |  50  |Good grazing for camels.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Sayal_   |      4      |  54  |Good water in small khor about 600
                |             |      |yards from right of track can be  
                |             |      |got for a distance of 150 yards by
                |             |      |digging 8 feet to 10 feet from    
                |             |      |surface. One small green tree and 
                |             |      |usher bushes mark spot. Water at  
                |             |      |present plentiful, but guides     
                |             |      |state that in dry season supply   
                |             |      |becomes small. No people here.    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Nesub El   |      1⅓     | 55⅓  |Range of hills 1,500 yards on     
  Gelud         |             |      |right of track. No more hills on  
                |             |      |left.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wadi Gelud_  |      1⅔     |  57  |One well reported under hill,     
                |             |      |supply small in dry season, about 
                |             |      |3 miles from right of track. Khor 
                |             |      |500 yards wide. Good grazing for  
                |             |      |camels.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Ereishat      |      5⅔     | 62⅔  |Dry grass and a few bushes. In    
                |             |      |Gordon’s time there was a large   
                |             |      |shelter here for travellers and   
                |             |      |merchants.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Nesub El   |      —      |  —   |Three miles from right of track. A
  Shabra        |             |      |continuous range of low hills on  
                |             |      |right. Open country on left.      
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Abu Sideir |      2⅔     | 65⅓  |Two miles from right of track.    
                |             |      |From here a track to El Boreiga   
                |             |      |winds off ½ mile right.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu      |      3⅓     | 66⅔  |1,000 yards wide; good grazing for
  Sideir        |             |      |camels. Range of black hills 3    
                |             |      |miles from right of track. After  
                |             |      |1⅓ miles track crosses another    
                |             |      |piece of Khor Abu Sideir and two  
                |             |      |other small khors, the hills on   
                |             |      |right being then 6 miles off; on  
                |             |      |left flat open country.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Umanagil |      6      | 72⅔  |After this low range of hills 600 
                |             |      |yards from and parallel to track, 
  _Abu Heglig_  |      2      | 74⅔  |a few flocks grazing here in Khor 
  (water)       |             |      |Boreiga. Good water in khor to be 
                |             |      |obtained for a distance by digging
                |             |      |10 feet from surface.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Khor 600 yards to 800 yards wide; 
                |             |      |good grazing; six wells in use    
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 76⅔  |Track passes through gap in spur  
                |             |      |running from two hills called Um  
                |             |      |Kheirit and El Wabri, 2 miles from
                |             |      |right of track. J. El Minget      
                |             |      |(perhaps 30 miles distant) visible
                |             |      |on left; salt is obtained from    
                |             |      |this mountain.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Wabri_  |      1⅓     |  80  |Hills 4 miles from right of track.
                |             |      |Water in khor like a canal, 4     
                |             |      |yards broad, and 4 feet 6 inches  
                |             |      |in depth. After this open desert; 
                |             |      |rain marks; no track.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2⅓     | 82⅓  |Small low sand hills on either    
                |             |      |side of the track. Going a little 
                |             |      |heavy for first time since leaving
                |             |      |Debba.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Abu      |      5      | 87⅓  |Broad khor; some grass and bushes;
  Hashim        |             |      |good going; open desert on both   
                |             |      |sides.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Dondib El Gedi|      1      | 88⅓  |Old halting place, a few bushes on
                |             |      |either side of track. After heavy 
                |             |      |rains Arabs used to sow dura here.
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Drais    |      1⅔     |  90  |Low hill 1½ miles long, 1 mile    
                |             |      |from left of track; well reported 
                |             |      |by guide under hill, spot marked  
                |             |      |by big tree; well not in use. This
                |             |      |well is in Wadi Abu Usher.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Abu Usher|      2⅓     | 92⅓  |Broad khor, dry grass and usher   
                |             |      |bushes. J. Abu Usher 1 mile from  
                |             |      |right of track; long black hill.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Derail   |      2⅔     |  95  |Small khor; black rocks and hills 
                |             |      |on right of track.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Inderab_ |      2      |  97  |One well in khor in a sort of cave
                |             |      |15 feet deep; water plentiful,    
                |             |      |very clear and sweet. Men have to 
                |             |      |descend into the cave to get      
                |             |      |water, which is 2½, feet deep;    
                |             |      |guide reports water plentiful here
                |             |      |at all times of the year. Sides of
                |             |      |cave hard sandy clay; diameter of 
                |             |      |cave at surface 6 feet, opening   
                |             |      |out as you go down. Khor 120 yards
                |             |      |wide. Usher bushes and some       
                |             |      |grazing for camels. Range of black
                |             |      |hills 200 feet to 300 feet high,  
                |             |      |2½ miles from track on right and  
                |             |      |remaining parallel with it.       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Kelab |      3½     | 100½ |Broad khor, a lot of usher bushes,
  (Warrania)    |             |      |nearly all dying. J. El Kelab 3   
                |             |      |miles from right of track, with   
                |             |      |low range of black hills between  
                |             |      |track and it. Track in khor for 1⅓
                |             |      |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Kelab |      1⅓     | 101⅚ |Joins Khor El Kelab (Warrania),   
  (Godamia)     |             |      |and the two khors then run east on
                |             |      |left of track. Jebel El Kelab a   
                |             |      |continuous range 4 miles long, and
                |             |      |2 miles to 3 miles from right of  
                |             |      |track.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3⅔     | 105½ |Beginning of J. Gumr 1 mile from  
                |             |      |right of track. Going sandy and   
                |             |      |good; tufts of dry grass.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Wadi Gumr_   |      2⅔     | 108⅙ |To east of track, in khor, good   
  (water)       |             |      |place for sowing dura after heavy 
                |             |      |rains. Excellent grazing about 3  
                |             |      |miles west of track; water very   
                |             |      |near surface and can always be got
                |             |      |in khor by digging. A few Arabs   
                |             |      |here. Range of hills, J. Gumr, 1½ 
                |             |      |miles from right of track.        
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Maagil Gumr|      3      | 111⅙ |One thousand yards from left of   
                |             |      |track, with low spur running down 
                |             |      |to track, and another running     
                |             |      |parallel with road for 1½ miles.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 112⅙ |Low hill on right, close to track,
                |             |      |½ mile long.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ⅔      | 112⅚ |Continuous range of hills on right
                |             |      |3 miles off. A gap opposite here, 
                |             |      |300 yards long, called Feg Gumr.  
                |             |      |J. Wad El Melih begins after Feg  
                |             |      |Wadi Gumr. Wadi Gumr runs under   
                |             |      |range parallel to it.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Aragib     |      1⅓     | 114⅙ |On left of track; bushes, black   
                |             |      |stones; good going on ten to      
                |             |      |twelve camel tracks. Hill on right
                |             |      |5 miles distant.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Maagil Wad |      3⅓     | 117½ |Small hill 300 yards from right of
  El Melih      |             |      |track, with prominent point 60    
                |             |      |feet high.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wad El   |      1½     | 119  |Many dead usher bushes.           
  Melih         |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 120½ |On right, range of hills, after   
                |             |      |being 10 miles distant, comes in  
                |             |      |to within ½ mile of track, and    
                |             |      |from here runs parallel with it.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 122½ |End of J. Wad El Melih 1½ miles   
                |             |      |from right of track, after this J.
                |             |      |El Shab.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor El Shab  |      3⅓     | 125⅚ |El Shab 2½ miles from right of    
                |             |      |track; good going.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abu Usher|      3      | 128⅚ |Small khor; dying osier bushes,   
                |             |      |some grazing. Hills on right, 6   
                |             |      |miles off. Khor on right winding  
                |             |      |from S. crosses track here.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Well on right of road, no water,  
                |             |      |only in rainy season.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Abuera   |      4      | 132⅚ |Running from J. Abuera about 10   
                |             |      |miles on right, khor finishes     
                |             |      |here, none on left of track.      
                |             |      |Excellent going, well marked      
                |             |      |track, rain marks, flat open      
                |             |      |country, nothing in sight.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Bohat    |      7⅔     | 140½ |Small khor, some bushes. J. Bohat 
                |             |      |10 miles on right.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Gedemtina     |      3      | 143½ |Old halting place. A few bushes,  
                |             |      |hard, sandy.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      4⅓     | 147⅚ |Wadi Gabra on left, about 3 miles 
                |             |      |off; this khor stretches to Korti.
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Medeisis |      1⅔     | 149½ |From hill on right joins Wadi     
                |             |      |Gabra, 2 miles from left of track.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gabra Wells_ |      6⅓     | 155⅚ |Four wells, water always          
                |             |      |plentiful, very sweet and clear,  
                |             |      |55 feet from surface; many flocks 
                |             |      |and some cows water here; wells in
                |             |      |open space in middle of thick     
                |             |      |trees, with zeriba for flocks.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Before arriving at wells track for
                |             |      |4 miles through trees, mostly     
                |             |      |sunt, and nearly all dying; plenty
                |             |      |of dry wood. Dervish zeriba S. of 
                |             |      |wells with Yunis’ house in centre 
                |             |      |and tukls of the Jehadia round it.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 157⅚ |Up to here marked track, after    
                |             |      |this only visible at places owing 
                |             |      |to sand covering footprints on    
                |             |      |hard ground; uneven, but going    
                |             |      |good; bushes and grass everywhere;
                |             |      |good grazing; gazelle.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Gerguf        |      3      | 160⅚ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Goz Abu Dluet |      5⅓     | 166⅙ |Excellent dry grass and bushes for
                |             |      |camel grazing.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hanakat    |      4      | 170⅙ |Low spur on either side of track, 
                |             |      |which is more distinct here and in
                |             |      |a sort of khor 80 yards wide full 
                |             |      |of green bushes.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  El Shegeig    |      2⅔     | 172⅚ |About 1 mile on left of track;    
                |             |      |thick trees.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Anal       |      4⅓     | 177⅙ |Sandy; trees and grass; ground    
                |             |      |slightly undulating.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Id Anal  |      3⅓     | 180½ |Very narrow khor; rain marks;     
                |             |      |sandy going.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Gala Fashfos  |      8⅓     | 188⅚ |Main peak of Omdurman mountain in 
                |             |      |sight (Abu Leidat).               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 190⅚ |Small round hill (El Gesi) on     
                |             |      |left, 3 miles off.                
                |             |      |                                  
  El Hafir      |      1⅓     | 192⅙ |J. El Magrun on left.             
                |             |      |                                  
  El Auti       |      7⅓     | 199½ |J. Abu Leidat on left.            
                |             |      |                                  
  El Adara      |      1      | 200½ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 201½ |Track goes between Merkhiat Hills.
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Nesub El   |      1      | 202½ |One isolated hill 1,000 yards from
  Merkhiat      |             |      |left of track.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Merkhiat Hills on right.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅓     | 204⅙ |Track passes through gap in Nesub 
                |             |      |El Merkhiat, one hill on left     
                |             |      |close to path, on right hills come
                |             |      |down close to track.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2⅔     | 206⅚ |Rifle ranges 1,200 yards on right.
                |             |      |Going sandy, heavier than during  
                |             |      |any other part of route.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Omdurman      |      1⅔     | 208½ |Beginning of houses.              
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—There are only four places on this road which can be relied
on for water at all times of the year, viz., Wabri, Abu Inderab,
Gumr, and Gabra.


                  111.—DEBBA TO OMDURMAN, _viâ_ ELAI.                  

              COMPILED FROM VARIOUS SOURCES, APRIL, 1903.              


N.B. This is not the direct road, but water is obtainable more
frequently. Distances only roughly approximate.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Debba         |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Belila_   |      35     |  35  |Water plentiful. Three wells, 12  
                |             |      |feet deep (James, 1902).          
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Amri_     |      43     |  78  |Water plentiful (native           
                |             |      |information only).                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Tawagia_ |      25     | 103  |One well, 8 feet deep; good water 
                |             |      |(James, 1902).                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Elai_        |      18     | 121  |Water, scarce in dry season, from 
                |             |      |two stone-lined wells (Currie,    
                |             |      |1903). From here, shortest way is 
                |             |      |to Gambar, but road stony and bad,
                |             |      |and merchants generally go to Gumr
                |             |      |(25 miles). _Vide_ Route 110.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gambar_      |      37     | 158  |Wells, water (?) (native          
                |             |      |information only).                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gabra_       |      24     | 182  |Water plentiful, from many wells. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Omdurman      |      56     | 238  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   112.—AMBUGOL OR KORTI TO METEMMA.                   

  FROM REPORTS BY MR. FOWLER, 1871, AND NUMEROUS OFFICERS OF THE NILE  
                          EXPEDITION, 1885.

  ----------------+--------------------+--------------------------------
                  |       Miles.       |
       Place.     +-------------+------+          Description.           
                  |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  ----------------+-------------+------+--------------------------------
  Ambugol         |      —      |  —   |Possesses abundant indications, 
                  |             |      |in the remains of an ancient    
                  |             |      |masonry pier and in the         
                  |             |      |considerable ruins in the town, 
                  |             |      |of having been formerly of much 
                  |             |      |greater importance. It was      
                  |             |      |selected as the point at which  
                  |             |      |the projected Sudan railway     
                  |             |      |should leave the Nile, and      
                  |             |      |strike across the Bayuda Desert.
                  |             |      |                                
  _Korti_         |      —      |  4   |From Ambugol the caravan route  
                  |             |      |follows the bank of the river   
                  |             |      |for a few miles to Korti, and   
                  |             |      |then branches off into the      
                  |             |      |desert in a westerly direction. 
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |After about 25 miles, it strikes
                  |             |      |the Wadi Abu Gir and continues  
                  |             |      |along it for many miles. Mr.    
                  |             |      |Fowler states that the water is 
                  |             |      |to be procured by sinking wells 
                  |             |      |along the course of this wadi,  
                  |             |      |and that its bed for its entire 
                  |             |      |length is filled with all the   
                  |             |      |vegetation of the Bayuda Desert—
                  |             |      |shrubs and grass, which are     
                  |             |      |invaluable both as fuel, and as 
                  |             |      |food for flocks.                
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Water reservoirs, in tins, were 
                  |             |      |established in March, 1885, at  
                  |             |      |hills 12 and 30 miles           
                  |             |      |respectively from Korti, as the 
                  |             |      |wells at Hambok and Haweiyat    
                  |             |      |showed signs of giving out.     
                  |             |      |                                
  _Hambok_        |      47     |  51  |Wells.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  _El Haweiyat_   |      8      |  59  |Wells. Yielding in February,    
                  |             |      |1885, 310 gallons daily, but    
                  |             |      |decreasing. Three wells, 6 feet 
                  |             |      |deep, open in February, 1897.   
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Near the mountain of El         
                  |             |      |Mesalima, situated a little to  
                  |             |      |the right of the track, there is
                  |             |      |an abundance of small timber.   
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |In December, 1871, and January, 
                  |             |      |1872, water in pools was found  
                  |             |      |in many of the ravines issuing  
                  |             |      |from the Jebel Gilif range. The 
                  |             |      |plain S. of this range has a    
                  |             |      |good deal of scrub upon it, and 
                  |             |      |is said to be flooded           
                  |             |      |occasionaly during the rains to 
                  |             |      |a depth of 3 feet to 4 feet.    
                  |             |      |                                
  Miljik          |      —      |  —   |Five miles E.S.E. of Haweiyat   
                  |             |      |and 1½ miles from the track;    
                  |             |      |reported to have a good supply  
                  |             |      |of rainwater like Jakdul. Found 
                  |             |      |to be dry, February, 1885.      
                  |             |      |                                
  _Abu Alik_      |      —      |  —   |Four miles E.S.E. of Miljik.    
                  |             |      |Good supply of water in wells 6 
                  |             |      |to 8 feet deep. Too far from    
                  |             |      |track for practical use.        
                  |             |      |                                
  _Zobrik El Kelb_|      14     |  73  |A plainly defined hill of       
  (Miglig)        |             |      |curious shape. One mile N. of it
                  |             |      |are the wells of Miglig (Megaga,
                  |             |      |or El Kelb). Natural reservoirs 
                  |             |      |of rainwater. These are two     
                  |             |      |pools situated up a narrow      
                  |             |      |ravine. The lowest, containing  
                  |             |      |5,000 gallons, is fit for camels
                  |             |      |and horses. The upper pool, 100 
                  |             |      |yards beyond, contains over     
                  |             |      |100,000 gallons of pure clear   
                  |             |      |water. Tanks full, February,    
                  |             |      |1897, but water unclean; tastes 
                  |             |      |stagnant.                       
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |These estimates (14th February, 
                  |             |      |1885, by Colonel Todd, R.E.)    
                  |             |      |were taken when the upper pool  
                  |             |      |was 4 feet, and the lower 7     
                  |             |      |feet, below its high water      
                  |             |      |level.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  _Abu Halfa_     |      17     |  90  |The wells of Abu Halfa, situated
                  |             |      |about 3½ miles N. of the camel  
                  |             |      |track, consist of holes made in 
                  |             |      |dry river bed. They vary in     
                  |             |      |depth from 5 feet to 10 feet,   
                  |             |      |and in diameter from 3 feet to 4
                  |             |      |feet.                           
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Some distance further up the    
                  |             |      |Wadi Abu Halfa there is a large 
                  |             |      |pool surrounded by dom palms,   
                  |             |      |which is said never to be dry.  
                  |             |      |Close by this pool is a conical 
                  |             |      |black hill, surmounted by a     
                  |             |      |natural breastwork; excellent   
                  |             |      |landmark.                       
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Water is to be found nearly     
                  |             |      |everywhere in this wadi, a foot 
                  |             |      |or two below the surface, and is
                  |             |      |visible in several places at the
                  |             |      |foot of rocks.                  
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |To a breadth of ½ mile on each  
                  |             |      |side of river bed, acacia trees 
                  |             |      |abound, and there is beautiful  
                  |             |      |tabas grass; this, with the     
                  |             |      |trees, forms the principal food 
                  |             |      |of the flocks and herds—goats,  
                  |             |      |camels, and cattle—belonging to
                  |             |      |the desert Arabs.               
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |For about 6 miles after leaving 
                  |             |      |Abu Halfa, the ground falls     
                  |             |      |slightly, about half this       
                  |             |      |distance being over a sandy     
                  |             |      |desert, with sandstone rocks    
                  |             |      |cropping up all round.          
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The ground then rises gently,   
                  |             |      |and enters country wooded       
                  |             |      |thickly with acacia, and covered
                  |             |      |with coarse grass.              
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |On the W. stand isolated rocks  
                  |             |      |of sandstone, and on the E. is  
                  |             |      |seen the extension of the range 
                  |             |      |from Abu Halfa, which vanishes  
                  |             |      |with an abrupt turn eastward.   
                  |             |      |                                
  _Jakdul_        |      10     | 100  |The wells of Jakdul, situated in
                  |             |      |one of the torrent gorges of    
                  |             |      |Jebel Gilif, about 3 miles from 
                  |             |      |the camel track, consist of     
                  |             |      |three large water-worn cavities,
                  |             |      |each at a different level, and  
                  |             |      |shut in by precipitous cliffs.  
                  |             |      |The lowest of the pools forms an
                  |             |      |irregular oval in plan, about   
                  |             |      |120 feet long by 60 feet broad, 
                  |             |      |and for three-fourths of its    
                  |             |      |length it is enclosed between   
                  |             |      |perpendicular rocks. Whether any
                  |             |      |labour has been expended in     
                  |             |      |making these excavations it is  
                  |             |      |impossible to say, but it is    
                  |             |      |evident that the cavities have  
                  |             |      |been mainly produced by the     
                  |             |      |torrents rushing through a small
                  |             |      |passage about 8 feet above the  
                  |             |      |highest water level, and thus   
                  |             |      |wearing away the softer portions
                  |             |      |of the rock to a considerable   
                  |             |      |depth below the ground level.   
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |These reservoirs contain always 
                  |             |      |sufficient water for two years’ 
                  |             |      |supply of the existing demand,  
                  |             |      |and are never dry. The lowest   
                  |             |      |well is daily visited by large  
                  |             |      |numbers of animals, and the     
                  |             |      |water is consequently unfit for 
                  |             |      |any other use. The second pool, 
                  |             |      |about 10 feet above the first   
                  |             |      |one, lies in the bottom of an   
                  |             |      |almost inaccessible channel, the
                  |             |      |sides of the gorge rising in    
                  |             |      |some places nearly              
                  |             |      |perpendicularly to a height of  
                  |             |      |about 80 feet from the water.   
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The approximate length of this  
                  |             |      |pool is 200 feet, and its width 
                  |             |      |is 40 feet. The quality of the  
                  |             |      |water is excellent, and from    
                  |             |      |this and the upper pool the     
                  |             |      |skins used to carry drinking    
                  |             |      |water are filled, a cord and    
                  |             |      |bucket being employed to raise  
                  |             |      |the water. The third pool is    
                  |             |      |about 5 feet higher than the    
                  |             |      |second, and lies in a direction 
                  |             |      |at right angles to it. Its size 
                  |             |      |is about 80 feet by 15 feet.    
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |A very tortuous and contracted  
                  |             |      |channel, about 20 feet long, and
                  |             |      |3 feet wide at the bottom, forms
                  |             |      |the connection between the      
                  |             |      |second and the lowest pool.     
                  |             |      |Above this the gorge widens out,
                  |             |      |and by the construction of a    
                  |             |      |dam, a fine reservoir and ample 
                  |             |      |water supply might be obtained. 
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |These wells, forming the chief  
                  |             |      |water supply on the             
                  |             |      |Korti—Metemma route, were found 
                  |             |      |ample for the requirements of   
                  |             |      |the Desert Column, 2nd January  
                  |             |      |to 15th March, 1885, but would  
                  |             |      |not have lasted another         
                  |             |      |fortnight.                      
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |About 1 mile up the ravine,     
                  |             |      |above the wells, are two more   
                  |             |      |reservoirs, each holding        
                  |             |      |(January, 1885) about the same  
                  |             |      |as the middle Jakdul reservoir. 
                  |             |      |They were not used in 1885.     
                  |             |      |Numerous gazelle.               
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |After leaving Jakdul, the       
                  |             |      |country for a few miles is      
                  |             |      |entirely devoid of vegetation,  
                  |             |      |but further on it is for the    
                  |             |      |most part covered with a sandy  
                  |             |      |deposit, producing tabas grass  
                  |             |      |and acacia.                     
                  |             |      |                                
  _El Fura_       |      —      |  —   |Eight or nine miles east of the 
                  |             |      |wells of Jakdul, and some miles 
                  |             |      |from the caravan track, are the 
                  |             |      |wells El Fura. They consist of a
                  |             |      |number of holes, 3 or 4 feet in 
                  |             |      |diameter, and a few feet in     
                  |             |      |depth, and are sunk in the usual
                  |             |      |manner in the channel of a large
                  |             |      |river bed—Fura. They are rudely 
                  |             |      |excavated and are unlined, their
                  |             |      |falling in, therefore, is a     
                  |             |      |matter of frequent occurrence,  
                  |             |      |and these accidents are repaired
                  |             |      |by the excavation of new holes. 
                  |             |      |A basin with puddled sides is   
                  |             |      |formed on the surface for the   
                  |             |      |use of animals. During the rainy
                  |             |      |season the holes are rapidly    
                  |             |      |filled with deposit, and they   
                  |             |      |have then to be re-made. On the 
                  |             |      |other hand, in the dry season,  
                  |             |      |the wells are gradually         
                  |             |      |deepened, as the water level    
                  |             |      |falls through use, absorption,  
                  |             |      |and evaporation. Cattle, sheep, 
                  |             |      |and goats are driven here in    
                  |             |      |large numbers. It is the custom 
                  |             |      |during the hot season to water  
                  |             |      |the sheep and goats once every  
                  |             |      |four days, and the cattle every 
                  |             |      |other day. In the winter season 
                  |             |      |they are driven to the wells    
                  |             |      |every sixth and fourth day      
                  |             |      |respectively. The water at these
                  |             |      |wells is good, and the supply   
                  |             |      |generally plentiful. Only once  
                  |             |      |within the 30 years preceding   
                  |             |      |1872[34] had they dried up, and 
                  |             |      |then only after a continued     
                  |             |      |drought of two years.           
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |These wells, being off the      
                  |             |      |track, were not used by the     
                  |             |      |Desert Column, 1885.            
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Before reaching Jebel-el-Nus, a 
                  |             |      |tract where much drift sand     
                  |             |      |prevails is reached. This drift 
                  |             |      |sand usually travels from the E.
                  |             |      |to the W., under the influence  
                  |             |      |of the prevailing winds, in the 
                  |             |      |form of low mounds, in plan     
                  |             |      |somewhat of a crescent form,    
                  |             |      |with the convex side turned     
                  |             |      |towards the wind. This slope of 
                  |             |      |the mound is about 6 in 1, up   
                  |             |      |which the sand constantly       
                  |             |      |travels to the summit of the    
                  |             |      |ridge, and then rolls down the  
                  |             |      |sheltered side where the slope  
                  |             |      |is 1 in 1, every sandhill having
                  |             |      |in windy weather a slow but     
                  |             |      |constantly progressive action.  
                  |             |      |As all traces of the beaten     
                  |             |      |camel tracks are often          
                  |             |      |obliterated, the Jebel-el-Nus is
                  |             |      |an invaluable landmark. Bad,    
                  |             |      |soft going here.                
                  |             |      |                                
  Jebel el-Nus    |      22     | 122  |It is a remarkable conical rock 
                  |             |      |of sandstone, and stands out    
                  |             |      |prominently in the landscape.   
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |After this a valley is          
                  |             |      |approached in which the drift   
                  |             |      |sand becomes heavier, but where 
                  |             |      |trees and grass grow abundantly.
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |On either side, however, the    
                  |             |      |aspect of the ground is most    
                  |             |      |forbidding, the rocks           
                  |             |      |surrounding the valley, seen    
                  |             |      |from an elevation, having the   
                  |             |      |appearance of a troubled stormy 
                  |             |      |sea.                            
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The drift sand continues in the 
                  |             |      |valley only for a distance of   
                  |             |      |about 3 miles.                  
                  |             |      |                                
  Jebel-el-Sergein|      10     | 132  |After crossing a grass-grown    
                  |             |      |wady that partially drains a    
                  |             |      |range of hills on the W., Jebel-
                  |             |      |el-Sergein (or Saddle Hill),    
                  |             |      |another remarkable desert       
                  |             |      |beacon, is passed.              
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The valley round Jebel-el-      
                  |             |      |Sergein is fertile and contains 
                  |             |      |much grass, and many groups of  
                  |             |      |trees. As it affords good       
                  |             |      |pasturage for camels, it is     
                  |             |      |always selected for a resting-  
                  |             |      |place when the traveller cannot 
                  |             |      |reach the nearest wells.        
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Beyond this another wadi is     
                  |             |      |crossed. It is about a mile in  
                  |             |      |width, and well covered with    
                  |             |      |trees and grass.                
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |For the next 12 or 13 miles the 
                  |             |      |route runs through the district 
                  |             |      |of Ummat Handal.                
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The first part of it is covered 
                  |             |      |with much broken sandstone and  
                  |             |      |loose rock. This is followed for
                  |             |      |3 or 4 miles by a stretch of    
                  |             |      |sand, which further on gives way
                  |             |      |to a more agreeable country in  
                  |             |      |which grass and trees are       
                  |             |      |plentiful.                      
                  |             |      |                                
                  |     15½     | 147½ |The scene of the battle (17th   
                  |             |      |January ’85) was 2½ miles       
                  |             |      |further on, ½ mile S. of the    
                  |             |      |usual track.                    
                  |             |      |                                
  _Abu Klea (Abu  |      4½     | 152  |Some more wadis and low         
  Tleh)_          |             |      |intervening hills are crossed   
                  |             |      |till the wells of Abu Tleh are  
                  |             |      |reached.                        
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |These wells are sunk in the same
                  |             |      |manner as those of El Fura, but,
                  |             |      |as the soil does not stand so   
                  |             |      |well, they are constantly       
                  |             |      |falling in, and have, therefore,
                  |             |      |very frequently to be           
                  |             |      |reconstructed. The water is     
                  |             |      |excellent for drinking, and the 
                  |             |      |supply is good, having failed   
                  |             |      |only once within the 30 years   
                  |             |      |preceding 1872. These wells are 
                  |             |      |directly on the camel track to  
                  |             |      |Metemma and are constantly      
                  |             |      |visited by caravans. They also  
                  |             |      |form a favourite watering place 
                  |             |      |for the flocks and herds of the 
                  |             |      |Arabs.                          
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The route now enters a valley   
                  |             |      |with grass and trees, and after 
                  |             |      |following it for some distance  
                  |             |      |across a plain covered with sand
                  |             |      |and black boulders, succeeded by
                  |             |      |a more favourable district,     
                  |             |      |capable of cultivation during   
                  |             |      |the rains.                      
                  |             |      |                                
  _Shebakat_      |      16     | 168  |A little further on occurs the  
                  |             |      |well of Shebakat.               
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |This well is also directly on   
                  |             |      |the caravan route. It is 12 feet
                  |             |      |in diameter and 50 feet in      
                  |             |      |depth, excavated through the    
                  |             |      |sandstone rock to a bed of sandy
                  |             |      |shingle. It is situate on an    
                  |             |      |extensive plain amongst thick   
                  |             |      |scrub and coarse grass, and as  
                  |             |      |there is no water channel in its
                  |             |      |vicinity, the supply must be    
                  |             |      |obtained from low-level springs.
                  |             |      |The water being brackish, it is 
                  |             |      |unfit for drinking purposes, and
                  |             |      |it is thick and clouded. The    
                  |             |      |supply is abundant and never    
                  |             |      |failing in the driest seasons.  
                  |             |      |Small puddled basins are formed,
                  |             |      |as at other wells, on the ground
                  |             |      |surface for the use of cattle.  
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |An acacia forest, traversed by  
                  |             |      |the Desert Column on the night  
                  |             |      |of 18th January, 1885, lies a   
                  |             |      |mile or two S. of the ordinary  
                  |             |      |track hereabouts.               
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The track to Metemma now leads  
                  |             |      |over light scrub and tussocky   
                  |             |      |gravel; that to Abu Khru or     
                  |             |      |Khrug and Gubat is similar, but 
                  |             |      |with less scrub.                
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |The caravan route ends at       
                  |             |      |Metemma, which is situated near 
                  |             |      |the W. bank of the Nile, and is 
                  |             |      |separated from the desert by a  
                  |             |      |low line of hills.              
                  |             |      |                                
  Metemma         |      8      | 176  |A considerable tract of fertile 
                  |             |      |land, about 1,200 yards broad,  
                  |             |      |dividing the town from the      
                  |             |      |river, is occasionally inundated
                  |             |      |during the season of the floods.
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |Metemma contained (1885) about  
                  |             |      |3,000 inhabitants, and was in   
                  |             |      |1897 and 1898 the headquarters  
                  |             |      |of Mahmud and his men. It now   
                  |             |      |(1903) contains 2,500           
                  |             |      |inhabitants who are chiefly     
                  |             |      |women.                          
                  |             |      |                                
                  |             |      |This town in 1885 consisted of  
                  |             |      |mud houses with straw roofs,    
                  |             |      |with one or two earthworks W. of
                  |             |      |the town; two or more mosques.  
                  |             |      |Bombardment with small 7-lb.    
                  |             |      |guns produced no effect on the  
                  |             |      |houses, the shells passing      
                  |             |      |through without damaging them.  
                  |             |      |Setting roofs on fire of no use,
                  |             |      |as it did not destroy the       
                  |             |      |houses. It is now (1903) only   
                  |             |      |just beginning to recover from  
                  |             |      |the effects of Mahmud’s         
                  |             |      |occupation and massacre.        

                      SUMMARY OF WATER SUPPLY.

  Ambukol         |      —      |  —   |On the Nile.                    
                  |             |      |                                
  Korti           |      —      |  —   |On the Nile.                    
                  |             |      |                                
  Hambok          |      47     |  —   |Wells.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  El Haweiyat     |      8      |  59  |Wells.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  Magaga          |      14     |  73  |Two good reservoirs 1 mile N. of
                  |             |      |track.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  Abu Halfa       |      17     |  90  |Wells, 3½ miles from the camel  
                  |             |      |track.                          
                  |             |      |                                
  Jakdul          |      10     | 100  |Three miles N. of the caravan   
                  |             |      |track. Abundant supply of water 
                  |             |      |good for a large force.         
                  |             |      |                                
  El Fura         |      —      |  —   |About 8 or 9 miles from Jakdul, 
                  |             |      |and some miles from the caravan 
                  |             |      |track. Wells—water good, supply 
                  |             |      |generally plentiful.            
                  |             |      |                                
  Abu Tleh        |      52     | 152  |Wells—water excellent, supply   
                  |             |      |fairly plentiful.               
                  |             |      |                                
  Shebakat        |      16     | 168  |One large well. Supply abundant 
                  |             |      |and never failing, but the water
                  |             |      |is brackish, and only fit for   
                  |             |      |animals.                        
                  |             |      |                                
  Metemma         |      8      | 176  |On the Nile.                    
                  |             |      |                                
  Shendi          |      —      |  —   |On the Nile 3 miles below       
                  |             |      |Metemma.                        
  ----------------+-------------+------+--------------------------------


                   113.—KORTI TO BAYUDA AND SEDEIRI.                   

        BY CAPTAIN V. BUNBURY AND VISCOUNT SUDLEY, MARCH, 1897.        

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Korti         |      —      |  —   |Road indifferent going for        
                |             |      |infantry; suitable for cavalry.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Tub_      |      35     |  35  |One permanent well here, 10 feet  
                |             |      |in diameter, sides faced with     
                |             |      |stone. Water, 125 feet below      
                |             |      |ground level, good; constant      
                |             |      |supply. Fourteen hods at the      
                |             |      |well’s mouth in good order.       
                |             |      |Country open, good grazing. Well  
                |             |      |in the middle of a gravelly rise, 
                |             |      |easy for defence. It took 5 hours 
                |             |      |to water 115 camels.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the first 3½ hours (10 miles) 
                |             |      |after leaving this the route is   
                |             |      |very bad going, especially for    
                |             |      |cavalry, and lies along a broken  
                |             |      |wadi and many stony bits. Ground  
                |             |      |on either side rocky, hilly;      
                |             |      |efficient scouting impossible.    
                |             |      |After the broken ground the route 
                |             |      |lies over open country, and is    
                |             |      |good for cavalry.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sunt      |      30     |  65  |The wells here are in a khor which
  Bayuda_       |             |      |runs from S. to N. at this point. 
                |             |      |Only two wells were open to any   
                |             |      |depth (about 10 feet), but were   
                |             |      |quite dry. Dug in both of them,   
                |             |      |but had to desist in one after a  
                |             |      |short time, as it was too narrow  
                |             |      |for a man to work in. In the      
                |             |      |other, reached water after 3      
                |             |      |hours’ digging at a depth of 23   
                |             |      |feet below the ground level. Water
                |             |      |flowed freely, and was good.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The wells are commanded from E.   
                |             |      |and W. by high ground immediately 
                |             |      |above the river bed, and from N.  
                |             |      |and S. by hills from 100 to 150   
                |             |      |feet high at a distance of 200    
                |             |      |yards, and from N.E. by a range of
                |             |      |hills about 800 feet high at a    
                |             |      |distance of 1 mile.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Ten days later this well was      
                |             |      |revisited and found to be dry.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The next 4 miles are through the  
                |             |      |Wadi Bayuda defile. Road very bad 
                |             |      |here; flanked on either side by   
                |             |      |rocky hills, which appear to run  
                |             |      |far inland on both flanks. All    
                |             |      |scouting on flanks impossible.    
                |             |      |After heavy rains a flood of 9    
                |             |      |feet deep is said to pour         
                |             |      |northwards through this defile.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Two miles further on lies         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Monasieb_    |      6      |  71  |or Um-el-Nasaib. Two wide-mouthed 
                |             |      |wells; water in one of them 8 feet
                |             |      |down. A few hods. Trees and bushes
                |             |      |growing close around; unsuitable  
                |             |      |place for watering beasts, and    
                |             |      |unfavourable for defence.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road good to                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Sedeiri_  |      3      |  74  |Many wells here, mostly unused.   
                |             |      |Three wide-mouthed wells and one  
                |             |      |narrow well, newly opened in the  
                |             |      |sand, had water in them about 6   
                |             |      |feet below ground level. The water
                |             |      |in the former was unfit for human 
                |             |      |consumption, but the camels drank 
                |             |      |it freely; the water in the latter
                |             |      |was good. After clearing away some
                |             |      |of the mud and slime from the     
                |             |      |large wells water came fairly     
                |             |      |freely. Also obtained a constant  
                |             |      |supply of very good clear water by
                |             |      |digging 2 feet in one of the      
                |             |      |unused wells; the hods at these   
                |             |      |wells are not numerous, and       
                |             |      |require repairing. I consider that
                |             |      |any amount of water can be        
                |             |      |obtained here by a little digging;
                |             |      |it is of good quality, and appears
                |             |      |to be about 6 feet below ground   
                |             |      |level. I was informed that there  
                |             |      |is water here all the year round. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A great quantity of long coarse   
                |             |      |grass grows round the wells and on
                |             |      |each side of the river bed. The   
                |             |      |wells are commanded from N. to    
                |             |      |S.E. by high ground from 60 to 30 
                |             |      |feet high, at distances of 500 to 
                |             |      |150 yards from N. to S.E.; also   
                |             |      |from W. by ground about 30 feet   
                |             |      |high, at distances from 80 to 100 
                |             |      |yards from S. to N. Some large    
                |             |      |trees and the long grass above-   
                |             |      |mentioned would afford cover near 
                |             |      |to the wells.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road back to Um Tub (35 miles)
                |             |      |is good and open, with the        
                |             |      |exception of the 10 miles         
                |             |      |mentioned above.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The direct road Um Sedeiri to     
                |             |      |Korti (70 miles) is good going,   
                |             |      |but no water.                     
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         114.—MEROWE TO JAKDUL.                        

               BY MAJOR HON. M. G. TALBOT, AUGUST, 1898.               


[Sidenote: General Remarks.]

Except for patches of sand, heavy for infantry and horses, the road
is good throughout, with the exception of the Magaga defile. Though
the road frequently changes from one bank to the other of the Khor
Abu Dom, up whose valley it generally proceeds till it crosses the
watershed into the Magaga basin, none of the crossings present any
difficulty; but there is always the danger in the summer months of
a spate caused by rain near the head.

Firewood and camel grazing are plentiful throughout, but there is
practically no grass for horses.

As far as, and including, Kalas the road may be considered as having
been traversed at the driest time of year.

N.B.—Party consisted of 1 Squadron (Cavalry), and 1 Company
(Camel Corps).

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Merowe        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Ghazali       |      8¼     |  8¼  |General direction from Merowe, a  
                |             |      |little S. of E. No definite track.
                |             |      |Troops can take shortest line     
                |             |      |across open plain, dotted with    
                |             |      |bushes and tabas grass. At 4 miles
                |             |      |the Khor Abu Dom, whose very sandy
                |             |      |bed is 100 yards wide, is struck, 
                |             |      |and the right bank ascended. At 6 
                |             |      |miles the low rocky hills close in
                |             |      |to form a short, and very easy,   
                |             |      |defile; the hills soon recede and 
                |             |      |allow the valley to expand, and at
                |             |      |7¼ miles the _first well_ is      
                |             |      |reached, at the foot of a low hill
                |             |      |on right bank. A mile further on  
                |             |      |is _another well_ from which a    
                |             |      |small garden is supplied. There   
                |             |      |are one or _two water holes_ in   
                |             |      |between. Water good, plentiful,   
                |             |      |and near surface. No good camping 
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hannek       |     22¼     | 30½  |Road keeps up right bank of khor; 
  (Upper)_      |             |      |Geren hill at 3¾ miles marks site 
                |             |      |of well. At 5¾ miles road crosses 
                |             |      |to left bank at _Um Sayala wells_,
                |             |      |and after 4 miles of good going   
                |             |      |through thickish scrub, Beida is  
                |             |      |reached. Both Geren and Um Sayala 
                |             |      |were said to have water, but were 
                |             |      |not visited. _Beida well_ is about
                |             |      |20 feet deep. After a few minutes 
                |             |      |clearing out, it supplied a drink 
                |             |      |for all the horses. Good shade. At
                |             |      |10¼ miles the road leaves the main
                |             |      |khor, and keeps up an affluent    
                |             |      |called Ab Jowalis, which it leaves
                |             |      |by a very low and easy saddle at  
                |             |      |14¼ miles, and after crossing the 
                |             |      |heads of many minor tributaries   
                |             |      |eventually returns to, and crosses
                |             |      |the main bed of, the Khor Abu Dom 
                |             |      |at 20¼ miles. At ¼ to ½ mile below
                |             |      |the point of crossing is the      
                |             |      |_Lower Hannek well_, which was not
                |             |      |visited. After crossing, the track
                |             |      |keeps up the right bank to _Hannek
                |             |      |(Upper) well_ at 22¼ miles. The   
                |             |      |two wells here required clearing  
                |             |      |out, and then gave sufficient     
                |             |      |water of rather indifferent       
                |             |      |quality. Plenty of shade.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kalas_       |     32½     |  63  |The khor is crossed at ½ mile, and
                |             |      |road then passes over an open     
                |             |      |plain, affording good going, until
                |             |      |it strikes the khor again at _Um  
                |             |      |Jueiri well_ at 8½ miles. After   
                |             |      |this a few stony bits, and one or 
                |             |      |two stony ridges are crossed, with
                |             |      |which exceptions road is excellent
                |             |      |to _well at El Tawila_ at 14½     
                |             |      |miles. Water good; and well, after
                |             |      |being a little cleaned out,       
                |             |      |afforded a drink for all horses,  
                |             |      |and some of the camels. Road      
                |             |      |continues good, and follows left  
                |             |      |bank of khor, except for a few    
                |             |      |hundred yards at 18½ miles, when  
                |             |      |the hills close in and drive it   
                |             |      |into the bed of the khor, under J.
                |             |      |Lebarug. At 23½ miles it crosses a
                |             |      |considerable branch of the khor,  
                |             |      |and at 26½ it crosses a low rocky 
                |             |      |saddle, and returns to basin of   
                |             |      |main khor Abu Dom, in bed of which
                |             |      |at 28 miles is situated the _well 
                |             |      |of El Tueina_, lying about ⅓ mile 
                |             |      |to left of direct road to Kalas.  
                |             |      |From here to Kalas, 32½ miles, the
                |             |      |road keeps crossing bed of khor,  
                |             |      |60 to 100 yards wide, and the     
                |             |      |narrow basin is enclosed by low   
                |             |      |irregular-shaped hills. _Two lots 
                |             |      |of wells at Kalas_, about 300     
                |             |      |yards apart. Water bad. Even after
                |             |      |cleaning out, the horses and      
                |             |      |camels were watered with great    
                |             |      |difficulty. Little shade.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Halfa     |     25½     | 88½  |Road keeps up left bank over some 
                |             |      |stony ground, and crosses khor at 
                |             |      |2 miles and recrosses at 2½. After
                |             |      |5 more miles of good going on the 
                |             |      |whole, the very low and easy      
                |             |      |saddle forming the watershed is   
                |             |      |reached at 7½ miles, and on       
                |             |      |crossing it the basin of the Wadi 
                |             |      |Magaga is entered. The road for   
                |             |      |the next 7 miles is down a        
                |             |      |gradually widening, but always    
                |             |      |stony, defile, along which it is  
                |             |      |preferable to lead horses almost  
                |             |      |the whole way. The path is mostly 
                |             |      |down the actual watercourse, which
                |             |      |has all the characteristics of a  
                |             |      |mountain torrent. A dry water hole
                |             |      |was passed at 10 miles, and some  
                |             |      |_pools of water_ at 13½ miles. At 
                |             |      |14½ miles the road emerges from   
                |             |      |the stony bed and crosses a low   
                |             |      |saddle at 15 miles, from which the
                |             |      |first view of the plains to the S.
                |             |      |is obtained. At 15¾, another low  
                |             |      |saddle is crossed, and the track  
                |             |      |then descends to the plain and    
                |             |      |keeps along the feet of the hills,
                |             |      |crossing patches of stony ground  
                |             |      |alternating with flat khors,      
                |             |      |covered with scattered bush and   
                |             |      |thick tabas grass, to 25 miles,   
                |             |      |when it turns to left up Wadi Abu 
                |             |      |Halfa, and strikes the wells at 26
                |             |      |miles, close to the junction of a 
                |             |      |tributary with the main khor, and 
                |             |      |at the foot of a low—but          
                |             |      |conspicuous—rocky hillock.[35]    
                |             |      |There is a _large pool_, said     
                |             |      |never to get dry, about ½ mile up 
                |             |      |the khor. Good camping ground.    
                |             |      |Some shade. Water plentiful.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jakdul_      |     10½     |  99  |Road crosses khor at once, and    
                |             |      |keeps straight along foot of      
                |             |      |higher hills, leaving some very   
                |             |      |low ones on its right. At 8 miles 
                |             |      |track turns to left up Wadi       
                |             |      |Jakdul, and reaches lower pool at 
                |             |      |10½ miles.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The former descriptions of Jakdul 
                |             |      |still hold good, so it need not be
                |             |      |described here. _Vide_ Route 112. 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   115.—MEROWE TO BERBER, _viâ_ SANI.                  

        BY CAPTAIN N. M. SMYTH (1897) AND COLONEL FRIEND (1902).       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Merowe        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  El Dughayet   |      14     |  14  |On left bank of Nile. Shaigia     
                |             |      |Arabs. Mud huts, and palms to     
                |             |      |shade one battalion in vicinity.  
                |             |      |Thorn bush and grazing for 1,000  
                |             |      |camels.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A well-defined but narrow track,  
                |             |      |passable only in single or double 
                |             |      |file, leads across some rocky     
                |             |      |hills about 150 feet above level  
                |             |      |of High Nile, till at 6 miles it  
                |             |      |strikes the Khor Shingawi, which  
                |             |      |is broad and sandy, with a few    
                |             |      |scattered bushes.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel El Dega |      8      |  22  |Is passed on the right of the     
                |             |      |road. From 6 to 8 miles the ground
                |             |      |is firm, and admits usually of    
                |             |      |marching camels four abreast.     
                |             |      |                                  
  El Nus        |      8      |  30  |El Nus is merely the name of a    
                |             |      |locality where the track crosses a
                |             |      |spur from the north, whence Jebel 
                |             |      |El Ghanam is visible 10 miles     
                |             |      |north and Jebel El Khullal 5 miles
                |             |      |south; no shade. Drainage, after  
                |             |      |Jebel El Dega crossed, flows      
                |             |      |south-west.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The track generally continues     
                |             |      |good, mostly over hard shingle or 
                |             |      |firm sand. In many places several 
                |             |      |parallel tracks.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Jebel El      |      10     |  40  |A rounded hill about 100 feet     
  Mgarfur (?)   |             |      |high, is passed on the right. This
                |             |      |is the first place where shade is 
                |             |      |to be got from thorn bushes. There
                |             |      |is enough for about one battalion 
                |             |      |if scattered over about 2 square  
                |             |      |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Um Geren      |      5      |  45  |The well-known Arab camping       
                |             |      |ground, Um Geren, marked by a tall
                |             |      |tree, is left ½ mile to the north 
                |             |      |of track in the wooded Khor Abu   
                |             |      |Siba.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Kua_      |      1½     | 46½  |The well El Kua is passed ½ mile  
                |             |      |north of track in the Khor Abu    
                |             |      |Siba. This well is 25 feet deep,  
                |             |      |and, though liable to run dry in  
                |             |      |winter, generally contains about 3
                |             |      |feet of water from July to        
                |             |      |September.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Bar_      |      1½     |  48  |A similar well, El Bar, is passed 
                |             |      |½ mile to the north of track in   
                |             |      |the Khor Abu Siba, which all along
                |             |      |here is well wooded with dom      
                |             |      |palms, sunt trees and bushes for  
                |             |      |camel grazing. Both these wells   
                |             |      |belong to the Hawawir sub-tribe of
                |             |      |Monasir.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sani_        |      2      |  50  |Sani is a pool of rain-water with 
                |             |      |rock, sand, and shingle banks. It 
                |             |      |is said that the water is         
                |             |      |perennial, and if drunk dry, it   
                |             |      |refills to three-quarters former  
                |             |      |depth; more than 6 feet deep in   
                |             |      |centre. Water good; contained at  
                |             |      |time of visit about 26,000        
                |             |      |gallons. Thirty animals can drink 
                |             |      |at once; if buckets are used 60   
                |             |      |could drink. Sagias and           
                |             |      |cultivation.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Koreit_  |      14     |  64  |Many old wells, but disused, and  
                |             |      |water supply very small.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kurbai_      |      62     | 126  |Water, but supply bad.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Abu Haraz_   |      19     | 145  |Well; good water.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Berber        |      4      | 149  |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                116.—SANI TO EL ZUMA (NILE) _viâ_ JURA.                

                 BY CAPTAIN ST. G. HENRY, AUGUST, 1897.                

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Sani Pool     |      —      |  —   |Going good; in some places over   
                |             |      |rough, tussocky grass, but        
                |             |      |generally over firm sand. Features
                |             |      |of country very indefinite, and   
                |             |      |drainage lines hard to trace;     
                |             |      |there is, however, no doubt that  
                |             |      |they all cross the track from     
                |             |      |right to left.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Sergein    |      7      |  7   |From 6 to 8 miles the track       
                |             |      |crosses some rocky undulating     
                |             |      |ground. At 7 miles, J Sergein, or 
  J. El Hueish  |      4      |  11  |Sargit, is left to the S., and the
                |             |      |road passes N. of J. El Hueish, an
                |             |      |isolated rocky hill with a patch  
                |             |      |of yellow sand halfway up.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      21     |  32  |A branch of Wadi Argu or Argubi is
                |             |      |now crossed. From this point J.   
                |             |      |Gormuli lay due N., and J. Ibnali 
                |             |      |(the mass of hills S. of Jura     
                |             |      |Well), lay due E.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      15     |  47  |At 3 miles from Jura the track    
                |             |      |joins, in a branch of the Wadi    
                |             |      |Argu, the track from Kirbekan. At 
                |             |      |this point the direction of Sani  
                |             |      |bears 250 degrees magnetic        
                |             |      |(Tudway). For the next 3 miles the
                |             |      |track winds in a south-easterly   
                |             |      |direction through low undulating  
                |             |      |hills, between the mass of the    
                |             |      |Jura range (J. Ibnali) on the     
                |             |      |right, and some sharp-pointed     
                |             |      |hills of considerable height on   
                |             |      |the left.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Jura_        |      3      |  50  |The well at Jura is situated in a 
                |             |      |small rocky plain surrounded by   
                |             |      |hills N. of eastern end of J.     
                |             |      |Ibnali. It has been cut out of the
                |             |      |solid rock and is about 2 feet in 
                |             |      |diameter. The water was about 6   
                |             |      |feet below the surface; it is good
                |             |      |and sweet, and tastes like rain-  
                |             |      |water. One hundred camels were    
                |             |      |watered from it without emptying  
                |             |      |it. It is said never to dry up.   
                |             |      |There were formerly six other     
                |             |      |wells, equally good, close by, of 
                |             |      |which the marks are still visible.
                |             |      |The natives say they only want    
                |             |      |cleaning out. Water can sometimes 
                |             |      |be got by scraping at the mouth of
                |             |      |the khor about 110 yards distant. 
                |             |      |Near the well stands the ruin of a
                |             |      |house, built at the time it was   
                |             |      |proposed to take the telegraph    
                |             |      |line to Berber by this route.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |It is a bad and confined camping  
                |             |      |ground, with very little shade,   
                |             |      |though there are a few dom palms  
                |             |      |and thorn bushes along the khor.  
                |             |      |Heat and dust very great.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A flood is said to come down the  
                |             |      |khor once almost every year. The  
                |             |      |drainage appears to go to Wadi    
                |             |      |Argu.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  El Zuma       |      35     |  85  |On left bank Nile, opposite El    
                |             |      |Shereik. Government Rest House and
                |             |      |ferry. There is also Rest House at
                |             |      |Shereik.                          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


      117.—JURA TO KIRBEKAN (ABOUT 1 MILE S.W. OF SITE OF BATTLE).     

        BY MAJOR TUDWAY AND CAPTAIN ST. G. HENRY, AUGUST, 1897.        

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Jura          |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Argu     |      3      |  3   |For the first 3 miles the track   
                |             |      |winds through low hills between   
                |             |      |main mass (J. Ibnali) and the two 
                |             |      |pointed hills to N. At 3 miles it 
                |             |      |strikes a branch of the Wadi Argu 
                |             |      |or Argubi. Here the Sani track    
                |             |      |branches off at a bearing of 250  
                |             |      |degrees magnetic, and the general 
                |             |      |direction of Kirbekan is 305      
                |             |      |degrees magnetic. The track       
                |             |      |continues in a north-westerly      
                |             |      |direction over undulating ground, 
                |             |      |draining from right to left to the
                |             |      |Wadi Argu, passing a low hill     
                |             |      |called J. Barga, and striking into
                |             |      |a main branch of the Wadi Argu,   
                |             |      |along which the road runs over an 
                |             |      |excellent track with good grazing 
                |             |      |and plenty of trees.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      30     |  33  |At about 33 miles out from Jura,  
                |             |      |J. Gormuli, which is visible      
                |             |      |nearly the whole way, lay due N.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |As far as the 45th mile (Henry)   
                |             |      |the route continues to follow the 
                |             |      |Wadi Argu, when it turns up a khor
                |             |      |to the left, and after some 11    
                |             |      |miles of a narrow, rocky pathway, 
                |             |      |descends to the river S.W. of J.  
                |             |      |Musa, the hill on which Kirbekan  
                |             |      |Battle was fought.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Kirbekan      |      21     |  54  |The Wadi Argu joins the Nile at   
                |             |      |Kirbekan village. For the last 15 
                |             |      |miles of its course the trees and 
                |             |      |vegetation increase, and from the 
                |             |      |number of dom palms it is probable
                |             |      |that water would be found near the
                |             |      |surface. There is usually water in
                |             |      |a rain pool, called El Sihani, 10 
                |             |      |or 12 miles from the river.       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        118.—OMDURMAN TO GABRA.                        

          BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, R.E., NOVEMBER, 1903.          


[Sidenote: General remarks.]

The only obstacles to taking a bee line for Gabra are the Abu Meru
or Merkhait hills, which have to be skirted either on the N. or on
the S., and the Goz Abu Delua which has to be crossed. The latter
is a belt of undulating ground, covered lightly with sand in some
places, and perhaps heavily in others, running generally in N.N.E. by
S.S.W. direction and probably varying in width. The best place to
cross it is at the Hanakat El Goz, where a khor cuts its way through
it. This may be looked on as an obligatory point, and it is here
and round the northern and southern sides of the Merkhiat hills only
that one sees signs of a definite path until within a few miles of the
wells. After rain, water is said to stand in a place called Shegeig or
Mushgeig near the Goz, otherwise there is no water on the road. After
passing the Merkhait hills firewood abounds and grass was plentiful
at the time of this journey. Trees are chiefly “samr” with a few
“kittr,” “heglig,” and other bushes. There is no “hashab”
as stated on Khartoum Sheet. A great deal of spear grass is met with,
and the guide informed me that, but for his skilful leading, I should
have met much more.

Owing to the absence of any track and the tussocky nature of the
“tabas” grass, the going is not good, except in the neighbourhood
of the Id Ennala.

The distances given in this route report are obtained by assuming
the camels to have marched at about 2½ miles an hour, checked by
measuring wheel; but the route taken was far from straight.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Omdurman      |      —      |  —   |Left old steamer workshops, turned
                |             |      |N. at corner of Sur wall and, when
                |             |      |clear of houses, made straight for
                |             |      |Abu Meru hills; halted N. of them;
                |             |      |a little grass; no firewood.      
  Abu Meru      |      8½     |  8½  |Distance from Khartoum Sheet.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On clearing hills track           
                |             |      |disappeared. “Tabas” grass and    
                |             |      |“samr.”                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Stony ridge_ |      14     | 22½  |Crossed by stony ridge.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Crossed by another stony ridge.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Crossed Khor Um Muherib (?) said  
                |             |      |to flow into Id Ennala; not a very
                |             |      |apparent drainage line.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Id Ennala     |     14¼     | 36¾  |After passing one or two very     
                |             |      |minor khors, crossed Id Ennala;   
                |             |      |much “tabas” and “spear” grass.   
                |             |      |Many “samr” and a few “heglig” and
                |             |      |“kittr” trees. Good grazing.      
                |             |      |Ground rather broken in a very    
                |             |      |small way, but difficult for      
                |             |      |camels at night.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shegeig_     |      8¼     |  45  |Passed a place on right called    
                |             |      |Shegeig or Mushgeig, where water  
                |             |      |stands after rain, and crossed to 
                |             |      |further side of Goz Abu Delua     
                |             |      |which had long been visible on    
                |             |      |left, parallel to route we        
                |             |      |followed. About a mile wide. The  
                |             |      |Hanakat is about 40 yards to 60   
                |             |      |yards wide and full of “marakh”   
                |             |      |bushes. It is said the old        
                |             |      |Government tried to find water    
                |             |      |here, but failed. It is said to   
                |             |      |join the Shegeig, which is joined 
                |             |      |by the Id Ennala and falls into   
                |             |      |Nile at Wadi Bishara.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From up stream end of Hanak, Gabra
                |             |      |is not visible, but the guide     
                |             |      |pointed it out as on 300°         
                |             |      |magnetic.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Hanakat seems to have but a   
                |             |      |small basin W. of Goz.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Continued over slightly undulating
                |             |      |plain with grass and scattered    
                |             |      |bushes.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Passed some dura cultivation on   
                |             |      |left. Seemed a poor crop.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Mogaddam |      10     |  55  |Turned more to N.N.E. and dropped 
                |             |      |over low stony ridge into the     
                |             |      |valley of the Wadi Mogaddam. Well 
                |             |      |but not densely wooded. Marched on
  _Gabra wells_ |      3½     | 58½  |bearing 330° magnetic to wells.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are at least 15 wells of 60 
                |             |      |to 70 feet depth. They water a    
                |             |      |very large number of animals      
                |             |      |daily. Level of water fluctuates  
                |             |      |with rain, after which the whole  
                |             |      |of the ground round the wells is  
                |             |      |said to be underwater. Remains of 
                |             |      |Dervish mud fort, circular, 12    
                |             |      |yards diameter, loop-holed towards
                |             |      |north, bears about 150° from      
                |             |      |wells, which are 400 yards        
                |             |      |distant; short shelter trench E.  
                |             |      |of wells. No remains of zeriba.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Many Kababish with large flocks   
                |             |      |and herds.                        
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          119.—GABRA TO KORTI.                         

             BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, DECEMBER, 1903.             


[Sidenote: General remarks.]

Till within a few miles of Korti the Wadi Mogaddam was practically
followed throughout. It seems not to be used at all as a caravan road,
as there is no track and no caravans were met. At the same time it
seems an easy road to Omdurman, and very straight as far as Gabra.

The country passed through is flat and uninteresting. No hills of
any remarkable height were seen, the highest being to the W. and
N.W. of Gabra.

None of those near the route exceed 200 feet to 250 feet, relative
height.

The Wadi Mogaddam consists of a depression marked by a belt of trees
or grass, without any water channel whatever. Evidently there is
never any flow of water on the surface of the wadi.

The belt of trees varies in width and character. At Gabra it must
be nearly ¾ mile wide, and thick though not dense. There are some
good “sayal,” “heglig,” “tundub,” and “samr” trees;
lower down the trees diminish in size, the “sayal” is rarely met,
and with the exception of a little “arak” and “kurmet” there
is hardly anything but “samr” to be seen, with “tundub” in
places. From Gaerin “selem” begins to be seen, and soon it becomes
the principal growth.

Below Um Harot no grass was seen except burnt-up “tabas,” but
that must depend on the year. On the whole, grazing for camels was
very fair, but practically none for horses.

The line taken presented no difficulties whatever in the way of rocks
or gradients. From a camel point of view there is no heavy sand,
but it is not recommended as a route for motor-cars.

No supplies to be obtained except sheep and milk. Firewood is plentiful
everywhere. Water seemed good everywhere except at Um Harot, where
it was a little salt. The wells are all about 120 to 140 feet deep,
except at Gabra, where they were 60 feet to 70 feet.

A guide is indispensable. With a guide there is no difficulty in
marching by moonlight.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gabra         |      —      |  —   |Left Gabra in a N.W. direction,   
                |             |      |and after a few minutes emerged   
                |             |      |from the trees on to the edge of  
                |             |      |the gently sloping plains, and    
                |             |      |turned north.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  W. Um Deisis  |      5½     |  5½  |After two hours along the left    
                |             |      |edge of Wadi Mogaddam, the Wadi Um
                |             |      |Deisis is crossed. It comes from  
                |             |      |Gambar Wells and forms the        
                |             |      |northern boundary of the Kababish 
                |             |      |in the Wadi Mogaddam. It is marked
                |             |      |by some trees and 2 or 3          
                |             |      |insignificant water channels, the 
                |             |      |only ones seen on the whole road. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Soon after a low sandy hill, with 
                |             |      |a tree on it, can just be made out
                |             |      |in the distance and serves as     
                |             |      |direction point. It is passed at  
                |             |      |about 5 hours from Gabra, being   
                |             |      |left on the right.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Hassanin_|     10½     |  16  |A little way further on Bir       
                |             |      |Hassanin, belonging to the        
                |             |      |Hassania, is passed. It is deeper 
                |             |      |than most, being about 144 feet.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Harot_    |      4      |  20  |From this on we kept well to the  
                |             |      |left of the wadi and made straight
                |             |      |for Um Harot well, 120 feet deep, 
                |             |      |belonging to the Geriat.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |It is situated on a bare bit of   
                |             |      |ground W. of the wadi and just    
                |             |      |where the Wadi Wohad joins it.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On the E. of the Mogaddam, which  
                |             |      |is here narrow, is a low black    
                |             |      |elevation, called J. Deim Gibur.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Kept for some miles more or less  
                |             |      |in the centre of the wadi, which  
                |             |      |is rather ill-defined; slight     
  _Bir El       |      6      |  26  |rises of ground occur at intervals
  Simira_       |             |      |on either bank. Reached Bir El    
                |             |      |Simiha, Geriat well, close under  
                |             |      |N.W. end of low black hill        
                |             |      |partially covered with sand.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |One and a-half hours further on,  
                |             |      |keeping to right of Mogaddam,     
                |             |      |passed a disused Geriat well      
  _Fanga Well_  |      5      |  31  |called Um Khenoit, situated in a  
                |             |      |bare space that had once been     
                |             |      |zeribaed, and 15 minutes further  
                |             |      |on reached Fanga well, Geriat.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Gaerin        |      4      |  35  |Still keeping on right edge of    
                |             |      |Mogaddam, after another 1½ hours  
                |             |      |Gaerin wells are reached.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are several wells, about 120
                |             |      |feet deep, in a bare space of     
                |             |      |about half a square mile. Wood all
                |             |      |round, including much “selem.”    
                |             |      |From this on very little grass was
                |             |      |seen.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Kept along right edge of wadi, and
                |             |      |after 1¼ hours crossed a wadi     
                |             |      |joining from E. Guide seemed to   
                |             |      |call it Wadi Teneida, but it was  
  _Bir El Agami_|      6      |  41  |difficult to catch. An hour       
                |             |      |further on the nearest point to   
                |             |      |Bir El Agami was passed. This is  
                |             |      |the northern Geriat well, and lies
                |             |      |about a mile E. of route.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After ¾ of an hour, the junction  
                |             |      |of the Wadi Melh is passed on the 
                |             |      |left.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Eminalla_|      10     |  51  |And 3 hours further on the first  
                |             |      |Hawawir well, Bir Eminalla, is    
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the wadi begins to be   
                |             |      |more or less restricted by rising 
                |             |      |ground on either side which does  
                |             |      |not open out till within an hour  
                |             |      |of Um Rumeila.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Rumeila_  |     12½     | 63½  |This well is situated on a bare   
                |             |      |stony patch just where the Wadi   
                |             |      |Gumr joins the Mogaddam. Most of  
                |             |      |the latter wadi keeps to the E. of
                |             |      |it. From this point the Gumr      
                |             |      |hills, which have been visible for
                |             |      |some time, are at their nearest   
                |             |      |and appear not more than 20 or 25 
                |             |      |miles off. The plain, up to the   
                |             |      |sandy foothills, appears gently   
                |             |      |sloping and bare. The hills have  
                |             |      |the appearance of a long gravelly 
                |             |      |ridge of very uniform and no great
                |             |      |height, but it is unlikely that   
                |             |      |they are of gravel. A few hills   
                |             |      |are visible to the N.W., and a    
                |             |      |group of low hills called Mingit  
                |             |      |bears 44° magnetic. Salt is       
                |             |      |obtained either from these hills  
                |             |      |or from the low ridges in their   
                |             |      |vicinity.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Kept down wadi, passing junction  
                |             |      |of W. Anderab at about 4 miles, to
                |             |      |junction of Wadi Hamid with       
                |             |      |Mogaddam. There is some “selem”   
  Wadi Hamid    |      11     | 74½  |here; from this on it becomes more
                |             |      |and more frequent. The Wadi Hamid 
                |             |      |comes from a low hill called Sud  
                |             |      |Wad Hamid or some such name.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A few miles up it is joined by the
                |             |      |W. Abu Sedeir, in which there is a
                |             |      |Hawawir well, which lies on the   
                |             |      |road from Um Tub to Hanboti.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After an hour along the right edge
                |             |      |of wadi kept a little E. of N.    
                |             |      |over some broken ground for about 
                |             |      |two hours, and then returned to   
                |             |      |wadi and kept more or less up its 
  El Gab Abu    |      14     | 88½  |right edge till within the group  
  Gambur        |             |      |of hills called El Gab Abu Gambur.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |On the E. side of the southernmost
                |             |      |of these hills, on the left bank, 
                |             |      |is an ancient enclosure said to   
                |             |      |have been built by the Anak. A    
                |             |      |semi-circular wall descending from
                |             |      |the steep part of the hill        
                |             |      |encloses a bit of gently sloping  
                |             |      |ground near the base. The distance
                |             |      |between the two horns is about 120
                |             |      |yards, and the distance from the  
                |             |      |line joining the two ends to the  
                |             |      |lowest point is about 70 yards.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The wall is 8 feet or 9 feet thick
                |             |      |throughout, and 6 feet high at the
                |             |      |lowest point of the hill,         
                |             |      |diminishing regularly to nothing  
                |             |      |as it ascends the hill.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a gate at the lowest     
                |             |      |point, which is fairly well built,
                |             |      |while the rest of the wall has a  
                |             |      |very peculiar appearance from all 
                |             |      |the stones being used upright on  
                |             |      |their ends. There is a legend that
                |             |      |the Hawawir found a well there    
                |             |      |when they first came to the       
                |             |      |country.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About an hour beyond the W. Eishat
                |             |      |comes in on the right. Kept       
                |             |      |generally on the right edge of the
                |             |      |wadi, in some places keeping on   
                |             |      |the sloping ground above it; a    
                |             |      |good many low hills W. of wadi.   
                |             |      |Crossed a low saddle on W. of     
                |             |      |wadi, which is here much less     
                |             |      |wooded, and in places hard to     
                |             |      |identify. A couple of miles before
                |             |      |reaching Wadi Mahal junction, wadi
                |             |      |passes between two hills on left  
                |             |      |and right bank, known as J. Abu   
                |             |      |Mara and Nasub El Abid            
                |             |      |respectively.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadi Mahal    |     19½     | 108  |The Wadi Mahal joins on right     
                |             |      |bank. The Hawawir sometimes       
                |             |      |cultivate up this wadi.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Mogaddam becomes more wooded  
                |             |      |again; a low saddle is crossed on 
                |             |      |right bank and then a straight    
                |             |      |line is made for Um Tub. A great  
                |             |      |deal of “tundub,” some “selem,”   
                |             |      |and “samr.”                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Um Tub_      |      8      | 116  |Um Tub well, 120 feet deep,       
                |             |      |situated on a very slight rise in 
                |             |      |open plain on right edge of wadi. 
                |             |      |A track from here to Bayuda well. 
                |             |      |Bad going, 2 days for hamla.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here low hills are constantly
                |             |      |in sight, each of which has a     
                |             |      |name, but none are conspicuous.   
                |             |      |Much “selem” and “samr,” very good
  J. El Hueimi  |      18     | 134  |going. The general direction is a 
                |             |      |little W. of N. J. El Hueimi, a   
                |             |      |low hill, serves as a direction   
                |             |      |mark from some distance till it is
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After which J. Abno, on the right 
                |             |      |bank of the Nile opposite Korti,  
                |             |      |becomes visible and is marched on.
                |             |      |A couple of miles further on the  
                |             |      |W. Megeirid joins the Mogaddam    
                |             |      |from the E. It looks as if it must
                |             |      |flow out of the Wadi Bayuda, but  
                |             |      |it may come from a very short way.
                |             |      |After crossing it, kept over low  
  Wadi Bayuda   |      7      | 141  |gravelly ridges, rather trying for
                |             |      |camels’ feet, till the Wadi Bayuda
                |             |      |was reached. The Wadi Bayuda      
                |             |      |appears to come from the hills in 
                |             |      |the neighbourhood of Jakdul. It   
                |             |      |contains much “selem” and “samr,” 
                |             |      |and there was excellent grazing   
                |             |      |where it was crossed. It flows out
                |             |      |near Ambukol.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here it is best to keep a    
                |             |      |little west of the straight line  
                |             |      |to Korti and along the right edge 
                |             |      |of the wadi, in order to avoid    
  Korti         |      9      | 150  |more gravel ridges; after 1½ hours
                |             |      |a track is struck which leads past
                |             |      |Korti village to the new          
                |             |      |Government offices, just west of  
                |             |      |the old fort of 1897-98.          
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                      120.—KORTI TO BAYUDA WELLS.                      

             BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, DECEMBER, 1903.             


[Sidenote: General remarks.]

The road ascends generally the wadi by which the drainage of the Khor
Bayuda descends. Though, possibly, people living on the river or at
a distance call the whole wadi by the name of Bayuda, the local Arabs
give each part of it a different name.

From the source to a little below the wells appears to be called
Khor Bayuda. Up to this point it has a defined bed, in which water
flows after rain. After passing J. Barkol it becomes Wadi Barkol,
being now, and remaining, a broad wadi with no water channel. Soon
after it becomes Wadi El Zein, till it is joined by the large Wadi
Abu Gia, whose name it retains till near Korti. It is not quite clear
whether it keeps it to the end or adopts the name Abu Gidean after
its junction with that wadi.

The going is extremely good, there being no difficulty whatever.

Though a good deal used, there is no marked track till near the
wells. The numerous small isolated hills act as efficient landmarks,
so that everyone takes his own line.

Except for the short and uncertain period when green grass can be
obtained, “selem” is the best camel grazing in all this country. It
is found almost all the way in the wadi.

No supplies were obtainable of any sort on the road or at Bayuda
wells in December, 1903.

A little shade is to be got in winter, but practically none in summer.

The distances were measured by wheel and adjusted to the astronomical
positions. The hours are those actually marched by light hamla.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Korti village,|      —      |  —   |For the first 4 miles one of the  
  west end      |             |      |tracks leading to Um Tub is       
                |             |      |followed, the route then bends    
                |             |      |slightly to left, keeping up the  
                |             |      |right edge of the Wadi Abu Gia,   
                |             |      |which has plenty of “selem” and   
                |             |      |other trees, till it crosses it at
                |      13     |  13  |13 miles.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |It now keeps along the left side  
                |             |      |of the wadi, which has shrunk     
                |             |      |almost to nothing above the       
                |             |      |junction of the Abu Gia, passing  
                |             |      |J. Shankawi at 3½ miles, and      
                |             |      |returning to the wadi, where      
  J. Shankawi   |      3½     | 16½  |“selem” bushes reappear.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8½     |  25  |The route keeps on straight near  
                |             |      |the southern of the two Sawileil  
                |             |      |hills, past J. El Zein, which is  
                |             |      |left 1½ miles on the right,       
                |             |      |crosses the Wadi El Zein, and a   
                |             |      |very low and easy saddle.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |      14     |  39  |It descends just to the right of a
                |             |      |very small hill called Nasb Um    
                |             |      |Handal, passes between J. Um Serre
                |             |      |and J. Barkol, and crosses the    
                |             |      |fairly well wooded W. Rahaba, just
                |             |      |N. of the little hill called Nasb 
                |             |      |El Rahaba.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      8      |  47  |After 5 miles it meets the well   
                |             |      |marked track from Merowe, and at 6
                |             |      |miles it crosses a low ridge, and 
                |             |      |descends into the valley of the   
                |             |      |wadi, here called Wadi Bayuda.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 6½ miles it crosses the actual 
                |             |      |bed, some 40 yards wide and 6 feet
                |             |      |deep, and at 7 miles the wells are
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bayuda wells_|      7      |  54  |The wells are situated in the bed 
                |             |      |of the khor and are filled up,    
                |             |      |whenever there is a spate. At the 
                |             |      |time of the visit, the Arabs were 
                |             |      |drawing water from a hole about a 
                |             |      |mile up; but they had begun to    
                |             |      |clean out the real wells.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are said to be two other    
                |             |      |wells, El Nasaib and Um Sideiri,  
                |             |      |about 2½ hours up on the way to   
                |             |      |Hanboti.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Just at the wells it is fairly    
                |             |      |open, though surrounded by low    
                |             |      |hills. Half a mile further up the 
                |             |      |khor is closely shut in by hills  
                |             |      |covered with boulders.            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  121.—BAYUDA WELLS TO TANGASI MARKET.                 

             BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT, DECEMBER, 1903.             


[Sidenote: General Remarks.]

From Bayuda wells to Wadi Abu Gia there is an extremely well marked
track, profusely beaconed in the Arab manner. Further N. the stream
of traffic divides according to the part of the Merowe district for
which the traveller is bound or from which he starts.

The going is excellent throughout; no difficulties whatever.

The route appears to be of recent origin.

Formerly the produce of the Province used to make its way to Berber
_via_ Sani, and this new trade route, sometimes called the Hawashawi
route, from a hill of that name, seems to have been established to
meet the new conditions in the Sudan.

From Bayuda the route keeps straight on, crossing the Goz Abu
Delua just before reaching Hanboti, and strikes the Nile near the
Shabluka. Between Bayuda and Merowe there are considerable stretches
without any camel grazing, and there is no shade of any value in hot
weather. The distances were measured by wheel and adjusted to the
astronomical positions.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Bayuda Wells  |      —      |  —   |On leaving the wells for the first
                |             |      |mile the Korti track is followed. 
                |             |      |On issuing from the hills, the    
                |             |      |track, which is well marked,      
                |             |      |gradually separates from the Korti
                |             |      |route, making for higher ground,  
                |             |      |and keeps on in a practically     
                |             |      |straight line, crossing the heads 
                |             |      |of some of the small wadis that   
                |             |      |join the main one from Bayuda, and
                |             |      |passing over a number of          
                |             |      |infinitesimal saddles that        
                |             |      |separate them.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is nothing of interest along
                |             |      |the road.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A number of small hills, each too 
                |             |      |small to show properly on the     
                |             |      |scale, but sometimes forming a    
  J. Hawashawi  |      26     |  26  |mass of considerable area, are    
                |             |      |passed; but the only one worth    
                |             |      |noticing is J. Hawashawi, which is
                |             |      |said to give a name to the route. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is very little camel grazing
                |             |      |on the route generally, and after 
  Wadi Abu Gia  |      7½     | 33½  |this none is met with till the    
                |             |      |Wadi Abu Gia is reached, where    
                |             |      |there are some “selem” and other  
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Wadi Abu Gia is the route used
                |             |      |by the Camel Corps in 1885, and is
                |             |      |still known as Sikkat El Ingliz.  
                |             |      |The country now becomes still more
                |             |      |bare; the tussocks of burnt up    
                |             |      |“tabas” grass, that have been     
                |             |      |hitherto seen occasionally, no    
  Birgat El     |      9      | 42½  |longer appear, and with the       
  Seleim        |             |      |exception of some “selem” bushes  
                |             |      |in the neighbourhood of Birgat El 
  Birgat Wadi   |      14     | 56½  |Seleim, a low hill, no green thing
  Kurei         |             |      |is seen till the Wadi Kurei is    
                |             |      |reached in the neighbourhood of   
                |             |      |the Birgat Wadi Kurei, from the   
                |             |      |top of which there is a good view.
                |             |      |                                  
  Tangasi       |      7      | 63½  |From here into Tangasi Market the 
                |             |      |route (there is no track) is over 
                |             |      |a low gravel ridge and then across
                |             |      |a level plain.                    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


[Footnote 34: It was in this year that the surveys for the railway
were made.]

[Footnote 35: _See_ page 175.]




                               APPENDIX.                               

                   (ROUTES PARTLY OUTSIDE THE SUDAN.)                  

                               * * * * *                               

                         122.—THE ARBAÏN ROAD.                         

                      (_Compiled by the Editor._)                      


The “forty days” road leads S.S.W. across the desert from Assiut,
in Upper Egypt, _viâ_ the oases of Kharga, Beris, Sheb, Selima, Lagia,
and Bir El Sultan to El Fasher capital of Darfur. It was formerly in
considerable use for bringing slave caravans, &c., from the Sudan,
and is still used in parts to a limited extent by natron caravans,
occasional smugglers, and others. It is, however, now practically
deserted.

In the summer of 1884 a reconnaissance was made by Lt.-Col. Colvile
and Lieut. Stuart-Wortley from Assiut to Lagia, in order to find out
whether the forces of the Mahdi could penetrate into Egypt by this
road. The result of the patrol was satisfactory, and demonstrated
that, owing to the paucity of water on the road, it would be quite
impossible for a force of any size to traverse it.

The total length of the Darb El Arbaïn, from Assiut to El Fasher,
is certainly not less than one thousand (1,000) miles. To cover
this stretch in forty days would appear to necessitate particularly
excellent camels, but the following is the normal time taken, according
to native report:—

  -------------------------+---------+-------+-------------
           Place.          |Marching | Rest  |Total No. of 
                           |  Days.  | Days. |    Days.    
  -------------------------+---------+-------+-------------
  Assiut                   |    —    |   —   |      —      
                           |         |       |             
  El Kharga                |    4    |   1   |      5      
                           |         |       |             
  Beris                    |    1½   |   1   |      2½      
                           |         |       |             
  El Murra                 |    3    |   —   |      3      
                           |         |       |             
  El Kassaba               |    1½   |   1   |      2½      
                           |         |       |             
  Sheb                     |    1    |   1   |      2      
                           |         |       |             
  Selima                   |    2    |   2   |      4      
                           |         |       |             
  El Lagia                 |    4    |   1   |      5      
                           |         |       |             
  Natron Wells, Bir Sultan |    5    |   1   |      6      
                           |         |       |             
  J. Anka or Meidob        |    7    |   —   |      7      
                           |         |       |             
  El Fasher                |    3    |   —   |      3      
                           +---------+-------+-------------
           Total           |   32    |   8   |     40      
  -------------------------+---------+-------+-------------

A day’s journey in summer lasts from El Asr (two hours before sunset)
till one hour after sunrise; and in winter from sunrise till three
hours after sunset.


                              DESCRIPTION.                             

The only points south of Kharga which have been astronomically fixed
in modern times are Kassaba and Sheb (Talbot, 1903), and therefore the
distances between the main points given below must be considered more
or less approximate. The road is hardly defined at all throughout its
length, and variations occur at different points. A road also joins
the Arbaïn from Mut (Dakhla Oasis) at Terfawi (five days).

On no account should an intending traveller move without reliable
guides, who may usually be obtained, or heard of, at Assiut.


            (_a._)—ASSIUT, _viâ_ KHARGA, TO BERIS AND MAKS.            

    (“Kharga Oasis: its topography and Geology,” by John Ball, 1899,   
   Public Works Department, Cairo, pp. 20, 44-60, &c.; Captain Lyons,
                    R.E., February, 1894, &c.)

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Assiut        |      —      |  —   |Leave Assiut on the S., turn to   
                |             |      |W., through cemeteries, and along 
                |             |      |the the foot of the scarp.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5      |  5   |Road winds up limestone cliff 470 
                |             |      |feet. A few miles over broken     
                |             |      |ground brings one on to nearly    
                |             |      |level limestone desert, with no   
                |             |      |hindrance in any direction. Road  
                |             |      |runs generally S. over flat       
                |             |      |limestone; nothing of any interest
                |             |      |till the road dips into the great 
                |      82     |  87  |hollow of the oasis.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ein Karam    |      13     | 100  |First water at Ein Karam. See book
  Mohammed_     |             |      |above-mentioned for maps and full 
                |             |      |description of the great Oasis of 
  _Kharga_      |      26     | 126  |Kharga, which lies in a dip over  
                |             |      |100 miles long and 20 miles wide, 
                |             |      |running N. and S. About 120 wells 
                |             |      |and 10 villages or districts;     
                |             |      |population about 8,000; 4,500     
                |             |      |feddans of cultivated ground, and 
                |             |      |about 60,000 palm trees. The oasis
                |             |      |includes the villages of Bulak    
  _Bulak_       |      15     | 141  |(third largest village), Beris    
                |             |      |(second largest village), attacked
  _Beris_       |      39     | 180  |by Dervishes in 1893, and Maks    
                |             |      |(Bahari and Gibli). The road now  
  _Maks_        |      9      | 189  |strikes again S. into the desert. 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


         (_b._)—MAKS, _viâ_ MURRA, KASSABA AND SHEB, TO SELIMA.        

    (Lieut.-Col. Colvile, July, 1884; Captain Lyons, February, 1894;   
             Officers Egyptian Army, Spring of 1894, &c.)

  ----------+----------------+---------+----------------------------------
            |     Miles.     |         |                                  
            +--------+-------+  Hours  |                                  
    Place.  | Inter- | Total | (Inter- |         Description.                      
            |mediate.| from  |mediate).|                                  
            |        |Assiut.|         |                                  
  ----------+--------+-------+---------+----------------------------------
            |        |       | H.   M. |                                  
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Maks, from|   —    |  189  |    —    |                                  
  Assiut    |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Kasr Argi |   2    |  191  | 0    35 |A small rocky mound, with a ruin; 
  or Ein El |        |       |         |near it is a good spring. Another 
  Kasr      |        |       |         |mound, with spring and ruin, also 
            |        |       |         |bears the same name.              
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Garid Abu |   11   |  202  | 3    17 |A rocky granite hill, about 150   
  Baian     |        |       |         |feet high, on E. of road. The     
            |        |       |         |road, which up to this point has  
            |        |       |         |been along a broad, shallow       
            |        |       |         |valley, with a bed of firm gravel,
            |        |       |         |now enters for a few miles hills  
            |        |       |         |of very deep sand, across which   
            |        |       |         |there is no track.                
            |        |       |         |                                  
  J. Wagif  |  26½   |  228½ | 9    0  |Meaning “stopping place.” A       
  (J. Harif)|        |       |         |solitary mound of rock 80 feet    
            |        |       |         |high. It appears to have been used
            |        |       |         |as a signal station, there being  
            |        |       |         |remains of a fire on the summit.  
            |        |       |         |Stone roadmarks and several       
            |        |       |         |graves. One day trotting from here
            |        |       |         |to either Beris or Bir Murr.      
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Jebel     |   8    |  236½ |    —    |Shersha = Xerxes. Ancient Persian 
  Mishersha |        |       |         |outpost, possibly water. Long, low
  (Um       |        |       |         |cliff on E. of road. Small        
  Shersha)  |        |       |         |hillocks 4 miles further on, close
            |        |       |         |to road and opposite S. end of    
            |        |       |         |Shersha, are called Gara El       
            |        |       |         |Maghatia.                         
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Jebel El  |   11   |  247½ |    —    |Hillock on road where merchandise 
  Magazan   |        |       |         |used to be left.                  
            |        |       |         |                                  
  El Garun  |  11½   |  259  |    —    |Two little knolls; a road to S.W. 
            |        |       |         |branches off to Darfur, according 
            |        |       |         |to Arabs.                         
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |Three miles further on begins a   
            |        |       |         |low limestone plateau, which      
            |        |       |         |extends up to and beyond Bir      
            |        |       |         |Murra. This limestone is the only 
            |        |       |         |landmark for the wells, as no high
            |        |       |         |hills are visible near.           
            |        |       |         |                                  
  _Bir      |   7    |  266  | 16   15 |Two large holes, each 3 to 4 feet 
  Murra_    |        |       |         |deep. Plenty of water, rather     
            |        |       |         |salt, but camels will drink it.   
            |        |       |         |Jebel el Murra is a narrow, ridge-
            |        |       |         |shaped hill, 80 feet high,        
            |        |       |         |overlooking the wells. Colvile    
            |        |       |         |says:—“It is a promontory 3 miles 
            |        |       |         |N. of the wells, and running out  
            |        |       |         |of the low range of hills on the  
            |        |       |         |E. of the road. It is easily to be
            |        |       |         |recognised by a conical rock,     
            |        |       |         |balanced on its apex, on the top  
            |        |       |         |of a small mound.”                
            |        |       |         |                                  
  _Kassaba_ |   67   |  333  | 25   10 |A group of dom palms, water 7 feet
            |        |       |         |down, bitter and nitrous. Approach
            |        |       |         |from N. by a narrow gorge down the
            |        |       |         |sandstone cliff (120 feet high),  
            |        |       |         |which bounds the wells also on the
            |        |       |         |W.; E, and S. the ground is open. 
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |From Kassaba a road leads in a    
            |        |       |         |S.E. direction over ridges for 25 
            |        |       |         |miles to the wells of Nakhla,     
            |        |       |         |whence the road continues for a   
            |        |       |         |further 79 miles to the Nile,     
            |        |       |         |opposite Halfa.                   
            |        |       |         |                                  
  _(Nakhla)_|   —    |   —   |    —    |Nakhla or Saafi, is so termed from
            |        |       |         |a palm tree on a small, sandy,    
            |        |       |         |grass knoll which overlooks the   
            |        |       |         |wells. Surrounding this knoll is a
            |        |       |         |narrow valley, about 80 yards     
            |        |       |         |broad, to the E. and S. Throughout
            |        |       |         |this valley water can be obtained 
            |        |       |         |by digging at a depth of from 3½  
            |        |       |         |to 5 feet. The water does not run 
            |        |       |         |in very rapidly, but the earth is 
            |        |       |         |so light that the well can be dug 
            |        |       |         |very rapidly, filling to about 9  
            |        |       |         |inches in six hours; water good   
            |        |       |         |and abundant (February). In the S.
            |        |       |         |there is rising ground with a     
            |        |       |         |slight command. To the E. the     
            |        |       |         |ground rises slightly, but is     
            |        |       |         |lower than the date palm hill. To 
            |        |       |         |the N.E. there is a lofty sand    
            |        |       |         |hill, at a distance from the date 
            |        |       |         |palm hill of over 1,200 yards.    
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |Blockhouse, built 1894 (now       
            |        |       |         |unoccupied).                      
            |        |       |         |                                  
  (The Sheb |   —    |   —   |    —    |Kassaba forms the apex of the     
  District) |        |       |         |triangular Sheb district, which   
            |        |       |         |holds numerous wells, the names of
            |        |       |         |which are often confused. The     
            |        |       |         |western side of the triangle is   
            |        |       |         |formed by a range of sandstone    
            |        |       |         |cliffs, running S.W., along the   
            |        |       |         |base of which the Arbaïn road     
            |        |       |         |continues from Kassaba to Sheb.   
            |        |       |         |The base of the triangle is the   
            |        |       |         |road from Sheb to Nakhla, and the 
            |        |       |         |centre is an open plain.          
            |        |       |         |                                  
  Shebba[36]|   15   |  348  | 6    5  |A district covered with low sand  
  (or Abu   |        |       |         |hills, and studded with dom palms.
  Dom?)     |        |       |         |Water is said to be obtainable by 
            |        |       |         |digging in most parts of it; that 
            |        |       |         |at the N. end is bad. A well at   
            |        |       |         |the southern end gives a good and 
            |        |       |         |plentiful supply. There are three 
            |        |       |         |patches of camel grazing in the   
            |        |       |         |district, each patch being about  
            |        |       |         |sufficient for 400 camels for one 
            |        |       |         |day. From here a road branches off
            |        |       |         |gradually to the S.W. to the wells
            |        |       |         |of Terfawi (Id Koraim, or Abu     
  _Terfawi_ |   —    |   —   |    —    |Taraf), 8 miles on, lying in a    
            |        |       |         |broad valley, under the cliff     
            |        |       |         |above mentioned. Good water 3 feet
            |        |       |         |below the surface. Forty old palms
            |        |       |         |and numerous smaller ones, and two
            |        |       |         |dom palms, no grazing. This       
            |        |       |         |Terfawi road is often used as an  
            |        |       |         |alternative branch of the Arbaïn  
            |        |       |         |road, and rejoins it further S.   
            |        |       |         |Terfawi to Beris is reckoned at   
            |        |       |         |five days. There appears to be a  
            |        |       |         |direct road from Terfawi to Lagia,
            |        |       |         |five days over level ground       
            |        |       |         |covered with stones.              
            |        |       |         |                                  
  _Sheb_    |   10   |  358  |    —    |A blockhouse was built here in    
            |        |       |         |1894 to guard against raids by the
            |        |       |         |Dervishes, and was attacked on    
            |        |       |         |Jan. 8, 1895. Water slightly      
            |        |       |         |brackish, but plenty of it; a     
            |        |       |         |little grazing. Road from here    
            |        |       |         |N.W. to Terfawi, 5½ miles. Road E.
            |        |       |         |to Nakhla, 40 miles, contains     
            |        |       |         |wells or underground water at El  
            |        |       |         |Haad, 5, Sederi, 5, Bir Suleiman, 
            |        |       |         |13, and Bir Hasab el Gabu, 9 miles
            |        |       |         |intermediate. From Sheb the roads 
            |        |       |         |lead S., over easy ground for the 
            |        |       |         |most part, to the oasis of Selima.
            |        |       |         |                                  
  _Selima_  |   82   |  440  | 27   45 |Named after a legendary Amazon    
            |        |       |         |Princess (?). A small oasis,      
            |        |       |         |commanded on all sides by rocky   
            |        |       |         |hills, those on the N. being      
            |        |       |         |considerably higher and steeper.  
            |        |       |         |The water, obtained from numerous 
            |        |       |         |wells about 2 feet deep, is       
            |        |       |         |sufficient for a force of 1,000   
            |        |       |         |men. It has a strong sulphurous   
            |        |       |         |taste and smell. The oasis is     
            |        |       |         |uninhabited, but is occasionally  
            |        |       |         |visited by the neighbouring tribes
            |        |       |         |for the sake of the salt and dates
            |        |       |         |which are found there. The salt   
            |        |       |         |lies in beds covered by 1 to 3    
            |        |       |         |feet of sand, and has to be broken
            |        |       |         |out.                              
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |There are some 2,000 fruit-bearing
            |        |       |         |date palms, but these are at      
            |        |       |         |present choked in a thick         
            |        |       |         |undergrowth. Dates very good.     
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |There is plenty of grazing.       
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |From Selima a road leads in a S.E.
            |        |       |         |direction for 80 miles to Sagiet  
            |        |       |         |El Abd, on the Nile. No water on  
            |        |       |         |the way.                          
            |        |       |         |                                  
            |        |       |         |For further description of this   
            |        |       |         |oasis, _vide_ Part I., Chap. IX., 
            |        |       |         |pp. 202-3.                        
  ----------+--------+-------+---------+----------------------------------


                        (_c._)—SELIMA TO LAGIA.                        

     (Lieut. Stuart Wortley, July, 1884; Captain H. Hodgson, 1901,     
                              1903, &c.)

  -------------+---------------------+----------------------------------
               |       Miles.        |
               +-------------+-------+                                  
     Place.    |             | Total |           Description.           
               |Intermediate.| from  |                                  
               |             |Assiut.|                                  
  -------------+-------------+-------+----------------------------------
  _Selima_,    |      —      |  440  |On leaving Selima the track, well 
  from Assiut  |             |       |defined by camel skeletons, goes  
               |             |       |in a westerly direction for 6     
               |             |       |miles over hard sand, after which 
               |             |       |it turns S.W.; small conical hills
               |             |       |to W. for 30 miles. Occasional    
               |             |       |camel skeletons, but no track.    
               |             |       |Succession of rocky ridges.       
               |             |       |                                  
               |      33     |  473  |High conical hill to W. Extensive 
               |             |       |view. All hills crossed are steep 
               |             |       |on the N. side, and slope         
               |             |       |gradually to the S. (This is      
               |             |       |reversed at Selima and Lagia.)    
               |             |       |Going rocky and bad.              
               |             |       |                                  
  J. Hadada and|      24     |  497  |Pass between these two hills, J.  
  J. Hamadia   |             |       |Hadada to the E. Low ranges of    
               |             |       |hills, running S.E. and N.W.      
               |             |       |                                  
               |      40     |  537  |Descend into hard sandy plain,    
               |             |       |extending for 20 miles. Country   
               |             |       |then becomes very rocky and       
               |             |       |difficult for camels; no track    
               |             |       |discernible. Range of sand hills  
               |             |       |to W. called J. Ruhilat.          
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |J. Gabra, a round-topped hill,    
               |             |       |rising out of valley called Lagia,
               |             |       |seen from a distance of 35 miles. 
               |             |       |Road descends by a gorge of deep  
               |             |       |sand into the valley 10 miles long
               |             |       |and 1 mile broad, running E. and  
               |             |       |W.                                
               |             |       |                                  
  _Lagia       |      43     |  580  |Water about 4 miles from the      
  (Kebir)_     |             |  [37] |gorge. Three wells filled with    
               |             |       |sand water, water has to be       
               |             |       |cleared, or fresh well opened,    
               |             |       |otherwise it gets bad. Water good 
               |             |       |in itself. No vegetation; water 6 
               |             |       |feet below surface; country       
               |             |       |barren; petrified wood abundant.  
               |             |       |Several tracks cross here.        
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |Captain Hodgson states:—          
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |At Lagia Kebir, or Agar, are five 
               |             |       |or six pans of water, good and    
               |             |       |near the surface, springing from  
               |             |       |similar soil to Lagia the Less,   
               |             |       |but not so abundant. The wells lie
               |             |       |in an open plain, no vegetation   
               |             |       |near except about six or ten small
               |             |       |trees about 3½ miles to W., giving
               |             |       |a little feeding for camels. To   
               |             |       |the N. the plain is shut in by a  
               |             |       |steep rocky ridge of hills, and   
               |             |       |the road to Selima Wells lies     
               |             |       |across it. On reaching summit of  
               |             |       |ridge there is only a stretch of  
               |             |       |rock and stones to be seen. Arabs 
               |             |       |state it is the road to Selima and
               |             |       |there is no grazing.              
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |In the event of not finding a     
               |             |       |water pan open, the water lies    
               |             |       |some 20 yards S. of a low clump of
               |             |       |date seedlings, the only ones in  
               |             |       |the valley. There are some black  
               |             |       |rocks in the plain, on the track  
               |             |       |from Bir Sultan, which lie 2,700  
               |             |       |yards (by range-finder) from the  
               |             |       |abovementioned dates, and at an   
               |             |       |angle of 228° from them.          
               |             |       |                                  
  _(Lagia      |      —      |   —   |Lagia the Less, lying 12½ miles   
  Amran)_      |             |       |E.S.E. of Lagia Kebir, also called
               |             |       |Amran from the colour of the      
               |             |       |ground, lies in a plain about 5   
               |             |       |miles wide, surrounded entirely by
               |             |       |rocky hills; there are only two   
               |             |       |entrances through encircling hills
               |             |       |that are easy marching. Water lies
               |             |       |within a foot of the surface and  
               |             |       |is very plentiful; ground consists
               |             |       |of red clay with drifts of sand,  
               |             |       |the Arabs say there was formerly  
               |             |       |no sand, and that during the last 
               |             |       |few years it is gradually covering
               |             |       |the ground, probably owing to dry 
               |             |       |seasons.                          
               |             |       |                                  
  _(Lagia bil  |      —      |   —   |Some bushes half a mile from the  
  Hêt)_        |             |       |water. At a distance of one day’s 
               |             |       |journey to the E. of Lagia there  
               |             |       |is said to be a well, called Lagia
               |             |       |bil Hêt, on account of a Roman    
               |             |       |wall built close by (?) (Omar et  
               |             |       |Tunsi).                           
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |To the S. the road to Bir Sultan  
               |             |       |lies across an open plain and is  
               |             |       |easy going. The tracks spread     
               |             |       |considerably.                     
               |             |       |                                  
               |             |       |An oasis is reported to lie 4     
               |             |       |days’ journey in a S.W. direction,
               |             |       |containing date trees, which is   
               |             |       |visited at date harvest time by   
               |             |       |the Bedai tribe. The water is said
               |             |       |to be bad. Except for the above,  
               |             |       |the guides say they have no       
               |             |       |knowledge of any water to the W.  
               |             |       |of Lagia, and that there is no    
               |             |       |road with a direction of N. and S.
               |             |       |lying to the W. of Lagia. The road
               |             |       |Lagia Kebir to Dongola is 166     
               |             |       |miles in a S.E. direction: 7 days’
               |             |       |march.                            
  -------------+-------------+-------+----------------------------------


             (_d._) LAGIA, _viâ_ BIR SULTAN, TO EL FASHER.             

                Captain H. Hodgson, Browne, and Natives.               

Very little is known of this, the southern half of the Arbaïn road,
and no European (since Browne, 1793, who left no record of any value)
seems ever to have traversed it south of Bir Sultan.

From Lagia to Bir Sultan is 5[38] days’ going over easy country.

  -------------+---------------------+----------------------------------
               |       Miles.        |
               +-------------+-------+                                  
     Place.    |             | Total |           Description.           
               |Intermediate.| from  |                                  
               |             |Assiut.|                                  
  -------------+-------------+-------+----------------------------------
  _Lagia_      |      —      |  580  |On leaving Lagia the going is     
               |             |       |fair.                             
               |             |       |                                  
               |      47     |  627  |Low rocky mounds; dozens of empty 
               |             |       |paraffin tins lying about; place  
               |             |       |where caravans leave store and    
               |             |       |forage. Easy going, hard sand.    
               |             |       |                                  
               |      35     |  662  |Sand dunes to E. of track,        
               |             |       |continue for 5 miles. Road slopes 
               |             |       |slightly down hill, direction     
               |             |       |210°.                             
               |             |       |                                  
               |      37     |  699  |Large black stone 10 feet high by 
               |             |       |roadside, 18 inches wide and 9    
               |             |       |inches thick. Landmark visible for
               |             |       |long way from N. Marching becomes 
               |             |       |difficult.                        
               |             |       |                                  
               |      10     |  709  |Low hill, distinctive landmark;   
               |             |       |black rock with white gypsum top, 
               |             |       |with pile of black rocks on top.  
               |             |       |                                  
  J. Kashaf,   |      28     |  737  |Hilly rocky country, with gradual 
  _Bir Sultan_ |             |       |descent to J. Kashaf, which lies a
               |             |       |short distance N.W. of Bir Sultan.
  -------------+-------------+-------+----------------------------------

Bir Sultan, otherwise known as Wadi Natrun (the Natron Valley),
Bir el Melha, or Bir Zaghawa, lies in the centre of a plain, bounded
by hills to the N.W., N., and E. Three or four pans of good water;
ground below the sand being white clay. A little N.W. lie the natron
diggings, the natron being in a seam 2 inches deep, a few inches
below the sandy surface. One and a half miles E. of the natron is
J. Kashaf. Plenty of scrub and grazing. At Melani, under the eastern
slope, the soil is quite damp.

Bir Sultan lies 10 days due W. of Old Dongola.

Zaghawa, which is marked on some maps as a definite place, is the name
of the district inhabited by the nomad Arab tribe of that name. It
is full of khors and wells, and is stated to be 4 days to S.W. of Bir
Sultan. There is a little-used track from Lagia which passes through
Zaghawa district and proceeds towards El Fasher, but it is not the
Arbaïn Road. The Zaghawa people often come to the Bir Sultan.

From Bir Sultan to El Fasher the accounts of the road are
contradictory. One account states that it is 10 days hard travelling,
without water on the road, and that camels have to be specially
trained for the journey. Other accounts say that from Bir Sultan to
J. Meidob,[39] or to Bir Maharia (water at either place), the journey
takes 4 to 5 days; on to Toma, in the midst of a cultivated populous
district, 3 days; and on to El Fasher 1 day more. Another road appears
to lead _viâ_ Anka, 7 days from Fasher, and is said to take 15 days
altogether; this is the one said to be generally used.

(Browne, in 1793, went from Bir El Melha (Sultan), _viâ_ Medwa (?),
S.W. to Wadi Mazruk and then S.E. to Kobe, but left a very meagre
description of the actual journey.)


    RECAPITULATION, showing approximate distances and days’ journey.   

  --------------------------+-------+---------
            Place.          | Miles.|  Days.
  --------------------------+-------+---------
  Assiut                    |   —   |    —
                            |       |     
  Kharga                    |    126|    5
                            |       |     
  Bulak                     |     15|    ½
                            |       |     
  Beris                     |     38|   1½
                            |       |     
  Maks                      |      9| }   
                            |       | }  3
  Bir Murra                 |     78| }   
                            |       |     
  Kassaba                   |     67|   2½
                            |       |     
  Sheb                      |     25|    1
                            |       |     
  Selima                    |     82|    3
                            |       |     
  Lagia                     |    140|    5
                            |       |     
  Bir Sultan                |    157|    6
                            |       |     
  J. Meidob (J. Anka 270)   |    190|    7
                            |       |     
  El Fasher (El Fasher 110) |    140|   5½
                            +-------+---------
                            |  1,067|   40
  --------------------------+-------+---------


                        123.—ASWAN TO DERAHEIB.                        

         COMPILED FROM A REPORT BY MR. JENNINGS-BRAMLY (1902).         


     _N.B.—Distances only approximate, and may be underestimated._     

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Aswan_       |      —      |  —   |The road from Aswan to the well of
                |             |      |Um Habal passes through a country 
                |             |      |destitute of any vegetation, but  
                |             |      |the road is well marked, being    
                |             |      |constantly used by the Eshabab    
                |             |      |charcoal burners going to Aswan,  
                |             |      |and the Bisharin, who go to the   
                |             |      |same market to buy corn.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The two most marked points are the
                |             |      |J. Butitulub, from which the tomb 
                |             |      |on the hill opposite the Aswan    
                |             |      |Commandania can be seen, and J.   
                |             |      |Umsuan on the Demhit range. The   
                |             |      |distance from Aswan to Bir Um     
  _Bir Um Habal_|      43     |  43  |Habal is a good day and a half    
                |             |      |with hamla. Bir Um Habal had      
                |             |      |plenty of good water at about 30  
                |             |      |feet from the surface in June, but
                |             |      |the level varies according to     
                |             |      |rainfall, though, according to the
                |             |      |Arabs, water is never at any great
                |             |      |distance from the surface.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Bir Um Habal the road still  
                |             |      |lies through the hills, but soon  
                |             |      |leaving these crosses an open     
                |             |      |sandy plain, without vegetation of
                |             |      |any kind. At the end of the first 
                |             |      |day after leaving Um Habal the    
                |             |      |road again winds between small    
                |             |      |rocky hills. The hills of J. Negib
                |             |      |were evidently at one time mined, 
                |             |      |as there are the remains of old   
                |             |      |houses and signs of the quartz    
                |             |      |having been worked in many places.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bir Negib_   |      55     |  98  |Wadi Negib has a few sayal trees; 
                |             |      |the water is good and plentiful.  
  _Bir Heimer_  |      6      | 104  |Bir Heimer, about 3 hours’ march  
                |             |      |south, was formerly garrisoned by 
                |             |      |the Eshabab. There is always water
                |             |      |there. The wadis we now passed had
                |             |      |always a certain amount of camel  
                |             |      |fodder, but the grazing would be  
                |             |      |sufficient only for a small number
                |             |      |of animals, and it would be       
                |             |      |necessary to go some way from the 
                |             |      |beaten track to find it. Once     
                |             |      |Jebel Gedir is reached the track  
                |             |      |runs through small wadis with     
                |             |      |hilly sides, and soon the Wadi    
                |             |      |Murra is reached; some way up this
                |             |      |wadi there is a well, Bir Murra,  
                |             |      |which, as its name denotes, is    
  _Bir Murra_   |      18     | 122  |bitter.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Once the Wadi Murra is reached the
                |             |      |hills are left behind, and after  
                |             |      |about 5 miles the Wadi Alagi is   
                |             |      |reached; the wadi here is nothing 
                |             |      |but a flat bed of sand held in    
                |             |      |between low slate hills. The Wadi 
  _Ongwat_      |      16     | 138  |Ongwat, now followed, is at its   
                |             |      |junction with the Wadi Alagi      
                |             |      |profusely grown with handal       
                |             |      |(Colocynth) plant; but has only a 
                |             |      |few trees. The well of Ongwat is  
                |             |      |in the hills of J. Ongwat; it is  
                |             |      |not more than 3 feet deep, and has
                |             |      |plenty of good water.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Bir Ongwat is the boundary    
                |             |      |between the Eshabab and Aliab     
                |             |      |tribes, though the well itself    
                |             |      |belongs to the Eshabab. A road    
                |             |      |runs from Bir Ongwat to Bir Abu   
                |             |      |Tabag; but the most direct road to
  J. Maksam     |      —      |  —   |Bir Eigat is straight to J.       
                |             |      |Maksam, high red granite hills, in
                |             |      |which, after rain, much good water
                |             |      |can be found. Through one end of  
                |             |      |the granite hills, before reaching
                |             |      |El Deiga, a road runs, joining    
                |             |      |Heimer and Abu Tabag direct.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Wadi Alagi is very broad      
                |             |      |opposite J. Maksam, with only a   
                |             |      |tree here and there growing in its
                |             |      |bed. At times during the rains    
                |             |      |this part of the wadi is          
                |             |      |cultivated. El Deiga, a pass      
                |             |      |through which the Wadi Alagi cuts 
                |             |      |the small hills at the northern   
                |             |      |extremity of J. Maksam, is also a 
                |             |      |boundary between the Eshabab and  
                |             |      |Eliab. The Wadi Alagi, from El    
                |             |      |Deiga to Bir Jugub, is bounded by 
                |             |      |small hills to the south and      
                |             |      |rather larger to the north. Except
                |             |      |for a sayal or selem tree here and
                |             |      |there no vegetation is to be found
                |             |      |in the wadi.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Jugub         |      40     | 178  |In the Wadi Jugub there is a well 
                |             |      |belonging to the Aliab            
                |             |      |(Kurbeilab), which is sometimes   
                |             |      |opened according to the pasturage.
                |             |      |This wadi had more vegetation than
                |             |      |any we had passed up to that time;
                |             |      |there were growing besides the    
                |             |      |ordinary selem a few marakh trees.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Jugub to Eigat the road      
                |             |      |leaves the Alagi, passing through 
                |             |      |low hills to the north. J. Eigat  
                |             |      |can be seen from Jebel Jugub, and 
                |             |      |it could also be seen from J.     
                |             |      |Maksam if that hill were climbed. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a continuous line of high
                |             |      |hills from Bir Jugub to El Eigat, 
                |             |      |running nearly parallel with the  
                |             |      |road at some 5 miles to the north.
                |             |      |These were El Jugub, J. Hadaiber, 
  _Eigat_       |      27     | 205  |J. Adrak, J. Eigat. The Wadi Eigat
                |             |      |is well grown with marakh, heglig,
                |             |      |sayal, selem, tundub and usher. It
                |             |      |is a great contrast in its        
                |             |      |greenness to the Wadi Alagi, left 
                |             |      |the day before. The water at Eigat
                |             |      |is near the surface, sometimes    
                |             |      |running, and at no time in the    
                |             |      |year more than a few feet down.   
                |             |      |The well belongs to the Aliab     
                |             |      |tribe.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are at Eigat many signs that
                |             |      |in olden times the hills were     
                |             |      |extensively mined. The road from  
                |             |      |Eigat to Bir Neshd in the Wadi    
                |             |      |Alagi is bad, but passable, though
                |             |      |hamla camels have some trouble in 
                |             |      |passing.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The easier road, though four or   
                |             |      |five times longer, is down the    
                |             |      |Wadi Eigat and then across into   
                |             |      |the Alagi, which it follows to    
                |             |      |Neshd. Everywhere among the hills,
                |             |      |from Eigat to the Alagi, along the
                |             |      |direct road, are signs of old     
                |             |      |mining colonies. The Alagi here is
                |             |      |green with vegetation, the arak   
                |             |      |grows everywhere, with marakh and 
                |             |      |heglig, and of course sayal and   
                |             |      |selem trees.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Neshd_       |      10     | 215  |The well of Neshd, about half a   
                |             |      |mile up the Wadi Neshd, on the    
                |             |      |southern side of the Alagi,       
                |             |      |belongs to the Kurbeilab-Aliab.   
                |             |      |There is always good water here,  
                |             |      |but, owing to the rocks, camels   
                |             |      |cannot approach right up to the   
  _Kamotit_     |      4½     | 219½ |well. At Bir Kamotit, which is    
                |             |      |some half a mile up the wadi, the 
                |             |      |water is good but rather tainted  
                |             |      |by the herds that water at it.    
                |             |      |This well is the property of the  
                |             |      |Hadl family.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Bir Kamotit to the Deraheib  
                |             |      |the road always follows the Wadi  
                |             |      |Alagi, which is everywhere well   
                |             |      |grown with sayal, the bean of     
                |             |      |which is excellent food for sheep,
                |             |      |goats or camels. We saw many      
                |             |      |traces of the wild donkey, but did
                |             |      |not actually see one.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Deraheib      |      9½     | 229  |Old mining colony. No well.       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        124.—KASSALA TO MASSAUA.                       

  BY LIEUTENANT H. H. S. MORANT (1898); COMPLETED WITH MATERIAL TAKEN  
 FROM REPORTS BY COLONEL HON. M. G. TALBOT (1900) AND MR. F. B. HOHLER
                                (1901).


[Sidenote: General Description. The road.]

The general direction of Massaua from Kassala is almost due E. From
Sabderat to Keren the Italians have cleared a roadway about 50
feet in width, from which most of the stones and all vegetation,
except an occasional large baobab tree, have been cleared. It is
so clearly marked that a stranger could march by it even on a dark
night. The only point of any difficulty is the low saddle at Bisha,
where there was still room for a good deal of work (1900). In its
long straight lines it reminds one strongly of the old Roman roads;
it crosses ravines and water-courses at whatever angle it happens to
strike them, but at many of the steeper ascents and descents narrow
ramps have been cut. In several places along it the Italians have
made new masonry wells.

The accompanying road report was made before the construction of this
newly cleared road—which from Sabderat to Daura Obel passes N. of
the old route, _viâ_ Algeden and Eladal—and there is no detailed
information at hand as to the water supply along that portion of the
route, though there is said to be no difficulty in this respect for
the ordinary traveller.

From Keren to Asmara, and thence after many zig-zags to Saati,
there is an excellent driving road about 14 feet wide, with the
exception of a length of about 6 miles before reaching Azteklezan,
which had not (April, 1900) been completed to the full width, but was
then practicable for wheeled vehicles. Throughout the length of this
metalled road the gradients are occasionally of necessity rather steep;
the kilometers are marked throughout.

[Sidenote: Country.]

From Kassala to Keren the general character of the country strongly
resembles much of that between Kassala and Suakin, and consists as
a rule of level waterless plains of firm soil, at times sandy or
gravelly, covered with fine short grass and scattered bushes of the
acacia tribe, and intersected here and there by shallow sandy khors,
which during the rainy season carry off the drainage from the rocky
volcanic hills and granite koppies, which are so characteristic of
this particular part of Africa.

From Keren to Massaua the character of the country entirely changes and
the waterless plains and thorny acacias of the Kassala-Keren route are
replaced by running streams and precipitous mountains, overgrown with
euphorbia and wild olives, both on the ascent to the Asmara plateau,
as well as in the descent to the maritime plain of Massaua.

[Sidenote: Transport animals.]

For the entire journey mules are most suitable, but as far as Keren
camels answer admirably. From Keren to Massaua, _viâ_ Asmara, wheeled
vehicles, mules or horses. If the direct desert route from Keren to
Massaua be taken, camels are desirable, if not indispensable.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

Milk, goats, cattle, &c., are found, as elsewhere in the Sudan,
throughout the route.

There are occasional small canteens at intervals, and fair stores at
Keren, and some good shops at Asmara and Massaua, where most ordinary
requirements are obtainable.

[Sidenote: Water.]

If desired to move a force larger than a company along this route,
enquiries as to state of water supply should be made, as it varies
considerably according to the time of year.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

Speaking generally, the inhabitants between Kassala-Keren are
Beni-Amer; after that a bastard type of Abyssinian, &c.

[Sidenote: Climate.]

The climate along this route is on the whole good. Between
Kassala-Keren and Ginda-Massaua it is decidedly hot in March, April,
and May—probably in other months also. These are also the more
feverish portions of the route, though probably no part of it is
so unhealthy as Kassala. Between the sea and Agordat there occur
in April what the Italians call the “little rains,” which mean
very heavy thunder-storms; these cease before the end of the month,
and the rainy season proper begins towards the end of May.

The climate on the Asmara plateau is said to be delightful, though
perhaps the rains are excessive.

[Sidenote: Game.]

There is little or no game along this route, except between Kassala and
Keren, where ariel, gazelle, dig-dig, and guinea fowl may be met with.


                       ROUTE (JANUARY TO MARCH).                       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kassala       |      —      |  —   |Head Quarters of the Kassala      
                |             |      |Province (fully described in Vol. 
                |             |      |I). From here the road follows the
                |             |      |telegraph line and runs nearly due
                |             |      |E. between Jebels Mokrani and     
                |             |      |Kassala, over a level more or less
  _Sabderat_    |      17     |  17  |open plain to Sabderat, the       
                |             |      |village of which name is situated 
                |             |      |on the northern side of the gorge,
                |             |      |through which flows Khor Tamarat, 
                |             |      |and is about 1½ miles on the      
                |             |      |Italian side of the frontier,     
                |             |      |which is plainly marked by        
                |             |      |pillars. Here there is a telegraph
                |             |      |office and well with a never-     
                |             |      |failing and plentiful supply of   
                |             |      |good water.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From this point a road has been   
                |             |      |cleared by the Italians which runs
                |             |      |nearly perfectly straight to the  
                |             |      |vicinity of Daura Obel, where it  
                |             |      |bends to the S., and thence       
  _Metaui_      |      10     |  27  |follows the old track. This latter
  (Algeden)     |             |      |leads from Sabderat to Metaui,    
                |             |      |where a good well was found (in   
                |             |      |1898). The Arabs using the well,  
                |             |      |however, apparently live at a     
                |             |      |distance, and were not seen.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the road ascends a col, 
                |             |      |and high ground continues on the  
                |             |      |right for about 5 miles, after    
                |             |      |which the road leads over a level 
                |             |      |bush-covered plain, and after     
                |             |      |passing two unimportant detached  
                |             |      |jebels, a well, named Aradeb,     
  _Aradeb_      |     12½     | 39½  |close to the northern end of the  
                |             |      |second jebel, is reached. Plenty  
                |             |      |of shade, but very little water   
                |             |      |(April, 1898). The path continues 
                |             |      |good over a level plain with      
  _Eladal_      |     12½     |  52  |scattered bush until Eladal is    
                |             |      |reached. Here there is a telegraph
                |             |      |office, but only one well with    
                |             |      |extremely little water (April,    
                |             |      |1898). Continuing, the track,     
                |             |      |after crossing a low saddle,      
                |             |      |traverses a defile with high rocky
                |             |      |jebels on either side for about 5 
                |             |      |miles, and then, after crossing a 
                |             |      |wooded basin, ascends a high      
                |             |      |saddleback, from the summit of    
                |             |      |which a fine view is obtainable.  
                |             |      |From here the track descends by a 
  _Daura Obel_  |      14     |  66  |rather steep and rocky pass to the
                |             |      |wells of Daura Obel, which lie in 
                |             |      |the bed of a khor which finds an  
                |             |      |exit to the S., being shut in on  
                |             |      |three sides by high ground. After 
                |             |      |2 miles this high ground is left  
                |             |      |behind, and a similar distance    
                |             |      |further on another khor is        
                |             |      |crossed, apparently flowing N. It 
                |             |      |must be somewhere near this point 
                |             |      |that the new-cleared road         
                |             |      |previously referred to joins in.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A level plain, covered with open  
                |             |      |bush, is now traversed, and after 
                |             |      |passing between two detached      
  _Bisha_       |      14     |  80  |hills, Bisha is reached. Here     
                |             |      |there is a telegraph office and   
                |             |      |small village, situated on the    
                |             |      |side of the hill, about 1½ miles  
                |             |      |N.E. of the well, where there     
                |             |      |appeared to be plenty of water    
                |             |      |(April, 1898). Two miles from the 
                |             |      |well the road crosses the top of a
                |             |      |saddle from which a good view E.  
                |             |      |and W. is obtainable. The road    
                |             |      |then descends a stony ravine,     
                |             |      |about 1 mile in length, and a sign
                |             |      |board was passed, pointing S., “To
  _Shaglet_     |      12     |  92  |Well”; thence across the usual    
                |             |      |bush-covered plain to Shaglet,    
                |             |      |where there are rest tukls and    
                |             |      |many dom palms. In the khor close 
                |             |      |by, a tributary of the Baraka,    
                |             |      |there are several good wells.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From near Shaglet the hills of    
                |             |      |Agordat are visible, and after    
                |             |      |traversing a plain (the scene of  
                |             |      |the first battle of Agordat)      
                |             |      |covered with scattered bush and   
                |             |      |intersected by several khors, the 
                |             |      |dom palms fringing the Khor Baraka
                |             |      |are reached at the foot of the    
                |             |      |hills (100 feet high?), on which  
  _Agordat_     |      14     | 106  |are built the twin fortresses of  
                |             |      |Agordat. These, however, are both 
                |             |      |commanded within artillery range  
                |             |      |from the S. There are one or more 
                |             |      |wells with any amount of good     
                |             |      |water to which there is a covered 
                |             |      |way from the main fort. Population
                |             |      |8,000. But few stores can be      
                |             |      |purchased here. The climate is hot
                |             |      |and considered unhealthy, though  
                |             |      |it is the only station in the     
                |             |      |colony, except perhaps Massawa,   
                |             |      |that can be compared with Kassala 
                |             |      |in that respect.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road now crosses the sandy bed
                |             |      |of the Khor Baraka and traverses  
                |             |      |an undulating, tolerably open     
                |             |      |plain (the scene of the second    
                |             |      |fight with the Dervishes), and    
                |             |      |recrossing the Baraka about 7     
                |             |      |miles further on continues up its 
                |             |      |valley to Adarte, where there are 
  _Adarte_      |      17     | 123  |wells with rather a meagre water  
                |             |      |supply. From here the path        
                |             |      |continues up the scattered bush-  
                |             |      |covered valley of a tributary of  
                |             |      |the Baraka, until Agat is reached;
  _Agat_        |      10     | 133  |here there are several wells, and 
                |             |      |water seems plentiful. After      
                |             |      |leaving Agat, the valley narrows  
                |             |      |considerably, though the plain    
                |             |      |which bears slight indications of 
                |             |      |cultivation (the first seen since 
                |             |      |leaving Kassala) continues level  
                |             |      |until reaching the foot of the    
                |             |      |somewhat steep ascent to the      
                |             |      |plateau (4,470 feet approx.) on   
  _Keren_       |      11     | 144  |which the fortress and town of    
                |             |      |Keren are situated. This of course
                |             |      |belonged to Egypt in the old days,
                |             |      |and was then known as Senhit, from
                |             |      |the name of a small village still 
                |             |      |existing. The fort, which is built
                |             |      |on a detached hill about 150 feet 
                |             |      |high, contains a well, but is     
                |             |      |itself commanded by the hills to  
                |             |      |the S. and S.W. within            
                |             |      |comparatively easy artillery      
                |             |      |range.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The water supply is good, but fuel
                |             |      |is scarce in the immediate        
                |             |      |neighbourhood. There is a rather  
                |             |      |large market, some good stores,   
                |             |      |canteens, Post and Telegraph      
                |             |      |Office, &c. The climate here is   
                |             |      |comparatively cool and healthy.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After quitting Keren, the general 
                |             |      |character of the country changes  
                |             |      |almost at once, and a series of   
                |             |      |precipitous hills and mountains,  
                |             |      |with perennial streams, are       
                |             |      |encountered.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The best route to Massaua is that 
                |             |      |by the new metalled coach road    
                |             |      |_viâ_ Asmara. This road, after    
                |             |      |traversing undulating country for 
  _Khor Anseba_ |      6½     | 150½ |about 8½ miles crosses the bed of 
                |             |      |the Khor Anseba, in which are     
                |             |      |pools during most of the dry      
                |             |      |season.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here there is an almost      
                |             |      |continuous ascent till reaching   
                |             |      |Azteklesan.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Halibaret_   |      6½     | 157  |Six and a half miles further on   
                |             |      |the narrow stream of Halibaret is 
                |             |      |met; good running water.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here there is a direct       
                |             |      |caravan route to Massaua, but     
                |             |      |water along it is rather scarce,  
                |             |      |especially in the dry season.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |[The following is an account:—    
                |             |      |                                  
  [_Halibaret_  |      —      | 157  |Leaving Halibaret by the direct   
                |             |      |track at the bottom of the valley 
                |             |      |the path is open, level, and easy.
                |             |      |There is a little water to be     
                |             |      |found in the valley of the Maldi, 
                |             |      |but it is scarce in the Beloa     
                |             |      |valley, which is quite dry from   
                |             |      |January to June. The descent to   
                |             |      |the Beloa is bad. From Magasas    
                |             |      |there is a slight descent to the  
                |             |      |valley of the Maldi, and thence   
  _Ambelako_    |      25     | 182  |the road is good to Ambelako, near
                |             |      |where running water is found at   
                |             |      |Galushima.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Fil Fil_     |      8      | 190  |Good running water. Between Fil   
                |             |      |Fil and Gergeret there are some   
                |             |      |very steep and stony ascents and  
                |             |      |descents, which are difficult for 
                |             |      |camel caravans. Same applies to   
                |             |      |the Ailet defile later on, which  
                |             |      |however is not so steep, being    
                |             |      |merely the stony bed of a stream. 
                |             |      |The track crosses three ranges of 
                |             |      |thickly wooded hills, and water is
                |             |      |found in the Solomoni valley,     
                |             |      |about half way to Gergeret. The   
                |             |      |forest becomes less dense and the 
                |             |      |trees smaller as one approaches   
                |             |      |Gergeret.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gergeret_    |      10     | 202  |Good water is found in abundance  
                |             |      |here, except in the months of July
                |             |      |and October, when the supply      
                |             |      |diminishes considerably.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ailet_       |      8      | 210  |From Gergeret to Ailet the heat is
                |             |      |often intense, and there is a     
                |             |      |complete absence of water. Road   
                |             |      |mostly very stony, especially in  
                |             |      |the Ailet Gorge. Water bad and    
                |             |      |scarce.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  [_Saati_      |      11     | 221  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |_N.B.—This route report from      
                |             |      |Halibaret to Saati is not very    
                |             |      |reliable._]                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Halibaret     |      —      | 157  |Soon after crossing this the      
  (stream)      |             |      |ascent to the Asmara plateau      
                |             |      |begins in earnest, and the road   
                |             |      |zig-zags up rugged mountain sides 
                |             |      |until the summit is reached, at   
  _Azteklesan_  |     13½     | 170½ |Azteklesan, a tukl village, which 
                |             |      |had a couple of small canteens    
                |             |      |(April, 1898), rest-houses, and a 
                |             |      |plentiful supply of water.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here the direct road winds   
                |             |      |along over at first rather a hilly
                |             |      |bit of country covered with       
                |             |      |scattered bush and trees, and     
                |             |      |occasional khors, generally with  
                |             |      |water in them, until reaching     
  _Siuma Negus_ |      8      | 178½ |Siuma Negus, where there is a     
                |             |      |stream of good water, and a fair- 
                |             |      |sized village. The metalled coach 
                |             |      |road, after leaving Azteklesan,   
                |             |      |makes a considerable detour to the
                |             |      |N., and is 3 or 4 miles longer.   
                |             |      |From here to Asmara, an open and  
                |             |      |slightly undulating fertile plain 
                |             |      |extends, dotted here and there    
                |             |      |with villages and several running 
                |             |      |streamlets.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Asmara_      |     11½     | 190  |This is the capital of Eritrea,   
                |             |      |and residence of the Governor and 
                |             |      |Military Commandant. It is a      
                |             |      |military station of great         
                |             |      |importance to the Colony, and     
                |             |      |consequently has a considerable   
                |             |      |garrison. There is also a         
                |             |      |practically impregnable and       
                |             |      |heavily armed fort, as well as    
                |             |      |others of lesser importance. In   
                |             |      |the town, which has made great    
                |             |      |strides of late, are some         
                |             |      |excellent shops kept by Europeans,
                |             |      |though, beyond the actual         
                |             |      |officials, Italians have not yet  
                |             |      |colonized to any extent. There is 
                |             |      |a R.C. Church, club, and some fair
                |             |      |cafés.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Government of Eritrea is      
                |             |      |carried on by a Civilian Governor-
                |             |      |General and a Military Commandant.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Army consists (1901) of 600   
                |             |      |Italian soldiers and about 7,000  
                |             |      |natives. The artillery corps is   
                |             |      |recruited from blacks.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Asmara being roughly 7,000 feet   
                |             |      |above the sea has a temperate     
                |             |      |climate, and frost is not         
                |             |      |uncommon. There is a considerable 
                |             |      |rainfall in the summer months.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Asmara to Ginda the most     
                |             |      |direct road is the mule track     
                |             |      |which follows the telegraph line  
                |             |      |down an exceedingly rocky and     
                |             |      |precipitous descent which begins  
                |             |      |about 2½ miles from the edge of   
                |             |      |the plateau, which again is about 
                |             |      |the same distance from the town.  
                |             |      |After about 2 miles the descent to
                |             |      |Ginda, which is through fine      
                |             |      |scenery, a deep valley, enclosed  
                |             |      |on either side by precipitous     
                |             |      |mountains, becomes more gradual.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Ginda_       |      15     | 205  |At Ginda there is an excellent    
                |             |      |canteen (on a small scale) and    
                |             |      |good water supply (wells and      
                |             |      |stream).                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The distance by the coach road    
                |             |      |must be at least 25 miles.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Sabarguma     |      5      | 210  |Between Ginda and Sabarguma, where
                |             |      |there is also a canteen and good  
                |             |      |water, the mule track again is    
                |             |      |considerably shorter than the     
                |             |      |carriage road, and traverses      
                |             |      |comparatively easy hills which are
                |             |      |covered with thick forest.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Soon after leaving Sabarguma, a   
                |             |      |plain of the same name is crossed.
                |             |      |This is noted for the intensity of
                |             |      |its heat, and is said to have     
                |             |      |accounted for many of the flower  
                |             |      |of the Italian Army.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Saati         |      11     | 221  |After crossing the plain,         
                |             |      |undulating open country extends to
                |             |      |Saati, which was railhead (1898), 
                |             |      |though now the railway is said to 
                |             |      |have reached about half way to    
                |             |      |Sabarguma (1901).                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At Saati, which is about 400 feet 
                |             |      |above the sea, there is a canteen,
                |             |      |but water has to be brought from  
                |             |      |Massaua by the single line of     
                |             |      |railway.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Massaua       |      17     | 240  |Two trains arrive and depart      
                |             |      |daily. Massaua contains a good    
                |             |      |harbour, barracks, very fair      
                |             |      |shops, and at least one quite     
                |             |      |respectable café, but it is a very
                |             |      |hot, damp, unhealthy, and         
                |             |      |generally unpleasant place.       
                |             |      |Beninfeld’s agent would probably  
                |             |      |be the best man from whom to      
                |             |      |obtain transport, &c. The two     
                |             |      |lines of steamers which call at   
                |             |      |Massaua are the “Florio Rubattino”
                |             |      |and “Khedivial.”                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


     125.—TAKARASHORIT OR AMBARAB ON THE KHOR GASH _viâ_ SOGADA AND    
             KHOR MAIETIB TO UMBREGA ON THE RIVER SETIT.

                BY CAPTAIN H. H. S. MORANT, MARCH, 1900.               


[Sidenote: General remarks.]

From Ambarab to Sogada the road is good enough for camels, and is kept
open by frequent small caravans. There was also said to be a route
from Todluk to Sogada, which was however described as “bad,”
probably hilly.

Beyond Sogada the road itself presents no great difficulties, but the
absence of traffic[40] has allowed the thorny bushes to close in on
it to such an extent as to very seriously interfere with loaded or
riding camels almost the whole way to Gira.

Once the Setit is reached, there is no real difficulty about water,
but after the first 15 miles or so below Maietib the water is only
accessible at certain places. The further you descend the river,
the broader the strip of broken ground becomes on each side of the
stream, the further the road keeps from it, and the wider apart are
the watering places.

Probably the best plan when marching along the valley is to spend
the heat of the day on the river, and the night on the plateau above.

Water should be carried in fantasses, as skins get cut to pieces by
the thorns.

Cutting tools are desirable.

No supplies are obtainable nearer than Gedaref on the Setit. There
are no settled inhabitants east of the village of Wad Heleiwa, 11½
miles E. of Sofi on the Atbara.

  ---------------+--------------------+---------------------------------
                 |       Miles.       |
       Place.    +-------------+------+          Description.           
                 |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  ---------------+-------------+------+---------------------------------
  _Takarashorit_ |      —      |  —   |This appears to be the name of   
                 |             |      |some wells in the bed of the     
                 |             |      |Gash, about 45 miles above       
                 |             |      |Kassala. If not constantly used, 
                 |             |      |these wells are quickly filled in
                 |             |      |by the sand; but as the water is 
                 |             |      |not more than 6 feet to 10 feet  
                 |             |      |below the surface, they are      
                 |             |      |easily opened out again. The bed 
                 |             |      |here is sandy and about 120 yards
  Ambarab        |      —      |  —   |wide. Ambarab is the name given  
                 |             |      |to a grassy, and in the rains    
                 |             |      |marshy, place about 1½ miles     
                 |             |      |further up stream on the left    
                 |             |      |bank.                            
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There is a road from here to     
                 |             |      |Agordat. The road to Sogada leads
                 |             |      |generally in a S. direction for  
                 |             |      |the most part over level ground  
                 |             |      |covered with more or less thick  
                 |             |      |bush, which offers no serious    
                 |             |      |obstacle to camels in single     
                 |             |      |file.                            
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There are several tracks, used   
                 |             |      |probably at different times of   
                 |             |      |the year. There are a few slight 
                 |             |      |ascents and descents, but nothing
                 |             |      |at all serious.                  
                 |             |      |                                 
  _Sogada_       |      18     |  18  |The road passes through some low 
                 |             |      |stony hills partially covered    
                 |             |      |with thorny bush, and at 18 miles
                 |             |      |it leaves the village of Sogada  
                 |             |      |about ¾ mile on the left high up 
                 |             |      |on the S.W. slopes of J. Argoji, 
                 |             |      |the highest hill in the immediate
                 |             |      |neighbourhood. The village did   
                 |             |      |not appear to contain more than  
                 |             |      |25 tukls.                        
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There is a large and deep well at
                 |             |      |the foot of the hill, but the    
                 |             |      |water was reported to be bad.    
                 |             |      |                                 
  Khor Angaleib  |      1      |  19  |Track now crosses a level plain  
                 |             |      |enclosed on all sides by hills,  
                 |             |      |with openings to the W. After    
                 |             |      |crossing the khor, signs of      
                 |             |      |recent dura cultivation were seen
                 |             |      |at intervals on both sides of the
                 |             |      |road.                            
                 |             |      |                                 
  _Khor Gersat_  |      3      |  22  |Here there is a large well on the
                 |             |      |N. side of the khor, which gives 
                 |             |      |a plentiful supply of good water.
                 |             |      |There are no tukls actually at   
                 |             |      |the well, as the inhabitants     
                 |             |      |prefer to build their houses on  
                 |             |      |the hill sides, but there are    
                 |             |      |several settlements in the       
                 |             |      |immediate neighbourhood, all of  
                 |             |      |which are included under the     
                 |             |      |district name of Sogada.         
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |The inhabitants are Baza, or     
                 |             |      |Badein, or Kunama. They are very 
                 |             |      |much afraid of the Bazas of the  
                 |             |      |Setit, who raid them             
                 |             |      |occasionally, they say, under    
                 |             |      |Abyssinian leadership, but they  
                 |             |      |seem to be friendly with the Beni
                 |             |      |Amer, whose merchants purchase   
                 |             |      |dura from them. The Sheikh’s name
                 |             |      |is Haidar Wad Ibrahim.           
                 |             |      |                                 
  Dinti          |      2¼     | 24¼  |From here the track proceeds     
                 |             |      |nearly due S., but winds about a 
                 |             |      |good deal amongst low hills and  
                 |             |      |through thick bush, which, with  
                 |             |      |one or two steep-banked khors,   
                 |             |      |greatly impede the march of      
                 |             |      |loaded camels.                   
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |The hamlet of Dinti is passed    
                 |             |      |about 1½ miles to the left on the
                 |             |      |slopes of J. Dinti. The          
                 |             |      |inhabitants of Lakatakura were   
                 |             |      |camped in this neighbourhood, but
                 |             |      |whether they had left their home 
                 |             |      |on account of the failure of     
                 |             |      |their water supply, or from fear 
                 |             |      |of the Abyssinians, it was       
                 |             |      |difficult to make out.           
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |      3¼     | 27½  |After some more tedious windings 
                 |             |      |the track descends into a level  
                 |             |      |plain, bounded by the Atbara on  
                 |             |      |the W., and Setit on the S., and 
                 |             |      |on the E. by an apparently       
                 |             |      |continuous range of hills, at the
                 |             |      |foot of which lies the Baza      
                 |             |      |village of Lakatakura.           
                 |             |      |                                 
  Khor Gullui    |      2½     |  30  |This khor is a considerable      
                 |             |      |obstacle, being at least 15 feet 
                 |             |      |deep and perhaps 30 yards wide.  
                 |             |      |The sides are steep at regular   
                 |             |      |crossing places. A few miles to  
                 |             |      |the W., near J. Hamid, the water 
                 |             |      |stands for a long time in the    
                 |             |      |khor after the rains. That place 
                 |             |      |is often referred to by natives  
                 |             |      |as Gullui, and it seems to be on 
                 |             |      |the old frontier of Hamrans, Beni
                 |             |      |Amer and Bazas.                  
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There is some Baza cultivation   
                 |             |      |near the Khor Gullui.            
                 |             |      |                                 
  J. Sabun       |      5      |  35  |From here on to J. Sabun, a small
                 |             |      |isolated hill said to be on the  
                 |             |      |frontier between Hamrans and     
                 |             |      |Bazas, the track passes through  
                 |             |      |very thick thorn bush, which     
                 |             |      |greatly impedes loaded camels.   
                 |             |      |                                 
  Khor Sanasaba  |      3¼     | 38¼  |The track leaves J. Sabun just on
                 |             |      |its right and turns more to the  
                 |             |      |E. The thorns are less           
                 |             |      |troublesome, and patches of      
                 |             |      |cultivation and open spaces with 
                 |             |      |high grass are passed.           
                 |             |      |                                 
  Khor Lakisaba  |      3      | 41¼  |Track continues through the same 
                 |             |      |class of country nearly due E.,  
                 |             |      |and after ascending the Khor     
                 |             |      |Lakisaba for about 3 miles, it   
                 |             |      |leaves it and ascends its left   
                 |             |      |bank, making straight for the    
  _Halting-place_|      5¾     |  47  |hills. Eventually it enters the  
                 |             |      |valley of the Lakisaba, and a    
                 |             |      |halt was made in its bed in a    
                 |             |      |spot enclosed between the hills  
                 |             |      |of J. Komkom and J. Agachina.    
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There was no better reason for   
                 |             |      |the selection of this halting-   
                 |             |      |place, which was at least a mile 
                 |             |      |off our road, than that it was   
                 |             |      |perhaps the nearest point to the 
                 |             |      |water at the head of the Khor    
                 |             |      |Lakisaba, to which loaded camels 
                 |             |      |could go without considerable    
                 |             |      |difficulty. This water, the only 
                 |             |      |water within about 20 miles in   
                 |             |      |any direction, is said to be     
                 |             |      |contained in a large cleft in the
                 |             |      |rock about 1 hour’s camel march  
                 |             |      |beyond the halting-place. The    
                 |             |      |cleft is high up in the rocks,   
                 |             |      |and all the water has to be      
                 |             |      |carried down by hand.            
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |There were a few Baza families   
                 |             |      |there, who assisted in the       
                 |             |      |watering of our animals and      
                 |             |      |filling our fantasses, but the   
                 |             |      |delay was very great.            
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |_Lakatakura_ lies about 3½ to 4  
                 |             |      |miles N. of the Khor Lakisaba. It
                 |             |      |was deserted, and the _well_ was 
                 |             |      |said to be dry.                  
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |After retracing our steps for a  
                 |             |      |mile we struck off in a S.       
                 |             |      |direction, and followed a track  
                 |             |      |made by an Italian hunting party 
                 |             |      |a few days before. This track had
                 |             |      |evidently not been used for many 
                 |             |      |years, as it was all overgrown   
                 |             |      |with thorns, and was very        
                 |             |      |indistinct in places. Fortunately
                 |             |      |the hunting party had been       
                 |             |      |obliged to partially clear it for
                 |             |      |their camels, and after          
                 |             |      |considerable difficulties we     
                 |             |      |emerged from the hills after     
                 |             |      |going about 12 miles, and reached
                 |             |      |the Khor Maichhi. Here there are 
                 |             |      |many hashab, baobab, and sunt    
                 |             |      |trees. Soon after the Khor       
                 |             |      |Maietib is crossed, and places   
                 |             |      |were seen where it is said water 
                 |             |      |used formerly to remain even     
  _R. Setit_     |      21     |  68  |during the hot weather. After a  
                 |             |      |few more miles through undulating
                 |             |      |wooded country the track leads   
                 |             |      |suddenly on to the bank of the   
                 |             |      |Setit opposite a large pool about
                 |             |      |1 mile below its junction with   
                 |             |      |the Khor Maietib, which is said  
                 |             |      |to be the old boundary between   
                 |             |      |the Hamran and Baza tribes. There
                 |             |      |was some tobacco growing in this 
                 |             |      |khor which was said to have been 
                 |             |      |planted by the Abyssinian Baza.  
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |About here the Setit averages 100
                 |             |      |to 150 yards wide, with a good   
                 |             |      |deal of running water in it,     
                 |             |      |though frequently fordable at    
                 |             |      |this season (March). Banks 20 to 
                 |             |      |30 feet high with a good deal of 
                 |             |      |tamarisk.                        
                 |             |      |                                 
  K. Debebi      |      1      |  69  |Following river, down right bank 
                 |             |      |K. Debebi and Abu Osher are      
  K. Abu Osher   |      2½     | 71½  |crossed.                         
                 |             |      |                                 
  J. Mudassir    |      4½     |  76  |J. Mudassir is left ¾ mile on    
                 |             |      |right and after crossing K.      
  _K. Meshra El  |      1½     | 77½  |Meshra El Gedad J. Elaklei is    
  Gedad_         |             |      |also left same distance on right 
                 |             |      |place on right bank named Darfit 
  J. Elaklei     |      1      | 78½  |is passed, and Khor Um Hagar     
                 |             |      |reached, the jebel of same name  
  Darfit         |      1      | 79½  |being 1 mile on right. Soon after
                 |             |      |crossing this khor, a track leads
  _Um Hagar_     |      1      | 80½  |N. to Abu Gamal. Broken ground   
                 |             |      |now begins.                      
                 |             |      |                                 
  _Helegim_      |      1      | 81½  |After crossing the island of     
                 |             |      |Helegim and marching down bed of 
  Halt           |      1½     |  83  |river, good shade is reached on  
                 |             |      |left bank.                       
                 |             |      |                                 
                 |             |      |From here, leaving the river     
                 |             |      |which was running S.W., owing to 
                 |             |      |impossibility of marching along  
                 |             |      |it on account of ravines and     
  J. Um Hagar    |      2      |  85  |thick bush, a N. direction was   
                 |             |      |taken to foot of J. Um Hagar,    
                 |             |      |then, turning W., marched over   
                 |             |      |bad cotton soil chiefly along    
  Ridge          |      6¼     | 91¼  |elephant tracks at foot of low   
                 |             |      |ridge of hills left on right     
                 |             |      |till, reaching a shorter detached
  Hafeira        |      7      | 98¼  |ridge, we turned S., passing     
                 |             |      |Hafeira, an old burial ground of 
                 |             |      |Hamrans, and descended to the    
                 |             |      |river at Umbrega, where the Setit
  _Umbrega_[41]  |      2      | 100¼ |flows between white cliffs, Geif 
                 |             |      |El Hamam, on left bank, and      
                 |             |      |precipitous ground on right bank.
                 |             |      |The last 17 miles had been nearly
                 |             |      |all bad going, and game paths    
                 |             |      |were the only tracks met. Game   
                 |             |      |between Maietib and Umbrega      
                 |             |      |plentiful. Lion, abu ma’arif     
                 |             |      |(Roan Antelope), kudu, water-    
                 |             |      |buck, tétel (tora hartebeeste),  
                 |             |      |bushbuck, ariel, gazelle, oribi, 
                 |             |      |dig-dig, wart-hog, hippo. Numbers
                 |             |      |of giraffe and elephant tracks   
                 |             |      |were seen, but buffalo tracks    
                 |             |      |only twice.                      
  ---------------+-------------+------+---------------------------------


                        126.—GALLABAT TO CHELGA.                       

                BY CAPTAIN A. C. PARKER, JANUARY, 1904.                


[Sidenote: General.]

From Gallabat to where the track crosses the Gandoa, ground is
undulating and track continually crosses khors which drain into the
Gandoa or the Atbara. Country bushed and rocky, but stretches of
cotton soil in places; from the Gandoa on to Chelga track gets worse
and gradients more severe and valleys running down from the Escarp
more deeply cut.

[Sidenote: Water.]

Is in plenty all along the road, there is not an interval of 10 miles
without good water.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

Perhaps a little dura can be obtained at Wahni (up to an ardeb or two)
otherwise non-existent.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

Belata Dasta’s village is at Wahni, otherwise no inhabitants except
roving bands of hunters, usually Tigréans.

[Sidenote: Transport.]

Mule, donkey and pony pack-transport only suitable, though camels
said to have been used as far as Wahni.

[Sidenote: Passes.]

The Emperor’s pass is a necessity.

[Sidenote: Game.]

Plentiful on Atbara and Gandoa.

[Sidenote: Escort.]

An escort of 8 to 10 men is necessary in case of bandits.

N.B.—W = Wauz = Khor. T = Tarara = Jebel.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gallabat      |      —      |  —   |Leaving Gallabat, path crosses    
                |             |      |Khor Abnakheir; ground rises from 
                |             |      |khor rough and stony; about 300   
                |             |      |yards from it, a track leads in a 
                |             |      |more southerly direction to Kwara;
                |             |      |track, running a little S. of E., 
  Tarara Mariam |      2      |  2   |passes round S. end of Tarara     
  Waha          |             |      |Mariam Waha (200 feet); skirting  
                |             |      |S. of this hill and its           
                |             |      |continuations, path is rough, cut 
                |             |      |up by small khors running S. from 
                |             |      |them; at mile 3, low hills begin  
                |             |      |on S. of track and continue for a 
                |             |      |mile, track rough, winding, and   
                |             |      |cut up by small khors running N.  
                |      2      |  4   |From here country becomes more    
                |             |      |open, cotton soil, and low trees  
                |             |      |until a small khor fringed with   
                |             |      |big trees is reached, and a few   
  _Khor Chincha_|      1      |  5   |hundred yards on, Khor Chincha, a 
                |             |      |rocky khor, water plentiful. Track
                |             |      |meanders on through rocky ground, 
                |             |      |rough going, for a mile, when     
                |             |      |cotton soil and more or less open 
                |             |      |country is reached; another 1½    
                |             |      |miles, and a rocky khor is        
                |             |      |reached.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(Khor Sababa.) A few hundred yards
                |             |      |on is the halting-place Wahsha,   
                |             |      |steep cliff on N. of khor making  
                |             |      |waterfall when water sufficient,  
                |             |      |still rough going, cotton soil and
  _Khor Sababa_ |      2½     |  7½  |rocky alternately; ¾ mile on,     
                |             |      |cross Khor Abd El Rizak Gowari (12
                |             |      |yards wide), cotton soil thickly  
                |             |      |wooded at mile 10. A small khor is
                |             |      |crossed and ¼ mile on Khor Goghan;
  _Khor Koki_   |      3      | 10½  |at mile 10½, Khor Koki, or Shatta,
                |             |      |is crossed; this is a very        
                |             |      |winding, deep khor, banks 10 feet,
                |             |      |bed shingly, 15 yards wide, water 
                |             |      |very plentiful, good shade. Track 
                |             |      |crosses this khor twice more      
                |             |      |before leaving it, when country   
                |             |      |becomes fairly open, with small   
                |             |      |trees, and after 2 miles reaches  
                |             |      |and passes to S. of a small hill  
  Tarara        |      2      | 12½  |(120 feet), Tarara Jingandibba (or
  Jingandibba   |             |      |J. Wad Manna). Path now           
                |             |      |continually crosses small khors   
                |             |      |running N.; at mile 16 Khor       
                |             |      |Ardeiba is passed, and 2 miles on 
  _Khor         |      5½     |  18  |Khor Wandoferi is crossed (7 yards
  Wandoferi_    |             |      |wide, banks 6 feet high, not much 
                |             |      |water, good shade); ¾ mile good   
                |             |      |going, and track begins to        
                |             |      |descend, and ½ mile on reaches    
  _Khor Aftit_  |      1¼     | 19¼  |Khor Aftit (12 yards wide, banks  
                |             |      |10 feet high, good water and      
                |             |      |shade). ½ mile on crosses small   
                |             |      |khor, country much cut up. 1½     
  _Khor Shahadi_|      2      | 21¼  |miles on Khor Shahadi (16 yards   
                |             |      |wide, deep pools, general         
                |             |      |direction N.) is crossed; ¾ mile  
                |             |      |on path skirts edge of cliff 50   
                |             |      |feet high, at bottom of which is  
                |             |      |Khor Shahadi; at mile 23¾ track   
                |             |      |descends rapidly, and ¼ mile on   
                |             |      |crosses small khor; ½ mile further
                |             |      |on small khor of flowing water,   
  _Khor Gandoa_ |      4      | 25¼  |and at mile 25¼ Khor Gandoa (50   
                |             |      |yards wide in deep pools). From   
                |             |      |this point road to Dagussa leads  
                |             |      |off up left bank of Gandoa.       
                |             |      |Crossing Gandoa, track runs almost
                |             |      |parallel with it, low hills 1,000 
                |             |      |yards off to N. and also on other 
                |             |      |side of Gandoa; at mile 27 track  
                |             |      |crosses Ofing Gandoa W. (small,   
                |      2¼     | 27½  |with water), and at mile 27½      
                |             |      |passes close S. of a hill (200    
                |             |      |feet). Bamboos now first observed 
                |             |      |in abundance; ¼ mile on path      
                |             |      |crosses Jirar W. (15 yards wide,  
                |      ½      |  28  |pools of water). At mile 28 path  
                |             |      |passes close N. of a low hill     
                |             |      |running down towards the Gandoa,  
                |      2½     | 30½  |and at mile 30½ close S. of       
                |             |      |another hill, low hills still to  
  _Agam W._     |      2¼     | 32¾  |N.; 2¼ miles on reach Agam W.,    
                |             |      |flowing water (named from the     
                |             |      |lilac-like flowering bush growing 
                |             |      |there). At mile 33¼ cross small   
                |             |      |khor, and another khor 2 miles    
                |             |      |from Agam W., low hills now only  
                |             |      |250 yards off to N.; ½ mile on    
                |             |      |pass close to S. of another hill. 
                |      3¼     |  36  |At mile 36 track crosses a small  
                |             |      |stony khor with a thick fringe of 
                |             |      |bamboos, and ¾ mile on close round
                |             |      |the S. of a bluff; ¾ mile small   
  _Abai W._     |      2      |  38  |khor, and at mile 38 reaches Abai 
                |             |      |W., a running stream coming from  
                |             |      |among some hills about 600 feet   
                |             |      |high and 1,500 yards off N. of    
                |             |      |road. Track now leads up the      
                |             |      |valley of a small khor with low   
                |             |      |hills on both sides quite close,  
                |             |      |dense jungle of bamboo, high      
                |             |      |grass, etc., but after 1¼ miles   
                |             |      |begins to ascend a spur rapidly,  
                |             |      |and in course of the next half    
                |             |      |mile rises about 200 feet, then   
                |             |      |across a flat with amphitheatre of
                |             |      |precipitous flat-topped hills (600
                |             |      |feet) to N., about 2,000 yards    
  _Tarara       |      3      |  41  |off, to southern end of Tarara    
  Kamachela_    |             |      |Kamachela (700 to 800 feet). Track
                |             |      |passes round S. of Kamachela, and 
                |             |      |close under it, running at right  
                |             |      |angles to its former direction;   
                |             |      |still under hill crosses khor of  
                |             |      |water, and a mile on reaches site 
  Wahni Suk     |      3½     | 44½  |of Wahni Suk (no buildings). From 
                |             |      |the Suk there is very steep path  
                |             |      |leading up to the village of Wahni
                |             |      |(uninhabited when seen); this is  
                |             |      |situated on the top of Kamachela, 
                |             |      |a plateau sloping away to the N.  
                |             |      |There is a little cultivation     
                |             |      |below (dura and cotton), but grain
                |             |      |can only be bought in very limited
                |             |      |quantities. From Wahni Suk track  
                |      1      | 45½  |resumes its old course; after 1   
                |             |      |mile a khor (10 yards wide) full  
                |             |      |of water is crossed, and ½ mile on
                |             |      |track passes through two or three 
                |      1      | 46½  |low hills. ½ mile on a small khor 
                |             |      |of water is crossed. Here the     
                |             |      |“Candelabra cactus” makes its     
                |             |      |first appearance. Path now        
                |             |      |descends rapidly, and reaches khor
                |      1      | 47½  |in bottom of valley about 250 feet
                |             |      |below Wahni Suk. Since crossing   
                |      1      | 48½  |the Gandoa, khors have all been   
                |             |      |running more or less W., but from 
                |             |      |here, after ascending out of      
                |             |      |valley, another water system is   
                |             |      |encountered, the water running N. 
                |             |      |Path ascends and crosses spurs,   
                |             |      |running N. from a square          
                |             |      |precipitous hill, Tarara          
                |             |      |Angedibba.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 49¾  |At mile 49¾ saddle N. of Tarara   
                |             |      |Angedibba is passed over, and path
                |             |      |at once descends rapidly into the 
                |             |      |jungley valley of the Baloha W.,  
                |             |      |some small khors are crossed, and 
                |      2      | 51¾  |2 miles from saddle there is a    
                |             |      |small hill on left of path; ¾ mile
                |             |      |on track crosses Baloha W., a     
                |             |      |babbling stream 12 yards wide, two
                |             |      |or three times, and at mile 53¼   
                |             |      |begins to ascend rapidly, and in ¼
                |             |      |mile reaches saddle under Tarara  
                |      1¾     | 53½  |Baloha. Striking along the hill   
                |             |      |for ¾ mile track crosses a spur,  
                |             |      |and descends into the valley of   
  _Sunkwa W._   |      2      | 55½  |Sunkwa W., flowing water, reaching
                |             |      |latter after another 1¼ miles.    
                |             |      |Path now ascends rapidly out of   
                |             |      |khor, and after 1 mile passes     
                |             |      |close N. of a hill (some 250 feet 
                |             |      |high); two or three small khors   
                |             |      |are crossed running N., and 2¼    
                |             |      |miles from the Sunkwa path reaches
                |             |      |a saddle, hills visible N. and S.;
                |             |      |path now ascends and runs along   
                |             |      |the N. side of a range of hills   
                |             |      |for 4 miles, when track skirts to 
                |             |      |N. of a knobby hill on top of the 
                |             |      |range; there is a little water in 
                |             |      |a khor running down the hill      
                |             |      |northwards here, but not enough   
                |             |      |for baggage animals; track now    
                |             |      |changes to S. side of range and   
                |             |      |skirts along, winding in and out  
                |             |      |between gullies and spurs until a 
                |             |      |small pool of water is reached in 
  _Savinki W._  |      3¾     | 66½  |Savinki W.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gint W._     |      2      | 68½  |From here track runs a few hundred
                |             |      |yards almost due south, then      
                |             |      |changes to south-east, ground more
                |             |      |level as nearer base of hills; now
                |             |      |reaches Gint W., close under      
                |             |      |Tarara Wahamba, a jagged basaltic 
                |             |      |remnant. Track now winds for about
                |             |      |a mile, turning continually at    
                |             |      |right angles, as ground is very   
                |             |      |rough and cut up by khors. Path   
                |             |      |finally crosses to south of Gint  
                |             |      |W., a running stream, and ascends 
                |             |      |a spur of Wali Deva range,        
                |             |      |rounding spurs and crossing khors;
                |      3¾     | 72¼  |at mile 72¼ track, which is close 
                |             |      |down to khor, rises sharply up a  
                |      3½     | 75¾  |spur for 300 yards, and skirts    
                |             |      |along higher up. At mile 75¾ path 
                |             |      |again rises rapidly up a spur, and
                |             |      |after a pretty hard climb of some 
                |             |      |1,600 feet passes up a cleft and  
  Top of        |      —      |  —   |reaches top of escarpment at head 
  Escarpment    |             |      |of valley of Gint W. Country is   
                |             |      |now open and rolling, track       
                |      2½     | 81¼  |ascends gradually for 2½ miles,   
                |             |      |when it crosses the watershed.    
                |             |      |Here a view of Lake Tsana is      
                |             |      |obtained. Path now descends, easy 
                |             |      |gradients, into the Goang valley, 
  Chelga        |      3½     | 84¾  |and reaches Chelga at mile 84¾.   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                   127.—LAKE TSANA (GOJA) TO GANDOA.                   

      BY CAPTAIN A. C. PARKER, ROYAL SUSSEX REGIMENT, MARCH, 1904.     


[Sidenote: General.]

Goja to Gallabat fair path, better than Chelga to Gallabat Road,
but after descent of Escarp there are several bad places.

[Sidenote: Water.]

Is plentiful, nowhere more than 10 miles interval without it.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

Obtainable nil.

[Sidenote: Inhabitants.]

Abyssinian villages from Lake Tsana up to watershed. A monastry
at Mabra Solasi near Bamba. Stray hunting parties in the country
adjoining the frontier.

[Sidenote: Transport.]

Mule, donkey, and pony pack-transport only suitable.

[Sidenote: Passes, game, escort.]

_See_ route Gallabat—Chelga.

N.B.—W = Wauz = Khor = dry watercourse. T = Tarara = Jebel =
mountain.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
                |      1      |  1   |Path leaves Goja in a northerly   
                |             |      |direction through high grass, and 
                |             |      |crosses a small khor almost at    
                |             |      |once. After 1 mile passes round   
                |             |      |west side of a low hill; 1½ miles 
                |             |      |on cross Anfordibba W. Full of    
                |             |      |running water; ground rises       
                |             |      |slowly; open country; path crosses
  _Ariko_       |      1¾     |  2¾  |Ariko W., full of water, and,     
                |             |      |still ascending, leaves small hill
                |             |      |on left, and at mile 4 passes a   
                |             |      |big tree marking spot where market
                |             |      |used to be held.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Amusgebaia    |      1¼     |  4   |“Amusgebaia”—legend says tree was 
                |             |      |used for hanging people. Cross    
                |             |      |four small khors, and, still      
                |             |      |gradually ascending, reach        
  Goanderat     |      ¾      |  4¾  |Goanderat village. Track crosses  
                |             |      |two small khors and gradually runs
                |      2¾     |  7½  |up side of a small valley on to   
                |             |      |watershed; now descends slowly,   
                |             |      |and reaches camping ground at     
  _Barbaria     |      1      |  8½  |Barbaria Kora (small amount of    
  Kora_         |             |      |water). Ground slopes away for    
                |             |      |another 1½ miles, when track      
                |      2¼     | 10¾  |descends rapidly down north side  
                |             |      |of a gully and, striking down a   
                |             |      |spur, reaches a saddle; now skirts
                |             |      |north side of spur, path          
                |      1¾     | 12½  |descending rapidly. At mile 12½   
                |             |      |track passes along edge of a sheer
                |             |      |precipice; shortly after path runs
                |             |      |sharply down a spur in a more     
                |             |      |northerly direction; at mile 14 it
                |             |      |leaves spur and leads down steep  
                |             |      |rocky descent across small khor   
  Diloa W.      |      1¾     | 14¼  |and reaches camping place, “Diloa 
                |             |      |W.”; said to be water in khor, but
                |             |      |I did not see it. Track now very  
                |             |      |much shut in, thick bush and rough
                |             |      |stony descents, an especially bad 
                |             |      |one at mile 16¾. At mile 17 track 
                |             |      |follows bed of small khor,        
                |             |      |crossing it continually, track    
                |             |      |bad, thick bush, shut in both     
                |             |      |sides by hills; at mile 19 this   
                |             |      |khor joins Ganbilo W.; juncture is
  _Girad Mwat_  |      4¾     |  19  |called Girad Mwat, there is       
                |             |      |abundant water. Follows Ganbilo   
                |             |      |W., a khor 20 yards wide with     
                |             |      |pools, crossing it six times in   
                |      4      |  23  |the next 2¾ miles; track now      
                |             |      |passes between two hills, that on 
                |             |      |N. being very steep and probably  
                |             |      |end of a ridge which runs down    
                |             |      |from Tankal. Path now descends    
                |             |      |slowly, bamboo jungle, and 1½     
                |             |      |miles on reaches junction of two  
  _Goandera W._ |      1½     | 24½  |khors, Goandera W., water         
                |             |      |plentiful. 1¾ miles on path       
                |             |      |crosses khor (Tukur Waha W.); path
                |             |      |now along right bank of Jira W.,  
                |             |      |25 yards wide with large pools,   
  _Ambo_        |      2¼     | 26¾  |then cross Ambo W. This comes from
                |             |      |a spring about ½ mile further back
                |             |      |in hill, where it bubbles up quite
                |             |      |warm; a couple of hundred yards   
                |             |      |off on the other side of the Jira 
  _Mwat Abba    |      1¼     |  28  |lie the hot baths Mwat Abba       
  Mariam_       |             |      |Mariam. 2½ miles on pass to N. of 
                |             |      |low hill; hills on N. of path     
                |      2½     | 30½  |about 400 yards off, Jira W. still
                |             |      |lying parallel with road but some 
                |      1¼     | 31¾  |way off to S.; at mile 31¾ track  
                |             |      |runs close to the Jira, here deep 
                |             |      |water but narrow for 500 yards,   
                |             |      |when a deep khor coming from N. is
                |             |      |crossed; track now leaves Jira and
                |             |      |leads up a defile down which a    
                |             |      |khor, a tributary of Jira runs;   
                |      1¼     |  33  |cross this khor for first time at 
                |             |      |mile 33, steep precipitous hills  
                |             |      |on both sides, path ascending     
                |             |      |dense bamboo thickets, reach water
                |      4¼     | 37¼  |at mile 37¼. Ascent from Jira has 
                |             |      |been 300 or 400 feet; path now    
                |             |      |descends rapidly 350 feet, and    
                |             |      |leads down north side of a flat   
                |             |      |valley, path good, and reaches    
  _Wanenta_     |      4½     | 41¾  |Wanenta, water sufficient for     
                |             |      |party of 30 or so; now along north
                |             |      |side of valley close under low    
                |             |      |hills; on south side of valley is 
                |             |      |a very prominent cone-shaped hill.
  _Shimel Waha  |      3¼     |  45  |Cross Shimel Waha W., water       
  W._           |             |      |abundant, and 1 mile on cross     
                |             |      |small khor, halting-place under a 
  Bamba         |      1      |  46  |gemmeiza tree, called Bamba, track
                |             |      |level and good; cross Jineta      
  _Jineta       |      2¼     | 48¼  |Mariam W., running water, and 1¼  
  Mariam_       |             |      |miles on another running stream,  
                |             |      |called Mariam Waha W.; ¼ mile     
                |      1½     | 49¾  |further track passes close north  
                |             |      |of a hill; ground now broken up by
                |             |      |spurs running northwards; path now
  _Nefoing      |      1¾     | 51½  |descends and crosses Nefoing      
  Gandoa_       |             |      |Gandoa W. just at the junction    
                |             |      |with the Gandoa; another 1½ miles 
  Jigebit       |      1½     |  53  |on and Jigebit camping ground on  
                |             |      |the Gandoa is reached. 2¼ miles on
                |      2¼     | 55¼  |cross khor of running water, and  
                |             |      |at mile 57 cross Barkurkur W., a  
  _Barkurkur_   |      1¾     |  57  |small khor of flowing water; 2    
                |             |      |miles on track passes south of    
                |             |      |Tarara Bisaurkudat, and ½ mile on 
  _Malkam Waha  |      2½     | 59½  |reaches Malkam Waha W., a small   
  W._           |             |      |khor of flowing water. At mile 60¾
                |             |      |crosses a khor of running water   
                |             |      |and another one 500 or 600 yards  
                |      1¾     | 62½  |on; at mile 62½ pass close to a   
                |             |      |bend of the Gandoa, and 1 mile on 
  Wahsha W.     |      1      | 63½  |across the Wahsha W.; after       
                |             |      |another mile cross a big khor, and
                |             |      |700 yards on a small khor with    
                |             |      |water; another deep khor without  
                |             |      |water is crossed, and then the    
  Gandoa        |      2½     |  66  |Gandoa is reached. Path skirts it 
                |             |      |for some hundreds of yards till it
                |             |      |reaches point where Wahni road    
                |             |      |crosses.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Measurements by pacing, pace      
                |             |      |reckoned 32½ inches.              
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


    128.—ADDIS ABBABA, _viâ_ GOJJAM AND LAKE TSANA, TO GALLABAT.[42]   

                      BY MR. J. BAIRD, MAY, 1901.                      

  ------------+---------------+-------------+-----------------------------
              |     Miles.    |             |
     Place.   +--------+------+Hours’ march.|        Description.         
              | Inter- |Total.|             |                 
              |mediate.|      |             |                             
  ------------+--------+------+-------------+-----------------------------
              |        |      |  H.     M.  |                             
              |        |      |             |                             
  Addis Abbaba|   —    |  —   |      —      |The road from Addis Abbaba is
              |        |      |             |rough and hilly. Three       
              |        |      |             |nullahs are crossed, two of  
              |        |      |             |them with steep sides. No    
              |        |      |             |fuel. Barley can be bought.  
              |        |      |             |Excellent grazing. Two good  
              |        |      |             |streams 50 yards from camp   
              |        |      |             |(S.).                        
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Sallulta_  |   4    |  4   |  1      50  |Excellent going over         
              |        |      |             |undulating grass country. Six
              |        |      |             |streams crossed, all easy and
              |        |      |             |containing a fair supply of  
              |        |      |             |water. Many villages and much
              |        |      |             |ploughed land _en route_.    
              |        |      |             |Cattle and horses numerous;  
              |        |      |             |fuel plentiful. Last hour’s  
              |        |      |             |march through acacia scrub.  
              |        |      |             |Good stream. Supplies as     
              |        |      |             |before.                      
              |        |      |             |                             
  Muggur-Affaf|  21½   | 25½  |  8      35  |The descent into the Muggur, 
              |        |      |             |commencement of which is     
              |        |      |             |reached 2 hours after leaving
              |        |      |             |camp, is precipitous and     
              |        |      |             |unrideable. Loaded mules get 
              |        |      |             |down with difficulty. Muggur 
              |        |      |             |reached 4 hours from start.  
              |        |      |             |Ascent to other (N.) side of 
              |        |      |             |valley is easier, but also   
              |        |      |             |mostly unrideable. Camp at   
              |        |      |             |edge of S. plateau. No water 
              |        |      |             |between camps, except Muggur.
  _Yaïya_     |  16½   |  42  |  7      5   |Two villages passed in       
              |        |      |             |valley, one on either side of
              |        |      |             |river. Some cotton and barley
              |        |      |             |grown. Monkeys and florican  
              |        |      |             |on hills. Each side of River 
              |        |      |             |Muggur 2,800 feet below      
              |        |      |             |either plateau. Grazing bad; 
              |        |      |             |barley and sheep in small    
              |        |      |             |quantities. A fair stream 100
              |        |      |             |yards N. of camp. Wood       
              |        |      |             |plentiful in Muggur valley,  
              |        |      |             |but scarce immediately round 
              |        |      |             |camp.                        
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Easy marching over undulating
              |        |      |             |grass country; for the last  
              |        |      |             |1½ hours through occasional  
              |        |      |             |chavaha trees. Fuel scarce.  
              |        |      |             |The hills, which are a mile  
  _Kessi_     |  17½   | 59½  |  6      45  |E. and N.E. of camp, are     
              |        |      |             |wooded, but plains are       
              |        |      |             |treeless. Excellent grazing; 
              |        |      |             |fair supplies of barley and  
              |        |      |             |sheep. A small stream 100    
              |        |      |             |yards N. of camp.            
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Excellent going over gently  
              |        |      |             |undulating grass plateau. Few
              |        |      |             |streams crossed, and water   
              |        |      |             |usually scarce and bad. No   
  _Jarso_     |  21½   |  81  |  8      35  |trees. A few villages. Few   
              |        |      |             |cattle. A large market at    
              |        |      |             |Jarso on Saturdays; barley,  
              |        |      |             |sheep, and fuel to be bought.
              |        |      |             |Fair stream 50 yards W. of   
              |        |      |             |camp.                        
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Blue Nile_ |   14   |  95  |  7      0   |This camp is a very bad one. 
  (right bank)|        |      |             |Tents have to be pitched on  
              |        |      |             |the track, which runs along  
              |        |      |             |the steep N. bank of the     
              |        |      |             |Nile. Any amount of fuel. The
              |        |      |             |descent is unrideable, and   
              |        |      |             |mules have to be unloaded    
              |        |      |             |once to get through narrow   
              |        |      |             |pass. River 4,680 feet below 
              |        |      |             |S. plateau. Few mosquitoes.  
              |        |      |             |Many crocodiles and good fish
              |        |      |             |can be caught in Nile. No    
              |        |      |             |water between Jarso and      
              |        |      |             |river. No grazing and no     
              |        |      |             |supplies. Wood abundant.     
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |The first part of ascent is  
              |        |      |             |most trying for mules. At one
              |        |      |             |part they have to be unloaded
              |        |      |             |and load carried up steps for
              |        |      |             |40 feet (1 hour 13 minutes   
              |        |      |             |after start); the remainder  
              |        |      |             |of the road runs over        
  _Dejen_     |  13½   | 108½ |  7      0   |successive plateaux,         
              |        |      |             |connected by steep ascents.  
              |        |      |             |Village of Mere (friendly    
              |        |      |             |chief, Balambaras Nagau) near
              |        |      |             |top of ascent, and           
              |        |      |             |considerable amount of       
              |        |      |             |cultivation around it.       
              |        |      |             |Excellent grazing; plentiful 
              |        |      |             |supplies from neighbouring   
              |        |      |             |village. Water bad and little
              |        |      |             |from stream 100 yards E. of  
              |        |      |             |camp. Wood scarce.           
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Abukerk_   |  14½   | 123  |  6      0   |A good camping-place in      
              |        |      |             |sheltered cup. Wood plentiful
              |        |      |             |on surrounding hills. A fair 
              |        |      |             |number of villages in        
              |        |      |             |neighbourhood, and some      
              |        |      |             |cultivation. Excellent going,
              |        |      |             |mostly over undulating grass;
              |        |      |             |treeless plain from Dejen. A 
              |        |      |             |few streams _en route_.      
              |        |      |             |Latter part along wooded     
              |        |      |             |western slope of ridge.      
              |        |      |             |Excellent grazing; supplies  
              |        |      |             |plentiful. Water, good supply
              |        |      |             |from stream 50 yards W. of   
              |        |      |             |camp. Wood abundant.         
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Askatta_   |   7½   | 130½ |  3      15  |Camp on treeless slope of    
              |        |      |             |undulating plain, over which 
              |        |      |             |road led from Abukerk.       
              |        |      |             |Several streams crossed, all 
              |        |      |             |easy, and going excellent all
              |        |      |             |the way. Little cultivation; 
              |        |      |             |good grazing. Supplies       
              |        |      |             |plentiful at neighbouring    
              |        |      |             |village. Water, fair supply  
              |        |      |             |from stream 100 yards below  
              |        |      |             |camp. Wood scarce.           
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Debra      |  10½   | 141  |  4      30  |The track is hilly, and in   
  Markos_     |        |      |             |some places the descents are 
              |        |      |             |steep and slippery after     
              |        |      |             |rain. Much of the road lies  
              |        |      |             |through thick acacia scrub,  
              |        |      |             |almost impassable except by  
              |        |      |             |the main mule track. Water   
              |        |      |             |plentiful. Track narrow in   
              |        |      |             |places. Large market.        
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Delma_     |  18½   | 159½ |  7      0   |Small camping ground on a    
              |        |      |             |slope running from N.N.W. to 
              |        |      |             |a fair stream running W.     
              |        |      |             |Excellent going, alternately 
              |        |      |             |through cultivation, bush and
              |        |      |             |plain. Many rivers _en       
              |        |      |             |route_, all easily crossed.  
              |        |      |             |Grazing bad. Villages in     
              |        |      |             |neighbourhood numerous.      
              |        |      |             |Barley plentiful and cheap.  
              |        |      |             |Wood and water abundant.     
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |A steep descent 5 minutes    
              |        |      |             |after starting, and fairly   
              |        |      |             |steep descent and ascent into
              |        |      |             |and out of Tumcha river; the 
              |        |      |             |track, except for the last   
              |        |      |             |hour, leads through scrub and
  _Dembecha_  |   9½   | 169  |  2      40  |thick wood; the crossing of  
              |        |      |             |the Gadlar is easy, low      
              |        |      |             |banks. Excellent camping     
              |        |      |             |ground on the E. side of     
              |        |      |             |Dembecha, ½ mile from Gadlar;
              |        |      |             |first rate grazing. Barley,  
              |        |      |             |rif. Market on Mondays. Water
              |        |      |             |abundant; wood on surrounding
              |        |      |             |hills, and can be bought.    
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Passing through Dembecha the 
              |        |      |             |road ascends gradually for   
              |        |      |             |the first ½ hour some 200    
              |        |      |             |feet over open grass country;
              |        |      |             |it then drops into a thick   
              |        |      |             |forest, where the track is so
              |        |      |             |narrow and deep that two     
              |        |      |             |mules could not pass in some 
              |        |      |             |places; thick undergrowth.   
              |        |      |             |After three-quarters of an   
              |        |      |             |hour’s march, the Cherika    
              |        |      |             |stream is crossed 350 feet   
              |        |      |             |below the Dembecha; from here
              |        |      |             |onwards the trees and the    
              |        |      |             |undergrowth are far less     
              |        |      |             |thick, and the track no      
              |        |      |             |longer runs in a deep rut.   
              |        |      |             |During the next three-       
              |        |      |             |quarters of an hour the road 
              |        |      |             |drops gradually 250 feet, and
              |        |      |             |then falls 500 feet in 20    
              |        |      |             |minutes down to the Kacham   
              |        |      |             |river. The descent is easy.  
              |        |      |             |The river in May is some 15  
              |        |      |             |yards wide, from 1 to 2 feet 
              |        |      |             |deep, with a swift current;  
              |        |      |             |flat, wooded banks. Large,   
              |        |      |             |flat, slippery stones make   
              |        |      |             |the crossing rather          
              |        |      |             |troublesome. The valley of   
              |        |      |             |this river is about ¾ mile   
              |        |      |             |wide. The road now rises 290 
              |        |      |             |feet, crossing a spur which  
              |        |      |             |juts out from the hills      
              |        |      |             |bounding Kacham’s valley on  
              |        |      |             |the W. and dropping again to 
              |        |      |             |10 feet below the Kacham’s   
              |        |      |             |level, crosses the Birr river
              |        |      |             |50 minutes later. The bed of 
              |        |      |             |the Birr at the crossing is  
              |        |      |             |some 80 yards wide, the left 
              |        |      |             |bank 15 to 20 feet high and  
              |        |      |             |the right bank lower; the    
              |        |      |             |water (7th May) runs with a  
              |        |      |             |swift current, about 1 foot  
              |        |      |             |deep, over a rocky bed in two
              |        |      |             |channels, separated by a mass
              |        |      |             |of black rock. 200 yards     
              |        |      |             |below the crossing there is a
              |        |      |             |fall of some 30 feet, below  
              |        |      |             |which the river runs in a    
              |        |      |             |narrow gorge enclosed by     
              |        |      |             |black rocks; 300 yards below 
              |        |      |             |this it is crossed by a rough
              |        |      |             |log bridge. The road from    
              |        |      |             |here runs over an undulating 
              |        |      |             |grass-covered plain, bare at 
              |        |      |             |first, but during the last 2 
              |        |      |             |hours’ march, wooded. The    
              |        |      |             |Rivers Sarinwaha, Tamim, Lach
              |        |      |             |and Bakkalla are crossed, as 
              |        |      |             |well as two unnamed streams; 
              |        |      |             |in May they none of them     
              |        |      |             |present any difficulty. The  
              |        |      |             |camp is a small and bad one  
              |        |      |             |on the sloping N. bank of the
  _River      |   19   | 188  |  6      45  |Bakkalla river. Wood and     
  Bakkalla_   |        |      |             |water plentiful, also barley.
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |As far as Monkussa the track 
              |        |      |             |winds N.W. and W. over       
              |        |      |             |undulating grass country     
              |        |      |             |dotted with acacia trees.    
              |        |      |             |Parallel to the road, on the 
              |        |      |             |S. side of it, and apparently
              |        |      |             |about 5 miles off, runs a    
              |        |      |             |chain of hills. The river    
              |        |      |             |Birr flows past the southern 
              |        |      |             |end, and the Lach the        
              |        |      |             |northern of this range; they 
              |        |      |             |join on the far side and flow
              |        |      |             |into the Blue Nile. One small
              |        |      |             |stream is crossed before     
              |        |      |             |reaching Monkussa, and one   
              |        |      |             |immediately after leaving    
  _Burre_     |   9½   | 197½ |  4      0   |that village, the Dawuna by  
              |        |      |             |name, 20 yards wide; water   
              |        |      |             |knee-deep in May, with a     
              |        |      |             |strong current. The crossing 
              |        |      |             |is troublesome on account of 
              |        |      |             |very slippery, flat stones.  
              |        |      |             |After leaving Monkussa, the  
              |        |      |             |track winds through more     
              |        |      |             |thickly-wooded country, and  
              |        |      |             |eventually runs over a       
              |        |      |             |treeless plain, out of which 
              |        |      |             |rises the knoll where Burre  
              |        |      |             |is built. There is ample     
              |        |      |             |space for a good camp No wood
              |        |      |             |at the town, but easily      
              |        |      |             |procured close by. Water     
              |        |      |             |supply not seen, but must be 
              |        |      |             |fairly copious. Large        
              |        |      |             |supplies.                    
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |This is the capital of Damot,
              |        |      |             |the seat of Ras Warke, the   
              |        |      |             |governor, and the centre of a
              |        |      |             |populous, fertile, and       
              |        |      |             |cultivated district.         
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |The villages of Waan and     
              |        |      |             |Zoava are passed between     
              |        |      |             |Monkussa and Burre.          
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |An easy march through a      
              |        |      |             |populous, well cultivated,   
              |        |      |             |undulating country. Good     
  _Chara_     |   6½   | 204  |  2      30  |camping ground on the edge of
              |        |      |             |a stream; villages all       
              |        |      |             |around. Supplies, wood and   
              |        |      |             |water plentiful.             
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Eight miles through          
              |        |      |             |undulating cultivation; cross
              |        |      |             |Fattom river, tributary of   
              |        |      |             |Blue Nile, 40 yards wide and 
              |        |      |             |3 feet deep at crossing;     
              |        |      |             |stream sluggish. Then 2½     
  _Anjavera_  |   18   | 222  |  7      20  |miles through dense forest,  
              |        |      |             |after which track twists     
              |        |      |             |through wooded hills into a  
              |        |      |             |fairly populous and          
              |        |      |             |cultivated plain. Rise of 600
              |        |      |             |feet during march.           
              |        |      |             |Inhabitants not very         
              |        |      |             |friendly. Supplies as before,
              |        |      |             |and some cattle.             
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Rise rapidly 300 feet. Cross 
              |        |      |             |thickly-wooded ridge forming 
              |        |      |             |water-parting between Tsana  
              |        |      |             |and Blue Nile systems, then  
              |        |      |             |drop by narrow winding track 
              |        |      |             |through dense forest into    
              |        |      |             |rich, undulating, well-      
              |        |      |             |watered country, with patches
              |        |      |             |of cultivation. Track in     
              |        |      |             |places very narrow, and worn 
              |        |      |             |deep into the clay. Four     
              |        |      |             |hundred yards N.W. of point  
  _Dangalla_  |  20½   | 242½ |  8      0   |where track emerges from     
              |        |      |             |wooded ridge, rises a sugar- 
              |        |      |             |loaf hill, called Zurachi,   
              |        |      |             |about 1,000 feet, forming a  
              |        |      |             |conspicuous landmark. E. of  
              |        |      |             |track are several isolated   
              |        |      |             |hills, among which is Saatma,
              |        |      |             |visible for some distance on 
              |        |      |             |either side of Anjavera. Last
              |        |      |             |8 miles through populous and 
              |        |      |             |fertile district of Achaffer.
              |        |      |             |Camp in centre of four       
              |        |      |             |scattered villages. After    
              |        |      |             |crossing ridge excellent     
              |        |      |             |going. Wood and water scarce.
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Ismaila_   |   7    | 249½ |  2      30  |Good camp. Fair water and    
              |        |      |             |supplies.                    
              |        |      |             |                             
              |        |      |             |Cross River Barati, tributary
              |        |      |             |of Blue Nile; easy crossing; 
              |        |      |             |thence up gentle slope past  
              |        |      |             |Libtan, a large village with 
              |        |      |             |considerable amount of       
  _Nefassa_   |   16   | 265½ |  6      30  |cultivation; skirt foot of   
              |        |      |             |hills bounding valley of Blue
              |        |      |             |Nile on W. to Nefassa. Poor, 
              |        |      |             |thinly populated district.   
              |        |      |             |Supplies scarce; no sheep or 
              |        |      |             |cattle. Water and wood       
              |        |      |             |scarce.                      
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Liven_     |   6    | 271½ |  2      25  |A good camping ground. Open  
              |        |      |             |country. Good road from      
              |        |      |             |Ismaila. Barley can be       
              |        |      |             |bought, but no sheep; a few  
              |        |      |             |cattle in the neighbourhood. 
              |        |      |             |Wood plentiful; small water  
              |        |      |             |supply.                      
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Forehe_    |   9½   | 281  |  3      45  |Good camp. A good road from  
              |        |      |             |Liven. Natives unfriendly.   
              |        |      |             |Supplies and water scarce.   
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Konsuli_   |   5½   | 286½ |  2      0   |A small camping ground 100   
  (Lake Tsana)|        |      |             |yards from the lake; a good  
              |        |      |             |road from Forehe. Natives    
              |        |      |             |unfriendly. Wood, water and  
              |        |      |             |barley plentiful.            
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Goja_ (Lake|   19   | 305½ |  7      30  |A rough road through the     
  Tsana)      |        |      |             |hills which border the lake; 
              |        |      |             |no water _en route_; a bad   
              |        |      |             |damp camping ground on the   
              |        |      |             |foreshore of the lake.       
              |        |      |             |Another road follows the     
              |        |      |             |water’s edge from Konsuli.   
              |        |      |             |This is longer, but said to  
              |        |      |             |be better.                   
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Dumgi_     |   11   | 316½ |  3      0   |A good road, and a good      
              |        |      |             |camping ground. Poor grazing.
              |        |      |             |Water from lake.             
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Berbera    |   5    | 321½ |  1      50  |A good camping ground in a   
  Kora_       |        |      |             |hollow; excellent grazing.   
              |        |      |             |Water supply fair. Plenty of 
              |        |      |             |wood. No supplies.           
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Ghimfyva   |   9½   | 331  |  5      0   |A very rough march, and a    
  River_      |        |      |             |very bad camp in a narrow,   
              |        |      |             |rocky, thickly-wooded valley.
              |        |      |             |Cross water-parting between  
              |        |      |             |Tsana and Atbara systems, 600
              |        |      |             |feet above Lake. Track       
              |        |      |             |narrow, twisting, and in     
              |        |      |             |places very steep, only      
              |        |      |             |practicable for mule or      
              |        |      |             |donkey transport; descent of 
              |        |      |             |3,500 feet in last 5 hours.  
              |        |      |             |Practically no grazing. Wood,
              |        |      |             |but little water in rocks.   
              |        |      |             |                             
  _River Jera_|  12½   | 343½ |  4      50  |Another very rough march. A  
              |        |      |             |fair little camping ground   
              |        |      |             |with good shade; a little    
              |        |      |             |grazing. Plenty of wood and  
              |        |      |             |water.                       
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Camp near  |  10½   | 354  |  4      10  |A good camping ground. The   
  water holes_|        |      |             |first part of the road is    
              |        |      |             |rough, but after crossing a  
              |        |      |             |ridge nearly 1,000 feet above
              |        |      |             |the Jera river it becomes    
              |        |      |             |considerably easier; thick   
              |        |      |             |clumps of bamboo are         
              |        |      |             |difficult for loaded mules to
              |        |      |             |get through in places. Hardly
              |        |      |             |any grazing. Fair amount of  
              |        |      |             |water. Plenty of wood.       
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Ghindoa    |  21½   | 375½ |  8      50  |A good camp; fair going,     
  (Gandoa)    |        |      |             |except for the thick clumps  
  River_      |        |      |             |of bamboo, which are a little
              |        |      |             |difficult for loaded mules to
              |        |      |             |get through in places. A halt
              |        |      |             |can be made at some water    
              |        |      |             |passed 6 hours 5 minutes     
              |        |      |             |after starting. Hardly any   
              |        |      |             |grazing. No supplies. Wood   
              |        |      |             |and water plentiful.         
              |        |      |             |                             
  _Chincha    |   22   | 397½ |  8      20  |Good going and a good camping
  River_      |        |      |             |ground. Very little grazing. 
              |        |      |             |Wood and water as before.    
              |        |      |             |                             
  Matemma     |   5½   | 403  |  2      0   |An easy march over a good    
  (Gallabat)  |        |      |             |road.                        
  ------------+--------+------+-------------+-----------------------------

This road from the lake is the one followed by the Emperor John when
he went down to Matemma with some 20,000 (?) men in 1889 and was
killed by the Dervishes. The rains had barely commenced during the
present journey, therefore there was hardly any grass, and water was
scarce during the first 3 days’ march from the lake. Both water and
grass must be abundant after the rains, and while these are falling
the mountain torrents are said to make the road impassable; it could
be greatly improved by clearing the bamboos and other trees which in
places almost conceal the track.


             129.—ADDIS ABBABA TO FAMAKA (S. OF BLUE NILE).            

                   BY LIEUTENANT GWYNN, D.S.O., 1900.                  

NOTE—

  G. = Gara, mountain range.        J. = Jebel.

  T. = Tulu, mountain peak.         K. = Khor.

  L. = Laga, stream.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Addis Abbaba  |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  British       |      —      |  —   |The British Residency is situated 
  Residency     |             |      |at the foot of a spur running S.  
                |             |      |from the Entotto range, and       
                |             |      |bounding the Addis Abbaba valley  
                |             |      |on the E. It lies just clear of   
                |             |      |the most easterly native huts.    
                |             |      |About 600 yards immediately N. of 
                |             |      |it is the Russian Agency, and     
                |             |      |about the same distance to the    
                |             |      |W.N.W. of the latter, on the      
                |             |      |opposite side of the stream, is   
                |             |      |the Russian doctor’s enclosure    
                |             |      |formerly occupied by the Rodd     
                |             |      |Mission. For position of other    
                |             |      |European missions, &c., _see_     
                |             |      |Count Gleichen’s map of Addis     
                |             |      |Abbaba (I.D.W.O., 1897).          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The water supply of the British   
                |             |      |Residency is drawn from a spring  
                |             |      |on the slopes at the back of the  
                |             |      |compound, and a surface channel   
                |             |      |from the spring supplies a small  
                |             |      |tank in the compound for watering 
                |             |      |horses, &c.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The compound is surrounded with a 
                |             |      |solid mud wall, surmounted by a   
                |             |      |continuous hurdle work fence.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Gibe (King’s  |      1½     |  1½  |Lies pretty well in the centre of 
  Enclosure)    |             |      |the town, on a long flat spur     
                |             |      |running down from Entotto. The    
                |             |      |enclosure is formed by a high     
                |             |      |wooden palisade, and at the       
                |             |      |present time an outer wall,       
                |             |      |solidly built in stone, is being  
                |             |      |constructed. Inside the palisade  
                |             |      |the enclosure is divided by       
                |             |      |numerous stone walls and wooden   
                |             |      |fences; the buildings are strongly
                |             |      |built, but there are many thatched
                |             |      |buildings and a lot of woodwork.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water supply is laid on in iron   
                |             |      |mains from Entotto, and there is  
                |             |      |an artificial surface channel just
                |             |      |outside the enclosure.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The town of Addis Abbaba extends  
                |             |      |about 3 miles from E. to W., but  
                |             |      |the houses are scattered haphazard
                |             |      |and there are no streets; the     
                |             |      |tracks running between the houses 
                |             |      |are very rough, and the crossings 
                |             |      |of the streams are bad, in        
                |             |      |particular in the rains. A few    
                |             |      |rough narrow bridges exist, but   
                |             |      |are not used in the dry season.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After clearing the town there is a
                |             |      |wide flat spur before the Akaki   
                |             |      |(Western) is reached, which would 
                |             |      |form a fine camping ground.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Akaki_ (1st  |      4½     |  6   |Small stream in deep gully.       
  branch)       |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Akaki_ (2nd  |      1      |  7   |Stream, 15 feet wide, 1 foot deep,
  branch)       |             |      |rapid, in a deep gully; very steep
                |             |      |on W. side. The col connecting the
                |             |      |Entotto with the Managasha Hills  
                |             |      |is a fine manœuvring ground for   
                |             |      |troops of all arms, and is, on the
                |             |      |whole, flat and open, though it is
                |             |      |intersected by a few narrow       
                |             |      |valleys draining to the Akaki.    
                |             |      |Almost all these contain water.   
                |             |      |The whole mass of mountains S. of 
                |             |      |the road is generally called      
                |             |      |Managasha, but this name strictly 
                |             |      |applies to the steep round-topped 
                |             |      |hill just S. of the road at the   
                |             |      |watershed. The main mountain is   
                |             |      |called Wochochu by the indigenous 
                |             |      |Gallas.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  T. Managasha  |      6      |  13  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Fitaurari Hapto Gorgis’s house    
                |             |      |lies a little N. of the road just 
                |             |      |where the descent into the Walata 
                |             |      |valley commences, and his         
                |             |      |territory stretches S.W. from this
                |             |      |point.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |T. Managasha is well wooded, as   
                |             |      |are the steep slopes forming the  
                |             |      |escarp connecting G. Managasha and
                |             |      |G. Foweita.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road descends this escarp by a
                |             |      |fairly well graded, though steep, 
                |             |      |line, crossing several small      
                |             |      |streams.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Kaffa road    |      1      |  14  |About 1 mile after commencing the 
                |             |      |descent, the road to Kaffa and    
                |             |      |Limmu branches off S.W. towards   
                |             |      |the sharp cone to Wata Dalecho; to
                |             |      |the left of the road, near the    
                |             |      |bottom of the escarp, is the      
                |             |      |Abunas house, situated among thick
                |             |      |trees.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Walata_   |      8      |  22  |At the foot of the escarp the     
                |             |      |woody road stops and then enters a
                |             |      |flat grass valley, in the middle  
                |             |      |of which is the Walata, a stream  
                |             |      |about 20 feet wide and 1 foot     
                |             |      |deep.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Dalota_   |      5      |  27  |Between Walata and Dalota flat    
                |             |      |grassland, with a few Galla farms.
                |             |      |L. Dalota, rapid, 20 feet wide, 1 
                |             |      |foot deep.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Addis Alem_  |      1½     | 28½  |The road rises steeply from the   
  (British      |             |      |stream to the wooded spur on which
  Location)     |             |      |Addis Alem is being built. To the 
                |             |      |N. of the road the escarp         
                |             |      |commences which marks the         
                |             |      |watershed between the Nile and    
                |             |      |Hawash, and extends without break 
  Addis Alem    |      ½      |  29  |from this point to the River Gude.
  Gibe          |             |      |The escarp and spurs running from 
                |             |      |it are well wooded and well       
                |             |      |watered, the main spurs being     
                |             |      |broken up into minor features. The
                |             |      |British and Italian locations are 
                |             |      |side by side to the S. of the     
                |             |      |stream which runs through the     
                |             |      |town; the ground to the S. of them
                |             |      |is flat for 800 yards or so, and  
                |             |      |at present fairly thickly wooded. 
                |             |      |On the N. it drops very steeply to
                |             |      |the stream about 40 feet.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No building has yet been commenced
                |             |      |on the British location, but Major
                |             |      |Ciccodicola has built several     
                |             |      |large houses of the ordinary Tukl 
                |             |      |pattern, and has laid out and     
                |             |      |commenced another house of more   
                |             |      |European design, the lower story  
                |             |      |of which is stone.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Gibe is built on a knoll      
                |             |      |between two streams, the drop     
                |             |      |towards the southern one being    
                |             |      |very steep. The main buildings    
                |             |      |will be on the N. shoulder of the 
                |             |      |knoll. On the northern slope of   
                |             |      |the knoll is a sort of park       
                |             |      |enclosed by a ditch and palisade. 
                |             |      |This is evidently intended for a  
                |             |      |defensible camp, as the enclosure 
                |             |      |on the top of the knoll is too    
                |             |      |small for any considerable force. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water supply is not very good for 
                |             |      |the town, but a main for the      
                |             |      |supply of the Gibe is being laid  
                |             |      |from the spur to the N.E.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Barga_    |      5      |  34  |Road W. of Addis Alem, though not 
                |             |      |so well worn as between Addis Alem
                |             |      |and Addis Abbaba, is, on the      
                |             |      |whole, well defined and good,     
                |             |      |being much used by the traders    
                |             |      |from Leka, Lekempti Walega, and   
                |             |      |Kelina (Chelim), and the soldiers 
                |             |      |of Dejaj Damasi, Dejaj Gumsa      
                |             |      |(Gabri Xiavrihir), and Dejaj Goti 
                |             |      |(Joti).                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At first it runs along a well-    
                |             |      |wooded spur, then crosses the     
                |             |      |Barga, which runs in a deep,      
                |             |      |steep-sided valley, 20 feet by 1  
                |             |      |foot; rapid.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Jemjem_   |      6      |  40  |Between the Barga and Jemjem are  
                |             |      |several small streams with fair   
                |             |      |water. The Jemjem is 12 feet wide 
                |             |      |and 6 inches deep; rapid. Road    
                |             |      |runs at the foot of the spurs in  
                |             |      |open country; the escarp to the N.
                |             |      |is steeper and the spurs are      
                |             |      |shorter; to the S. is the flat    
                |             |      |open grass land of the Hawash     
                |             |      |Valley, which would probably be   
                |             |      |very swampy during the rains; the 
                |             |      |road practically is the boundary  
                |             |      |between Ras Mangasha Atakem’s     
                |             |      |territory on the N., and Fitaurari
                |             |      |Hapto Giorgis on the S. It        
                |             |      |actually lies, however, in Ras    
                |             |      |Mangasha’s country.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hawash River_|      6½     | 48½  |Between Jemjem and Hawash the     
                |             |      |country is quite open. Three small
                |             |      |muddy streams are crossed. Hawash,
                |             |      |20 feet by 6 inches; rapid,       
                |             |      |beautiful water.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Bagaga_   |      8½     |  57  |A very small stream, draining to  
                |             |      |the Gude. No water between it and 
                |             |      |the Hawash on the road crossing   
                |             |      |the watershed. To the S. are the  
                |             |      |Chavo Mountains, and to the N. the
                |             |      |escarp rises to a high shoulder at
                |             |      |G. Ilfata. From this point the    
                |             |      |road traverses a succession of    
                |             |      |open spurs running N. to the L.   
                |             |      |Dabis, a tributary of the Gude. On
                |             |      |the N. of the Dabis the escarp    
                |             |      |rises in huge terraced cliffs.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Meiti or  |      3½     | 60½  |Small stream, with good water;    
  Sellen_       |             |      |before reaching it a dry          
                |             |      |watercourse and two small streams 
                |             |      |are crossed.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |W. of the Laga Meiti the country  
                |             |      |is everywhere more or less wooded,
                |             |      |though the trees are small, except
                |             |      |by the streams or on the mountain 
                |             |      |slopes. This is due to constant   
                |             |      |grass fires.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Hulogka_  |      7      | 67½  |L. Hulogka, 30 feet by 1 foot;    
                |             |      |rapid; is a fine stream. About 3  
                |             |      |miles N. of the road is a church  
                |             |      |and a hot spring. Between the L.  
                |             |      |Meiti and L. Hulogka, the L. Awaru
                |             |      |drains a marshy valley.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tulu Dintu_  |      4½     |  72  |Road passes over rather a hilly   
                |             |      |bit of country, crossing the      
                |             |      |Taltale and Birbissu streams at 2½
                |             |      |and 3½ miles respectively; both   
                |             |      |small, with good water.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Tulu Dintu was formerly residence 
                |             |      |of Dejaj Hailo Hariam, brother of 
                |             |      |Ras Makunnen. Now few huts are    
                |             |      |occupied.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Gude_  |      3½     | 75½  |Flat country between Tula Dintu   
  Bridge        |             |      |and Gude, thickly wooded near the 
                |             |      |latter; two tributaries of the    
                |             |      |Gude have to be crossed, both     
                |             |      |small streams with good water.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Gude is a beautiful stream,   
                |             |      |running from one deep rock pool to
                |             |      |another at the bottom of sheer-   
                |             |      |sided channel, 30 feet deep.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A good wooden bridge, 6 feet wide,
                |             |      |on stone abutments, has been      
                |             |      |built, evidently under M. Ilg’s   
                |             |      |direction.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The ground near the stream is too 
                |             |      |thickly wooded and confined to be 
                |             |      |a good camping place.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Gude flows N. to the Abai,    
                |             |      |cutting through the escarp in a   
                |             |      |wonderful canon about a mile wide,
                |             |      |with sheer sides some 2,000 feet  
                |             |      |high. Beautiful scenery.          
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Kili_     |      10     | 85½  |From the Gude the road rises      
                |             |      |steeply and runs round the        
                |             |      |northern spurs of the mountain    
                |             |      |group which culminates in G.      
                |             |      |Ragge. The first ascent is very   
                |             |      |steep, but road is fully well     
                |             |      |graded, and the conical peak of T.
                |             |      |Befti is left to the right.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Small streams are crossed at 4,   
                |             |      |4½, 7½, and 9 miles. About 4 miles
                |             |      |N. of the road is a deep valley,  
                |             |      |running from W. to E. to the Gude,
                |             |      |and on the N. side of it the      
                |             |      |escarp rises precipitously. The   
                |             |      |spurs of G. Ragge are thickly     
                |             |      |wooded, and are divided by steep  
                |             |      |valleys.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |L. Kili, a good stream, 15 feet   
                |             |      |wide and 6 inches deep, in a      
                |             |      |narrow valley.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Aresu_    |      4½     |  90  |Road rises very steeply from the  
                |             |      |Kili over the shoulder of T. Boke,
                |             |      |and descends steeply into the     
                |             |      |Humbolsha Valley (stream dries up)
                |             |      |at 2½ miles, then a slight rise   
                |             |      |and another steep descent to the  
                |             |      |Aresu, a small stream, but with   
                |             |      |good water and a good open camping
                |             |      |ground on its W. bank.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Chelia        |      10     | 100  |From the Aresu the road winds     
  District      |             |      |round the south-western end of the
  (Gedda        |             |      |Rafisokili Valley, passing over   
  village)      |             |      |_numerous_ spurs and _small       
                |             |      |streams_. L. Mata Arba, at the    
                |             |      |third mile, is western boundary of
                |             |      |Ras Mangasha’s territory, and the 
                |             |      |eastern boundary of _Chelia_,     
                |             |      |which belongs to Queen Taitu.     
                |             |      |Country much broken, and fairly   
                |             |      |thickly wooded.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The village of Gedda, formerly the
                |             |      |residence of Dejaj Desta (Ras     
                |             |      |Darge’s son, now dead), is on the 
                |             |      |narrow water partly between the   
                |             |      |Gude (Blue Nile) and Gibbe (Omo)  
                |             |      |basins; there is a considerable   
                |             |      |population and a church here.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Garsa_    |      12     | 112  |After crossing the watershed the  
                |             |      |road drops at first very steeply, 
                |             |      |and then more gradually, into the 
                |             |      |Gibbe Valley; the surface of the  
                |             |      |road is good, and level ground is 
                |             |      |reached at the end of the third   
                |             |      |mile. At 1½ miles a road branches 
                |             |      |off to S.W., probably that shown  
                |             |      |on the map illustrating movement  
                |             |      |of Bonchamps’ mission.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The L. Ambo, which combines with  
                |             |      |other streams to form the Alengo, 
                |             |      |is crossed, and the road skirts   
                |             |      |along N. of, and parallel to, the 
                |             |      |Alengo.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Several streams are crossed before
                |             |      |reaching the Garan, and the       
                |             |      |country is rough.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Gedda the escarp trends off  
                |             |      |N.W., leaving a wide plain,       
                |             |      |bounded on the S. and W. by G.    
                |             |      |Kwunchu Sodu and Tuka.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Garsa is a sluggish, muddy    
                |             |      |stream, running between steep clay
                |             |      |banks. Good camping ground W. of  
                |             |      |it.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Alengo_   |      5      | 117  |Road, after passing a few low     
                |             |      |spurs, runs over a flat, clay     
                |             |      |valley. The Alengo, 30 feet wide  
                |             |      |by 6 inches deep.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Gibbe_ |      6      | 123  |Road continues over flat, open    
                |             |      |country, passing close to the low,
                |             |      |rocky hillock, T. Bertuma. The    
                |             |      |Gibbe, 45 feet wide, 2 feet deep, 
                |             |      |fairly rapid; clay bank, thickly  
                |             |      |lined with willow, bottom gravel. 
                |             |      |It is a tributary of the Omo, and 
                |             |      |the eastern limit of the Queen’s  
                |             |      |district of Chelia. Between the   
                |             |      |Gibbe and the Wama the country is 
                |             |      |Dejaj Damasi’s.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bilo_        |      13     | 136  |After crossing the Gibbe the road 
                |             |      |skirts round the northern spurs of
                |             |      |G. Kwunchu, crossing several small
                |             |      |streams and rather rough ground.  
                |             |      |Bilo is a considerable market and 
                |             |      |Customs post, situated on the W.  
                |             |      |side of the L. Tarli, a good-sized
                |             |      |stream running N. to the Gibbe    
                |             |      |between clay banks.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Bilo the main road to Leka   
                |             |      |branches off S.W. between T. Sodu 
                |             |      |and J. Soksaw.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Sodu Pass_|      5      | 141  |The Lekempti road keeps almost due
                |             |      |W., passing just S. of the summit 
                |             |      |of Sodu. The ascent is not as bad 
                |             |      |as it appears, as the road is well
                |             |      |graded.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a wide open spur just    
                |             |      |before the final rise to the pass 
                |             |      |begins, which would form a good   
                |             |      |camping place. Several small      
                |             |      |streams are crossed in the ascent.
                |             |      |                                  
  _River Wama_  |      12     | 153  |From the pass, which is a very    
                |             |      |narrow saddle, the descent is     
                |             |      |steep for 2½ miles; small camping 
                |             |      |ground, with limited water supply 
                |             |      |at this point. Then road follows a
                |             |      |long spur, falling gradually      
                |             |      |towards the Wama. Wooded slopes   
                |             |      |and no cultivation. The Wama is a 
                |             |      |considerable stream, flowing in   
                |             |      |rather marshy ground between clay 
                |             |      |banks, but with gravelly bottom,  
                |             |      |30 feet wide, 2 feet deep; rapid. 
                |             |      |Shown on Michel’s and other maps  
                |             |      |as a tributary of the Didessa.    
                |             |      |Cattle and sheep plentiful and    
                |             |      |good grazing; the river is eastern
                |             |      |limit of Dejaj Kumsa’s country.   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nekempti_    |      24     | 177  |After crossing the Wama, the road 
                |             |      |runs up a long narrow spur coming 
                |             |      |from W. shoulder of G. Tuka. G.   
                |             |      |Tuka is thickly wooded and        
                |             |      |precipitous, though round-topped. 
                |             |      |At 5 miles, a road to Leka        
                |             |      |branches W. up a broad valley     
                |             |      |formed by another branch of the   
                |             |      |Wama. The Leka plateau at the E.  
                |             |      |end appears steep-sided and       
                |             |      |thickly wooded. Leka is the head- 
                |             |      |quarters of Dejaj Damasi, and is  
                |             |      |said to be extremely fertile,     
                |             |      |producing much coffee. From the   
                |             |      |Leka road the track ascends more  
                |             |      |steeply; country well cultivated  
                |             |      |and thickly inhabited. Long,      
                |             |      |narrow, steep-sided spurs run S.  
                |             |      |from the water parting formed by  
                |             |      |the western end of G. Tuka. Water 
                |             |      |is plentiful. At 15 miles is a    
                |             |      |small village and church. Between 
                |             |      |this and Nekempti many small      
                |             |      |streams are crossed and ground is 
                |             |      |much broken. Nekempti is the      
                |             |      |residence of Dejaj Kumsa (called  
                |             |      |by Abyssinians Gabra Xiavrihir).  
                |             |      |He is a young Galla, a Christian, 
                |             |      |and has built himself a church.   
                |             |      |His ideas are advanced, and he has
                |             |      |a garden for European plants, and 
                |             |      |is trying to improve the native   
                |             |      |coffee and cotton. His gibe is new
                |             |      |and well built. There are several 
                |             |      |Arab merchants established here.  
                |             |      |The chief market is on Thursday,  
                |             |      |but there is a daily market.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Nekempti is on the watershed      
                |             |      |between the Wama and Angur, and to
                |             |      |the N. the ground drops steeply to
                |             |      |the wide flat Angur valley.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sasiga_      |      13     | 190  |From Nekempti the road runs W.,   
                |             |      |keeping near the watershed, which 
                |             |      |connects with the N. end of the   
                |             |      |Leka plateau. After about 5 miles 
                |             |      |it turns N.W., and several streams
                |             |      |flowing N. are crossed. At the    
                |             |      |Sasiga market place on (Friday) G.
                |             |      |Jimata there is a splendid view   
                |             |      |looking down into the Didessa     
                |             |      |valley, and across the Angur      
                |             |      |valley, towards the Limu hills;   
                |             |      |the Didessa and Angur valleys     
                |             |      |proper were, till recently, great 
                |             |      |elephant grounds up to the Abai.  
                |             |      |The elephants are now practically 
                |             |      |exterminated, and the ground is   
                |             |      |being brought under cultivation,  
                |             |      |though, as it is unhealthy, the   
                |             |      |people continue to live on the    
                |             |      |high ground.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Didessa R._  |      24     | 214  |From Sasiga there is a very steep 
                |             |      |descent of 1,200 feet. Then the   
                |             |      |road is generally level, and      
                |             |      |crosses several streams before the
                |             |      |L. Arso, where there is a fine    
                |             |      |camping ground at the 13th mile;  
                |             |      |thence there is a slight rise to  
                |             |      |the Tankara ridge, which is the   
                |             |      |eastern boundary of the Didessa   
                |             |      |ravine.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From this ridge the descent is    
                |             |      |very steep, winding, and rough to 
                |             |      |the Didessa, slopes thickly       
                |             |      |wooded. The Didessa is 150 yards  
                |             |      |(?) wide, 2 feet deep; current 2½ 
                |             |      |miles, stony bottom, beautiful    
                |             |      |water. Good camping place for a   
                |             |      |small party in dry season on W.   
                |             |      |bank.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Merechi_     |      8      | 222  |From the river the ascent of the  
                |             |      |W. side of the ravine begins at   
                |             |      |once. The road is very rough and  
                |             |      |bad, and ground on each side is   
                |             |      |covered with bamboo. The ascent is
                |             |      |in three distinct stages, the last
                |             |      |being much the worst, no attempt  
                |             |      |being made to grade it. Between   
                |             |      |the first and second stage the L. 
                |             |      |Jirma is crossed, and a small     
                |             |      |tributary of it is passed before  
                |             |      |the final stage.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Merechi, a small village, Saturday
                |             |      |market, and Customs observation   
                |             |      |post. It is situated on the top of
                |             |      |a ridge about 2½ miles behind the 
                |             |      |edge of the ravine. Between runs  
                |             |      |the Laga Jirma, and the valley is 
                |             |      |a good camping ground. This is the
                |             |      |beginning of Walega.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gimbi_       |      12     | 234  |The N. end of the Merechi ridge   
                |             |      |runs up to the escarp, which now  
                |             |      |begins to trend N.W. The plateau  
                |             |      |is very undulating and broken by  
                |             |      |confused narrow valleys. There is 
                |             |      |a considerable population, and the
                |             |      |country is very fertile. At the   
                |             |      |10th mile the Garsa ridge, running
                |             |      |N. and S., is fairly well defined;
                |             |      |otherwise the features are very   
                |             |      |confused. The Gallel stream, at   
                |             |      |9th mile, is a good size, but     
                |             |      |water is everywhere plentiful. T. 
                |             |      |Jerko, a very sharp cone 30 miles 
                |             |      |to the S., is very conspicuous,   
                |             |      |and the road to Dejaj Goti’s      
                |             |      |country runs N. of it, through the
                |             |      |Siva district. Gimbi is the       
                |             |      |residence of Fitaurari Amenti,    
                |             |      |uncle of Dejaj Kumsa.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dungoro, L.  |      13     | 247  |From Gimbi the general direction  
  Fincha_       |             |      |of the road alters and strikes    
                |             |      |N.N.W. towards Beni Shangul. The  
                |             |      |country continues well watered,   
                |             |      |cultivated, and populated, with   
                |             |      |the same confusion of narrow      
                |             |      |valleys. It passes through the    
                |             |      |small districts or townships of   
                |             |      |Siban (where Fitaurari Debaba,    
                |             |      |another uncle of Dejaj Kumsa, has 
                |             |      |a house), Aroji, and Dungoro. This
                |             |      |latter is bounded on the S. by the
                |             |      |L. Fincha, a considerable rocky   
                |             |      |stream, which is the last         
                |             |      |tributary of the Didessa crossed. 
                |             |      |                                  
  T. Eriwani    |      11     | 258  |Five miles beyond L. Fincha,      
                |             |      |skirting the western slopes of T. 
                |             |      |Ghinghi, the track is rough and   
                |             |      |hilly. Several small streams rise 
                |             |      |in this hill and, after uniting,  
                |             |      |flow away S. between T. Jerko and 
                |             |      |T. Wallel, becoming, lower down,  
                |             |      |the Birbiri, which joins the Baro 
                |             |      |near Gore. T. Wallel is now very  
                |             |      |clearly seen to the S.W. T.       
                |             |      |Eriwani forms the watershed       
                |             |      |between the head waters of the    
                |             |      |Birbiri and the tributaries of the
                |             |      |Yabus. Water is rather scarce     
                |             |      |between T. Ghinghi and Eriwani.   
                |             |      |Fitaurari Debaba’s second house is
                |             |      |in a very conspicuous position on 
                |             |      |the watershed, W. of the road.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Najo_        |      10     | 268  |To Najo the road is easy, and     
                |             |      |country open. The Lagas, Henna,   
                |             |      |and Dilla are crossed, the latter 
                |             |      |a considerable stream, in which a 
                |             |      |certain amount of gold washing is 
                |             |      |done. The sides of its valley are 
                |             |      |very steep.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |About 2 miles S. of Najo and 1½   
                |             |      |miles E. of the road is M.        
                |             |      |Camboul’s house in the midst of   
                |             |      |his trial shafts. This is the most
                |             |      |promising part of M. Ilg’s        
                |             |      |concession.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Najo is only a small village, but 
                |             |      |Dejaj Kumsa is building a new     
                |             |      |house there to be his hunting     
                |             |      |head-quarters.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Guti Mudema   |      7      | 275  |Passing Najo the country begins to
                |             |      |fall perceptibly, and is much more
                |             |      |open. The undulations are broader,
                |             |      |lower, and flatter. There is less 
                |             |      |cultivation, but many more cattle.
                |             |      |The inhabitants are few, and are  
                |             |      |mainly engaged, it is said, in the
                |             |      |gold-washing on the Yabus.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Guti Mudema is simply a post on   
                |             |      |the watershed between the Lagas   
                |             |      |Alatu and Genasi and the L. Deivo,
                |             |      |which commands a very extensive   
                |             |      |view into Beni Shangul and the    
                |             |      |Lega Galla country. The two former
                |             |      |streams flow between clay banks.  
                |             |      |All this country was traversed    
                |             |      |after a considerable amount of    
                |             |      |rain had fallen, so all the       
                |             |      |streams were flowing strongly. As 
                |             |      |a rule, they would be quite       
                |             |      |shallow.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Deivo_    |      2½     | 277½ |Flows in a deep valley, with very 
                |             |      |steep sides.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Gori_        |      7      | 284½ |A small village, the residence of 
                |             |      |Fitaurari Densa. Road is over an  
                |             |      |open plateau with a strongly-     
                |             |      |marked escarp falling to the W.;  
                |             |      |to the E. a range of low          
                |             |      |mountains, running N., marks the  
                |             |      |great escarp from the western side
                |             |      |of the Didessa and southern side  
                |             |      |of the Abai valley.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Komiso_   |      3½     | 288  |The ground falls very rapidly into
                |             |      |the Komiso valley, which is bound 
                |             |      |by a very steep, high escarp on   
                |             |      |the S. Between the Komiso and     
                |             |      |Mendi there is a wide broken      
                |             |      |valley, with the L. Sache flowing 
                |             |      |past T. Wandi, a well-marked hill 
                |             |      |2 miles W. of the road. This hill 
                |             |      |is the northern limit of Dejaj    
                |             |      |Goti’s country, which appears to  
                |             |      |extend up in a narrow strip along 
                |             |      |the E. side of the Yabus.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mendi_       |      19     | 307  |Mendi lies just S. of the last    
                |             |      |rise before the road makes its    
                |             |      |final descent into the Yabus. Here
                |             |      |the promontory between the        
                |             |      |Didessa, Abai, and Yabus breaks   
                |             |      |into two ranges of hills, one     
                |             |      |running due N. by Gumbi and one   
                |             |      |N.W. towards the Beni Shangul     
                |             |      |hills through G. Gunfi. The road  
                |             |      |descends by the W. side of the    
                |             |      |valley in the fork, and is very   
                |             |      |steep and rough, the side of the  
                |             |      |valley being, as well, cumbered   
                |             |      |with with dense bamboo.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mendi is the last Galla village,  
                |             |      |and from there to the Yabus water 
                |             |      |cannot be counted on.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _L. Badeisa_  |      12     | 319  |Halfway down the descent there is 
                |             |      |generally water in small          
                |             |      |quantities, but the camping ground
                |             |      |is uneven, confined, and with no  
                |             |      |good feeding when bamboo is out of
                |             |      |leaf.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |W. of the road near Mendi the     
                |             |      |ground falls gradually, with      
                |             |      |slight undulation, to the Yabus.  
                |             |      |There is thick wooding, and till  
                |             |      |quite lately the valley was quite 
                |             |      |full of elephants, but these are  
                |             |      |rapidly being exterminated.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Buffalo, waterbuck, hartebeest,   
                |             |      |and probably greater kudu are     
                |             |      |abundant.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Dabeisa    |      7      | 326  |This practically marks the end of 
                |             |      |the descent, and the road from    
                |             |      |here to the Yabus is easy. Black  
                |             |      |population (very thin) begins.    
                |             |      |Bertas.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Yabus or  |      9      | 335  |Yabus is the Arabic, and Dabus the
  L. Dabus_     |             |      |Galla variant of the name; was    
                |             |      |slightly in flood when crossed,   
                |             |      |and was then about 100 feet wide  
                |             |      |and 3 feet deep at the ford. There
                |             |      |is another crossing further S.,   
                |             |      |near where the river breaks       
                |             |      |through the connection between the
                |             |      |Gunfi and Beni Shangul mountains. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |N. of the crossing is a wide, flat
                |             |      |valley with some scattered hills. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Sheira_   |      5      | 340  |Crossing the river the ground soon
                |             |      |begins to rise. There is a little 
                |             |      |water in K. Sheira.               
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Aside      |      7      | 347  |A pass over J. Aside leads into   
                |             |      |the sub-district of Afodu, which  
  Afodu         |      2      | 349  |is under a woman called Zem Zem.  
                |             |      |The village of Afodu is the head- 
                |             |      |quarters of a Kanyazmach, the     
                |             |      |Abyssinian commandant in Beni     
                |             |      |Shangul. Water is drawn from the  
  _K. Tumat_    |      2      | 351  |Tumat, in which there are always  
                |             |      |pools.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Mange      |      7      | 358  |Through Beni Shangul there are no 
                |             |      |difficulties on the road, though  
                |             |      |the going is bad, owing to the    
                |             |      |amount of small quartz stones     
                |             |      |everywhere. The K. Mange is dry.  
                |             |      |N. of it and W. of the road is J. 
                |             |      |Fadamo, which is very steep,      
                |             |      |rocky, and thickly wooded. Here   
                |             |      |Abd el Rahman’s people made their 
                |             |      |last stand against the            
                |             |      |Abyssinians, and it took 12 days’ 
                |             |      |fighting to clear the hill, both  
                |             |      |sides losing heavily. The final   
                |             |      |surrender was only induced by     
                |             |      |hunger.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bomo_        |      7      | 365  |At Bomo there is a small village, 
                |             |      |but like all those seen in Beni   
                |             |      |Shangul, it is half deserted. It  
                |             |      |is very difficult to form an idea 
                |             |      |of how thickly the country is     
                |             |      |inhabited, as the bush completely 
                |             |      |shuts in all the villages. A good 
                |             |      |many were seen from the top of J. 
                |             |      |Fadamo, but it was a very misty   
                |             |      |day and it was hard to make them  
                |             |      |out distinctly.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Belfodio     |      5      | 370  |This is the head-quarters of      
  Khamis_       |             |      |Fitaurari Mohammed Wad Hojali,    
                |             |      |brother of Abd el Rahman (Tur el  
                |             |      |Guri), and is generally called    
                |             |      |Khamis by the Abyssinians.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Famaka_ (Blue|      60     | 430  |Remainder of route in Sudan.      
  Nile)         |             |      |                                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 130.—ROSEIRES TO ABU RAMLA AND DUNKUR.                

           BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN, C.M.G., D.S.O., JUNE, 1901.           

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Roseires      |      —      |  —   |The road to Abu Ramla is a very   
  (Abramat)     |             |      |narrow track much shut in by thick
                |             |      |bush and grass. After rain the    
                |             |      |heavy clay soil produces a        
                |             |      |particularly heavy and sticky mud.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For 5 miles from the river the    
                |             |      |bush is very thick and soil very  
                |             |      |heavy. From the 5th to 10th mile  
                |             |      |the soil becomes more sandy and   
                |             |      |the bush is thinner. At 12th mile 
                |             |      |3 large adansonias are passed;    
                |             |      |soil heavy clay but bush still    
                |             |      |open.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At the 16th mile the road reaches 
                |             |      |the El Geri hills and turns       
                |             |      |sharply north-east skirting their 
                |             |      |foot. These hills are not more    
                |             |      |than 200 feet high and are covered
                |             |      |with low trees. They form a       
                |             |      |continuous mass though much broken
                |             |      |and rocky. Along the northern     
                |             |      |slopes there is a quantity of     
                |             |      |bamboo, and road is stony.        
                |             |      |Skirting round north and          
  _El Geri      |      23     |  23  |north-east foot of the hills,    
  (Sheikh’s     |             |      |road comes to a small Hameg       
  Village)_     |             |      |village. Water (the first since   
                |             |      |Roseires) is obtained up a steep  
                |             |      |valley 1 mile south of the        
                |             |      |village. Road skirts the hills to 
                |             |      |this point, and then strikes off  
                |             |      |east again to J. Migin. Ground is 
                |             |      |nearly flat and clay very heavy,  
                |             |      |bush thick except at the 31st mile
                |             |      |where there is a slight rise and  
                |             |      |open ground. Number of giraffe    
                |             |      |along the road.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Migin_    |      14     |  37  |J. Migin is a small rocky hill. At
                |             |      |its northern end is a water hole  
                |             |      |in the rocks, which seldom is     
                |             |      |emptied, but which does not appear
                |             |      |to be fed by a spring, so should  
                |             |      |not be depended on. There are said
                |             |      |to be other water holes on the    
                |             |      |hills.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No water from this to Abu Ramla   
                |             |      |except after rain. Khor Madar,    
                |             |      |which flows to Khor Zagoli,       
                |             |      |crossed first branch at 44th mile,
                |             |      |and second ½ mile further on. Road
  J. Abu Ramla  |      17     |  54  |passes 1 mile south of J. Withwith
                |             |      |and strikes the Abu Ramla mountain
                |             |      |half-way along its west side,     
                |             |      |crossing the large dry Khor Aluk a
                |             |      |mile before. Road then turns north
                |             |      |and skirts round the northern foot
                |             |      |of the mountain.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Mek’s        |      4      |  58  |Mek Adam Wad Dafeir’s Village is  
  Village_      |             |      |at the foot of the north-east     
                |             |      |corner of the mountain. Several   
                |             |      |other small villages are passed   
                |             |      |before reaching. Water is obtained
                |             |      |from wells in Khor Ramla, a mile  
                |             |      |east of the mountain, quality not 
                |             |      |good, but 100 animals were easily 
                |             |      |kept in water.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Mek is of Fung origin, but the    
                |             |      |inhabitants chiefly Gumz.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Abu Ramla, the trade road to 
                |             |      |Dunkur passes through Abu Mendi my
                |             |      |party left the main track however 
                |             |      |at the first point where Dinder is
                |             |      |met, and after that no well       
                |             |      |defined track was found till a    
                |             |      |couple miles before the Khor      
                |             |      |Adabiba.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Abu Ramla, road strikes   
                |             |      |almost due east. The soil is much 
  _Khor Ramla_  |      1      |  59  |more sandy, and even in wet       
                |             |      |weather fairly good going. Bush   
                |             |      |generally very thick, principally 
                |             |      |low trees.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      9      |  68  |Large pool in Khor Babeheir; a    
  Babeheir_     |             |      |khor about 10 yards wide, rising  
                |             |      |in the Bongo Hills and flowing to 
  _J. Abu Nesag_|      1½     | 69½  |the Dinder. Road skirts north of  
                |             |      |J. Abu Nesag, a low rocky hill.   
                |             |      |Road stony, and several small dry 
                |             |      |khors to cross.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Abujar_ |      5      | 74½  |Khor Abujar, sandy bottom, was in 
  (Abu Holgar)  |             |      |flood when crossed, but would     
                |             |      |probably always contain water in  
                |             |      |pools or in wells, 50 yards wide, 
                |             |      |banks easy.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ainki_  |      4      | 78½  |Khor Ainki was in flood, only just
                |             |      |fordable, gravelly bed, 50 yards  
                |             |      |wide; water always obtainable.    
                |             |      |Good camping ground, east bank.   
                |             |      |Just east of the khor there is a  
                |             |      |slight gravelly rise, but bush    
                |             |      |still very thick; no view         
                |             |      |obtainable. Road turns north-east 
                |             |      |to the Dinder.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      5½     |  84  |Khor Barageili. Fair camping      
  Barageili_    |             |      |ground; water in pools.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dinder R._   |      1½     | 85½  |Dinder is reached at the foot of  
                |             |      |small rocky hill, J. Mogumbi. Main
                |             |      |road to Dunkur appears to skirt   
                |             |      |along the bank, but the ground is 
                |             |      |very broken and path is almost    
                |             |      |invisible. With a view to taking  
                |             |      |the most direct road, the         
                |             |      |expedition crossed the river—about
                |             |      |100 yards wide, stony, and rocky. 
                |             |      |Rapid flow of water, 2 feet deep. 
                |             |      |Guides missed the track, which was
                |             |      |said to exist, but of which there 
                |             |      |was little or no sign, and when   
                |             |      |the Dinder was met again it was   
                |             |      |above the ford the guides had been
                |             |      |making for. River was followed to 
                |             |      |the mouth of the Khor Abu Gemmeiz,
                |             |      |where it was just fordable. Bush  
                |             |      |traversed was very thick;         
                |             |      |quantities of water buck, roan    
                |             |      |antelope, and other game.         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dinder_ and  |      14     | 99½  |River forded just above the       
  Khor          |             |      |junction—100 yards wide. River in 
                |             |      |partial flood, 3 feet deep.       
                |             |      |Skirted along left bank of Dinder 
                |             |      |along a disused track.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Damu     |      5½     | 105  |Khor Damu, 20 yards wide, rocky   
                |             |      |with steep banks. Left river and  
  1st Terrace   |      2      | 107  |reached 1st Terrace which marked  
                |             |      |the beginning of the foot hills.  
                |             |      |Path came in from south apparently
                |             |      |from Abu Mendi.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Adabiba_|      1½     | 108½ |Khor Adabiba, small khor with     
                |             |      |large pools; water always found.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dunkur_      |      9½     | 118  |The road touches the Dinder at    
  (Sheikh       |             |      |55th mile, and then turns towards 
  Nasser’s)     |             |      |the chief village of the Dunkur   
                |             |      |district, which lies in undulating
                |             |      |ground about 2½ miles south of the
                |             |      |Dinder. There is a considerable   
                |             |      |amount of cotton grown, and       
                |             |      |tribute to Kwara is paid in       
                |             |      |cotton. The natives are of a mixed
                |             |      |Hamag and Gumz stock. Many of them
                |             |      |can speak Amharic as well as      
                |             |      |Arabic. A few Abyssinians are     
                |             |      |generally to be found here.       
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                        131.—DUNKUR TO GALLABAT.                       

                   BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN, JUNE, 1901.                   

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Dunkur        |      —      |  —   |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dinder_      |      2½     |  2½  |About 100 yards wide, 3 feet deep;
                |             |      |stream 3 miles an hour (but this  
                |             |      |was after rain). Banks easy, bed  
                |             |      |stony; a good deal of limestone in
                |             |      |the river bed.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ajban_  |      3½     |  6   |Country on north bank fairly open.
                |             |      |Pool of good water in Khor Ajban. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Sheikh       |      1½     |  7½  |Sheikh Hassan’s Village small, and
  Hassan’s_     |             |      |many of inhabitants have moved to 
                |             |      |Gallabat. At the first village, ½ 
                |             |      |mile beyond Khor Ajban, road      
                |             |      |branches east to Kwara.           
                |             |      |                                  
  Dardakara     |      6½     |  14  |Road stony, and crosses a number  
                |             |      |of khors—some dry, but most with  
                |             |      |good pools—before reaching the    
                |             |      |practically deserted village of   
                |             |      |Dardakara.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Adzko         |      1      |  15  |Adzko also deserted.              
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Adzko_  |      1½     | 16½  |Large pool of good water in khor: 
                |             |      |road, very rough, skirting north  
                |             |      |side of J. Wadrabah.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Site of old Dunkur village in     
                |             |      |hills to east of road.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gelagu_ |      4      | 20½  |Village of Gelagu, on south side  
                |             |      |of khor, only contains 3 or 4     
                |             |      |families. Khor is 20 yards wide;  
                |             |      |unlimited water supply, though    
                |             |      |little stream is apparent.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Gelagu there is a road round 
                |             |      |the Umzenidi hill, but the more   
                |             |      |direct road is over the pass N.E. 
                |             |      |of the village—this is stony but  
                |             |      |fairly easy.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  El Gulut      |      6½     |  27  |El Gulut is a considerable Kunjara
  (_Khor Afar_) |             |      |village on the Khor Afar (a good  
                |             |      |sized khor with water in pools).  
                |             |      |From Gulut there is a road to     
                |             |      |Kwara. A good deal of cotton is   
                |             |      |grown in neighbourhood. There is a
                |             |      |direct route from El Gulut to the 
                |             |      |Khor Dibaba, near J. Bayisa, but a
                |             |      |more easterly route through       
  Magumbal      |      5      |  32  |Magumbal (a deserted village)     
                |             |      |avoids the cotton soil.           
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Dibaba_ |      6½     | 38½  |Khor Dibaba, 30 yards wide with   
                |             |      |large pools, is crossed about 1   
                |             |      |mile west of J. Bayisa. A very    
                |             |      |large wild fig tree at the        
                |             |      |crossing.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Seraf        |      9½     |  48  |Up to this point water is         
  Ardeiba_      |             |      |plentiful, but none is met with   
                |             |      |crossing the watershed between    
                |             |      |Rahad and Dinder. Road is well    
                |             |      |marked and good. Very little water
                |             |      |in the Seraf Ardeiba. Road        
                |             |      |skirting this khor is rough.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Rahad R._    |      5      |  53  |Rahad about 50 yards wide, very   
                |             |      |slight flow of water between large
                |             |      |pools. Bed stony. Many crocodiles 
                |             |      |in pools. Good camping grounds    
                |             |      |either bank.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Andeiogo |      4      |  57  |On north bank of Rahad there is   
                |             |      |cotton soil, trees not so thick   
                |             |      |but more grass. Khor Andeiogo     
                |             |      |would generally be dry but there  
                |             |      |is a small pool east of the road. 
                |             |      |J. Dagarish, a low wooded hill,   
                |             |      |lies on the road at 59th mile.    
  Khor Tair     |      6½     | 63½  |Khor Teir is a large dry khor.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |No water obtainable.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Shortly after crossing Khor Teir, 
                |             |      |ascent of the escarp, extending   
                |             |      |from J. Madbura to J. Belula, and 
                |             |      |forming the watershed between     
                |             |      |Rahad and Atbara, begins.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The ascent of the lower spurs of  
                |             |      |J. Belula is pretty steep.        
                |             |      |                                  
  New Shangal   |      9½     |  73  |New Shangal is on the watershed   
                |             |      |and has only recently been built. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Shangal_     |      1½     | 74½  |Shangal Khor is the first place   
                |             |      |after passing the Rahad that water
                |             |      |can be relied on.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Gallabat      |      4½     |  79  |On the top of the escarp,         
                |             |      |cultivation begins and extends at 
                |             |      |intervals to Gedaref.             
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                         132.—FAZOGLI TO KIRIN.                        

              BY LIEUTENANT JACKSON, R.E., JANUARY, 1900.              

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Fazogli       |      —      |  —   |Follow Kukuru road for ½ mile,    
                |             |      |then keep to right and follow road
                |             |      |leading about N.N.W. in the       
                |             |      |direction of Famaka. Gradual      
                |             |      |ascent to crest of ridge forming  
                |             |      |watershed parallel to Fazogli     
                |             |      |ridge, along which road runs.     
                |             |      |Numerous small khors run down on  
                |             |      |either side to join the river on  
                |             |      |the N., or the K. Akluli on the S.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Some tukls forming part of the    
                |             |      |village of Fazogli.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Mogo     |      ¼      |  1¼  |Road descends abruptly and crosses
                |             |      |the Khor Mogo, and shortly        
  Khor Kulili   |      ¼      |  1½  |afterwards the Khor Kulili. Both  
                |             |      |these khors about 15 feet wide    
                |             |      |with steep rocky banks.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now rises and crosses the    
                |             |      |outlying spurs of J. Fazogli.     
                |             |      |Extremely rough going and ground  
                |             |      |covered with large boulders and   
                |             |      |rocks. River only about 200 yards 
                |             |      |off in places, with Famaka plainly
                |             |      |visible on opposite bank. Left    
                |             |      |bank of river here consists of    
                |             |      |perpendicular rock from 10 to 30  
                |             |      |feet high.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  (Forked Roads)|      1½     |  3   |Road continues extremely hilly and
                |             |      |difficult until third mile, where 
                |             |      |road divides, that on the right   
                |             |      |leading to Deshalu and Abu        
                |             |      |Shaneina.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road now takes a S.W.         
                |             |      |direction and descends gradually  
                |             |      |into a flat bush. Road good, and  
                |             |      |level except where it crosses     
                |             |      |khors.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Annis    |      ¾      |  3¾  |Fifteen yards broad, high banks.  
  Sanganni      |             |      |On the further side cultivation   
                |             |      |begins and continues with a few   
                |             |      |intervals of bush the whole way to
                |             |      |Masarkum. Dura is the chief       
                |             |      |product and is of all three kinds.
                |             |      |The crop appears to be a very fine
                |             |      |one.                              
                |             |      |                                  
  Ainyet (not   |      1¼     |  5   |Road on right leading to Ainyet   
  visited)      |             |      |(not visited). Said to be a large 
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor (?)      |      1      |  6   |Small khor, 5 yards wide, low     
                |             |      |banks.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |For the next mile the cultivation 
                |             |      |appears to be particularly good   
                |             |      |and the bush begins and continues 
                |             |      |almost without interruption until 
  Ragreig       |      3¾     |  9¾  |within ½ mile of Ragreig—small    
  Village       |             |      |village—scattered tukls.          
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor (?)      |      ¼      |  10  |Much cultivation. Small khor with 
                |             |      |sandy bottom. Road follows bed for
                |             |      |250 yards.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Ragreig       |      1½     | 11½  |Straggling village on low ridge   
  Village       |             |      |running N. and S., at present     
                |             |      |uninhabited, Tukls in a bad state 
                |             |      |of repair, and the whole place    
                |             |      |overgrown with grass.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Abu Gara      |      ¾      | 12¼  |Compact and well kept. The        
                |             |      |residence of the brother of the   
                |             |      |Mek of Fazogli.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Tumat    |      ½      | 12¾  |Quarter mile further on through   
                |             |      |the dura fields the Khor Tumat is 
                |             |      |reached. About 200 or 300 yards   
                |             |      |broad here. Very shallow level    
                |             |      |bed, sandy. Road goes straight on,
                |             |      |crossing it diagonally to where it
                |             |      |is joined by the Khor Masarkum.   
                |             |      |Some pools of very dirty stagnant 
  _Khor         |      ¼      |  13  |water here. Better water to be    
  Masarkum_     |             |      |obtained about ¼ mile up the Khor 
                |             |      |Masarkum from the holes dug in the
                |             |      |bed of the khor by the inhabitants
                |             |      |of this place. The water also is  
                |             |      |very bad however and full of mud. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Masarkum     |      ¼      | 13¼  |A fair sized village, surrounded  
  (Sheikh       |             |      |by dura fields. Rest house. Sheep,
  Bikori)_      |             |      |eggs, and milk (cows) readily     
                |             |      |obtained. There is (1900) only one
                |             |      |cow however in the town, the      
                |             |      |remainder having been looted by   
                |             |      |Dervishes.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving Masarkum the road runs    
                |             |      |south-west along a ridge or       
                |             |      |plateau on the left bank of the   
                |             |      |Khor Masarkum. The ground on this 
                |             |      |side of the khor is much smoother,
                |             |      |and there is little thorn as far  
                |             |      |as J. Burgan. On the opposite side
                |             |      |the bush appears to be thick.     
                |             |      |There is a quantity of            
                |             |      |cultivation; dura grown to a great
                |             |      |height and producing fine ears.   
                |             |      |All soil appears good. Several    
                |             |      |villages are visible on the north 
                |             |      |side of the road. All go by the   
                |             |      |name of Ragreig which is probably 
                |             |      |the word for the class of slaves  
                |             |      |or serfs that inhabit them. Road  
                |             |      |very good.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Burgan     |      4¾     |  18  |A low hill south of road marks the
                |             |      |limit of cultivation, and from    
                |             |      |this the bush is thicker, though  
                |             |      |there is little thorn, chiefly low
                |             |      |large leaved trees, like young    
                |             |      |oaks, and thin grass.             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      1¼     | 19¼  |Khor Masarkum is crossed four     
  Masarkum_ (1st|             |      |times. It is here known as Khor   
  crossing)     |             |      |Timsah. At the first crossing     
                |             |      |water still in natural pools, and 
  _3rd crossing_|      2¼     | 21½  |at third crossing obtainable by   
                |             |      |digging. It is about 20 feet wide,
                |             |      |with sandy bottom, and vertical   
                |             |      |banks 12 feet high. Probably      
                |             |      |unfordable in flood.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After fourth crossing a dry and   
                |             |      |waterless country is entered.     
                |             |      |Hardly any khors, and these       
                |             |      |extremely small. One patch of     
                |             |      |cultivation surrounded by a zeriba
                |             |      |about ½ mile beyond last crossing.
                |             |      |Otherwise thin bush and grass.    
                |             |      |Road good on the whole, but there 
                |             |      |is a good deal of loose stone.    
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Farfira    |      4      | 25½  |Road runs along foot of this jebel
  (Pass)        |             |      |for some distance, and then       
                |             |      |crosses it by a pass about 200    
                |             |      |feet high. Ascent and descent     
                |             |      |rough and stony, but not very     
                |             |      |difficult for donkeys. Rest house 
                |             |      |here.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now keeps close to the foot  
                |             |      |of J. Farfira, and keeping its    
                |             |      |original direction, leaves J.     
                |             |      |Gamella on the right.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |South of J. Gamella there are more
                |             |      |traces of water, and the khors    
                |             |      |become more frequent and larger.  
                |             |      |Country undulating.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor El      |      8¾     | 34¼  |Khor with hard shingle bed about  
  Hassan_       |             |      |30 yards broad. High steep banks. 
                |             |      |Rest house here. Water good and   
                |             |      |plentiful, but only by digging.   
                |             |      |Tributary of the Khor Tumat       
                |             |      |flowing northwards.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After crossing khor, country again
                |             |      |flat and waterless, and covered   
                |             |      |with thin bush and grass.         
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Gami       |      3½     | 37¾  |Road skirts northern spur and then
                |             |      |runs in a south easterly direction
                |             |      |towards centre of J. Ragreig.     
                |             |      |Ground now becomes uneven and much
                |             |      |intersected by small khors flowing
                |             |      |from the neighbouring hills to    
                |             |      |join Khor Shikatar. This khor     
                |             |      |rises in J. Ragreig and is at this
                |             |      |point about 10 yards broad. Rocks 
                |             |      |and gravel in bed. Low banks.     
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The hills comprising J. Ragreig   
                |             |      |form a horseshoe, up the central  
                |             |      |valley between the horns of which 
                |             |      |the road runs. After crossing the 
                |             |      |Khor Shikatar for the first time, 
                |             |      |the road gradually ascends a spur 
                |             |      |running down from the main or     
                |             |      |western ridge of J. Ragreig. About
                |             |      |¼ mile further on it gradually    
                |             |      |returns to the valley, and        
                |             |      |crossing the Khor Shikatar it     
                |             |      |rises to the pass between the main
                |             |      |peak of Ragreig and the conical   
                |             |      |peak immediately east of it.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road follows course of Khor       
                |             |      |Shikatar roughly. Ascent nowhere  
                |             |      |very steep, but rough and stony.  
                |             |      |Thick bush and trees in the       
                |             |      |valley.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Ragreig    |      4½     | 42¼  |The pass over which the road runs 
                |             |      |is roughly 250 feet high. Nothing 
                |             |      |can be seen to the north without  
                |             |      |ascending one of the two peaks on 
                |             |      |either side, owing to trees; to   
                |             |      |the south a good view of the      
                |             |      |country can be seen, especially J.
                |             |      |Keili, distant about 7 miles. This
                |             |      |pass forms the boundary between   
                |             |      |Fazogli and Keili. Guides state   
                |             |      |that ridge west of road belonged  
                |             |      |to Fazogli, and that east of road 
                |             |      |to Keili. Jebel was originally    
                |             |      |inhabited, but is now deserted.   
                |             |      |Inhabitants have gone, some to    
                |             |      |Fazogli, some to Keili, forming   
                |             |      |the various Ragreig villages which
                |             |      |are scattered about. Descent from 
                |             |      |pass on south side much steeper   
                |             |      |than ascent on north. Road zigzags
                |             |      |at first, and then runs straight  
                |             |      |down, passing between two small   
                |             |      |jebels. Very rough and stony.     
                |             |      |Jebel on right inhabited by       
                |             |      |Ragreig people, no name           
                |             |      |obtainable.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Country now very level again with 
                |             |      |slope downwards towards J. Keili. 
                |             |      |Thin bush and grass. Road good.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Magansor |      2½     | 44¾  |Thirty yards wide. Rocky bed. High
                |             |      |banks. No water at present.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ofat_   |      ½      | 45¼  |Twenty yards wide. Bed here full  
                |             |      |of rocks. Water plentiful. Pools  
                |             |      |still remaining, but water        
                |             |      |stagnant, and it is necessary to  
                |             |      |dig to obtain good water (Jan.    
                |             |      |1900).                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ½      | 45¾  |Cultivation now begins opposite   
                |             |      |northern extremity of J. Keili,   
                |             |      |but only in patches, which are    
                |             |      |enclosed in thorn zaribas. Chiefly
                |             |      |dura.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road runs through centre of level 
                |             |      |ground lying between J. Keili on  
                |             |      |the right and Jebels Anguba and   
                |             |      |Fashola on the left.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 47¼  |Cultivation becomes continuous,   
                |             |      |extending to foot of jebels on    
                |             |      |either side of road. Large trees  
                |             |      |scattered about, especially near  
  _Keili_ (camp |      1      | 48¼  |jebels. Mek’s house lies at the   
  under J.      |             |      |foot of J. Keili, opposite J.     
  Fashola)      |             |      |Fashola.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is no regular village, as   
                |             |      |the tukls are scattered round at  
                |             |      |the foot of the hills. All the    
                |             |      |centre part of the valley is more 
                |             |      |or less under water during the    
                |             |      |rains.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Rest house here. Supplies of all  
                |             |      |kinds except vegetables and fruit 
                |             |      |are plentiful. I counted one herd 
                |             |      |of 20 fine cows on first entering 
                |             |      |valley. Natives will take Egyptian
                |             |      |money, but seem to prefer empty   
                |             |      |bottles or necklaces, soap would  
                |             |      |probably go well. Donkeys are     
                |             |      |scarce, and it is difficult to    
                |             |      |hire or buy.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road on leaving valley skirts J.  
                |             |      |Fashola closely, and then heads   
                |             |      |nearly due south for J. Kamye.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Towards south and west there is a 
                |             |      |stretch of apparently unbroken    
                |             |      |flat bush to the horizon.         
                |             |      |Cultivation ceases almost         
                |             |      |directly.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gulbis   |      1½     | 49¾  |Ten yards wide, said to flow into 
                |             |      |Blue Nile near Abu Shaneina.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |At 2 miles from Keili there is a  
                |             |      |knoll on some high ground, with a 
                |             |      |large and prominent tree, which   
                |             |      |forms a good landmark when        
                |             |      |approaching from the north.       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kamye      |      —      |  —   |A low lying range of round-topped 
                |             |      |hills. No rock showing, grass     
                |             |      |right up to summit. Road passes   
                |             |      |through outlying spurs and knolls 
                |             |      |of this jebel on the western side.
                |             |      |Come cultivation on northern      
                |             |      |slopes, and a great deal (chiefly 
                |             |      |dura) on the south-west.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Leaving J. Kange on right, road   
                |             |      |passes through some low ground    
  Khor Dunga    |      4      | 53¾  |covered with bamboo, probably     
                |             |      |swampy in rainy season, crossing  
                |             |      |Khor Dunga, 10 yards wide.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now crosses a succession of  
                |             |      |small khors, all running west to  
                |             |      |join the Khor Timsah. Low ridges  
                |             |      |between khors.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Umburri  |      3¾     |  57  |Ten yards wide, steep banks, sandy
                |             |      |bed, bush becomes thicker beyond  
                |             |      |this khor.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Ahemir   |      1¾     | 58¾  |Five yards wide, low banks where  
                |             |      |road crosses; joins Khor Timsah   
                |             |      |about ¾ mile further west.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Timsah_ |      ¼      |  59  |Twenty yards wide, very rocky bed,
                |             |      |steep banks; flows about due west 
                |             |      |where crossed by road, but turns  
                |             |      |north about ¼ mile further down   
                |             |      |stream. Probably joins Khor       
                |             |      |Gulbis.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |One large and deep pool of water  
                |             |      |at present, where road crosses,   
                |             |      |supply considerable, and fish can 
                |             |      |be caught in it; very muddy water,
                |             |      |but appears to be good.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road becomes more level now, and  
                |             |      |fewer small khors to cross.       
                |             |      |                                  
  J (?)         |      2¼     | 61¼  |Low hills, thickly covered with   
                |             |      |grass and bush.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road runs up a central spur.      
                |             |      |Ascent gradual and road fairly    
                |             |      |good. Descent on north side also  
                |             |      |along spur, but steeper; road not 
                |             |      |so good, and covered with loose   
                |             |      |stones.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gummi    |      2¾     |  64  |Twelve yards wide; stones in bed. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Mingil   |      ½      | 64½  |A small shall khor. Hills (J.     
                |             |      |Mingil) now begin on either side. 
                |             |      |Road good, no steep gradients.    
                |             |      |Bush all over the hills, very     
                |             |      |thick in the valleys, but thinner,
                |             |      |and long grass on top.            
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kurmuk     |      3¾     | 68¼  |Gradual descent to foot of J.     
                |             |      |Kurmuk. Tukls scattered round     
                |             |      |jebel, but probably not very many 
                |             |      |inhabitants.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Latter all fled at our approach,  
                |             |      |and very little information could 
                |             |      |be obtained. No water near road,  
                |             |      |but a little is said to be        
                |             |      |procurable further round jebel.   
                |             |      |Apparently nothing for sale.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road to Dul now turns off in a    
                |             |      |more easterly direction, and takes
                |             |      |a straight course towards the     
                |             |      |jebel, which is plainly visible.  
                |             |      |Country quite flat and shallow    
                |             |      |until Khor El Dahab is reached.   
                |             |      |Bush thick. Probably wet and boggy
                |             |      |during rains.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wirta    |      ½      | 68¾  |Five yards wide, sandy bed. Just  
                |             |      |after this khor a road branches   
                |             |      |off to right, which, according to 
                |             |      |the guides, is used as an         
                |             |      |alternative road to Dul in wet    
                |             |      |weather, it rejoins the main road 
                |             |      |further on.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor el      |      3½     | 72¼  |Twenty yards wide, banks steep,   
  Dahab_        |             |      |about 20 feet high, sandy bed.    
                |             |      |Winds very much in and out amongst
                |             |      |these bends for some distance     
                |             |      |before actually crossing it. Good 
                |             |      |water obtainable here at present, 
                |             |      |also at a place about 200 yards   
                |             |      |before that, at which the road    
                |             |      |crosses khor. Gold found here     
                |             |      |about ¼ mile before crossing khor; 
                |             |      |there are a number of circular    
                |             |      |shaft about 3 feet in diameter,   
                |             |      |and some about as much as 20 feet 
                |             |      |deep, from which the earth is     
                |             |      |taken. This is the first important
                |             |      |khor in the basin of the White    
                |             |      |Nile.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Goshindo |      2¾     |  75  |Small khor with steep banks.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now becomes hilly, and       
                |             |      |follows edge of high ground, the  
                |             |      |ground on the left falling away   
                |             |      |rapidly to khor in valley below.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Dul           |      2¼     | 77¼  |No actual town, but a number of   
                |             |      |tukls scattered about outlying    
                |             |      |spurs of Dul, also on north side  
                |             |      |of valley, and khor, which runs   
                |             |      |down in a north-westerly direction
                |             |      |from the hills.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The natives depend entirely upon  
                |             |      |the gold which they find, and     
                |             |      |import all supplies from Gomasha. 
                |             |      |Nothing seems to be grown in this 
                |             |      |country. They are an idle and very
                |             |      |unintelligent people, and are     
                |             |      |unwilling to be of any assistance.
                |             |      |They seem to be genuinely afraid  
                |             |      |of the Abyssinians. Water         
                |             |      |plentiful and fairly good obtained
                |             |      |in khor.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road now takes a southerly        
                |             |      |direction and skirts the eastern  
                |             |      |slopes of J. Dul, winding in and  
                |             |      |out amongst its spurs. Road rough 
                |             |      |in places and stony, but on the   
                |             |      |whole good. Tukls on all the high 
                |             |      |ground.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Biberis  |      1½     | 78¾  |Small khor with rocky bed.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Adunga   |      ½      | 79¼  |Small shallow khor. Gold pits     
                |             |      |along banks.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Arakuba       |      ¼      | 79½  |A collection of a few tukls on the
                |             |      |main jebel.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Udanduk  |      1¼     | 80¾  |Actual channel 5 yards wide, it   
                |             |      |has low banks, and evidently      
                |             |      |overflows its banks. Road crosses 
                |             |      |it just beyond the south-western  
                |             |      |spur of J. Dul, and heads direct  
                |             |      |for J. Mindon.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Gensogala|      ¼      |  81  |Five yards wide, sandy bed.       
                |             |      |                                  
  (Forked roads)|      ¼      | 81¼  |Road divides; that on right going 
                |             |      |to Kirin _viâ_ Kumfo, and Jebels  
                |             |      |Beldoesu and Fana Gamenta; that on
                |             |      |the left _viâ_ Goha, Asosa, and   
                |             |      |Fadasi.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The former is a direct road, and  
                |             |      |could easily be made fairly good  
                |             |      |by clearing bamboo and levelling. 
                |             |      |It is very little used, however,  
                |             |      |and there are no villages along   
                |             |      |it. Water is somewhat scarce. The 
                |             |      |latter, as far as we went, is a   
                |             |      |very bad hilly road; but a great  
                |             |      |trade route and very much used.   
                |             |      |Probably good when once the       
                |             |      |watershed is crossed.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      —      | 81¼  |Take right hand road at fork (left
                |             |      |to Gomasha). Road crosses a number
                |             |      |of small khors. Ground between    
                |             |      |low-lying, and would probably be  
                |             |      |mostly under water during rains. A
                |             |      |great deal of bamboo. Road        
                |             |      |difficult to find.                
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ageheni_|      ¾      |  82  |Broad shallow khor with low banks 
                |             |      |and sandy bed. Road followed by us
                |             |      |did not cross khor at this point, 
                |             |      |but took us some distance more to 
                |             |      |the west before doing so. We were 
                |             |      |without guides, however, and the  
                |             |      |road is difficult to follow.      
                |             |      |Probably we made an unnecessary   
                |             |      |detour. Plenty of water just below
                |             |      |the surface. Natives were washing 
                |             |      |gold just below where we crossed; 
                |      1¼     | 83¼  |their tukls are scattered all     
                |             |      |about here.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Kumfo      |      1¾     |  85  |Small jebels with tukls on them; a
                |             |      |little cultivation; road passes   
                |             |      |west of them.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor (?)      |      1      |  86  |Road passes between jebels,       
                |             |      |crossing small khor, very rough   
                |             |      |and rocky, and sides of khor      
                |             |      |steep. Road runs now along eastern
                |             |      |slopes of hills. Very rough and   
                |             |      |covered with bamboo, which brings 
                |             |      |rate of progress of caravan down  
                |             |      |to about 2 miles per hour. From   
                |             |      |here to the camp by the small khor
                |             |      |S. of Khor Delligi.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Belligi  |      1¼     | 87¼  |Twenty five yards broad, very     
                |             |      |shallow, sandy bed. No water.     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor_ (?)    |      1      | 88¼  |Small khor with very rocky bed and
                |             |      |difficult crossing for Hamla. Two 
                |             |      |large pools of very good water    
                |             |      |(Jan. 1900).                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road continues in a south-easterly
                |             |      |direction. Bush on both sides, but
                |             |      |a small patch of cultivation on   
                |             |      |the right at one place.           
                |             |      |                                  
  (Forked roads)|      1      | 89¼  |Road divides; take right hand     
                |             |      |branch, leading straight towards  
                |             |      |J. Beldoesu.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 90¼  |Two small shallow khors, 15 yards 
                |             |      |wide, sandy.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor_ (?)    |      1¼     | 91½  |Khor 20 yards wide, a little water
                |             |      |on digging.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Beldoesu   |      —      |  —   |Road now keeps along western      
                |             |      |slopes of J. Beldoesu. Numerous   
                |             |      |small deep khors to cross, and    
                |             |      |ground exceedingly rough and      
                |             |      |difficult for Hamla. On leaving J.
                |             |      |Beldoesu road improves and runs up
                |             |      |and across valley between J.      
                |             |      |Fanaoge and J. Fanagamenta.       
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Zalan_    |      5¼     | 96¾  |A large quantity of excellent     
                |             |      |water in pools in the rock. Best  
                |             |      |place for Hamla to cross is by a  
                |             |      |sandbank, just above the rock.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Beyond Khor Zalan the road is     
                |             |      |fairly good, but progress of Hamla
                |             |      |is very much hampered by the      
                |             |      |bamboo.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  (Pass)        |      6¼     | 103  |Road gradually ascends, and       
                |             |      |finally runs over a low and easy  
                |             |      |pass between J. Fanaoge and J.    
                |             |      |Fanagamenta. Pass about 200 feet  
                |             |      |high. Descent on south side along 
                |             |      |eastern slopes of valley. Khors   
                |             |      |are numerous and very deep, but no
                |             |      |water. Road extremely rough and   
                |             |      |hilly.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Ahrakad_|      5¼     | 108¼ |Small khor with stony bed. A      
                |             |      |little water on digging, but      
                |             |      |supply salty and very limited.    
                |             |      |This khor is not actually crossed 
                |             |      |by the road at the point where    
                |             |      |best water is found, but lies a   
                |             |      |short distance to the east.       
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Taza       |      —      |  —   |A fair sized jebel with two peaks 
                |             |      |and extremely steep sides. Road   
                |             |      |passes west of it.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Lashe    |      ¾      | 109  |Small khor with steep banks.      
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¾      | 109¾ |Road forks; keep to right.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Turus(or |      ½      | 110¼ |Broad khor with stony bed.        
  Yander)       |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Belsuri    |      —      |  —   |Road now passes between J. Belsuri
                |             |      |on left and J. Hode on right.     
                |             |      |Rather hilly and rough.           
                |             |      |                                  
  J. Hode       |      —      |  —   |These hills are inhabited, and    
                |             |      |there is some cultivation.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¼     | 111½ |Forked roads in open space; keep  
                |             |      |to left.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |In the valley, through which road 
                |             |      |now runs, there is a great deal of
                |             |      |cultivation. Flat bush as far as  
                |             |      |the eye can reach towards south   
                |             |      |and south-west.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Gaduk_  |      3      | 114½ |Small khor with steep banks, a    
                |             |      |little muddy water still left     
                |             |      |above ground (Jan. 1900).         
                |             |      |                                  
  Agani         |      1½     | 116  |A few tukls; a considerable       
                |             |      |quantity of cultivation, chiefly  
                |             |      |dura.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  (Forked roads)|      1      | 117  |Forked roads; keep to right.      
                |             |      |                                  
  (Forked roads)|      1½     | 118½ |Forked roads—keep to left.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor (?)      |      ¼      | 118¾ |Small khor 10 yards wide—south    
                |             |      |bank steep.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  Ashuli        |      ¼      | 119  |A few tukls surrounded by         
                |             |      |cultivation. Road turns to left   
                |             |      |and then bears round to right, and
                |             |      |skirts the southern slopes of J.  
  J. Gushu      |      —      |  —   |Gushu; rough in places, but good  
                |             |      |on the whole.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Shugalu_|      ¾      | 119¾ |Large khor with high steep banks, 
  (Khor Befar)  |             |      |sandy bed. Good water plentiful;  
                |             |      |much cultivation along banks,     
                |             |      |including onions, water-melons,   
                |             |      |&c.                               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After crossing khor, ground rather
                |             |      |uneven and grass and bush rather  
                |             |      |thick, until you get close to J.  
                |             |      |Kirin. Open ground along its base.
                |             |      |                                  
  _Kirin_       |      1½     | 121¼ |Tukls scattered all round the     
  (Sheikh       |             |      |jebel, but most of the big men    
  Hamed’s House)|             |      |seem to live close to this place. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Open ground at base of hill, and  
                |             |      |very good place for camp at       
                |             |      |present, but might be wet during  
                |             |      |rainy season. Water taken from    
                |             |      |wells in sand about ¼ mile away,  
                |             |      |rather muddy, and of a thick white
                |             |      |colour like milk. Supply scanty at
                |             |      |present, and our party finally    
                |             |      |took their water from Khor        
                |             |      |Shugalu. Inhabitants most         
                |             |      |friendly. Sheep, pigs, chickens,  
                |             |      |eggs, and dura in overwhelming    
                |             |      |quantities, were sent as presents.
                |             |      |Onions and milk (goats) can be    
                |             |      |obtained, but supply is limited.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |People are ready to sell for gold 
                |             |      |(native, in rings), beads, soap,  
                |             |      |old bottles, tins, &c. Beads (blue
                |             |      |or red) seem to be the chief thing
                |             |      |required. Salt is also good. We   
                |             |      |got rid of a few fasses, but iron 
                |             |      |does not seem to be in request.   
                |             |      |Spear heads are no good. Cloth of 
                |             |      |the most brilliant colours        
                |             |      |possible would probably also go   
                |             |      |well. Sheikh Hamed has large      
                |             |      |stores of dura in tukls on the    
                |             |      |hill, and sold it to us at 3 gold 
                |             |      |rings (each worth about 45        
                |             |      |piastres) the ardeb. There is a   
                |             |      |small quantity of semsem (5 rings 
                |             |      |the ardeb) and lubia.             
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Kirin the road runs straight 
                |             |      |on nearly due south. Some bad     
                |             |      |rocky places, until the spurs of  
                |             |      |the mountain are all left behind, 
                |             |      |the road then level and fairly    
                |             |      |good, passing through bush of     
                |             |      |varying thickness, but with very  
                |             |      |little thorn in it, and patches of
                |             |      |bamboo along the banks of the     
                |             |      |khors.                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                          133.—KIRIN TO KODOK.                         

                   BY MAJOR C. W. GWYNN, APRIL, 1903.                  


A mixed Hamla—mules, donkeys and camels—was taken from Kirin to
Kodok, April, 1903.

No rain had fallen, but more water was found in the neighbouring
country than in previous years, so that conditions of water may be
assumed normal for middle of dry season, but more favourable than
usual for extreme end of dry season.

There was no recognised track, and no guides could be obtained from
Kirin, nor would it have been possible to obtain Dinka guides to make
the journey in the reverse direction.

The route followed is not necessarily the best, as probably deflections
were made by guides owing to inter-village fighting or for other
reasons.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Kirin         |      —      |  —   |From Kirin there are several      
                |             |      |tracks leading west to the farm   
                |             |      |village belonging to Ahmed Wad    
                |             |      |Yimr.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Yabus_  |      13     |  13  |Water is obtainable at several    
  at junction   |             |      |places, _vide_ Map.               
  with Khor     |             |      |                                  
  Serekoli      |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Khor Yabus known to the Gallas
                |             |      |as Ayaya, and to the Khomas as    
                |             |      |Kizi, is a strong flowing stream  
                |             |      |40 feet wide and 1 foot deep,     
                |             |      |rocky bottom and wooded banks.    
                |             |      |Soil in neighbourhood mostly sandy
                |             |      |and firm. Stream full of fish,    
                |             |      |which many Kirin people come to   
                |             |      |catch and dry. Fishing places do  
                |             |      |not extend more than 20 miles west
                |             |      |of Kirin.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |As I had been told the Khor Yabus 
                |             |      |took a sharp bend S. after        
                |             |      |clearing the hills I chose the    
                |             |      |left bank, so as to avoid missing 
                |             |      |the turn. The ground near the khor
                |             |      |was stony and broken by side      
                |             |      |khors, so marched well clear of   
                |             |      |stream. Ground firm and bush not  
                |             |      |thick enough to be an obstacle. If
                |             |      |grass had not been burnt going    
                |             |      |would have been difficult.        
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Mia_    |      13     |  26  |Went to Yabus for water at its    
                |             |      |junction with a large khor        
                |             |      |(probably Khor Mia), coming from  
                |             |      |the Khoma mountains. The character
                |             |      |of the Yabus had changed, and now 
                |             |      |ran over a level sandy bed, water 
                |             |      |6 inches deep, banks cotton soil, 
                |             |      |marshy and high grass jungle.     
                |             |      |Country on either side almost     
                |             |      |entirely open, but large trees by 
                |             |      |the khor. Country from this point 
                |             |      |to the beginning of Burun villages
                |             |      |swarms with game—buffalo and      
                |             |      |elephant. Hunting parties from    
                |             |      |Kirin, with rifles, constantly    
                |             |      |about.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor          |      5      |  31  |Kept clear of banks of khor again,
                |             |      |which were swampy and had thick   
                |             |      |jungle in places. Country away    
                |             |      |from river open and slightly      
                |             |      |undulating.                       
                |             |      |                                  
  _J. Belshingi_|      1      |  32  |Cotton soil, but fair going. Khor 
  and Jebel     |             |      |passes between Jebel Belshingi on 
  Belatoma      |             |      |N. bank and J. Belatoma on S. A   
                |             |      |rocky outlying knoll of latter    
                |             |      |close to stream gives a fair      
                |             |      |camping ground at its base. A wide
                |             |      |marshy khor comes from the south  
                |             |      |just before reaching this knoll.  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Yabus winds round the south   
                |             |      |end of J. Belshingi and spreads   
                |             |      |out into two marshy lakes, a small
  _Knoll_       |      3      |  35  |rocky knoll forming the extreme   
                |             |      |south end of J. Belshingi (though 
                |             |      |on opposite side of khor) lying   
                |             |      |between the lakes.                
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The north bank of Yabus is wooded,
                |             |      |but country to south is open. Bed 
                |             |      |of stream winds through wide      
                |             |      |marshy belt. Skirting the marsh,  
                |             |      |game tracks gave good going.      
                |             |      |                                  
  Village       |      4      |  39  |First Burun village was deserted. 
  (deserted) (?)|             |      |Found it had been raided by Kirin 
  Mago          |             |      |people two months before, and     
                |             |      |Sheikh Digga had been killed.     
                |             |      |Village had evidently been        
                |             |      |occupied since. From this village 
                |             |      |found a good track, and, after 3  
                |             |      |miles, bush became thick; many dom
                |             |      |palms.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _N’yunka_     |      4      |  43  |N’yunka, a collection of villages 
                |             |      |among dom thickets. No men at     
                |             |      |first to be seen, but surprised   
                |             |      |some women who shortly induced men
                |             |      |to appear. Latter very frightened 
                |             |      |at first. All armed with long     
                |             |      |bows, wooden pointed featherless  
                |             |      |arrows and generally a spear, and 
                |             |      |quite naked.                      
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A good track ran through wooded   
                |             |      |country S. of the Yabus, passing  
                |             |      |the villages of Toma, N’dinga,    
                |             |      |Bane Bugga, Ote, Onka and the     
                |             |      |villages of Sheikh Washa. At these
                |             |      |latter crossed the Yabus, which   
  _Yabus        |      9      |  52  |from this point turns S.W. The    
  crossing_     |             |      |Buruns could not give me any clear
                |             |      |account of where it went to, but  
                |             |      |thought it discharged into Sobat. 
                |             |      |I believe it opens out into a     
                |             |      |swampy lake which also receives   
                |             |      |the Sonka, and part of the water  
                |             |      |from this may make its way to the 
                |             |      |Sobat near Nasser and part into   
                |             |      |the Khor Adar. When last seen     
                |             |      |there was a good flow of water.   
                |             |      |The country to S.W. appeared to be
                |             |      |thickly wooded, and I could not   
                |             |      |ascertain to what extent it was   
                |             |      |inhabited.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track continued to be good, and   
                |             |      |passed through villages of Kanje  
                |             |      |and Loma, almost deserted owing to
                |             |      |distance from Walu to Bangaia.    
                |             |      |                                  
  _Bangaia_     |      7      |  59  |Hafirs. The village is small and  
                |             |      |the hafirs are in a marshy        
                |             |      |overflow from a khor ½ mile S.E.  
                |             |      |of village. These Burun hafirs are
                |             |      |generally dug in marshy spots, and
                |             |      |sometimes are merely reservoirs,  
                |             |      |sometimes really gammams. They are
                |             |      |carefully covered in with sticks, 
                |             |      |and grass and water is generally  
                |             |      |clean and good. At Bangaia very   
                |             |      |good and plentiful.               
                |             |      |                                  
  _Tuer_        |      3      |  62  |Small village with hafir—several  
                |             |      |deserted villages between it and  
                |             |      |Bangaia.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Beio          |      5½     | 67½  |Track good, country fairly open.  
                |             |      |Small village.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Hillock       |      1      | 68½  |Very small hillock with few huts. 
                |             |      |                                  
  Kyela         |      2½     |  71  |Kyela is a group of several       
                |             |      |villages with wide track of       
                |             |      |cultivation. Inhabitants gone away
                |             |      |for water.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |After 4 miles track ceases, and   
                |             |      |guides took us N.W., avoiding a   
                |             |      |piece of badly broken cotton soil.
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Yungen_   |      9      |  80  |Lot of giraffe and ostrich. A     
                |             |      |gammam with some very bad water in
                |             |      |Khor Yungen.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Nyeda_       |      3      |  83  |Nyeda, a village with 300 to 400  
                |             |      |people on Khor Murga (probably the
                |             |      |same as Khor Yungen). Poor water  
                |             |      |in gammams in khor. These are 6   
                |             |      |feet deep and fill slowly; barely 
                |             |      |gave water enough for 50 animals  
                |             |      |and 50 men.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From here a good number of people 
                |             |      |know a little Arabic or Dinka. The
                |             |      |Sheikh is Dar El Sagia, and he has
                |             |      |been fighting with the surrounding
                |             |      |villages.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The whole district is called Dar  
                |             |      |El Imam and was under a Sheikh    
                |             |      |called Wad Regab Wad Ali. This man
                |             |      |was murdered some four years ago, 
                |             |      |and Dar El Sagia claims to be his 
                |             |      |successor, but is not recognised  
                |             |      |by most of the villages. This is  
                |             |      |about the limit of the raiding of 
                |             |      |the Beni Shangul people.          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Khor Murga is said to be a branch 
                |             |      |of the big khor which formed from 
                |             |      |the khors between Jebel Kurmuk and
                |             |      |Jebel Fanagamenta, passes close to
                |             |      |J. Jumjum under the name of Khor  
                |             |      |Tumbakh.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |J. Jumjum lies south of J. Mofwa  
                |             |      |and is the southern limit of Idris
                |             |      |Wad Regab’s influence at present. 
                |             |      |Khor Tumbakh appears to split up  
                |             |      |into branches, and one probably   
                |             |      |reaches Khor Adar near Rengachuk. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _Hafirs_      |      4      |  87  |Two good hafirs. Track bad over   
                |             |      |broken cotton soil.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Nyeda (Sh.    |      8      |  95  |After passing hafirs track becomes
  Tukani) camp  |             |      |very good and goes through a      
                |             |      |number of villages whose          
                |             |      |inhabitants had gone to water.    
                |             |      |About two miles short of camp     
                |             |      |entered on a wide stretch of      
                |             |      |cultivation, cotton soil.         
                |             |      |Scattered villages. No defined    
                |             |      |khor, but probably the whole under
                |             |      |water in the rains from overflow  
                |             |      |of Khor Tumbakh. There were many  
                |             |      |gammams, but water very bad and   
                |             |      |muddy.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Dinko Wad    |      7      | 102  |Bad going over cotton soil. Dinko 
  Dageig_       |             |      |Wad Dageig was last Burun village.
                |             |      |It is situated in a grove of dom  
                |             |      |palms, dry sandy soil. Water from 
                |             |      |gammam 10 feet deep, plentiful and
                |             |      |good. This village is in about 10°
                |             |      |10′ and 30° 10′ E.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Tibn          |      13     | 115  |There is no defined track west of 
                |             |      |this, but hunting parties         
                |             |      |frequently go to El Tame. Passed  
                |             |      |over open country; cotton soil,   
                |             |      |rather rough going. Passed the    
                |             |      |Debba of Tibn lying ¼ mile to     
                |             |      |right just before entering a track
                |             |      |of park land; heglig trees.       
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Tibn was the most outlying of the 
                |             |      |Dinka villages, but had been      
                |             |      |deserted since the beginning of   
                |             |      |the Mahdia. Water used to be      
                |             |      |stored in hafirs, but now none.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |A second debba was seen about four
                |             |      |miles further W.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  _El Tame_     |      10     | 125  |Heglig trees last for eight miles,
                |             |      |and cotton soil is bad. El Tame is
                |             |      |a marshy lake, or rather two large
                |             |      |pools in a khor, which, however,  
                |             |      |does not appear to connect to     
                |             |      |anything.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Water is plentiful, but muddy and 
                |             |      |fouled by game. There are no trees
                |             |      |or anything to mark the position  
                |             |      |of the water except flocks of     
                |             |      |birds. Game very abundant, and    
                |             |      |both Buruns and Dinkas come to    
                |             |      |hunt. The latter are very much    
                |             |      |afraid of the Buruns.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Adar     |      15     | 140  |Kept S.W. for 15 miles. Cotton    
                |             |      |soil and fairly good going;       
                |             |      |country generally open with a few 
                |             |      |clumps of heglig. Struck Khor Adar
                |             |      |at some feriks belonging to Sheikh
                |             |      |Wal Awal at about the point where 
                |             |      |Captain Wilson’s reconnaissance   
                |             |      |ended. This point is about 40     
                |             |      |miles due east of Kodok. The      
                |             |      |Dinkas, however, in going to Kodok
                |             |      |always follow the Khor Adar to    
                |             |      |Rengachuk and thence across to the
                |             |      |Nile at Mialek, which makes a     
                |             |      |journey at least 20 miles longer  
  Kodok         |    60 (?)   | 200  |and involves several crossings of 
                |             | (?)  |the Khor Adar.                    
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


             134.—KHOR BOSUK[43], _viâ_ KHOR EINE TO GOHA.             

                BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, FEBRUARY, 1904.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Camp (Khor    |      —      |  —   |                                  
  Bosuk)        |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Cavalry Camp  |      12     |  12  |The road runs along the foot of   
  (Khor Bosuk)  |             |      |the N. slopes of J. Beldoesu; a   
                |             |      |new road now made along other side
                |             |      |of valley and along course of     
                |             |      |stream which is much better going.
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Cavalry Camp, where there is 
                |             |      |a lot of water (running in khor), 
                |             |      |the road goes up a slope up the   
                |             |      |Shanendo valley, also called      
                |             |      |Fanishuman (name of old village). 
                |             |      |The ascent up the valley is easy  
                |             |      |at first, but afterwards up steep 
                |             |      |slopes with rocks. Water is met   
                |             |      |with twice on way up—at one place 
                |             |      |a running stream. There is a bad  
                |             |      |bit of road just at this stream,  
                |             |      |difficult even to make it safe for
                |             |      |horses and mules. For camels the  
                |             |      |road would require zigzaging and  
                |             |      |grading. There are flat places on 
                |             |      |the tops of the spurs where halts 
                |             |      |can be made.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Eine_   |      7      |  19  |From top of pass the road goes    
                |             |      |along the plateau in an easterly  
                |             |      |direction till Khor Eine is       
                |             |      |reached, where there is a flowing 
                |             |      |stream, good shade and grazing,   
                |             |      |and camping ground.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Camp at Goha  |      3      |  22  |From Khor Eine good road round    
                |             |      |spur leads into Goha, about 2     
                |             |      |miles before reaching which road  
                |             |      |branches off to Asosa, going in a 
                |             |      |southerly direction. The tukls are
                |             |      |on the foot of slope of J. Goha   
                |             |      |and also all over the top of the  
                |             |      |hill. J. Goha is a series of      
                |             |      |broken, rocky hills, and is in    
                |             |      |reality a spur projecting from the
                |             |      |higher plateau.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There is a fair amount of         
                |             |      |cultivation in patches in the open
                |             |      |valley. There is a running stream 
                |             |      |at foot of Goha Hill on N. side,  
                |             |      |which is fed by many tributaries, 
                |             |      |most of which contain running     
                |             |      |water. There is a good camping    
                |             |      |ground across this stream on low  
                |             |      |hills facing the lower N. slopes  
                |             |      |of J. Goha, water and grazing     
                |             |      |plentiful. Supplies of dura       
                |             |      |apparently got from Asosa. There  
                |             |      |were only about 20 cattle to be   
                |             |      |seen, and no sign of any trade    
                |             |      |going on or Gallabas about. This  
                |             |      |may be due to the disturbed state 
                |             |      |of the country and the roads being
                |             |      |closed.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(NOTE.—A small party of cavalry   
                |             |      |marched along this road at the    
                |             |      |rate of 3 to 4 miles per hour.)   
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                  135.—GOHA, _viâ_ K. BARSU TO BOSUK.                  

                BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, FEBRUARY, 1904.               

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Camp Goha     |      —      |  —   |Left Camp Goha in a north-westerly
                |             |      |direction—road leads across the   
                |             |      |plateau and crosses some khors.   
                |             |      |This is a good road and apparently
                |             |      |much used by Gallabas, as their   
                |             |      |camping places at intervals on the
                |             |      |khors were passed—where there is  
                |             |      |the usual pool or trickling       
                |             |      |stream. The road comes to top of  
                |             |      |pass marked 4,670 feet. From here 
                |             |      |an extensive view is obtained of  
                |             |      |Dul, J. Jerok, etc.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The descent of the pass is steep, 
                |             |      |although the road is well defined.
                |             |      |There is only one real good       
                |             |      |halting place on a spur before    
                |             |      |descending into the Barsu valley. 
                |             |      |                                  
  _K. Barsu_    |      9      |  14  |The road crosses the khor at a    
                |             |      |conspicuous Gemmeiza tree where   
                |             |      |there is water in small           
                |             |      |quantities. Further on the stream 
                |             |      |runs in places and disappears     
                |             |      |again. A good camping ground is   
                |             |      |reached a 5 hours from camp at    
                |             |      |Goha which is used by Gallabas.   
                |             |      |                                  
  Camp Khor     |      8      |  22  |The road leads along the khor,    
  Bosuk         |             |      |water running at intervals of 45  
                |             |      |minutes; from this point the roads
                |             |      |separate to Dul Jerok and towards 
                |             |      |Mindok. Taking the last one khor  
                |             |      |under J. Agadi is reached—good    
                |             |      |grazing and water here, and       
                |             |      |vegetables cultivated—from here   
                |             |      |camp Bosuk is one hour and half   
                |             |      |along the broken ground at foot of
                |             |      |slopes of the Beldoesu valley.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(NOTE.—A small party of Cavalry   
                |             |      |marched along this route at an    
                |             |      |average rate of 2¾ miles per      
                |             |      |hour.)                            
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                 136.—CAMP ON KHOR BOSUK[44] TO ASOSA.                 

                 BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, MARCH, 1904.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  _Camp Khor    |      —      |  —   |The road runs along the foot of   
  Bosuk_        |             |      |the N. slopes of J. Beldoesu. A   
                |             |      |new road has now been made along  
                |             |      |the other side of valley and along
                |             |      |course of stream, which is much   
                |             |      |better going.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  _Cavalry Camp |      12     |  12  |From Cavalry Camp, where there is 
  (Khor Bosuk)_ |             |      |a lot of water (running in khor). 
                |             |      |The road goes up a slope up the   
                |             |      |Shanendo valley, also called      
                |             |      |Fanishuman (name of old villages).
                |             |      |The ascent up the valley is easy  
                |             |      |at first, afterwards up steep     
                |             |      |slopes with rocks. Water is met   
                |             |      |with twice on way up, at one place
                |             |      |a running stream. There is a bad  
                |             |      |bit of road just at this stream,  
                |             |      |difficult even to make it safe for
                |             |      |horses and mules. For camels the  
                |             |      |road would require zigzaging and  
                |             |      |grading. There are flat places on 
                |             |      |the top of the spurs where halts  
                |             |      |can be made.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Eine_   |      7      |  19  |From top of pass the road goes    
                |             |      |along the plateau in an easterly  
                |             |      |direction till Khor Eine is       
                |             |      |reached, where there is a flowing 
                |             |      |stream, good shade, grazing and   
                |             |      |camping ground.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |From Khor Eine good road round    
                |             |      |spur into Goha. About 2 miles out 
                |             |      |on this road Goha-Asosa track     
                |             |      |strikes it in a southerly         
                |             |      |direction, goes up parallel to N. 
                |             |      |slopes of Goha hills, crossing    
                |             |      |pass on to top of plateau; water- 
                |             |      |course on N. side of road, water  
                |             |      |also. Nearly at once cross a khor 
                |             |      |on top of plateau with water which
                |             |      |flows down in direction Khor      
                |             |      |Zalan. Road rocky in few places,  
                |             |      |but on whole good. Good camp at   
  _Khor Afaferi_|      13     |  32  |Khor Afaferi, 13 miles.           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Good road crosses a marsh near    
                |             |      |Abdel Rahman Wad Khojali’s        
                |             |      |village, which is passed after 2½ 
                |             |      |hours’ march. Asosa comes in view 
                |             |      |across a wide valley which takes  
                |             |      |over 1 hour to get round; a water 
                |             |      |course passed. Convenient to water
                |             |      |here before going into Asosa, as  
                |             |      |water some distance off village.  
                |             |      |                                  
  _Asosa_       |      15     |  47  |Asosa is a collection of villages 
                |             |      |on a large spur which is part of  
                |             |      |the plateau and juts out over a   
                |             |      |valley.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |There are three rocky hills, all  
                |             |      |with houses on them. People       
                |             |      |prosperous and well to do. A      
                |             |      |certain amount of cultivation     
                |             |      |near, but chief cultivation near a
                |             |      |small hill E. of Asosa. Sheikh    
                |             |      |Hamed apparently a very determined
                |             |      |ruler and looks after his people. 
                |             |      |There is an Abyssinian post here  
                |             |      |of about 15 to 20 men.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |(NOTE.—A troop of Sudanese regular
                |             |      |cavalry and a party of mounted    
                |             |      |irregulars marched by this route  
                |             |      |at the rate of 3 miles per hour,  
                |             |      |forced marching.)                 
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


     137.—ASOSA TO KHOR BOSUK, _viâ_ KHOR SURGALLA AND KHOR ZALAN.     

                 BY MAJOR G. DE H. SMITH, MARCH, 1904.                 

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Asosa         |      —      |  —   |Leaving Asosa by road to Goha and 
                |             |      |march for an hour along it. Then  
                |             |      |branch off W. and drop off plateau
                |             |      |on to a succession of small hills,
                |             |      |with villages, going along crest  
                |             |      |of their spurs. A few steep and   
  _K. Dadeferi_ |      10     |  10  |rocky places in crossing khors—to 
                |             |      |Khor Dadeferi—running stream with 
                |             |      |village above it, not much room   
                |             |      |for camp.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Ascent out of khor steep to       
                |             |      |village; steep ascents and        
                |             |      |descents, passing cultivated      
                |             |      |clearings and villages (all       
                |             |      |Hamed’s).                         
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor         |      8      |  18  |Reach Khor Sirekoli (Surgalla),   
  Sirekoli_     |             |      |good running stream, pretty open  
  (Surgalla)    |             |      |ground here, good camp, grass     
                |             |      |plentiful. Road now rises         
                |             |      |abruptly.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Road, after rising abruptly out of
                |             |      |valley over hill, goes W., very   
                |             |      |steep and rocky track. Apparently 
                |             |      |not been much used lately; passes 
  _Khor Akori_  |      6      |  24  |over low rocky hills, a constant  
                |             |      |up and down, S. of J. Fanoje and  
                |             |      |then turns N. along foot of Fanoje
                |             |      |hills, crosses Khor Akori, water  
                |             |      |here by digging, good grass.      
                |             |      |                                  
  _Khor Zalan_  |      6      |  30  |After a mile strike Kirin road,   
                |             |      |along this to Khor Zalan; water   
                |             |      |plentiful, also grass.            
                |             |      |                                  
  _Camp Bosuk_  |      6      |  36  |Go along track for 3 miles, then  
                |             |      |strike off to W., cross khor with 
                |             |      |water into camp.                  
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                    138.—GORE TO ABWONG (ON SOBAT).                    

           BY CAPTAIN H. H. WILSON, FEBRUARY TO MARCH, 1904.           


NOTE.—The route described in this report, after crossing the Baro
at 52½ miles from Gore, follows the left bank of that river as far
as Itang, thence the right bank to Nasser, thence the left bank of
the Sobat to Abwong. From Gambela, 64½ miles from Gore, the best
track westwards lies along the right bank. There is no difficulty in
travelling by this route during the driest season, _i.e._, February
to May. Practically no supplies can be relied on.

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gore          |             |      |Gore is described elsewhere. It is
                |             |      |surrounded by hills, some of which
                |             |      |appear to be of nearly equal      
                |             |      |height. Country thickly wooded,   
                |             |      |but being cleared for cultivation.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2½     |  2½  |Track from here gets bad, going   
                |             |      |through forest and over a khor,   
                |             |      |east bank of which is very steep  
                |             |      |and difficult.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3½     |  6   |Forest gets very thick and        
                |             |      |tangled, roots and fallen trees   
                |             |      |lying across track. Hills very    
                |             |      |steep.                            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      |  9   |Forest gets thinner, and glimpses 
                |             |      |of Gore can be had. Villages also 
                |             |      |appear in the open clearings. Some
                |             |      |of the rivers hereabouts are      
                |             |      |bridged, but the bridges are very 
                |             |      |bad and dangerous for animals,    
                |             |      |which can in dry season cross by  
                |             |      |fording.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Rest house    |      3¼     | 12¼  |House where travellers generally  
                |             |      |stop first march out from Gore, or
                |             |      |last march in.                    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅛     | 13⅜  |Rocky river bed to cross. Route   
                |             |      |for next 6 miles is hilly and     
                |             |      |thickly wooded; several rivers to 
                |             |      |cross, mostly with rocky bottoms. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5⅝     |  19  |Beginning of Bure district;       
                |             |      |country much more open and thickly
                |             |      |populated and cultivated; track   
                |             |      |much less hilly and wider.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5⅞     | 24⅞  |Market place on top of a hill;    
                |             |      |market twice a week.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Ato Melka’s   |      4⅝     | 29½  |Track much better here and hills  
  house         |             |      |not difficult, country cleared of 
                |             |      |trees to great extent and much    
                |             |      |cultivated.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 30½  |Market place.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Ato Takallé’s |      5⅞     | 36⅜  |Situated on a hill. River to cross
  house         |             |      |just before reaching it. Takallé  
                |             |      |is governor of all Bure, and is   
                |             |      |charged with guarding the pass at 
                |             |      |Goma, which leads up from the Baro
                |             |      |country.                          
                |             |      |                                  
  Guard         |      4      | 40⅜  |Guard house on hill (tukls and a  
                |             |      |“hosh”). Officer stationed here   
                |             |      |with about 30 men to guard the    
                |             |      |pass and report all arrivals and  
                |             |      |departures to the Ras.            
                |             |      |                                  
  Goma          |      6      | 46⅜  |Rest houses on the top of pass.   
                |             |      |Descent for first two miles very  
                |             |      |difficult, track winding amongst  
                |             |      |boulders and large rocky slabs. It
                |             |      |is necessary to use one’s hands   
                |             |      |and knees in getting up some of   
                |             |      |the places.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2⅛     | 48½  |Enter forest and cross mountain   
                |             |      |torrent, which would probably be  
                |             |      |impassable after heavy rains. From
                |             |      |here down to the Baro ford is not 
                |             |      |difficult, though tiring, and,    
                |             |      |except for one or two bad ravines,
                |             |      |loaded animals can get along      
                |             |      |without much difficulty.          
                |             |      |                                  
  River Baro    |      4      | 52½  |Baro Ford spanned by a very       
  (ford)        |             |      |ricketty wooden bridge, which is  
                |             |      |no longer safe. Animals and men   
                |             |      |cross river-bed in dry season: 3-4
                |             |      |feet of water. Crossing very      
                |             |      |difficult owing to rocky uneven   
                |             |      |bottom and strong current, river  
                |             |      |here being succession of rapids.  
                |             |      |After crossing Baro, track leaves 
                |             |      |river and runs round hill, joining
                |             |      |river again about 4 miles further 
                |             |      |on, from whence track follows     
                |             |      |river more or less closely as far 
                |             |      |as                                
                |             |      |                                  
  Gambela       |      12     | 64½  |Long scattered district, villages 
                |             |      |mostly on R. bank; a few small    
                |             |      |villages hidden in the forest on  
                |             |      |L. bank, inhabitants of which fled
                |             |      |on appearance of Abyssinians.     
                |             |      |Recognised ferry here, two dug-   
                |             |      |outs. River, however, fordable for
                |             |      |animals (January 14). Thick forest
                |             |      |both banks. River full of hippos  
                |             |      |and crocodiles. Track leaves river
                |             |      |here and runs about a mile inland 
                |             |      |as far as                         
                |             |      |                                  
  R. Bonga      |      1½     |  66  |10 yards wide, 10 feet banks, and 
                |             |      |1 to 2 feet water. Sandy bottom   
                |             |      |and passage easy. The regular     
                |             |      |track westwards from Gambela is on
                |             |      |R. bank. I, however, followed L.  
                |             |      |bank to investigate. Gambela is   
                |             |      |called by the Anuaks Egelo. Track 
                |             |      |from here very bad, almost        
                |             |      |nonexisting, it being necessary to
                |             |      |hew a way through the jungle in   
                |             |      |places. Ground very rocky at foot 
                |             |      |of small hills.                   
                |             |      |                                  
  River Ichok   |      11     |  77  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  River Wonkai  |      1½     | 78½  |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  River Wangd   |      1      | 79½  |                                  
  Wong          |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  River Wanten  |      ¾      | 80¼  |All above dry (February, 1904).   
                |             |      |Width from 20 to 50 yards. Sandy  
                |             |      |bottoms and steep banks. Must be  
                |             |      |quite impassable after heavy      
                |             |      |rains, but Anuaks say that they   
                |             |      |quickly drain off.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Ile de        |      ½      | 80¾  |Series of rapids and small islands
  Faidherbe     |             |      |in dry season. Site where steamer 
                |             |      |was stranded marked by huge stone 
                |             |      |like a tomb-stone, 10 feet high,  
                |             |      |on a grass-covered island, which  
                |             |      |is submerged at high Nile. Anuaks 
                |             |      |and Abyssinians say the Faidherbe 
                |             |      |was carried away about three      
                |             |      |months after being left there, in 
                |             |      |three pieces, by Joti’s and       
                |             |      |Tesemma’s men, 200 to 300 men     
                |             |      |carrying a section on a tree      
                |             |      |trunk. Traces of broad track      
                |             |      |cleared for this purpose on river 
                |             |      |bank noticeable now. Small village
                |             |      |right, track on left very bad,    
                |             |      |runs through long grass and forest
                |             |      |to beginning of                   
                |             |      |                                  
  Finkio        |      7¾     | 88½  |Finkio; natives pronounce it      
  (Penkio) (site|             |      |Finkio, not Penkio. Villages,     
  of Trading    |             |      |_i.e._, clusters of huts or       
  Station)      |             |      |homesteads all along river here   
                |             |      |onwards. Names of villages marked 
                |             |      |on map are misleading, as the name
                |             |      |applies to a district perhaps 10  
                |             |      |miles long. A shorter track exists
                |             |      |from near Ogara to Itang, but I   
                |             |      |could not take it, as it was past 
                |             |      |mid-day, and I had to halt on     
  Nyokwar       |     14½     | 103  |water. Track on to Itang from     
                |             |      |Nyokwar very bad, as it follows   
                |             |      |all bends of river except in one  
                |             |      |place, and ground is a succession 
                |             |      |of small deep gullies that are    
                |             |      |impassable for transport unless   
                |             |      |ramped, or marched round.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Ideni         |     14½     | 117½ |Beginning of district of Ideni R. 
                |             |      |and Itang L.                      
                |             |      |                                  
  Itang         |      3      | 120½ |Eastern boundary of Itang Enclave.
                |             |      |Sheikh Gelo, brother-in-law of    
                |             |      |Sheikh Nagor, of Ideni. Gelo is   
                |             |      |much feared by Anuaks, who        
                |             |      |approach his presence on all      
                |             |      |fours. Baro fordable here         
                |             |      |(February), 2 to 3 feet deep. Fine
                |             |      |Gemmeiza trees at Itang, and good 
                |             |      |forest of fuel trees in vicinity. 
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Most of these distances will not  
                |             |      |compare with the map, as there is 
                |             |      |no regular track on left bank.    
                |             |      |Owing to swampy nature of country 
                |             |      |in rains, track continually       
                |             |      |changes as fresh ground becomes   
                |             |      |passable and country dries up and 
                |             |      |gets burnt. Track in places       
                |             |      |dangerous, as it runs through     
                |             |      |dense long grass, within a foot of
                |             |      |a 10 to 15 feet drop into river.  
                |             |      |Cows and transport animals fell   
                |             |      |over this on several occasions.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Track between Itang and Gambela   
                |             |      |must be followed on right bank,   
                |             |      |that on left is too bad. Cross    
                |             |      |river at Itang. One mile on is    
                |             |      |village, part of district of      
                |             |      |Pangmala, village being under     
  Ajuoto        |      1      | 121½ |Sheikha Ajuoto. This village is   
                |             |      |situated in a dense rubber forest,
                |             |      |and the rubber vines are found all
                |             |      |along the river in the Anuak      
                |             |      |country. Nobody collects the      
                |             |      |rubber. All approaches to this    
                |             |      |village were closed with thorn    
                |             |      |“abattis,” owing to the presence  
                |             |      |of Abyssinians.                   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 122½ |Cross a small khor, which is sandy
                |             |      |and fordable for animals at this  
                |             |      |point only at this time of year.  
                |             |      |There is a shorter track, which   
                |             |      |leaves the Sheikha’s village on   
                |             |      |the right, but leads to a wide    
                |             |      |part of the khor, impassable to   
                |             |      |animals owing to deep mud. Track  
                |             |      |now runs along edge of dense      
                |             |      |forest right and broad khor left, 
                |             |      |with forest beyond.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 125½ |Forest left ceases and khor runs  
                |             |      |into open plain. Track crosses    
                |             |      |khor several times; liable to be  
                |             |      |muddy and difficult.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 127½ |Big khor runs down from forest on 
                |             |      |right to river, passable only     
                |             |      |close up to forest.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 128½ |Another big khor to cross, similar
                |             |      |to above; mouth of this khor very 
                |             |      |deep and steep, impassable for    
                |             |      |animals, which must cross up by   
                |             |      |forest. Track now inland, 1 to 2  
                |             |      |miles from river.                 
                |             |      |                                  
                |     11½     | 140  |Big khor to cross with lake       
                |             |      |inland, about 1 mile from river.  
                |             |      |                                  
  Kaich         |      1      | 141  |Large Nuer village marked as      
                |             |      |Kaich, but name not recognised.   
                |             |      |Track from here uniformly good,   
                |             |      |passing over a broad grass plain  
                |             |      |which lies beyond the belt of     
                |             |      |trees that fringe the Baro and the
                |             |      |forest further inland. The plain  
                |             |      |is burnt in January and becomes   
                |             |      |passable; it is under water during
                |             |      |the rains. Several Nuer dry season
                |             |      |villages along the plain, but     
                |             |      |these people all go off in the    
                |             |      |rains inland; probably a few small
                |             |      |villages remain, that are built on
                |             |      |small mounds. Game abounds in the 
                |             |      |forest inland here.               
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 144  |Track strikes a big khor and runs 
                |             |      |along N. bank of it for 1½ miles, 
                |             |      |and then crosses it. Villages     
                |             |      |dotted all along khor.            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 146  |Cross khor again near its junction
                |             |      |with river near big round island. 
                |             |      |River round this island (S.       
                |             |      |channel) is very rapid and        
                |             |      |difficult. Villages all along     
                |             |      |here, track runs inland and passes
  Kaig          |      5      | 151  |big village shown on map as Kaig, 
                |             |      |which name is not recognised.     
                |             |      |Nuers have mostly left this       
                |             |      |village since traders arrived.    
                |             |      |                                  
  R. Adura      |      1      | 152  |Balamkun, or Kwemnum, eastern     
                |             |      |junction of Adura with Baro. Adura
                |             |      |mouth dry (2nd January), but water
                |             |      |in large reach further along. Good
                |             |      |gemmeiza trees all along Baro up  
                |             |      |to here for last few miles, but no
                |             |      |trees met with after this until   
                |             |      |Ajungmir (mile 216).              
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Chaich     |      4½     | 156½ |Khor Chaich, not shown on map.    
                |             |      |                                  
  R. Baitiok    |      3⅞     | 160⅜ |Khor Baitiok dry (February), 10   
                |             |      |yards wide, shallow; track has    
                |             |      |followed this khor for last three 
                |             |      |miles.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Jokau      |      ½      | 160⅞ |Khor Jokau, 2 to 2½ feet of water,
                |             |      |very strong current, waterway 20  
                |             |      |feet wide. Natives all say that   
                |             |      |this is the only mouth of Garre   
                |             |      |and that Khor Machar does not     
                |             |      |communicate with Garre. Villages  
                |             |      |of Baitiok, or Chanchai opposite  
                |             |      |on left bank. Cultivation—both    
                |             |      |banks and huts. These Nuers come  
                |             |      |from Garjak where their wet-season
                |             |      |villages are.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3      | 163⅞ |Big shallow khor, full of weeds   
                |             |      |but nearly dry. Track all along   
                |             |      |here is excellent, several miles  
                |             |      |inland from river; burnt grass    
                |             |      |plain.                            
                |             |      |                                  
  Kwe           |      6¾     | 170⅝ |Large winter village of Nuers,    
                |             |      |Kwe; very friendly; track now     
                |             |      |descends to the river at          
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Machar     |      3      | 173⅝ |Only a winter (dry season)        
                |             |      |residence; groups of these        
                |             |      |temporary villages are dotted     
                |             |      |about. Khor Machar dried up.      
                |             |      |Natives say it does not discharge 
                |             |      |water, but only fills up from the 
                |             |      |Baro. The mouth of Khor Machar is 
                |             |      |much bigger than that of Jokau.   
                |             |      |                                  
                |      5⅝     | 179¼ |Big khor runs E. and W. with water
                |             |      |in it. There is no track here at  
                |             |      |all (February, 1904), and way had 
                |             |      |to be forced through jungle of    
                |             |      |rank unburnt grass.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Kamkiri (E.)  |      6⅞     | 186⅛ |E. end of island of Kamkiri.      
                |             |      |Village ¾ mile inland. River      
                |             |      |called Mainyal; only temporary.   
                |             |      |Distances from Machar are probably
                |             |      |all too long, owing to winding    
                |             |      |about through the grass; under    
                |             |      |similar circumstances however they
                |             |      |will not be found to be much less.
                |             |      |                                  
  Kamkiri (W.)  |      3½     | 189⅝ |W. end of island of Kamkiri. Not a
                |             |      |tree visible anywhere, and no     
                |             |      |shade available. Grass unburnt    
                |             |      |(21st February), and going very   
                |             |      |difficult.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |     10½     | 200⅛ |Khor with half a foot of water in 
                |             |      |it.                               
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Loinkildom |      4¼     | 204⅜ |Khor muddy, steep banks, probably 
                |             |      |that shown on map as Loinkildom,  
                |             |      |which name was not recognised.    
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      | 204⅝ |Another khor similar to above.    
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Makeir     |      ⅝      | 205¼ |Khor Makeir and village right,    
                |             |      |very big khor, 15 feet deep, 40 to
                |             |      |50 yards. Wide sandy bottom, dry  
                |             |      |and passable in places (February).
                |             |      |Water in deep pools.              
                |             |      |                                  
                |      6      | 211¼ |Going as bad as before. Thin bush 
                |             |      |starts right.                     
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1¾     | 213  |Khor with water in it; muddy      
                |             |      |bottom, 3 feet wide, 3 feet deep. 
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Nyakol     |      2      | 215  |Ten yards wide, 6 feet deep, 3    
                |             |      |feet of water with mud; very      
                |             |      |perpendicular banks; this was a   
                |             |      |very bad obstacle, even the       
                |             |      |saddles having to be taken off    
                |             |      |mules’ backs (February 22).       
                |             |      |                                  
  Ajungmir      |      1½     | 216½ |Village on right bank, trees near.
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3¼     | 219¾ |Track cuts across corner and      
                |             |      |strikes river again at            
                |             |      |                                  
  Nyariau       |      1¾     | 221½ |Village of Nyariau, in 3 parts; 1 
                |             |      |small part on bank of river, and 1
                |             |      |large and 1 small about 10 yards  
                |             |      |inland. Track runs inland through 
                |             |      |bush and forest, and strikes river
                |             |      |at mile                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2      | 223½ |Very thick gemmeiza trees left    
                |             |      |bank, bush right. River fordable  
                |             |      |here (February, 1904).            
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3⅛     | 226⅝ |Beginning of Anuak, part of       
                |             |      |Taufot, right bank. Track cuts    
                |             |      |across here to                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Taufot        |      1¼     | 227⅞ |Taufot (Nuer), very big compact   
                |             |      |village; stands back. Latest map  
                |             |      |shows big island near Taufot, but 
                |             |      |it is non-existent.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Wakau    |      2¼     | 230⅛ |Thirty yards wide at mouth, but   
                |             |      |opens out to nearer 150 yards     
                |             |      |higher up. Muddy bottom; 20 feet  
                |             |      |deep in rains, 3 to 5 feet in dry 
                |             |      |season. Big village of Kadbeg     
                |             |      |short way up Wakau.               
                |             |      |                                  
  Nasser        |      3      | 233⅛ |Nasser left, Kwoinlualtong, right 
                |             |      |bank, for the last 2 miles        
                |             |      |upstream from Nasser. River not   
                |             |      |fordable here (February), but     
                |             |      |animals swam over at lower end of 
                |             |      |island, opposite Nasser, without  
                |             |      |difficulty.                       
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1      | 234⅛ |Track enters forest (heglig and   
                |             |      |talh), track bad; cracked cotton  
                |             |      |soil.                             
                |             |      |                                  
  Tolor         |      5      | 239⅛ |Khor and fishing village of Tolor;
                |             |      |khor 60 yards wide, and 3 to 5    
                |             |      |feet deep, muddy. Track follows   
                |             |      |khor down right bank, and crosses 
                |             |      |it at junction with river at mile 
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2¼     | 241⅜ |Crossing 3 feet deep, artificial  
                |             |      |channel for catching fish. Track  
                |             |      |now follows river for 1½ miles,   
                |             |      |then cuts across corner for       
                |             |      |Manajok.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      3⅝     | 245  |Khor with 2 feet of water in it;  
                |             |      |good crossing.                    
                |             |      |                                  
  Manajok       |      2⅞     | 247⅞ |Manajok, Nuer part of village;    
                |             |      |swamp between village and river,  
                |             |      |few trees.                        
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ¼      | 248⅛ |Anuak part of village on bank,    
                |             |      |good Meshra, thin bush behind.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Nyakoik       |      1⅝     | 249¾ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      ⅜      | 250⅛ |Thin heglig forest. Huts all along
                |             |      |from Nyakoik.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Tuargai       |      ⅝      | 250¾ |                                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Shillup       |      6½     | 257¼ |Good heglig forest left most of   
                |             |      |the way, and plenty of shade      
                |             |      |trees, though none shown on map. A
                |             |      |khor 3 feet deep, just before     
                |             |      |reaching Shillup. Track follows   
                |             |      |river till                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Nyanglang     |      2⅝     | 259⅞ |And then cuts across corner       
                |             |      |through forest to Fauwel.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Fauwel        |      2¼     | 262⅛ |Large scattered village, running  
                |             |      |back into the woods; good shade   
                |             |      |trees and meshra and camping      
                |             |      |ground. Track all along bank.     
                |             |      |                                  
  K. Nyandieng  |      2⅞     | 265  |Very broad mouth, 1½ miles wide;  
                |             |      |main discharge about 1 mile       
                |             |      |further on, deep and artificially 
                |             |      |deepened for fishing; crossed by  
                |             |      |two rough bridges. This khor is   
                |             |      |said to connect with Nerol (Khor  
                |             |      |Filus). Some Nuers say it does,   
                |             |      |and some not.                     
                |             |      |                                  
  Manchom       |      3⅝     | 268⅝ |Shown on map as Sholwaga.         
                |             |      |                                  
  Shwol         |      3      | 271⅝ |Shown on map as Fugah. Track from 
                |             |      |here on edge of forest, swamp     
                |             |      |between it and river.             
                |             |      |                                  
  Gaiyat        |      2⅛     | 273¾ |Shown on map as Abong. Nuers would
                |             |      |not accept three names above as   
                |             |      |per map. A lot of these Nuer and  
                |             |      |Anuak villages have two or more   
                |             |      |names, and people who use one name
                |             |      |pretend not to know other.        
                |             |      |                                  
  Patiyam       |      2      | 275¾ |Thick forest behind swamp; few    
                |             |      |good shade trees on bank. Track   
                |             |      |runs along edge of forest some    
                |             |      |distance from river.              
                |             |      |                                  
  Gohinya       |      3¼     | 279  |Scattered village hidden in       
                |             |      |forest.                           
                |             |      |                                  
  Fanyang       |      3      | 282  |Scattered village in heglig       
                |             |      |forest. Track from here runs over 
                |             |      |dry swamp. A track exists at      
                |             |      |certain seasons of the year,      
                |             |      |generally when grass is burnt,    
                |             |      |from Nyangdeng to near Fanyang,   
                |             |      |saving a big round by the river. A
                |             |      |track also exists from Fanyang to 
                |             |      |Wigin in a direct line, but was   
                |             |      |reported to be still choked with  
                |             |      |grass (3rd March, 1904).          
                |             |      |                                  
  Malwal        |      3¾     | 285¾ |Track leaves river within sight of
                |             |      |Malwal, then runs through long    
                |             |      |grass to near Fedwil, then along  
                |             |      |edge of khor and through bush to  
                |             |      |                                  
  Wigin         |      4⅛     | 289⅞ |Small village 20 yards back from  
                |             |      |river, with deep swamp between    
                |             |      |village and bank (dry marsh), 2   
                |             |      |poor shade trees in village. Track
                |             |      |gets on to river bank at 291st    
                |             |      |mile.                             
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1⅛     | 291  |Good shade trees and thick bush;  
                |             |      |thick forest right bank ½ mile    
                |             |      |inland; end of Nuer country,      
                |             |      |though all along from Nasser the  
                |             |      |country is populated with Nuers   
                |             |      |and Anuaks mixed, Nuers           
                |             |      |predominating and letting Anuaks  
                |             |      |live on suffrance. From here      
                |             |      |onwards path is through bush to   
                |             |      |                                  
  Shwai         |      1      | 292  |Long scattered Anuak village.     
                |             |      |                                  
  Fatiwanyang   |      4      | 296  |In thick bush. From here to       
                |             |      |Yakwoik broad swamp between bush  
                |             |      |and river. Track in dry season    
                |             |      |runs over swamp.                  
                |             |      |                                  
                |      2⅝     | 298⅝ |Khor with 2 feet water; several   
                |             |      |other khors to cross, marching    
                |             |      |along this swamp.                 
                |             |      |                                  
  Yakwoik       |      3      | 301⅝ |Anuak village on river bank. No   
                |             |      |bush, only grass plain round      
                |             |      |village.                          
                |             |      |                                  
                |      1½     | 303⅛ |Junction of road that cuts across 
                |             |      |to Gnok with river track. Good    
                |             |      |meshra at junction; thick bush    
                |             |      |left. Bush and few trees right.   
                |             |      |One mile inland. From here track  
                |             |      |cuts across country to a debba on 
  Debba Dishin  |      13     | 316⅛ |the river (Debba Dishin), where   
                |             |      |Yuzb. Abdel Rahim Eff. Nur El     
                |             |      |Gawab was buried in 1902, having  
                |             |      |died on the way to Nasser. From   
                |             |      |here track follows river, crossing
                |             |      |two khors.                        
                |             |      |                                  
  Abwong[45]    |      6⅝     | 322¾ |A very big and important khor     
                |             |      |flows into the Sobat at Abwong,   
                |             |      |called Wangnait; this runs inland 
                |             |      |past Fanathiang, and is said to   
                |             |      |join khor Filus at Nerol. Two feet
                |             |      |of water in Wangnait (March,      
                |             |      |1904), and running water. Abwong  
                |             |      |on sandy ground, good meshra;     
                |             |      |upstream limit of Dinka country.  
                |             |      |Serut flies were very bad, all    
                |             |      |through the thick bush country    
                |             |      |from Fauwel to Yakwoik.           
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------


                139.—GONDOKORO TO UGANDA (AND MOMBASA).                

                      (_Compiled by the Editor._)                      

                               * * * * *                               

    _Gondokoro and neighbourhood._ (_Vide_ also end of Chapter II in   
                               Vol. I.)

                       BY CAPTAIN DUGMORE, 1901.                       

[Sidenote: Country.]

Near Gondokoro the country is perfectly flat and 30 feet above the
river, covered with borassus palm near the station, sidr, sunt,
and a few tamarinds and sycamore. Due E. lie the hills of Belinian
(about 11 hours’ march). The surface soil is sandy and the sub-soil
clay. There are many very fertile islands in the Nile covered with
cane-like reed, very like papyrus. Natives prefer to live on and
cultivate these islands, as they are not subject to white ants,
grasshoppers, caterpillars, and blight, with all of which cultivation
has to contend on the mainland. Flocks of small birds do great damage
to grain crops. At high Nile these islands are subject to inundation;
the natives then go over to the mainland.

The station now occupied at Gondokoro occupies the site of the old
Egyptian post—a good many of the old trenches and parapets still
exist. The old buildings, &c., have long ago fallen into the river,
which is said to be twice (?) as wide now as it was in Baker’s
time. Baker’s old camp (“Ismailia”) is in a swampy, low-lying
piece of ground, about 2 miles N. of the old Egyptian station. Two
date palms, 11 lemon trees, and two custard apple trees, still remain
at Gondokoro.

Rain percolating and the river washing away cause continual falls of
the bank.

[Sidenote: Garrison.]

One company of Uganda Rifles (Sudanese), under a British Captain,
Lieutenant, and Sergeant-Instructor. A small number of Police or
Constabulary have been added, and are under the control of the Civil
Authority, viz.: a Collector.

[Sidenote: Supplies.]

At present nearly all stores, ammunition, and clothing, come from
Mombasa, India, and England, _viâ_ Kampala. Food is obtained by
purchase from the natives.[46]

Natives grow red dura and maize chiefly, also a small amount of semsem,
telabun, ful (ground nut), and lubia (small pea or bean). The ground
nut does particularly well in the sandy soil. The sweet potato requires
irrigation, and the natives do not take kindly to such laborious work.

[Sidenote: Climate.]

The climate is fairly good, the rainy season at its commencement
being the worst time of the year. Temperature:—

  Average maximum during the hot months is 99° in the shade.

     „    minimum      „           „       85°      „

     „    maximum during the rest of the year is 88° in the shade.

     „    minimum      „           „             74°      „

[Sidenote: Seasons.]

Hot weather commences middle of November and lasts till end of
March. Rains commence (or should do so) last week in March and last
till middle of June, they commence again middle of July and last till
middle of October.

The rains are erratic, there being sometimes a drought and sometimes
too much rain.

[Sidenote: Products.]

Dura, maize, semsem, ground nuts, beans, and fish. A small quantity
of ivory. Salt from the left bank. Ostrich feathers from the
Latuka. (N.B.—According to recent game regulations, it is forbidden
to buy feathers unless it can be shown that they were pulled from a
tame bird.)

[Sidenote: Cattle.]

In the Nile province generally, the goats and sheep are small
(much smaller than those of the Sudan), and have little to recommend
them. The cattle (the few that are left) are also small, but are good
milkers on the whole.

[Sidenote: Game.]

Elephant, hippopotami and rhinoceros plentiful, especially the two
former, a few zebras and giraffe, hartebeeste (? Jackson’s),
waterbuck, bush buck, cobus Thomasi (Uganda cob), and dig-dig
abound. Buffalo and warthog may be met with. Lion, leopard, and wild
cat are fairly plentiful. (N.B.—During the dry weather months the
game is found near the river in quantities; when the grass is high and
there is water inland, it is not so easy to see much). Guinea fowl,
greater and lesser bustard, quail snipe, ducks, geese, and other
waterfowl and partridges are nearly always to be shot.


                      (_a._)—GONDOKORO TO WADELAI.                     

                       BY CAPTAIN DUGMORE, 1901.                       

  --------------+--------------------+----------------------------------
                |       Miles.       |
      Place.    +-------------+------+           Description.           
                |Intermediate.|Total.|                      
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------
  Gondokoro     |      —      |  —   |A good road, though apt to be     
                |             |      |swampy in the rains.              
                |             |      |                                  
  River Kit     |      12     |  12  |Cross River Kit; a sandy river    
                |             |      |about 180 yards wide, which is    
                |             |      |easily crossed except after very  
                |             |      |heavy rain (it subsides quickly). 
                |             |      |On the E. Lokoya’s chain of hills,
                |             |      |about 11 hours march; greatest    
                |             |      |height about 1,500 feet. Road     
                |             |      |through dense thorn scrub, sidr   
                |             |      |very plentiful. Soil changes after
                |             |      |passing Kit to a clayey formation 
                |             |      |in places, and stones and rocky   
                |             |      |kopjes become abundant. A rose    
                |             |      |quartz, very similar to the       
                |             |      |Rhodesian gold-bearing quartz in  
                |             |      |appearance, is plentiful. Most of 
                |             |      |the kopjes appear to be of        
                |             |      |volcanic origin. Ground rises in  
                |             |      |undulating folds from the Kit to  
                |             |      |opposite Dufile.                  
                |             |      |                                  
  Fort Berkeley |      10     |  22  |From Fort Berkeley (=             
                |             |      |Bedden—abandoned), two roads lead 
                |             |      |S., one inland on the high ground 
                |             |      |for use during the wet season.    
                |             |      |                                  
  Adam Madi     |      8      |  30  |The river road follows the river  
                |             |      |as far as Adam Madi’s,[47] and is 
                |             |      |used when no water is obtainable  
                |             |      |on upper road. Fine scenery, very 
                |             |      |rocky ground, sandy; plentiful    
                |             |      |remains of old Bari villages. Near
                |             |      |Adam Madi’s-beautiful park-like   
                |             |      |country, with very large timbers, 
                |             |      |both tamarind and (?) sycamore.   
                |             |      |Country now becomes more hilly and
                |             |      |is more thickly populated.        
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The Khor Um or Uma is the real    
                |             |      |southern boundary of the Bari     
                |             |      |tribe, but the district is        
                |             |      |supposed to extend to the         
                |             |      |                                  
  Khor Assua    |      69     |  99  |Khor Assua (mouth 94 miles from   
                |             |      |Gondokoro measured along the      
                |             |      |river) and, consequently, includes
                |             |      |a few villages of Madi and Shuli  
                |             |      |tribes.                           
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |The road used to go some little   
                |             |      |way from the river to Affuddu (a  
                |             |      |few miles S. of Nimule, now       
                |             |      |abandoned), but since the         
                |             |      |occupation of Nimule, the road    
                |             |      |from Adam Madi’s almost follows   
                |             |      |the course of the river, which    
                |             |      |flows through high, almost        
                |             |      |precipitous banks.                
                |             |      |                                  
  Nimule        |      17     | 116  |Garrison at Nimule, two companies 
                |             |      |of Sudanese (124 strong each), and
                |             |      |the same number of British        
                |             |      |officers each as at Gondokoro. Is 
                |             |      |headquarters of Nile military     
                |             |      |district, situated on N. bank of  
                |             |      |Unyama river at its junction with 
                |             |      |the Nile. Between Nimule and      
                |             |      |Wadelai the road is good.         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |Lamogi, in the Shuli country, 16  
                |             |      |miles W. of Fatiko, and 50 miles  
                |             |      |S.S.E. of Nimule, is now          
                |             |      |abandoned; rains about 9 months in
                |             |      |the year.                         
                |             |      |                                  
  Wadelai       |      77     | 193  |Wadelai, on the right bank, is the
                |             |      |head-quarters of the Nile Province
                |             |      |Civil Administration, some police 
                |             |      |or constabulary are posted here.  
                |             |      |River only 200 yards wide here.   
                |             |      |There is a road from here to Fajao
                |             |      |(Murchison Falls), 46 miles, not  
                |             |      |used now.                         
                |             |      |                                  
                |             |      |As one goes S., the climate       
                |             |      |generally becomes cooler than at  
                |             |      |Gondokoro. It should also be      
                |             |      |healthier, but there has been a   
                |             |      |lot of sickness among the British 
                |             |      |officers in the past, perhaps due 
                |             |      |to bad quarters. Country S. of    
                |             |      |Khor Assua is more fertile and    
                |             |      |much more thickly populated than  
                |             |      |the Bari district.                
  --------------+-------------+------+----------------------------------

NOTE.—See also report by Mr. F. Pordage, Public Works Department,
Uganda, in Uganda Intelligence Report, No. 15; and Handbook of Uganda,
pp. 52-57.


                    (_b._)—GONDOKORO TO WADELAI.[48]                   

  ---------+----------------------------+--------------------------------
           |    Miles and Hours.[49]    |                    
           +----------------------------+                                
    Place. |Intermediate. |   Total.    |          Description.         
           +------+-------+------+------+                                
           |Miles.| Hours.|Miles.|Hours.|                                
  ---------+------+-------+------+------+--------------------------------
  Gondokoro|  —   |   —   |  —   |  —   |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Laung    |  11  |   3½  |  11  |  3½  |Path good, river Gomoro (Kit) is
           |      |       |      |      |at times bad to cross.          
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Camp     |  13  |   4½  |  24  |  8   |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Camp     |  15  |   5   |  39  |  13  |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Fagiri   |  12  |   4   |  51  |  17  |Path good; rocky in places.     
           |      |       |      |      |Large village; considerable     
           |      |       |      |      |supplies of food.               
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Keri     |  13  |   5   |  64  |  22  |Path bad for 2 miles, remainder 
           |      |       |      |      |good.                           
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Arabu    |  16  |   5½  |  80  | 27½  |Path very bad.                  
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Junction |  13  |   4½  |  93  |  32  |Path bad. River Assua difficult 
  Camp     |      |       |      |      |to cross. When in flood about 80
           |      |       |      |      |yards wide and 14 feet deep,    
           |      |       |      |      |with a swift current; when not  
           |      |       |      |      |in flood the river is fordable. 
           |      |       |      |      |Crossing is at all times        
           |      |       |      |      |dangerous on account of the     
           |      |       |      |      |numerous crocodiles.            
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Nimule   |  14  |   4½  | 107  | 36½  |Path good. River Unyama at times
           |      |       |      |      |bad to cross.                   
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Zaipi    |  18  |   4   | 125  | 40½  |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Boreli   |  10  |   4   | 135  | 44½  |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Acho     |  16  |   5½  | 151  |  50  |Path good. River Zoka at times  
           |      |       |      |      |bad to cross.                   
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Pranga   |  16  |   6   | 167  |  56  |Path good.                      
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Avoi     |  13  |   4   | 180  |  60  |Path good. River Chorr is at    
           |      |       |      |      |times bad to cross.             
           |      |       |      |      |                                
  Wadelai  |  19  |   6   | 199  |  66  |                                
  ---------+------+-------+------+------+--------------------------------

NOTE.—A small supply of food can usually be supplied at each of
the above camps, with the exception of the Junction Camp. Water is
obtainable at all camps. At many places fish can be bought. Trade goods
are brass, wire, small white beads, candles, matches, bottles, and some
cloth. Tarbushes are much appreciated by the chiefs. Hippo. abound
in the Nile, and elephants between Nimule and Gondokoro. Lions are
seen occasionally.

See also reports by Col. Coles, D.S.O., “Nimule to Gondokoro,
and Gondokoro to Nimule,” in Uganda Intelligence Report, No. 19.

The following short account of the country between Nimule and Gondokoro
is given by Sir C. Eliot (July, 1902), from _Geographical Journal_,
December, 1902:—

“Immediately after Nimule begin the rapids, which render the river
unnavigable up to Bedden, about 30 miles above Gondokoro. This
latter station and Nimule are connected by two roads, neither of
them good. One keeps close to the Nile, and was impracticable when I
made the journey, as it was under water owing to recent rains;[50]
the other runs further inland. It cannot be said to offer adequate
means for communicating between two Government stations, or for the
transport of any sort of goods. For a great part of its course is
obstructed by marshes, thorn bushes, or grass 6 feet high; but here
and there it passes through pleasant open meadows, studded with large
trees. Part of it consists of precipitous paths cut in the rock, and
it is crossed by many rivers, at least three of which, the Assua,
the Karpata (?), and the Kit (or Kiti), present serious obstacles
to foot passengers when in flood, as I found them. The first is
crossed on rafts made of ambach, a very light wood. The natives
show considerable skill in guiding these rafts across the torrent,
but the passenger or load is generally half submerged. The two other
rivers have to be crossed by wading, and are about 4 feet deep. The
Kit was about 150 yards wide. The whole journey took me 7 days, that
is to say, 6 night camps. The distance is between 110 and 120 miles.”


                  THROUGH COMMUNICATIONS WITH MOMBASA.                 

               (COMPILED FROM OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS, &c.)              

Plenty of notice must be given by the intending traveller, in order
to secure the use of porters, boats, mules, and carts.

[Sidenote: Nimule to Butiaba.]

From Nimule onwards the traveller can generally make use of Government
boats. Between Nimule and Wadelai ([51]93 miles) the usual craft is a
small steel rowing boat, and from Wadelai to Butiaba ([51]72 miles),
(the Uganda Government Depôt on the E. shore of Lake Albert), a large
steel boat which goes best under sail. The usual time occupied between
Nimule and Butiaba is 10 to 12 days up stream, and 5 to 8 days down
stream. A steam launch will shortly be placed on the river between
these points.

[Sidenote: Butiaba to Kampala.]

At Butiaba is a pier and landing stage. From Butiaba _viâ_ Hoima
to Kampala, 157 miles (telegraph), the road is fairly suitable for
driving. The distance has been done in 4½ days, but the usual time
taken is 8 days (driving) to 12 days (marching, with porters). The
Stages are:—

                        MILES.  

   1.   Wachi             6       

   2.   Kajura            9       

   3.   Hoima[52]        13      

   4.   Kigonna          10      

   5.   Kikonda           8½      

   6.   Yilo             17      

   7.   Kigoma[53]        9       

   8.   Kiboga            5½      

   9.   Kisingo           9½      

  10.   Kative           15½     

  11.   Kabula Mnbiro     9       

  12.   Nkvanuna         11      

  13.   Kikandwa         13½     

  14.   Kisimbiri        11      

  15.   Kampala           9½      

Most of the main roads pass through Kampala.

[Sidenote: Kampala to Entebbe.]

From Kampala to Entebbe, the capital, situated on the Victoria Nyanza,
is 23 miles along a good cart road.

[Sidenote: Entebbe to Port Florence.]

From Entebbe there is a fortnightly steamer across the lake to Kisumu,
or Port Florence, the terminus of the railway to Mombasa. The crossing
takes 2 to 3 days per steamer, and up to 10 or 15 days by sailing dhow.

[Sidenote: Port Florence to Mombasa.]

From Port Florence to Mombasa there is a weekly train (or more)—fare,
109½ rupees; the distance, 584 miles, is traversed in about 2¼ days.

There is a monthly service from Mombasa, both by British India and
by German steamers.


                            RECAPITULATION.                            

  -------------------------+---------+------------------------
          Journey.         |  Days.  |      Transport.               
  -------------------------+---------+------------------------
  Gondokoro to Nimule      | 7 to 8  |March on foot. Carriers. 
                           |         |                         
  Nimule to Wadelai        |    6    |    „            „          
                           |         |                         
    „          „           | 6 to 8  |Row-boat.                
                           |         |                         
  Wadelai to Butiaba       | 4 to 6  |Sailing boat.            
                           |         |                         
    „          „           |    3    |Steam launch.            
                           |         |                         
  Butiaba to Kampala       | 4 to 8  |Mule cart.               
                           |         |                         
    „          „           |10 to 12 |March. Carriers.         
                           |         |                         
  Kampala to Entebbe       |    1    |Mule cart.               
                           |         |                         
    „          „           |    2    |March. Carriers.         
                           |         |                         
  Entebbe to Port Florence | 2 to 3  |Steamer.                 
                           |         |                         
    „       „       „      | 8 to 15 |Sailing boat.            
                           |         |                         
  Port Florence to Mombasa |   2½    |Train.                   
  -------------------------+---------+------------------------

            Record possible, Gondokoro to Mombasa: 25½ days.           


                    140.—ROADS IN THE LADO ENCLAVE.                    


[Sidenote: Roads.]

A road runs from Kiro to Rejaf direct, at some distance from the
river bank, with a branch road to Lado.

The road from Rejaf as far as Faraji—170 miles to the S.W.—is
about the same width as a good English high road. It has many bridges
over streams, small khors, &c. They are made of wood and are not at
all strong. There is a project to run automobiles[54] over this road,
but the bridges are not at present (June, 1903) strong enough. One
automobile will probably run between Rejaf and Yei station (94 miles),
and another from Yei to Dongu (62 miles), as there is no bridge over
the Yei. The Yei and Dongu are 40 to 60 yards broad and very deep
during the rains.

There are some parts of the road which are worse than others, and it
is proposed to have small stations at which bullocks will be kept in
order to pull the automobiles over them.

There are rest-house stations every two or three hours the whole way
from Rejaf to Dongu and Ibembo (_v._ below). At each of these stations
there are houses for Europeans, and at a great number of them bananas,
pawpaws, fowls, eggs, &c., are now obtainable.

Vegetables, bananas, &c., are being planted at all the stations.

Each station is in charge of one or more soldiers.

[Sidenote: Loka or Loki.]

Loka (called also Gumbiri).—Four days (62 miles) from Rejaf. A white
officer in charge, and one or two N.C.O.’s. Surrounded by a wooden
stockade. About six good brick buildings with grass roofs.

[Sidenote: Yei.]

Yei.—Close to the Nile-Congo watershed. Two days (37 miles)
from Gumbiri. Large fortified station, but not yet completed,
situated on high ground, from which good view of the surrounding
country is obtained. A far larger station than Lado. About ten
white officers and a doctor. None of the Belgian Nile stations in
any way compare with this one. All white men’s houses are outside
the fortifications. About 12 good brick buildings with grass roofs;
very healthy.

[Sidenote: Aba.]

Aba.—Three days (32 miles) from Yei. Wooden stockade. Four brick
houses and a large one being built for the Commandant. The latter
outside stockade. One white officer and one N.C.O.

[Sidenote: Faraji.]

Faraji.—Four days (38 miles) from Aba, on left bank of River
Dongu. Brick wall about 6 feet high. Ditch outside; earth from ditch
thrown up against the wall. Good brick buildings. Three white officers.

[Sidenote: Dongu, &c.]

Dongu.—Five or six days from Faraji; at junction of Rivers Dongu
and Kibali. Brick buildings.

Stations beyond Dongu, towards the Congo, on the automobile road,
are:—

  Niangara.

  Surunga.

  Amadi.

  Bomokandi.

  Mbima.

  Buta.

  Ibembo.

A road also leads from Mbima to Jabbir and Gembele.

[Sidenote: Bofaki.]

Bofaki, or Wando.—Important post, and garrison. Healthy. Large
rubber and coffee plantations.

[Sidenote: Rejaf.]

Rejaf: on the Nile.—Small post. Bullock carts take 20 days along
the sandy road from Yei; usual time 7 days by march route.

[Sidenote: Dufile.]

Dufile.—Small post. There is a railway-track ready made from here
to Stanleyville on the Congo; not ready for traffic yet.

At all the posts mentioned there are cattle, fowls, bananas,
vegetables, &c.

Mails leave Lado for Ibembo on the 1st and 15th of every month.

From Rejaf a road is being made to New Dufile, thence to Mahaji. This
road is joined at Kaji Kaji, about 60 miles S. of Rejaf, by a road
from Loka.

From Yei a road runs down the Yei River to Amadi.


                               * * * * *                              
    LONDON: PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE, BY HARRISON   
                    AND SONS, ST. MARTIN’S LANE.


[Footnote 36: The position of this, described by Lieut.-Col. Colvile,
is doubtful. Some Arabs state that Shebba is 8 hours’ march E. of
Terfawi (?).]

[Footnote 37: Lieutenant Stuart-Wortley makes Selima to Lagia 140
miles; Captain Hodgson makes it 148, but left the regular track.]

[Footnote 38: Captain Hodgson did it (February, 1903) in under 5 days,
including 42½ hours actual riding—nearly 4 miles per hour.]

[Footnote 39: Though Bir Sultan to J. Meidob appears to be the shortest
route, the route to J. Anka is stated to be the one generally used.]

[Footnote 40: Conditions may have changed for the better since the
delimitation of the Sudan-Eritrea frontier.]

[Footnote 41: For continuation of this route to Sofi on Atbara, _vide_
Route 13.]

[Footnote 42: For more recent report Lake Tsana to Gallabat _vide_
Routes 126 and 127.]

[Footnote 43: About 7 miles S. of J. Jerok.]

[Footnote 44: About 7 miles S. of J. Jerok.]

[Footnote 45: About 64 miles from Kodok, _vide_ routes 47 and 48.]

[Footnote 46: Cows, £5 to £7; oxen and bulls, £2 to £4; sheep
and goats, 5s. to 10s. each; eggs, 8 for 1s.; fowls, 6d.; labourer,
10s. a month. (Mr. F. Spire, Collector, Gondokoro, August, 1903.)]

[Footnote 47: Another account places Adam Madi’s at 42 miles from
Gondokoro, and some distance inland.]

[Footnote 48: Taken from “Précis of Information concerning the
Uganda Protectorate.”—I.D.W.O.]

[Footnote 49: Distances by time for men travelling light; 25% to be
added for Caravans.]

[Footnote 50: I am told by Mr. Pordage that the halting places on
this road are as follows:—“(1) Assua river, 11¼ miles; (2)
Rake village, 11 miles; (3) Mruli, 12 miles; (4) Lokoya, 12½ miles;
(5) Tambur, 12¼ miles; (6) Kogi, 9¾ miles; (7) Nagua, 10 miles;
(8) Fort Berkeley, 12 miles; (9) Ibrahim’s village, 12 miles;
(10) Gondokoro, 10 miles.” (Total, 112¾ miles.)]

[Footnote 51: By water.]

[Footnote 52: Government Station.]

[Footnote 53: Rest house.]

[Footnote 54: They now (1904) run over a section of the road between
Rejaf and Yei.]


[Illustration: THE ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN]




Transcriber's note:


  pg 6 Changed "Rock grouse aud doves" to: "and"

  pg 11 Changed "Hormaneb Well" and "Bir Hormaneb" to: "Hormareb"

  pg 20 Changed "and than a N.N.E. direction" to: "then"

  pg 36 Changed "and Wada Sangareh" to: "Wadi"

  pg 42 Changed "kittr, laot, talh and saut" to: "sant"

  pg 44 Changed "Debaina village and residence" to: "Debania"

  pg 61 Changed "popula-lation about 1,000" to: "population"

  pg 69 Changed "Selim and Dar Agil Haggaras" to: "Baggaras"

  pg 72 Changed "Water suppy scanty" to: "supply"

  pg 72 Changed "J. Kumuk is left to the W." to: "Kurmuk"

  pg 76 Changed "few Baggara “rakukas.”" to: "rakubas"

  pg 83 Changed "khor is of greater dinensions" to: "dimensions"

  pg 97 Changed "right bank of tae river Ba" to: "the"

  pg 102 Changed "runs close under this hilll" to: "hill"

  pg 119 Changed "Um Sedeika (Rest house)" to: "Sedeira"

  pg 120 Changed "This is a Kurtan villlage" to: "village"

  pg 126 Changed "passing Village Eilatun" to: "Eilafun"

  pg 126 Changed "mosquitoes and sand fles" to: "flies"

  pg 141 Changed "cross an open pleateau" to: "plateau"

  pg 142 Changed "buidings on J. Sukunja" to: "buildings"

  pg 145 Changed "25 to 30 feet drip" to: "deep"

  pg 146 Changed "Beni Fadi village named Shallo" to: "Fadl"

  pg 152 Changed "the hills crowne with many Nuba" to: "crowned"

  pg 162 Changed "and poor water upply" to: "supply"

  pg 167 Changed "probaby 100 years old" to: "probably"

  pg 172 Changed "low hills on on right" to: "low hills on right"

  pg 186 Changed "I flows out near Ambukol" to: "It flows out"

  pg 187 Changed "Bayuda Weels" [Above J. Hawashawi] to: "Bayuda Wells"

  pg 196 Changed "no detailed imformation" to: "information"

  pg 198 Changed "reaching Azleklesan" to: "Azteklesan"

  pg 216 Changed "Kkor Damu, 20 yards wide" to: "Khor"

  pg 219 Changed "Bad here full of rocks" to: "Bed"

  pg 220 "Khor Gulbis" and its corresponding Miles moved up one row
  from "At 2 miles from [. . .]" to "Ten yards wide [. . .]".

  pg 220 Changed "¼ mile before crosing khor" to: "crossing"

  pg 221 Changed "good obtained in hkor" to: "khor"

  pg 222 Changed "in tukls on the hilll" to: "hill"

  pg 229-231 Several instances of ²⁄₈, ⁴⁄₈ and ⁶⁄₈ were changed
  to ¼, ½ and ¾ respectively.

  pg 229 Changed "Bato fordable here" to: "Baro"

  pg 229 Changed "R. Baitick" to: "Baitiok"

  pg 230 Changed "however they they will not be" to: "however
  they will not be"

  Minor changes in punctuation have been done silently.

  Other spelling inconsistencies have been left unchanged.



*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 74585 ***